THE
TF ae
| f 4
TRANSACTIONS ©
ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
OF
oh apes Sos eS a Rae
VOL. VI.
A89a-(9 4
Mo. Bot. Garden,
1896.
ST. LOUIS:
NIXON-JONES PRINTI
1895,
NG Co,
ge HS
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
Academy of Science
OF
oS Ue enee ee
VOL. VI. {J
}
CONTENTS.
PAGE
sap 4 Wesser — Appendix to the Catalogue of the Flora of
INQDIESKA ceseciveccccssvecsscceviveedsedovsssesossusvses snes neve: soeevetes
Epmunp A. Encrer—A Geometrical Construction for finding
the Foci of the Section of a Cone of Revolution............
ArtHurR Winstow — The Mapping of Missouri 57
CuarLes Ropertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiatae.......... 101
A. S. Hircncocxk — The Opening of the Buds of some Woody
Plants 133
XK Curistian Bay — Materials for a Monograph on Inuline...... 151
W. Townsend Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and
Dullness 162
Epuunp A. Encter — Geometrical Construction for Cutting
from a Cone of Revolution Plane Sections. 183
L. H. Pammet— Sclerotinia Libertiana, Fuckel, with a Biblio-
graphy of Fungus Root Diseases 191
Wma. Townsend Porter — The Relation between the Growth of
Children and their Deviation from the Physical Type of
their Sex and Age 233
JuLius Hurter — Catalogue of Reptiles and Batrachians found
in the Vicinity of St. Louis, Mo 251
W. Townsenp Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children...... 263
N. M. Gratretter — A Study of the Relations of Sélix Nigra
/ and 8. Amygdaloids, together with the Hybrids arising from
them as these Species Exhibit Themselves in the Vicinity «
St. Louis 427
CHartes Rosertson — Flowers and Insects— Rosaceae and
Compositae 435
Mitton Upprecrarr — Determinations of the Latitude, Longi-
tude and Height above Sea Level of the Laws Observatory
of the University of the State of Missouri, containing a
Description of the Building and Principal Instruments.....°481
Epwarp C. Rune — Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic —
tendeney — Report of a New Case with Results of an Inves-
tigation of its Digestive Chemism 544
ALLERTON S. Cosmman — The Post-Mortem Detection and Esti-
mation 0 'y 587
-
LIST OF MEMBERS REVISED TO JULY 1, 1895.
Alden, Jno 1100 N. Main st.
Alt, Dr. A 3033 Locust st.
Allen, E. T Wainwright Bldg.
Adams, Dr. Wellington 516 N. Garrison av.
Barck, Dr. C 2715 Locust st.
Bartlett, G. M 215 Pine st.
Bagnall, E. J 3727 Finney av.
Baumgarten, Dr. G 2643 Chestnut st.
TAKEO WRIE, Pits nce enon ccsens 304 N. 8th st.
Bernays, Dr. A. C 3623 Laclede av.
Bartlett, La Roy .8021 Eads ay.
Biebinger, F. W 1421S. 11th st.
Barnard, Geo. D 47 Vandeventer pl.
Bigit, AMMO cccesvessinvivvixesisins 902 Union Trust Bldg.
Boogher, Jno. H 320 Commercial Bldg.
Boeck, Adam 3706 Delmar av.
Bouton, Chas. L Cambridge, Mass., 92 Wendall.
Brennan, Rev. Norton § 1414 O’Fallon st.
Brookings, Robt. S 2329 Lucas pl.
Brown, Daniel $ 2212 De Kalb st.
Bryson, Dr. J. P. : 209 Garrison ay.
Burroughs, W. S 240 Dickson st.
Bremer, Dr. Ludwig........ ...00s0e. 3723 W. Pine st.
Busch, .Adolphasis..cissicssccccscvee Busch pl.
Bailey, Chas. H ..87 Vandeventer pl.
Bliss, Dr. M. A 4929 Lotus av.
Carr, .Pascthinll J .<crrscasasusiarsesasnsn’ Equitable Bldg.
Casey, Jno. F 322 Pine st.
Carpenter, Geo. O., Jr Russell & Compton av.
Chauvenet, Louis .....,...++-..+++.+..4129 Washington ay.
Chouteau, Chas. P 918 Security Bldg.
Chaplin, Winfield S 3636 Pine st.
Coulter, Jno. M Lake Forest, Il.
ROE NOT Ts TAs 6 iias i inkakaeg iskat, 3749 Laclede ay.
viii List of Members.
Churchill, Fred. A., J
1110 St. Charles st.
Cushman, Dr. Allerton $
3718 N. 10th st.
Campbell, Dr. Given, Jr
603 Garrison av.
1005 N. Taylor av.
Comstock, Dr. T. G
Chase, Dr. E. C
3401 Washington av.
3325 Morgan st.
Collins, Robert E
3811 Westminster pl.
Call, R. Ellsworth
Davis, H. N
137 Walnut st., Cincinnati, O.
Dameron, E. C
56 Vandeventer pl.
Douglas, A. W
83 Vandeventer pl.
Care of Simmons Hdwe. Co.
Drake, G. S
Boatsmen’s Bank
Duenckel, F. W
Durant, Geo. F
1821 Schield ay.
9 Benton pl.
D’Oench ; Richard
Dodd, 8. M
2205 Sidney st.
Eliot, H. W
Amer. Central Bldg.
2635 Locust st.
Eliot, E. C
Engleman, Dr. G. I
5468 Maple av.
3003 Locust st.
Engler, E. A
Washington University.
617 Olive st.
1861 N. Market st.
Espenchied, Mr. Chas
518 N. Garrison av.
Fairbanks, J. W
3500 Washington av.
Fischell, Dr. W. E
3134 Morgan st.
Fletcher, Wendall C
2647 Washington av.
1045 Goodfellow av.
Fry, Frank R
2610 Locust st.
Forbes, C. A
Chamnaion
Frankenfield, Dr. H. C
fof ae 8
ll.
U.S. Weather Bur., 9th & Olive.
Fordyce, John R
3634 Washington ay
Grindon, Joseph, Dr..................509 Ware ay.
Green, Dr. Jno 2670 Washington ay.
Gray, M. L.. 509 Chestnut st.
Gregory, E. H...... 3525 Lucas av. — __ .
Goodman, C. H 8329 Washington av.
Glasgow, Frank PP se naainieee A ae oF e
Glasgow, Dr. Wm. C
1980 Virgins a.
List of Members. ix
Hardaway, Dr. W. A 2922 Locust st.
Haarstick, Henry C Main and Walnut sts.
Hambach, G Washington University.
Heller, Otto Washington University.
Herthel, Adolph sy eheay 1739 Waverly pl.
Hammon, T. H Weather Bureau, City.
Hitchcock, H 54 Vandeventer pl.
Hicks, F. C Columbia, Mo.
Holmes, J. H 3810 Page av.
Hodgman, C +. 800 N. 4th st.
Hummel, Chas 2621 Eads av.
Harrison, Edwin 3747 Westminster pl.
Hitchcock, A. S Manhattan, Kansas.
Hurter, Julius 2346 S. 10th st.
Hulbert, Dr. G 3026 Pine st.
Hirschberg, F. D S. W. cor. of 3rd & Pine st.
Hartmann, Rudolph 2020 Victor st.
Ives, Halsey C Museum of Fine Arts.
Johnson, J.B Washington University.
Johnson, R. D. O Ulvine, Mo.
Jewett, E. C.. ..1e+eU. §, Assay Office, City.
Johnson, Dr. J. B 22nd & Locust st.
SORE, Ba To cccis ss Fevumasssovenrn es Liggett & Myers Tob. Co.
Kinner, Dr. Hugo 1103 Rutger st.
Kinealy, J. H Washington University.
Kinsman, G. C Decatur, Ill
King, Goodman 3710 Delmar av.
Kotany, L 8015 Lucas av.
Holbenheyer, Dr. E 2006 Lafayette av.
Kribben, B. D 701 Bank of Commerce Bidg.-
Krall, Geo. W............ Manual Training School.
Kromrey, Hugo 513 Walnut st.
Kaime, D. F 3717 Delmar av.
Klemm, Richard 1730 Missouri av.
Lackland, R. J.......... ae 1623 Lucas pl.
Leete, Dr. J. M 2912 Washington av.
Letterman, Geo. W Allenton, Mo.
Leighton, Geo. E 803 Garrison av.
Leighton, Geo. Bridge: sssessseess803 Garrison av.
Lemoine, Dr. E. S.... 1622 Washington av.
Lind, Dr. G. D ..Lebanon, Ohio.
| Luedeking, Dr. Ohi. vassssesssess Stamford, Conn. . = _ © te *
x List of Members.
Markham, Geo. D 2703 Washington av.
Mack, Chas. J 113 N. Broadway.
Marx, Dr. Ella 3332 Morgan st.
Meier, Frederick 1829 Kennett pl.
Miller, C. F 1751 Missouri av.
Morton, I. W Care Simmons Hdwe. Co.
Moore, Robert 119 Laclede Bldg.
Moore, Dr. W. G 3041 Easton av.
Madill, Geo. A 2821 Chestnut st.
Mudd, H. H 2604 Locust st.
Maurtfeldt, Miss Mary E.............. Kirkwood, Mo.
Meisenbach, Dr. A. H 2229 S. Broadway.
McKittrick, Hugh
Mallinckrodt, Mr. Edw
2913 Locust st.
26 Vandeventer pl.
Nagel ' Charles
2044 Lafayette av.
Nelson, N. O 8th & St. Charles sts.
Nipher, Francis E 3017 Thomas st.
Neville, Dr. J. E. 3960 Delmar av.
Olshausen, Geo. R 1228 Dolman st.
Olshausen, Ernest 1115 Rutger st.
O’Reilly, Dr. Robert J 1722 Washington av.
Parsons, Chas 2804 Pine st.
Ames, Iowa.
2834 Chestnut st.
Pegram, Geo. H Omaha, Neb.
i Amer. Central Bldg., City.
1023 Park av.
27th & Washington av.
3312 Washington av.
Washington University.
Post, Dr. M. H
ewitt, T. F 3101 Pine st.
Pretorius, Dr. Emil 2013 Park ay.
sifer, H Newton Center, Mass.
Parker, I. H. 400 N. Third st., City.
4265 Olive st.
Pickard, Prof. John........... panties
Columbia, Mo.
Ravold, A —e 9806 Morgan st.
Rigge, W. F...... sssssesveeeeSt. Louis University.
Ramel, A Waahinotnn 1 :
Robertson, Charles. ......: +oeseoeeeeeeCarlinville, Til.
List of Members.
Robert, E. S$
xi
417 Pine st.
Care St. Louis Insane Asylum.
Runge, Dr. C.:E
Columbia, Mo.
Schweitzer, B
Scott, H. C
3140 Washington av., City.
Sander, Dr. Enno
129 S. 11th st.
Sanger, Charles R
Schneck, J., Dr
Washington University.
Mt. Carmel, IIl.
2319 S. 18th st.
Schmalz, Leopold
Schwarz, Dr. Henry
1723 Chouteau av.
Seddon, James R
1516 Lucas pl.
Senseney, Dr. E. M
Sears, Edmund H
2829 Washington av.
Mary Institute.
3507 Franklin av.
Shepley, John F
Simmons, E. C
9th & Washington av.
Smith, Dr. S. H
3646 Washington av.
Museum of Fine Arts.
Smith, Holmes
Smith, Jared G
Snow, Marshall S
est eeees
Washington, D. C.
Washington University.
Sheldon, J. L
4313 Olive st
Speck, Charles
1206 Morrison av.
Spigelhalter, J
ae
2166 Lafayette av.
2725 Washington av.
Box 71, Atlantic City, N. J.
1749 S. Grand av.
2647 Washington av.
TERA Dy Aas -W vos ccce: sx ssvivaxcsesverss
Smith, Irwin L
Turner Bldg.
International Bank.
87 Vandeventer pl.
1703 Olive st.
Staudinger, Dr. B...
Seever, W. J
1600 Lucas pl.
Simmons, W. D
Care Simmons Hardware Co.
Terry, Robert J 2728 Washington av.
Taussig, J. J 1421 Missouri av.
Tittman, Eugene C 1811 Kennett pl.
Tivy, W. H 215 N. 2d st.
Timmerman, A. H .... Washington University.
Toensfeldt, J 912 S. 9th st.
Trelease, Wm Missouri Botanical Garden.
Thacher, A 4109 Washington av.
Turner, T. D 004 Garrison av.
Taussig, Dr. Wm 3447 Lafayette av.
Teichmann, W. C
.1610 Mississippi av.” a
xii
Updegraf, M
List of Members.
Von Schrader, Otto
Columbia, Mo.
2648 Locust st.
Wheeler, C. B
1515 Lucas av.
Wheeler, H. A
Watts, M. F
2700 Pine st.
354? Chestnut st.
Whitten, Jno. C
Whitelaw, O. L
Pees sess ee es Fee ee eee ee
Columbia, Mo., care University of
Mo. College of Agriculture..
409 N. 2d st.
Whittier, Chas. T
St. Louis Medical College.
Wislizenus, Fred
803 Wainwright Bldg.
3013 Hawthorne Bldg.
E. Jaccard Jewelry Co.
Roe Building.
t—)
Wittenberg, Paul
- Winkelmeyer, Christoph...
Yeatman, James E
...0040 Chestnut st.
412 Olive st.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF
ST. LOUIS.
JANUARY 4TH, 1892.
President Nipher in the chair, 16 members present. The
following officers for the year were elected: —
Pree esi ee H. S. Pritchett.
First Vice-President......M. L. Gray.
Second Vice-President. ... Robert Moore.
Recording Secretary......Arthur Thacher.
Corresponding Secretary..Wm. Townsend Porter.
APOASUPEE is 65. oc ....Enno Sander.
Librarian...............Gustav Hambach.
Varner i Gustav Hambach, E. A. Engler,
Arthur Thacher.
Directors ...... ceccsesscd. M. Leete, F. EB. Nipher.
The retiring president, Prof. Nipher, made the following
address :—
** Gentlemen of the Academy:
In turning over to my successor the office with which you have so long
honored me, it does not seem fitting that I should enter upon any discussion
of the future aims or policy of the Academy. It has always been an easy
Matter to lay plans for the future. It is easy to see what a rapid develop-
ment would be possible if we could secure a permanent home, where our
valuable library could be made safe against fire, and could be made more
accessible to members. This is all possible if the necessary financial aid can
be secured. Our former presidents have often indulged in pictures of this
kind, but the realization of these hopes is yet in the future. The Academy
has one element of great strength. Its charter is much more liberal than
could now be secured by a newly organized body, in that it can hold property
free of taxation, not only as a charitable institution but by the express terms
of its charter.
It remains only for those who have the interests of science at heart to
allow no unworthy motives to stand in the way of the financial success of the
Academy of Science. Let us have no divided house. The Academy hasan —
honorable history with a goodly perspective of honored names, Its founane
xiv Proceedings.
tion is large enough in outline to afford a place for all who wish to do
scientific work in our midst. Its policy has always been, and should be, to
offer congenial good-fellowship to men of scientific tastes, however widely
their fields of labor may be separated, and to publish whatever may be pro-
duced in any field of science which is in any way an advance upon what is
now In working for the advancement of our Academy we must be
inspired with the zeal of men who expect success, and we must possess our
souls in the patience of those whom disappointments can not discourage.
And as we gain strength we must guard our Academy with jealous care
against unworthy ambitions, and the discords which they always breed.
ere are plenty of examples before us of scientific bodies divided into
hostile factions, struggling for the ASR of control in a society which
has ceased to have any reason for existenc
I do not say these things now Sn I fear that there is any serious
danger of this kind for us at present. The members of this Academy have
always understood each other, and have always felt for each other the
warmest feelings of confidence and esteem. It is, however, because I wish
to add emphasis to these words, that I declined longer to accept the
position with which you have so long honored me.
In conclusion, I wish to express to you my grateful appreciation of the
uniform courtesy and forbearance with which you have always treated me,
and to pledge my constant and loyal support to the Academy. Let us all do
our utmost to make the new administration successful in all that it under -
akes.
Gentlemen, I now have the honor to declare the following gentlemen duly
OFFICERS FOR 1892.
President..... veers ----H. S. Pritchett.
First Vice-President. . eevee M. L. Gray.
_ Second Vice-President....Robert Moore.
Recording Secretary.......Arthur Thacher.
wea oe -»W. Townsend Porter.
Treasure -++«++Enno Sander.
eabeavies. eee & Gustav Hambach.
0 -e+--.Gustav Hambach, E. A. mi Arthur Thacher.
Directors..............++.Jas. M. Leete, F. E. Niphe
At the conclusion of his remarks, Prof. Nipher appointed
Messrs. Wheeler and Seddon to escort the newly elected
President, Prof. H. S. Pritchett, to the chair.
After accepting the duties and responsibilities of the office
in a few appropriate remarks, Prof. Pritchett proceeded to
the business of the meeting, and called for annual reports.
The report of the Treasurer was read and approved, as was
ary.
: t publication the paper on “ The
: Rotary Polaveatios of Light in HySroonrhe Serial Com-
Proceedings. XV
9?
pounds
Council.
Dr. Townsend Porter made some remarks on ‘‘ The Filling
of the Heart ’’ and announced that he would conclude them at
the next meeting of the Academy.
which he read at the last meeting. Referred to the
JANUARY 18TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 9 members present. Dr.
W. Townsend Porter concluded the reading of his paper on
** The Filling of the Heart.’’
Dr. H. Wellington Adams submitted a verbal account of the
new method of transmitting power electrically, known as the
multiphased alternating current system, as employed in the
_ Frankfort Exposition in the Frankfort-Laufen transmission
experiment.
Frprvuary Ist, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 9 members present. The
Council reported the resignation of Dr. G. Hinrichs.
Prof. Pritchett gave a brief statement of the recent photo-
graphic studies of star spectra at the Harvard observatory.
The point of interest consisted in the discovery of the absorp-
tion lines of certain stars, showing a periodic doubling. The
explanation of this is to be found in the fact that the stars are
really double, consisting of two components revolving about
a common center of gravity. At certain parts of this revo-
lution the components would be traveling in opposite directions
with respect to the observer, which would account for the
doubling of the absorption lines.
Fesrvuary 157ru, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, fourteen members prese
On motion the Academy of Science of Kansas ond we
placed on the Exchange list. we
xvi Proceedings.
Prof. Nipher gave the results of a determination of the
latent heat of vaporization of water by means of a Bunsen
burner and a copper retort. The thermometer used read to
tenths of adegree. The thermometer was placed in the water
in the retort, the temperature being at first the ordinary tem-
perature of the atmosphere. The flame was turned on, and
kept constant by supplying the gas at any desired constant
pressure. The thermometer was then read at the end of each
minute during the heating to 100 degrees C.; the readings
were continued during the evaporation of any weighed amount
of water and during the cooling down of the retort with the
remaining water. The sources of error were pointed out and
it was shown how corrections could be made, but they had
proved more troublesome than had been anticipated. He
thought the method was one which might be used to advan-
tage in the case of a student who was ambitious to try his
powers as an experimenter, but thought it less desirable as a
method for accurately determining the latent heat than the
one usually employed.
President Pritchett read a paper giving an account of the
discovery and spectroscopic and photographic study of the
new star in Auriga.
The record of the Harvard photographs showed the star had
become visible about December Ist, and had attained at max-
imum brightness December 20th, when it was of the fourth
magnitude. By February 2d, it had sunk to the fifth mag-
nitude.
The spectroscope study showed a type of spectrum very
similar to that of the Coronal. The lines were much disturbed
and showed evidence of violent internal disturbances.
A discussion of the temporary stars which have been seen
in historic times was given. The general conclusion has been
reached that these temporary outbursts are due to collisions
of meteor streams.
The secretary read a communication from Prof. Trelease
concerning a proposed change in the by-laws for the purpose
of doing away with the initiation fee.
Proceedings. xvii
Marcu 7TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, and about 40 members and
120 visitors present.
On motion the regular order of business was suspended and
Prof. Prichett proceeded with the reading of his paper on
‘* The Progress of Astronomy During 1891.’’ The papercon- ~
tained a complete resumé of the work for 1891, and was fully
illustrated by stereopticon views.
Marcu 21st, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 21 members and 4 visitors
present. Dr. Porter presented an application from the Alpine
Club to be placed on the Exchange list, which was referred
to the Council.
Prof. Engler then read a paper on ‘‘ A Geometrical Con-
struction for Finding the Foci of the Sections of a Cone of
Revolution.’’ The paper was referred to the Council for pub-
lication.
Prof. Wheeler presented ‘Some Notes on the Glacial
Drift.” He noted the occurrence of the till-formation or the
blue-clay boulder bearing formation on West Pine street where
it occurs for a distance of about 2,000 feet, and a maximum
thickness of 12 feet. After commenting on this being the
most southerly known extension of the old glacial ice-sheet,
he made some remarks on the theories of the ‘* Ice-Age.”’
Prof. Pritchett gave a brief resumé of the ‘* History of the
Sun Spots, Magnetic Storms and Aurorae’’ during the dis-
turbed period, February 5-17. This consisted chiefly of the
results of observations at Greenwich and Potsdam near Berlin.
The group of Sun Spots to which the terrestrial disturbances
were directly attributed appeared on the East limit of the Sun
on February 5th, and passed round the West limit on February =
17th. The total spotted area was 1-350 of the Sun’s visible
hemi d isthe t group of spots ever photographed |
at Greenwich. The magnetic. disturbances coincident with
| enormous: changes in these spots: began on ‘Febraary ry 13th
xviii Proceedings.
Great changes were observed both in the horizontal and verti-
cal faces. The vibration of the face read to amounts to over
2 degrees declination at Greenwich. At Potsdam vibrations
of over 3 degrees were observed. A brilliant aurora was
observed at Greenwich on the 14th.
It was moved to defer action on the proposed amendment to
the By-laws until the next regular meeting.
Apri 4TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair with 40 members and 120
visitors present.
The regular order of business was dispensed with, and
Prof. Nipher gave a lecture on the ‘* Modern Dynamo,”’
which lecture was fully illustrated with stereopticon views and
laboratory experiments.
Aprit 18TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 16 members present. Pro-
fessor Holden presented to the Academy a photograph of a
drawing by Prof. Weinek of the Lunar Crater Petavius.
Dr. Todd gave a description of the dentition of the elephant.
The growth of the teeth was fully explained and illustrated
with skulls and teeth.
The question of the Amendment to Article 15 of the By-
laws was brought up for discussion and an amendment offered
so that it would read ‘* Active members shall pay an initiation
fee of $5.00 in addition to which resident members shall pay
annual dues of $6.00, and non-resident members shall pay
dues of $2.00.’
This was referred to the Council for their consideration.
Prof. Pritchett reported that the Council looked favorably
| — the formation of an —— mechiont:
Proceedings. xix
May 2np, 1892.
The Academy met at Washington University with President
Pritchett in the chair and about 40 members and 80 visitors
present.
After calling the meeting to order, President Pritchett
announced that the regular order of business would be sus-
pended, and Prof. W. B. Potter then delivered a lecture on
*‘The Progress of Geological Science.’ The lecture de-
scribed the methods of investigation from the earliest time
to the present day, and was fully illustrated by stereopticon
views.
May 97x, 1892.
A special meeting of the Academy was held in the Academy
rooms with President Pritchett in the chair, and present also
Messrs. Sander, Potter, Chaplin, Smith, Green, Nipher,
Stewart, Letterman, Lind and Thacher.
After calling the meeting to order the president announced
that the object of the meeting was the consideration of the
advisability of forming an Archeological Section. After
some discussion it was moved and carried that the president
and secretary be appointed a committee to draw up and
present to the next meeting an amendment to the constitution
permitting the formation of sections to the Academy.
May 16rx, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 15 members and 3 visitors
present.
The committee appointed at the meeting of May 9th to
draw up an amendment to the constitution permitting sections
of the Academy presented the following report :—
emerge VII. Or Sections.
Section 1. To encourag' te special i
Scene members of te Academy muy form sik, whieh shal
as herein provided,
xx Proceedings.
Section 2. For the formation of a section, written application shall be
made to the Academy, at a regular meeting, by not less than six active
members. On the approval of this application by the affirmative votes of
two-thirds of the members present at the next regular meeting, the section
shall be established, and the names of the petitioners shall be recorded on
the minutes as its founders.
ection 3. Sections may increase the number of their members by
election, but only members of the Academy shall be elected members of any
of the sections.
Section 4. The officers of each section shall be a chairman and a secretary,
who shall be elected by its members at the first meeting of the section, and
subsequently at the first meeting in January of each year.
Section 5. The collections and books of each section are the common
property of the Academy. Donations of books and specimens made to or
for any section, shall be received as donations to the Academy for the use of
that section.
Section 6. A report of the proceedings of each section shall be submitted
to the Academy at least once every month. Papers read before any section
with a view to publication by the Academy shall take the same course as
sel a before the Academy.
. On all points not herein provided for, each section shall be
Paste “ the constitution, by-laws and instructions of the Academy.
H. S. PRITCHETT,
ARTHUR THACHER,
Committee.
The report was accepted.
Mr. Arthur Winslow read the paper on ‘* The Progress of
Mapping in Missouri.’? The paper covered the explorations
and surveys made in the State of Missouri from the earliest
times down to the present date, and was fully illustrated with
maps and diagrams.
Prof. E. A. Engler submitted for publication a paper on the
‘**Geometrical Constructions for Cutting from a Cone of
Revolution Sections (a) of a Given Eccentricity, (b) of Given
Latus Rectum.”’
JUNE 6TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 30 members and 5
hone present.
- Jos. Spiegelhalter presented to the Academy the
oxipionl maps and statistics prepared in 1868 by Col. Robt. J.
Rombauer on the Cholera Epidemic of 1866 and 1867.
Dr. Harter Seem to the carne three volumes of is
the Auk. "
Proceedings. xxi
Prof. Nipher presented a communication on Phenomena of
Four Phase Currents. He showed the characteristic features
of poly-phased currents. The currents were collected from
four equidistant points. in the armature of a Gramme gener-
ator, and were sent into four symmetrical coils on a large ring
of wrought iron wire. A glass plate above the ring was
sprinkled with iron powder. The iron particles adhered in
small masses, which rotated witb the traveling pole near the
center of the plate. The filings just over the iron ring swept
around the plate in an opposite direction from that of the
motion of the polarity, due to rotation around horizontal axes
converging in the axis of the iron ring. As the pole ap-
proaches a heap of iron powder it begins to adhere in fila-
ments which quickly rise and stand vertically when the pole
is beneath. As the pole passes on they lie down in an
opposite direction. The result is a spinning, heels-over-head
tumbling of the particles takes place, and all sweep around in
a direction opposite from that of the traveling polarity.
Dr. G. N. Bock presented a paper on ** Modes of Burial
used by the Ancient Mayas of Guatemala.’’? Dr. Bock’s
paper was fully illustrated with numerous photographs,
pottery and stone images and utensils.
Article 15 of the By-laws was amended so that it would
read ‘* Resident active members shall pay an initiation fee of
$5.00, and annual dues of $6.00, payable at the beginning of
each year. Non-resident’ active members shall pay an initia-
tion fee of $5.00, and annual dues of one-half the dues for
Resident active members, payable at the beginning of each
year.’
Dr. Sander was instructed to invest $1,000.00 of the funds
of the Academy.
OcrosBer 17th, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, and thirty members and
ten visitors present.
The Corresponding Secretary presented a letter from Mr.
Henry B. King, in which he mentioned that he had in he:
possession a number of survey notes collected by his father,
xxii : Proceedings.
which had never been published. The letter was referred to
the Council.
Prof. Pritchett read some notes by Profs. Holden and
Barnard of the Lick Observatory, Hall of the Naval Observ-
atory, Young of the Princeton Observatory and Swift of the
Rochester Observatory on ‘* The Physical Observation of
Mars During the Opposition of 1892.’ These papers gave
in brief the results of physical studies of the planet during
recent favorable opposition. The most interesting deduction
from them is the magnitude of the changes going on upon
the surface of the planet. It seems scarcely possible that
these changes can be completely explained by terrestrial
analogies. Thus in one montb an area of 1,600,000 square
miles of snow had been converted into water. With the
extensive oceans we have upon the Earth, this would produce
but little effect, but upon Mars, whose total permanent water
area amounts to less than one-third of this area, the effect
would be vastly greater. Moreover upon the Earth, the semi-
annual transfer of melted snow from pole to pole is con-
ducted by means of oceans, but upon Mars this transfer takes
place across the land. To this fact might reasonably be
attributed many of the changes in the surface.
In the last week of June the northern limit of the south
polar cap was in latitude 65 degrees, corresponding in our
northern latitude to the northern point of Iceland, some-
what nearer the pole than we would expect to find it on the
Earth at the same interval after the Equinox.
The rapidity with which the snow cap has deapoesel
would seem to indicate further that the depth of the snow
deposit on Mars is much less than on the Earth, a result
which corresponds with the known rarer atmosphere and
presumably lighter precipitation.
The testimony of the large telescopes of North America
except in the case of the Lick Observatory can scarcely be
said to confirm Schaiparelli’s discoveries. In this connection,
however, the large southern declination of the planet needs
to be taken into account. ,
The experience of the present year emphasizes the fact that —
the erection of large telescopes in localities where the atmos-
Proceedings. xxiii
pheric conditions for observing are poor, promises but little
return to science and that the improvement of our knowledge
_ Of the physical characteristics of the Stellar Universe is to be
found in seeking improved points of observation, such as are
most probable to be found on high plateaus.
Mr. Chas. Robertson presented a paper on ** Flowers and
Insects-Labiatae.”’
Prof. G. G. Broadhead presented a paper on ‘* The Ozarks
and Geological History of Missouri Palaeozoic Formations.’’
The president was. authorized to appoint a committee to
consider the question of a change of quarters.
NoveMBer 7TH, 1892.
Vice-President Gray in the chair, twelve members pres-
ent. The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Dr.
Branner, asking for an exchange of publications, which was
referred to the Council.
Dr. Green read a paper on ‘* The Opening of the Buds of
Some Woody Plants,’’ by Prof. -- S. Hitchcock.
NOVEMBER 2IsT, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, seven members present.
r. Sander made a statement concerning the collection of
membership fees.
DrEcEMBER 5TH, 1892.
Prof. Pritchett in the chair, ten members present. The
following committee were elected to make nominations of —
Officers for the ensuing year :—
Dr. Green, Chairman.
Judge Speck.
Prof. Potter.
Wi
xxiv Proceedings.
The meeting then adjourned to the lecture room, where Dr.
Ludwig Bremer delivered a lecture on ‘‘ The Evolution of
Brain and Civilization.’’ The lecture was illustrated by a
number of diagrams, and the development of the brain from
protoplasm to man was clearly shown. The meeting was
attended by 20 members and 40 visitors.
DECEMBER 19TH, 1892.
President Pritchett in the chair, 20 members and 6 visitors
present.
The committee on nominations for officers for 1893 reported
the following nominations : —
REMORSE races Cadence s £85 H. 8. Pritchett.
1st Vice-President........ M. L. Gray.
2d Vice-President..... .-.G. Baumgarten.
Recording Secretary..... . A. Thacher.
Corresponding Secretary..W. Townsend Porter.
SYORSOTOD ss phn shane ak Enno Sander.
SADPATIAD ob + cee cae eess Gustav Hambach.
GOMtODs ssn eee. Gustav Hambach, E. A. Engler,
: Arthur Thacher.
DNGGtOrs. | Sia, ane Jas. M. Leete, F. E. Nipher.
The Corresponding Secretary read an invitation from the
American Philosophical Society to send a delegate to their
150th anniversary meeting. Referred to the Council.
Dr. W. Townsend Porter presented a paper on ‘A
Demonstration of Embryological Methods, Illustrating the
Preparation of Serial Sections of Embryo Chicks for the
Microscope.’’
The paper was fully illustrated with specimens and apparatus
showing the full method of conducting the operation.
Proceedings. XXV
JANUARY 3RD, 1892.
A reception was given by Col. Leighton to the members ot
the Academy to meet Mr. Mark W. Harrington. Mr. Har-
rington and about 80 members of the Academy met at Col.
Leighton’s house and passed a very enjoyable evening.
JANUARY 4TH, 1895.
The members of the Academy met at the Memorial Hall,
and Mr. Mark W. Harrington, Chief of the United States
Weather Bureau, gave an interesting lecture on ‘* The Present
Status and Future Prospects of Government Weather
Bureaus.”’
JANUARY 16TH, 1895.
President Pritchett in the chair, 15 members and one visitor
present. The report of the Treasurer was received and ap-
proved. The Nominating Committee reported the election of
officers for 1893 as follows: —
FYOMGCHE SS Ai et H. S. Pritchett.
Ist Vice-President........M. L. Gray.
2nd Vice-President.......- G. Baumgarten.
Recording Secretary......Arthur Thacher.
Corresponding Secretary..W. Townsend Porter.
Ce Ne ee Dr. Enno Sander.
eg ee ee G. Hambach, E. A. Engler,
A. Thacher.
Librarian........ ens G. Hambach.
Directors...............F.E. Nipher, J. M. Leete.
paper was presented by Mr. J. Christian Bay on
wy siaiars for a Monograph on Inuline.’’ Referred to the
Council,
XXvi Proceedings.
FEeBruARY 6TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, ten members present. The
Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the president of
the National Geographical Society, inviting the Society to
appoint a representative to act on the Advisory Committeé
for the Geographical Conference to be held in Chicago. This
was referred to the Council for power to act.
Fepruary 20TH, 1893.
The Academy met in the lecture rooms at Washington
University with 75 members and visitors present.
Dr. C. O. Curtman delivered a lecture on ** The Detection
and Analysis of Blood.’’ The qualities of blood were described
and the morphological and chemical tests for showing the
difference between the blood of animals and that of man were
explained. It was shown that the human blood could not
safely be distinguished from that of the dog or monkey. The
lecture was illustrated by a number of lantern slides.
Marca 6TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, and 14 members and 4
visitors present.
r. W. Townsend Porter read a paper on ‘* The Question
of a Co-ordinating Center in the Ventricles of the Heart.’’
Dr. Porter also read a pepe: on ‘* The Results of Ligation
of the Coronary Arteries.’’ The paper gave the result of a
series of interesting experiments.
Dr. Porter read a paper on ‘* The Physical Basis of Pre-
cocityand Dullness.’’. The paper was based on the examination
of over 30,000 of the school children of St. Louis. The
. na were tabulated and brought out some very interesting
Tacts.
Proceedings. xxvii
Marcy 20TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 65 members and 15 visitors
present.
Prof. Pritchett introduced Prof. Barnard of the Lick
Observatory. Prof. Barnard gave an interesting description
of the Lick Observatory at Mt. Hamilton. The lecture was
fully illustrated with a large number of beautiful views.
APRIL 3p, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 8 members and 2 visitors
present.
Dr. W. T. Porter read a paper on ‘* The Effect of Embolism
of the Coronary Arteries on the Closure of the Auricle-Ven-
tricular Valves.”’
Apri 177TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 30 members and 30
visitors present.
Messrs. T. G. Allen, Jr., and W. L. Sachtleben gave an
interesting description of their bicycle tour across Asia. A
large part of the route was across Russia and Chinese terri-
tory, which had never been visited by foreigners.
. May Ist, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 22 members and 4 visitors
present.
Prof. E. A. Engler reported for the Committee on Per-
manent Quarters that they had been considering various —
propositions, and as some of these were still pending it was
eemed wise to take no action.
Prof. Trelease exhibited a specimen of wood pene y in ae
the southeastern part of this State last autumn by Mr. B. Fi
ame and stated that the wood was known a teva as cork
xxviii Proceedings.
wood, because of its extreme lightness and that it was obtained
from a small tree, which belonged to the genus Leitneria, of
which one species has been described from the swamps of
Florida, where it becomes a shrub, while one or two refer-
ences have been made to a similar or identical species collected
in scanty specimens in southern Texas and the adjoining part
of Mexico.
The specific gravity of our native woods as reported in
Prof. Sargent’s volume on the forests of the United States,
ranges from 0.2616 (Ficus aurea) to 1.302 (Condalia ferrea ),
both from Florida, —the greater number of species lying
between 0.40 and 0.80. One Indian wood has been reported
as having a specific gravity of 0.260, but so far as the speaker
could learn, no wood of lower specific gravity than this has
ever been observed. The cork wood collected by Mr. Bush
was so extremely light that at the request of the speaker
Prof. Nipher had some time since made a determination of its
specific gravity which he found to be 0.207, or almost exactly
one-fifth the density of water. According to the statement
in Ganot’s Physics, cited by Prof. Nipher, the density of cork
is given as 0.24, so that this Leitneria wood proves to be not
only very much lighter than the lightest wood of which
record could be found, but also very much lighter than the
commercial cork.
A series of photosicrographs, illustrating the structure of
the cork wood were exhibited, showing in the thin walled cells
a reason for this low specific gravity, and the speaker called
_ attention to the light thrown by a sicroscopical examination
upon the affinities of the plant, making reference to the views
of Chapman, Baillon and Benthan and Hooker, and of Van
Tieghem and Lecomte, who some years since made a histori-
cal study of the wood of the Floridan plant.
Mr. Bush, who was present, was introduced to the Academy,
and gave an account of the region in which this Leitneria
occurs, making reference to the large number of Floridan
species which tid Bien discovered in the southeastern part of
Missouri during his collecting trips in the interest of the
Botanical Garden and the World’s Fair Commission of
Missouri.
Proceedings. Xxix
May 18TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 350 members and visitors
present.
President Pritchett introduced Dr. T. C. Mendenhall, who
delivered an illustrated lecture on ‘* The Seals and Their
Home.’’ Dr. Mendenhall while acting as Commissioner of
the United States to report on the seal islands had had an
excellent opportunity to study the habits of the seals and the
lecture was exceedingly interesting and valuable.
After the lecture a reception was given in the galleries. of
the Museum of Fine Arts to meet: —
Dr. T. C. Mendenhall, Supt. U. S. C. & S. Survey.
Dr. Asaph Hall, U. 8. N. Observatory.
Dr. R. H. Jesse, President of the University of Missouri.
Dr. Geo. L. Goodale, of Harvard University.
Dr. C. O. Whitman, of the University of Chicago.
May 22np, 1893.
In pursuance to a call for a special meeting of the Academy —
President Pritchett in the chair, and 21 members present.
The President stated that the meeting had been called to
consider a proposition by the Missouri Historical Society for
the two societies to unite in erecting a building and establish-
ing a museum. A committee of three was appointed to con-
fer with the committee from the Missouri Historical Society.
June 5TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 20 members and 2 visitors
present.
Prof. Nipher gave the result of a determination of Johle’s
equivalent made by students in Washington University. The
Method was to place a wire wound in a single layer around a
tube of glass around which a current of water was a ae
XXX Proceedings.
under a constant head. The temperature change due to heat-
ing coils was measured to tenths of a degree. The value
resulting was 4.20x107.
Prof. Pritchett presented the following report :—
Sr. Louis, June 5th, 1893.
To the Academy of Science, St. Louis:
Your committee appointed to confer with representatives of
the Missouri Historical Society beg to report as follows :—
Sr. Louis, May 31st, 1893.
A meeting of a number of gentlemen interested in the Acad-
emy of Science and the Historical Society was called at Col.
Leighton’s house, 803 Garrison avenue. Present: Mr. Geo.
Leighton, Mr. H. W. Eliot, Mr. C. W. Collet, Dr. Emile
Praetorius, Capt. W. S. Boyce, Dr. Enno Sander, Dr. F. L.
Haydel, Mr. Robert Moore, Mr. M. L. Gray and Mr. H. 58.
Pritchett.
The meeting was called to order by Col. Leighton, who
requested Mr. Pritchett to act as Secretary. After long dis-
cussion of plans for furthering the erection of a proper build-
ing for museum and library, the following resolution was
adopted :—
‘© Resolved, That this meeting recommend the formation of
a stock corporation to be known as the St. Louis Museum
Association, to be managed by a board of 11 directors, the
purpose of the corporation being the erection of a building
for museum purposes, and to provide suitable quarters for
the libraries and museums of the Academy of Science of St.
Louis and the Missouri Historical Society and kindred socie-
ties.””
It was further voted that copies of this resolution be
forwarded to the Academy of Science and to the —
Historical —
: - Respectfully submitted,
ES. Prircuerr
H. W. Exior, §$Committee.
-Roperr freon
Proceedings. XXxi
On motion the report was approved and the Committee con-
tinued with power to increase their number and take such
steps as would be necessary to carry out the recommendations
of the report.
JUNE 197TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, sept members and one
visitor present.
A paper by Prof. L. H. Pammel on ‘* Sclerotina Liber-
tianam with a Bibliography of Fungus Root Diseases’’ was
presented. On motion it was referred to the Council.
President Pritchett presented the following Koma nISRHeS
from the Missouri Historical Society :—
“Ata meeting of the Missouri Historical Society convened specially to
consider a circular from H. S. Pritchett, on June 12th, 1893, Bp. Tuttle pre-
sense of the meeting on the matters whic e communications related.
Resolved, That the Society views with much gratification the proposal to
form a stock corporation to erect a building for museum purposes and pro-
vide suitable quarters for itself, the Academy of Science, and kindred socie-
ties, and undertakes to use its influence to secure practical co-operation in
carrying out such designs.
Provided, That the Society’s Archeological Collection may be transferred
to the custody of the Academy of Science for public use and two-fifths of
the value thereof (said value fixed at $25,000) reimbursed to the Society.
Certified correct.
Oscar W. CoLietT, Secy.’’
On motion action on the communication was deferred until
the first meeting of the Academy in the fall.
Dr. — Treasurer, ra! the following communica-
tion:
* JUNE 3, 1893.
Dr. ENNo SANDER,
No. 129 §. 11th St., City.
Dear Sir: — ae
Enclosed please find Scottish Union and National Policy No. 1690842,
form of policy is the same as the Boylston Policy No. 81749, excepting the
Wiis ue eon ct peecetees Sassi eee 80s esis § 2st ot
and we would, t is property as near eighty
percent ofits valu Jou can etn for incase oa partial lane we
Would settle
XxXxili Proceedings.
would only apply in case of partial loss, as in event of the total destruction
of the property, we would pay the face of the policy, if the value amounted
to as much as the insurance
Trusting same will be found in order,
rs truly,
F. D. HrrscuBerc & Bro.”
Enclosure.
Dr. Sander said that insurance to the amount of $10,000
was now carried by the Academy on its property at 17th and
Washington avenue. On motion the Treasurer was directed
to answer the communication and to say that the $10,000
now carried covers eighty per cent of the cash value of the
property insured.
OctToser 16ruH, 1893.
Prof. Pritchett in the chair, twenty-eight members and two
visitors present.
Prof. Pritchett presented for Dr. Holden, Director of the
Lick Observatory, some positives from the original negatives
taken on the occasion of the total eclipse of the sun in April
last, at a point in Chile. Accompanying the negatives was @
brief statement of the study of them, made by Prof. Schae-
berle, in which he calls attention to the permanence of well
defined lines, as shown in the photographs.
Prof. Pritchett presented a proposition from the Missouri
Historical Society for the purchase of their Archaeological
Collection.
On motion the President was instructed to appoint a Com-
mittee of five to consider this proposition. The President
appointed the following Committee: M. S. Snow, H. W.
Eliot, F. E. Nipher, Jno. Green, A. W. Douglas.
NoveMBER 6TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the eae twenty-one members and
two visitors present.
Mr. Julius Hurter presented an interesting paper on the
‘* Reptiles and Amphibians of Missouri. :
Proceedings. xxxiii
Dr. W. Townsend Porter presented a valuable paper on the
‘* Relation Between the Growth of Children and Their Devia-
_ tion from the Physical Type of their Age and Sex.’’
November 207TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, ten members and one
visitor present.
Prof. Kinealy gave a graphical method for finding the
velocity of the piston in a steam engine. He made use of a
curve which very much resembled the lemniscate, giving its
equation, and some of its properties. He showed howits use
very much simplified the computation of the velocity of the
piston.
Dr. Wm. Townsend Porter showed a modification of the
ordinary apparatus in use for registering blood pressures.
His modification was the substitution of a rubber bulb for the
cumbrous water-box ordinarily used, to make the required
changes of pressure.
DrEcEeMBER 41TH, 1893.
President Pritchett in the chair, 15 members and 1 visitor
present.
Dr. Hambach described some new fossils of stent
Prof. Trelease, Judge Speck and Prof. Snow were elected
a Committee to nominate officers for the ensuing year.
The president referred to the death of Mr. Louis Schoelch,
and the lecture of Prof. Morehead for Dec. 19th was
announced.
Decemper 181TH, 1893.
President Pritchett i in the a 15 members present. ‘The —
Committee on N,
for 1894: —
us P v Vw S
XXxiv Proceedings.
PTORUCHE 2 6 tossie cele es bes H. S. Pritchett.
Ist Vice-President........M. L. Gray.
2d Vice-President........ G. Baumgarten.
Recording Secretary...... A. W. Douglas.
Corresponding Secretary..A. 5S. Cushman.
AYPORSUTOT ss. oes cae Enno Sander.
Dibrarigi sco vee Seah G. Hambach.
CaPetone ss. e.4 So Soe G. Hambach, A. Thacher, Jno.
Green.
DIPOOONG 6 cS Pee F. E. Nipher, J. M. Leete, Dr.
Jno. Green.
The Committee appointed in October to consider the pur-
chase of Archaeological Collection of the Historical Society
reported that the proposition had been withdrawn.
A committee was appointed to consider a proposition from
the Historical Society for renting quarters in their building,
and ‘report to the Academy at a special meeting to be called
for that purpose.
ARTHUR THACHER,
Recording Secretary.
JANUARY 15TH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair and 10 members present-
The Committee on Nominations made the following report,
showing the names of the officers elected for 1894 :—
President vcs oo. ..»H. S. Pritchett.
Ist Vice-President........M. L. Gray.
2d Vice-President........G. Baumgarten.
Recording Secretary...... A. W. Douglas.
Corresponding Secretary..A. S. Cushman:
Treasurer ..............Enno Sander.
Librarian ........02.2...Gustav Hambach.
Curators ................Gustav Hambach, Arthur Thacher,
Jno. Green
3 Directors.....+++. .-.++..dno. Green, F. E. Nipher. |
Proceedings. XXXV
A report of the Committee investigating the question of
moving to the Missouri Historical Rooms was read.
A paper was presented by Dr. Glatfelter on Selix Nigra and
S. Amygdaloids.
The reports ot the Librarian, the Corresponding Secretary
and the Treasurer were read and approved.
Frperuary 5TH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, 25 members and 10 vis-
itors present.
The President made a brief address, congratulating the
Academy on their removal to their new quarters, and read an
extract from the minutes of the Academy some twenty years
ago, showing that it was at that time the desire of the Acad-
emy to occupy the same quarters with the Missouri Historical
Society, so that the Academy could still further be congrat-
ulated in having attained its object after patient waiting.
Prince Rooloovoomah, of Sierra Leone, spoke in a most
interesting manner of the customs and folk-lore of his people.
Accompanying his lecture was a song and several quotations
in his native tongue.
A notice was read of an amendment offered by President
Pritchett to Article V., Section 1, the intent of which was to
add the Treasurer to the members of the Council.
Fresruary 19TH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, 30 members and 5 visitors
present.
Prof. Hicks, of the University of Missouri, read an address
on Economies, reviewing briefly the past history of our coun-
try on this subject, speaking of the present problems, men-
tioning the evils of majority rule, and of the plan of electing
United States Senators by popular votes. He referred to the — 8
industrial questions of the day as embodied in matters of
and banking, our distributive oe the Grintroee
Xxxvi Proceedings.
the State and the individual, the tariff, and the revenue, the
labor question and the reciprocal duties of man and society.
Prof. Hicks urged the formation of a social science section
of the Academy of St. Louis.
Prof. Hicks’ paper was discussed by several members, and
the President was authorized to appoint a committee of five
to investigate and report to the Academy, the advisability of
organizing a section of the Academy for the scientific study
of Economics.
Marca 6rxH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, and 15 members pres-
ent. The President introduced Dr. Armand N. Ravold, who
then presented a paper ‘*On the Typhoid Bacillus found in
the Mississippi River Water.’’ Dr. Ravold prefaced his paper
with a brief lecture. He described the modern microscope,
and the present classification of micro-organisms and bacteria.
The lecturer then described the method of incubating, plating
out and separating pure cultures of bacteria. In the very
excellent and interesting paper which followed, Dr. Ravold
related his experience, in the finding in the Mississippi water
of a certain bacillus, which he called Number 21, and which
after long and careful work he has succeeded in almost con-
clusively identifying as the well-known Bacillus Typhesis.
The lecture concluded with some excellent stereopticon views
of micro-photographs made by Dr. Ravold. A discussion
followed, the lecturer called attention to the great need in St.
Louis of an isolation hospital where malignant diseases due to
pathogenic germs could be treated.
Prof. Nipher moved that a committee be appointed by the
President to investigate the matter of the meteorological work
heretofore carried on in Forest Park, and see if it could not
be carried on under the direction of the Academy.
, Marcu 19rn, 1894. ;
_ The Academy met at the Memorial Hall at 8 p. m., and ,
listened to a public lecture by Prof. Jno. Pickard of the
Proceedings. xxxvii
University of Missouri on the subject ‘*‘ Greece Through the
Spectacles of an Archaeologist.’’
Upon the conclusion of the lecture the meeting adjourned
to the rooms of the Academy, No. 1600 Lucas Place, where
an informal reception was given Prof. Pickard, and the rooms
of the Academy were thrown open for inspection of members
and visitors, and by the kindness of the Missouri Historical
Society, its museum was also lighted up for the inspection of
members. About 300 members and visitors were present.
Aprin 2np, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, and 15 members and 2
visitors president. ;
The President called attention to an old volume now in the
possession of the Academy which contained the original
records of the Academy from its foundation to 1870, and
which for some years had been lost. He recommended that
the records be placed in a fire-proof safe.
Mr. Jas. Seddon ——e a paper on ** An Analysis of
the Theories of Money.”
Aprit 16TH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, 23 members and 6 visitors
present.
Dr. Edw. ©. Runge read a paper on * A Case of Rumina-
tion, with the Results of an Investigation of its Digestive
Chemism.”’
The President announced the death of Mr. Jno. T. Davis.
May 7ruH, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, 48 members and 2 — a
present. ee
Dr. T. J. J. See of the University of Chicago, read a pa ap i .
Xxxviii Proceedings.
on ‘* Results of Recent Researches on the Formation of the
Heavenly Bodies.’’
May 22np, 1894.
President Pritchett in the chair, 19 members present.
The report of the Committee appointed to consider the
_ advisability of adding to the Academy a section for investi-
gations in Political Science was read, stating that after mature
deliberation the Committee concluded that the present was
not an opportune time for such action.
A. S. Cushman read a paper on ‘* Post-Mortem Estimation
and Detection of Strychnine.”’
JuNE 4TH, 1894.
Judge Gray presiding, 18 members and visitors present.
Prof. Nipher made a report for the Committee appointed to
see if the meteorological work being conducted at Forest Park
could be done under the Academy’s supervision. He stated
that he had been unable to get any satisfaction from the City
authorities, and could report no definite action.
The resignation of Pres.. Pritchett was read, same being
caused by his departure for Europe, and action deferred until
the first meeting of the Academy in October.
The introduction to the paper of Dr. R. Ellsworth Call on
‘© The Unionidae of Arkansas’’ was read by Mr. Whitten.
The Recording Secretary announced the vote by letter
ballot, of the amendment to the Constitution, adding the
Treasurer to the Council.
Mr. Arthur Winslow laid before the Academy two maps,
showing the work of the Geological Survey of Missouri.
A. W. Douetas,
Recording Secretary.
dul Wie ee
Gee
:
ay
nae
Lee
Mais a2 tp
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY.
No. 9. ;
APPENDIX TO THE
CATALOGUE OF THE FLORA OF NEBRASKA.
BY H. J, WEBBER.
(Presented October 18th, 1891.)
Considerable material and information having accumulated since
_ the publication of my Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska, in the
Annual Report of the Nebraska State Board of Agriculture for 1889,
it is thought best to bring this together as an appendix to the Cata-
logue.
In the printing of the ‘‘ separates’’ of the Catalogue, for some
unaccountable reason, the type of the first eighty pages was reset
without proof-reading, thus leading to many typographical errors
in the “separates ’’ that do not occur in the original as printed in
the body of the Report. I have thought best to add a list of such
~igichenn soi as I have noted, reference et in every case to the °
** separates.”’
In the main Catalogue some species not seen by me or by collect-
ors aiding in the preparation of the Catalogue, were reported on the
authority of Gray’s and Coulter’s Manuals, etc. Many of these
having since been collected, a list is given with a few distribution
notes, under the heading, — Notes on species before reported. —
I have also included in this list a few corrections that it has been
found necessary to make in the identification of species before
reported.
In the appendix proper the plan of arrangement followed in the
Catalogue has been carried out. The names of those reporting
Species follow in every case the name of the species reported as
it occurs in the appendix. The collector whose name follows the
Species, it must be understood, is to be taken as the authority for
: its occurrence, as in many cases I have not had the opportunity to as
ce at te
v species 0} or in the Herbarium of the University of Nebraska. <
: cee —_ ——— ie to ~~ on good meme have 80 |
ee Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
known been included. Prof. C. E. Bessey, Mr. P. A. Rydberg and
Mr. T. A. Williams, have collected extensively since the issue of the
Catalogue and have kindly furnished me annotated lists of the species
they have discovered which were not before reported. I cannot
thank them too much for their tedious, painstaking labor.
Prof. G. D. Swezey, of Doane College, Crete, Nebraska, has issued
a list of ‘‘ Nebraska Localities for Flowering Plants in the Herbarium
of Doane College,’’ which includes a number of species not reported
in my Catalogue. Prof. Swezey kindly sent me specimens of most
of the additions for examination. My notes (where desirable) on
those examined will be found in the text of this appendix. I have
to thank Prof. Swezey for this and several other favors rendered.
Ir. R. N. Pound, Mr. A. F. Woods and several others reporting
interesting discoveries, have been duly credited in the text.
For sid in the identification of species reported on my authority
in this appendix, thanks are due to Drs. N. L. Britton, C. F. Mills-
paugh, Geo. Rex, Wm. Trelease and Sereno Watson; Professor L.
H. Bailey, Mrs. Elizabeth Britton, Mr. Henry Willey, Mr. M. 5%.
Bebb, Mr. F. V. Coville and Mr. A. 8. Hitchcock.
Lastly Iam pleased to acknowledge the general ail and support
of Dr. Wm. Trelease and Dr. C. E. Bessey throughout the prepa-
ration of the paper.
This appendix contains 432 species not before reported; of which
9 are Protophytes, 20 Zygophytes, 7 Oophytes, 117 Carpophytes, 13
Bryophytes, 2 Pteridophytes, and 264 Anthophytes.
The Catalogue contained 1890 species and varieties, of which 39
were Protophytes, 95 Zygophytes, 20 Oophytes, 691 Carpophytes, 47
Bryophytes, 17 Pteridophytes, and 981 Anthophytes.
Thus the Nebraska Flora as at present known contains 2322
species and varieties, of which 48 are Protophytes, 115 Zygophytes,
27 Oophytes, 808 Carpophytes, 60 Bryophytes, 19 Pteridophytes,
and 1245 Anthophytes.
In conclusion I wish again to thank those who have so kindly
aided me, and to express my gratification that the people of the State
of Nebraska are showing increased interest in their not uninterest-
ing flora.
151. Cystopus TRaGoPoGonts (Pers.) Schroet.
(Artemesia canadensis), Pine Ridge, Aug., 6 (Webber
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 3
of; 1. 36,
38, 28,
ad Be
45, 1 22,
#1, 3: 99,
‘ik 4h;
42,8 5,
44,5 at
44,
51, s
54,8
62, s
67,8
69, 418,
11,8
71,8. 450,
44,6. 497,
76,
82, g. 205,
83,8. 640,
87, Order 56
“woe,
9,8. 956,
149, s. 1867,
CORRECTIONS.
= ; S. = species; 1]. = line
as fuatiisina read Soatitisideia..
for when rea
omit
for ite nade read ee
rs marino read m
r diseasees
read gheidls
ee 1.9, Aste Aetaied auaitaee = oe oo
364, 1. 1, for salicini read salicina.
405,1. 32, for cyndrical read cylindrical.
The host Aster Hb gtex should be A. paniculatus.
ensis.
437, 1. 2, for canadense read ca
for Znothera read rant
for Dittm. read Ditm
The remark under tébtio forms should be — Supposed
to be stages of Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes.
for Pericularia read Piricularia.
tentionally changes it is Spivobueia
cardo Biicrie unin-
m.)
Iso line 5, scirpiola read scirpicola.
d Lycoperdacee
for scrotina read serotina.
for eupatoriodes read eupatorioides.
NOTES ON SPECIES BEFORE REPORTED.
(The number preceding each, is the species number in the main Cat-
alogue.)
414, GYMNOSPORANGIUM MACROP
On leaves of Crab — (Pirus coronaria) Butler me and Li c
(Bessey).
On Wild worm-wood ,
).
us L. Stage II (Restelia pirata hasten)
+ Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
416. PHRAGMIDIUM sPECIOSUM Fr. The specimens referred to Stage II of
this species should be Stage I of ragmidium subcorticium
(Schrank) Wint. (See. No. 81 of this paper) -
520. AsCOCHYTA SMILACIS Ell & Ev. should be of Ell. & Mart. or following
Saccardo the nomenclature should be changed to Stegonospore
smilacis (Ell. & Mart.) Sacc.
622. RAMULARIA VIRGAURE% Thuem. On Solidago canadensis only, not on
S. rigida and S. memoralis.
709. PoposPpoRIUM RIGIDUM Schw. On grape stems only, not on Physalis.
886. Woopsia OREGANA Eaton (Localities omitted in Cat.) Collected at
Pine Ridge; Hat Creek Basin; Dismal River, Thomas Co. (Webber).
924. CaREX GRISEA Wahl. (Reported from Coulter’s Manual). Ashland,
May. (Williams).
926. CAREX JAMES Torr. var. NEBRASKENSIS (Dew.) Bailey (Reported
from Coulter’s Manual). Hat Creek eins Sioux Co., Aug.;
Broken Bow, July; Anselmo, July. (Webb
929. CaREX LONGIROSTRIS Torr. (Reported from Gray’s Manual). Dismal
River, Thomas Co., July 12. (Webber). Ashland, Weeping Water,
War Bonnet. (Williams).
1088. JUNCUS FILIFORMIs L. (Reported from Gray’s Manual). Lawrence
Fork Bottoms, Banner County (Rydberg)
1103. NorHOSCORDUM sTRIATUM (Jacq.) Kunth. (Reported from Coulter’s
Manua
. Crete, rare (Swezey).
1126. QuERCUS NIGRA L. (Reported from Gray’s Manual). Pawnee Ue:
(Bessey).
1187. ERIOGONUM ALaTUM MIcHX. (Reported from Coulter’s Manual).
Hills. Deuel Co. and Banner Co. (Rydberg).
. ATRIPLEX NUTTALLIL Watson, is the prevailing Atriplex of N. w.
Nebraska in the ‘* Bad lands,’’ etc., but is quite rare in the easterm
part of the state where A. patula vie hastata is the common form.
(Webber).
1202. AMARAN?US CHLOROSTACHYS Willd. of “ka Nebr. Fl. Plants p-
13 is likely Acnida tuberculata Moq.. (W
. ARENARIA PUNGENS Nutt. must probably be considered as A. hooker?
utt. See this appendix No. 269. (Webber.)
1257. NELUMBO LUTEA (Willd.) Pers. (Reported from Gray’s Manual).
. Lakes, etc., plentiful. Fremont, July. (Williams & Bessey).
. ELATINE TRIANDRA Schkuhr (Reported aie Coulter’s Manual). Exeter,
Sept. communicated by Dr. Wibbe (Bessey).
- MENTZELIA L&VICAULIS Torr, ns Gr. should be changed to Mentzelia
nuda —— Torr. & oF t is bor! a sosaeae of Ne-
b
braska. — his spec-
imens . eoleced in Denel and i Banner counties: — tt “a agree in
*
1491.
1497.
1498,
1501,
1580.
1581,
1589.
1611,
1666.
1738,
1792,
1804.
Webber — Catalogue of the F lora of Nebraska. 5
every respect with Torrey & Gray’s description of M. nuda except
that they have a bracteate calyx. In Porter and Coulter’s Fl. Col.
M. nuda is described as having a bracteate calyx.’’ (Webber).
ASTRAGALUS FLEXUOSUS Dougl. (Reported from Coulter’s Manual).
Lewellen, Common (Swezey).
ASTRAGALUS MICROLOBUS Gray (Reported from Coulter’s Manual).
Cultivated ground. Deuel Co., June 25; Cheyenne Co., Aug. 13
(Rydberg)
sosebpahaesr sh MISSOURIENSIS Nutt. (Reported from Coulter’s Man-
ual). Curtis, Frontier Co., June 22: North of Kimball, Aug. 16
(Rydberg). War ic. Canon, Jane (Williams).
ASTRAGALUS PECTINATUS Dougl. (Reported from Coulter’s Man
ual). Prairies, rear Gering July 20’and Pleasant Valley, Scotts
Blutf Co., July 28 (Rydberg).
ASTRAGALUS RACEMOSUS Pursh. (Reported from Coulter’s Man-
ual). Hills, Curtis, Frontier Co., June 22 (Rydberg).
GILIA IBERIDIFOLIA Benth. (Reported from Coulter’s Manual).
Cliffs and Canons of Banner and Scott’s Bluff Counties, July (Ryd-
berg).
MERTENSIA LANCEOLATA (Pursh) DC. Swezey’s Nebr. Fl. Plants,
p. 11, should be Pentstemon ceruleus number 1612 of the catalogue.
ECHINOSPERMUM REDOWSKII (Hornem.) Lehm. is the var. occi-
dentale Watson. Since collected a: Dismal River, Thomas Co.,
July 13; Pine Ridge, July 21 (Webber).
ECHINOSPERMUM REDOWSKU (Hornem.) Lehm. var, CUPULATUM Gray
(Reported from Coulter’s Manual). Alliance, Aug. 6 (Webber).
Chadron (Bates). Venango, Perkins Co., June 23 (Rydberg).
PHYSALIS LANCEOLATA Michx. var. Lavicgata Gray. (Reported from
Coulter’s Manual). Old fields, etc. Weeping Water, July (Williams).
PENTSTEMON GLABER Pursh var. UTAHENSIS Watson. Swezey’s
Nebr. Flowering Plants p. 12, should be P. haydeni Watson (see
this appendix No. 364) (Webber).
PENTSTEMON ALBIDUs Nutt. (Reported from Gray’s Manual). An-
telope Co., xt arn en July; Thedford, July; Hat Creek
Basin, Aug. (Webber).
GENTIANA CaLycosa Griseb. All of my Nebraska material of this
species should be labeled G. puberula Michx. (Webber).
CNicus PiIrcHERri Torr. should be C. undulatus (Nutt.) Gray.
nescens (Nutt.) Gray. (See this appendix No. 391 CWrebhet.
HELIANTHUS PETIOLARIS Nutt. var. CANESCENS Gray. (Reported
from Gray’s Syn. Flora). Lawrence Fork Bottoms, Banner county
(Rydberg). oe
FRANSERIA DISCOLOR Nutt. (Reported from Coulter’s Manual). Pals
ries, Kearney County; Dix, Kimball Co., Aug. 14 Peeing ee
6 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ERIGERON GLABELLUs Nutt. of Swezey’s Nebr. Fl. Pl. p. 9 seta be
oe Ey macranthus Nutt. (See this appendix No. 411)
1836. ASTER TANACETIFOLIUS (Nees) H. B. K. (Reported from Coulter's
- Manual). Banner en etc. Common in the western part of the State
(Rydberg). Et se
1867. KUHNIA EUPATORIOIDEs L, var. CORYMBULOSA Torr. and Gr. (Reported
from Coulter’s Manual). Canons, Binner Co. (Rydberg).
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska.
The following tabulated list of new localities for Flowering Plants apie
reported was prepared by Mr. Rydberg from his collections. Some sp
are greatly extended in range, and some shown to be much more common
than was supposed.
BANNER CoO. DEUEL CO. |
Pe owen wee al Pa
{ | | Zz
“ ¢ - Pere 3 s
: 2 = ee oer o|6 ba
Psi le eter fe ea a\°[
= oS teed ee ES 3 a ea | ye my | WD B
3 D ie [2 | Oe = aon eo a}. | | pe le
q : Ss o a|f ‘a — - Ss o |} 2 Se. oO g rAe)
= Sa a ofia.!| & S SH eizlisaletsgslo Nn 5 os
2) (88) gle lssmedi sia) |Sslai cif misMsiuls |e iga
Sia les] Sia S25 2 ele jes! Sielnie BISS|G/215 jax
ails iSc| 8/8 |Ealés|s/=/S8s)4/8\ 318) 88s) lee
HH} |O S|f IVE ella 6 Ol: imialm & |||] @ ie
898 TGS DES se es Re Oe Be ae ee Be ee eae
eS ae beast ot RE ae Cee UN
pe doy ot 910)....| 911} 916] 915
be | | 986
2 he Tees 1001
HPSS RE ee Be me | a a ee ea oe a oe 1
MAS IONRE ot oe oh 1015} 1082 CGE i ES Sees meee Raves EN Re Boks Ee SS ern
014 art 1081)
2,0. 1145 1114! ... ./1105 Ze OES
... 11169)... Ye ee 1147
pe Sesh Tew Bsn, Bree) BUEN wile siotee 1188 1189 11166
Baise “a 1196}1184
si | | rl
ret Sees A Serer eae pee RO Die oy oe lc ee
--- | 1209/1219] 1353 252 |1258)... ./1207 1208 1258]1291 1201 1260)...
ee ay 1289]... .|1285|-.. |... 1288]... . 1289 me ae
| 1289
-»++| 1830 1832) 1397 1348) ||. .1°"°"|''°']4308) "7 * ‘liges!ia97lisas
.|139411361|1345 |... .| |
[18051388 1355
SHED Hind We: 1
1408/1494) -- 14164 n
1413/1489) -/1429 1
teleecasioees
taebvaes
+0 sw) sak os
woete ew ets!
ee os
thew weeds
ey es pes
Wo 0 yap wee Nel
1
bo
oo
es
or
—r
8.
. RETICULARIA Bull.
- PHYSARUM Pers.
- BACILLUS Cohn.
. GLCROTRICHIA Ag.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
PROTOPHYTA.
1. RETICULARIACEZ.
1. R. LYCOPERDON Bull. On decaying trunks of trees. Pine Ridge,
Dawes Co., July (Webber).
2. CLATHROPTYCHIACE.
- ENTERIDIUM Enhr.
2. E. ROzEANUM (Rost.) Wingate. (Reticularia [?] rozeana Rost.).
Lincoln (Webber).
3. STEMONITACEZE
. STEMONITIS Gled.
3. 8. WEBBERI Rex. (N. sp. in lit. Published in Pro. Acad. Nat.
Sci. of Phila., 1891). On old stump, Lincoln, September (Webber) .
4. PHYSARACEZ.
4. P. Livipum Rost. (Spumaria licheniformis Schw.) On bark of
tree, Lincoln (Webber).
5. P. PETERS B. and C.. On bark of old Cottonwood and Boxelder
trees, Weeping Water (Williams).
5. BACTERIACE.
6. B. sorGur Burrill. On leaves and culms of Bushy blue stem
(Andropogon nutans), Lincoln; Johnson grass (Andropogon os
var. halepensis), Howard Co.; and on numerous varieties of
Sorghum grown on the Nebraska Experimental Farm at een
Quite meet forming large irregular purple patches
(Webber).
6. NOSTOCACE A.
7. G. Natans Thur. Floating in stagnant water. Greenwood, July
(Williams). saree: attached to Nitella stems (Bes —
LYNGBYA Ag. and Thur.
8. L. CINCINNaTA Ke, Minden. In
material | collected by Dr. Hape
man (Besse y). | ee
OY. eg ROSPE :RMUM
um Wood. “Minden ie.
Feist
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 9
ZYGOPHYTA:
7. PALMELLACE.
9. TETRASPORA Ag.
i
i)
ind
—
—
bo
oo
oo
=
-~
—
©
=)
oO
vo
~I
9.
- STIGEOCLONIUM Kg.
10. T. EXPLANATA (Kg.) Kirch. Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
. SORASTRUM Kg.
11. S. sprNuLosuM Kg. Minden. In material collected by Dr. Hape-
man (Woods).
- HYDRODICTYON Roth.
12, H. urricuLtatuM Roth. Stagnant water, plentiful. Fremont,
July 31 (Williams). Lincoln (Bessey).
- PEDIASTRUM Meyen.
13. P. ANGULOsUM (Ehrb.) Menegh. (P. biradiatum Meyen). In
material collected by Dr. Hapeman at Minden. (Woods).
14. P. peRTUSUM Kg. var. CLATHRATUM A. Br. (P. duplex Meyen).
Minden. In material collected by Dr. Hapeman (Woods).
8. PITHOPHORACEZ.
- PITHOPHORA Wittr.
15. P. arrinis Nordst. In stagnant or slow running sheets Green-
wood, July sale srcirace
ULOTHRICHACE.
16. S. FrastigiatumM Kg. Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
5, APHANOCH ETE A. Br.
17. A. GLtosposa (Nord.) Wolle. form. Minor Nordst. growing on
Nit “ee in material from Minden collected by Dr. ee
(Woods).
10. DESMIDIACEZ.
- DESMIDIUM Ag.
18. D. swarRTziI te Minden. In material collected by Dr. Hape-
man (Besse
- SPHAZROZOSMA Corda.
19. P. sERRATUM Bailey. Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
SPIROTANIA Breb. oe ee ie ae
20. S. CONDENSATA Breb. In material from Minden, collected by Dr. se
Hapeinan. pi Lae ake oe, ai:
10 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
19. COSMARIUM Corda.
21. C. BROOMEI Thwaites. In material from Minden, collected by
Dr. Hapeman Oct. 19 (Woods).
. XANTHIDIUM Ehrb.
22. X. FascicuLatum (Ehrb.) Ralfs. In material from Minden, col-
lected by Dr. Hapeman (Woods
21. ARTHRODESMUS Ehrb.
23. A. ocTOCORNIs Ehrb. In material from Minden, collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Woods).
bo
(=)
22. EUASTRUM Ehrb.
24. KE. INERME Lund. In material from Minden, collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Woods). .~
23. MICRASTERIAS Ag.
25. M. AMERICANA (Ehrb.) Kg. Minden, in material collected by Dr-
_ Hapeman (Woods).
26. M. SPECIOSA Wolle. Minden. In material collected by Dr. Hape-
man (Woods
24. STAURASTRUM Meyen.
27. S. ARISTIFERUM Ralfs. Minden. In material collected by Dr-
Hapeman (Woods). !
11. DIATOMACE.®.
25. GOMPHONEMA. :
28, G. ACUMINATUM Ehrb. var. Laricerps Ehrb. Minden. In ma-
terial collected by Dr. Hapeman. (Bessey).
12. ENTOMOPHTHORACE.
26. pei a Cohn.
9. E. aPHipis Hoffman. On Aphis Sp. on Polygonum. Ashland.
Oct. (Williams).
OOPHYTA.
138. CEDOGONIACE.
27. GEDOGONIUM Lk.
30. CE. BORISIANUM (Le Cl.) Wittr.
lected by Dr. Hapeman (Woods).
Sr. : Ciaasy, Kg. Minden. In materialcollected by Dr. Hape-
In material from Minden col-
28. BULBOCHETE Ag.
$2. B. POLYANDRA. Cleve. “Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 11
14. PERONOSPORACEZ®.
29. PERONOSPORA Corda.
33. P. OXYBAPHI Ell. & Kell On leaves and young shoots of Oxybaphus
nyctagineus, causing much damage to the host. Elmwood, Ash-
land. June and July (Williams).
30. PLASMOPARA Schroet.
34. P. HALsTEDIT (Farlow) Berl. and De Toni. On leaves of Sun-
flower (Helianthus annuus), Lincoln, Oct. (Webber). Great rag-
weed (Ambrosia trifida), Wabash, Aug. (Williams).
31. SCLEROSPORA Schroet.
35. S. GRAMINICOLA (Sacc.) Schroet. (Peronospora graminicola Sacc. >
On Green and Yellow fox-tail (Setaria viridis and S. glauca), Ash-
land, Weeping Water (Williams). Lincoln (Besse ey).
32. CYSTOPUS Lev.
36. C, IPOMOEH-PANDURANE—Sacc.—Farlow. On leaves and petioles
of Morning Glory (Ipomea Sp.) Richardson Co., Aug. (Webber) ;
Ashland (Williams). Very destructive, variously twisting and
distorting the leaves and petioles, finally causing them to drop
off, :
CARPOPHYTA.
15. COLEOCHAETACEZ.
33. COLEOCHAETE Breb.
37. C. IRREGULARIS Pringsh. Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
38. C. ORBICULARIS Pringsh. Minden. In material collected by Dr.
Hapeman (Bessey).
16. ERYSIPHE.
34. ERYSIPHE Hedw.
39. E. GRAMINIS DC. Conidia stage (Oidium monilioides Link.) On
’ leaves of Wild Rye (Elymus canadensis), Weeping Water (Wil-
liams).
The Oidinm is the only stage frequently found here. I have
frequently observed this at Lincoln on various grasses, but have
never found the perithecia (Webber).
17. SPH. ERIACER.
35. CHETOMIUM Kunze.
40. C. cHarrarum Ehrenb, On —_ broom.
36. PHYSALOSPORA Niessl. ae
41. P. ee cate (Peck) Sace. On leaves of Astragalus drammonait.
ont, Dawes Co., July. Quite destructive (Webber). coe
Liscoln eee)»
12
Oo
~l
oo
oO
oo
i=)
i
oS
He
&
sed
oo
Cl
ts
i
ot
47.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St, Louis.
. SPH/ERELLA Ces. & DeNot. .
42. S. opuNTIZ Ell. & Ey. On Cactus (Opuntia m
ing Water (Williams).
issouriensis), Weep-
18. HYPOCREACE.
. NECTRIELLA Sacc.
43. N. vuLpina (Cke.) Berl. & Vogl. On old decaying log, Lincoln
>:
(Webbe
19. DOTHIDIACEZ.
. PHYLLACHORA Nitschke.
44. P. LESPEDEZa (Schw.) Sacc, On Bush clover (Lespedeza
_ frutescens), Nemaha Co., Oct. (Webber).
. PLOWRIGHTIA Sacc.
45. P. RiBEstIa (Pers.) Sacc. On stems of gooseberry (Rives gracile),
Ashland (Williams).
20. HYSTERIACEZ.
- HYSTEROGRAPHIUM Corda.
46. H. wRAXINI (Pers.) DeNot. On Ash (Frazinus viridis) Lincoln
(Pound).
21. CALICIACEZ.
. ACOLIUM Ach.
420 A. nese Ach. On Sandstone, rdte. Pine Ridge, Aug.
(Webber). :
22. GRAPHIDIACEZ.
- ARTHONIA (Ach.) Nyl.
48. A. RapraTa (Pers.) Th. Fr. On Hickory bark. Milford, Oct.
(Webber).
‘ OPEGRAPHA (Humb.) Ach. Nyl.
- O. vaRta Pers. var. PULICARIS. Bark of trees. Weeping Water
(Williams).
23. LECIDEACE2.
- BUELLIA De Not., Tuckerm.
50. B. EPIGa&A otis Tuckerm. On high sandy ground. Pine Ridge,
Aug. (Web
LECIDEA (Ach., ot Tuckerm, ‘
51. L. TessELiaTa Floerk, On Stone. Pine Rage, Aug. sp onpunties
ebber).
47. BIATORA, Fr.
82. B. muscorum (Sm) Tackerm. On moss. Pine Ridge, Aug. —
Webber). :
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 13.
03. B. RUssULA (Ach.) Mont. f. DEALBATA Tuckerm. On earth etc.
Valentine, Harrison (Williams).
48. CLADONIA Hoffm.
54. C. BOTRYTIs (Hag.) Hoffm. Rotten Pine log. War Bonnet canon,
N. W. NebreekA: “(William Ss).
55. C. CaRIOSA (Ach.) Spreng. On ground under trees on bluffs and
in damp places, verycommon. Pine Ridge, Aug.; Dismal River,.
Thomas Co,, July (Webber); War Bonnet canon (Williams).
24. PARMELIACEZ.
49. URCEOLARIA Ach.
56. if scruposa (L.) Nyl. On sandy ground and sandstone, common.
ne Ridge, July (Webber).
50. LECANORA Ach. Tuckerm.
or
pa
57. L. BRUNONIS Tuckerm. On sandstone, Ashland. (Williams).
58. L. GLaucocaRPA (Wahl.) Ach. On stone, common. Pine Ridge,
Aug. (Webber).
59. L. PRiviGNa (Ach.) Nyl. On stone. Pine Ridge, Aug. (Webber).
60. L. SCHLEICHERI (Ach.) Nyl. On ground, abundant. Pine Ridge,
Aug. (Webber). ;
61. L. VARIA (Ehrb.) Nyl. var. s#PINcota Fr. On bark of pine, com-
mon. Pine Ridge, Aug. (Webber). On trees, Ashland. (Will-
iams).
- PLACODIUM (DC.) Naeg. & Hepp.
62. P. ELEGANS (fink.) DC. Onstone. Pine Ridge, Aug. A very
pretty orange red species, abundant in this region. (Webber).
63. P. MicROPHYLLINUM Tuckerm. On old bark, Pine Ridge, Aug.
(Webber).
64. P. vrretuinum (Ehrh.) Naeg. & Hepp. On sandstone. Lincoln,
Sept. (Webber).
COLLEMA Hoffm., Fr.
65. C. PULPOSUM Liotta Nyl. On sandstone. Pine Ridge, Aug.
_ (Webber). :
PELTIGERA (Willd., Hoffm.) Fée.
66. P. woRIzonTaLIs (L.) Hoffm. On ground. Pine Ridge, Aug.
-PHYSCIA (DC., Fr.) Th. Fr.
67. P. nrsprpa (Schreb., Fr.) Tuckerm. Onstone. Pine Ridge, Aug.
(W::bber).
PARMELIA (Ach.) De Not.
68. P. MotzruscuLa Ach. On ary sterile soil, abundant. War Ruins %
Canon, Harrison (Williams), Pine Ridge, Crawford (Webber). :
69. sino ones (Hoffm .) Floerk. var. ‘SUBLEVIGATA —_ Ont trees. coe
Weeping. Water (Williams).
14 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
25. PEZIZACEZ.
56. PEZIZA Fuckel.
70. P. HEMISPHERICA Wigg. Manure etc., Wabash (Williams).
26. UREDINEZ
57. UROMYCES Link.
71. U. Hower Peck. On Milkweed (Asclepias syriaca), Fremont, July
31. Very destructive (Williams).
72. U. TRIFoLIT (Alb. & Schw.) Winter. On red clover (Trifolium
pratense}, Ashland. Quite plentiful and somewhat destructive,
(Williams).
. MELAMPSORA Cast.
73. M. tint (DC.) Tal. On Wild-flax (Linum perenne var lewisii),
Hat Creek Basin; Wild-flax (Linum rigidum), Weeping Water.
Very destructive especially on the latter host. (Williams).
- PUCCINIA Pers.
74. P. ANEMONES-VIRGINIAN® Schw. On Long fruited anemone
(Anemone cylindrica) , Weeping Water. (Williams).
75. P. rusca Relhan. On Anemone, Ashland (Williams).
76. P. HYDROPHYLLI Peck & Cke. On leaves of Water leaf
(Hydrophylium virginicum) Sarpy Co. (Pound.)
77. P. MIRABILISsiMa Peck. IL&II[. On Barberry (Berberis repens) ,
Belmont, July 24. The teleutospores are rarely found. In m
Nebraska material 1 found but two. They, however, agree and
compare well. (Webber). ; :
78. P. SANICULE Grev. On Black snake root (Sanicula canadensis) ;
Ashland (Williams).
- P. scirer DC. III On Bull-rush (Scirpus sp.), Lincoln, April
( r).
o
io)
g
~~
=)
Webbe
. P. smitacis Schw. On Greenbrier (Smilax hispida), Ashland.
Abundant, causing the leaves to turn yellow and fall off
(Williams).
60. PHRAGMIDIUM Link.
81. P. SUBCORTICIUM (Schrank.) Wint. Stage I Qn Rose (Rosa ark-
ansana), Milford, May, 86; (Webber). Cultivated Rose (Rosa
sp.), Lincola, May (Webber). Weeping Water and Ashland
(Williams). :
oo
2
This includes the specimens referred to stage II of P. speciosum
(No. 416) in the catalogue, but does not include those of stage
TIE;
On leaves petioles and stems, orange red, very conspicuous.
Frequently quite injurious (Webber). ee
_ 61. ACIDIUM Pers, Avast APOE ara
(S. A. catuinntors Ell. & Kell. On Matva sp. Ashland (Williams),
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 15
83. A. MICROPUNCTUM E. & E. On Painted cup (Castilleja sessilifiora
Pursh), Belmont, June 17. Quite destructive. (Williams.)
62, UREDO Pers.
84. U. rrpicota C.& E. On leaves of Buffalo or Missouri currant
(Ribes aureum), Collected by Dr. Thomas in Scott’s Bluff County.
Although determined to be a Uredo by Messrs. Cooke and Ellis
(Grevillea VI, p. 86) and also by Peck who named it Uredo jonesii
(Torr. Bull. XII, p. 36) it seems more like a Coleosporium, which
it will probably turn out to be. All attempts at germinating the
spores have thus far failed (Bessey).
27. USTILAGINEZ.
63. USTILAGO Pers.
85. U. caricis (Pers.) Fckl. On Sedge ( prin Jilifolia) Sioux Co.
June. Very plentiful, destroying — aries of nearly all the
host plants in that vicinity. (William
. U. RABENHORSTIANA Kuhn. On finger grass (Panicum japan
Ashlan
‘On flower spikes in the sheath, completely destroying them
(spores brown, echinulate, round ellipsoid or angular, 7-12 by
8-13 m.m.m.). (Williams). 1
64, UROCYSTIS Rabenh.
87. U. occutta (Wallr.) Rabenh. On Wild rye (Elymus canadensis) ,
Ashland. (Williams) -
28. EXOASCEE.
65. EXOASCUS Fuckel.
88. a PRUNI ee On common wild plum causing the disease
lum pockets.’? Weeping Water, quite common,
Cwneias Dawes Co. (Bessey). On Prunus pumila at Long
Pine (Bessey
29. SACCHAROMYCETES.
66. SACCHAROMYCES Meyen.
89. S. MycopERMA Reess. Lincoln (Pound).
30. SPH ZERIOIDEZ.
67. PHYLLOSTICTA Pers.
90. P. connt West. On Red osier sngoone (Cornus stolonifera), Bel-
mont, July ( Webber.)
91. ee pom (Fr.) Kx. On False Solomon’s seal (Smilacina
lata), Ashland (Williams); False Solomon’s seal (S. amplexi- a
mane! New Helena, Custer Co., sited 6. Frequently quite oe
MenencHte: Webber.) Fe.
16 Trans, Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
92. P. peRsIcH Sacc. On leaves of peach. Rock Creek and Ashland
(Williams).
93. P. prrina Sacc. On apple leaves. Abundant and frequently de-
structive, Nov. 20. Lincoln. (Webber).
94. P. s—ERoTINA Cooke. On cherry (Prunus serotina?), Richardson
Co., Aug. 25. Quite destructive in the locality where the speci-
mens were collected. (Webber).
P. ULMICOLA Sacc. On Elm (Ulmus americana), Ashland, Oct.
" (Willia ms),
68. VERMICULARIA Fr.
96. V. LILIACEARUM Schw. On wild garlic (Allium canadense), Ash-
land (Williams).
69. SEPTORIA Fr.
97. S. BRUNELL® Ell. & Hals. = Self-heal (Brunella vulgaris),
Richardson Co., Aug. 26 (Webber).
98. S. CEPHALANTHI Ell. & Kell. his leaves of Button bush \aiita.
' lanthus occidentalis), West Point (Williams).
99. S. coryLina Peck. On Hazel nut (Corylus oe Nebraska
City, June. Not uncommon. (Webber).
100. S. LirroREa Sacc. On Do canis oo cannabinum), Elm-
wood, Weeping Water, Wabash (William
101. S. rHomna B. & C. On Sumach. ape glabra), Nebraska
City, June 1; Common, (Webber). Ashland and Weeping Wa-
ter (Williams).
70. RHABDOSPORA Mont.
2. R. continua (B. & C.) Sacc. On stems of Plantain (Plantago
elongata), Lincoln, March. Forming on old stems, numerous in-
conspicuous little black specks. (Webber).
: 31. LEPTOSTROMACEZ.
71. LEPTOSTROMA, Fr.
103. L. SCIRPINUM Fr. On dead leaves of Riverrush a Sluvi-
atilis), Weeping Water. (Williams. )
32. MELANCONIER.
72. GLCEOSPORIUM Desm. & Mont.
104. G. SPHERELLOIDES Sacc. On Hoya carnosa in conservatory,
Lincoln (Pound).
73, COLLETOTRICHUM Corda. :
105. C. LINBOLA Corda. On leaves and culms Ve False red-top Ubrag-
oe rostis ] Sep ae! Sand-b ;
< : Lincoln Oct. i (Webber). ieee a Ona ae :
4, MELANCONIUM Tink. 2) a es
106, » Moaaexum (Gree) er, Onde sory, Ashland
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora ah Nebraska. 17
338. MUCEDINEZE.
75. BOTRYTIS Mich.
107. B. CERATIOIDES Peck. On decaying boards, Weeping Water.
(Williams)
76. RAMULARIA Ung.
108, R. hese Cooke. On leaves of Tick-trefoil (Desmodium
canescens), Weeping Water, Wabash, Ashland (Williams); Tick
trefoil (D. canadensis), Lincoln, Aug. (Webber). In places very
destructive.
109. R.IMPATIENTIS Peck. On leaves of Wild-balsam (Impatiens fulva
and J. pallida), Ashland (Williams).
110. R. occrpENTALIS Ell. & Kell. On leaves of Dock (Rumex altissi-
mus), Lincoln (Pound). :
111. R. OxaLrpis Farlow. On leaves of Sorrel (Ozalis violacea), Ash-
land ( Williams).
77. STACHYBOTRYS Corda.
112. S. LopuLATA Berk. On decaying broom, Lincoln (Pound).
34. DEMATIE.
78. CERATOPHORUM Sacc.
113, C. ULMICOLUM Ell. & Kell. On leaves of American Elm (Uimus
americana), Ashland, October (Williams).
79. HELMINTHOSPORIUM Link.
114. H. LtanceoLaTuM Cooke. Lincoln (Williams),
80." CERCOSPORA Fries.
115. C. aruGrnosa Cooke. On leaves of Buckthorn (Rhamnus lan-
cia Ashland (Williams
116. C. DATURE Peck. On leaves st Stramonium (Datura stramonium),
Aahined: (Williams) .
117. C. puBra (Riess) Wint. (C. chenopodii Fr.)
On Pigweed or goose-foot (Chenopodium album), Pine Ridge, July
29 (Webber).
118. C. ecHtnocystTis Ell. & Mart.
lobata), Waverly (Williams).
119. C. FLAGELLARIS Ell. & Mart. ee Poke weed (Phytolacca decandra),
Richardson Co. Aug. 1 (Webbe
120. Cc. GYMNOCLaDI Ell. & Kell. ee leaves of Kentucky Coffee tree
(Gymnocladus canadensis), very common, Ashland (Williams) ;
Richardson Co., Aug. (Webber).
121. C. urppre EW. & Ev. On leaves of Lippia lanceolata, Ashland.
Quite destructive (Williams) -
122. C. SaGITTARL® Ell. & Kell. On Arrow-head ( Sagittaria ——
_ Weeping ate _ (Williams.)
2
On Wild cucumber (Echinocystis
18 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
123. C. symPnoricaRP! Ell. &. Ev. On Indian Currant (Symphoricar-
pus vulgaris), Rock Creek, July (Williams.)
124. C. VERNONLE Ell. & Kell. On Iron weed (Vernonia fasciculata),
Rock Creek, Wabash, Ashland. (Williams). Very plentiful and
quite destructive.
35. STILBEZ.
81. ISARIA Pers.
125. I. sULPHUREA Fiedl. On ground, Lincoln. (Webber).
36. NIDULARIACEE.
fe 2)
2. CYATHUS Hall.
126. C. srriatus (Huds.) Hoffm. On decaying matter. Wabash,
Ashland, Weeping Water. (Williams).
37. LYCOPERDACE.
83. GEASTER Mich.
127. G. HYGROMETRICUs Pers. On ground, Pine Ridge, Dawes Co.,
July ae
oo
4, peg epee
. B. SUBTERRANEA Peck. Dismal River, Thomas Co., and Pine
Very common in ae and Western regions. This spe-
> B. & C. (No. 785 of te igs logue). De Toni, (in Sacc.
Syl. Fung.) keeps them distin Mr. Morgan says he can
easily PAIS between the ae in the Nebraska material sent
him, which, to my certain knowledge, was collected in similar lo-
calities. For this reason I insert the species here, although, it is
probably nothing more than a form of B. circumscissa B. &
(Webb:
85. LYCOPERDON Tourn.
129. L. curTisu Berk. Lincoln. (Webber).
130. L. wrigntm B.& C. var. sEPARANS Peck. On ground, Dismal
River, Thomas Co., July 12; Pine Ridge, July 25 (Webber).
86. ARACHNION Schw.
131. A. ALBUM Schw. On ground among weeds. Lincoln, Aug
(Webbe
38. AGARICINE®,
87. LEPIOTA Fr.
132. L. opiira Peck. Woods, Weeping Water, Lincoln. Common, —
(Williams).
88. ARMILLARIA Fr.
133. A. MELLEA Vahl. Base of stumps etc., common, Weepivg
Water avilinay :
m TRICHOLOMA Fr.
*:184. T. TERREUM — Woods, Weenie Water. (Williams).
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 19
itn}
oO
. CLITOCYBE Fr.
135. C. INFUNDIBULIFORMIS Schaeff. Ashland, rare (Williams).
. COLLYBIA Fr. |
186. C. veLuTIPpEs Curt. Bases of stumps of Hickory trees. Ash-
land, Weeping Water, common (Williams).
92. PLEUROTUS Fr. 7
137. P. ULMarRIus Bull. Trunks of Elm, Boxelder, etc. Generally
late in autumn, common. Lincoln, Ashland, Weeping Water
(Williams).
93. LENTINUS Fr.
138. L. LEcOMTEI Fr. On old logs, especially Cottonwood. Weep-
ing Water, Ashland, Wabash. Common, (Williams).
94. PLUTEUS Fr.
139, P. cervinus Schaeff. On much decayed logs, common. Ash-
land. (Williams).
95. ENTOLOMA Fr.
140, E. RHODOPOLIUM Fr. Moist woods. Ashland (Williams).
96. PHOLIOTA Fr.
141. P. PR&COX Pers. oeeut, places after rains, Lincoln, Weeping
Water. (William
97. HYPHOLOMA Fr. :
142. H. veLuTINUM Pers. Lincoln, Weeping Water (Williams).
=)
_
39. POLYPOREZ.
i=]
io)
. POLYPORUS Mich.
143, P. ELEGANS (Bull.) Fr. On old wood, Lincoln. A very pretty
species with somewhat excentric stipe about 1] in. long, thick
pileus, and decurrent hymenium. Rare. (Webber).
: 40. HYDNE.
- HYDNUM L.
144. H. crrratTuM Pers. .On old stump, Lincoln, June. Mr. Ellis
writes — ‘* Rare, I have it also from Iowa and New York.” My
only specimens were sent to Mr. Ellis for determination hence
are in Herb, Ellis. —
Hymenium with very long coarse teeth, blue brown. (Webber).
100. IRPEX Fr.
145. I. optrqguus (Schrad.) Fr. On dead limbs of Elm, Ashland
(Williams).
a
I
41, Ucagmioes acinomae
101. STEREUM Pers.
146. S. NeGuecrumM Pk. (Rep. 33 p. 22.) On bark of trees, common,
Lincoln (Webber).
20 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
42. CLAVARIEZ.
102. PTERULA Fr.
147. P. MuLtirma Fr. On decaying leaves at bases of trees in ae
timber, rare. Wabash (Williams).
43. TREMELLINE.
. GUEPINA Fr.
148. G. SPATHULARIA (Schw.) Fr. On old boards, R. R. ties, etc., com-
mon. Weeping Water and Ashland (Williams). Lincoln (Webber).
_
a)
oo
44, CHAREZ.
104. CHARA (Vaill.) Leonh.
149. C. conTrRaRIA A. Br. Flowing or standing water and cold
_ springy lakes. Fremont, July (Williams).
150. C. FRAGILIS, Desv. In ponds. Greeley Center, Greenwood,
Fremont ‘ons ms).
105. NITELLA Ag.
151. N. acuminata A. Br. var. GLOMERATA A. Br. Ponds near Lin-
coln (Bessey).
152, N. FLExILIs Ag. Ponds near Minden. In material collected by
Dr. Hapeman (Bessey).
153. N. mucronata A. Br. Ponds near Minden. In material col-
lected by Dr. iabeimuit (Bessey).
BRYOPHYTA.
45. BRYACEZ.
106. GYMNOSTOMUM Hedw. ' :
54. G. RUPESTRE Schwegr. (Mollia eruginosa (Sm.) Lindb.). Op
damp overhanging stone cliff. Pine Ridge, July 25 (Webber).
107. DICRANELLA Schimp.
155. D. varia Schimp. On wet clayey soil, banks of the Mo. River.
Peru, March (Webber).
108. DESMATODON Brid.
156. D. aRENacrUs Sulliv. & Lesq. On ground. Collected by Mr.
Brunner at Ashland, May (Webber).
157. D. NERVOSUs. thnks & Schimp. var geDENTULUS Bruch. &
Schimp. Abundant on stone. Peru, March (Webber).
109. BARBULA. Hedwig.
158. DM ee “ee
400. KG. UR : Ds: Ridg ; shag 3 (Webber).
112,
113.
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 21
- BRYUM Dill.
159. B. cuspiricium L. Earth, Weeping Water (Williams).
. ATRICHUM Beauv.
160. A. PARALLELUM Mitt. Moist banks. Pine Ridge, June ia
iams).
161. A. ANGUSTATUM. Bruch. & Schimp. Long Pine iDetaey):
POLYTRICHUM L.
162. P. JUNIPERINUM Willd. On ground. Collected by Mr. Conklin
at Long Pine (Webber).
HYPNUM Dill.
163. H. FLUVIATILE Swartz. West Nebraska (Webber).
164. H. RADICALE Beauv. On damp decaying log. Hat Creek Basin,
Sioux Co. Aug. (Webber).
165. H. RUTABULUM L. var. LONGISETUM Brid. Wet dripping banks
and rocks, Ashland, April (Williams).
166. H. SERRULATUM Hedw. - ground. Peru, March; Nebraska
City, June (Webber).
PTERIDOPHYTA.
46. MARSILIACEZ.
114. MARSILIA L.
167. M. vestira Hook. & Grev. In ponds in many places in the
tate; Fairmont, Bradshaw, Minden, Geneva. Apparently not
occurring east of the Blue River. The Fairmont specimens col-
lected in 1890 agree with the variety tenuifolia in the hairiness,
and shape of the leaflets, but nearly all the specimens collected
hi year (1891) fully agree with the specific characters of M.
vestita. A few specimens were received which were more hairy,
and whose leaflets were narrower, but upon investigation these
were found to be terrestrial forms. In some cases these tenui-
folia-like forms were connected directly with the iarger smooth
and broad leaved aquatic forms. The season of 1890 was a very
dry one which probably accounts for the smaJl size of the plants
and the hairiness and narrow growth of the leaflets. (Bessey).
47. FILICES.
115. CHEILANTHES Swz. Lip-fern.
168. C. LANUGINOSA Nutt. Exposed rocks, two miles S. W. of Hack-
berry Springs, Banner Co. Aug. (Rydberg). -Redwillow Co.
(Bessey.) epee oa | :
va A Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ANTHOPHYTA.
48. NAIADACELE.
116. NAIAS L. Naiad.
e 469: N, WLEXILIS Rostk. & Schmidt. Stagnant water, Greenwood,.
July (Williams).
117. RUPPIA L. Ditch grass.
s
170. R. occrIpENTALIS Watson. In Grand Lake (brackish water),
abundant. Alliance Aug. 6. This is the form mentioned in the
Catalogue under Ruppia maritima as probably belonging to the
foreign variety peduiculata Hart. Mr. Morong writes: ‘* There
Watson, but with some differences. The leaves are somewhat
shorter, the peduncles much longer and the fruit somewhat
smaller. This form has not hitherto been found this side of
Canada.” (Webber.)
a
ead
iv. 5)
- POTAMOGETON JU. Pond weed.
171. P. AMPLIFOLIUS Tuckerm. Cropsey’s Lake, Lincoln, July re
ber).
172. P. FLuITANS Roth. (P. lonchites Tuckerm. )e Streams, etc. An-
selmo, Custer Co. July (Webber).
173. P. OAKESIANUS Robbins. In re Thedford, Thomas Co., July
ll. Arare find. Mr. Morong writes — “ It is the first time I have
ever known this species to occur so far west. The most westerly
locality known for it hitherto has been the Adirondack region in
ebber.
New York,.”’
174, P. PECTINATUS L. Lakes, etc., abundant. Fremont, July (Will-
iams). Grand Lake, Alliance, Aug.; Thedford, Thomas Co.,.
Aug. (Webber).
175. P. SPIRILLUS Tuckerm, Liseom, July (Webber).
176. P. zosteR&Z¥oLius Schum. Springy Lakes. Fremont, July;
Greeley Center, July (Williams).
49. HYDROCHARIDACEZ.
119. ELODEA Michx. Water-weed.
177. E. CANADENSIS Michx. Margins of Cold Lakes. Fremont, July
(Williams).
50. ALISMACEZE.
120. SAGITTARIA L. Arrow head.
178. 8. catycrva Engelm. Moist Banks, Greenwood, July (Will-
iams).
179. S. HETEROPH PHYLLA Pursh. Shallow water and muddy banks.
Greenwood, oe —
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebiaska. 23
180. S. VARIABILIS Engelm. var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Engelm.
leaves with very narrow diverging lobes. Lodge Pole atch
Deuel Co., July (Rydberg). Rdeaiees a Thomas Co., Aug. 7;
Anselmo, Custer Co., July (Webber).
181, S. VARIABILIS Engelm. var. LATIFOLIA (Willd.) Engelm. With
moncecious flowers, broad and acute leaves. Near Platte River,
Kearney Co., Aug. (Rydberg). Lincoin, Aug. (Webber).
. 8. vaRmaBILis Engelm. var. oprusa (Willd.) Engelm. With
dicecious flowers and broad and obtuse leaves. Sand Creek
below Wahoo, Sanders Co., Sept. (Rydberg). .
—
QD
bo
51. TYPHACEE.
121. TYPHA L. Cat-tail flag.
183. T. LatTiFoLIA L. var. TRIVIALE (Pursh) B. S. P. Common
Cat-tail. Long Pine (Swezey).
52. CYPERACEZ.
122. CAREX L. Sedge.
184. C. aurgA Nutt. Wooded cajions and low prairies, very common.
Lewellen, Alliance (Swezey). Thedford, sre Co., July; Hat
Creek Basin, Aug.; Pine Ridge, July (Web
185. C. pouGLasm Boott. es prairies. see Custer Co., July
(Webber).
186. C. FitiroLtia Nutt.~ Dry places. War Bonnet eat June
(Williams). Alliance (Swezey). Hitchcock oe (Hape
187. C. FILIFORMIS L. var. LATIFOLIA Boeck noeelan Alliance
(Swezey). Ashland, War Boaost: Cafion ts Niams). Pine
Ridge, Anselmo, Thedford (Webber).
188. C. GRavipa Bailey, var, LAXIFOLIA Bailey. Broken Bow, July 4
Webber
189. C. LAXIFLORA Lam. var. VARIANS Bailey. NebraskaCity, June 1
Webber).
190. C. marcrpa Boott. Dry prairies. Alliance (Swezey). Anselmo,
roken Bow, Thedford (Webber). /
191. C. MUHLENBERGI Schkuhr. Lowprairies. War Bonnet, Weep-
ing Water, June-July (Williams).
192. C. PENNSYLVANICA Lam. Crete, common (Swezey).
193. C. SARTWELLU Dewey. Ashland, May (Williams).
194. C. squarrosa L. Lincoln (Webber).
195. C. strpata Muhl. Low prairies, = Crete (Swezey), Thed-
ford, July 10, Anselmo, July 5 (Web
196. C. STRAMINEA Schkr. var. BREVIOR Dawes pueoets June
(Williams) ; kiataie: Custer Co., July (Webber).
197. C. TETANICA a ae Ashland, May (Williams).
198. C. TRIBULOIDEs Wahl, var. cristata (Schw.) Bailey. Low
: ground. Wabash, ies 5 (Williams).
24 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lours.
199. Ci rrrcHocarra Mubl. var. arisTara (R. Br.) Bailey. Low
: prairies and moist places. Elmwood, Ashland ( Williams).
. HEMICARPHA Nees.
200. H. MIcRANTHA (Vahl.) Britt. (H. subsquarrosa Nees.) Minden.
ve Collected by Dr. Hapeman (Bessey). Ashland (Williams).
124. ERIOPHORUM L. Cotton grass.
~» 201,-E. @raciie Koch. Collected at Minden by Dr. Hapeman (Bes-
} sey). ;
—"
bo
oo
ne
bo
or
. FIMBRISTYLIS Vahl.
202. F. CAPILLARIS (L.) Gray. Long Pine (Swezey). Minden ( Hape-
man and Bessey).
203. F. casTaNea Vahl. (F. spadicea Vahl. var. castanea Gray).
: Po hele by Rev. Bates at Valentine (Rydberg). Minden (Hape-
an) -
126. HELEOCHARIS R. Br.
204. H. arropuRPURKA (Retz.) Kunth. Collected by Dr. Wibbe in
Filmore Co. Reported by Dr. Britton (Torr. Bull. Vol. XVII
.., May, 1891, p, 166).
205. H. ovata (Roth.) R. & S. var. ENGELMANNI (Steud.) Britt. Pine
Ridge, June 18 (Williams).
206.;H. PALUSTRIS (L.) Roem. & Schult. var. GLaucescens (Willd.)
ray. Anselmo, Custer Co., July 6 (Webber). .
127: ' DULICHIUM wi
507. D. SPATHACE uM (L.) Pers. Collected by Rev. Bates at Valeu-
tine, Aug. 14 (Rydberg).
128. ‘CYPERUS L.
08. C. acuminatus Torr. & Hook. Doniphan (Swezey). Lincol,
July 20 (Webber).
‘
_ 209. C. Dianprus Torr. Long Pine (Swezey).
210. C. DIANDRUS Torr. var. CASTANEUS Torr. Very abundant, Mo.
_ River bottoms, tichantaon Co., Aug. 26 (Webber).
2. ¢. STRIGOSUS L. Ravenna, Brewster, Long Pine (Swezey)-
. GRAMINEZ.
129. ASPRELLA Willd.
212. A HYSTRIX (L.) Willd. Roadsides N. E. of Wahoo, June
(Rydberg). % Oe cakes), Ho
180. ELYMUS D. °° wid: Rye. é 3 :
218. KE. ELYMOIDES (Raf.) rey ts. sitanion Schultes). ‘Lewellen
Swe wezey.
131, AGROPYRUM Gaertn.’ Wheat gr
a14. A. DAsYstacuyum Vasey. Banks | in thin woodlands; War Bon-
» Jane, 23. ‘Rare sate! iltiams). a
, Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 25
132. BROMUS L. Brome grass.
215. B. citratus L. var, PURGANS Gray. Belmont (Swezey).
153. GLYCERIA R. Br. Manna grass.
216. G. PALLIDA (Eddy) Trin. Wet places at margins of streams.
War Bonnet, June 23. Rare (Williams).
134. POA L. Meadow grass.
217. P. ALSODES ese Woods on hillsides. War Bonnet, June
(Williams).
218. P. NEVADENSIS Vandy: Woods in War Bonnet cajion near
edges of stream, June 21 (Williams).
219. P. syLvEsTRIS Gray. Edges of woods, War Bonnet, June 23
illiams).
(Williams
135. DIPLACHNE Beauv.
220. D. FascICcULARIS (Lam.) Beauv. Collected in Minden by Dr.
Hapeman and in Rock Co., by Rev. Bates (Bessey). Greenwood
(Williams).
136. AVENA L. Oats.
221. A. srRIATA Michx. Wild oats. War Bonnet, June (Williams).
137. ARISTIDA L. Triple-awned grass.
222. A. TUBERCULOSA Nutt. Collected at Minden by Dr. Hapeman
Bessey).
_
w
oO
- PANICUM L. Panic-grass. :
223. P. wILcoxIANUM Vasey. Prairies Ft. Niobrara. First: collected
by D . E. Wilcox, the post surgeon, and by him submitted to
Dr.Vasey who described it as new in Bull. 8, U.S. Dept. Agricult-
ure Soa Division) 1889, p. 32.
It very near Panicum scoparium Lam. if indeed it is not a
prea df form of it (Bessey).
54. JUNCACEA.
139. JUNCUS Tourn. Rush, Bog-rush.
224. J. BaLTicus Dethard var. MONTAN US Engel Alliance
(Swezey). Broken Bow, July 4; Thedford, July 15 ( CWebliee).
225. J. suFoNiusL, Sandy ground,not uncommon. Lawrence Fork,
Banner Co., Aug. (Rydberg). Broken Bow, July 4; Thedford,
July 12 (Webber).
226. J. MARGINATUS Rostk. ‘var. PAUCICAPITATUS Engelm. Brewster
(Swezey).
227. te Noposus L. Low prairies and edges of streams, very com
. Thedford, Thomas Co., sng 14; ment (Webber).
poe Se: (Swezey). o
228. J. reNvIs Willd. var. sECUNDUS ogee. Long Pine (Swezey). :
_
~
~1
148,
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
55. LILIACEE.
. CALOCHORTUS Pursh.
229. C. NUTTALLU Torr. & Gr. Along sides of cafions. Pine Ridge,
June (Williams).
. FRITILLARIA L.
230. F. ATROPURPUREA Nutt. Along sides of cafions. War Bonnet,
June (Williams).
2. POLYGONATUM Adans. Solomon’s seal.
231. P. BIFLORUM (Walt.) Ell. Cass Co (Wiliiams).
. SMILAX L. Greenbrier, Catbrier.
232. S. HERBACEA L. var PUBERULENTA Gray. Woodlands, War
Bonnet, June (Williams).
56. IRIDACEE.
. IRIS L. Iris, Flag.
233. - VERSICOLOR L. Common Blue-flag. Edges of ponds, etc.,
ommon. Nebraska City, June (Webber).
57. PONTEDERIACE.
. HETERANTHERA Ruiz & Pav. Mud plantain.
234. H. timosa Vahl. In ponds, common. Lincoln and Fairmont
(Bessey). Minden (Hapeman).
58. ORCHIDACE®.
. HABENARIA Willd. Rein orchis.
235. H. BRaCTEATA (Willd.) R. Br.
Moist places, common. War
Bonnet, June (Williams).
. SPIRANTHES L. Ladies’ tresses.
336. S. CERNUA (L.) Rich. Sand flats, on islands of the Platte River
near Ashland. Sept. (Williams).
CORALLORHIZA R. Br. Coral root.
237. C. INNATA R. Br. Damp dark woods in cafion. War Bonnet,
ne (Williams).
238. C. MULTIFLORA Nutt. More than the p ling speci
Same locality (Williams).
59. CUPULIFERZ.
149. BETULA L. Birch.
239. B. pa Marshall. Paper or Canoe birch, White
birch. On the north stopes of the bluffs of the Niobrara River
er re er
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 27
60. JUGLANDACE.
150. HICORIA Raf. Hickory.
240. H. sutcaTa (Wilid.) Britt. Richardson Co. (Bessey).
61. SALICACE.
151. SALIX L. Willow, Osier.
241. S, RosTRaTa Richardson. Wooded cafions,common. Belmont,
July. Hat Creek Basin, Aug. (Webber).
242. S. Tristis Ait. Dwarf gray willow. Anselmo, Custer Co.,
July. Mr. Bebb writes: ‘‘This is the most westerly sasaiiee of
this species known to me.”? (Webber). Long Pine (Bates).
62. CERATOPHYLLE.
152. CERATOPHYLLUM L. Honewort.
243. C. DEMERSUM L. Shallow lakes. Fremont, (;reenwood, Ash-
land. June-Sept. (Williams.)
63. POLYGONACE.®,
153. RUMEX L. Dock, Sorrel.
244. R. BRITANNICA L. Long Pine (Swezey).
154. POLYGONUM L. Knotweed, Smartweed.
245. P. HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx. Mild water-pepper. Wet places
- at edges of water, etc. Wabash, Aug. (Williams).
246. P. LAPATHIFOLIUM L. Belmont (Swezey).
247. P. LAPATHIFOLIUM L, varINCARNATUM (Ell.) Watson. Lawrence
Fork, July 8 (Rydberg).
248. P. MUHLENBERGIL Watson. Low places. Wabash, Weeping
Water, Ashland, Aug.- Sept. (Williams). Horse Creek, Scott’s.
Bluff Co., Aug. 1; Lodge Pole Creek near Kimball, Aug. 12 (Ryd-
berg). '
155. ERIOGONUM Michx.
249. E. anNNuuM Nutt. f. —. Sand hills Kearney Co. (Rydberg).
Ewing (Bessey).
Of the E. annuum type but differing in size, being larger (2-3
ft.) ; naked above; leaves lanceolate, 2-24 in. long, 4 in. wide, the
upper nearly sessile; bracts triangular; flowers larger than those
of EZ. annuum; the dense appressed wooliness turning yellowish on
ioc branches (Rydberg). 3
250. E. BREVICAULE Nutt. Hills, Kiwa Valley, Scott’s Bluff Co., July
28 (Rydbe
251. E. ceRNuUM Nutt. Court House Rock, July 4; Wild Cat Mount- -
ains, Banner Co., July 16; Scott’s Bluff, July 25; hills. near Kim
ball, Aug. 12; near Sidney, Aug. 16 (Rydberg).
28 ) Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lous.
252. E. corYMBosuM Benth. Sand draws of Cheyenne Co., Aug.
(Rydberg).
253. E.MICROTHECUM Nutt. var. EFFUsUM (Nutt.) Torr.& Gr. Lodge
Pole Creek (Swezey).
64. CHENOPODIACE®.
156. SUZEDA Forskal. Sea blite.
254. S. PROSTRATA Pallas, (Ill. Pl. Imp. Cogn. p. 55 t. 47.— 1803)-
(Salsola depressa, Pursh Fl. 1814; Watson, in King’s Rep.)
Salt Creek Basin N. W. of Lincoln (Rydberg). Differs from S.
linearis (Ell.) Torr. in having the leaves broadest at the base and
one or more of the calyx lobes strongly carinate.
. EUROTIA Adans.
255. E. asus sete ica: White sage. Dry prairies, in ‘ Bad
lands,’? etc Creek Basin, Aug. (Webber). Hillsides,
eaiaree hens eet and Lawrence Fork (Rydberg).
pont
or
=1
A white tomentose undershrub of the aspect of an Artemisia. The
margins of the leaves are revolute, which separates it at a glance
from Artemisia cana which it otherwise resembles. It is known
under the name of ‘‘ White sage.”’
In Coulter’s Manual Pgs is described as dicecious. Watson in
his *‘Revision of N. A. Chenopodiacee,”’ states that it is some- —
times aeaee which is the case with all specimens found
here (Rydberg).
158. ATRIPLEX L.
256. A. ARGENTEA Nutt. Not uncommon in the Salt Basin, N. W. of
Lincoln, and saline soil in Kiwa Valley, Scott’s Bluff Co. (Ryd-
berg).
x
257. A. HorTENSIS L. Escaped sibs roads, etc. Hastings, Aug. 2
(Webb
159. MONOLEPIS EDs
258. M. CHENOPODIOIDES Mog. Dry saline soilin Deuel Co., June 27
(Rydb:
erg).
160. papel i Pigweed, Goosefoot.
259. C. BoscIaNUM Mog. Long Pine, Belmont (2) (Swezey); Ben-
nett, ateiy itches EL. ).
260. C. FREMONT. Watson. Collected by Rev. pane at Alliance
- (Rydberg) ; Belmont (Swezey); Anselmo (Webbe
261. C. FREMONTIL Watson. var. INcANUM Watson. sida by Rev.
Bates at Valentine (Rydberg). Dry prairies, very abundant in
Prairie dog towns, Thedford, July 16 (Webber). Lawrence fork,
July 8; Kiwa Valley, Scott’s Bluff Co., it L vAberey: :
— 262,.C. LEPTOPHYLLUM Nutt. Common i _ and
Nebraska. _ Siirseuicns siadeatt chiles: Pole Creek. (Sweres).
Webber — Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 2%
Sandy soil, Kearney Co. (Rydberg). Thedford and Anselmo,
July (Webber
263. C. LEPTOPHYLLUM Nutt. var. OBLONGIFOLIUM Watson. Valen-
tine, collected i Rev. Bates; also in broken soil, Deuel Co.,
July 12 (Rydber
264. C. LEPTOPHYLLUM Nutt. var. SUBGLABRUM Watson. Alliance
(Swezey). Pine Ridge (Webber). Scott’s Bluff, July 24
(Rydberg).
65. AMARANTACE.
161. FRGZELICHIA Moench.
265. F. GRACILIS Moq. ‘‘ Sand draws,’’ Deuel Co., Aug. 24 (Rydberg).
66. CARYOPHYLLACE.®.
(Including J/lecebracee.)
62. CERASTIUM L. Mouse-ear, Chickweed.
266. C. ARVENSE L. Collected by Rev. Bates at Ft. Robinson (Bessey).
War Bonnet Cafion (Williams).
267. C. vuLGaTUM L. Crete. (Swezey.)
63. STELLARIA L. Chickweed.
268. S. LonGirotia Muhl. Long-leaved Stitchwort. Low wet banks.
Dismal River, Thomas Co., July 12 (Webber).
164, ARENARIA L. Sandwort.
269. A, HOOKERI Nutt. Pine tina July; Hat Creek Basin, Aug.
High rocky places, very com
Dr. Britton after comparison with Nuttall’s type of this species.
refers to it all of my specimens reported in the catalogue as
Arenaria pungens (Catalogue No. 1213).
Mr. Rydberg has sent me specimens of an Arenaria_ from the
cliffs of a cafon in Banner Co., labeled A. franklini Dougl. var,
minor Hook. & Arn. that is probably to be referred here also
(Webber).
2644. LOEFLINGIA L.
0. L. sqguaRrosa Nutt. High rocky prairies, Belmont, July 18.
(Determined by Dr. Britton).
—
—
This is a very northerly locality for this plant, its usual range
being from Southern California to Texas (Webber)
165. LYCHNISL. — Cockle.
271. L, DRUMMONDII Watson. Dry prairies. Hat _— Basin, com-
mon, June (Williams).
272. L. errHaco (L.) Lam
Wee ping Water (Williams).
a
. Corn. cockle. In cultivated flelds. -
30
—
lor)
io 2)
169.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
>. SILENE L. Catchfly, Campion.
273. S. MENzIESIX Hook. Woodlands, common. War Bonnet, June
(Williams).
274. S. scouteRI Hook. Pine Ridge, July (Webber).
. SAPONARIA L. Soap-wort, Bouncing Bet.
275. S. vaccaRia L. Crete (Swezey).
. ANYCHIA Rich. Forked chickweed.
276. A. CANADENSIS (L.) B. S, P. (A. dichotoma Michx. var. capillacea
Torr.) Woods, Weeping Water, June. Rare (Williams).
67. FICOIDEZ.
(Luerssen places this under the family Aizoacee. )
MOLLUGO L. Indian chickweed.
277. M. VERTICILLATA L. Long Pine (Swezey). Minden satan:
Deuel Co. (Rydberg).
68. BERBERIDACEZE.
. CAULOPHYLLUM Michx. Pappoose-root.
278. C. THALICTROIDES (L.) Michx. Blue cohosh. Sarpy Co., May
(Pound
69. RANUNCULACEZ.
. DELPHINIUM L. Larkspur.
279. D. TRICORNE Michx. Dwarf larkspur. Edges of woods. Elm-
wood, May-June (Williams)
. RANUNCULUS L. Buttercup, Crowfoot.
280. R. crrcrnatus Sibth. Lodge Pole Creek, Cheyenne Co., Aug. 19
(Rydberg).
281. R. Hispripus Hook. Irrigated meadow north of Kimball, Aug. 12
(Rydberg).
: 70. CRUCIFER.
3. THELYPODIUM Endl.
282. T. INTEGRIFOLIUM Endl. Fields, etc., not uncommon. Alliance
(Swezey). Pine hie: July 20 (Webber).
. ERYSIMUM L. Treacle mustard,
283. E. aspERUM DC. Sandy hills in Deuel Co., July. Collected also
by Rey. Bates at Valentine.
Pods widely spreading. Large specimens were observed to
roll before the wind, thus adding another “ «Tumble weed ”’ to the.
already long list (Rydberg).
. PHYSARIA Nutt.
-_ P. DIDYMOCARPA Gray. Cafion south of Scott’s Bluff, July 22
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 31
176. LESQUERELLA Watsor.
285. patent a sie Watson, Lawrence Fork, Kimball Co.,
11 (Ry
286. 7a GRACILIS Gk Watson. Waste ground along railroad.
Weeping Water, June.
This is quite a northern extension of its range. It may have
been introduced — the agency of the R.R., being found only
in this one plac It was, however, abundant and evidently
spreading (Webber) .
177. CARDAMINE\L. Bitter cress.
287. C. LactntaTa (Muhl.) Wood. (Dentaria laciniata Muhl.) Peru.
Communicated by Mr. A. H. Van Fleet (Bessey).
178. ARABIS L. Rock cress,
288. A. DENTATA (Torr.) Torr. & Gr. Low ground, rare. Lincoln,
April (Webber).
289. A. GLABRA (L.) Bernh. (4A. perfoliata Lam.). Tower mustard.
Dismal stile Thomas oP July (Webber).
290. A. HOLB Horn Wooded canons. Pine Ridge, June
Covet): Pupil ea Valley, July 14 (Rydberg).
179, NASTURTIUM R. Br. Water cress.
291. N. . Ft. Clark, Nebraska (Hayden in Engelmann
Ber’. ‘e ‘une Psat’ Minden (Hapeman), Big Springs (Ryd-
berg).
Prof. Swezey’s specimens differ somewhat from typical N.
usum, being less diffusely spreading and branched, ap-
proach aed nearer NV. sinuatum., Hayden’s specimens seem
al (Webbe
292. € PALUSTRE as DC. var. OvALE Rydberg. In mud, Sand
Creek, Wahoo, Sept.
A small plant with the leaves entire, obovate or oval, crenate or
with a pair or two of small lobes at the base; pod oval. (Ryd-
berg.)
293. N. SESSILIFLORUM Nutt. Crete (Swezey). ae Creek below
Sept. (Rydberg). Lincoln, May (Webber).
294, N. sinuatum Nutt. Moist places along banks, Elmwood, June
( Williams), Fairbury (in Herb. Univ. of Nebr.). Omaha and Crete
(Swezey). Platte River, Kearney Co., June 15 (Rydberg). Lin-
coln, May; Nebraska City, June (Webber). Pods and pedicels
variously curved, forming a conspicuous character.
71. CAPPARIDACE.
180, CRISTATELLA Nutt. | 8
295. C. samest Torr. and Gr. Collected by Rev. Bates at Valentine, _
is: 1 ane: ey — anes
22 Trans, Acad. Sci. of St. Louis. -
72. HYPERICACE.
181. HYPERICUM L. St. John’s-wort.
296. H. CANADENSE L. Common in low grounds. Thedford, July 14
(Webber). Ashland (Williams). H. mutilum L. of Swezey’s
Nebr. F!. Plants p. 5, is probably to be referred here.
297. H. CANADENSE L. var. Masus Gray. Wet Meadows. Saunders
Co., June reciagee Lowell, July 11 (Webber).
298. H. VIRGINICUM (Elodes res Nutt, and EF. campanulata
Pursh). Saisie Co. (Webber).
73. GERANIACE.
182. ERODIUM L’ Her. Sterksbill.
299, E. clcuTaRtum (L.) L’Her. Alfilaria, Lincoln. Along sidewalks,
- probably introduced in hay. Adventive from Europe (Williams).
74. LINACEZ.
183. LINUM L. Flax. °
300. L. RIGiDUM Pursh. Prairie flax. Very common on the prairies
of central and western Nebraska. Superior, Brewster, Long Pine,
Lewellen (Swezey); Deuel Co., July (Rydberg); Thedford, July
14; Anselmo, July; Broken Bow, July; Belmont, Aug. (Webber).
A form collected at Hat Creek Basin Aug. 2, Prof. Trelease
notes as having the habit of var. puberulum Engelm.
301. L. USITATISSIMUM L. Cultivated Flax.
Broken Bow, July (Webber). -
.
Escaped to low prairies.
75. - SAPINDACE.#%.,
184. ZESCULUS L. Horse-chestnut, Buckeye.
302. A. GLABRA Willd.. Richardson and Pawnee counties (Bessey)-
76. EUPHORBIACE®.
185. EUPHORBIA L. Spurge.
303. E. CUPHOSPERMA (Engelm.) Boiss. A few specimens collected
Aug., 1890, in a cafion running north from Lawrence Fork, Banner
Co.
Leaves lance linear, entire or with a few teeth on the rev-
olute margin. ds short, triangular, truncate at the base,
nkled and tuberculate, with a minute caruncle. Belongs to the
E, heterophylla group (Rydberg).
304. E. FENDLERI Torr. & Gr. ‘ Sand draw,” Cheyenne Co., Aug
punctate. e i n Pacific R. R. Rep. it reads — c
“a little ragose ragose transversely,” which agrees with Nebraska —
—- (Rydberg). : es ee )
iy
co
Qo
- OPUNTIA Tourn, ©
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 33
305. E. GEYERI Engelm. Collected by Rev. Bates at Valentine, July 1
(Rydberg).
77. UMBELLIFERZ.
- BERULA Koch.
306. B. ANGUSTIFOLIA (L.) Koch. In water, Hackberry Springs, Ban-
ner Co., Aug. (Rydberg); Long Pine, Lewellen, Belmont
(Swezey); Anselmo, Thedford, July-Aug. (Webbe oF
- CYMOPTERUS Raf.
307. C. GLOMERATUS Raf. Lewellen, Alliance (Swezey). Collected
by Rev. Bates at Valentine, May (Rydberg).
- PASTINACA L. Parsnip.
308. P. sativa L. Common parsnip. Introduced. Mead, Saunders
Co., June, 1890 (Rydberg). ps
78. ARALIACEZ.
. #RALIA 1. Wild sarsaparilla.
309. A. RACEMOSA L. ss ban Nebraski City, Aug. tdi st be
79, SAX IFRAGACE.
. RIBES L. Currant, Gooseberry.
310. ta GRACILE Michx. Wild gooseberry. Saunders Co. This
g. e
majority of Nebraska specimens ice to R. rotundifolium Michx.
likely belong here (Rydberg).
80. CACTACE®.
311, O. RoTILA Nutt. Prairies. Deuel Co., June 23 (Rydberg).
81. ONAGRACEZ.
(CENOTHERA L. Evening primrose.
312, eas ALBICAULIS Nutt. var. RUNCINATA En ogelm. ‘* Sand draws,’’
euel Co., Aug. (Rydberg). Very likely this is the sinuate leaved
pie of @. Gnissubs referred to in the Catalogue Fl. Nebr,
No. 1404.
313. GE. BIENNIS L. var. PARVIFLORA Gray. Petals “ers 16.
long. aie Deuel Cb. (Rydberg).
314, CE. HARTWEGII Benth. var. LAVANDUL@ FOLIA (arn: & oe
Watson. Prairies, etc. Lisbon, Perkins Co., June 23; Deuel Co.,
June 27 and July 2: Pleasant Valley, Scott’s Bluff’ oe July 28; es e
Banner Co., Aug. (Rydberg). Lewellen, 2 rare (Swezey :
315. CE. speciosa Nutt. ‘Tiacola, cers an a fru culti
“vation (Bessey).
34 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
193. EPILOBIUM L. Willow herb.
316, E. HORNEMANNI Richenb. Belmont? (£. alpinum L. of Swezey’s
Nebr. FI. Piants, p. 8.).
82. ROSACEZE.
194. POTENTILLA L. Five-finger.
817. P. aNsERINA L. Silver-weed. Lewellen (Swezey).
318. P. rrvaLis Nutt. var. PENTANDRA (Engelm.) Watson. Wabash,
July (Williams).
319. P. supIna L. Omaha, Lewellen (Swezey).
195. CERCOCARPUS H. B. K. Mt. Mahogany.
320. C. parviroLius Nutt. Rocky hills, Banner Co., Aug. A shrub
3-6 ft. hi Seen at a distance it gives the hills a peculiar dark
grayish color caused partly by the beautiful plumy. taile of the
fruit (Rydbe rg).
83. LEGUMINOS2.
196. AMPHICARPHA Ell.
21. A. PITCHERI Torr. & Gr. Banks of Sand Creek below Wahoo.
Sept. (Rydberg). Woods, Ashland (Williams).
Leaflets larger than in A. comosa; rachis villous; bracts large,
silky canescent; upper flowers commonly fertile (Rydberg).
197. LATHYRUS L. .
322. L. onnatUS Nutt. Differs from L. polymorphus in having lineat
lanceolate leaves and the seed with a broad stalk and long hilum
Pierce, Ft. ee (Herb. Univ. of Nebr.), Phelps Co., Fre-
mont (Rydbe
A light tong form of L. ornatus Nutt. is also sometimes found,
Collected by Miss H. G. Wilkenson at Gordon. Fremont (Ryd-
be .
198. ASTRAGALUS L. Rattle-weed.
323. A. CHAMALUCE(?) Gray. Alliance, aliens ipa ted Nebr. Flow-
ering Plants, p. 7). ae
(The specimens differ from typical A. chameluce in having too
Small flowers and too many leaflets. More abundant material is a
necessary to satisfactorily place the species. — Webber.)
324, A. PicTUS Gray. var. FILIFOLIUs Gray. Lewellen, rare; Allia
(Swezey). Collected by Rev. Bates at xeon. ( kpaber
< PETALOSTEMON Michx. Prairie clover.
— Pp. COMPACTUS _ cog Sweney. P. ‘macrostachyus Torr.)
ee ” Lew ellen (Sweze :
1 eee “Sand draws,” Deuel Co., Jaly. .
ling from” below, decumbent; leaflets 1-2 pairs
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 35
linear-filiform, revolute; bracts ovate, densely “toa as is also
the calyx, with grayish, sien tawny hairs (Rydberg).
327. P. sp.—. P. candidus var. occidentalis Gr. of Pringle’s col-
lection, according to Dr. Britton. It is, however, clearly no
variety of P. eondidus, but may be of P. gracilis, Nutt., of the
south, to which it is nearly related. It differs from P. gracilis in
having more oblong isin longer more lax spikes, and glandular
' dotted ealyx. Dr. Britton says if distinct from P. gracilis it is
clearly a distinct species (Rydber, rg).
200. PSORALEA L. Psoralea. —
328. P. pigiraTa Nutt. Aurora (Williams). Much confounded with
P. campestris. Specimens in the Herb. of Univ. of Nebr. collected
at Anselmo by Webber and at Valentine by Rev. Bates, evidently
belong here. Nebraska specimens collected by Dr. Bessey, have
been referred to P. digitata by Dr. Britton (Rydberg).
32y. P. FLORIBUNDA Nutt. This species, I think, should not be merged
into P. tenuiflora Pursh. It is either a distinct species or a well
marked variety. P. floribunda Nutt. found in eastern Nebraska
has generally 5 oblong leaflets, 1-14 in. long; many flowered ra-
cemes; lower calyx teeth longer; and larger flowers. P. tenuiflora
Parsh, of western Nebraska, has 3 oblong-obianceolate leaflets,
3-4 in. long; few flowered racemes; and punctate, colored calyx
with equal teeth. Dr. Britton, to whom specimens and my notes
upon them have heen sent says: ‘‘ I had concluded that P. flori-
bunda could not go unnoticed into P. tenuiflora.”? The matter
needs more investigation. Most ofthe localities for P. tenuiflora .
in the catalogue of Nebr. Flora belong to P. floribunda. The only
specimens of the true P. tenuiflora I have seen are those collected
by Dr. Bessey, at Ft. Robinson, and my own, from the plains of
Deuel Co., Aug. 1890 (Rydberg).
330. P. HyPOG#A Natt. Alliance, Lewellen awesey)- Hills, Deuel
Co., June 26 (Rydberg).
331. P. LINEARIFOLIA Torr. & Gr. Magnesia cliffs in Deuel Co., J —
Racemes very loose, 3—-Gin. long; leaflets 3, linear, 1-2 in. long
stem, leaves, and calyx glandular dotted (Rydberg).
201. TRIFOLIUM L. Clover, Trefoil. .
332. T. PROCUMBENS L. Low hop-clover. Yards and roadsides,
Lincoln. Adventive from Europe (Webber).
202. LUPINUS L. oad
333. bas preload Pursh var. aRGOPHYLLUS Watson. Prairies
Bonnet, jase hakaan,
oc L. ARGENTEUS Pursh var. DECUMBENS Watson. ‘Sand draws,”
885. L. pusmcius Pursh. Lewellen (Swezey). Hills’ near Cartis, - >
2 ee rz).
2 miles S. W. of Hackberry ose 8 vile ged Prairies of
Hat Creek Basin, common (Webber).
Soyer Co., June 23; Denel ee, decachig ay
36
203.
204.
205.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
84. ERICACEE.
MONOTROPA L. Indian pipe, Corpse-plant.
336. M. uNIFLoRA L. Washington and Cass Counties (Bessey).
PYROLA. Tourn. Wintergreen, Shin-leaf.
337. P. CHLORANTHA Sw. Damp dark wooded cafions, rare. War
Bonnet, June (Williams).
338. P. secunpDA L. Damp Cajion at head of Jim Creek, Pine Ridge,
June 25. Very rare (Williams).
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Adans. Bearberry.
339. A. Uva-uRSI (L.) Spreng. In a cafion near Anselmo, Custer
County. The occurrence of this plant in the center of the state,
hundreds of miles from any of its known stations, adds another
puzzle to the many connected with the geographical distribution
of the plants of the plains. It is known to occur in the Black
Hills of South Dakota and the Rocky Mountains in Wyoming and.
Colorado. In Minnesota it is found near Pepin; it is absent from
Towa, while in Missouri it is confined to the southeastern part-
It is doubtfully reported as occurring in Kansas. That it should
be found in Central Nebraska is certainly unexpected (Bessey).
85. PRIMULACEZ.
206. CENTUNCULUS Dill. Chaffweed.
340. C. MrniMus L. Fairfield (Swezey).
207. LYSIMACHIA Tourn. Loosestrife.
341. L. THYRSIFLoRA L. Tufted Loosestrife. Collected by Rev. Bates
at Valentine, June (Rydberg); Lewellen (Swezey); Platte River
near Dowinhary; May (Harvey Thompson).
208. oe I. American cows
y De
ip.
MEADIA L. Shooting-star. Alliance en
86. CONVOLVULACE2.
209. CUSCUTA L. Dodder, Love-vine.
343. C. TENUIFLORA Evgelm. Crete, on Salix ended
210. CONVOLVULUS L. Bindweed.
344. C. ARVENSIS L. Bindweed. Roadsides. Ashland, May (Will-
jams).
87. -POLEMONIACE®.
211. GILIA Ruiz & Pive? :
BAB G. GRacttis Hook. “ dia ance ” in Denel Co., Jane 25 (Ryd-
'g). War Bonnet Cafion (will 8).
318. 6. unvnanis Nutt.) Gray. ‘Sides of cafion, Squaw See June
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 37
(Williams). Dry banks, common: Pine Ridge, July 18; Hat Creek
Basin, Aug. 1 (Webber). ‘* Sand draws’’ in Deuel Co., June 25
(Rydberg).
347. G. MINIMA Gray. Collected at Rushville, in July, by Rev. Bates
(Rydberg).
348. G. PUNGENs Benth. var CAESPITOSA Gray. Hillsin Kiwa Valley,
July 22; Scott’s Bluff, July 25 (Rydberg).
88. HYDROPHYLLACEZ.
212. PHACELIA Juss.
349. P. crrcinaTa (Willd.) Jacq. Abundant in dry cafions. Pine
Ridge, July (Webber). War Bonnet we
Very Arynitzkia like in appearance. Venation Arne: above
and below, leaf pinnately and obliquely msi veined. Lower
leaves seldom with lateral leaflets in ae specimens
(Webber).
89. BORRAGINACEZ.
213. LITHOSPERMUM L. Gromwell, Puccoon.
350. L. LATIFOLIUM Michx. Superior (Swezey).
351, L. PrLosuM Nutt. War Bonnet, June (Williams).
214. MERTENSIA Roth. 7
352. M. LANCEOLATA (Pursh) DC. Wooded cafions. War Bonnet,
June (Williams).
(Prof. Swezey’s specimens from Lewellen and Chadron referred
to this species, Nebr. Flowering Plants, p. 11, must be considered
as belonging to Pentstemon ceruleus Nutt.—Webber.)
215. CRYPTANTHE Lehmann. [Krynitzkia crassisepala Gray and K. glom-
erata Gray, No’s. 1577 and 1578 of the Catalogue of Neb. Flora,
should be changed according to Prof. Greene’s paper (Pittonia,
I. p. 110-112) to oo glomerata Lehmann and C. crassisepala
(T.-& G.) Greene. ]
353. C. FENDLERI (Gr.) Greene 1. c. (Krynitzkia fendleri Gray). Dry
cafions, etc. ‘* Bad lands.’? Hat Creek Basin, Sioux Co., Aug.
Cap oaaeele fevonyteiart Pole Creek Poe Collected by Rev.
Bates a n, Aug. Wild Cat Mts., Banner Co., July \7
(Rydberg). 3
216. OREOCARYA Greene. Pittonia I. p. 57. =
354. O. FULVOCANESCENS (Gray) Greene, 1. c. ae rynitzkia Sulvocan-
escens Gray). Dry sterile places, War Bonnet, June Mid sonal
Hat Creek Basin, Aug. (Webber). .
355. oO. SUFFRUTICOSA (Torr.) Greene, 1. ce _ (Brtrchium Jamesi ‘tore
ee jamesii” (Torr.) Gray). Quite te common
part of ' the State. Alliance (Ss wezey
38 Trans, Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Fork, Banner Co., Aug. (Rydberg); Harrison (Bates) ; Belmont,
July; Hat Creek Basin, Aug. (Webber
217. ECHINOSPERMUM Swartz. Stickseed.
356. E. DEFLEXUM (Wahl.) Lehm. var. AMERICANUM Gray. Long
Pine (Swezey).
357. E. FLORIBUNDUM Lehm. Lawrence Fork, Banner Co., July 17
(Rydberg).
90. SOLANACEZ.
218. PHYSALIS L. Ground cherry.
358. P. LANCEOLATA Michx. var. HiRTA Gray. Prairies. Hat Creek
Basin, June (Williams).
Mr. Rydberg has noted two forms or varieties a Physalis be-
longing to the lanceolata group but differing enough from P. lan-
ceolata to be distinct. I give below his descriptions in brief:—
No. 1. Glabrous or minutely hirsute on the calyx and the angles
of the stems, erect, branched above; corolla yellowish with darker
spot, only 5-7 lines across; anthers yellow; fruiting calyx in-
versely pear shaped; fruit greenish yellow; leaves lanceolate,
sparingly toothed. ‘‘ Sand draws,’’ Deuel and Banner Co.’s July,
1890 (Rydberg).
No. 2. Slender, ascending; leaves oblong, lanceolate to oblan-
ceolate, entire; calyx hispid; corolla, anthers, and fruit like the
preceding; fruiting calyx globose. Near Pumpkin Seed Creek,
Banner Co., Aug. 1890 (Rydberg). __
91. SCROPHULARIACEZ.
219. PEDICULARIS L. Louse wort.
359. P. CANADENSIS L. Bottom lands, common. Ashland, May
(Williams).
360. P. LANCEOLATA Michx. Moist woods, rare. Ashland. Sept.
(Williams).
220. GERARDIA L. Gerardia.
361. G. TENUIFOLIA Vahl. var. MACROPHYLLA Benth. Dry woods,
common. Ashland, Weeping Water (Williams).
221. LIMOSELLA L. Mudwort.
362. L. aquatica L. Spring in Deuel Co., June 27 (Rydberg).
222. MIMULUS L. Monkey flower.
363. M. LuTEUSL. Lewellen (Swezey).
223. PENTSTEMON Mitchell. Beard tongue.
364. P. HayDENI Watson. (Bot. Gazette, XVI (Nov., 1891), p. 311)
Sandy Abid adi in central Nebraska, quite rates It is fre-
woe 8 telope Co.)
aly; Dismal vee Thomas
Webber —Cataloque of the Flora of Nebraska. 39
This includes vdhipioancsinuay glaber Pursh var utahensis Watson, of
Swezey’s Nebr. Fl. Plants,’ p. 12; from Lewellen.
The habit is rather beat, growing as it dves in very loose
sandy places, the sand blowing here and there frequently banking
up around it, modifies leaves and stems already formed. It is
usually ascending, the lower portion of the stem running for some
distance under the loose sand with no modification except a re-
duction of the leaves from lanceolate to linear and finally to
filiform, or to mere scales. Many of the linear ones are quite
long and expand somewhat above if the surface is reached
(Webber).
92. OROBANCHACEZ.
224. APHYLLON Mitchell. Cancer root, Naked broom rape.
365. A, FASCICULATUM Gra var. LUTEUM Gray. Collected by Rev.
Bates at Valentine, June 10. Hills south of Scott’s Bluff, July 26
(Rydberg).
93. LABIAT_2.
225. STACHYS L. Hedge-nettle.
366. S. ASPERA Michx. var. TENUIFLORA (Willd.) Hitchcock, Cat.
Anth. & Pter. of Ames, Ia., p. 513. (Stachys aspera Michx, var.
glabra Gray). Banks of Wahoo Creek, Saunders Co., Aug.
(Rydberg.) :
367. S. PALUSTRIS L. Collected by Rev. Bates at Valentine (Ryd-
berg); Kearney, June (Webber).
226. PHYSOSTEGIA Benth. False dragon-head.
368. P. PARVIFLORA Nutt. Spring near Horse Creek, Scott’s Bluff Co.
Aug. 1 (Rydberg).
227. SCUTELLARIA L. Skullcap.
369. S. GALERICULATA L. Lewellen Sch teead Spring, near Horse ,
Creek, Scott’s Bluff Co., Aug. 1 (Rydberg).
228. MONARDA L. Horse- mint.
370. a FISTU L. s (L.) Benth. Wild bergamot.
of ind etc., Wika: Aug. (Rydberg). :
229. SALVIA L. Sage.
371. S. azUREA Lam. var. GRANDIFLORA Benth. Crete (Swezey).
230. MENTHA L. Mint. :
372. M. CANADENSIS L. var. BOREALIS (Michx) Wood. (M. canadensis
L. var. glabrata Benth.) Remarkable for its sweet scent. Hack-
poiat Springs, Banner Co., Aug. (Rydberg). Cass Co. (Williams).
M. sativa L. Whorled mint. River banks, rare. Fremont,
July - Witiena). i
40 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
94. VERBENACE.
231. VERBENA L. Vervain.
374, V. BRACTEOSA X HASTATA. In a pasture 1 mile W. of Mead,
Saunders Co., in June, 1890, there were found a few specimens
of a Verbena, which undoubtedly is a hybrid between V. bracteosa
Michx. and V. hastata L. The specimens are of the size and gen-
eral appearance of V. hastata, but branched from the base and
ascending. The leaves are of the size of those of V. hastata but
more divided like those of V. bracteosa. The bracts are like those
of the latter. Dr. Engelmann mentions several Verbena hybrids
but not this (Rydberg).
375. V. OFFICINALIS L. Cultivated grounds and pastures, Wabash,
July. Adventive from Europe (Williams). Tecumseh (Bessey)-
232. LIPPIA L.
876. L. LANCEOLATA Michx. Low meadows, Ashland, July-Aug-
Common (Williams). Richardson Co., Aug. (Webber). Minden
(Bessey)
95. PLANTAGINACEA.
233. PLANTAGO L. Plantain, ss tsa
377. P. LANCEOLATA. Roadsides, yards, etc.; becoming abundant. In-
troduced. Sind (Williams); eae (Webber, Smith, Will-
iams) ; Crete (Swezey); Aurora (Bess ey).
378. P. PATAGONICA Jacq. var. ARISTATA (Michx.) Gray. Hastings
ssey).
96. OLEACEZ.
234. FRAXINUS L. _ Ash.
379. F. AMERICANA L. White ash. Sarpy and Nemaha Counties
(Bessey)
97. GENTIANACE2.
235. GENTIANA L. Gentian.
_ 880. G. FLAvipa Gray. (@. alba. Muhl.) White Gentian.
ground. NemahaCo., Aug. cee ; Weeping Water pei
jams).
| 236. MENYANTHES L. Buckbean.
881. M. ‘TRIFOLIATA L. Ponds, Cherry a esueenih eae
: 207. ERYTHRAA Richard. - Centaury.
a. E. povatastt Gy. Slowing te the Platte River in ee
- Bluff Co., . z. 1 (Rydber
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 41°
98. ASCLEPIADACEZ.
238. ACERATES Ell. Green milkweed.
383. A. AURICULATA Engelm. Lewellen, rare (Swezey). ‘‘Sand-
draws ’’ in Deuel Co.; July (Rydberg).
It is easily mistaken for Asclepias stenophylia from which it can
be distinguished except by the form of the hood and its
Satie (Rydberg).
384. A. VIRIDIFLORA (Raf.) Ell. var. LANCEOLATA (Ives) Gray.
Hills, Wahoo, June, 1890 (Rydberg).
99. COMPOSITE.
239. STEPHANOMERIA Nutt.
385. S. MINOR Nutt. ‘‘Bad lands’’ north of Scott’s Bluff, July 22
It is easily mistaken for a Lygodesmia (Rydberg).
240. LACTUCA L, Lettuce.
386. L. INTEGRIFOLIA Bigel. Roadsides, Weeping Water (Williams) -
241. CREPIS L.
387. C. INTERMEDIA Gray. Side of cafion, plentiful. War Bonnet,
June (Williams).
388. C. RUNCINATA (James) Torr. & Gr. Collected by Rev. Bates at
Valentine (Rydberg). Lewellen (Swezey). Platte bottoms,
Cheyenne Co., July 3; Pumpkin Seed Valley, July 14 eienaiad
242. CICHORIUM I. Succory, Chicory.
389. C. iInTYBUs L. Yards, Lincoln, Introduced (Webber).
243. CNICUS L. Thistle.
390. C. aLTisstmus (L.) Willd. var. FILIPENDULUS Gray. Bel-
mont (Swezey).
391. C. UNDULATUS (Nutt.) Gray, var. CANESCENS (Nutt.) Gray
Prairies, common. Antelope Co., Pine Ridge, Sp Ag
A form from Pine Ridge has conspicuously decurrent leaves, a
character shown also by a specimen of a ‘at the hi Mhiags Velie
Herbarium from the Sand hills of the Plai
Cnicus pitcheri cabin No. 1738 of the me: of the Fl. of Nebr. -
belongs here (Webber
392. C. UNDULATUS watt.) Gray, var. MEGACEPHALUS Gray. Broken
Bow, July 4 Cwebuers
244. ARNICA L.
393. A. cornprroLia Hook. pon iees Fares Squaw Cafion, Pine Ridge, oe,
July (Williams). po
245, HELENIUM L. oe
304. H. AUTUMNALE are L. Suess Wesd Coleted by Rev. Bates at
i - Valentine — Minden Smetease =
42 - Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
°
246. PECTIS L.
395. P. ANGUSTIFOLIA Torr, ‘Sand draws” Deuel Co., July.
A little plant (1-3 in. high) with glandular punctate leaves and
pleasant odor (Rydberg).
247. THELESPERMA Lees.
396. T. amBIGUUM Gray. Prairies, quite common. Long Pine
y :
(Swezey); Alliance, July; Crawford, Aug.; Belmont, July
(Webber).
397. T. FILIFOLIUM (Hook.) Gray. Table 1 land, Banner Co., Aug.
Collected also " Rey. Bates at Valentine (Rydberg).
248. COREOPSIS L. “Tickseed.
398. C. aRISTOSA Michx. Long Pine (Swezey).
399. C. TRICHOSPERMA (?) Michx. var. TENUILOBA Gray. Lewellen,
Alliance (Swezey in Nebr. Flowering Plants). (This bas the char-
acter of smaleip aria and will likely prove to be near 7. ambiguum.
— Webber).
249. HELIANTHUS L. Sunflower.
400. H. DECAPETALUS (?) L. Crete (Swezey Nebr. Flowering Plants,
p. 10).
(This is near H. tuberosus L. to which it may have to be referred.—
Webber).
250. ECLIPTA L.
401. E. arpa(L.) Haussk. Crete (Swezey).
251. FRANSERIA Cay.
402. F. HOOKERIANA Nutt. a" ee Lodge Pole Creek, .
near Potter, Aug. 15 (Rydberg).
403. F. TOMENTOSA Gray. Becoming a troublesome weed on low rich
soil in Kearney Co. (Rydbe erg).
252. AMBROSIA L. Ragweed.
404. A. TRIFIDA L. var. INTEGRIFOLIA (Muh. ) Torr & Gr. With the
type in various places. At Hac ckberry Springs only this form was
found (Rydberg); Lincoln (Bessey); Minden (Hapeman).
253. IVA L.
405. I. axrtnarts Pursh. Near Platte River, Scott’s Bluff Co., July 25
(Rydberg).
254. ANTENNARIA Geertn. Everlasting,
406. A. DimorpHa Torr. & Gr. Collected at Harrison by Rev. Bates.
(Bessey).
407. A. prorca (L.) Gaertn. Alliance Cresy); Belmont, July 14
(Webber).
255. ERIGERON L._ “Pleabane. ee e
, 408, . B. cance a awrence Fork, mole Bes ng aloe).
Webber —Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska. 48
409. E. c#spiTosus Nutt. Se I not uncommon. Hat Creek
Basin, Aug.: Belmont, July (Webb
410. E. concinNus Torr. & Gray. ma se War Bonnet, June
(Williams).
411. E. MACRANTHUS Nutt. Cajions, etc. Hat Creek Basin, Aug. 2.
(Prof. Swezey’s specimens of Z. glabellus Nutt. from Long Pine
(Neb. Flowering Plants, p. 9) probably belong here, although
differing somewhat from the type in having a hairy involucre.
My specimens also show this peculiarity but were pronounced
by Dr. Watson to be Z. macranthus.— Webber.)
412, E. PuMILUsS Nutt. Collected by Rev. Bates at Valentine (Ryd-
berg); War Bonnet, June (Williams); Lewellen (Swezey); Pine
Ridge, July; Hat Creek Basin, Aug. (Webber).
Quite common on dry prairies.
256. ASTER L. Aster.
413. A. azuREUS Lindl. Weeping Water (Williams).
414, A. ERICEFOLIUS Rothrock. Prairies, Venango, Perkins Co.,
June 23 (Rydberg)
415. A. FoLIAcEUs Lindl. Platte River north of Scott’s Bluff, July 23;
need ieee Aug. 1; Lodge Pole Creek, near Kimball, Aug. 12
(Rydberg).
416. A. PANICULATUS Lam. Low prairies, very common, Lincoln,
Sept. (Webber).
417. A. puniceus L. Prairies. Clear water, Antelope Co., Sept.
Webber)
418. A. TRADESCANTI L. Crete, common (Swezey, Nebr. Fl. Pl., p. 9.)
(The specimens of this seem to me to be nearer A. paniculatus.
Its occurrence in Nebraska needs confirmation. — Webber.)
257. TOWNSENDIA Hook.
419. T. sericea Hook. Prairies, not uncommon. Collected by Dr.
W. A. Thomas in Hayes Co., April (Rydberg) ; McCook; Alliance;
Ogalalla (Swezey); Antelope Co. (Webber).
258. SOLIDAGO L. Golden rod.
420. S. CANADENSIS L. var. PRoceRA Torr. & Gr. Weeping Water
(Williams).
421. S. NEMORALIs Ait. var. INCANA (Torr. & Gr.) Gray. Hills, Deeel
Co., Aug. (Rydberg); Lewellen; Alliance; Lodge Pole Creek;
Belmont (Swezey).
422. S. RapuLA Nutt. Edges of thickets, Weeping Water (Williams).
423, S. SEROTINA Ait. var. GIGANTEA (Ait.) Gray. Saunders Co.,
Sept. (Rydberg).
424. S. SPECIOSA Nutt. Prairies, Ashland, June (Williams).
259. HAPLOPAPPUS Cass.
425. H. NuTTaLLII Torr. & Gr. “Sand draws,” of Banner Co. (Ryd- __
be: 78). -Denuded ae in ** Bad sane,” er — ae
44 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
426. H. RUBIGINOSUS (?) Torr. & Gr. Lodge Pole Creek (Swezey,
Nebr. Fl. Pl., p. 9).
(Prof. Swezey’s specimens are rather meager to decide upon,
and as Nebraska is somewhat out of the known range of the
Species, its occurrence may perhaps remain in question until con-
firmed.
260. CHRYSOPSIS Nutt. Golden aster.
427. C. vittosa (Pursh) Nott. var. canescens (DC.) Gray.
“Sand draws,” Deuel and Banner Co.’s (Rydbe rg).
428. C. vittosa (Pursh) Nutt. var. uisprpaA (Hook.) Gray.
‘Sand draws,’ Deuel Co. (Rydberg). Long Pine (Conklin,
Swezey).
429. C. viLLosa (Pursh) Nutt. var. SESSILIFLORA (Nutt.) Gray.
** Sa nd dra aws,’’? Banner Co. ‘(Rydbe rg).
261. BRICKELLIA Ell.
430. B. GRANDIFLORA (Hook.) Nutt. Inacafion, Banner Co. (Ryd-
berg)
262. VERNONIA Schreb. Iron weed. ‘
431. V. aLtissiMa Nutt. Banks, ete. Wahoo, Saunders Co., Sept.
(Rydberg). ;
432. V. NOVEBORACENSIS (L.) Willd. Bottom meadows, Ashland,
Aug. (Williams).
NOTE TE.— By a misinterpretation of Mr. Rydberg’s manuscript, Nasturtium
palustre (L.) DC. var. No. 292 of this appendix), appears as NV.
palustre (L.) DC. var. ovale Rydber TE.
GENERIC INDEX.
PAGE. PAGE.
ACCTHLED Sree eee cans 258. . Centuneulus iver uses 206
ACOIUM ae Ss Cece SV ee 42 CTASti - ce PU Se ae 162
SIGE SE eee Gi = Ceratophoram.«...2455220 0% 78
PICA 5 AAS 184 Ceratophyllum......00.....06. 152
ABTOVVTUI 6 181. Cércocarpusi is nes er 195
PCY ies ens Nae S62: - CORCORDOTEN io. 80
Amphicarp@a..... 2... 0... 0... 106. Chmptaniims 6 ei ee ek 35
AVLENOREIOs Oe as cs 254 hara 104
AEE a eer: 268. Ohellapihess cies ee
AchanochBtes. 66050 2o0. «3 HeNGpOd HE. oc soe ee 160
GAS CIOT ESS e as Sot Chryeepels sss caesccn .. 260
QUIN o owes Uda sere seee res 17S. “CIRRORUMI eo So oo Co ee 242
APRChHIGN sete 86 PRROUIG Ur 0leF i556. UE eh es 48
GUE as Peewee TSy COC VUG ves tee eee ey 90
Arctostaphylos... .. 605.0 eee Re COMIGOB ss Soe ii igs. 5. Assn eee 243
nanan Serge ie eee Toe = COlCCChwte ea. oo re $8
aire keee sent ese 13 Coll eae Seer koguey yf
i degen Pee Wola ees Se Colletotricham <5. 2 002 e 73
APO i ee oe Ste. CORNVDIE Sis 2s 350555668 91
SVRORIA a eS. Convolvnlas i, obs. s oe 210
Arthrodesnis. 0.55.6. ot Si COraHOrning 6. i ho ek re
Woe Siac, wancuc cere ches 120 = Coreopsis ss cc 248
Pick wd Vek Shem. ou ved base Roe paisa eayete Serie ae
Aptraigatis Seveeieeases were wos TOR Opie tree. ces, vépeers SAL
AHIGHOHE ose. oe i. Sik s CPN es Ee. 180
AGE ase: S408 Cegptanihe. 0c 215
AVGNB RnR Ce iver ess Caen 190 OGMWIR ee - 209
Bacillus. ic se cs des canons sens PRR SS ot set aero 82
SrDGlE ies esas e+e 0p. CyNpdrvespermum...... . 65.45 8
disc knee awas ee oe 20 x i ee dis nsec tase cx 187 a
Betula . soos 149. Cope Seta wee opis. as eee tae
Bistore 6 ics cis cece sce Peers yon PB iS Ra ere ee
hime -oelaee sa ceees 75 2 nates nae Sete 4 oe
Grickaittacecs SR ae .. 261 Desmidium....----- i te. q
Bromus...--.--+++++++++-++++ 182 Dicranella..........--...-. -. 107.
oman ang de 110: Diniseae 62055 ee :
Boal. kore a Daas oe i ee
Bulbocharte «--- +--+ ++-+-+++-+ 28 Dolientoas. 50.05 ete ae.
ices eee eee eae TA ose a i A ca,
Seong gercrmaaper nan! : a i POP gs Persist
- Cavlophyliam ... pee a “Biymas Poe ae
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
46
PAGE.
PADIS is say 8 ow die es) tecas os 26
toi Pte eve o Met N y nes 2
BUNA AS ccc Gcbece senate 95
HOUOUIEIN Sos e cece eee as -» 193
BYIPOlOn ess ice scenes 255
EVIOGONUM.«--ccesere sos ceee 155
MPlODUOFOI ei cuc ls ce Laas o's 124
odiu A xevs 182
Erysimum - - 174
Erysiphe : re, Om
POP VUES igs Cote ve esses pas es 237
PUSRLD ose ces Vere ees S aces 22
MUDNOT OM eos us eye pikes e 185
WEOLING soc ed Ee « 157
RSCUS cee els seen ec eews 65
PPUBOTINGYIIS: (ccc hess vase e+ 125
Vlg Tora fee aa 251
BRIN ee 5 Ao Sass ores 234
PO PUCTA Ese ee cs Des va 8 141
lic PeQee os oi yas tne ae 6 161
BABUBE Oo. cada lacy es ev eess 83
RHO NGIIY ecko ses eo es sa 235
rar Sede rues Cr eee oes 220
RA oes ee es as 211
lecdoarian EN aN ESO tase 72
GliBOtrICNIAs. sos 6
GIiVGGNiIA S525 202s ee es 133
OMPNONEMA tis scc oe ee 25
MODINE ceeds ER er wes 103
Gymnostomum. <5. sissies 106
Habenaria........ avee U8
PIADIOPAPPUS esses sli eee ees 259
Helenium...... ves, 246
Preleocliaris, i035. 2.5 255.5 126
PIGUBBINUS. (occas a. s cones - 249
Helminthosporium.......... Peer 5
PIONUCEPDNR 66s 3-5 6. es cys 128
Teeteranthera ies. . cece cess +s 145
Oommen we uecet ae «se E50
HLS fry AER OCS pen reno our to
ediidintvon:.. pee ise weness LL
SUCTICUINS ce ek sees viseceses. 18]
ri mse Heieisuswestccess OF
lypnu bis vies abe.
Hysterographivm. reeareescen (44
ceepes estes 144
fried seeees 100
Tsaria .....0.0eeeee cece eeeeees 81
Iva 253.
JUNCUS oo oe . 139
PAGE
EROLEUN GE eS g ra pac ces eke 36 24
Lathyrus . 197
TGCANOUR oes eh kee coe ees rs 50
BCIURA tei oe eos ts obese ces 46
POURS Cos eee ek pee ee ek 93
FOUR Goo Seatac eee fee ekis 87
TB DCOSLPOIMNS 6c ss tae es ov xe 71
POSUUCIEUE . cy ccs ete ce se cess 176
AVIOSOLIM ses eiS sec seks vals 221
Cee en ett y es rocks shee 183
ie 282
BACUOSOGPMINIY 6 os ose eel e e fos 213
PAGO Aa Coe cnee se pees cess 2643
upinus,...... PES se aiais sie.e seed 202
IGG 5 Oo eS se Vee cae sy oe 165
FNCOPCIOOH <sees reise cey eres 85
DV OPUS eee oie Sede cece ees
EV AIRCOIR COCs ove eeeces 207
PeUthee oe eS ie es Ue eee 114
MEGLAMIPSOTS : oe so eee ss 58
Melanconium... 74
DE Cees eer es eee 230
WEGECBHSIR 5iG0 6s Sic es crew cee 214
MENVANTIEN 056 hes. eee iss eee
MISCPASTEPIAS 6 oss 66a 0c oe ei 23
WIS a scones bes 222
MOMUGO serie ies. Col ee ey tes 169
PON ATOR oc rthi as 60 ons Hes - 228
MONOLODS i. 00... Case eset 03
. Die E Vs eck Se asccuiis 159
BT ESR af reap Pa 116
ease tists ae eae ce bes ea ter RCE
spd CLL is eed eee eee 38
USB Sele Nia Pe ede aes 105
Aeessecniva aera oe aes 27
CEGOLIETE 200. eed 192
WDGRPADRE oct lies ts . 44
DOMUS. 5 67. ees coe eee 191
OPGOCAIUR i 0.5655 Aki ce voc eae
BUCO es 0 oe a eee see . 188
Pariteig 52s. ce. 55
Pastinaca..... Bi Sg IT a5 - 188
ies keweer i ese oe sees peecee oa
PEGWMOtIUIN cue caves ee Ee
Peciculeris 2. si ee 219
PISGTA ok cs cicsci se ctes cee OF
Pe
Penistemon oo es et a
HE ONOSUOEE os cla ces ees
~* as aha Ra ae PA a
Pezi eee eee 56
Webber —
PAGE
Phacehia ose os ek es 212
PholiGtas oes). seca s45 wean 96
Phragmidiam 23.0 c2c0 5 i cseters 60
Phyliachora: 322.5 4.03- s 39
Phyliosticts <<... -ns63.. ee 67
PRYSSIIN 6 is 65 he ane ress s 218
Physalosporas. i542 eee: 36
PHRYSatises 2s ee 175
PRYSATUDI Ss: hoe eae eee 4
BCR 2 See Ee a ees 54
PhysOstesta . 55 ope eS 226
OPNGTA es os weiss bee Saas oes 13
PIRCOGININ 8 i660" ae ae er 51
PIGIMADO. coe eRe 233
FIQSMODATEA <s6sc sae aes 30
Pl€Gtotus <2 a 92
PIOWNBATIE 20.65 <5 oe eee 40
WB Soe uiey ee ee eee ee 94
re erry oe err 134
Poly gonatath vic sess roe 142
Polygonum .. 62. 6s eaeeeeneut 154
POPTUB: sles eco reas we OS
Polytrichunt<<- ss -.2.3 225. 112
Potamogeton>. 2. ..s0- -s. 2. 118
Potentilla..... oer eis eee 194
Psoralea. ious
Plerala 2.36 ssi 5 va es 102
Poecinia<...- ea ee 59
PyvOle os6000 6 Ge ica ce vee es 204
Ranfalarigcs cs ocic is sass ees 76
Ranunculus sc6c5 <.0.0s secs s 172
Reticularia...¢.4220. ce51 7 1
Rhabdospora s<.+:5 75%. +. ie, <1
Ribes 4.5.45. secpesceee 100
RAMEN s e055 ee ee cies Oe
Ruppia -. oe veceecccecssecc cece 117
Saccharomyces.. wets cede OOS
Sittaran ride epee Fae
Salikes soc secs ci ese wer ee 151
‘Issued March 12, 1892.
Catalogue of the Flora of Nebraska.
47
PAGE
Salvia... 23s. 2a ee wi enon aks 229
Saponaria. esses ee 167
Sclerospora is... 062 31
Scutellaria. esas 227
Septoria... ..< 50s cece yeweweny 69
Henes..o Sie eee 166
Smilax soso ss ee 143
Solidago... .<° .scvseis vege 258
Sorastrum’.. 32 .us ss. eae 10
Spherella.... <4. se 37
Sphwerozosma::.-s...eee 17
Spiranthes << ....3.20 0 yeen ce 147
pitotiwenia. - sees tes co 18
Stachybotrys: +... 25.0... 65%5) 17
GACHYS 443 ssa s O66 ee nee es 225
SLAULASEPO Mee ei ie eee es 24
Steliaria (ieee ee 163
teMDMILIa os ees 3
SLCpHAnNOMErli goo. cero 239
i ss on ve os eee es 161
Seeaireagaaat Sucree ces ees yore 14
SOPUA ee ee ee 156
TCLPOROOPR = 25055 sees ek cee 9
THELESS PCT .. +66 cee iv cages 247
Thelypodium....-...- +0. see 173
ownsendia ee BOP
Tricholomia. soi oes 89
Eee nebd oe bee Sie eee 201
WDHB. bbe eh ose ee 121
Soak edie Cer ien oo eee 49
80. sii * « 62
Urocystis -..«. <iseeeee
POMYCCH. bocce ce cece ne voces 57
UV stis@O. ios cobs ce ieee s ceees 63
Verbena. 2. 5 36. a ee
Veithictlaria. uve eo wee cca ce 68
VOrnOnit. ss <6 oon c sae 26S
Sesdhadiun.. ead brewer Oe
Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. Vi. No. 2.
A GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION FOR FINDING
THE FOCI OF THE SECTIONS OF A
CONE OF REVOLUTION.
EDMUND A. ENGLER.
Issued April 15, 1892.
A GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION FOR FIND-
ING THE FOCI OF THE SECTIONS OF A
CONE OF REVOLUTION.*
Epmunp A. ENGLER.
Fig. 1 represents a meridian section of a cone of revolution.
S is the vertex, and SC, is the axis of the cone; SD, and
SD, are the elements cut from the cone by the plane of the
FIGURE 1.
meridian section; Z,Z, represents a plane perpendicular to
the meridian meaticns C, and C, are the centers of shinee: :
oy ert pave or aaa
before The Academy t. Lonis, March 21
50 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
inscribed in the cone and tangent to the plane Z,Z,; F, and
F, are the foci * of the section cut from the cone by the plane
04 don 8, 8, OF; CFs C Ds CPD
Let
a == half the angle at the vertex of the cone.
8 =the angle which the plane 7,7, makes
with the axis of the cone.
6, ==the angle CSF’.
== the angle C,SF’,.
Then
BPP ASSELSIK )
ee. Fe aes
ae PG, get) )
a SEC, = 90°+ (2 — 6,)
In the triangle SF, C,,
sin 6,
er eee
cos (B+0,) Oe. oe
whence
sin @, =sin a cos (8 + 6,)
=sin a (cos 8 cos #,—sin f sin 0,)
and
___ sin @ cos B
= i, on aoe C1)
Similarly, in the triangle SF,C,,
sin @,
fe ee
cos (2—0,) O,S ~~ °"%
whence
sin 7, sin a cos (?— 6,)
sg = sin a (cos 8 cos 0, + sin f sin 6,)
sin a cos 2
ian (= fan waep “
_* Salmon, “Conic Sections,” 6th Ed., Sec. 367,
*
Engler — Foci of Sections, Cone of Revolution. 51
Inspection of equations (1) and (2) shows that the values
of #, and @, depend only on the values of a and 8, and that,
for a given cone, if # is a constant, 0, and 0, are constants;
or, the locus of the foci of similar sections consists of two
cones of revolution whose axes coincide with the axis of the
original cone and whose angles at the vertex are given by
equations (1) and (2) respectively; and the locus of the foci
x
“1
\
/
fo
FIGURE 2.
of parallel sections consists of two straight lines (SF, and SF,
in Fig. 1) whose angles with the axis are given by equations
(1) and (2) respectively. 7
The following construction derived from equations (1) and
(2) is identical for the cases of the ellipse (Fig. 2), the para-
bola (Fig. 3), and the hyperbola (Fig. 4); and as corres-
ponding points have the same letters in all these elfen i Renee
Siento explens}icn applies to all three. nee
52 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
With any point, C, on the axis of the cone, as a center,
inscribe a sphere, radius CD; its intersection with the plane
of the paper will be a circle asin the figure. From the center
C draw a perpendicular to the plane of the section, which in
the figure is the line Co, drawn perpendicular to Z,Z,. This
line cuts the circle in two points, 0,ando,. The lines So, aud
So,, joining these points, respectively, with the vertex, cut the
plane of the section Z,Z, in the points F, and F,, respectively,
which are the foci of the section.
For, from the figure,
Co, = CD = the radius = r= SC sin «
and
< Ook, =f
0,4,=r cos 8 = SC sin a cos 8
Ck, =r sin 2=8C sin a sin f = Ck,
Sk, =SC+ Ck,=8C + 8C sin a sin 8
=8C (1+ sin a sin B)
Sk, = SC — Ck, = SO — SC sina sin 8
= $C (1—sin a sin f)
wherefore
=e = = 50 (ein ea B)
sin a cos 2
~ 1+ sin a sin 2
Oe, See
— Shy <<. ee)
= __sin a cos 2
Tan asin 2
Engler — Foci of Sections, Cone of Revolution. 53
or, by (1) and (2) the lines So, and So, are the elements of
the focal cones for all sections parallel to that cut by the plane
Z4,Z, and their intersections with Z,Z, give the foci for that
section.
The correctness of the above construction is also evident
from the consideration that the points 0, and 0, are the points
of contact with the sphere of planes parallel to Z7,Z, and are
therefore points on the focal cone.
FIGURE 3.
In Fig. 3, where Z,Z, is taken parallel to an element of the
cone so that the section is a parabola, the focus which is at an
infinite distance is obtained from the construction by observ- _
ing that the point 0, falls on that element of the original cone _
to which the plane Z,Z, is parallel, and that therefore F,, ae
54 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
being at the intersection of this element with the plane, is at
infinity.
In Fig. 4, where Z,Z, is taken so as to cut a hyperbola
from the cone, the focus F, is obtained by producing the line
So, in the opposite direction till it intersects Z, Z,,.
FIGURE 4.
When the plane of the section is — to the axis, the
construction becomes even simpler ;
for then
s=0°,
and :
tan @,=tan 6,=sin a
Engler — Foci of Sections, Cone of Revolution. 55
In Fig. 5, with the vertex, S, as a center and any radius,
describe an arc cutting the elements of the cone (SD, and
SD,) ino, and 0, respectively. Draw 0, k, 0, k, perpendicular
to the axis, and 0, g,, and 0, g, parallel to the axis, meeting
P
FIGURE 5.
the tangent at p in g, and g, respectively. Join Sq, and Sq,.
If the radius taken is considered unity,
o, k=p 9,=sina=tan=— pq,
= tan 6,
0, k =p q,=sin a=tan < p Sq,
tan 0,
Therefore, Sq, and Sq, are elements of the focal cones for or the ae
section Z,Z,, and F, and F, are the foci of that section
Issued April 1s, 1892.
ee
Rais lg
a ee
ime
a
On ek
a
Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 8.
THE MAPPING OF MISSOURI.
BY
ARTHUR WINSLOW,
Assisted by C. F. Marbut.
Issued September 23, 1892.
THE MAPPING OF MISSOURI.
By Artruur WINSLOW,
ASSISTED BY C. F. MARBUT.
CONTENTS.
PAGE GE.
Introductory Remarks........... 5 The Winterbotham Atlas....... 73
The Ptolomzus Map .........+.- 59 The Arrowsmith Map .......... 74
The Frankfort Globe........... 59 The Mackay Map......ccssceses 74
The Zaltieri Map-..-.-ceeseesse 60 The Imley Map.......--+.sss0s- 74
The Mercator Map .....0+.-+.+. 61 The Colin Map..... Sexe staiad oe «
The Orteleus Map.......cce ees 62 The Duvallon Map.............
The Hondius Map.....-..00 sees 62 The Lewis and Clarke Expedition. 75
she De Wit Map. s--ssscsocsces 62 The Pike Expedition .........
The Thevenot Map.......-..++- 63 The Land Office Surveys ........ 79
The Joliet Map -»- 63 The State Boundary Surveys.... 80
The Franquelin Maps........ -64-66 The Rector and Roberdeau Map: 83
The Hennepin Map 67 The Long Expedition........... 84
The Minct Map... oioc<s 6 ecsccess 67. The Finley Map..cs «+ssecceee
The La Hontan Maps........... 67 Map of the U. S: Topographical
The Delisle Maps ....... eeseses 68 PUILGRU ss she sce se bes er eess 00
The Sinex Map...... hs ereee - 68 Observations of T. N. Nicollet... 87
The Wells Atlas............+--. 69 The Warren Map.....+.0+0s+«+s 88
The Popple PRTG soseeees 70 The U. S. Coast and Geodetic
The D’Anville Map..... cosesces 10 ia, > Par ora peter rane y epee 89
The Dumont Map..... PEE tee a 70 The Mississippi River Contain:
The Du Pratz Map....-.0se+se+ 70 DIOR aids: beasties ey
The Pittman Map ...... aps aE 0 The Missouri River Scape 91
The Ross Map... vcssceccec see 71 The U.S. Geological Survey. ...
The Faden Atlas 71 The Missouri Geological Survey. 94
The Jeffery Atlas.......s.654.
If the use of so trite an analogy is permissible, it is safe
to say that, at this period of the world’s history, the civiliza-
tion of a people is closely proportional to the degree to which
the country in which they live is accurately mapped. During
periods of barbaric habitation, or during early settlement by
more civilized foreigners only the rudest diagrams, if any, are __
made; such are sufficient to satisfy the simple needs of the _
58 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
time. As civilization grows or as the civilized population
increases, wider knowledge of the geography and better maps
become necessary to meet the needs of new settlement or of
commerce ; and, when population becomes dense, better and
better maps are constantly demanded to answer the require-
ments of a great traffic, for purposes of construction and
improvement and for the exact establishment of property
lines which the enhanced value of real estate calls for.
Hence, the mapping of an area is necessarily a progressive
work; there is an evolution of cartography as of other
objects, natural and cultural. The earliest charts are the prod-
ucts of exploration; rudé sketches showing mere outlines
and these defined with only a slight approach to accuracy.
A few astronomically determined points, roughly determined
at that, constitute the principal data as to location, supple-
mented, perhaps, by a meander line run down some river, in
a boat, with hand compass bearings and estimated distances.
As other explorations are made additional points are deter-
mined, lines of travel are meandered out, corrections are
made of errors in former locations and, by degrees, a fairly
reliable diagram of the area is produced. As the country
becomes populated, surveys for political divisions and for
cadastral divisions are inaugurated and, from these, additional
facts are collected. Finally, and it is deplorable that it
should seemingly be necessarily at so late a stage, triangula-
tion is extended over the area, topographic mapping 18
_ prosecuted and detailed maps of various kinds to suit the dif-
ferent needs are produced. In nearly all civilized countries
detailed and accurate maps are now constructed of different
portions, but it would be hazardous to assert, at present, that
of any one area the final map has been produced.
Missouri has had, like other countries, her succession of eX-
plorations and surveys and resultant maps, but she is still far
from having reached the final stage. It is the purpose of this
article to display the status of such work at the present time,
to briefly sketch the history of mapping as affecting Missouri
and to indicate the probable lines of future growth.
The first maps including the area of Missouri are necessar-
ily those rough diagrams of the early explorers which repre-
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 59
sented the continent of America. Their relations to Missouri
cartography are, of course, only of a general nature ; but it is
thought that they are of sufficient historic interest to justify a
description of some of the more important ones here.
Rough attempts at the mapping of America began almost
with its discovery and we find the general outlines of the con-
tinent suggested in charts dating back as far as the beginning
of the 16th century.
The map accompanying the edition of Ptolomeus of
1508, edited in Rome, is credited with being the most com-
plete and reliable extant of what was then known in regard to
America.* The title of the map translated is, ‘* A more uni-
versal table of the known world compiled from modern observ-
ations.’’ It contains, of North America, little more than a
rough and generalized outline of the eastern coast as far south
as Florida.
Columbus had entered the Gulf of Mexico but only ex-
plored its southern coast. The ‘* Admiral’s map”’ in the
Ptolemy, edition of 1513, shows a delta of a river correspond-
ing in position to that of the Mississippi; but this must have
been from conjecture, as it was not until 1518 that the north-
ern coast was completely explored by Garay, who reached
the Mississippi river and gave to that stream the name Rio del
Espiritu Santo (River of the Holy Ghost).
A Globe in Frankfort on the Main, in the city library, is
credited to the year 1515 or 1520, and is supposed to have
been made by J. Scheener, whose globe of the latter year
preserved in Nuremburg agrees with this in all its principal
features.t This map represents the North American continent
* A reduced copy of this map is contained in Vol. l opposite p. 499 of
Lieut. Wheeler’s Reports of the United States Geographical Surveys West
of 100th Meridian.
+ French’s Historical Collections of Louisiana, Vol. IV, p. VII.
Winsor, in Vol. II of his Narrative and Critical History of America, on
p. 218, gives a sketch of a map of the date 1520, which he states was sent to
Spain by Garay, the Governor of Jamacia. It shows what seems to be the
mouth of the Mississippi under the name ‘‘Rio del Espiritu Santo.”
Winsor characterizes it as a “ surprisingly accurate draft of the shores of
the Gulf.”’ .
t+ A reduced copy of a part of this map is contained in Vol. I, of the
Reports of the U.S. Geog. Surveys west of 100th Merid., opposite p. 501. Z
60 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
asan island of rough triangular shape. It contains some few
details of the eastern coast, but these cannot be assigned to
details now outlined. This is notable as being considered
the first upon which the name ‘‘ America’”’ appears. In the
Ribero map of 1529, the Cabot map of 1544, and in others
of about the same date the Gulf of Mexico is outlined as in
the Garay map referred to.*
The Zaltieri map was engraved in Venice in the year 1566,
Fig. 1. ZALTIERI MAP — 1566.
*
218 Re sketches of Paes see Winsor’s Nar, and Crit. Hist., Vol. II, pp-
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 61
by Bolognino Zaltieri. A printed copy is preserved in the
imperial library in Paris. A sketch of a portion of a reduced
copy of this map contained in Vol. I, of the 100th Merid.
reports opposite p. 504, is presented here.
The name Gulf of Mexico, it will be noted is applied here,
as is also the name Florida to the peninsular which now bears
that name. Two large streams also enter the Gulf from the
north, one of which may have been intended to represent the
Mississippi, perhaps inserted from the results of the De Soto
expedition earlier in the century. The mountain ranges indi-
cated it is hard to find a place for in our modern topographic
maps of the country. The approximate site of Missouri is
added to this map for the purpose of the present article.
we
{3 oO of
eae
Ly Terre ce
Bacallacs
de Brelon
o°?
+8)
oO
}
?
Jo
oO
ad
a
Fie. 2. MERCATOR MAP — 1569.
The Mercator ( Girard) ** mappemonde’’ of 1569, intro-
duced his well-known projection. An enlarged copy of an
outline sketch of a portion of this map relating to North
America, is introduced above. It will be noticed that the
Gulf of Mexico is represented much more accurately than in
the earlier map of Zaltieri. The extension of the St. Lawrence
river into the southwestern portion of the continent is a no-
ticeable feature which we find reproduced in others which —
62 Trans, Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
succeed it. The existence of any great stream flowing into
the Gulf, such as the Mississippi, is not even suggested.
The Orteleis map was first issued in 1570, in Antwerp.
This resembles the Mercator map in the essentials, and a sim-
ilar projection is used.*
The Hondius (Jodocus) map of 1609 was also based largely
upon the Mercator map. Hondius was a celebrated Dutch
geographer who was associated with Mercator. The whole
western hemisphere is represented upon his map and the Gulf
of Mexico is fairly well outlined. The St. Lawrence is ex-
tended far into the interior. Some other details of interior
drainage and distribution of mountains are also given.T
Fig. 3. DE WIT MAP — 1670.
Initial Meria., presumably at Ferro Island.
The De Wit map, prepared about the year 1670, shows the
: * For a on of this map see Nar. and Crit. Hist. Vol. IV, p. 95 and
eferences see rts U.S. . Sur .
sterol Repo Geog. Surveys West 100th Merid
+ 100th Merid. Reports, Vol. I, p. 506.
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 63
whole northern half of the continent. A sketch of a portion is
presented here. The Gulf is quite accurately shown. The St.
Lawrence is no longer extended so far inland. The presence
of the Mississippi would seem to be suggested by the estuary-
like mouth of an arborescent drainage system, but its mouth is
actually located under the name &. de Spiritu Santo, near
the northwestern corner of the peninsula of Florida.
In 1672-73 an anonymous map appeared representing the
course of the Mississippi from the Lakes to the Gulf.* It is,
however, considered spurious; it was probably prepared by
the Jesuits and was in advance of the appearance of the results
of Joliet’s and Marquette’s exploration.f
The Joliet map of 1673-74 seems, says Winsor, to have
been made by Joliet immediately after his return to Montreal
from his expedition down the Mississippi in the summer of 1673
with Marquette. A copy of a sketch of this map is reproduced
on the next page. This is considered the earliest map of the
Mississippi based on actual knowledge. The exploration did
not extend below the mouth of the Arkansas; but, from the
course of the river at that point, and from information de-
rived from the Indians, the explorers reached the conviction
that the great river emptied into the Gulf and so represented
it on their map. Joliet applied the name Buade (the family
name of the Governor Frontinac, to whom the map is
addressed) to the Mississippi.t This is also the first map
* This is the map familiarly known as the Thevenot map, published in M.
Thevenot’s ‘* Recueil de Voyages,’’ in 1681. (A copy of this map is in library
of the Mo. Hist. Society in St. Louis.)
+ Nar. and Crit. Hist. Vol. IV., p. 220.
t Winsor further states in a foot note, on page 209 of Vol. IV, of his
Nar. and Crit. Hist., that the Jesuit Relations call it the “* Grande Riviere’
and the ‘‘ Messi-sipi,’? Marquette calls it ‘* Conception ”’ and in 1674 it was
called after Colbert. Onp. 79 of Vol. V, he states further that the original
spelling of the word Mississippi in its nearest approach to the Algonquin
word is Méché Sébé; Tonty suggested Miche Sepe; Laval Michisepe; Labatt
softened this to Misisipi; Marquette made it Missisipi; another explorer
made it Mississipi, and it is so spelled in France at the present. The origin
of the double pis not known. The river was known as the ‘* Malbanchia’’
by the Indians and was termed * Palissado”’ by the Spaniards (Ibid. Vol.
V, p.18). In 1712 the name “ St. Louis”’ is substituted for Mississippi
in the Crozat patent and in the same document ‘* St. Philip” is substituted
for Missouri and ‘St. Jerome” for Ouabache (Ibid. Vol. V, p. 28).
64 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
which locates the Missouri river and from it we are able to
designate with more exactness the,site of our own State. .
Franquelin’s map of 1684 éntitled Carte de la Louisiane,
is stated to embody the results of La Salle’s exploration of.
the Mississippi, who reached the Gulf in the spring of 1682.
al | HAL ii
nd
=
|
a
a
mn
wv Es
y q
~~ ' fo)
N f| re
8 | s
ee eee
a — I
ee tad / *
=i ores
LES 7 |
NU Aull in |
) " £ ee
4 | re
A. § s % i.
5, % a E oS
os ty oe q ty Ne Z ie:
ye ee ee x
s\ ikereres 4. = es i
: ai Li ie
uf . ad eae H gn Sema
f uy gon é : ff edi - 4 asf I
u <A E? BS ee AN
S Ripe =
of =
3 She French’s ‘« Historical nena published between the years 1846
. etait chapter entitled ‘An account of the discovery of some new
barony and nations in North America in 1673, by Marquette and Joliet.”
sere, among other references, the latitude is
Placed at 36° N. : of the mouth of the Ohio
“5 and that of the mouth of the Mississi ° The
Aceon nave been imated from an an assumed distance or en from
2 ees
evF7
ig i
: [Sewi72 sag
?
;
S : :
& A easrieren etiam, fat
oe tS ok ” ~ aaeNY °
Fa ? ; ¢
PcpoRlD x gs D
K * rae '} % 69%
i f 00!
met rie
' ~~ * ft
Fia, 5. FRANQUELIN’S “@QREAT MAP” — 1684.
WT fo Gurddvpg ayy, — nojsury
*2ULNOSS2
*
G9
66 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
It was prepared by a young French engineer, Jean-Baptiste
Louis-Franquelin, who was in Quebec in 1683, on La Salle’s
arrival enroute for France. A copy of a sketch is introduced
here from Winsor.* The name ‘‘Za Louisiane,’’ which was
given the country by La Salle, on his reaching the mouth of
the Mississippi, is applied here, as is also the name ‘ Mis-
sissipi.’’ The peculiar deflection of the lower course of the
river and the position assigned its mouth are features difficult
to understand, especially in view of the fact that the earlier
Joliet map is much more true to nature in this respect. It
suggests a reason for the unfortunate mistake which La
Salle made, some two years later, in trying to find the mouth
of the river with his colonists from France. A mistake which
proved fatal to him as well as to many of his companions.f
Another map of Franquelin, referred to as his ‘‘ third map,”’
is dated 1683. It contains some additional features of drain-
age which are shown in the accompanying sketch.
so ‘
SY,” wp OS
,” 2 -
° Y
oe i
\ sy I ,
: re)
C>, — s
Misionit Ge bail N
Pansats ~ Fang
* *
. a> Ps
te : Re
Fg het Kort Rivveed
w@s = rene
x Panes : Bette viv
+ = a pe
'
Fic. 6. FRANQUELIN’S “THIRD MAP” — 1688.
** Missourils,”’ it will be noticed, is introduced here, from
which the name ‘* Missouri’’ is derived.t The interlacing
* Nar. and Crit. Hist., Vol. IV, p. 228.
‘+ The latitude of the mouth of the river was determined by LaSalle by an
observation in 1682, but he had then no means of determining the longitude.
+The Missouri river was called by Marquette “ Pekitanouis,’? which
means Muddy Water. In Shea’s ‘Discovery of the Miss. Valley,” is a
foot note to the effect that the name Pekitanoui prevailed until 1712, when it
was called } i after the Missouris tribe of Indians.
Winslow — The Mapping of Missouri. ioe
drainage system of the river is remarkable and indicates very
imperfect knowledge of the region, and peculiar conceptions
concerning it. The existence of the Osage river is suggested
by the first fork above the mouth of the Missouri.
Hennepin’s map of 1683, in his ‘* Description De La
Louisiane’’ contains nothing additional concerning the Mis-
sissippi or the area of Missouri. The connection of the
Mississippi with the Gulf is here only indicated by a dotted line,
in evidence that his explorations did not extend to the Gulf.*
Later maps of Hennepin appeared in his work entitled
‘¢ Nouvelle Découverte d’un trés grand Pays’’ which show an
extension of the Mississippi to the Gulf; but this portion is
supposed to have been stolen from the records of La Salle’s
expedition.
Minet’s map of 1685, entitled ** Carte de La Louisiane ’”’
was made by the engineer, Minet, on the return voyage of
the ship Joly, after leaving La Salle and his colonists at
Matagorda bay.t The details of the mouth of the Mississippi
' as found by La Salle in 1682 and those of Matagorda bay
were specially drawn. The river is shown to empty into the
Gulf at Matagorda bay, which was mistaken by the expedi-
tion for its mouth. The course of the stream above the
mouth is similar to that shown on the Franquelin map of
1684. The name Missouris is applied here also to that river,
and it is represented by a peculiar double channel as in the
Franquelin map.
In the year 1699 the expedition under Le Moyne d’ Iberville
reached the mouth of the Mississippi, established a settlement
there and explored the stream for a distance of 100 leagues
above its mouth. From that date on the river was traveled
frequently by explorers and travelers and its course became
well known.
La Hontan’s maps originally appeared in 1703 in his
** Nouveaux Voyages dans! Amérique septentrionale,’’t ete.
* Fora Seen ofa portion of this map see Winsor’s Nar. and Crit.
Hist., Vol. IV, p. 2
+ For a sketch a this map see Winsors Nar. and Crit. Hist., Vol., IV, p.
237.
} Portions of these maps are reproduced in Nar. and Crit. Hist., Vol.
IV, pp. 358 to 361
68 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
On one of these, which is a strikingly crude production, the
Ouabach, or Ohio river, is shown to empty into the Missis-
sippi, opposite the mouth of the Missouri. This map is note-
worthy as being the first one, to the writer’s knowledge, on
which the name Osage is applied to a tributary of the Mis-
souri river. It is the one on which La Hontan shows his
mythical ** Riviere Longue,’’ or ‘*Dead River,’’ which he
claims to have explored. The lines of latitude and longitude
are designated on the map, the latter being presumably east
from Ferro island, as that point had been generally accepted
by European mathematicians as the position of the initial
meridian as much as seventy years previous. According to
these lines the Mississippi river is as much as 100 miles west
of its true position, and the mouth of the Missouri about
180 miles too far south.
The Delisle maps (1703 and 1707) are joint productions
of the father and son, Claude and Guillaume Delisle.
Winsor speaks of them as the most distinguished French
cartographers of the early part of the eighteenth century.
Their map of the upper part of the Mississippi valley, under
the title of «* Carte du Canada ou de la Nouvelle France,”’ *
shows the Missouri river and the location of the old Fort St.
Louis. The Des Moines river is shown under the name
R. de Moingona. In their map of the lower part,f the Ozark
mountains are faintly suggested and are labeled «* Pays plein
de Mines;’’ this we find reproduced in several subsequent
maps and it is perhaps based upon Penicault’s report of the
existence of lead mines west of St. Genevieve, which infor-
mation he acquired when accompanying Le Sueur’s expedi-
tion up the Mississippi in the year 1700.
Sinex’s (John) Map of North America was published in
London in 1710. A sketch of a portion is presented on p. 69.
The course of the Mississippi is much more accurately shown
than on any of the previously presented maps, as is also the
lower course of the Missouri. The initial point for the
* This map is reproduced in Winchell’s Vol. I, p. 20, Final Report Geol-
Survey of Minn.
_ +A reproduction of this portion of the map is contained in Winsor’s
Nar. and Crit. Hist, Vol. II, p. 294,
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 69
meridian lines is presumably Greenwich. On this assump-
tion the outlines of the State are added to the sketch in fine
dotted lines, while the outlines of the State with reference to
topographic features are shown by the dash and dot lines.*
‘Se donpe j: ‘Adoe
oe Sw ee ts
,
,
]
‘
'
b]
'
a
ra
Fic. 7. SINEX’S MAP — 1710.
Initial Merid., presumably at Greenwich.
The Mississippi is thus shown to be located from 50 to 60
miles too a west and the mouth of the Missouri 25 miles
too far nort
Edward Weis atlas appeared in 1722, and consisted of
41 maps, of which one is a part of North America. A re-
duced copy of this is contained in Vol. I of the Reports of
the 100th Merid. Surveys, opposite p. 511. The longitude
of St. Louis is here at about 1133° W. and the latitude at
about 363° N. If the longitudes are referred to Greenwich,
which is probable, the Mississippi is assigned a position over
20 degrees west of the true one, a much greater inaccuracy
than in the earlier Sinex map. The course of the Mississippi
* A reduced copy of this map is in Vol. I, opposite p. 510 of Reports
U.S. Geog. Surveys west of 100th Merid., and the annexed sketch is from
70 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
river is also very crudely shown. The presence of the Ozark
mountains seems to be suggested, but the range is continued
eastward on the original map and south of the Illinois lake it
is termed the ** Apalachin M.”’
In 1733 an edition of a map by Henry Popple was issued,
entitled «* A Map of the British Empire in America, with the
French and Spanish settlements adjacent thereto.’’ * It is in
atlas form, the maps being in large colored sheets on a scale
of about 50 miles to the inch. The Mississippi and Missouri
rivers and their tributaries are shown, but very inaccurately.
D Anville’s map of 1752, entitled «« Carte de la Louis-
iane,’’ has only the lower Mississippi valley represented.T
Dumont’s map of 1753, also named ** Carte de la Louis- -
iane,’” was published in Dumont de Montigny’s ‘ Memoires
historiques de la Louisiane.’’ It represents the Mississippi
valley and adjacent country ; lines of latitude and longitude are
fixed on the map and, according to these, the longitude of the
site of St. Louis is 284° E. (presumably of Ferro), which is
about 94° W. of Greenwich.t{
The Du Pratz map of 1763 appears in the « History of
Louisiana, by M. Le Page Du Pratz.’’ The Mississippi river
is placed about 150 miles west of the true position and the
mouth of the Missouri about 70 miles too far north. On p-
295 of Vol. I, the author remarks that the French had pene-
trated only about ‘*300 leagues’’ up the Missouri at that
time.
In the year 1770, there was published in London, a work
entitled ‘* The Present State of the European Settlements on
the Mississippi, with a Geographical Description of that River;
illustrated by 8 plans and draughts: 4 to. By Capt. Philip
Pittman.” Of these draughts one entitled «* Draughts of the
Mississippi river from Balise to Fort Chartres,’’ in three sheets,
1s of special interest here. His maps were the outcome of
be years of surveys, and, from the published references,
of Se etna eine cant me ve ooo F. Palfrey, Secretary
. ta Copy of this map is in the library of the Mo. Hist. Soc., St. Louis.
Society. of this map is also contained in the library of the Mo. Hist.
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 71
they must be far in advance of anything preceding in their
representation of the river. The writer was unable to find
the volume in the accessible libraries, and, hence, is unable to
present a sketch of the map here.*
In the year 1765, Lieut. Ross of the British army made a
survey of the lower Mississippi river, and, in 1775, his map
was published on a scale of about 14 miles to the inch, under
the title of «* A Map of the Mississippi River, from Balise to
Fort Chartres. Taken on an expedition to the Illinois in
1765, by Lieut. Ross of the Thirty-fourth Regiment. Pub-
lished 1775, London, for Robt. Sayres.’’ The sketch on the
next page is from a copy of this map in the Mo. Hist.
Soc. library. This is a very interesting map and exhibits
a great advance in the cartography of the river. The main
sinuousities of the river are quite true to nature and are in ac-
cord with maps of recent date.t The latitude of the mouth
of the Ohio river is shown to be a few minutes less than 37
degrees, which is closely in accord with recent determinations,
which make it exactly 37 degrees. The longitude of New
Orleans, shown on the map, is, however, about 50 miles east
of what it should be. The note, west of the river, of, «A
country abounding in mines,’’ suggests a translation of the
‘* Pays plein de Mines’’ on the Delisle map of 1707.
Faden’s Atlas of 1777, is entitled ‘* The North American
Atlas. Printed for William Faden, Geographer to the King,
MDCCLXXVII.”’ | The scale of the maps is about 80 miles
to the inch. It shows the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and
some of their tributaries. Nothing in advance of the other
maps described was noted, however.
Thomas Jeffery’s American Atlas was published in London
* Mr. Oscar Collet, librarian of the Mo. Historical Society, states that
there is a copy of this work in the library of the Illinois Hist. Soc. at
Springfield, and another in the possession of Mr. H. H. Beckwith of Dan-
ville, Ill.
+ A careful comparison of this map with the recent charts of the Mis-
Sissippi River Commission, made by Capt. Palfrey, confirms this statement
and shows that the course as delineated by Ross occupies, in some places,
the lakes and sloughs of the present alluvial plain.
} A copy of this atlas, belonging to Capt. C. F. Palfrey, was inspected by
the writer.
A count,
Coun 8 oss: as
aboundin Co
(7 manes <a
Re’
‘of Mew Orleans
fer
e an
Rapid whirlpool
(athens Kee
Abel. 9O°W. of Grienwie
Anllenl Fart
NIG
des Eroyecl.
f ~
M4 ths nag,
ff) The Qeocall
Mises se Mia
Fie, 8. LIRUT, ROSS’S MAP — 1765 TO 1775,
T 1g) fo wg ‘poop ‘sunsy,
.
"Sino
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 73
in 1775. A reduced copy-of portions of his map of North
America is contained in Vol. I of the 100th Merid. Reports,
opposite p. 512. It contains little detail of interest hére.
The general course of the Mississippi river adjacent to Mis-
souri is fairly well shown, though the stream is located about
100 miles too far west. The latitudes of the mouths of the
Ohio and of the Missouri are approximately correct.
42°
Se, at.
2
<
— a Pe
Pe _— oe SS Y,
w
oe
= 2 ay
- j .
f i
“2g . 3
a o
' <5
,
ieee del = h
y ?
%,, : i = 31 Oks 0 ai
F t ‘i a oe
= ‘ We Ss ee .
a Ne a ee eS TS oa
baa : s itd
Cg
- FF
; °7 ba 43" 4 av
Fie. 9. WINTERBOTHAM’S MAP — 1795.
Initial Merid., presumably ai Greenwich.
In Winterbotham’s History of 1795, published in New
York, is a map of which Lieut. Warren, in the report of the
United States Pacific Railway Surveys,* introduces a reduced
copy as exhibiting the knowledge possessed of the territory
west of the Missiasippi, before the Lewis and Clarke explor-
ation of 1803-1806. A sketch is shown here of a portion of
this map relating to Missouri and adjacent country. The
courses of the Mississippi and Missouri rivers within the State
approximate the locations as known to-day. The longitude of
the former stream is at points nearly correct, and in this re-
spect the map is much in advance of the others preceding it
* Vol. XI, p. 16.
74 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The mouths of both the Missouri and Ohio rivers are too far
south, the former over 30 miles, the latter over 15. The
drainage of the southwestern portion of the State is particu-
larly inaccurate, the headwaters of the St. Francois river
reaching nearly to the site of Kansas City, and the Arkansas
river flowing across the southwestern corner of the State.
Arrowsmith’ s map was published in 1796 and with additions
about 1802. It is entitled «« A Map of the United States of
North America, by A. Arrowsmith.’? The scale is about 25
miles to the inch. It includes the area of Missouri, but no
especially noteworthy features are observed on it.* The
course of the Mississippi river corresponds closely with that
of the Ross map.
In the years 1795 and 1796, according to a claim recorded
in the American State Papers,f James Mackay made a voy-
age of discovery ‘*to the upper and unknown parts of
Missouri,’’ under commission from the Governor of the
Provinces, Baron de Carondelet. He is credited with having
made a map, as the result of his voyage, which, it is stated,
is ** such as never appeared before of this unknown part of
the world.’’ It was delivered to Don Manuel Gayoso de
Lemos, Governor General of the Provinces. No copy of this
map was accessible to the writer, and it is doubtful whether
one is now extant. Exactly what is meant by the term
** Missouri,’’ is not stated. If it relates to the Missouri river
this map can probably be put down as the first constructed
from actual exploration of that stream.
In works published shortly after this date, maps of this
part of the country are frequent. Among these may be
noticed the following: —
Gilbert Imley’s map of 1797, published in his «+ Topo-
graphical Description of the Western Territories.’ The site
of St. Louis is placed on this map at about lat. 303° N. and
long. 92° W. of London.
L. Colin’s map of 1798, accompanies the * Voyage a la
Louisiane,’ ete., in 1794 to 1798, by Baudry des Lozieres.
* A copy of this map is also the Pp
| roperty of Capt. Carl F. Palfrey.
+ Public Lands, Vol. VE. mw: HS : . a
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 75
The longitude of St. Louis is about 93° W. from Paris (903°
W. from Greenwich ).
The Duvallon map of 1802, is in the ‘* Vue de la Colonie
Espagnole du Mississipi,’ etc., 1802, B. Duvallon, editor
and author. The longitude of St. Louis is placed at 743° W.
of Isle de Fer (924° W. of Greenwich).
The Lewis and Clarke expedition from St. Louis to the
Pacific coast was conducted during the years 1804 to 1807.
This may be considered the first definitely recorded survey of
the Missouri river. The expedition started at St. Louis and
proceeded up the Missouri river in keel boats. The explorers
were provided with compasses, chronometers, sextants and
artificial horizons.
Various editions of the resultant reports were published.
Three of these have been consulted by the writer. The first
was issued in London in 1809, under this title: ‘* The
Travels of Capts. Lewis and Clarke from St. Louis by way of
the Missouri and Columbia Rivers to the Pacific Ocean per-
formed in the years 1804, 1805 & 1806 by order of the
Government of the United States containing,’’ etc. ‘* Com-
piled from various Authentic Sources and Original Docu-
ments,’’ etc. — ‘ Illustrated with a map of the country in-
ee ee emer eee Pie yepapars:
Fic. 10. LEWIS AND CLARKE MAP — 1804 To 1806.
Edition of 1809.
Initial Merid., at Greenwich.
76 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
habited by the Western Tribes of Indians. London. Printed
for Longman, Hurst, Rees and Orme, Paternoster Row —
1809.” A reproduction of the map accompanying this
edition is inserted on p. 75. In the report the Missouri river is
said to be about five leagues above St. Louis, at latitude
about 40° N. The position thus assigned the river does not
agree with that shown on the map, as a casual inspection will
show, nor is it in accordance with the position of cited in
later editions. The map is, however, a very crude produc-
tion. The mouth of what is termed the ‘* Causas river ”’ is
placed at about 98° 30’ W., whereas it should be 94° 30
W., and it is further located about 450 miles west of St.
Louis, whereas it is actually only about 240 miles west. This
and other features of the map lead one to believe that it was
hastily prepared and does not really incorporate the results of
the expedition. a
In an edition entitled ‘* History of the Expedition under the
command of Captains Lewis and Clarke to the Sources of the
Missouri,’’ etc., prepared for the press by Paul Allen, Esq-;
Philadelphia, 1814,’ the location of the mouth of the Wood
river, opposite the mouth of the Missouri river, is given, on p-
3, as 38° 55’ 1955,” N. lat. and 89° 57’ 45” west of Greenwich,
which is about ten miles east of its true position and about five
miles north.
The third edition is entitled: «« Travels to the Source of the
Missouri river and Across the American Continent to the Pacific
Ocean, performed by Order of the Government of the United
States in the years 1804, 1805 and 1806. By Captains Lewis
and Clarke, published from the official report and illustrated
by a map of the route and other maps. London. Printed
for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown, Paternoster
Row, 1814.”’
The latitude and longitude of the Missouri river, as given in
this edition, agrees with that of the Allen edition. The map
accompanying this volume is a great improvement over that
of the earlier report. The course of the Missouri river is
quite accurately shown and, according to the report, was laid
down from courses and distances taken in the up passage, cor-
rected by frequent observations of latitude and longitude.
Winslow — The Mapping of Missouri. 77
The mouth of the Kansas river is only about ten miles too far
east. The tributaries Gasconade, Osage, ‘‘ Two Charaturns,’’
and Grande rivers are located. From the detail shown of
the Osage river, the results of the later Pike expedition eee
inafter described, are undoubtedly incorporated in this map.*
The Pike Expedition was conducted during the years 1805-
1807. The results were published under the title of «* Account
of Expeditions to the Sources of the Mississippi and through
the Western Parts of Louisiana, to the Sources of the Arkansas,
Kans., La Platte and Piere Juan rivers, etc., by Maj. Z. M.
Pike.’’ This edition was issued in 1810 by Conrad of Phila-
delphia, accompanied by large maps. Another edition was
issued in 1811 by Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown of
London, accompanied by quite small maps, entitled: ‘* Ex-
ploratory Travels through the Western Territories of North
America,’’ etc.
The expedition proceeded up the Mississippi river-from St.
Louis, noting the course of the stream during their progress.
Astronomical observations were also taken. On the map ac-
companying the London edition, the position of the channel of
the Mississippi is fairly well shown. The position of the
mouth of the Missouri is taken from Captain Lewis’s deter-
minations and is the same as that published in the Philadel-
phia edition of 1814, of the Lewis and Clarkereport. The
mouth of the Des Moines river is about in the correct position.
In 1806 Maj. Pike returned to St. Louis and conducted an
exploration up the Missouri and Osage rivers; the instru-
ments carried were a sextant, chronometer and compasses.
From this expedition there resulted what we may term the
first map of the Osage river. The sketch on the next page dis-
plays the results as expressed in the map accompanying the
Philadelphia edition of the report. The remarkable meanders
of this stream are shown, though not to a great degree of
accuracy. The Mississippi is also fairly well shown, though
not so well as on Ross’s map of 1775. The drainage of the
Ozark region is very imperfectly represented.
* The report of the Pike expedition was published by the same firm in
1811, and they hence had the accompanying maps at their disposal in pre-
paring this edition of the Lewis and Clarke report.
Hh
Pat ae ‘all
Fig. 11, PIKE MAP — 1810.
Initial Merida, at Washington.
SL
"SNOT “IG {0 “tog *phoP ‘suvsy
Winslow —The Mapping of Missour. 79
The year 1815 brings us to what we may consider the be-
ginning of the Land Office surveys in the State. During
October of that year the Fifth Principal Meridian was begun
at the mouth of the Arkansas river and was run north to the
Missouri, reaching this stream December 27th, 1815.* Upon
this line all of the subdivisions in the State are based. The
survey was made with a compass. No record is contained in
the copy of the field notes in the Land Office at Jefferson
City, of any observations for the variation of the needle, but
such must have been made, for the line to have been run
with any approach to accuracy.f In the Land Office In-
struction for Deputy Surveyors, dated 1856, it is stated that
‘‘Base and Meridian Lines in the District were formerly
run with a common compass, and in many instances are far
from being correct.’’ Burt’s solar compass was later adopted
whenever practicable. The instructions further specify that,
where local attraction exists, other means than the needle must
be used. The law did not require the determination of the
latitude and longitude of the base lines and principal meridians.
The Land Office surveys were pursued on what is termed the
rectangular system, and were continued in the State up to
about the year 1850. The surveys in Bates county and those
in the northwestern countries of the Platte purchase were
among the latest. In the former, work was done during the
years 1843 to ’44, and, in Atchison county, during the years
1846 and’47. The last contract recorded in the Missouri con-
tracts is for April, 1852, when some small fractions of sections
were surveyed along the Iowa line. |
This system of surveys, though very imperfect in plan and
inaccurately executed, furnished a vast amount of data for the
development of cartography in the State, especially such as
related to the details of the locations of the rivers and smaller
streams. The results of these surveys, it will be seen later,
are incorporated in many subsequent maps.
* The survey was made by P. K. Robbins, under instruction from Wm.
Rector, Surveyor of the Territory.
+ Mr. J. S. Higgins, of St. Louis, informs the writer that such observations
are recorded in the copy of the original field notes preserved in the Land
Office at Little Rock.
80 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
In the year 1816 what was then known as the Indian bound-
ary line and what became later a portion of the State boundary
line was run north from the mouth of the Kansas river to the
present Iowa line, and thence east to the Des Moines river.
The survey was made by J. C. Sullivan, deputy surveyor,
under instructions of William Rector, surveyor of the terri-
tories of Illinois and Missouri. According to the original
letter of instructions, attached to the field note book, the
deputy surveyor was to run a line north ‘‘ agreeably to the true
Meridian, which you will ascertain before you commence your
survey. And ifthe weather should permit you will frequently
make observation of the variation of the needle and will reg-
ulate your compass according to the results of your several
observations.’”? The line was run, in accordance with these
instructions, 100 miles north from the mouth of the Kansas
river and thence east a distance of 150 miles and 40 chains to
the Des Moines river.
In the year 1820 the State of Missouri was admitted to the
Union. The boundaries are described in the act of admission
as follows: —
‘* Beginning in the middle of the Mississippi river, on the
parallel of thirty-six degrees north latitude ; thence west, along
that parallel of latitude, to the St. Francois river; thence up
and following the course of that river, in the middle of the
main channel thereof, to the parallel of latitude thirty-six de-
grees and thirty minutes; thence west along the same toa
point where the said parallel is intersected by a meridian line
passing through the middle of the mouth of the Kansas river,
where the same empties into the Missouri river; thence from
the point aforesaid, north, along the said meridian line, to the
intersection of the parallel of latitude which passes through
the rapids of the river Des Moines, making the said line to
correspond with the Indian boundary line; thence east from
the point of intersection last aforesaid, along the said parallel
of latitude, to the middle of the channel of the main fork of
oC esate _ SETS thence down and along the middie
mouth of the sie re k ~ sae enh oe * = vig nes
I ae eae ze Komp nto the Misnippl ier
e middle of the main channel of the Mis-
Winslow —The Mapping of Missoure. 81
sissippi river; thence down and following the course of the
Mississippi river, in the middle of the main channel thereof,
to the place of beginning.”’
The boundary line from the mouth of the Kansas river to
the northwestern corner, and thence east to the Des Moines
river, is the same as the old Indian boundary line above
described as surveyed in 1816. This was apparently accepted
as a correctly located State line up to the time of the Platte
purchase, in 1836. Immediately after this, however, during
the summer of 1837, a new survey of this line was made, in
accordance with an act of the General Assembly of Missouri.
This line was surveyed by Joseph C. Brown. It began at the
rapids on the Des Moines river on the old Indian line. The
longitude of this point was calculated from Elliott’s determi-
nations, at the mouth of the Ohio, and from the measurements
of the Land Office survey, and was determined to be 91° 46’
40” west of Greenwich. The latitude was determined by
astronomical observatious to be 40° 44’ 6” north. Several
latitude determinations were made along the line and observ-
ations for the variation of the compass were frequently
taken; a compass was used in the work, and its bearings were
checked by back sights. The total length of the line from
the Des Moines to the Missouri river as measured, was
203 miles and 33 chains. The longitude of the N. W. corner
was calculated to be 95° 39’ 13” and the latitude, from observ-
ations about 40° 44’.
The location of this survey seems, however, not to have
been acceptable to the State of Iowa and more or less liti-
gation arose therefrom. Hence in 1850, a new survey was
ordered by the Supreme Court of the United States.* The
starting point taken was Sullivan’s N. W. corner, established
by the Survey ot 1816.¢ The latitude of this point was
determined to be 40° 34’ 40” 3 N.; the longitude calculated
from the Land Office maps was determined to be 94° 30’ W.
of Greenwich. The line was run due west on a parallel for
a distance of 61 miles and 61 chains to the Missouri river;
* See Howard’s Report, Vol. 10.
+ The surveyor for Missouri was R. Walker
Sige , and the one for Iowa was
82 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Burt’s solar compass was used. The line east followed Sulli
van’s old line, notwithstanding the fact that the latter was
found to be quite crooked and to diverge from the parallel in
many places. It was marked by posts every 10 miles. The
length of this portion of the line was found to be 150 miles
and 51.80 chains, making the total length of the boundary line,
from the N. E.to the N. W.corner, 211 miles, 32. 80 chains, a
result differing about 8 miles from that of the Brown survey
of 1837. The line as thus surveyed was adopted.
The survey of the western and southern boundaries of the
State from the mouth of the Kansas river to the St. Francois
river, was originally begun in September of the year 1823,
shortly after Missouri became a State. The surveyor was
Joseph C. Brown, acting under the instructions of Genl. Wm.
Rector, surveyor of the U.S. lands of Illinois and Missouri.
Theline was completed December 8, of the same year. Accord-
ing to the original field notes, it started from the mouth of the
Kansas river, after observations for the magnetic variation had
been made. Thence, it continued south for a distance of
177 miles to a determined latitude of 36° 30’ north.* At this
point the S. W. corner of the State was marked by a stone
post, and the line was continued east to the St. Francois
river, under great hardships and difficulties. Determina-
tions of latitude were made at intervals along the W. to E.
line and the party was at one place as much as 31” out of
position. The line was run with a compass, and a theodolite,
sextant and an artificial horizon were part of the equipment.
The line between the St. Francois and Mississippi rivers was
not run at the time owing to the exhaustion of the party, the
equipment and the funds. The distance from the S. W-
corner to the St. Francois river was determined to be 232
miles and 28 chains. No latitude determination was made at
the St. Francois river.
The survey was continued by Brown the following year, in
October, 1824. According to the field notes the latitude of
. * Later calculations with the aid of the Nautical almanac led Mr. Brown
to place this point at 36° 30° =", :
A resurvey of the portion of this line between the 26 mile post and the
Marais des Cygnes river-on the 62 mile, was made in November, 1844.
Winslow — The Mapping of Missouri. 83
the point reached at the end of the past years work was 36°
30’ 11”. Thence the course of the St. Francois river was
meandered out down to a determined latitude of 36° N.
Thence a line was run due east to the Mississippi river.
The Brown survey, probably on account of the acknowl-
edged inaccuracies and for other reasons, was not acceptable
and, hence, we find, in the year 1843, a new survey of the
southern boundary of the State begun under the direction of
a joint commission from Missouri and Arkansas, in accordance
with acts of the respective legislatures. The survey was begun
on the Mississippi river on the latitude 36° N. which was
determined with a sextant and an artificial horizon. The line
was run thence west to the St. Francois river, a distance of 36
miles and 50 chains. It was found throughout its whole
length, to be about 600 yards N. of the line determined by
the Brown survey. Thence, they proceeded north to a point
on the St. Francois river which they determined to be at 36°
30’ N. and about one chain north of the old Brown line.
The line thence ran W. soon crossed the Brown line and
kept south of it the remainder of the distance. At no other
point, however, was it so much as a half a mile south. It
terminated 4.83 chains due south of the southwestern corner
of the State, as marked by Brown in 1823. This last survey
made the south line of the State about ten miles longer than
did the earlier one and this latter result accorded with the Land
Office surveys. This appears to be a carefully conducted sur-
vey and a neatly drawn map of the line accompanies the copy
of the original notes in the Land Office at Jefferson City. The
line as marked by this survey was accepted as the south
boundary of the State and is still recognized as such.
Returning from this digressive sketch of the history of the
State boundary surveys we will take up again the chronologic
notice of explorations and maps of our area.
Rector’ s and Roberdeau’s map, was compiled in the year
1818. It is entitled ‘* Sketch of the Western part of the
“enone of North America, between latitudes 35° and 52°
N,’ 1t extends from the 87th Meridian to the Pacific ocean,
and 1s on a scale of about 47 miles to the inch. It was
originally drawn by Roberdeau of the U. S. Topographic
84 Trans. Acad. Sci. of Si. Louis.
Engineers under the direction of Wm. Rector, Surveyor of
the U.S. for the territories of Missouri and Illinois, and was
presented by the latter to the General Land Office. It was
presented as probably the most correct map of the country
extant at that time.* In it are presumably incorporated the
results of the meridian and boundary surveys which had been
made in Missouri prior to that date. The Mississippi river
is, however, placed from 60 to 100 miles east of its true
position, andthe mouth of the Kansas river is fully 30 miles
too far east. St. Louis and the Missouri river are some 80
miles south of where they should he. These results indicate
that the observations of the preceding Lewis and Clarke and
Pike expeditions were not made use of.
The Long Expedition was conducted during the years 1819
and 1820. The results are published under the title of
‘+ Account of an Expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky
Mountains,’’ etc., ‘* compiled by Edwin James, botanist and
geologist for the expedition, In two volumes with an atlas.”’
Philada: H.C. Carey and I. Lea, 1823. The party proceeded
down the Ohio river to its mouth, and thence up the Miss-
issippi and Missouri rivers. They were provided with chrono-
meters, sextants, compasses and a telescope. Their results
are embodied in a map accompanying the report, on a scale
of about 75 miles to the inch. A portion is shown on the
sketch on page 85, which is from a tracing of the map.
Eliot’s determinations of 1797-98, at the mouth of the Ohio
are quoted and are referred to in later determinations.
These are:
Lat. 37° 0' 22.9” N.
Long. 88° 50’ 42” W. of Greenwich.
Proceeding up the Mississippi river the position of Cape
Girardeau was determined.
From three observations — 37° 18’ 39” N. Lat.
; From traverse measurements
from the mouth of the Ohio 89° 17° -- W. Long.
The mouth of the ‘* Merameg”’
river was determined to be at 39° 23’ 29” N. Lat.
x
* A reduced copy of this map is published opposite p. 23 of Vol. XI, of
he reports of the Pacific R. R. Surveys.
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 85
The location of St. Louis was variously established as
follows :— .
Lat. (mean of three observations), 38° 36’ 18” N.
RIO FR: = 90" -Go4s Ws
‘+ (from traverse measurements
from mouth of Ohio), 90° 2° 35" Ws
veal
ASF
if fe p atte
Little pi
> ae
7a
Fig. 12. LONG MAP — 1820.
Initial Merid. at Greenwich.
The mouth of the Missouri river was similarly determined
to be at:
Lat. (mean of four determinations), 38° 51’ 39” W.
Long. (from lunar observations), 89° 57’ Ww.
Long. (from traverse measurements), 90° 00’ 40” W.
These first two results accord quite closely with Capt.
Lewis’s earlier observations.
86 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The following determinations were further made, up the
Missouri river: —
Franklin, Howard Co.
Lat. (mean of three determinations), 38° 57 09” N.
Long. (mean of three determinations), 92° 57’ 05” W.
Fort Osage.
Lat. (mean of three determinations), 39° 09’ 333" N.
The State line is introduced in the original map in the
position shown on the accompanying sketch; also the old
Osage boundary line. The true drainage of the Ozark region
is faintly suggested, though the peculiar system of tributaries
of Black river is wholly imaginary.
Finley’s map of North America was published in 1826,
under the title of ** Map of North America, including all the
recent geographical discoveries.’ A reduced copy is included
opposite p. 30 of Vol. XI., of the Pacific railway reports.
The portion embracing Missvuri shows nothing in advance of
the earlier Long map, and is probably largely copied from
that map. The Ozark mountains are outlined in a general
way, but the drainage system of that area is very inaccurate.
In 1825 a survey of a road from Fort Osage to Taos in New
Mexico was begun by order of the U. S. Government, by J.
C. Brown. Fort Osage was the startling point, which was
taken at 93° 51’ 03”.*
In 1837 there appeared a map on a scale of 50 miles to the
inch, compiled by the United States Topographical Bureau,
entitled <‘ A map illustrating the plan of the defenses of the
western and northwestern frontier.’’ It was compiled under
the direction of Col. J. J. Abert, and is published in Senate
Document No. 65 second session, 25th Congress. The repre-
sentation of Missouri is much in advance of that of any pre-
viously published. The Mississippi river is placed about 10
miles west of its true position, but the Jatitudes of points along
it, in, and adjacent to the State, are fairly correct. The
drainage displayed of the interior bears, in a general way, a
close resemblance to that of our modern maps; especially of
the Ozark region is the representation of the drainage an ad-
* See Pacific R. R. Reports, Vol. XI, p. 25.
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 87
vance over earlier maps. From the results of the Land Office
surveys many such details were doubtless incorporated.
Between the years 1836 and 1840, certain surveys were
conducted and observations were made by I. N. Nicollet, for
the government along the Mississippi and Missouri rivers.
The results are contained in Senate Document No. 237, 26th
Congress, second Session; a map accompanies this embracing
the territory between 38° and 40° 30’ of Lat. and between
89° and 101° of Long, He is credited with having made the
first use of the barometer in connection with such work in the
west. The longitude of St. Louis cathedral was determined
to be 90° 15’ 10”, and that of Fort Leavenworth 94° 44’.*
A fair summary of the existing knowledge of geographic
locations about the middle of this century, is contained in a
table in ‘* French’s Historical Collections of Louisiana ”’ (1846-
53) in which, along with many others beyond the limits of
Missouri, the following locations are given. They are de-
rived from determinations of Long, Nicollet and others.f
o> 5 es
gee gitey cg RT
Bea S558" 53 aS:
Re 4° 4 8 Svs
New Madrid 4115 sc . 8B" 04 80" SPI 16"
Cape Girardeau 1957... BF°IR 38" OS 27 0"
St. Genevieve, church............ 1880... $72: 87° BY 40" OAL 3"
St. Louis, cathedral garden...... 1390 382 38° 37' 28" 90° 15’ 39”
Missouri, mouth of, south bank.1408 888 38° 50’ 50" 90° 13! 45”
Gasconade river, mouth of.......1513 ...... 38° 4140" ....... eee.
Portland, Callaway county....... 1523 ..... 38° 42'57" 91° 40 15"
Osage river, mouth of............. 1543... ua" S00" panne
Boonville 1604 580 38° 57' 18" 92° 41’ 30”
Grand river, S. W. of mouth...... 3690 sie OP 0 a as
Old Fort Osage, right bank....... 4786 OS Se Oe eaveuss
Kansas river, mouth of 1190 - 30° SB 26" 2 onc
Fort Leavenworth 1820 . 746 39° 22’ 40" 94° 44’ Of
* According to the measurements of the Land Office surveys the longi-
tude of Fort Leavenworth is 94° 58’, while the most recent results make
the longitude of the observatory of Washington University, St. Louis, 90°
12’ 30”. Similarily the longitude of Fort Osage as determined by J. C.
Brown in 1826 was 93° 51’, while the Land Office measurements make it
94°15’; the longitude of Westport was determined by Freemont in 1843 to
be 94° 22’, and by Land Office measurements it is 94° 37’,
+ Historical Collections of Louisiana. By B. F. French. Vol. I, p. 298.
New York: Wiley & Putnam, 1846-53.
88 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
In the year 1858 was published the map compiled by Lieut.
G. K. Warren to accompany the reports of the Pacific railway
surveys. It is contained in Vol. XI of the series of reports.
In preparing this map Lieut. Warren studied carefully many
of the previously published maps which have been described
here, and he utilized the various astronomical determinations
of the earlier exploration, though in a discriminating way ; he
also had available the Land Office records and to these were
added the data obtained by the newly executed surveys of
the various practicable railway routes to the Pacific ocean.
The result was, consequently, a map much in advance of any-
thing so far published, both as to accuracy of location and
amount of detail included. A copy of a tracing of this map
is presented here, and a brief inspection will suffice to show
that, for the scale used, a much better outline map of the
State could hardly be prepared from our best maps of to-day.
Fie. 13. WARREN MAP — 1857.
itial Merid. at Greenwich.
With the Warren map and the results of the Pacific railway
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 89
surveys, we reach the end of what we may term the period of
explorations, when the work was of the nature of a reconnois-
sance, when determinations were confessedly of only very
approximate nature and little or no detail was attempted.
During the next decade the war and the succeeding years of
reorganization prevented any further progress of geographic
work. Not until after the year 1870 was such resumed and
we then pass into what may be called the period of exact and
detailed mapping.
The work of the U. 8S. Coast & Geodetic Survey. —
The beginning of precise and detailed geographic work
was the extension of the trans-continental chain of tri-
angles by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey from Illinois
into Missouri. This was started in the year 1871, when a
base line was measured in the Missouri bottoms and several
stations were selected. During the year 1873 triangulating
was resumed and was extended 32 miles west of St. Louis;
during the years 1874 and 1875 it was extended to the Gas-
conade river and during the years 1879 to 1886 the work was
continued uninterruptedly and the triangles were carried en-
tirely across the State into Kansas. The position of this
chain of triangles in the State is clearly shown in the dia-
gram on page 90. Following this belt of triangles, precise-
leveling has now also been completed across the State by the
Coast and Geodetic Survey. This work was carried from St.
Louis to New Haven in the year 1882; from New Haven to
Jefferson City in 1888 and from Jefferson City to Kansas City
in 1891.
The Mississippi River Commission was organized in the year
1879. At this date only about 18 miles of the river from
Cairo down, had been mapped. Since that time, according
to data kindly furnished by Capt. Carl F. Palfrey, the present
secretary of the Commission, their operations have been as
follows, up to 1891: —
' Under the appropriations of 1881-82, in the working
seasons of 1881-—2-3, this work was carried southwards beyond
the limits of Missouri. Also triangulation was carried north-
wards to Keokuk, Iowa, covering the Missouri front. Under
the appropriation of August 11th, 1888, in what remained of
3
4 ee oe wes se oF el
ey Arcuisonl gone WOU, ale PUTW sw :
a Eronkga _[raamton pasa " x cepa, q
AA, ‘Ou = Garen ville Onenp sg \. NY
<4 G a — sm aS
Ce HEN rr] “firey 0. SuuLixan deere vh---4 NS
~Yrh-—= : bam mm PRY
ae enunny t hwo iW IRN
RRS
: Scr a A A
be ene BINNS gy he SS
Layinaston!* | Tata RA
: { bas
fae ste ee ce * SSS
we ww me CALDWELI, | Siac’ be BD Maton: RES :
NT ON] | gh rN
2a MERE CTON Canto =| re rot Li
CARKO ta Honkon pm nd,
oe jel
ee
ie i ii iin
|
LEGEND.
AREAS M,
NG By The deerme Riv. ‘éenll
WB» The Missouri. Riv. om.
Sg i ml
en ae |
, z
2
MN sal i a
as
et “me
| mM
:
i
SS SSB
Tie
Ca {
te rill
i :
it
nee
HALE Naat
i lit Mihhis “
i)
i.
cl
i
|
ra
Oi NIZ an
Loxavronnt bs
M1 jVASHINDTONS SS
{ Ordre Pe
I | St
Uy tui <i
——— fe | i Pig a “a j ‘ 7 seh
=n Geoleg. I MI 'O edanon ot H
e Bints asbronamically oh : |
3 hak ail esleni deateteeien 4 TBRXAS
ie) Piast | i oe (i en werianr
fi |
: i a nh i a bs
Hl rity HH Heth iti r eee CAkTERY STODDARD
5 age eee oe OwetL ERE ee
Goh SER ston i i Gane so : eorese
OPS Se lraney! — OQ cokond Citas
pao 1 aK : Ne al ' me. Pins 4 OPophsr Brags
} ni 4 1 | a ; 4 }
. Fra. 14. Diagram illustrati g # mapping In Mi 1, up to the end
% : saetes aR : =H Teme MemR oy:
06
"SenoT "7K) fo “2967 “pwoP ‘sunLT
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 91
the season of 1888 and in that of 1889, topographical work
was completed from Cairo to Alton, Ill. The section of pre-
cise levels from Illinois river to Cairo was run in 1880; that
northward from Illinois river in 1883. Even if there should
be no appropriation at this session of Congress, the topography
will reach the northern boundary of Missouri during the
working season of this year. The reduction and publication
of maps has followed the same course as the field work. Ten
sheets, scale 1:20000, from Cairo to the southern boundary of
Missouri were published in 1888-89; 14 sheets, from Cairo to
Carondelet, have been published in 1890-91. Unless there is
an appropriation at this session it is not probable that publi-
cation can be continued at present.’’
The area mapped by the Commission is shown on the
diagram opposite page.
The published maps of the Mississippi river Commission are
on two scales. One series consists of large sheets 22 inches by
36 inches, on ascale of about 31 inches to the mile. These
show all detail of importance to the navigator, such as the
shore line, the positions of bars, and the depths of the water ;
the topography on each side of the alluvial plain is shown in
five foot contours, timbered and open country are distin-
guished and many other recognizable land marks are intro-
duced. The second series of maps are not much more than
reductions of the larger maps and include less detail. They
are issued on a scale of one mile to the inch, in sheets 12 by
22 inches.
The work of the Missouri River Commission was begun in
1878. Their mapping is similar to that of the Mississippi river
Commission and in the words of their reports, embraces ‘* an
accurate delineation of the shore line, islands and sand bars,’’
the general topographical features of the valley and the line
of bluff bordering the same, the whole checked by a system
of triangulation carried along the river banks.’’ Soundings
were also made along lines normal to the current and from
500 to 1500 feet apart. The survey commenced in 1878 at
the town of Weston and was extended thence to Boonville
during that year; a line of unchecked levels was carried
along with it. During 1879 the survey and line of unchecked
92 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
levels was continued to St. Louis. In 1880 a line of care-
fully checked levels was run from Sioux city, Iowa, to the
mouth. During the succeeding years, up to October 1884, no
further surveying was done, but, during the fall of that year,
the Commission determined upon a secondary triangulation
of the river from bluff to bluff and also determined to establish
lines of permanent bench marks, the whole to be connected
with the former survey. This work was commenced October
12th at Glasgow and reached Boonville December 15th; the
work was continued all of the winter and was closed with the
Coast Survey triangulation station at Tavern Rock the follow-
ing May. In 1889 triangulation was extended above Fort
Leavenworth. In the autumn of 1890 a new shore line sur-
vey was made of the whole of that portion of the river,
within the State. One series of maps is published containing
the results of this work, on a scale of one mile to the inch.
The area covered by these sheets is also indicated on the
diagram on page 90. They contain less detail than do the
larger sheets of the Mississippi river survey.
The United States Geological Survey has undertaken, as
part of its work, the preparation of a topographical atlas of
the country. For this purpose, along with work prosecuted
elsewhere, maps have been constructed of about one-third of
the area of this State. The distribution of this mapping is
clearly shown in the diagram on page 90. The survey
was begun in the year 1884 and was continued uninterrupt-
edly up to July of 1889. Since that time no further work
has been done. The product up to the present date is 25
sheets in Missouri und five sheets including portions of
Missouri and Kansas, all on a scale of zss555, or about 2
miles to the inch, with a contour interval of 50 ft. ; also two
sheets, including St. Louis and parts of St. Louis county, and
Illinois, on a scale of ¢z455, or about one mile to the inch,
with a contour interval of 20 ft. All of these sheets are of
uniform size, 164 by 20 inches, and the area represented on
each is a geographic one and is a fraction of a square degree of
latitude and longitude. These maps have represented upon
them the drainage in blue; the hypsometry in brown; the
cultural features, such as towns, railroads, roads, political and
*
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 93
cadastral division lines in black. They constitute the first
series of maps which even attempts to display, in a compre-
hensive and systematic way, the topography of the State, or
of any large part of it. They are much in advance of any-
thing previously published. The principal objections which
can be urged against them are that the scale is too small and
the contour interval too great for the characteristics of much
of the topography of the State to be well brought out or for
many valuable details to be closely located or even included.
Further the method of work employed furnished a weak
vertical control and the altitudes represented are, hence, very
inaccurate in places. A fifty foot contour and a scale of two
miles to the inch though calculated to well display the general
features of a mountainous country of large and bold features,
fails to be adequate in a prairie country where differences of
elevation of twenty feet are significant and conspicuous.
The method of construction of these maps is described in
the following words by Mr. Henry Gannett, Chief Topog-
rapher of the United States Geological Survey, in a letter to
the writer: —
‘* The primary horizontal control consists of the triangula-
tion of the Coast and Geodetic Survey and of the Missouri
River Commission, supplemented where these surveys have
not.extended, by astronomic determination.* The secondary
horizontal control consists in part of the location made by the
U. S. Land Surveys (their township and section corners) this
system having been connected with the primary locations for
the purpose of eliminating their accumulated errors; and in
part of traverses of roads and other routes of travel. In these
traverses the directions were measured by compass and dis-
tances by the wheel. The primary measurements of height
were obtained from levels along the Missouri river and the
profiles of railroads, secondary height measurements were
made by the cistern and aneroid barometers, the latter being
corrected by comparison with cistern barometer and by com-
parison with the known heights of points upon railroads.
* Points were established at Springfield and Bolivar, Mo., and at points
adjacent to the State line in Kansas. A
94 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
The sketching was done in approximate contours upon
sketching boards directly from the country as copy.*
‘*] have not at hand the figures of cost attendant upon this
work heretofore, but from experience in similar regions in
recent years, I should place the expense of the work in the
northern prairie portion of the State, including all expenses
connected with it, at about two dollars a square mile. In the
broken and heavily timbered southern portion of the State I
would say that a satisfactory map could be made for between
three and four dollars per square mile, and here the cost would
depend greatly upon the character of the men engaged upon
it, for it is a very difficult piece of country to survey.t The
above figures imply of course that the map is to be made for
publication upon the scale of yzs555- Increase of scale
would increase the expense incident to the survey consider-
ably.’’ £
_ Aserious defect in these maps for many every-day uses is
the omission of the township range and section lines. The
political division lines are shown, but these are much less per-
manent and of less general use than are the omitted cadastral
lines.
The Missouri Geological Survey has had an intermittent
existence since the year 1853. The first survey, under Prof.
G. C. Swallow, was in operation from that year until June,
1861; the second survey, under Messrs. A. D. Hager, Raphael
Pumpelly and G. C. Broadhead successively, continued from
the year 1870 until 1875; the third survey, under Mr. Arthur
Winslow, began in the autumn of the year 1889 and is still in
* Since this work was commenced, in 1884, the improvements of instru-
ments and methods have been such that in similar country there will be
considerable differences in the methods employed at present, for instance
the cistern barometers would not be employed but in place thereof lines of
dip angles would be run at intervals for the purpose of checking the indi-
cations of the aneroids which would be employed in the measurement of
minor heights. The plane table provided with a compass for orienting
would be employed in traversing.
+ These estimates do not include the cost of engraving and printing.
A.W.
t Similar maps on a scale of 1 :62,500 constructed by the U.S. Geological
Survey of Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut, cost in the vicinity
of $10.00 per square mile. A. W
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 95
progress. The work of the First and Second Geological
Surveys included little original work in the line of geographic
mapping. Accompanying the county reports of these surveys,
there are small maps published on scales of three and four
miles to the inch of some thirty counties. These maps con-
tain, in addition to the geological matter, such facts of geog-
raphy and topography as could be obtained from the Land
Office plats and from published maps, supplemented by observa-
tions made in the field while prosecuting geologic work. The
counties are printed on separate sheets on which the town-
ship range and section lines are shown, and the towns, railways
and drainage; at times prominent elevations are indicated by
hachure lines, but this only at intervals. The amount of
detail shown on the different sheets is quite variable. In
addition to these county maps, there were published under
the Pumpelly management, as a result of original work, a
topographic map of Pilot Knob and vicinity on a scale of about
1200 feet to the inch, and, underthe Broadhead management,
a contoured map of the Granby mining district on a scale of
300 feet to the inch.
The Third Geological Survey, now in progress, has under-
taken, as part of its work, the preparation of detailed maps
of different portions of the State. These maps include the
details of the topography as well as those of the geology
proper. The scale adopted is gz4,5 or about one mile to the
inch. The area represented by each sheet is a quadrilateral of
15” extent in latitude and longitude ; this may be, within the
State, anywhere between 228 and 240 square miles. The size
of the sheet, including the margin, is 163 by 20% inches.
This work has been prosecuted during the field seasons of the
years 1890 and 1891, and, as a result, there have been surveyed
and plotted up to date ten sheets, distributed as shown on the
diagram opposite p. 91. During the present field season three
or four more will be surveyed.
The map attached at the end of this paper is a printed copy
of one of these sheets, from engravings on stone. As is there
shown the drainage, the hypsometry and the cultural features
are represented respectively in blue, brown and black, as on
the sheets of the U.S. Geological Survey. The scale is, how-
96 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ever, twice as great, the contour interval is 20 ft. instead of
50 ft., the township and section lines are added and the dis-
tribution of the formations and other geological facts are
shown.* The adoption of the larger scale permits the repre-
sentation of much valuable detail which is omitted from the
U.S. Geological Survey sheets and the methods used insure
much greater accuracy in the determination of both horizontal
position and altitude.
The methods by which these maps are constructed are some-
what different from those used by the U. S. Geological Survey. .
They are the outgrowth of work prosecuted under the writer’s
direction during the past four years; they are the most satis-
factory, to his knowledge, for accomplishing all the ends in
view, both with regard to cost as well as quality of product.
The geographic co-ordinates of the sheet have first to be
determined. For this purpose the results of the triangulation
of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, and of the Missis-
sippi and Missouri River Commissions are used where appli-
cable ; elsewhere astronomical determinations have been made.
These results furnished the primary horizontal control, and
subject to such control, the township and range lines are
located on the sheet. Within each cadastral township, so
outlined, the section lines were located from the Land Office
sheets, discrepancies within such townships being distributed.
The railway lines were plotted from the maps of the respect-
ive roads and these, together with the section and other land
division lines, served as lines of horizontal control. The
drainage has been plotted, in part, from the Land Office sheets,
at least the points of intersection of streams and section lines
have been generally obtained in this way. Such locations are,
however, checked by frequent intersections with the meander
lines of the topographic work. Vertical control for contour-
ing is obtained primarily from the precise leveling of the
Coast and Geodetic Survey and of the River Commissions and,
secondarily, from the profiles of the various railways. In
addition to these, lines of level are run by the Geological
Survey through each township, which furnish frequent bench
marks and, in addition, fix with exactness the relative eleva-
* A section sheet accompanies this map, as issued by the Geological
Survey, showing the structure of the area and details of the stratigraphy.
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 97
tions of coal beds and topographic features of special impor-
tance. Between these lines, altitudes have been determined
by aneriod barometer measurements along the lines of meander
surveys. Such meander work was performed with hand com-
pass and paced distances following along roads, or along sec-
tion or other land lines, and, in all cases, was checked by
frequent intersections with such lines. In such surveys the
_ topography was sketched, at the same time, directly into the
note book and all observed geological occurrences were located
in their proper topographic positions. These methods are
accepted as adequate for the construction of a topographic
map for purposes in view, on the scale and with contour
interval used. More must not, however, be demanded of
such maps, than these considerations warrant, though they will
prove of value in the future for many other industrial and
scientific uses than those for which they were especially con-
structed. They portray with exactness the distribution of
upland and lowland with reasonable faithfulness the relative
elevations of the various hills. It is not maintained that the
exact amount of grading necessary for the construction of a
railway across the areas represented can be calculated from
the study of these maps; yet, on the other hand the general
question of the practicability of construction along any line
can be determined at a glance.
The plan of publication proposed for these sheets contem-
plates that they shall be issued under paper covers, together
with the accompanying section sheet, unfolded at the end of
a folio report of a dozen or more pages of the same size as
the map. A series of these sheet reports can be bound later
under more substantial board covers. The areas selected for
such detailed work, are those which are of prominent economic
importance, or which are of great geologic and scientific in-
terest. It is the intention to complete several such sheets
each year, along with the other work of the survey of more
general nature. The value of such detailed work to the State
is second to none among the various products of the Survey’s
operations and we feel little hesitation in predicting that this
series of maps and accompanying sections and reports will
prove of more substantial and enduring value than any other
of the publications.
-
98 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The costand the quality of this mapping depend very greatly
upon the character and talent of the men executing it. The
work demands a sound constitution, industry and perseverance,
attention to details and, above all, an eye for topography.
The sluggard has no liking for the work, the slurrer should
have no place in it. This work of the Survey so far, is dis-
tributed over prairie and timber country, in flat and in hilly
portions of the State. The results have been reached at the
extremely low cost of not more than $2.00 per square
mile. This includes the cost not merely of the topographic
work, but also of incidental geological work, as well as the
reduction of notes and the plotting of maps and sections.
The cost of engraving and printing is, of course, not included,
nor is the cost of triangulation, of astronomical work, or of
administration. The figure given covers merely the salaries
and expenses of the parties doing the work in field and office.
It is believed that the work can be extended into any portion of
the State at an average cost of little more than this amount and
an allowance of $3.00 per square mile is certainly most ample.
As a necessary preliminary to the detailed mapping in the
State the latitudes and longitudes of a number of points have
been determined. These were made in part by the U. S.
Geological Survey and in part by the U. S. Coast and Geo-
detic Survey, both being assisted by Prof. H. S. Pritchett
of the Washington University Observatory. The points thus
far ites aad: as indicated on the map are: —
Sg abe! GREEN County (U. S. G. S.) Lat. Long.
r, in Drury College grounds 87° 13’ 15.96" 93° 17’ 17.58
Bor rvat, ~— County (U. aes
n§. Pale Bn aptist College grounds —_—-37° 36" 35.22” 93° 24’ 47.68
Sr. toute: (Pri a
Pier, Spearercry eekngoe Soe 38° 38’ 3.6” 90° 12’ 30
a
wie a a County (U. 8. C. & G.
Pier, ead east of depot 37° 36’ 30.76” 90° 37’ 36.68
Potosi, WasHINGTON County (U.S. C. & G.
S. & Mo. j
Pier, Court House yar 37° 56’ 14.62" 90° 47’ 16.16"
Macon Ciry, Macon Co an (U. 8. C. & G.
S. & Mo. G. 8.) a 9
Cor Pier, Court House y 39° 44" 32.9” 92° 28" 14.
OLUMBIA, BooNE County (Pritchett r
Observatory 8 State one (Pa : 38° 56’ 51.6” 92° 19’ 34.05"
County (Pritchett)
w, Ho OWA ”
- Opasteatary College 39° 18’ 45.6’ 92° 49’ 29.55
Winslow —The Mapping of Missouri. 99
Reference to surveys and original maps in the State, would
not be complete were mention omitted of all the various
railway surveys and the resultant maps. These have fur-
nished a great amount of data and, were all the results of such
surveys available we should have material for the construction
of topographic maps of considerable portions of the State.
As it is their locations of constructed lines are valuable base —
lines for all operations of geographic surveying and their pro- —
files are invaluable for determinations of altitude.
Innumerable maps have been constructed of the State of
which no mention has been made here. The reason for this
is that these maps are compiled and are not prepared from
new and original surveys. All of what is entitled to the name
of original geographic work, in an extended sense, is referred
to here. Many excellent and serviceable maps have been
compiled from the Land Office plats, supplemented by rail-
way maps. Many county atlases have been similarly pre-
pared. To these, county roads, post-offices, school-houses,
churches, boundaries and other such features are added from
county records and from observations on the ground.
ag “ie
SNe. 8
nelle aparece etal
FLOWERS AND INSECTS— LABIATA.
CHARLES ROBERTSON.
Teucrium Canadense L.—The plant is rather common in
low grounds. The stems rise from 5 to 10 dm. and bear
rather conspicuous racemes of flowers which are pale purplish
marked with darker purple.
The fertilization of the perfect flower is well described by
Foerste, in Am. Nat. XX, 66. It is proterandrous, as in
other species of the genus. Foerste thinks that spontaneous
self-fertilization occurs, and states that the visits of the bees
seem to be less frequent than with most cross-fertilized
Labiate.
The flowers project nearly horizontally. The tube is cleft
on the upper side, so that even the lateral divisions of the
upper lip form part of the lower lip. The stamens and style,
therefore, are not protected as in the typical Labiates, but
rise nearly upright and bend forwards. If the flowers were
arranged in a nearly flat-topped inflorescence, as in Pycnan-
themum, we would, no doubt, find them visited for honey and
pollen by quite a miscellaneous set of insects. The form of
the inflorescence, however, serves to offset some of the disad-
vantages in the structure of the flowers, for the stamens are
protected by the flowers above them; so that it is not easy for
insects to land directly upon them, and the lateral position of
the flowers makes it inconvenient for the less specialized
flower-insects to land upon them. This plant is gynodie-
cious, the female form being much more common in my
neighborhood.
I have found the flowers in bloom from June 24 to Aug. 13.
On five days, July 6-10, I observed the following visitors, all
sucking honey :—
Apide: (1) Apis melifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Bombus virginicus Oliv. 8; (3)
Melissodes bimaculata Lep. j'9; (4) Magachile brevis Say 9.
102 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
As far as observed the flowers of Teucrium are adapted to
bees, and most of the species specially to bumble-bees, as
shown in the following table. In some of the species the tube
is so Shortened as to admit mid-length or even short-tongued
bees.
: e) #124
eee eee
s | a" |) ba | ae
e) 4% |p
a) co) on | &
Teucrium Scorodonia—Low Germany— ote 6 5 1 9-10
'yrenees—Mac AAS 3
Chamedrys — Alps — Mii ler.......... ox S 1 1 | 7-10
Pyr wages = MacLeod. . 2
Pyren 4 .
tout ues Alps —Miille 6 1 1 6
Scordium — Low "Germany — Miiller ee a 4
ee 2 eons
Canklense — Iinois er sre iver ~ d Bi feces 6
Mentha Canadensis L.— The plant is common in wet places,
The stem rises from five to ten dm., is much branched and
bears in the axils of the leaves numerous whorls, each with
many white flowers, whose lobes are faintly marked with
purplish.
The flower has a form much as in Lycopus, the cleft
upper lip appearing as an almost equal lobe of a four-lobed
corolla. The slight irregularity has little significance, except
as a trace of a former condition, for insects land indefinitely
upon the flower clusters, approach the separate flowers from
every side and receive the pollen on different parts of their
bodies.
The plant is gynodiccious. The hermaphrodite flowers are
proterandrous. They expand about 3 by 5 mm., measure 9
or 6 mm. in length, the tube being about 3mm. The anthers
are exserted from 3 to 4 mm., the receptive stigma 5 mm.
The female flower expands 3 or 4 mm., measures 4 or 5 mm.
in length, the tube being about 3 mm. long. The anthers are
imperfect and are included. The ee is exserted about 2 mm.
*# In thatahl +h 2 ATS317 ee taken
from his ~hiapemst ne = Flowers and Weitere Beobachtungen tier: » het ccna ae
Blumen durch ; those in pone resis from his Alpenblumen, ihre Befrachtang
durch renin na
ting door Tnsedten, Gent, 189.
Me EA eee
Pee Ra NER SED © EP SNS A oat aa
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 103
I have found the flowers in bloom from July 25 to Sept. 16.
On seven days, Aug. 13-Sept. 16, I observed the following
insects visiting the flowers for honey :—
Diptera — Bombylide: (1) arene acaee Say; Empide: (2)
Empis clausa Rob. aca Syrphide: (3) Tropidia quadrata Say; (4) Syritta
pipiens L.; Dexide: (5) Rhynchodexia pi ; (6) Scotiptera parvicornis
Twns. (Ms); ; Tachinides (7) Jurinia smaragdina Mcq.,ab.; (8) J. apicifera
Wik.; Muscide: (9) Lucilia sylvarum Mg.; (10) L. cornicina F.
Hymenopte hin Asairmenleies (11) Augochlora pura Say ¢; Philanthide:
(12) Eucerceris zonatus Say; Sphecide: (13) A fnnvephine vulgaris Cr.; (14)
A. gracilis Lep.; (15) Isodontia philadelphica Lep.; Pompitides (16)
Pompilus marginatus Say; Scoliide: (17) Myzine 6-cincta F.; (18) M. inter-
rupta Say
ee ee (19) Pieris rape L.; (20) Ancyloxypha numi-
” oreapiees — Lampyride: (21) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.
At first I expected to find a preponderance of hymenoptera,
but I found diptera more abundant. The most frequent visitor
was Jurinia smaragdina. In showing a preponderance of
species of diptera, my list agrees with the lists of European
species observed by Miiller and MacLeod, as shown in the fol-
lowing table: —
ere leae
a legis sis 2
& |8eigs fs
Ee ise
Alf |n [5
Mentha arvensis —Low ee ee be ee ey os ee oe a peas ee
aquatica — 18} 5 23
sylvestris — Alps — Miller «+..4.0222) SoS Bsc eg
nees — MacLeod.....| 8 | 4] 8] 2|...-| 19
ancseusin ss Tiltnoter case ee ee 10 8 2 1 bees 21
Lycopus sinuatus El\l.— This species is common in wet
places. The stems sometimes grow as tall as one metre, and
are considerably branched. The flowers are arranged in
axillary whorls. 7
The plant is gynodiccious.* The corolla is white and
* According to Schulz, L. europswus bears female flowers — Beitrige zur
Kentniss der Bestéubungseinrichtungen u. d. Geschlechtsvertheilung b. d.
Pflanzen.
104 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
expands about 3 mm. It measures about 3 or 4 mm. in
length, the tube 2 or 3 mm. The corolla, as in Mentha, is
nearly equally four-lobed, the upper lobe being a little broader
than the others, and the lower a little longer. The stigma is
exserted about one mm. The hermaphrodite flowers are
proterandrous, the anthers being exserted from one to two
mm.
As far as noted, Lycopus sinuatus blooms from Aug. 5
to Sept. 16. On Aug. 13, 25 and Sept. 7, the following list of
insects was observed, all only sucking except No. 4:—
Diptera — Empide: (1) Empis sp.; Syrphide: (2) Chrysogaster nitida
Wd.; (3) Mesograpta marginata Say; (4) Syritta pipiens L., s. & f. p.;
Tachinide: (5) Siphcplagia anomala Twns.; (6) Ocyptera euchenor oe
(7) Trichopoda pennipes F.; (8) Jurinia smaragdina Mcq., ab.; Dexide:
(9) Scotiptera parvicornis Twns. (MS); Sarcophagide: (10) Sarcophaga
sp.; (11) Lucilia cornicina
Hymenoptera — Apide 18) - mellifica L. Bi (13) Bombns virginicus
pte
Oliv. 8; Andrenide: (14) P sopis affinis Sm. ¢; Philanthide: (15)
Eucerceris zonatus Say; Senden (16) Ammophila sp.; (17) Isodontia
philadelphica Lep.; Scoliidae: (18) Myzine interrupta Say.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (19) Pholisora catullus
ee eee (20) Chauliognathus peibayivanions DeG,
As in the case of Mentha Canadensis, the list shows 4
preponderance of diptera, in which it agrees with Miiller’s
list of L. europaeus, as shown in the table.
.
spe
qe9greg
S iARIM mw
BiB Rig2
Bote Pie
Bin |e
A fm {9
Lycopus europseus — Low Secineee-— anes wert 6p ht eer
Binuatus << Tinie 66 ose ee See esicuseures 11 2 |ooee
Pycnanthemum lanceolatum Ph.—The stems rise from —
5 to 11 dm., the flowers being crowded in large flat-topped,
compound inflorescences and being fertilized by insects which ©
grawl.about over them... In the Botanical: Gazette, KIMly 194s
Foerste gives a good account of the flowers, noting the pro- 2 ;
terandry, the little importance of the Labiate form and the
great variety of insect visitors. The Labiate character of the
Robertson — Flowers and Insects ~ Labiate. 105
flowers has little importance, except as a record of a former
condition. The flowers are erect or nearly so, and the lips
are so widely expanded that the stamens are fully exposed and
the tubes are about equally accessible from any side. Then
the flat-topped inflorescence forms a most convenient resting-
place for insects which would find great difficulty in visiting
the flowers if they were widely separated.
From his observations on the American P. lanceolatum and
prlosum in the Berlin garden, Dr. E. Low * arrives at the
erroneous conclusion that they are specially adapted to diptera.
He found a plant with female flowers, from which it appears
that the genus has gynodicecious species. Later, Meehan
records f the occurrence of gynodiecism in P. muticum.
The tubular portion of the corolla is about 5mm. long, and
nectar rises in the tube so as to become accessible to tongues
which cannot drain it. It blooms from July 14 to Sept. 7.
July 31, the following list was observed, all the insects
sucking : —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Heriades cari-
neatum Cr. 9; (3) Celioxys 8-dentata Say 9; (4) Epeolus remigatus F.;
(5) E. lunatus eed @, freq.; (6) Calliopsis andreniformis Sm. ¢'9; Andre-
nide: (7) Nomia nortoni Cr. ¢'; (8) Agapostemon radiatus Say J’, ab.;
(9) Augochlora lucidula Sm. 49; (10) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9; (11)
H. similis Sm. ¢/; (12) H. parallelus Say 9; (18) H. lerouxii Lep. f'9,
(14) H. gece Say 9; (15) H. faciatus Nyl, ¢'9, ab.; (16) H. confusus
Sm. 9, ab.; (17) H. stultus Cr. og’, freq.; (18) Sphecodes arvensis
Pitn. dP, ee Bukentter (19) Zethus spinipes Say; (20) Odynerus dorsa -
lis F.; (21) 0. arveriets Sauss. ; (22) O. foraminatus Sauss.; Crabronide: (23
Oxybelus emarginatus Say; Philanthidee: (24) Eucerceris zonatus Say,
freq.; (25) Cerceris fumipennis Say; Sphecide: (26) Ammophila procera
Klug, ab.; (27) A. vulgaris Cr.; (28) A. pictipennis Walsh; (29) A. gra-
cilis Lep.; (30) A. intercepta Lep.; Scoliide: (31) Myzine 6-cincta F.; “32)
M. interrupta Say; (33) Scolia bicincta F.
Diptera — Bombylide: (34) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq ; (35) E. fascipen-
nis Say; Conopide: (36) Zodion fulvifrons Say; (37) Oncomyia loraria Lw. ;
Syrphide: (38) Spherophoria cylindrica Say; (39) Eristalis tenax L.; (40)
Syritta pipiens L.; Tachinide: (41) Hyalomyia robertsonii Twns.; (42)
Trichopoda pennipes F.; (43) Cistogaster occidua WIk.; (44) Jurinia apici-
fera WIk., ab.; (45) Acroglossa hesperidaram Will., freq.; Muscide: (46)
Compsomyia macellaria F., freq.
* Beitriige z. Kentniss d. Bestiiubungseinrichtungen einiger Labiaten,
+ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1890.
106 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
acca es (47) Pieris protodice B.-L.; (48) Phyciodes
tharos Dru., f
Soiccmara se wishin: (49) Rhipiphorus limbatus F.
Hemiptera — Lygeide: (50) Lygeus turcicus F.
Pycnanthemum muticum Pers. var. pilosum Gray. —Com-
pared with the preceding, the plant is less abundant, has
taller stems, 5 to 13 dm., and the inflorescences are hardly as
attractive to insects, being somewhat smaller and less flat-
topped. The tubes are about 6 mm. deep, only about one
mm. deeper than in P. lanceolatum, but the result is that P.
muticum shows more bees, compared with other hymenoptera,
and an increase in large and long-tongued diptera. The plant
blooms from July 5 to Aug. 15. July 29-31 I observed the fol-
lowing insects, all only sucking honey, except Nos. 17 and 18:—
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Bombus
americanorum F. 8 ; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (4) Megachile brevis Say
3 (5) Epectus lunatus Say o'; (6) eed andreniformis Sm. ¢'Q, freq.;
Andrenide: (7) Agapostemon radiatus Say g’, ab.; (8) Augochlora lucidula
Sm. f' 2; (9) word pectoralis Sm. 93; (10) H. similis Sm. f' 9; (1D) |
H. parailelus Say 9; (12) H. lerouxii Lep. @'9, very ab.; (18) H. ligatus
(16) H. zephyrus Sm. 9; (17) H. confusus Sm. 99, s. & c. p., ab.; (18)
H. stultus Cr. 9, s. & c. p., ab.; (19) Sphecodes mandibularis Cr. gj; (20)
S. arvensis Pttn. §9; (21) mio affinis Sm. 9; Humenide: (22)
Odynerus foraminatus Sauss., ab.; (23) O. anormis Say; (24 Sp.;
Crabronide: (25) Crabro interruptus Lep.; (26) Anacrabro ocellatus
Pack. ; Philanthide: (27) Eucerceris zonatus Say; Bembecide: (28) Moned-
ula dadotina F.; Sphecide: (29) Ammophila procera Klug; (30) . vul-
garis Cr.; (31) - intercepta Lep.; (32) A. pictipennis Walsh, freq.; (33)
A. graci ilis Lep., freq.; (34) Sphex ichneumonea L.; Pompilide: (35) Prioc-
nemis fulvicornis Cr.; Scoliide: (36) re sa sexcincta F., ab.; (37) M.-
octita te Say; (38) Scolia bicincta F.,
Diptera— Bombylide: (39) ont fascipennis Say, ab.; Conopide:
(40) Piydboephale tibialis Say; (41) Zodion falvifrons Say; (42) Oncomyia
Lw.; Syrphide: (48) Eristalis tenax L.; (44) E. eines Wa.;
(45) E. transversus Wd.; (46) Syritta pipiens L., ab.; Tachinide: (47)
Hyalomyia purpurascens Twns.; (48) Trichopoda pennipes F.; any Cisto-
gaster pallasii Twns.; (50) Jurinia smaragdina Mcq.; (51) J. apicifera ee
ab.; (52) Acroglossa Hespertiarym Will.; (53) Siphona illinoensis Twos.
(54) Cuphocera ruficauda v. d. W.; Sarcophagide: (55) Sarcophaga sp.i
Muscide: (56) Stomoxys Galenivane L.; (57) Lucilia cesar L.; (68) Comp-
somyia macellaria F.
= epitupsets — Rhopalocera: (59) Pieris protodice B.-L.; (60) Phyciodes
toe neaondal (61) Rhipiphorus limbatus F.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 107
Pycnanthemum linifolium Ph.—In my neighborhood this
is the most common species of the genus. The stems are
shorter than in P. lanceolatum, growing from 4 to 7 dm.
high. The corolla tubes are a little shorter, about 4 mm.
long. It was observed in bloom from June 29 to Sept. 12.
July 19 and 20 I collected the following visitors, all only
sucking, except No. 12:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. $, ab.; (2) Melissodes
bimaculata Lep. 9’; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (4) Phileremus illinoensis
Rob. 9; Andrei: (5) Augochlora stidieeante Pttn. O; (6) A. lucidula
Sm. 9; (7) A. pura Say 9; (8) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9; (9 ) i. pale
Lep. er OD H. parallelus Say ¢'9; (11) H. fasciatus Nyl. J 9; (12)
H. confusus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (13) H. pruinosus Rob. <j; (14) Fa
codes arvensis Pttn. 9; (15) Prosopis affinis Sm. ore (16) P. pygmaea
je le
Sauss.; Crabronidae: (19) Crabro interruptus Lep.; Philanthidae: (20)
Eucerceris zonatus Say; Bembecidae: (21) Monedula ventralis Say; (22) M.
nineacooe ta F.; Sphecidae: (23) Ammophila intercepta Lep.; (24) A. gracilis
p-; (25) Patoposts cementarius Dru.; (26) Isodontia philadelpbica Lep. ;
Priononyx atrata Lep.; (28) P. thomae F.; ae dae: (29) Pompilus
philadelphicus Lep.; (30) P. eae Say; (81) P. ferrugineus Say;
ore thew unis sexcincta F.; (33) M. eae Say.
— Midaside: (3 re ears ‘Sanatae Dea: ; Bombylide: (35) Exopro-
sopa asta nis ase ai : (36) Empis clausa Rob. (MS); Conopide:
(37) Conops scan ee eee ; (38) Physocephala texana Will.; (39)
Zodion fulvifrons Say; (40) Oncomyia loraria Lw.; Syrphide: (41) Chryso-
gaster nitida Wd.; (42) Mesograpta marginata Say; (43) Sphaerophoria
cylindrica Say; (44) Eristalis latifrons Lw.; (45) E. transversus Wd.; (46
E. vinetorum eS (47) Syritta pipiens L.; Tachinide: (48) Cistogaster oc-
cidua bade ; (49) C. pallasii Twns.; (50) Jurinia arma teanittie Mcq.; (51)
J. apicife Sic: (52) Acroglossa Rebs Will.; Muscide: (53)
Lucilia cornicinal vere ader Hes cellaria F.
Lepidop tebe Teh opalocera: (55) Pieris rapae L.; (56) Colias philodice
Godt.; (57) Ph Bienes genie D.-H.; (58) Pyrameis huntera F.; (59
Lycaena eae
Coleoptera — peter Ps (60) Trichius piger F.; Cerambycide: (61)
Typocerus ‘thea Newm.; Mordellide: (62) Mordella 8-punctata F.; (63)
M. pp Melsh. ; Rhi. ere (64) Rhipiphorus flavipennis Lec., in
cop.; (65) R. limbatus F.,
= a mage mien a (66) Lygaeus turcicus F.; (67) Oncopeltus
fasciatus Dall.
Pycnanthemum lanceolatum & linifolium —The following
is a mixed list of insects taken from the flowers of both species
and containing insects not mentioned in the lists of either of
them: —
108 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. 5/8; (2) B. pennsyl-
vanicus DeG. 8; (3) B. americanorum F. 9; (4) B. virginicus Oliv. 8; (5)
Megachile inimica Cr. 9 ;(6) M. ettindnus Say p'2; (7) M. mendicaCr. J'9,
ab.; (8) M. petulans Cr. ¢; (9) M. brevis Say ¢§'9, ab.; (10) Alcidamea
producta Cr. 2; (11) Coelioxys alternata Say (9 ; (12) Epeotus fumipennis
Say o'; (13) Nomada texana Cr. 9 ; Andrenide: (14) Halictus forbesii Rob.
Q; Eumenide: (15) Odynerus anormis Say; (16) 0. sp.; Crabronide: (17)
Crabro rufifemur Pack.; (18) Oxybelus frontalis Rob.; Philanthide: (19)
Philanthus ventilabris F.; (20) Cerceris sp.; (21) C. finitima Cr. ; Bembecide:
(22) Megastizus brevipennis Walsh; (23) Bembex nubillipennis Cr.; (24)
B. fasciata F.; Larride: (25) Astata unicolor Say; (26) Tachytes validus Cr. ;
Sphecide: (27) Sphex ichneumonea L.; (28) S. pennsylvanica L.; Pompilide:
(29) cranes fulvicornis Cr.
— Khopalocera: (30) Colias —_— Stoll; (31) Junonia cenia
Hub. ; (32) “Theela saps Barr: (33) C sophanus wee B.-L.;
ae ae Be ae Anthrax fulvohirta Wd.; ponder (37)
—— xanthopareus Will.; (38) Physocephala tibialis Say.
Coleopte a (39) Rhipiphorus dimidiatus F.; Curculion-
ide: (40) Centrinus scutellum-album Say.
Hemiptera — Pentatomide: (41) Euschistus ictericus L.; Capside: (42)
Calocoris rapidus Say — all sucking.
Hedeoma pulegioides Pers. — On stems which rise 1 or 2
dm. the pale-purplish flowers are arranged in small axillary
clusters, one or two being open in each cluster at a time and
being obscured by the abundant leaves.
The corolla measures about 7 or 8 mm., the tube 6, its nar-
row part 4. The lower lip, which is 3 lobed and expands
about 3 mm., is marked with purple. The upper lp is straight,
two-lobed and forms an imperfect helm. Two stamens alone
are perfect, their anthers being exerted.
The flowers are imperfectly proterandrous or homogamous,
and cross or self-pollination may occur.
The flowers are evidently adapted to small bees, and appear
to depend mainly on Calliopsis andreniformis Sm. 39, which
is an abundant visitor. They are also visited by Augochlora
pura Say 9. The plant is common and blooms from Aug. 7
to Sept. 12.
Monarda Bradburniana Beck.— This horse-mint is com-
mon in ‘thickets, Illinois to Tennessee and Kansas,’’ and
with Scutellaria parvula is one of the earliest of Labiate,
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 109
blooming from May 17 to June 18. The plants are often
collected in conspicuous patches. The stem rises 3 to 6 dm.
and bears a large terminal head of pale purplish flowers.
The corolla is about 40 mm. in length and is divided for
about half its length into strongly divergent lips. The upper
lip is linear and measures about 20 mm. in length. Below,
it is folded over the style and filaments; at tip it is provided
with a beard the significance of which will be explained
below. The lower lipis oblong and deeply channelledabove —
the groove forming a guide for the proboscides of the
visitors. This lip is ornamented with purplish dots. The
two anthers are situated under the tip of the upper lip, but are
very feebly sheltered by it. The stigma is several mm. in
advance of the anthers; its upper lobe is nearly aborted, the
lower is long and curled downwards when receptive.
The flowers are proterandrous, but if the anthers retain
some of their pollen until the stigma is receptive, spontane-
ous self-pollination is impossible on account of the wide sep-
aration of anthers and stigma. The flowers may be pollinated
by insects with pollen from flowers of the same or of distinct
plants.
The upper lip is slightly arched over the lower one; then
the anthers, when dehiscent, and the stigma in turn when re-
ceptive, bend a little downwards so as to be more likely to
touch the back of an insect settling upon the lower lip, but
the lips still remain so strongly divergent that a consideration
of the floral mechanism and the varying conditions in the re-
lations of the visitors becomes exceedingly interesting.
At its origin, the upper lip is nearly perpendicular to the
axis of the lower. Their tips are about 20 mm. or more apart.
The dehiscent anthers and receptive stigma stand about 10 mm.
above the highest part of the lateral edge of the lower lip.
It is evident that only the largest insects are likely to touch
these organs while resting upon the lower lip. The tube
measures about 18 mm., its upper part being wide enough to
admit the head of a bumble-bee for about 5 mm. This also
indicates an adaptation to large insects with long tongues. The
early blooming of the flower is also significant, for at this
time the female bumble-bees, which are much larger than the
110 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
males and workers, are abundant, while the workers are just
beginning to appear. Accordingly, I regard the flower as
adapted to bumble-bee females, which in fact are the most
abundant visitors. But butterflies and humming-birds are
also frequent and are efficient pollinators. The visitors men-
tioned below were observed on 8 days, between May 19 and
June 7 :—
Apide: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. 9, s., freq.; (2) B. americanorum F.
9, 8.,ab.; (3) B. virginicus Oliv. 8, s., one, rarely touching anthers and
stigma; (4) B. ridingsii Cr., 8, s. and c. p., one
Trochilide: (5) Trochilus colubris L.
Rhopalocera: (6) Pyrameis huntera F.; (7) Papilo philenor L.; (8)
Pamphila zabulon B.-L., v. quadriquina Scud.; (9) P. metacomet Hates ;
(10) Eudamus pylades Scud.; (11) E. bathyllus S. -A. —all sucking.
Now the tube, although 18 mm. deep, admits small bees for
about 7 mm. and the nectar rises as high as 11 mm., so that
small long-tongued bees can lower the nectar several mm.,
although not able to drain the tube. As a consequence, the
nectar is often sought by small, or medium sized insects which
never, or rarely, touched the anthers and stigma. Examples
of such intruders are: —
oe Apis mellifica L. 8, s., ab.; (13) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s. andc.p.,
3 (14) Coelioxys a Sm. (=dubitata Sm.) 9, s., one; (15) Bom -
aie atriceps Lw.,
In addition to these, a number of small bees visit the flower
only for pollen, alighting directly upon the anthers or upon
the tip of the upper lip, whose hairs serve them as a foot-hold
while collecting pollen. These bees only find what they seek
when the flower is in the male stage, but since they can hardly
tell that the pollen is gone until they have landed, they are
quite apt to visit the flowers which are in the female stage
also, As they approach the tip of the lower lip from
below and in front, they are apt to strike the stigma before
they land. At any rate, I am satisfied that they often
effect cross-pollination and that the hairs on the tip of the lip
are increased in number and size for their benefit. The case
is interesting, since it shows how the flower might be enabled
to dispense with its nectar-visitors and depend upon its pollen-
visitors—either if the nectar-visitors should become unnec
Robertson — Flowers and Insects'— Labiate. 111
essary, or if they should become extinct, or rare, or should be
drawn away by the competition of other flowers. The —
abundance of pollen-visitors is a result of the exposure of the
anthers so that bees can lund upon them or in a position con-
venient for reaching them. I think that Verbascum has
become a synacmic pollen-flower as a result of exposing its
anthers in such a way that they were sought so abundantly by
pollen-insects that the nectar and the insects attracted by it
became of no importance. To this third set of insects, in
which Ceratina dupla (13) must be included, belong the
following :—
(16) Calliopsis parvus Rob. 9; (17) Augochlora pura Say Q, ab.; (18)
Halictus 4-maculatus Rob. 9; (19) H. pectoralis Sm. Q; (20) H. coriaceus
Sm. 9; (21) d. forbesii Rob. 9; (22) H. confusus Sm., Q, all c. p.; (23)
Prosopis affinis Sm. <j’,
Finally, the flowers are perforated by Odynerus forami-
natus Sauss., which being unable to obtain the nectar in a
legitimate way, reaches it by cutting holes in the tube.
Monarda fistulosa * L.—The plant is very common, often
growing in large patches along roadsides. It resembles the
preceding, but is taller and much branched, the branches ter- _
minated by large heads, which rise to nearly the same Jevel and
render the plant quite conspicuous. The heads are smaller
than in M@. Bradburiana, about 45 mm. across, the flowers
being of a uniform rose color. :
The corolla measures about 30 mm. to the tip of the upper
lip, the lower lip being about 12 mm. The upper lip is
narrow, is continued directly upwards in line with the axis of
the tube and seems to be of little or no value as a protection
to the anthers and stigma, since these parts surpass its tip.
The anthers and stigma stand 12 mm. distant from the lower
lip and are hardly bent towards it, so that only the largest
bees are likely to touch them when landing upon the lip.
On account of the erect position of the flowers, the expos-
ure of the anthers and stigma, and the crowding of the flowers
in an almost flat-topped cluster, the irregularity of the corolla
* See Foerste: Bot. Gaz. XIII, 154.
112 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
has little significance. Indeed, it seems that a return to com-
plete regularity would not seriously disturb the present insect
relations of the flower. Insects can land indefinitely upon the
head, approach the flowers with equal convenience from
almost any side, and can receive the pollen on almost any part
of their bodies.
The tubes measure 18 or 19 mm., which‘indicates an adap-
tation to long tongues. The form of the tube, the bilabiate
corolla, and the positions of the stamens and style indicate
that the flower is a modification of a nofotribe flower origi-
nally adapted to bumble-bees. The level-topped heads, the
erect corollas, the exposed organs and the rose color indicates
a tendency to suit butterflies, which in fact are the principal
guests. ,
I have found the flowers in bloom from July 9 to Sept. 19.
On 19 days, July 16-Aug. 28, I observed the following
visitors :—
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (1) Papilio philenor L., ab.; (2) P. asterias
F. — (3) P. troilus L.; (4) P. re Cram.; (5) Colias philodice
Goa -; (6) Danais archippus F.; (7) Argynnis cybele F.; (8) Limenitis
ane Godt.; (9) Pamphila ashulon B.-L.; (10) P. peekttia Kby.; (11)
P. otho Bok, v. egeremet Scud.; (12) Pholisora hsyhurstii Edw.;
(18) Eudamus bathyllus §.-A.; (14) E. tityrus F.; Sphingide: (15)
Hemaris thysbe F
Birds— Trochilide: (16) Trochilus colubris L.
Hymenoptera — Apidw: (17) Bombus vagans Sm. 8; (18) B. ameri-
Canorum F. ¢' 2 8, ab.; (19) B. pennsylvanicus De G. 79 8,ab; (20) B-
separatus Cr. <j’, ab.; (21) Melissodes comanche Cr. ¢'; (22) M. bimaculata
p.?.
Diptera — Bombylide: (23) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq., freq. — allsucking
In addition to the above, which visit the flowers only for
nectar, which they obtain in a legitimate way, the flowers are
sometimes sought by small bees in search of pollen, as in the
ease of M. Bradburiana. In this case I have observed : (24)
Ceratina dupla Say ¢; (25) Halictus confusus Sm. 9, ab.
The corollas are even more abundantly perforated by the
same wasp, (26) Odynerus foraminatus Sauss., and by (27)
O. dorsalis F. To obtain the nectar these wasps always cut
new holes at the base of the tube, apparently never using the
old holes. After this comes a lot of insects which do not cut
holes themselves, but take advantage of the holes cut by
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 1 13
the Odynerus. In this category I have observed: (28) Apis
mellifica L. 9, ab. ; (24) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (29) Agapos-
temon radiatus Say 9; (30) Augochlora pura Say 9; (31)
Halictus ligatus Say 9; (32) H. lerouxii Lep. 9; (33) H.
fasciatus Nyl. 9; (34) H. pilosus Sm. 9; (25) H. confusus
Sm. 9; (35) Ammophila pictipennis Walsh.
Blephilia ciliata Raf. —The stems rise from 3 to 6 dm.
and are simple, or sparingly branched, the stems and branches
each bearing 3 or 4 head-like whorls, which measure about 3
em. across.
The corolla is pale-purplish, the lower lip dotted with pur-
ple. The upper lip is narrow and commonly reflexed, form-
ing a very imperfect helm. The lower lip is wider, 3-
lobed, the middle lobe being long and narrow. The stamens
are two, their anthers being exposed in the throat of the
corolla. The anthers discharge their pollen before the stigma
is receptive. The style becomes strongly exserted, holding
the receptive stigma far beyond the upper lip. Sometimes
plants are found having flowers with aborted anthers, which
shows that the species is gynodiccious.
On account of the exposure of the anthers and stigma and
their close approximation, the flowers are so degraded that
thev have little advantage over regular, erect flowers. If
these organs were protected, the flower would dust the back
of each visitor in a very precise manner. As it is, insects
crawl over the heads in an indefinite way, readily pollinat-
ing flowers which they do not visit. If the flowers were
widely separated, insects like Ammophila would hardly visit
them.
The corolla tube measures about 8 mm. and is, therefore,
evidently adapted to long tongues, especially bees. On ac-
count of the exposed situation of the anthers, the flower is
also visited for pollen by small bees which cannot drain the
tubes, although they may reach some of the nectar which rises
in them.
The plant is common in dry grounds and blooms from June
1 to July 3. On 8 days, between June 2 and 22, I collected
the following visitors: —
114 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s.,ab.; (2) Bombus
ar ee: Oliv. 9, s.; (3) B. americanorum F. 9,8.; (4) B. pennsylvan-
us DeG. 9, s.; (5) B. separatus Cr. 9, 8.; (6) Ceratina dupla Say 9, 8
aa c. p., ab.; (7) Megachile montivaga Cr. 6, s., freq.; (8) M. brevis Say
oe, s. and p.; (9) M. mendica Cr.J'9, s.; (10) Alcidamea producta Cr.2,
S. and c. oh ; — Andronicus cylindricus Cr.¥‘, 8.; (12) Heriades carinatum
Cr. dc. p., freq.; (13) Osmia distincta Cr. 9, s8.; (14) Coelioxys 8-
dentata as 6'8.; (15) Calliopsisandreniformis Sm. ¢'9,8.; Andrenide: (16)
Agapostemon nigticor nis F. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (17) Augochlora pura Say
Y, 8. (is) Halictus fanciers Nyl. 9,8. and ¢. p.; (19) H. pilosus Sm.
Ss. — c. p.; (20) H. confusus Sm. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (21) H. stultus Cr.
and c. p., freq.; Sphecide (22) Ammophila procera Klug., 8., ab.; (23
A. nteroen Lep., 8.; (24) A. pictipennis Walsh, s.; (25) Pronony® atrate
ep.,
Tubitopiors< Shapaeans (26) Pieris protodice pt. (27) P. rape
L.; (28) Colias oe Godt.; (29) Danais archippus F.; (30) Argynnis
cybele F.; (31) Pamphila cernes B.-L.; on P. manataaqua Scud.; (33)
P. verna Edw. ; fay Eudamus tityrus F. — all ing.
i tera— Bombyt ide: (85) Anthrax parvicornis Lw.; Bong sr eae
atriceps Lw., ab.; (37) Toxophora amphitea Wik.; HEmpide: (38) pis
clausa Rob. (MS); Tachinide: (39) Jurinia sinaragdina hie (40) Epi-
grimyia polita Twns. —all s.
Coleoptera — Scarabeide: (41) Trichius piger F., s. and f. p., freq.
Blephilia hirsuta Benth. — This species closely resembles
the preceding, but is less abundant, grows in damp woods, the
stems being taller, 7 to 10 dm., more branched, the heads
smaller, about 2 cm. wide and somewhat more widely sepa-
rated. The flowers are white, the lower lip dotted with pur-
ple. The latter is expanded horizontally, with broad lateral
lobes and a narrow median one. The upper lip is narrow and —
has lost its function asa helm, the anthers and stigma project-
ing far beyond it. At first the stamens hold the dehiscent
anthers above the tip of the upper lip. After the pollen is
discharged, they fall forwards, and the receptive stigma takes
their place.
The flowers are often visited by bees which land upon the
lower lip, suck the nectar in a legitimate way and receive the
pollen upon their backs; but the exposure of the anthers and
stigma makes it easy for bees to transfer the pollen by crawl-
ing over the heads in an indefinite way and sucking the ftowers
from any side, or even not sucking them at all. “The expos-
ure of the anthers makes it easy for small bees to collect the
pollen, and they may do harm by neglecting the flowers in the
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 115
female stage, though they may pollinate them while crawling
over the head in search of pollen.
As in B. ciliata the tubes are about 8 mm. long. On ac-
count of its shady situation, the plant is not so abundantly
visited as in the preceding, and the list shows some peculiari-
ties: viz., the scarcity of butterflies and the abundance of Sty-
logaster. On account of the later time of blooming — June
21 to Sept. 3— the list shows males of Bombus, Augochlora
and Halictus. On 7 days, between June 26 and July 21, I
noted the following list : —
Hymenoptera—Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8,8.; (2) Bombus virginicus
Oliv. ¢, 8.3; (3) B. ridingsii Cr. ¢’, s., freq.; (4)Ceratina dupla Say 9,8
and c. p., ab.; (5) C. tejonensis Cr. <j’, s.; (6) Heriades carinatum Cr. 9,s-
and c. p.; Andrenidae: (7) Agapostemon nigricornis F. 9, s., freq.; (8) A.
radiatus Say 9Q,s. and c. p.; (9) Augochlora pura Say ‘9,8. and ¢. p.;
ab.; (10) A. labrosa Say 9, 8.; (11) A. lucidula Sm. <j',s.; (12) Halictus 4-
maculatus Rob. 9, c. p.; (18) H. pectoralis Sm. Q, c. p.; (14) H. lerouxii
Lep. o’, s.; (15) H. pilosusSm. 9, s.; (16) H. stultus Cr. 2, c. p., ab., (17)
Prosopis affinis Sm. 9, f. p.; Sphecidae: (18) Ammophila vulgaris Cr., s.
Diptera—Hmpidae: (19) Empis clausa Rob (MS); Conopide: (20) Stylo-
gaster neglecta Will. s., very ab.; Syrphidew: (21) Allograpta obliqua Say, f.
p.; (22) Syritta pipiens L., f. p., sev.; Muscide: (23) Stomoxys calcitrans
Lepidoptera—Rhopalocera: (24) Pieris protodice B.-L.
Lophanthus nepetoides Benth. — The flower is figured and
described by Foerste, in Am. Nat. XVIII., 928. The corolla
is greenish-yellow. The stamens and style are exserted as
far as 3 mm. beyond the corolla, so that the anthers and
stigma are entirely unprotected by it. The stamens are
strongly divergent. While the anthers are discharging pollen,
the style is bent upwards, but afterwards it bends downwards,
so as to hold the receptive stigma near the axis of the flower.
The stem and branches are terminated by close spikes in
which the flowers are crowded. The flowers are visited by
insects crawling over them, as Foerste has observed, and since
the organs are exserted, the visitor is dusted indefinitely onall
sides, and not on the back as would be the case if the flower
had not lost its nototribe character.
On one occasion I found, at the summit of a Sis a
flower with five stamens of equal length. The corolla showed
116 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
no sign of irregularity, except that one lobe, the lower, was
a little longer than the other four. The ovary had four cells.
The style was straight, holding the stigma directly over the
center of the flower. The calyx was normal, but there was a
well developed pedicel 2 mm. long. The flower had a slight
inclination toward the lower petal.
The tube of the corolla is about 7 mm. long. The visitors
consist mainly of bees. The plant is common, growing from
one to two metres in height, and blooming from Aug. 4 to
Sept. 22. On 7 days, between Aug. 7 and Sept. 2, I observed
the following list: —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., ab.; (2) Bombus vagan
Sm. <j, s., freq. ; oe B. Pies euon Oliv. 8,s, and c. p., ab.; (4) B. ameri-
canorum F. o'8, s. c. p., ab.; (5) Melissodes tinaculadk ta Lep. 2,8.;
Andrenide: (6) Sntotiads labrosa Say 2,s.; (7) Halictus confusus Sm. 2,
c. p.; (8) H. stultus Cr. 9, c. p., ab.; Aphecitiee: (9) Ammophila intercepta
Lep., 8.
Diptera — Bombylide: (10) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq., s.; ei ont. (11)
Mesograpta geminata Say, f. p.; (12) Syritta pipiens L., s. and f. p.
rb ages patra (13) Danais archippus F.; aa Pieris rape
L. — both
Plants eet from their normal habitat to the Berlin garden were
found by Low (1. c.) to be visited by Coritus parumpunctatus Schill. and
Lebirus biguttatus L. He also found L. rugosus visited by Apis mellijica,
Bombus sp., Eristalis tenax, Syritta pipiens and Coritus parumpunctatus.
Lophanthus scrophulariefolius Benth. — This species
agrees essentially with the preceding. The anthers are
purplish and the corolla purplish tinged. The tubes are
about 6 mm. long. Aug. 3 the following visitors were
noted: —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., freq.; Be Bombus
pennsylvanicus DeG. 8, c. p.; (3) B. americanorum Pr. 8, Cc. p-5
— mendica Cr. 9, s
— Bombylide: (5) Rapeosens fasciata Mcq.,s., freq.
Nepeta Cataria L.—‘‘ Nat. from Eu.’’? — The Catnip is
common along road-sides and in waste-places. The stamens
are tall, much branched, and the flowers are crowed in spike-
like clusters. The flowers are proterandrous.
tube is about 5 mm. deep, so that short-tongued bees can
reach some of the nectar and those with mid-length — ze ae
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 117
can exhaust it. There is no list of the insects which visit it
in its native country, Muller having observed only Bombus
muscorum as a visitor.* It has succeeded in acquiring an
efficient set in this country, as the following list indicates. It
blooms from June 19 to Oct. 24. The list was made out on
ten days, between June 26 and Sept. 10.
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Bombus vir-
ginicus Oliv. 8; (3) B. americanorum F. 8; (4) Melissodes bimaculata
Lep. 2; (5) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (6) Megachile rufimanus Rob. 9, ab.;
(7) M. pugnata Say ’; (8) M.- relativa Cr. 9; (9) M. infragilis Cr. ¢; (10)
Alcidamea producta Cr. 2; (11) Heriades sires Cr. 2; (12) Nomada
incerta Cr. Q; (13) Calliopsis andreniformis Sm. 9; Andrenide: (14) Aga-
postemon radiatus Say 2; Vespide: (15) Sera fulvipes Sauss.; (16)
Q. foraminatus Sauss.
iptera — Bombylide: (17) Authrax parvicornis Lw.; Tachinide: (18)
Jurinia smaragdina Mcq.; (19) J. apicifera W
‘Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (20) Pieris sivotodigs B.-L.; (21) P. rape L.
(22) Pyrameis atalanta L. — all sucking.
Nepeta Glechoma} Benth. (Glechoma hederacea L.) —
‘* Nat. from Eu.’’ — The flowers bloom before any of our
native Labiates and, accordingly, show quite a peculiar set of
visitors. The plant grows in damp woods, the stems being
prostrate or procumbent. There are two or three blue flowers
in the axils of the leaves, in which situation they are quite in-
conspicuous. The corolla approaches the typical Labiate
form, the stamens and pistil being protected by a well devel-
oped galea. The pollen is dusted very definitely upon the
tops of the heads of bumble-bee females, which are the nor-
mal visitors, or upon the upper part of the thorax of small
bees. Butterflies occur as intruders, being quite uncertain to
touch the anthers and stigma. The list shows a striking
resemblance to the German list observed by Miller,
the species being replaced by American species
of the same genera. The genera Synhalonia, Alcidamea,
und Augochlora, being American, could not occur as
visitors in the normal habitat. Miiller vbserved Bombus
workers in Germany, but I observed only females. I have
found only the female form, with tubes 8 or 9 mm. long.
* Alpenblum
t See Miiller; yoitlisaten of Flowers.
118 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The flowers are open from April 7 to June 21. On 6 days,
between Apr. 28 and May 20, I observed as visitors: —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) caey va-
gans Sm. @; (3) B. ridingsii Cr. 9; (4) B. auibitanuarins Os (5)
fervidus F. 9, two, the only specimens I have seen here; (6) icant
abrupta Say ¢'@, ab.; (7) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. ¢'9,ab.; (8) Ceratina
dupla Say ¢'@, ab.; (9) Alcidamea producta Cr. ¢; (10) Osmia albiventris
Cr. 9, freq.; (11) Novosti superba Cr. 9, freq.; Andrenide: (12) Augochlora
pura Say Q; (13) A. lucidula Sm
Diptera — Bombylide: (14) Homoyiras atriceps Lw., ab.; Syrphide: (15)
Rhingia nasica Sa
Lepidoptera — Bhopalocera: (16) Pieris rape L.; (17) Colias philodice
Godt., ab.; (18) Pamphila zabulon B.-L.; (19) P. peckius Kby.— all sucking.
elit. a|. 2
HS onl
Sell] lelalalSielalale
3) Sia /Slelalsisisislslalaisi.
aSlalSisisleisieisisisicisisr
SESS SiSslslSlols eislalajals
HOsipidisiniols| siSiclSainiolo
SR I< fen 1 <DIV |e it 0 fs a
Low Germany — Miiller | 1a 1 s}-s]-4] 3} 3] 3 4 2} 1) 1) 4/28
Tilinois PU} 4 a) a} a} ala} al. }. | 2! al allt 4h
Scutellaria parvula Mx. — This is one of the earliest bloom-
ing of indigenous Labiates. The plants are scattered, or
sometimes collected in thin patches. The stems rise 2 or 3
dm. The flowers are solitary in the axils of the opposite
leaves, so that they appear in pairs. When several flowers
are open at the same time they seem to be arranged in loose
spikes.
The corolla measures about 9 mm., the tube being about 7
mm. and so wide above that it readily admits the head of a
small bee for about 3mm. The lower lip measures 5 mm.
across and is directed downwards, forming the most attractive
part of the flower. Thecorolla is blue, the lower lip being
marked by a large squarish white spot dotted with purple and
with streaks above leading into the throat.
The upper lip includes the lateral lobes. The upper lobe
is only large enough to cover the anthers. The result is that
the mode of pollen contact is of the most definite sort,
the anthers touching the upper part of the bee’s head and
thorax. The lateral lobes are folded inwards under the anthers,
so that a bee only touches them when the lateral lobes are
Robertson — Flowers and qi nsects — Labiate. 119
forced apart. This leaves the passage into the tube between
the infolded lateral lobes and the lower one.
The anthers are approximated in pairs under the upper lip,
the stigma occupying the interval between them. The fore-
most pair of anthers have only one cell, which is turned
towards the receptacle. The outer cell is aborted, and the
anther is turned so that the pollen-bearing cell is concealed.
The aborted cell is bearded. When a bee enters, it strikes
this anther and turns its face even further out of position for
pollen contact, but when it withdraws, if it touches the
beard, the anther is rotated downwards so as to bring the
pollen surface in contact with the bee’s body. This mechanism
prevents the bee from carrying pollen back from the anthers
to the stigma of the same flower. Consequently, if the bee
enters with pollen from another flower, it will dust it upon
the stigma before touching the pollen of the flower.
The flowers appear homogamous and are probably self-pol-
linated in absence of insects. They are adapted to small long-
tongued bees, like Ceratina and Alcidamea. Butterflies are
useless intruders, since they can drain the tubes without trans-
ferring pollen. The plants are common and bloom from May
20 to June 29. On 5 days, between May 19 and June 3, I
observed as visitors: —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Ceratina dupla Say ¢'9,8., ab.; (2) Megachile
brevis Say 9’, 8.; (3) Alcidamea producta Cr. f'9, s. and ¢. p., very ab.;
(4) Osmia 4—dentata Cr. 9, s.; (5) O. albiventris Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; An-
drenide: (6) Halictus pectoralis Sm. Q, s.; (7) H. ligatus Say 2, s.; (8) H.
pilosus Sm. 9, s.; (9) H. tegularis Rob. 9, s., freq.; (10) H. praingsas Rob.
9, 8., freq.;
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (11) Ancyloxypha numitor F., s.; (12) Pam-
phila ee Kby., s.; (33) Pholisora catullus F., s., fre
Diptera — Syrphide: (14) Spherophoria cylindrica Sky, f.p.; (15) Syritta
pipiens ts i. ps
Scutellaria canescens Nutt.— The stems are 6 to 12 dm.
high and are terminated by a conspicuous flower-cluster formed
by the closely collected racemes. The flower is like that of
the preceding, but is much larger. The middle lobe of the
upper lip is closely folded over the stamens and style, like the
keel of Papilionacee. The flower is nearly closed, so that,
when the bee forces an entrance, the galea is pushed upwards
120 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
and the organsare exposed. Afterwards, they return into the
galea. The flowers are proterandrous. Two lateral lobes of
the upper lip and two streaks on the lower are white, forming
pathfinders. The tubes are about 14 mm. deep. The flower
seems to depend mainly upon our common long-tongued bum-
ble-bee, Bombus americanorum F. 4, which visits it for honey
and pollen.’ It is also visited for honey and pollen by B. vir-
ginicus Oliv. 3, and for honey by Lxoprosopa fasciata Mcq.
and by Pamphila zabulon B.-L.
On Aug. 7, I noticed three little bees, Augochlora pura
Say 9, Halictus confusus Sm. 9 and Z. stultus Cr. 9, sucking
at holes near the base of the tube on one side. I suspected that
the perforator was Odynerus foraminatus Sauss., the same in-
sect which perforates the flowers of Monarda fistulosa and
Bradburigna and Pentstemonlevigatus. After waiting awhile
I was rewarded by seeing this wasp return to the plants and cut
several new holes. As in the cases above, I only noticed the
insect making new holes and not using the holes already
made.
This plant was observed on 4 days, between Aug. 3 and 26.
It is common and blooms from July 11 to Sept. 19.
Scutellaria versicolor Nutt. — The stems rise from 3 to 6
dm. and bear a few racemes of blue flowers. The lower lip
is white dotted with purplish. The corolla is about 19 or 20
mm. long, its tube being narrow and measuring about 15 or
16 mm. Pollen is dusted upon the upper side of the bee’s
head. There are only a few flowers open on each plant at a
time, so that, although crossing between flowers of the same
plant may occur, it is much more likely to be between flowers
of distinct plants. The flower is visited by Anthophora
abrupta Say. It is common and blooms from June 20 to
July 15.
Brunella (Prunella) vulgaris L. — ** Fields and borders of
copses, “Newfoundland to Florida, and west to California
and northward; evidently indigenous in some of the
cooler districts. (Eu. Asia, Mex.) ’’— The flowers approach —
the typical form, the anthers being protected by the galea.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 121
They are purplish and are arranged in a verticillastrate-
spicate or capitate inflorescence. They are adapted to bumble-
bees, although often visited by other long-tongued bees and
by butterflies. The plant blooms from July 6 to Oct.9. On
8 days, between July 11 and Sept. 2, the following list was
observed: —
Hymenoptera —Apide: (1) Bombus virginicus Oliv. ¢'8 ; (2) B. separatus
Cr. @; (3) B. vagans Sm. 8; (4) B. americanorum F. §, ab.; (5) Clisodon
terminalis Cr. §'9; (6) Melissodes bimaculata Lep. 9; (7) Ceratina dupla
Say 2; (8) Megachile mendica Cr. j'—all s.; Andrenide: (9) Augochlora
pura Say ©, ad (10) Halictus fasciatus Nyl. 9, c. p.; Scoliide: (11) Scolia
bicincta F.,
seioadins beeec: Sihewiite ocera: (12) Pieris rape L.; (13) P. protodice B.
L.; (14) Colias philodice Godt.; (15) Pamphila peckius Kby.; (16) P. cernes
Boks: ; (17) P. otho S. and A., var. egeremet Scud.; (18) Pholisora hay-
hurstii Edw. — all s.
Diptera — Bombylide; (19) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq.; Tachinidw: (20)
Jurinia smaragdina Mcq. — both s
The following table gives the results of the observation of
Brunella vulgaris in widely separated localities: —
ae P
ie A
gli@liSigisei.
StETS (= 131 &
B/Sisislsie
SiSi|2ialala
n Low Germany — Miller (ae es eae APG oe ee Sore Be,
nse Alps — Miiller.. eowrere 5 10} 1 j 16
On the Pyrenees — MacLeod a pn: pr uare 7 2 4.9
In Illinois .... 4(4;,2 7 {27 20
Physostegia Virginiana Benth. — This is by far the most
handsome of the native Labiates, blooming from July 19 to
Oct. 10. The stems rise from 5 to 10 dm., being terminated
by one simple spike or by several spikes collected in a panicle.
The flowers are cataleptic,* so that when turned in any direc-
tion they remain in the same position until disturbed. Prof.
J. M. Coulter f has observed that this movement is of advan-
tage in a driving rain by turning the mouths of the flowers
away from the rain. As pointed out in the Bot. Gaz. XIII.,
* See Bailey: Bot. Gaz., VII., 122.
} Ibid. 111,
122 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
33, the movement is also of advantage in windy weather,
since bees as a rule move against the wind and always turr
with their heads towards it when alighting, so that the move-
ment of the flowers turns them in such a position that the bees
are most likely to be attracted by their odor and color, and
can readily land upon them.
The flowers are rose or fiesh-color, measure about 25 mm.
long and, when collected in the spikes, make a splendid dis-
play. The Labiate form is somewhat modified by the enlarge-
ment of the mouth of the tube, which admits the head and
thorax of a bumble-bee. The anthers and stigma are protected
under the upper wall, and the pollen is dusted upon the upper
part of the bee’s thorax. The proterandry of the flower was
first recorded by Delpino.*
The narrow part of the tube is about 9 mm. long. The
flower is visited abundantly and almost exclusively by Bombus
americanorum F. 298. Ihave also seen it visited by single
individuals of Melissodes bimaculata Lep. 3, Meguchile brevis
Say ¢, Danais archippus F. and Colias philodice Godt. At
Mt. Carmel, in Southern Illinois, according to Schneck, Bot.
Gaz. XVI., 312, the flower is perforated by Xylocopa virgin-
ica. This bee is rare in my neighborhood ; I have never seen
but two individuals.
Marrubium vulgare | L.— ‘* Nat. from Eu.’’ — The corolla
is white, the upper lip narrow and cleft, the lower three-
lobed. The stamens are included in the corolla tube, so that
they are out of reach of pollen-insects, and the pollen is
applied to the insect’s proboscis. The tube is about 5 mm.
long.
In Germany, Miiller found the flowers visited by 4 bees, 1
Chrysid, 1 Empis, 1 bug, 1 beetle. Inthe Pyrenees, MacLeod
saw it visited by Bombus terrestris. ‘The flowers bloom from
May 28 to Oct. 5. June 22, 29, and Sept. 9, I observed the
following visitors : —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ab.; (2) Bombus ameri- -
* Ulteriori
! osservazioni.
+ See Miiller: Weit. Beobachtungen.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 123
canorum F. 8; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 9; (4) Megachile brevis Say 9,
on
e.
Diptera — Bombylide: (5) Bombylius atriceps Lw.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (6) Pieris protodice B.-L., freq. —all s.
Leonurus Cardiaca L. —‘‘ Nat. from Eu.’’ — This plant
is common, growing along side-walks and road-sides. The
stems rise 5 to 10dm. and with the nearly erect branches,
bear many whorls of flowers which appear as if arranged in
a long leafy spike. Only a few flowers are open at a time in
each whorl.
The corolla is whitish, the upper lip being pale purplish
beneath and the lower being marked with brownish and purple.
The lips are strongly divergent. The lower has the middle
lobe folded and the lateral strongly reflexed. The upper lip
is oblong and somewhat galeate, protecting the dehiscent
anthers. Later, when the stigma becomes receptive, the
upper lip is reflexed.
The flower is properly fertilized by bees in search of honey,
and the pollen is applied to their backs. But small bees, like
Halictus, collect the pollen, hanging to the strongly bearded
upper lip while doing so. They no doubt neglect the flowers
in the second stage, although they may sometimes effect polli-
nation by alighting upon the style and stamens after the galea
becomes reflexed. The flowers bloom from June 8 to Oct.
18. June 15 and 22 the following list of visitors was
observed ; —
Hymenoptera — Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., ab.; (2) Anthophora
abrupta Say 6‘, s.; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s. and c. p., freq.; Andrenide:
(4) Halictus tering 2, ¢. p.; (6) H. confusus Sm. 9, c. p., ab.; (6)
H. stultus Cr.
Diptera — ironies : (7) Syrphus ribesii L.; (8) Mesograpta geminata
Say; (9) Allograpta dblitas Say — all feeding on stray pollen.
t Wood’s Holl, Mass., in July, Professor Trelease saw the flowers
visited by (1) Apis mellifica L. 8 ; (10) Bombus virginicus Oliv, 8 ; (11) B.
americanorum F. 8 ; (12) Pieris rape L.
In Europe, where the plant is indigenous, Miiller found it
visited by Apis and four species of Bombus.*
* Weit. Beobachtungen and Alpenblumen.
124 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Stachys palustris * L.—‘‘ Wet ground, Newfoundland to
the Pacific in Oregon, south to Penn., and in the Rocky
Mountain region to N. Mexico, north to Mackenzie River
(Eu., N. Asia)’?— The stem grows from2 to 10 dm. high.
The flowers are arranged in whorls of six or more in the axils
of the upper leaves, the uppermost whorls being approximated
in loose spikes. Spikes of this kind terminate the stem and
several branches, so that the flowers are rendered quite con-
spicuous and attractive to insects.
The corolla is pale purplish, measuring about 11 mm. long.
The upper lip forms a well-developed helm, which serves as
an efficient protection for the anthers. The helm is 4 mm.
long and 3 mm. wide. The lower lip affords a convenient
horizontal landing place about 6 mm. in extent, with large
lateral lobes and a larger rounded middle one.
he flowers are proterandrous. In the first stage the flow-
ers are less expanded, so that the visiting insects are more
likely to touch the anthers. In the second stage the flower is
more widely expanded, but then the receptive stigma is ex-
serted considerably beyond the helm and is held down towards
the lower lip in such a position that it is apt to touch a bee as
it alights. From the mode of development of the flowers,
visiting insects are most likely to approach the lower flowers
first, proceeding upwards to those discharging pollen, which
they carry in turn to the lower receptive flowers of the next
spike.
Pollination may occur between different flowers of the same
plant on different spikes. Cross-pollination occurs between
distinct plants when the bee changes plants. I have not been
able to satisfy myself that spontaneous self-pollination takes
place, though Miiller states that it does.
The flower shows the normal melittophilous form and func-
tion of the typical Labiates, although it is sometimes visited
by flies and lepidoptera. On account of the protection of the
helm, the pollen is not easily collected by Halictus, which neg-
lect the flowers with receptive stigmas. It is accurately ap-
plied to the backs of insects sucking the honey. The tubesare
from 6 to 8 mm. long, which indicates an adaptation to long
* See Miller: Fertilization of Flowers.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 125
or mid-length tongues, but rather short tongues can reach the
nectar by forcing their heads into the throat. The plant
blooms from June 22 to Oct. 7. The visitors observed on 9
days, between June 23 and Aug. 29, are as follows: —
Hymenoptera—Apide: (1) Bombus americanorum F. (¢/'8, 8., freq.; (2)
B. vagans Sm. 8, 8.; (3) Anthophora abrupta Say <',s.; (4) Melissodes
bimaculata Lep. ¢'@, s., freq.; (5) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s., ab.; (6) Meg
gachile brevis Say 9, s., ab.; (7) Alcidamea producta Cr.9 ,s. andc. p.,
freq., (8) Calliopsis andreniformis Sm. ,j,s. ene co (9) Agapostemon
nigricornis F. 9, s.; (10) Halictus confusus - Pp.
Lepidoptera Bhopalocera: (11) papers ntact F.; (12) ee
cernes B.-L.; Noctuide: (13) Plusia simplex Gn., in the evening—al
Sips cbsmioae (14) Systeechus vulgaris Lw., s-; ERE (18)
Syrphus ribesii L., f. p.; (16) Mesograpta marginata Say, f. p.
aechens:
D e|24| 2156
Bie<| 818 {4
= 4 i & =I
iB 1218 (5
ee eB eel
Stachys silvatica — e Germany — Miiller...|| 3} 3 |+---| 2 |----|| 8
renees — MacLeod..... 1 1
recta — Alps Miiiler,.<.. ++. 4 | 4
ia Germany ‘* 2 f, 2
nees acLeod. -...-. 1 3
Betonica— Low Ger pone SEI pps ye B18 lessnl 21 oe Lie
palustris— ‘* wht iy oer Bae 48
Tllinois. eel] 2 6 2 3 3 i! 16
Review of the Labiate. — As in the case of nototribe flow-
ers in general, I suppose that the form from which the orig-
inal ancestor of the Labiate was developed was a regular
horizontal gamopetalous flower in which insects were pre-
vented from alighting upon the stamens by a tube which
concealed them. The insects were thus required to land upon
the lower border and to enter the flower on the lower side,
touching the anthers and stigma with their backs and insert-
ing their proboscides into the lower side of the tube. Conse-
quently, the flower has become modified to suit an insect
entering in this way. In the typical Labiate flower we find two
lips, an upper one forming a helm protecting the anthers and
stigma, and a lower forming a landing-place for visiting insects,
as well as being the principal attractive organ. Below these is
the contracted tube serving to lodge and conceal the nectar.
126 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The ancestral type was probably melittophilous and has
produced a most numerous set of species in competition with
one another for the attention of bees. Competition between
allied species is most severe. As a result of this strong
competition we have many forms which have so _ far
changed from the original type that they no longer come
in competition for bees, but have become adapted to other
kinds of insects. In the Fertilization of Flowers, 471,
Miiller says: ‘‘ Delpino considers Mentha and Coleus Lour.,
degraded forms of the Labiate type; he, however, gives no
reason for thinking them to be such, and not rather less
specialized forms, differing less from the common ancestors
of the Lubiates.’’ Mentha is one of the least specialized of
the family, and is specially adapted to flies. It is hardly to
be expected that such a form would give rise to a large group
of species nearly all of which are specially adapted to bees.
Nor does it seem probable that small crowded erect flowers
with exserted stamens would give rise to a multitude of
flowers all of which had included stamens touching the insect’s
back. That Mentha is of a form approaching a simple regu-
lar flower is plain, but it seems to me to be a very different
form from that of the original common ancester of the Labi-
ates. It is rather a modification of a more irregular form,
which I think will be more evident when we undertake to
consider the forms in their divergence from the more charac-
teristic form of Labiate flower.
It is difficult to find a flower which in its form and func-
tion realizes the type. Of those mentioned in this paper,
perhaps Scutellaria parvula approaches the type as nearly as
any, though it is probably too small. In this we have about
two flowers open at a time on the leafy axis. Each flower
is wholly independent of neighboring flowers. The lower lip is
the main attractive part and invariably serves as a landing-
_ place for small visitors. The anthers and stigma are con-
cealed under the upper lip and always come in contact with
the back of the insect. The nectar is concealed ina slender
tube. The color is blue, with pathfinders, and the flower
is adapted to bees.
The first condition which seems to be a departure from the
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 127
original type and readily to induce departures of a more seri-
ous nature is an aggregation of the flowers in a more or less
close cluster. In this case the lower lip loses its distinctive
function both as a vexillary organ and as a landing-place.
Both offices are immediately assumed by the inflorescence itself.
As long as the flowers remain separate, they attract the insects
which are pleased by the special floral form and are adapted
to it. But when the flowers become clustered they attract
less specialized insects to what appears an undifferentiated
color mass. In a similar way, separated flowers are only
readily visited by insects to which the lower lip forms a con-
venient resting-place. But when the flowers form a compact
inflorescence, a landing-place is formed by the flower-cluster.
Even when the floral structure remains the same, I always
expect to find less specialized insects on crowded flowers.
As long as the cluster retains a spicate form, less specialized
insects are not so well suited as when the inflorescence becomes
flat-topped. In this case, these insects are afforded a con-
venient landing-place, and insects which would never notice a
separate flower of the same form will rest with ease upon the
broad horizontal platform afforded by the aggregated flowers.
But while the aggregation of the flowers is likely to induce
the visits of less specialized insects, it makes easy other ad-
vantageous modifications correlated with the relief of the
lower lip from its normal function. It permits a reduction in
the size of the flower, or a contraction of its parts, with the
result that the nectar may be more deeply concealed and
the place of pollen-contact may become limited to the upper
part of the bee’s head or proboscis.
This specialization, however, is conditioned upon the reten-
tion by the galea of its normal function. For if the galea
becomes reduced or reflexed in such a way as to expose the
anthers and stigma, crowding results in changing the pollen-
contact from the definite and precise noéotrive style to the
indefinite style characteristic of the least specialized regu-
lar flowers. If a Labiate flower typical in all other respects
and separated from other flowers should come to have its
anthers so exposed that insects could land upon them, it
might be expected to change from nototribe to sternotribe, a
128 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
change which we may imagine has been thus produced in
Ocymum. But exposure of ‘the anthers and stigma in irregu-
lar crowded flowers is equally degrading both to those origi-
nally nototribe or ster ikea proposition which I have
already propounded in the Bot. Gazette XIII, 230.
In addition to being a most important organ in protecting
the anthers and stigma and in preserving the original Labiate
character of the flower, the galea, from its more or less hori-
zontal position, also plays an important part in rendering the
nectar less accessible. When, therefore, we find the flowers
crowded in a flat-topped inflorescence, the upper lip reduced or
reflexed in such a way as to expose the anthers and to render
the nectar more accessible, we have the most degraded of the
family and the form farthest removed from the type.
The fact that Mentha and Pycnanthemum have a more
regular form than Scutellaria is no reason for supposing that
it approaches the form from which the Scufellaria was de-
rived. If a form like Mentha had its flowers exposed hori-
zontally and separated so that each flower must be visited
separately, I think it would result in sternotribe zy gomorphism,
like that of the Papilionacew,—a form almost always char-
acterizing lateral flowers with exposed stamens. But I could
hardly imagine any process by which closely crowded flowers
with exposed organs would give rise to a group of flowers
characterized by having the anthers protected under the upper
wall of a deep tube. In the paper above referred to, I have
expressed the view that small closely crowded regular flowers
do not tend towards zygomorphism.
The modifications which we have considered have a most
important influence in determining the kinds of insects fre-
quenting the flowers of different species of the Labiate.
There remains to be mentioned the varying length of the tube.
In some species in which the general characters of the flower
are of a low grade, a rather highly specialized set of visitors
is retained as a result of a great lengthening of the tube, as
in the case of Monarda.
In the table I have arranged the flowers as nearly as practi-
cable in the order of their departure from the type, beginning
with those which have a more perfect Labiate form, simpler
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 129
inflorescences and deep tubes and ending with those having
exposed stamens, flat-topped inflorescences and short tubes. It
will be observed that as the most distinct Labiate characters are
lost there is an increase in the proportion of lower hymenoptera
and diptera visiting the flowers. As the tubes shorten and as
the galea becomes less efficient as a protecting organ, there is
an increase in the number of Andrenide@ which visit the flow-
er for nectar and for pollen. As we descend the list in the
table, bees remain the predominant visitors until we reach
Monarda fistulosa which shows a preponderance of butterflies.
After we pass Blephilia ciliata, bees cease to be the predomi-
nant visitors, although the Pycnanthemums, except P. linifol-
tum, show more bees than insects of other groups. Finally,
the short tubed Mentha and Lycopus show lower hymenoptera
in preponderance over bees, and flies more abundant than
hymenoptera of any kind.
In the case of the Umbelliferee, which have very uniform
flowers, I have been able to show that the preponderance of
bees, lower hymenoptera or diptera was determined mainly by
the time of blooming, and the peculiarities in the lists of visi-
tors were best shown by a table arranging the species in the
order of blooming. A similar arrangement of the Labiatex
does not give very important results, since the differences in the
lists are mainly due to differences in structure, and the time
of blooming has little influence. In the case of the Pyenan-
themums, there seems to be a plain case of correlation between
the form and arrangement of the flowers and the time of flight
of the lower hymenoptera, which are very important visitors.
If the flowers bloomed in April, the lower hymenoptera would
be almost entirely wanting, and the list would consist mainly
of bees and flies.
Of the twenty-three species considered in the present paper,
nine show long-tongued bees — Bombus, Synhalonia, Antho-
phora and Melissodes — as their principal visitors and depend
mainly upon them. Kight show special adaptation to bees
in general or to shorter-tongued species. Early blooming
species are visited by Bombus females, Anthophora, Synhai-
onia, Osmia.and Alcidamea. Later blooming species are vis-
130 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ited by Bombus males and workers and Melissodes, while bees
of the other genera are wanting.
No species is adapted to the lower hymenoptera, although
10 species were visited by them. They are important for only
Pycnanthemum, Mentha and Lycopus. The Sphecide, espe-
cially Ammophila, are the most worthy of mention. Ammo-
phila occurs as a Visitor of 8 species —all after Monarda,
except Lophanthus scrophulariefolius.
Diptera occur as visitors of 19 species. Only two species,
Mentha and Lycopus, are specially adapted to them. Bom-
bylius occurs on four early blooming species, and Hxoprosopa
on 9 late-blooming ones, but they do not occur on the same
species. Among Tachinide should be mentioned Jurinia,
which visits 8 species. -
Butterflies occur on all but five species. They are useful
visitors of Monarda Bradburiana, and M. fistulosa is specially
adapted to them. On other flowers they occur as intruders.
Papilio was observed only on Monarda.
The ruby-throated humming-bird visits only Monarda. An-
other plant of the family, Salvia splendens, is specially
adapted to humming birds.
Beetles occur only on the six least specialized flowers in the
table. Species of Rhipiphorus seem to be quite fond of Pye
nanthemum.
A few bugs occur on Pycnanthemum.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects — Labiate. 131
4 ; Z
a 2 %
3 a °
Lae Stee y &
ao| & 6 z
és |8a| 8 | @ lge
Bo Re ae & | o
RP Oe Ro eee
Scutellaria versicolor reve 1
CARGACEHS F fsis Fic 5 oe Pe 2 1 1
Physostegia Agcy alitl (sp weereen me arres : 3 2
Nepeta Glechoma. eee Seis x SOC es 13 2 4
POR EIIB. VIRIMETG 0 bo cack vucet ver s-cone 10 1 2 7
Scutellaria parvala..ccis ise ecec sees 10 2 3
rrubium vuUlgare....22%* se secces 4 1 1
DiRChyS- PalussriSs osvsi ses vaiw cee Weis 10 3 3
Teucrium Canadense............++.0+ 4
ONUTUS CATGiACE sce sicvescccvcs seve 8 3 1
Nepeta Cataria........ yh sees eae Sass IC $ 2 3 3
Hedeoma pulegioides...... ....0.c00- 2
Monarda oo eieees ce seeet 10 1 6 1
towers OVC a eees eee aes 8 1 15 1
Lophanthus nepeto TCS i505 Vee S558 8 1 3 2
rophulariasfotius oe tees 4 1
Blephilia birsata. Sicha versyeee eer AT z 5 1
21 4 6 9 1
Pyenanthemmm muticum var. pilosum. 21 17 20 2 1
anceolatu 18 15 1 2 2
DRifosuM <0 eee cat 18 17 21 5 8
Mentha Cinetenstiscsese sree estes 1 7 10 2 1
LYCOpUE siniete cco 8 4 11 1 i
Issued Nov. 25, 1892.
CaRLINVILLE, ILL.
ehenr ars
Winget
tes
ee;
met ee
© -
Academy of Sclence
t
Transactions of the |
THE OPENING OF THE BUDS OF SOME WOODY
PLANTS.
A. S. Hircnucock.
Some notes were taken during the spring of 1892 on the
opening buds of our native shrubs and trees. The drawings
of the buds and leaves are mostly natural size and were made
as the leaves appeared. The nomenclature and arrangement
is that of Gray’s Manual.
I have been unable to find any literature bearing directly
upon the subject. Vernation is usually given in monographs
and systematic notes, as that of Quercus by Engelmann,
‘‘ About the Oaks of the United States,’’ Trans. St. Louis -
Acad. Sci. iii., p. 375. The following are some of the refer-
ences treating of bud-scales, stipules, and glands on young
leaves: Goebel, Beitrige zur Morphologie und Physiologie
des Blattes, 1. Die Niederblatter (Bot. Zeit. xxx, p. 753,
769, 785, 801, 817, 833; Just, viii. 1, p. 114); Schumann,
Anatomische Studien iiber die Knospenschuppen von Coni-
feren und Dicotylen Holzgewachsen (Bibl. Botan. Heft. 15,
1889; Bot. Centr. xlii, 1890, No. 22, p. 275; Just, xvii. 1, p.
_ 673); Mikosch, Beitrage zur Anatomie und Morphologie der
_ Knospendecken Dicotylen Holzgewiichse (Sietzungsb. d.
- kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, B. 74,1 Abth. 1876; Just iv, p.
453); Areschong, Beitrige zur Biologie der Holzgewiachse
(Lund, 1877; Just, v, p. 358); Velenovsky, Ueber die
Achselsprosse einiger Smilax Arten (Flora, 68, p. 2-4; Just,
xiii. 1, p. 612); C. Hilburg’s Dissertation: Ueber den Bau
und die Funktion der Nebenblatter, mit Zusatzen von F. Hil-
debrand (Flora, 1878, No. 11; Just, vi. 1, p. 105); Clos,
Stipules considerées au point de vue morphologique (Bull.
Soc. Bot. France, 2d Ser.i, No. 1, 1879, p. 151; Just. vii.
1, p. 69.) Reinke, Ueber die Funktion der Blattzihne und
die Morphologische Werthigkeit eineger Laubblattnectarien
134 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(Bot. Zeit. 1874, p. 47; Just, ii, p. 548). There is considerable
literature relating to twigs but this is outside the subject
treated in this paper.
Asimina triloba, Dunal. Buds naked, protected by the two
outer, boat-shaped, dark ferruginous, silky leaves which in-
crease but slightly in size as the bud opens, and never assume
the typical shape. Inner leaves conspicuously 2-ranked, each
successively inclosing the remainder of the bud. The flower
buds are lateral, globose. May 3d.
Menispermum Canadense, L. Scales about 5, rounded to
elliptical, smooth. Internodes above these elongating; young
stem and leaves gray-villous. First leaf undeveloped, several
cleft at apex, others normal. Vernation straight. Leaf-scars
circular, concave. Buds 2 or 3 superposed, the upper just
above the scar, the others bursting through a V-shaped erack
in the leaf scar. May 6th.
Tilia Americana, L. Bud scales 2, the inner larger.
Leaves well developed, each covered by its two large stipular
scales. Vernation conduplicate. Apr. 30th.
Xanthozylum Americanum, Mill. Buds low; scales two
pairs, the outer pair short and dark brown, the bases of the
scales joined by a circle of reddish brown fuzz; inner pair
longer and their tips reddish brown with a similar pubescence.
First leaf usually abnormal or abortive with two or three
leaflets of unequal development, the later leaves successively
better developed. Vernation of leaflets revolute, the leaf
wrapping around the central cone. Apr. 29th.
Celastrus scandens, L. Buds perpendicular to axis of plant.
Scales numerous, the two outer gray, like the bark, with a
ridge on the back at the apex; the inner with brown tips and
green bases gradually passing into leaves. Vernation involute.
Apr. 29th.
J tropurpureus, Jacq Scales opposite, two pairs.
First pair of leaves small and deciduous. Vernation involute.
Apr. 20th.
Ceanothus Americanus, L. Scales two to four, being rudi-
mentary leaves with the stipules broadened and adnate to the
much reduced blade. First leaf typical in form with two
narrow hairy stipules. Vernation involute. Apr. 23d.
Hitchcock — Opening of Buds of Some Woody Plants. 135
Vitis riparia, Mx. Buds rupturing the bark sometimes
two superposed. Each leaf protected by its two hairy stip-
ular scales. Vernation straight but inclosing the remainder
of the bud. Apr. Ist.
Cissus Ampelopsis, Pers. Muchas in V. riparia, but stip-
ules and young leaves thinner and nearly smooth. May 3d.
Ampelopsis quinquefolia, Mx. Buds one to three, rupturing
the epidermis. Scales four. Leaves enclosed by their -en-
larged stipules. First leaf perfect, 5-divided, lobes condupli-
cate, arranged almost in a circle. Apr. 30th.
i sculus arguta, Buckley. Buds swelling considerably
before opening. Scales opposite, six to ten pairs, the inner
successively larger and thinner, but no transition to leaves.
First leaves with five leaflets. Leaflets involute. Apr. 9th.
— Acer dasycarpum, Ehrh. Seales opposite, four pairs; the
inner pairs ciliate-margined. Vernation plicate. Apr. 21st.
Negundo aceroides, Moench. One of the first of the woody
plants to show signs of pushing out leaves in spring. Scales
opposite, four pairs. First pair with a roundish point; second
pair about twice as long, apiculate; third pair about twice as
long as the second, roundish at apex; fourth pair somewhat
longer than the third, three-lobed at apex. First pair of
jenves with three leaflets. Leaflets conduplicate, side by
side, the margins of opposite leaves touching. Apr. 8th
Staphylea trifolia, L. Scales opposite, two pairs. First
set of stipules more than half as long as leaf, succeeding ones
shorter. Leaflets involute, side by side. Apr. 22
Rhus Toxicodendron, L. Buds naked or Rosnsioually with
one or two scales. Leaflets conduplicate. May Sth.
Rhus Canadensis, Marsh. Buds naked, the first leaf be-
coming normal in size and shape. As all the internodes elon-
gate there is but one ring separating the growth of successive
years. (£2. glabra also has naked buds, with the first leaves
very felty-pubescent.) Leaves plicate. May 5th.
Amorpha fruticosa, L. Buds two, superposed, either or
both developing. Scales several. First leaf pinnate, some-
times imperfect. Stipules lanceolate, acuminate. Leaflets
conduplicate, side by side. May 6th.
Cercis Canadensis, L. Scales two. First leaf well-formed,
136 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
conduplicate, at first somewhat inflexed. Stipules prominent,
outside of their leaf. May 2d.
Gymnocladus Canadensis, Lam. Buds at first scarcely
raised above the bark; superposed, two or three, one or some-
times any two of the three developing. Scales three, enlarging
greatly. First leaves with narrow stipules, pinnate below,
twice pinnate above, the pinne ending in a bristle. Leaflets
and ‘pinne conduplicate. May 6th.
Gleditschia triacanthos, L. Buds superposed, usually two
(one to three) both developing. Scales several, brownish,
thin and soon deciduous. First leaf pinnate with several leaf-
lets, downy beneath, smooth above; later ones twice pinnate.
Stipules minute; petiole jointed with stem. Leaflets condu-
plicate as is the whole leaf, thus bringing the edge against the
bud. May 5th.
Prunus Americana, Marsh. Scalesnumerous, theinner grad-
ually increasing in length and showing a transition to the leaves.
The first leaf has a pair of slender elongated stipules. Young
leaves enclosing the flattened bud, the edges not overlapping,
under surface silky pubescent and reticulately veined. Mar-
gin of leaf ciliate, serrations sharp and not glandular. Apr.
21st.
Prunus Chicasa, Mx. Seales as in P. Americana.
Leaves smooth and shining, the serrations with a conspicu-
ous gland. Young leaves enwrapping the terete bud, the
edges considerable overlapping. May 4th.
ubus occidentalis, L. Scales about six, first two rounded,
with buds in their axils; next two, three pointed, the buds
in their axils having well formed leaves nearly as long 48
scales; the inner scales are three-cleft, the lateral lobes appar-
ently corresponding to stipules. Vernation plicate. Apr. 20th.
Rubus villosus, Ait. Seales about five, outer hard and red,
pointed; inner gradually longer, rounded, hairy; fourth,
3-cleft; fifth, more deeply cleft; sixth, a small leaf. Verna-
tion plicate. Apr. 29th.
Rosa Arkansana, Porter. Scales about seven. Outer ovate
and pointed, inner becoming rounded and erose-dentate, while
the innermost form a transition to leaves. Leaflets condupli-
cate, side by side. Apr. 20th.
5! -
Hitchcock — Opening of Buds of Some Woody Planis. 137
Crategus coccinea, L. Scales numerous, the inner showing
a transition to leaves. The inner scales and stipules glandu-
Jar ciliate, the latter being nearly as large as their leaves.
Vernation conduplicate-plicate. May 14th.
Ribes gracile, Mx. Scales numerous, all but innermost
scarcely enlarging. First leaf nearly normal in appearance.
Vernation plicate. Apr. 11th.
Cornus asperifolia, Mx. Scales one pair, opposite, develop-
ing a small blade at the opening of the bud. Vernation
slightly involute. Apr. 9th.
Sambucus Canadensis, L. Usually four buds in an axil,
the central being the strongest. Scales opposite, about four
pairs, showing transition to leaves. Leaflets involute, side
by side. Apr. 20th.
Symphoricarpos vulgaris, Mx. Scales opposite, three pairs,
increasing but little during the opening of the bud. Young
leaves oval-oblong. Vernation involute. Apr. 9th.
Fraxinus viridis, Mx. f. Buds usually two, superposed.
Scales opposite, one pair or if two pairs the inner hidden before
the eS = the bud. Leaflets conduplicate, side by
side. Apr. 2
Ulmus yaa ‘his: Scales two-ranked, three or four pairs ;
outer dark brown and somewhat pubescent ; inner silky-fer-
ruginous above. First leaf very minute with two large stipules.
Following leaves perfect, each covered by one large stipule
and covering the other. Vernation conduplicate. Apr. 30th.
Uimus Anertsand, L. Scales two-ranked, first three pairs
empty, scarcely enlarging and soon falling off. Within these
are about three pairs of stipular scales, without leaves, that
is, the scales are in pairs on each side of the bud and attached
at base. The next two pairs of stipules have a minute and
abortive leaf between them. The inner leaves increase in
size, and are imbricated with their stipules as in U. fulva.
Vernation conduplicate. May 4th.
Celtis occidentalis, L. Scales two-ranked, three pairs.
Young flowering branches bear flowers below and leaves above.
Leaf branches bear above the scales two or three enlarged
early deciduous stipules. First leaves normal ; each enclosing
its two stipules. Vernation straight. Apr. 23d.
138 Trans. Acad, Sci. of St. Louis.
Morus rubra, L. Scales two-ranked, six or seven. First
leaf usually ovate, sometimes slightly lobed; inner ones lobed
or entire. Vernation and arrangement of narrow stipules as
in Celtis occidentalis. May 2d.
Platanus occidentalis, L. Bud conical; scales two, each
covering the bud, the outer smooth, the inner covered by a
gummy secretion, and usually having a bud in its axil. First
leaf well formed, its stipule covering the remainder of the
bud. Vernation revolute. May 2d. :
Juglans nigra, L. Scales two to four, the outer oblong and
obtuse, the inner increasing in length and passing by a series
of clefts and lobes into a few-divided leaf. Flower buds
from the lower part of the previous year’s growth, usually
two catkins superposed, each bearing two or three small scales
at base. Leaflets conduplicate, the edges toward the rhachis
and the sides pressed against the bud. May 4th.
Carya amara, Nutt. Scales two, valvate, covered with yel-
lowish resinous dots, usually elongating and developing a few
lobes at the apex. The first leaf, and sometimes the second
also, is imperfectly developed. Leaflets conduplicate, side
by side as shown in the drawing. May 3d.
Ostrya Virginica, Willd. Scales several, the first two are
empty, the next pair are stipular with its leaf reduced to a
mere appendage. The third pair is attached toa normal leaf.
Vernation straight but the leaf clasping the bud. Apr. 22d.
Quercus macrocarpa, Mx. Seales stipular as in Q. tine-
toria. The gradation is rather gradual from large stipules
to narrow and from small leaves to large. Vernation condu-
plicate but the bend to one side of the midrib (Fig. 107).
May 3d.
Quercus Muhlenbergii, Engelm. Scales numerous, five-
ranked, much as in @Q. tinctoria, but the change from broad
“ seales to narrow ones at the base of the perfect leaves 1s
more abrupt; thus the leaves appear to come from the top
of the bud. Vernation conduplicate. May 3d.
Quercus tinctoria, Bartram. Scales very numerous, five-
ranked, lower short, upper increasing in length. Several at
the base are empty, above these each pair has a minute leaf me
the angle between and inside, thus being stipular. The inner
Hitchcock — Opening of Buds of Some Woody Plants. 139
leaves are successively larger and the stipules narrower. Ver-
nation straight but the leaves are considerably corrugated.
The five-ranked stipules correspond to the 3 phyllotoxy.
Young leaves very silky, purplish or pinkish. May 3d.
Salix amygdalotdes, Anders. Scales two, usually splitting
at the apex, the inner thin and membranous. Stipules hairy,
vernation straight. Apr. 21st.
Salix cordata, Muhl. Bud is covered by one outer scale,
on the inner side of which is attached the two stipular mem-
branes which encircle the opening leaves at their base. Ver-
nation convolute. Apr. 21st.
Populus montlifera, Ait. Scales mostly four, shining and
usually gummy, outer short and rounded, inner becoming
longer and more acute. First leaf normal, with two narrow
stipules, purplish tinged. Vernation involute. Apr. 25th.
' Smilax hispida, Muhl. Scales two, both next to the stem,
that is, in the axil of the young branch and probably homol-
ogous with the sheathing stipules. Leaves involute, the first
leaf bearing stipular tendrils. May 5th.
: . - 74. Biges gracile. Developing bud.
140 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
1. Asimina triloba. Swelling lateral bud. 2. Terminal bud further ad-
“vanced. 3. Cross section of bud with the two outer leaves removed.
4, Menispermum Canadense. Three superposed buds, the upper having
“de veloped into a branch. 5. Three buds, side view, the two upper
having develop oc 6. Swelling bud. 7. Young branch. 8. One of
the first leaves. 9. Leaf-scar and bud before hes er
10. Tilia Americana. ice bud. 11. Bud further advanc
12. Xanthoxylum Americanum. Lateral bud developing. 13. ten BP bud
“further advanced.
14. Celastrus scandens. Lateral bud developing.
15. Huonymus atropurpureus. Two young lateral branches.
16. Ceanothus Americanus. An outer scale. 17. An inner scale. 18. A
young leaf.
19. Vitis riparia. Swelling bud. —- Young branch with bud below.
21. Cissus Ampelopsis. Young bra
22, Ampelopsis quinquefolia. Saale bud. 23. Young branch with bud
“below
24. Agsculus arguta. Developing terminal bud.
26. ses aceroides. Developing terminal bud. 27-30. Scales showing
ransition to, 31, First leaf.
82. staph trifolia. Two lateral buds developing. 33. Bud further de-
veloped, inner pair of scales removed; side view, showing two young
iver me their stipules. 84, Same, showing back of leaf.
35-36. Rhus Toxicodendron. Buds in different stages of development.
87. Rhus Canadensis. Swelling bud. 38. Developing bud. 39. Young leaf.
40. Amorpha fruticosa. Developing bu
- 41. Cercis cue te Developing bod. 42. Young branch.
ladus Canadensis. Swelling bud. 44. Bud further developed.
45. Young leaf.
. @leditschia triacanthos. Base of petiole of young leaf showing minute
stipule. 47. Developing bud, leaves cut off above the base. 48.
Young leaf.
49, Dejan t Chicasa. co bud. 50-52. Young leaves. 53. Glandu-
ae
lar serration
54. Prunus Americana. pede oping bud. 55. Scale. 56. Inner scale of
“young leaf. 57. Stipule of developed leaf. 58. Serration of leaf x
125.
59. Rubus occidentalis. Young leaf. 60. Developing bud. 61-63. Scales.
64. Rubus villosus. Developing bud. 65. Young leaf. 66-68. Scales and
outer leaf.
69. Rosa Arkansana. Developing bud. 70. Young leaf.
71. Crategus coccinea. Young branch, some of the scales at base having
fallen off. 72-73. Two forms of stipules on ee ee ee
Hitchcock — Opening of Buds of Some Woody Plants. 141
75. Cornus asperifolia. Terminal bud developing. 76. Outer scale or leaf.
77. Sambucus Canadensis. Supernumerary buds, the uppermost developing.
78-79. Scales ;
Symphoricarpos wkigarls. Developing bud.
. Fraxinus viridis, Terminal bud with one pair of scales developing. 82.
Bud with two pairs of scales.
84. Ulmus fulva. Swelling bud. 83. Bud further developed. 85. First pair
“of scale-like stipules
86. Ulmus Americana. Swelling bud. 87. Young leaf and stipules
88. Celtis sisting Two young flowering branches. 89. Yotne leaf
ranch with one Tow of scales removed.
90. Moru seuss . Developing bud. @1-88,. Young leaves. 94. Stipul
95, tener occidentalis. " perdiiblin bud. 96-97. Scales. 98. Sipe of
ung leaf, partially unfolded.
99; Figieas nigra. Two flower buds with the catkins removed, showing two
r three scales at base. 100. Developing leaf bud. 101. Scales and
young leaf.
102-103. Caryaamara. Buds developing.
104, Ostrya Virginica. Developing bud, with one eas removed. 105
Swelling bud.
106. Quercus macrocarpa. Developing bud. 107. Cred: section of leaf show-
ing vernation. 108. Part of young branch showing young leaf and
Stipules. 109-110. Young leaves.
111. Quercus Muhlenbergii. Developing bud. 112. Young leaf.
113. Quercus tinctoria. Swelling bud. 114. Bud with outer scales removed,
showing young leaf. 115. Young leaf with stipules.
116. Saliz amygdaloides. Developing bud.
attached at base, two view
119. Populus monilifera. pevalophug bud. 120. Scales and young leaf.
121. Smilax hispida. Young branch. 122. Young leaf with its stipules.
Issued Jan. 15, 1893.
ee
Set nes mice
i Se ae
Pd yy
i
Sp |
BZ ZS
6S
SZ, |
S
—-
A.S.H. dil.ad nat
SSH del ad nad
Foe
sheesh
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 6.
MATERIALS FOR A MONOGRAPH ON INULINE.
J. CHRISTIAN BAY.
Issued March 2, 1893.
MATERIALS FOR A MONOGRAPH ON INULINE.
[Contributions from the Missouri Botanical Garden. No. 1.]
J. CurisTIAN Bay.
As the knowledge of vegetable physiology proceeds it is very
difficult for one man to look up all the literature on a certain
subject that has been published up to date, and especially in
the chemical physiology. This circumstance in connection
with the fact that America is not yet provided with such
extensive libraries as have been accumulated in Europe, has
induced me to collect my bibliographical notes on a number
of questions in vegetable physiology and to follow up the
literature year by year. In a series of physiological papers
from Missouri Botanical Garden I intend to publish the ma-
terial for monographs on the most important questions in
vegetable physiology, beginning with the chemical physiology.
These bibliographical monographs will, as far as they go,
be complete up to the end of the year 1890, containing besides
lists of special papers also references to the leading text
and hand-books in ourscience. They will be of use especially
for physiologists, but also for chemists; I have spent much
time in making my lists as complete as possible. Most
of the papers I have seen myself in the large libraries of
Copenhagen, Denmark, but of course everything I could not
verify.
The beginning of this series will be made with the materials
for a monograph on inuline; No. 2 will contain the biblio-
graphy of the tannoids.
Reports of societies and current journals I generally abbre-
viate, but, in order to avoid misinterpretations, not always.
In the following list the abbreviations used in this first paper
will be found.
A. or L, A.=Liebig’s Annalen fuer Chemie und Pharmacie.
A. de chim.—Annales de Chimie.
A. chim. phys.—Annales de Chimie et de Physique.
A. sci. nat.=—Annales des seiences naturelles,
B. Z.=Botanische Zeitung.
152 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Bull. soc. chim.==Bulletin de la société de chimie de Paris.
C. R.=Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Academie Royale
des Sciences.
J. de pharm. rena de pharmacie.
J. pr. or J. p bh.=Erdmann’s Journal fuer praktische Chemie
sehielpatre Jodshsiakdoive al fuer Chemie und Physik, 1811- 1833.
Sitzber. Wien. =Sitzungsberichte der k. = vies irteroner ip ie der Wissens-
chaften. WN: ftli Klas
Trommsdorff’s Journal—Journal der Parmacie, 1794- 1 . voll.
Trommsdorff’s Neues Journal—Neues Journal, etc. 1817-1833; 27 voll.
bes cae Arch.=Wiegmann’s Archiv fuer sr Na chichte.
Z. f. Ch.=Beilstein’s Zeitsschrift fuer Chemie
‘‘Pringsh. Jahrb.’’ is a well-known abbreviation for Pring-
sheim’s Jahrbuecher fuer wissenschaftliche Botanik. A few
other abbreviations will easily explain themselves.
If either chemists or plant physiologists here or in Europe
might wish to undertake the compilation of questions in the
line of this series I should gladly appreciate a collaboration
of this kind.
J. Chr. B.
MissouR!I BOTANICAL GARDEN, JANUARY, 1893.
“por J. pr. Ch. 47, p. 449.
aaa R. W.: Ueber den aus Agar—Agar entstehenden Zucker, ueber eine
Saeure aus der Arabinose nebst dem Versuch einer Classification
tice gallertbildenden Kohlenhydrate nach den aus ihnen entstehenden
Zuckerarten. (J. pr. XXX, pag. 367-388, 1884.)
BravuvisaGe: L’Inuline dans les Jonidium. (Société de Bot. de Lyon-
Bulletin trimestriel, No. 1-2, p. 12, 1888.)
Bétcuamp, A.: L’Inuline et la levu ae
(J. de pharm. et de chim. (4.) XXV. ay
Beurens, I. V.: A Guide for the pom gba Investigation of Vegetable
Substances. Engl. transl. by Hervey and Ward. Boston, 1885, pag-
875.
s, W. I.: Tabellen zum Gebrauch bei mikroskopischen Arbeiten
Braunschweig, 1892, pag. 1
': Handbuch der origaalnchors Chemie. I. ii pag. 595.
Bere: Handbuch der pharmaceutischen Botanik. I. 1850, pag. 11; II, 1852,
pagg. 38, 46-48, 50. Third edition; I. 1855, pag. ras Il. 1857, pagg. 21,
39, 48-51.
Anat. Atlas zur Aig Waarenkunde. Berlin, 1865, Tab. 7, 9, 11, 13, 15,
p. ul, 15 f., Loe 28, 27, 29
: Le h der Chemie, VL pag, 390, 1837. [4 edition, transl. and
edited br Woehler.]
Bay — Materials for a Monograph on Inuline. _ 153
Bitz; Chem. Unters. d. Hirschbrunst
(Trommsd. N. J. XI, 2, 1825, p. 3-89). [‘* Hirschbrunst ” is Hlaphomyces
° y :
BoucHaRDAT: C. R. 25, p- 274.—Jahresber. der Chemie, 1847-48, pag. 795.
Bouvet: Versuch einer Zerlegung des Wasserhanfs, Eupatorium canna-
binum
(Bull. éé Pharm. Paris 1811 No. III, p. 97.—Trommsd, J. f. d. a
XXII, 1, 1813, p. 89-101.
BucHNER, L. A.: see a note in: Dumas’ Handb. VI, p. 131.
BRaconnoT; Analyse des Tubercules de |’ Heliantus tuberosus et observation
sur hline.
(Ann. chim. phys. XXV, ashes p. 358-73.—J. de]pharm. x 1824, p. 488.—
Buchner’s Rep. f. d. Pharm. 18, 1824, p. 33-53
iit = sur les avantages du Datisca earned dans V’art de la
teint
Cietaindtherta: Journ. de Phys. 83, 1816, p. 187-91.— Ann. chim.
phys. III, p. 277-80. —Trommsd. N. Journal II, 1, 1818, p. 129-133.)
CANDOLLE, A. DE: Physiologie ps tt Vol. I, Paris 1832, pag. 178;
german transl. by Roeper; Vol. I, 1833, pag. 148-14
CAVENTOU: see Pelletier
CENEDILLA: Analyse de la racine de jst ip
(Journ. de fonlge de Milan. — Journ. de pharm. XIV, 1828, p. 622.)
CLAUBRY, GAULT E: Note sur une tctaiiths a eae on a donné le
nom arnacitii tam, de Chimie, XCIV, 1815, p. 0
Rech. chim. sur la principe actif de la elit et sur la nature des
otra constituants de cette racine.
(Journ. de Pharm. IV, 1818, p. 49-55. — Ann. chim. phys. VIII, 1818, p.
Sg Se 0 N. J. f. d. Pharm. III, 1, 1819, p, 375-77.) See
Parisel!
Note sur une substance a laquelle on a donné le nom d’ Inuline. (Ann,
de chim. XCIV, pag. 200-208.)
CRAMER: Ueb. das Verhalten des Kupferoxydammoniaks zur Pflanzen-
assim zu Stirke, Inulin, zum Ze llenkern und zum Primordial-
“suave Sa nat. Ges. Zurich, III, 1858, p. 1-22.)
CroockewiT, T. H.: Over de Zamenstelling van Inuline.
(Scheik. Onderzoek. I. p. 283-95. A. XLV. p. 184-92. J. pr. Ch.
XXVIII, p. 316
DEHMEL, catenradt to by Tschirsch; see the latter.
F.: Revista botanica. 1875, pag. 78.
DELPINO,
Dickstein, 8.: Ueber die Sphaerokrystalle bei Canna. Vorlaeufige Mit—
theilung. (Mittheil. d. Univ. za Warschau, 1875, No. 4. Arbeiten d.
botan. Laborat. d. Univ. Warschau. Lieferung 1. [Russian.] 1875.)
Direret, L.: Das SERA: II. pag. 27, 1869.
ENDORFF: Materialien zu einer Monographic des Inulins. St.
70.
UBRUNFAUT: Note sur l’inuline.
(C. R. 42, 1856, I, p. 803-6.)
Sur la présence du sucre cristallisable dans les tubercules de 1’Helian-
thus tuberosus.
(C. R. 64, 1867, I, p. 764.) (Beilsteins Z. f. Ch. X, 1867, p. 306.)
154 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louss.
Dumas: L’Institut Nro. 97.— J. pr. Ch. IV, p. 434.
Handbuch der organischen Chemie, tibers. von Buchner, see Buchner
hn
and Jo
EBERMAYER: Physiclogaes Chemie der Pflanzen. Berlin, 1882, pag.
218-21.
Wemten:, A.: Balanophoreae Brasiliensis. Miinchen. 1869. [Not seen.]
EKSTRAND, ., and Johanson, C. I.: Zur Kenntniss der Kohlehydrate.
(Berichte der Deutschen chem. Gesellschaft, 1887, pag. 3310.)
ESENBECK, NEEs von: Chem. Unters. der beiden Lackmusflechteu, Roccella
tinctoria Ach a ean tartarea Ach. (Brandes’ Arch. des Apoth.
asinine XVI, sos p. 135-51.
FaMINTZIN: Ueb. amylumartige Gebilde des kohlensauren Kalkes. (Ver-
handl. nat. Ver. Heidelb. V. 1, 1869, p. 18-23.
FrecuNner: Resultate der bis jetzt unternommenen Pflanzenanalysen. 1829,
pa . ;
See Thénard.
FerrRovuiLuat & Savicny: Bull. soc. chim (2), 12, p. 209.
FLUECKIGER: Pharmacognosie des Pflanzenreiches. 1867, pag. 137, ars 261;
1883, pag. 396.
The principles of Pharmacognosy. Engl. Transl. by F. W. Bower. New
York. 1887, pag. 124.
Fournier, E.: Bull: de la société de Bot. de France; XXI, 1, pag. 60. 1874.
FRICKHINGER: Vergl. chem. Untersuchung der im Herbste und der
Fruehjahre gesammeltem Wurzel von Loewenzahn (Leontodon Tarax-
acum, L.)
(Buchner’s Rep. f. d. Pharm. 73. ((2), 23.), 1841, p. 75-82.)
FUNKE, JOs.: Chemische Zerlegung der Brustalandswurzel (Inula Helen-
lum) mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung auf einige neu entdeckte naehere
Pflanzenstoffe.
(Tr. Journ. XVIII. 1, p. 74-92, 93-94. 1809). (and A. de ch. LXXVI.
1810, p. 98).
aff. Mat. Med. IV. p. 8
GEIGER: Diamariatic Liman ee de Calendula -officinali.
Heidelbg. 181
See: Wastin: Beitr. z. Kenntn. der Ringelblume (Calendula officinalis.)
(Berl. Jahrb. f. d. Pharm. 20 Jahrg, 1819, p. 212-231.) 1819.
GERHARDT: nag sn He, organique. Tom. II. pag. 493 ay
GERHARDT, CH. m. phys. LXXII, pag. 163-183. G. pr. Ch...3a97
pag. 47-56 ae tae chim. phys. (3) XII, p. 188-192. ie
GMELIN-KRavuT: Handb. d. Chimie. VII, 1 Abth. 4 Aufl. 1862, p. 562.
GREEN, J. R.: On the germination of the tuber of the Jerusalem Artis-
choke. (Annals of Botany, Vol. . pag. 223, 1889.)
v. Grote & TOLLENS: L, A. 175, p. 1
Has tT, G.: Physiologische Waste ealcda Leipzig 1884, pag. 281-
HANSEN, ie Ueb. Sphiarokrystalle.
(Arb. d. bot. Inst. Wuerzb. III, p. 92, 1884.)
HartiG, R.: Entwickelungsgeschichte des Pflanzenkeimes, 1858, pag. 117.
Henry, Elements of Chemistry. French transl. of 6th edit. Vol. I, pag. 225.
Bonen; M., AND SCHUBERT, St,: Zur Kenntniss der Kohlehydrate. ane,
lung (Sitzber. Wien XCVI, II, 1887.)
eras Ueb. die Zellenbliischen der Lebermoose. Heidelb. 1857. -
Bay — Materials for a Monograph on Inuline. 155
HouzNer: [In his papers in “ Flora,’’ 1864, 1866 and 1867 on various kinds
of 7 in plant-cells he quotes now and then the sphaerous
crystals. ]
ae see Ekstrand.
Joun, Chem. Schriften. IV. p. 91. (Fortsetzung d. chem. Labor. III.) 1813.
Seg Heed in his german transl. of Dumas’ Traité de Chimie, VI, pag.
131,
Giilachs Untersuchung der Alantwurzel (Inula Helenium L.)
ibid, p. 121-26: Chem. Unters. d. Engelwurzel (Radix Angelicae, Angel-
ica Archangelica L.)
ibid, p. 126-133: Chem. Unters. d. Bertramwurzel (Rad. Pyrethri L.)
Joun: Chemische Tabellen der Pflanzenanalysen. Nurnb. 1814. folio. p. VII,
8
JUNGFLEISCH & LeFRANC: C. R. 93, 47.
KaLLEn, I.: Ueber os und Aiknieanipher. (B. 1873, pag. 1506.)
KAsTNER; see Geig
KIuiant, H.: - aay ooo Beers Diss. Munchen, 1881.
See also A. 205 pag. 147.
KOEHNKE: Arch. Pharm. pet 39, p. 289.
KOENE: saeco ey chim. de la racine ‘ds Pyréthre.
(Ann. chim. phys. 59, 1835, p. 327-31. L. A. XVI. 1835, p. 66-70.
ica 8 Bericht i in Wiegm. Arch. II, 1836, p. 135.) See Gaultier de
Claubry, 1818!
KOMANOS: Die Verdanung des Inulins. Diss. 1875.
Kraus, G.: Einige Beobachtungen ueber das Vorkommen des Inulins.
(Sitzungsberichte d. naturf. Ges. Halle, 27 Febr. 1875.); see Kraus
ibidem, 26 May, 1876 (B. Z. 1876, pag. 623,)
Kraus, G.: Das Inulin-Vorkommen ausserhalb der Compositen. (B. Z:
1877, p. 329.)
LEFRANC, vide Jungfleisch. :
FRANC: De l’Inuline et ses modifications. (Recuil des Mémoires de
médicine, de chirurgie et de pharmacie militaires, November 1870). --
MANN, Th.: Helenin. (Archives der Pharm. XXII, pag. 699-702,
ore
: Ueber die durch Alkohol in Dahliaknollen slgeomenaee
ceca (B. Z. 1887, pag. 129-138, 145-152.)
chle
witiatvntncn Journal, xl, 1815, p. 286-92.)
e Tschirsch.
Manquane: Cae: Ueb. Inulin.
(L. A. X, 1834, p. 92-103.
See M. in ‘Bericht ub. die ss aa d. Phytochemie.’’
(Weigm. Arch. II, 1836, p. 135.)
Merer, Leo: Chem. Unters. d. pn a
(Berl. Jahrb. f. d. Pharm. 27 Jahrg. 2 Abth. 1826, p. 74-98.)
MEYEN, F.; Neues System der Pflanzenphysiologie. Vol. II, pag. 281-285.
1838.
156 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Mout, H. von: Grundziige der Anatomle und Physiologie der vegetabilis-
chen Zelle. 1851, pag.50. (Wagner’s Handworterbuch der Physiologie.
Vol. IV, pag. 208. 1853
Moat, H. von: Unters. des Pflanzengewebes mit Hiilfe des polarisirten
Lichtes.
(B. Z. 1858, p. mes 9-18; see pag. 17.)
MORELLE; see Les
Mou.Lper: Inulin nae tamnaieche Moosstirke.
Bull. sci. nat. Néerl. 1838, p. 40.—Natuur-en scheikundig Archief, 1837,
Nr. 4.— A. 28, 1838, p. 278-80.—J. pr. 1838, p. 299-302.— Ann. ch. phys.
(2), 26, p. 102.)
MuvupeEr: Versuch einer allgemeinen physiologischen Chemie, transl. by H
Kolbe. Vol, I, pag. 226-231, 1844-51.
Nace, C. v: Die Stiirkekoerner. Ziirich, 8, pag. 531-574.
N. und Cramer: Hidhdipisetetoalache Untersuchungen Heft II.)
NaGELI, C. v.: Sitzber Miinchen. 1862, I, p. 314-21, 323; and: Botanische
Mittheilungen. Vol. I, pag. 206.
NAEGELI & SCHWENDENER: Das Mikroskop, 1867, p. 361, 514.
NaupDIN, vide Schiitzenberger
OVERBECK: Ueb. den Gehalt an Inulin der Wurzeln von Leontodon Taraxa-
cum zu verschiedenen Zeiten.
(Brandes Arch. f. d. Pharm. 73 ( (2), 23.), 1840, p. 240.)
PARISEL: Essai chimiques sur la racine de pyréthre
(J. de Pharm. XIX, 1833, p. 25.—L. A. IX, 1834, p. 327.)
See Gaultier de Chaubry,. 1818
PARNELL, E. A.: Ueb. die Zusammensetzung des Inulins.
(J. pr. Ch. XXVI., p. 140-5.— L. A. XXXIX, p. 213-16.)
(Phil. Mag. XVII, 1840. p. 126. (Orig!))
PAYEN: Extr. d’un mémoire lu 4 l'Institut sur une nouvelle substance
trouvée dans les tubercules des dahlias.
(Journ de. pharm. IX, 1823, p. 383-92.— Mém. del’Acad. 1823, T. VI,
1827. p. LX XXIX.— Schweigg. J. 39, 1823, p. 338-46
PayEN: Observation sur l’analyse des tubercules de l’heliantus tuberosus.
(Ann. chim. phys. XXVI, p. 98-106, 1824.— J. de pharm. X, 1824, p. 256,
408. Mém. Acad. Paris. S Bf Sie 1827, p. CXXII. — Buchner’s
Rep. f. d. Pharm. 18, 1824,
PaYEN: Complément d’un méimotr sur is composition chimique du tissu
propre des végétaux phanéroga:
(Ann. sci. nat. (2.) Bot. XIV, 181d, p. 86-87; nouvelles propriétés de
Inuline.)
Precurer, Analyt. Unters. der Polygala-Senega-Wurzel.
(Buchner’s Rep. J. d. Pharm. I, 1821, p. 158-77.)
PECKOLT, Th.: Catalog d. pharmacognostischen — Sammlung aus der
Smee Flora. 1868, p. 19.
CavENTOU: Examen chimique de plusieurs végétaux de la
Suiits bt Colchicées, et du principe actif qu’ ils renferment. Cévadille
(Veratrum sabadilla.); hellébore blanc (Veratrum album); colchique
commun (Colchicum autumnale.)
(Ann. chem. phys. XIV, 1820, p. 39-83.—Gilb. A. 65, 1820, p. 355-72.
.. Schweigg. J. 31, 1821, p. 172-93. Trommsd,N. J. V, 2, 1821, p. 92-111.)
Pea, O.: Untersuchungen ueber eee ee lusitanicum, Breslau, 1877 -
Bay — Materials for a Monograph on Inuline. 157
Prarr: System der Materia medica. V., 1821, p. 78-8
PFEFFER, W.: See eae i Lelpety: “deal, Bos 277, 339.
PFEIFFER & TOLLENS: L. A. 210 305.
PISTONE E DE Rearsus: Sull esistenza di notevoli quantitate di inulina
aac brattee del Carciofo commune (Cynara Scolymus.). (Giornale d.
g. Acad. di Medicina, Ann. XLI, 8-9. pag. 560. 1883.)
Porp: 4 156, p. 181. 1871. [see Fournier and Lefranc. ].
PovutsEN, V. A.: Botanical Micro-Chemistery, ease by W. Trelease.
B
28, 88.
Botanisk Mikrokemi. Copenhagen. 1891, pag. 24, 26, 70.
PRANTL, K.: DasInulin. Ein Beitrag zur Pflanzenphysiologie. Preisschr.
en. 70.
Raspait: Nouv. Systéme de Chimie Organique. First edition, Paris 1833,
pag. 72-76; second edit. 1838, Tom. II, pag. 1.; Atlas [Map.] plate VI,
fig. 24; see: Ann, om Nat.; Ser. I, Tom. VII, ‘1826, pag. 325.
REGIBUS, de; see Piston
Rinck: Ueb. einen Gisseuaten Stoff in den Galliipfeln und iiber den Essig-
ather
(Berlin. Jahrb. f. d. pharm. a. d. J. 1808, XIV (N. F. VI.), 1809, p.
Py ‘Cistxs, et reese. F.: Traité de chimie anatomique et physiolo-
gique. Paris, 1853; (see Sachs sot Zeit. 1864, pag. 81.
ROCHLEDER: dies. ak p. 76,
RosE, VALENTIN: Ueber eine Lae ts vegetabilische Substanz.
(Gehlen, Neues Journal d. Cheime III, pag. 217, 1804.
Sacus, J. von: Annalen der Landwirtschaft der kg]. preuss. Staaten, 1863 ;
[Not seen.] pag. 42, Note.
Pringsh. Jahrb. III, 1863, pag. 177, 192.
Ueber die Sphaerokrystalle pag a Intling- (Sitzungsberichte d. niederrh.
Gesellsch. zu Bonn, 1864, pag. Lis)
Ueber die Sphaerokrystalle sg Inulins und dessen NOE
Nachweisung in den Zellen.
(B. Z., 1864, pagg. 77-81, 85-89.)
Handbuch der Experimentalphyatologie der Pflanzen. Leipzig 1865,
pag. 343, 358.
Deiech der Botanik, Leipzig 1874, pag. 64. Engl. transl: Text-book
of Botany, by Bennett and Dyer 63.
Vtccion en Shier Piiaiseephysioborles Leipzig 1882, pag. 405; second
edition 1887, pag. 332, 338. Engl. transl. by H. Marshall Ward. Ox-
ford 1887, pag. 323, 335, 341, 343, 357, 363.
Sacusse, R.: Die Farbstoffe, Kohlenhydrate und Proteinsubstanzen, Leip-
zig 1877, pag. 125.
cna R.: Lehrb. d. Agriculturchemie, 1888, p. 301-
ScHa : Ueber das Inulin. (Sitzungsbericht der a Gesellsch.
zu sire 1863, pag. 174-177.)
Die Pflanzenzelle, 1852, p. 41 ff, 4
macneg Zeitung, 1863. Nr. 360; oe 29. [Second sieeki [See
s in B. Z. spe pag. 87.]
Perit see Ferrouillat.
SCHLEIDEN, M.: Die Botanik als inductive Wissenschaft. 3 edition, 1849.
I, pag. 191.
158 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ScHLEIDEN, M. T.: Handb. d. medic.-pharm. Botanik und Pharmacognosie.
Ii: Pharmacognosie. 1857, p. 97, ff
SCHLOSSBERGER: L. A. 107, pag. 21.
SCHUBERT, see saga
SCHUETZENBERGER AND NAUDIN: Bull. soc. chim. (2), 22, p. 113.
ScHuLzE, Fr.: se der cats fuer Landwirthe. II, part 2, 1860,
pag. 5
SCHUETZENBERGER: L, ia Vol. 160, pag. 82.
SCHWENDENER, vide eli.
STENHOUSE: Unters. ain Pflanzenprodukte aus Indien. I. Datisca
cannabina.—
(L. A. 98, 1856, p. 167-80.)
STRASSBURGER, E.: Das botanische Praktikum. Jena. 1884, pag. 74.
SrraTINGH: Eenige scheikundige Waarnemingen
(Allgemeene Konst-en Letterbode. 1824, Nr. 25-27. —Buchner’s Rep. f.
d. Pharm. 21, 1825, p. 418-20.
TuHénakpD, Lehrbuch der theoretisch-organischen Chemie, ibersetzt von
Fechner. Vol. II, pag. 742.
THoMsoN: System der Chemie, iibers. v. Wolff. Berlin, 1811. V, p. 744-46.
System of Chemistry. Fifthedition. London, 1817. Vol. IV, pag. 75-
ToLLENs, B.: Kleines Handbuch der Kohlehydrate. Breslau, 1888, pag. 200.
see: Von Grote and Pfeiffer.
TroMMspoRFF: Allg. pharmaceutisch-chemisches Worterbuch. Erfurt
1806, I. p. =
Chem ner besonderen Substanz, der sich aus den Extrakt des
Bitterkees sipsachinden hatte. (Trommsd. Journal d. Pharm. XV, 2,
1808, p. 85-96.)
Chemische Analyse des vie goes trifoliata L.
(Tr. Journ. f. Pharm. XVIII, 2 —102.)
Cheinisehe: Untersuchung des ee i Acorns Calamus L. (ibid.
1809, p. 119-141.
Tschirsch, A., und Luedtke, Fr.: Ueber Ipecacuanha
(Archiv der Pharaincte; 1888; see: Tschirsch, Angewandte Pflanzenana-
tomie, 1889, pag. 115-118,
meen F.: Anatomie und Physiologie der Pflanzen. 1855, pag. 117.
Shae ET ZOutte: Sur une nouvelle substance hydrocarbonée contenue dans .
les tubercules du topinambour.
(Moniteur See he = — 1866, p. 836-9.)
Ball. soc, chim. (2.), 7.
VoGEL: Chem. Unters. d. qe etre Nellehampenres (Iris florentina)
(Trommsd. N. J. f. Pharm. XXIV., 2, 1815, p. 64-74.)
OGL, A.: Commentar d. dns Pharmacopee. 1869, pag. 349-
Warr, 7.: Ueb. Inulin tiberhaupt, und vorziiglich uber dessen Auffindun gin
zwei officinellen Wurzeln (Rad. Cichorei und Rad. Taraxaci-)
(Buchner’s Report. f. d. Pharmacie XXVII, p. 263-266. 1828.)
Das Amylon und Inulin. Chemische Abhandlung mit steter Hinsicht auf
Pflanzenphysiologie, Technik u. Medicin, Nurnberg 1829., p- 51-60
Buchn. Rep. 27, p. 263.
WipnMann: Bemerkungen iiber den Liéwenzahnextract (Extractum Tan
raxaci.)
Bay — Materials for a Monograph on Inuline. 159
(intelligenzbi. d. pharm. Ver. in Bayern. V. Heft 1.—Buchner’s Rep.
f. d. Pharm. 43, 1832, f. 281-4.
WIESNER, J.: Einleitung in die technische ay eee Wien. 1867, pag: 80.
WiGaNnpD: Lehrb. d. Pharmacognosie, 1863,
WITTSTEIN, G. C.: Notiz zur Darstellung des uae
(Buchner’s eer f. d. Pharm. LXXI. p 362-5, 1840.)
bien Anleit. z. chem. Anal. von sige u. Pflanzentheilen auf ihre
g. Bestandthe ite, Nordlingen 1868, 1,
vi irate fur praktische Ratio XVII, pag. 161, 1866;
XVIII, pag. 1, 1867.
WITTSTEIN, C.: The tituents of plants and table subst:
Transl. by F. von Mu neller. Melbourne. 1878, pag. 112
Wotrr. E.: oe der theoretisch-organischen Chemie.
Halle, 1845. pag
ES J. oe Ch. 37. p. 309; Bull. soc.chim. St. Petersbourg, Vol.
V. Nr. 3. [Not seen. ]
ZIMMERMANN, A.: Die botanische Microtechnik. Tuebingen 1892, pag. 76-77.
Issued March 2, 1893.
pow
oy
Mo. Bot. Garden,
1EB9S
Transactions of The Academy of Science of Si. Louis.
VOL. Vi. No. -%.
THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF PRECOCITY AND
DULLNESS.
W. TOWNSEND PORTER.
MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
Issued March 21, 1893.
THE PHYSICAL BASIS OF PRECOCITY AND
DULLNESS.*
W. TownseND PorTER.
(From the Laboratory of Physiology in the St. Louis Medical College.)
In December, 1891, I received the permission of the St.
Louis Board of Public Schools to collect physical measure-
ments of the school children.
The investigation began on January 4, 1892, and was finished
the fourth week in March, having extended over eleven of the
fourteen weeks of winter. The weight, height, length and
breadth of head, vital capacity of chest, acuteness of
vision, nationality of parents, and many other facts were
secured from thirty-three thousand five hundred boys
and girls. The larger part of the measurements were made
by the teachers, whose hearty co-operation and efficient service
in this work should earn them the gratitude of every friend of
science.
The great store of facts thus obtained has been used to
determine the Jaws of normal growth of the children of St.
Louis in the hope that on this firm ground may be established
a system of grading which shall take into account the physical
capacity of the pupil in the apportionment of school tasks.
An adaptation of mental work to strength is no new idea.
Many a sporadic attempt has been made to modify the stand-
ard requirements established for the average boy or girl in
favor of the exceptionally weak or strong. Such efforts have
rested in the past on pure empiricism. Only when the laws
of growth are accurately known, is it possible to know with
certainty how much the growth of an individual exceeds or
falls below the normal mean, and without this knowledge the
* Read before The Academy of Science of St. Louis, March 6, 1893.
162 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
regulation of mental labor from a physical standpoint is
a venturesome groping rather than a scientific deduction.
The rational basis for this far-reaching reform in school
hygiene is fast being laid. Foreign governments are making
extended anthropometric measurements of children of all
ages, and in our own land private enterprise and zeal for
the advancement of learning have borne the burden of inves-
tigations that should be matters of public concern. Indeed,
it is an American physiologist, Henry P. Bowditch, to whom
must be given the honor of having first measured weights
and heights of boys and girls in numbers sufficiently large
to fix with certainty the general laws of growth.
It is evident that a due regard must be paid to exceptions
in the application to special classes of laws true only of the
mean of all classes at each age in the period of development.
The dull and the precocious constitute such special classes.
It is therefore of the highest interest and importance to
determine whether dullness and precocity are associated with
a physical variation from the mean so palpable that it can be
recognized by the coarse methods of investigation practicable
in school work.
Of these methods, none is more useful than weighing,
partly because it is easy to weigh and partly because the
weight has a very close relation to strength. The weight
in fact may be looked upon as an index of physical develop-
ment. By weighing then may be answered the questions:
Are dull children in the mean weaker and precocious children
in the mean stronger than the average child? Is there 4
physical basis for precocity and dullness? Is mediocrity
of mind associated in the mean with mediocrity of physique?
All these questions must be answered in the affirmative, and
I will now ask you to examine the method by which this
answer has been reached. :
The course of study in the Public Schools of St. Louis 15
divided into eight grades, of which tbe first is the lowest.
To these must be added the kindergartens and the High
School, including the relatively small Normal School for the
training of women to be teachers. Children are admitted =
the kindergartens at six years. Some pupils will be found in
Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and Duliness. 163
the High School at age twenty-two.
In the higher grades,
however, the number of girls over seventeen and of boys over
_ sixteen years of age is too small to serve as material for our
TABLE No. 1.
eigen + by School ak of the
eights of boys ag
be PE TVS Vs
ees ree eeudaeae dy ete
roe ce peagese
*
Om em Om Oo:
ee ay
is 2
=
a
Cre ONAIN Ome es
_
o
Baranoa
ee
“ee
BRASS
: al 2 : :
peel ee oes OD We ie: me reOROhO: HR WH:
ee a ee eas SE eee oes
Cet ee eee oreo:
were bee
eee oben
present needs. My conclu-
sions are therefore limited to
twelve years in the life of
girls and eleven years in the
life of boys.
Within this period, chil-
dren of the same age are
grades.
thirteen whose weight was
recorded, 6 were in Grade I,
and 6 in the High School, the
remainder being distributed
through the other grades, the
greatest number (363) being
in Grade IV. But here the
number in the highest and
lowest grades is again too
small forour present purpose.
For this reason, no number
less than 20 has served as a
basis for the calculations we
are presently to consider.
The distribution of the
weights of boys aged nine
by School Grades is shown
in Table No. 1, compiled
from the forms filled out in
the schools by those who
weighed the pupils.
In this table the weight
is expressed in pounds in
the column on the left, and
opposite each pound is placed
the number of boys of that
weight in each grade.
164 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The mean weight is obtained for each grade by adding the
figures in the grade column, beginning at the bottom, until
the sum cannot be increased by the next number without
exceeding 50 per cent of the total number in the grade.
This point is marked in the columns of the above table
by an underscore. Somewhere in the first number above
this line lies the mean of all the observations in the col-
umn. Its position may be determined by interpolation.
An example will make this clear. Let us calculate the
mean weight of boys of nine years in Grade II.* Fifty
per cent of the 1,195 boys in this age and grade is 597.5.
Adding up the column we reach 556 at 56 pounds. The
next number in the column would make 621, which is more
than 50 per cent of 1,195. The mean is therefore greater
than 57 pounds and less than 58 pounds. The difference
between 597.5 and 556 is 41.5, which is 64 per cent of 65.
Thus the mean weight is 57.64 pounds.
The mean weight in pounds for each grade is printed i in
DOUBLE FACED type in Table No. 2 ( bows): and Table No. 3
(girls), along with the number of observations (lower case
type) from which each weight was calculated. The mean
weight at each age irrespective of grade is also given. In
Table No. 4, the weights in the two preceding tables are ex-
pressed in kilograms, the figures for boys being in DOUBLE
FACED type.
* This method is that used by Galton. See Natural Inheritance, London,
1889, Chapter IV
TABLE No. 2.
Age at nearest Meat Weights of St. Louis School Boys distributed by Grades. Unit of
Birthday. Weights pasa I II. 1 IV. Vv. vi. | Vu. | VIII. _Hish Measure-
Ce eS ee 48,34 ae bach Oe ia Pounds.-
MAGNE onc etic: ate et bir see .
ae Ree bB,BE |) 47.90 | Gt 78 | $4.48 | 57,00 ¢
Nine.....- ae bag when 59,66 She ah ESE S 3 if
Ven is: sananas opi bel welt er bia 64,01 6 ee a
MER hesccines ad le 68,50 | 65,45 | “68,12 | 69,24) 71,20 | 78,84 S
Twelve oese-. seesss 78,61 70,00 | 69,50 72,17 78,86 | 74,69 77,29 | 76,50 ea a i
Thirteen... ..-. he a 74,25 75,95 78,48 80,90 82,17 88,50 82,00 x
Fourteen. ....... | bag 2 81,00 84,00 ied 87,20) 98.68 | 97,50 | 86,50 i
Witteetic..:..-.5 ; bay 89,00 | 95,88 | 99,17 | 105,50 | 105,17 | 105,08 a
RESORR is coasies be o9 msi th 114,50 | 104,00 | 114,00 | 128,00 ¥
‘ssauyng pup fiqoovalgy fo susug poowshyg ay, — 40}L0q
Got
TABLE No. 3.
Bs E _ Age at nearest
Mean Weights of St. Louis School Girls distributed by Grades. Unie os
ee emu) | om | om) ty meee | van | van. | BieR gga
ee s,...| “88 - 41,86 48,08 serie: Eas moe
resin cesses. yet a ~ 46,76 49,88 .
Hight.s.e+e++.s..-.|| 50285|/ 46,60) 49,60) 52,10)” 58,17 a
Se Best? 52,57] 55,44) 57,18 60,00 ee %
ae 0,46 57,00)” 59,59|" 61,15) 61,64) | 7
Bleven......... ...|| Sas68 veal 62,95) 65,50) 66,77) 68,12) .
a 71,75) 69,80 71,50) 72.74) 75,18 75,92) 78,50 AE CARRY 6.
Fourteen ...... Pl eee eet) 87,17) 92,67 ~ 94,64 96,15] 99,00 105,12
canes ~—|- 98,50) 100,96) 99,88] 104,00) 104,58 105,15 i
Sixteen............. | ag : fee 108,12] 107,88) 110,29 118,57 ”
Seventeen .......... | il Bri ae a ee aaa | 111,00 116,00) =
991
*sInoT “Ig fo ‘WY “poop ‘suDLT
TABLE No. 4.
Weights of St. Louis BOYS and Girls distributed by Grades. Unit of
Sale Measure-
H
School. ment.
Age at nearest Mean |
Kinder-
Birthday. Weights garten.
BIS ist ' bet ts: ~— ‘Kilomtanis:
Hoven. -) ps ces of Bert: ape eB i ae :
Matic: cs fo ae 25 5 ~ 24,70)" 25, 5,88 —_—
Nine... ssebie-t |) ane 25,48 “30 a0 ~ 36,08) -
Wie i oak ios coca 28,36 ve a 74 20,06 re
Wleven cess cca pie 283 oa 0808 Ba 82.41 338,29 ——-— || —
Twelve ....2 .s+- se. eree . . age geo 32.46| 38, ne
Thirteen ~ 86,25 ois a _ 35,61 .
Wecneed c. e “a ee eae . tite
Fifteen. 46,85 Bee 46,01
I, | Il. ITI. 1V. ve VI. Vit. Will,
aE
2801 ~ 85,05 34,78 a
ye the eh 37,91} 37,23 a
Gdianeamned Asks) Gebel AS AZ SC ortnninntatnnEE SERRE
89,87 39,59] 42,51) 44,27 89,27 27 «
42,07| 42,97
43,28) 45,02
45, 83 45,32
eee 2 51,98| 47,22) 51,76) 65,84 «
i L9,96 49,09 48, 75 49,69 51,56
Sixteen
1
|
Seventeen ....-0+.0 52, al 50,39 2
‘ssauyng pun inoorig fo sisog yooshygd ayy, — 42j40q
LOI
168 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
When these tables are examined it is seen that in each age
the mean weight of pupils in the higher grades is greater
than the mean weight of all pupils at that age and exceeds
still more the mean weight of pupils in the lower grades.*
This fact is more conspicuous when the grade weights in
Tables No. 2 and No. 3 are expressed graphically. The curves
thus secured are reproduced in Plate I. The mean weight of
all pupils at each age is marked onthe curve by a small
perpendicular line near the figure indicating the age. The
abnormal deviation of the ends of some of the curves from
the general slope of the curve is due to the number of obser-
vations at these points being too small for trustworthy
results.
The truth which the curves in Plate I express is very plain.
They declare in unmistakable lines that precocious children
are heavier and dull children lighter than the mean child of the
same age. They establish a physical basis of precocity and
dullness.
Whether means or averages are the more trustworthy tools
in investigations of this sort is a matter of opinion. So long
as their respective value is a subject of controversy investi-
gators will accept no results as final which can be supported
only by means. It must therefore be my first concern to
show that the law: MEAN PRECOCITY IS RELATED TO MEAN PHY-
SICAL DEVELOPMENT may with equal truth be written:
AVERAGE PRECOCITY IS RELATED TO AVERAGE PHYSICAL DE-
VELOPMENT.
In Table No. 5 are found the average weights of boys dis-
tributed by school grades, and the average weights irre-
spective of grade. Pounds are in DOUBLE-FACED type and
kilograms in ‘* lower case’’ type. The number of observa
tions is in each case the same as in Table No. 2.
* The end weights of the series at same age are calculated from so small
a number of observations that they sometimes vary from the law which the
more numerous observations toward the middle of the series show to be
true.
Le
PLATE
MEAN WEIGHTS OF ST. LOUIS SCHOOL CHILDREN
ED BY GRADES.
DISTRIBUT
BOYS
?
GIRLS.
[nsTetsse¢etaTnLuoetGMGHTAGTELUEC UGE GEUO; HELI CTT
RMDRARERAARR! RARGRRRRRRRERG LEP IAL RLLN TAO LRURORRR ARMA RA RGAE TR OROREARE Bae
G8 SGGRRRRIREERG DEORE EE? < AU RRLGRRRRORSELTLRRRR EGER RRR AOLURGRREOED an
ADULTE RORBGHED? = ca RG SIRGRRGGTLSDGERELAGURORERDR TORR RSURGORRRRORGGRERTEEO
RURGR CORRREEL TEE HERTRSURUALT RRA TERRATE RIAD RAD RARRAARR EAT
PPO in IDARBRERHESCRRERARORR A) AADGEGS OSU RERASELLGRTRRSLIR ORR RARRRTR ROARS
RD ORRONED PRERRRORASUREREN OD (GHRRERTESLERROREARRRRRSRATRERRRURAOUREROOGEE
BRU AD GDS ORR B ERAT ALAS E A DRLATDR RRND RRR RRORDU ROR RRRODDRDODREE
CPRDL 008 HOCH ERORERAOTEORARRRDODIREEAODRARRES
UN
NUN
a tees GnneaTh atite DRBEYRRERBAEE
RRDGERRGRERRE
ae tte HINT NENT NOUITORETILD
COO NN
NNN
PN IN
IN
TN VORNEORHRURUROGRROTRGEREDOBLORSRBOEEED
|
PU
BURGRSREDOOR RADY
DURDRUDERRDROUDDORRRURONH
be ae mEOHAGG
sa
Ly
TSA
1h] | |
He HE AN ET
TABLE No. 5.
Average Weights of St. Louis School Boys distributed by Grades.
Age at nearest aver Ba of
{ ; easure-
Birthday. Weights pt i ooh wa: bay. vy. | vi | vir. | vin. Schoo. ment.
43,49|| 48,27 44,99 DR RGR aa ~~ | Pounds —
ee eae rel) “ise 2042 | of ee
73 * 4586 48,49} 52,75 Pounds
BOVONT i ke cae oe ees 21,67 29,01 23, 95 ae Ha Ey Kilogr.
52,89 is i 51,58| 54 a Pounds
Eight eseee eee 3 3,78 21,89) 49 4 | pS oe aa ee as ei Kilogr
Wine <;. 4: 5 Al 55,52) 57,56 61,91 Pounds
aah waa, #06 25,22 98,0 Kilogr
088). 60 64,38 ee ~~ | Pounds
PON sas sys Woah es 339 27, 41 29,20 Kilogr
68,30) | 64,22 71,89} 72,87) 74,12 “| | Pounds
Eleven ....++..++++. 06 2916 82,411 32,851 33,65 Kilogr
oT 74,31| 75,26) 77,88 Bey Pounds
Sees Upaacat eee __88,78| 84,17, 88,88 Kilogr
ce 80,65 78,88/" 81,94) 88,69" 86,98) 82,26 Pounds
teens 61 é 35,79} 87,20; + 38,00| 89,42 Kilogr
A QO ce 5,59] 90,68! 87,75) 98,28 ia. 39 ~~ 91,88 Pounds
ada wine ota ate 40,44 38,42} 88,86} 41,17; -39,87| 49,35] 44,50] 41,72|| Kilogr
10 ie a ea 92,52| 98,71| 99,88 106 16 104 iF 103,27) Pounds
MUEGOGR 1s si etn 4: 46,23 42,00| 44,81| 45,12] 48 7. 46,88|| Kilogr.
‘i 116,64) 0 116,60) 10: igo os “ig er 1887 77) Pounds
pe hha Pea 51,60) 52,98 46,31] 52,01| 56,19|'_ Kilogr.
‘ssoung pun finoovaig fo sisog jooshyg ay], — 4a}l0g
691
170 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
This table shows that the statements in the preceding
pages are supported by averages as well as means, andon
this double foundation the law of the relation between pre-
cocity and physical development may well rest secure.
It is not enough to know that the mean and the average
child follow this law. We must also know whether small pre-
cocious children are heavier than small dull children and on
the other hand, whether large precocious children are heavier
than large dull children.
To determine this we will have recourse to Galton’s schemes
of distribution.* If a thousand children at the same age were
placed in line according to stature, the height of the middle
or 500th child would bethe mean (Galton’s nomenclature)
of the heights of the entire number. The larger children
would be at one end of the line and the smaller children at
the other. If we took the 300th child, counting from the
middle of the line in both directions, we should have one large
and one small child at an equal distance from the mean, and
the weights of these children might be safely compared with
the weights of children similarly selected from a series of
1,000 at another age.
A process analogous to this has been followed with the
children’s weights in the present instance. I have taken at each
school grade and age 20 and 80 percent of the total observa-
tions. The figures in the pound column opposite which these
percentages fallrepresent respectively the weights of a small
and a large child, and these weights may be compared with
those obtained in a similar manner from other school grades
and ages. Table No. 6 is made from the 20 * percentile ,’’ a8
Galton would call it, and thus contrasts the weight of small
children in different school grades, and Table No. 7 is made
from the 80 ‘ percentile,’’ representing the large children.
In both tables, boys’ weights are printed in DOUBLE-FACED
type. The mean weights of small children (20 «percentile ”’ )>
irrespective of school grades, are placed in. the column
on the left in Table No. 6 and the mean weights of large
children (80 ** percentile’), irrespective of school grade,
- occupy a similar position in Table No. 7.
___ *Fally explained iv Galton’s Natural Inheritance, London. 1889. Chap. 1V-
TABLE No. 6.
Age at nearest Mean
Birthday. Weights
Six .. Sikes ae
Seven ...... eeuci cee -
GOS vies cee bee sees eS,
Nine... eke
yee vo ORG
Eleven «.++ an ae
AWElVEs 06 ee gre
Thirteen...-...++.0«|| | Ogee
BOGLEGH sek ois cH re
BUGOOH seek os ive a
BIRROOG sis ces sce ces : i 08,60 0
Seventeen. ........ nee
Weights of small Boys and Girls (20 “‘ percentile”) by School Grades.
Unit of
Fi Measure -
Kinder- r High
garten. I, IL, iit. IV. NV; VI. Vit, | VIll. Schovt. ment.
40,84; 89,87;
38,22| 40,15 et cras tae Pounds
EE se 44,45 46,98) “6
),00} 42,78, 45,24 < is ere an eo
13.90 ete 78 a ps
41,3 987 47,10 ee
soi $2,578 sea 55,93 as
__ 47,64) 50,32) 51,46) 52,60 Lee
ag 6 ~ §0,15| 58,01! 57,91 Ss
1,80} 52,97] 54,43} 57,29]
eee: 56,0 ~~ 69,25 "61,20 ~~ $3.28) 65,66 65,80 iz
50] 56,97) 59,21] _59,89|__ 61,27
a 330 62,60 a5 67,37, 67,65) 69,40) 638,20 Bie ne
61,70) 68,77} -64,62/ 66,78) 67,96) «69,6
71,60} 68, 70, 72,93 15,73) 77,44) 77,80 re
75,80) 75,70) 79,70 8,40) 81,80) 86,30) 79,00 “
a 77,50| _79,23' 81,37) 82,18, —-84,83| 87,67) 87,40
ee 81,13, 84,60 5, 91,53) 87,87; 89,10 “
: 83, 40} 89,80) 89,14, 93,40) 95,23) 91,40
ees AOS 03,00} 89,80; 98,00) 111,20 és
ee 94,00 97,40 101,80 __ 108,94
99,80 105,34 y
‘ssomng pun finoovaig fo sisog yoorshyg ay], — 1aj40q
TLT
éLT
TABLE No. 7.
age cy cages Mean Weights of large Boys and Girls (80 percentile”) by School Grades. Unit
Gere: Weighs pooeig I. | WL | we) ee wee wit var, | ee eet
| Shel 8 800 + nar
Oa . Te ~ 49.46 hacer e260 Sa aranatsh mae bd Re
Mh cies. 5-5 5 th on ~ 87,04 59,83 G0 SEN EERIE bE
ONE ee y on | oe es 65,40 70,20
Wak. as ° =e pret bas 70,17 70,04 i SEIN baa
Bleven......+. 75,67 72.07|18,08) 15,02, 76,77) 77-18) 88,40 ESA) Rees
Twelve .......-5--.-|| 8 tho eB Bok 4,00 82,58 85 26 a Ftp cot te
aioen seco] ea | i ee Bee ie
Bouroe wo Nofoe| | BRB Tos) oR Toe 10.2) Ty eg
nie LM ieee ear Beir elle i
OO ae gto ve - | ayaa | 126,00 0 ice 186,00 “137,80 ms
Seventeen .......... get er | | B aire aiid eee Rena ‘eee By ickaianch catia
Fi
‘sIno'T “Ig’ fo "wg “poopy “suDAT,
Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and Dullness. 173
The coincidence of high weights and high school grades so
clearly demonstrated by previous tables is seen with equal
clearness here. Small dull children are under, small preco-
cious children above the mean weight of small children of
their age, and the same is true of large children.
If weight is indeed a good index of physical development,
it is @ prior? probable that height, girth of chest and other
dimensions follow the law induced above. An analysis of
the measurements at any age will show that this assumption
is well grounded. Age 10, boys, and age 12, girls, may be
selected for this purpose, as the number of observations at
these ages is large and the pupils are found in several grades.
The analysis of the height standing of boys aged 10 and girls
aged 12 is seen in Tables No. 8 and No. 9 respectively.
TABLE NO. 8.
The Mean and the Average Height Standing of Boys, Aged 10.
No. of Obser-
School sean Mean. Average. __ vations.
ec nce Soe OS See ne Ie Gres oe 126.50 cm. 126 18cm. 109
‘ Set eRe eae kee cee oe 129.39 128.78 440
TE a ea aes 130.29 129.96 436
lh ee ay ee 131.22 131.99 185
Vos Serta eee ae era or er a ee ee 11
Viiv csp overs e eenes cree ee ee eee 3
TABLE NO. 9.
The Mean and the Average Height Standing of Girls, Aged 12.
No. of obser-
School Grade. Mean. oe vations.
| ae rr ee he oe eee ee 14
Th cetey eet ea et 136. 06 cm. 135.93 cm 73
PRs seca ve Cece tee 139.04 138.97 7
FA eee re Sn ec <2 40.08 139.77 395
Nivsi se xeteane ese eee me aewenee hee 3 * 140.57 227
a oe ee wk es cer ba esa Soke OU 141.80 110
WE a a eek ek caver oS wees ws 14
It appears that precocious children are taller as well as
heavier than dull children.
The measurement of the girth of chest in girls is more
difficult than in boys, and in both sexes is more subject to
error than the measurement of weight or height. For this
reason it is advisable, at least in the case of girls, to divide
174 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
the material into three groups, rather than to treat it by
single grades. The result is not materially different in either
method, but the means of the three large groups are more
deserving of confidence than the means of the more numer-
ous grades.
TABLE NO. 10.
Distribution of Girls, Aged 12. Girth of Chest at Forced Expiration.
School es ade. No. of Observations.
VEN URUG EC ULNENY Wa6 8 ES Edea be CSUN NS URS 6s ce OE see Wes oe eee 13
i ae Wwe ete Nie be Te Lies swe Ue Weeds «ou cue chbele nee 68
EE et ee a re ess COP EA bets eee hed eset Se wen ee 204
A ROCE EN e S is a pee ees tbe e'a6 40004 wee ee esos cad wee 381
W bee Ue cA whee Dee cA pC SEN URCU CSS bbs ccwies cee tecb sews 210
IW BR Se oe oe a is ok ea eh we ees a beste deve 111
Vivo et a he viv iene REC RUE Lek aR ioe rs Oe vs 13
WEE en eM Oe eR Oe Pe eee ere caon twee 3
Grade IV, containing the greatest number of girls, is the
mean grade at this age. With it may be compared the
mean girth of chest of the 285 girls in grades I, I and
I{I, and the 337 girls in the higher grades V, VI, VII and
VIII. The following results appear:
TABLE NO. 1l.
The Girth of Chest at Forced Expiration in Dull, Mediocre and Precocious
Girls, Aged 12.
No. of Obser-
School Grade. Mean. vations.
1, Wie ie 66.21cm 285
Vols iesds bi eewandnee és: 66.48 381
V, VI, VII, ‘Wits. 8: Siete. 67.89 337
TABLE NO. 12.
The Girth of Chest at Forced Expiration in Boys, ee 10.
. of Obser-
School sep Mean. Average. ee
ides otéu cedusesse vevss seen O8,06-0m. 62.62 115
a cee 63.11 4
Briss 63.94 63.81 462
IV . 64.24 64.32 189
Vistas pee eRe. ee Oa ee 12
ws re Selees 3
Successful pupils have larger chests than the unsuccessful.
The width of head, or distance from one parietal eminence
to the oem measured with callipers, is also greater in more
pupils than in those less advanced.
Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and Duliness. 175
TABLE NO. 13.
The Width of Head of Girls, Aged 12.
No. of Obser-
School reset Mean. Average. vations.
Ceres edt er eee EE MINOR a ee eg 1]
- ides bene Geena sas Sopetaes 144.25mm. 143.68 mm 68
BUCO e ee Kaien os chee cet aan 45.52 144 193
EV oon tcc oe ce os Naas Came 145.75 144.94 348
Ve eter Vere le ae eas leee 146.24 145.50 217
VER ets ticki nee hee cae 148.98 147.64 89
Viet ee eae ialdees vee tee) eevee ia ose eee 10
Vil eee Aaa Seen Ne bis ge ele ew eet. eee eee 4
TABLE NO. 14.
The Width of Head of Boys, Aged 10.
No. of Obser-
School Grade. Mean. Average. vations.
Drees Seer es Se Rees 146.06 mm 145.86 mm 92
ee ree re eer ee 146,38 146.73 408
EL lbs ve ceae sieve canes bens 146.71 146.48 397
EV i Mise eee iroge 107 £6 147.21 170
Note.—The following information may be of interest. The classification
of pupils is irrespective of nationality. The children were weighed on Fair-
banks Standard Scales in indoor winter clothing. The shoes were taken off
when the height standing was measured. The girth of chest was taken over
the shirt in boys and over the dressin girls, in each case on a level with
the nipples. The occasional corset was removed. Head measurements
were made by a nn of the St. Louis Medical College.
o far as I am aware, the only other investigations into the relation
badass physical Prather and success in school life are recorded in the
augural Dissertations of Dr. Gratsianoff and Dr. Sack. Dr. Gratsianoff
measured the children in Arzamas, a small town in the province of Nijni
Novgorod. He claims, as I learn from the work of Sack, that successful
pupils are larger than the unsuccessful and that the rate of growthis quicker
in the successful. Sack (Phisical Development of the Children in the Middle
Schools of Moscow. 1892. Russian.) rejects the work of his predecessor, as
founded “for the most part on a totally insufficient number of observa-
tions’’ (page 131). Sack’s own results are derived from the examination
of 4,245 boys, distributed among eight school grades; 2,600 were measured
swice. Including the latter, the extent of Sack’s material up to age 18 is
seen in the following extract from his table on page 57:
Age. No. Observed. Age. No. Observed.
7-8 ee eS AG Sis ei ic te Gees 990
Boe eves cs ieee ck peveds cae 18 18-14 ..... VUE EVs ov te ieee SOO
O-10 wise cies vveeeebesee sss 76 TEAS Cees ees is tcc caek - 744
POSTE case eee tic 860 ROrIG Soin tees cvisucss beees cus 738
MA12 cise Sen Souk evens css GF1 et A a ee ree Owner + 833
No weights have been published. The author confirms Gratsianoff’s
176 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
It cannot be by chance that ages ten and twelve have yielded
these results, so exactly fulfilling the expectations raised by
the analysis of weights. What is true of these ages is un-
_ doubtedly true of all ages in the period of development.
There is no reason to apprehend that other dimensions, such
as height sitting, span of arms, etc., are execptions to the
law which has been shown to exist in respect of weight, height
standing, girth of chest and width of head.
We have thus far in this paper dealt with the dimensions of
children of the same age. The relation between precocity and
the rate of growth or yearly increase in size has not been
considered, and to this most interesting subject we must now
turn.
The material for the comparison of the rate of growth of
dull and precocious children is found in the weights of boys
and girls distributed by school grades. The manner of treat-
ing this material will be best understood by a statement of
the method used in getting the weight of the mean dull
and the mean precocious child at any age. Girls aged 13
may serve as an example. Their distribution by school
grades is as follows:
School — No. of Observations.
Ss SEN PES Re SR FT 6
ss 6 nie GRE eek Pes OA ES ee Oe 41
BEd hier eee sate ew RSE re os re SEO roe ees 129
BV saci cies aon eee eae is Oude OIA Oe ete es 363
MSS: SS. a ee A ee a ee one 331
Di ee Pe ss 800
oda RV ERE or oe See LE OS PS TS 121
SE ee eS ee ee ee a eee ae ote ca le 37
bea Henly. ssa ees wre heii A SR ES ee TE 6
Rabelais ere Reis Se i ee 1,334
The mean success in school life of girls at this age is in-
dicated by the mean of these nine grades. Fifty per cent
statement that the more successful children are taller and have — chests
than the less successful, but finds a uniform rate of growth in these
dimensions.
My own results were reached before I knew of the work of the Russian
scientists.
Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and Dullness. 177
of the total number of girls is 667. Adding up the col-
umn, 464 is reached at Grade V; to add the girls in this grade
would make the sum greater than 50 per cent of 1,334.
The mean lies, therefore, in Grade V. The difference be-
tween 667 and 464 is 203, which is 61 per cent of 331. That
is to say, a line drawn at the mean grade of girls, aged 13,
would divide them into two groups, the one consisting of the
High School, Grades VII, VI, and 61 per cent of the girls in
Grade V, and the other, consisting of 39 per cent of Grade V,
and Grades IV, III, II, and I. The total number would
thereby be divided into two classes according to success in
school life, and success in school life, like success in after
life, is on the average a fair test of intelligence.
The actual division of the pupils into these two classes
cannot be carried out until the number of observations at
each pound in Grade V is multiplied by 0.61 and 0.39, thus
making two columns, one of which contains 61 and the other
39 per cent of the observations in the grade. The former is
added to the number of observations at each pound in Grades
VI, VII, VIII, and the High School, and the latter similarly
added to Grades IV, III, IJ, and I. The mean of the one
group is the weight of the mean precocious girl and the
mean of the other, the weight of the mean dull girl.
The weights calculated by this method for children of
mean dullness and mean precocity are placed in Tables No. 15
and No. 1€, in which the mean grade also appears.
TABLE NO. 15.
The Weight of the Boy of Mean Precocity and thé Boy of Mean Duliness.
PRECOCITY. : DULLNESS.
Age. Grades Pounds. Pounds Grades Age
S03, iy ue SUE S000 We Oe Eos cet cts 30 ee t8 7
8 .291, II, Il, IV......-.. G8:60+- GL68 -Raa thesis coos coe seeee 8
GO: OG Fl, Tig 20g Voi cs ono BR.04.- 06.19 1, 44 TT ois. 9
10 96 TIVO Vy VL. xx O06 00a. Fil, OST eck eiae: 10
ae SS TS AV Vy VG sete Cobt 0800 E18, STOLL oss este cscs aes 1]
da AO EVs, Vig VMs 8. 78.98 79.26 1; TE Ty 68 IV sees 12
5S 02 V, Vi, Vil. Vi as OE «2006 ks I LULL, 38 Visi ii 13
14 .88 VI, VI, VII, H.S..- 90.57 85.69 II, III, IV, V,12 VI.......14
15 .VII VII, H. §.... ....105.97 94.78 Hi, 311, TV, Wy Vins. .65 3s: 15
16.60 VUE BRE 120.96 105.00 I1,III,IV,V,V1,VIL,.47 VIIL.16
178 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
TABLE NO. 16.
The Weight of the Girl of Mean Precocity and the Girl of Mean Duliness.:
PRECOCITY. DULLNESS.
ge. Grades, Pounds. Pounds. Grades. Age.
@253 70-8, LE... Lids ches ees cneet xe 46.96 44.68 Kn. .24 Eos acs casssvcs Z
Oeas dy US FEE LV ee ens +°61.20° °49.62° Kn., .73 I... PEs es- 8
Fo «BL TALE, TV ie eeee cs ceeds oe 56.25 54.82 IT, 49 Tl. cece wc cccccecs 9
2Q <68: BIG LY 5 Vi Vib eves seus 61.34 59.44 I, II, .12 IlI.........-..10
DD eee hs. VG Vis Villy scene 66.73 64.84 I, II, .78 III......++-++- 1l
12.48 IV,V,VI,VII, VIII....... 74.59 71.72 I, Il, IIE, 521V..--.-++12
18 .61 V,VI,VII, VIII, H.S.... 86.43 80.39 I, II, III, IV, .39 V.-..-- 13
14 .69 VI,VII, VOI, H.S....... 96.61 92.00 II, III, IV, 31 VI.------ 14
15. .55 VII, VII, H.S 104.54 100.03 II,III,IV,V,VI, .45 VII.-.15
0 220 VIED, eS ica vciseet aces 113.31 108.39 IV,V,VI,VII, .80 VIII..16
The meaning of these tables is shown graphically in Plate Il.
Here are seen three pairs of curves. The uppermost are the
curves of increase in weight of boys and girls of mean pre-
cocity ; the lowermost, the curves of increase in weight of
boys and girls of mean dullness. The middle curves give the
mean weights irrespective of grade. In each pair the curve
of girls’ weights is a broken line.
Tables No. 2 and No. 3 support the view that mean weight
irrespective of grade, or, in other words, mean weight irre-
spective of success in school life, is also the mean weight of
children of mediocre ability. If this view be correct, the
curves of mean weight irrespective of grade may rightfully
be compared with curves of weight of precocious and dull
children, as has been done in Plate II. The fact that these
curves of means irrespective of grade fall almost exactly be-
tween the curves of precocity and dullness justifies this
comparison. :
Again, the mean weight at each age, on the basis of intelli-
gence, i. e., the weight of the mediocre child, should be the
same as the mean weight at each age irrespective of intelli-
gence. The two preceding tables, No. 15 and No. 16, contain
the mean weight of precocious and dull children. By adding
these together at each age and dividing by 2, the weight of
the mediocre child is secured. In Tables No. 17 and No. 18,
these weights of mediocre children are compared with
Porter — The Physical Basis of Precocity and Duliness. 179
mean weights of the whole mass of observations at each age,
irrespective of school grade.
TABLE NO. 17.
The Mean of = Weights of Boys of Mean Precocity and Duliness compared
ith the Mean Weight irrespective of School Gr
Mean Mean Mean irrespective
Age. Precocity. Dullness. Mean. of School Grades,
7++++--48,64 Ibs, 46.69 lbs. 47.66 lbs. 47.73 lbs.
Be 20 - - BS.50 51.59 52.54 52.58
ae 58.64 56.12 57.38 57.75
af rar 64.05 60.95 62.50 62.48
U1 «ss. 69.57 66.96 68.26 68.47
12. 00060 75.24 72.26 73.75 73.61
13....--+81.00 77.36 79.18 79.85
14.....-90.57 85.69 88.13 88.08
ere 5.27 94.78 100.02 100.20
16..50% 120.96 105.00 112.98 114.17
TABLE NO. 18.
The Mean of the Weights of Giris of Mean Precrocity and Duliness compared
with the Mean Weight irrespective of School Grade.
Mean Mean Mean irrespective
Age. Precocity. Duillness. Mean, of School Grades.
Teeees+ 46.96 lbs. 44,68 lbs. 45.82 Ibs. 45.84 lbs
4 oe boas bbO 49,52 50.36 50.35
eere. 56.25 54.32 55.28 55.17
.% ooo ee G1.34 59.44 60.39 60.46
Deve. 86:75 64.84 65.78 65.64
ce pereee ee TL.72 73.15 73.23
1B. 2 0086.48 80.39 83.41 83.735
14. oe 96.61 92.00 94.30 93.94
15.....104.54 100.03 102.28 103.20
16.06. -EES/31 108.39 110.85 110.06
The coincidence in the two series is noticeable.
The three pairs of curves in Plate II may now be examined
in detail. The three full lines of boys’ weights run courses
not strictly parallel. A slight divergence of the curves of
the dull and the precocious is evident in the case of the older
boys. This would seem to indicate that the difference in
weight between dull and precocious boys increases as they
grow older. It would further seem to show that this increas-
ing divergence is associated chiefly with the acceleration of
180 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
growth at the beginning of puberty, and that precocious boys
grow faster than dull boys.
These conclusions may perhaps have. an element of truth,
but the curves now under examination by no means prove
their truth. For it must be noticed that the divergence in
question is scarcely perceptible until ages 14 and 19 are
reached, ages in which the number of observations is so small
as to considerably increase the chance of error. No such
divergence is seen in the case of girls’ weights, in which the
number of observations in the ages 14, 15, and 16 is very
much larger.* Bearing this fact in mind, it may be affirmed
that the comparative rate of growth of dull, mediocre and
precocious children of the same sex is the same at all ages
from 7 to 16 inclusive. The data at hand are not sufficient
to decide whether this law is true ve other ages in the period
of growth.
Each boys’ curve in Plate II is characterized by a gradual
and very nearly uniform ascent until age 13 is reached. Here
an acceleration begins, indicated by a more rapid rise of the
curves, and this acceleration becomes still more rapid at age
14. It is the expression of the change which precedes
puberty. A similar acceleration is seen in girls, but it takes
place at an earlier age, the curves beginning their steeper rise
at age ll. The curves in Plate II are plotted one directly
above the other. The ordinates for the same age are made
to coincide in all six curves. It can therefore be readily seen
whether the period of acceleration begins earlier or later in
dull than in precocious children. This seems not to be the
ease. The acceleration in weight preceding puberty takes
place at the same age in dull, mediocre and precocious children.
The growth of boys and girls runs a parallel course in early
childhood. At age 6, boys are heavier than girls, and this
advantage is maintained for several years. But when the
difference of sex begins to make itself felt, the relation be-
tween the weights of the sexes is changed, the boys lose their
superiority and the curve of girls’ weight rises above theirs.
'* The extent of this difference in number of observations is seen by
_ Comparing the columns on the left of Tables No. 2 and No. 3
PLATE II.
THE RATE OF GROWTH IN WEIGHT OF DULL, MEDIOCRE AND PRECOCIOUS
BOYS AND GIRLS.
AGE 7 g q 16 ‘i tie! ‘3 14 1s 76
Ae ;
Re
POUNDS /t
2 +
ie
F 3
== Ge: eg i
é
(20 41204 K /
a ae:
i 10 aie fs
Pd
i 4
pees |; eee eet ;
‘
; MY
lof 10092 as vs
7 yo P Z
au ie “y
OY 9h gs i “é
y 7
5 v J f fa
<oncilit. _-E2. ¥ Pd é ,
ag Py Rees
_ Va if y
Seer, | meee go Pe , “f y
x Bis / ff
G2 £4 rte Z L Es
4 J ‘
ie (me ees WA d /
47 ; ie
r@ oo ‘ f
a Se ; Z
/ rs ve
x /
Kh
£0: ae ey ‘ WA, B
s , ’
a os J VA
umn, ("meet 4 dete < ho a Vara
pa. AMR RE 4 Fi
’ eae fi,
ae Os Be Oe
ee takes Lig L ¢
j - ¢ Pile vs
at Fag ae
vee ee fae PA d
ee me
bo ay LZ get LA
PREG Oz iS
___£o rid as
7 4
£2 Wy s
MEDIOCRE aA
ate
is -————
a
44
Ou
is
F 13
FULL LINES REPRESENT BOYS’ WEIGHT.
DASHED LINES REPRESENT GIRLS’ WEIGHT.
Porter — Physical Basis of Precocity and Duliness. 181
This difference persists for about three years, and then the
curves once more cross and the youth is once more heavier
than the maid. In Plate II, the curves of girls’ weights cross
the boys’ curves at the same age in dull, mediocre andprecocious
children. The point in the period of accelerated development
at which girls become heavier than boys is the same in the
dull, the mediocre and the precocious.
The conclusions reached in this investigation are based
on means and averages. How far they are applicable to
individuals cannot be determined from the present data.
For this, another method must be used. The same children
must be weighed from year to year. The variation of the
individual from the normal mean or average will then be
known. But even without this information, a deduction of
great practical importance can be made from the laws
established by the present research. Mo child whose weight
is below the average of its age should be permitted to enter
a school grade beyond the average of its age, except after
such a physical examination as shall make it probable that
the child’s strength shall be equal to the strain.
Issued March 21, 1893.
par inan N=
OE eae se
edi Mees Soe
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis. |
VOL. VI. No. 8.
-GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS FOR CUTTING
FROM A CONE OF REVOLUTION
PLANE SECTIONS
(a) OF GIVEN ECCENTRICITY,
(b) OF GIVEN LATUS RECTUM.
EDMUND A. ENGLER.
Issued May 10, 1893.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS FOR CUT-
TING FROM A CONE OF REVOLUTION
PLANE SECTIONS (a) OF GIVEN ECCEN-
TRICITY, (0) OF GIVEN LATUS REC-
TUM.*
Epmunp A. ENGLER.
(a) The formula generally used to express the eccentricity
of a section of a cone of revolution ist
_ cos (8+a)
COs @
(1)
in which
é = the eccentricity of the section.
a. = half the angle at the vertex of the cone.
=the angle which the plane of the section makes
with that element of the cone which it inter-
sects nearest the vertex of the cone.
and therefore
6+a =the angle which the plane of the section makes
with the axis of the cone.
*Presented by title to The Academy of Science of St. Louis, May 16,
1892; read before the New York Mathematical Society, May 6, 1893.
+See Todhunter’s ‘Conic Sections,” 7th Ed., p. 310, Soda Mac-
millan & Co, 1881.
184 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Discussion of this equation shows that e may vary
7
from 0, when @+a =5
to , when 6+a = 0
cos @
A conic section of any desired eccentricity (between the
limits) can therefore be cut from any cone of revolution by
giving to the angle @+a a suitable value.
The following geometrical construction gives the value of
6+a for any assumed eccentricity. The construction is the
same for elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic sections; but to
avoid confusion in the figure they are here considered
separately.
C
Figure 1.
For the elliptic section [e << 1], Figure 1, with C asa center
*
Plane Sections of a Cone of Revolution. 185
and any radius, CO, (=1), describe an arc. With C as a
center and a radius CZ, equal to the given eccentricity (less
than unity) describe another are. A perpendicular to the
axis of the cone through the point where the second are meets
the element of the cone intersects the first are at a point A,
outside the cone.
Then, from the figure,
CP = CE cosa=ecosa
Also
CP = CO cos ECK = cos HECK
= cos (a+ DCE)
Whence
cos (a + DCH) =e cosa
DCK = 0
ECK = 6+a
Therefore any plane making with the axis of the cone the '
same angle as does CH, such for example as X, X, (drawn
parallel to CA ) will cut from the cone an ellipse of the given
eccentricity.
COs a
with C as a center and any radius, CO, (= 1), describe an
arc. With C asa centerand a radius, CZ, equal to the given
1
For the hyperbolic section [e => 2 bat | Figure 2,
eccentricity ( greater than unity, but less than CD=— )
ass
describe another arc. A perpendicular to the axis of the
*
186 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
cone through the point where the second arc meets the ele-
FIGURE 2.
.ment of the cone intersects the first arc at a point A, inside
the cone.
Then, from the figure,
‘CP = GE cose =-¢ cosa
CP = CO cos ECK = cos ECK
= cos (a — DCR)
Plane Sections of a Cone of Revolution. 187
Whence
cos (2 — DCK ) =e cosa
DCK = — 6
ECK = 6+4
Therefore any plane making with the axis of the cone the
same angle as does CH, such for example as X, X, (drawn
parallel to CJ/f ) will cut from the cone a hyperbola of the
given eccentricity.
' It is to be noticed that if CZ, the radius of the second
arc, is taken greater than CD = , the limit of the eccen-
1
C08 &
tricity, the perpendicular to the axis of the cone drawn as
above will not intersect the first arc; the construction is
therefore impossible, and no section of the cone with such
eccentricity exists.
Also, the section of maximum eccentricity is shown by the
construction to be the section cut from the cone by a plane
parallel to the axis.
or the parabolic section, e = 1,@ = 0, and C& coincides
with CD, an element of the cone.
Therefore, any plane making with the axis the same angle
as do the elements of the cone will cut from the cone a
parabola.
(6) The formula generally used to express the /atus
rectum of a conic is
bo
26
So sees to (2)
in which
2 p = the latus rectum.
2 a = the transverse axis.
2 6 = the conjugate axis.
The equation of a conic referred to its vertex and in terms
of its semi-axes is
3?
y? = qi (2 2% = 2?) (3)
188 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The equation of a section of a cone of revolution, referred
to its vertex and in terms of the angle at the vertex of the
cone and the constants which define the position of the plane
of the section, may be written
—
sin @ sin (€+2a) {+ 2¢ sina cosa
er sin (0-+2a) wat b (4)
cos’a.
in which the same notation for angles is used as in (1) and
¢ = the distance from the vertex of the cone to
the nearest point of the section.
In both these equations, (3) and (4), the upper signs are
to be taken for the case of the elliptic section, and the lower
signs for the case of the hyperbolic section.
From the symmetry of equations (3) and (4)
2csinacosa
a gine + 4a) (>)
and
6, sin@ sin(@ + 2 a)
eee = cos? a (6)
Multiplying (5) by (6)
26? ;
— = 2csin # tana
a
or, by (2),
252
27 = 2" = 2c sin é tan u. (7)
The perpendicular from the vertex of the cone to the plane
of the section (= %) is evidently c sin 8; whence from (7)
k (8)
ro
Plane Sections of a Cone of Revolution. 189
P
tan a
of the cone will cut from the cone a section whose latus
rectum is 2p.
The following geometrical construction gives the value of
k for any assumed value of p.
Parallel to an element, CP, of the cone, (Figure 3), in
from the vertex
Any plane, therefore, at a distance
FIGURE 3.
the axial plane through this element, and at a distance from
it equal to one-half the given latus rectum, OQ, draw a line
MN. Through £, the intersection of MW with the axis,
190 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
draw HF perpendicular to CP, and intersecting CP at K.
With C as a center and CA as a radius describe a sphere.
Then from the figure
Saas p
tana tana
Therefore any plane tangent to this sphere, such for ex-
ample as X, -X,, will cut from the cone a section of the given
latus rectum.
Issued May 10,1893.
SCLEROTINIA LIBERTIANA, FUCKEL, WITH A BIB-
LIOGRAPHY OF FUNGUS ROOT DISEASES.
By L. H. PammMe..
During the months of July and August, 1890, I became
interested in a disease which caused the common sunflower,
Helianthus annuus, to wilt and die suddenly. In a note
made at the Indianapolis meeting of the Society for the Pro-
motion of Agricultural Science’ attention was called to this
- disease.
I designated the disease as Root-rot of Sunflower.? The
external manifestations are similar to other root-rot diseases,
especially those caused by Ozonium auricomum, Pammel,®
and Leplosphaeria circinans.*
A healthy looking plant suddenly wilts. Previous to this
the plant appeared nearly normal except a little browning of
the stem close to the ground. Closer examination of the
stout tap root revealed a white mycelium over the surface, in
the pith, and in the interior of the root and stem close to the
ground. In some places this mycelium had collected in white
masses. A root placed in a moist chamber caused the myce-
lium to grow vigorously, and a yellow fluid oozed out from the
surface. These masses slowly changed in color, becoming
black. The hard solid sclerotia varied greatly in size and
shape. The majority were about the size of a pea, round,
elliptical, or elongated. In some eases the sclerotia filled the
cavity occupied by the pith, and in that case they were flat-
1 Proceedings Soc. Promotion of Agricultural Science, 1890,
2 Saint-Gal mentions (Revue Mycologigue, di p- 122) Silirsines com-
pacitum DC. on this species as well as H. tuberosus
* Bulletin Nos, 4 and7, Texas Agricultural E i S : Atkinson
3
Method of obtaining pure Satbiees of Pammel’s rierak root-rot of outa,
Bot. Gazette, Vol. XVIII, p.
4 J. Kiihn, Krankheiten der Kaleargevishe, Berlin, 1858, p. 245; Sorauer
Pflanzevkrankheiten, Vol. II, p. 3 :
192 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
tened on two sides. Sclerotia, as DeBary ! has pointed out,
show marked differences in their anatomical characters.
The sclerotia of several species of, Sclerotinia have a thin,
black, smooth or rough rind ; the medulla is white or whitish.
The rind of the sclerotia to which Agaricus tuberosus belongs
is yellow-brown and quite smooth. The sclerotium of Clavi-
ceps is well represented by common ergot. It consists of a
white medulla surrounded by a violet brown rind.
It may be of interest to briefly review some of the differ-
ent forms of the species of Sclerotinia. One of the best
known is the Sclerotinia libertiana, Fkl., commonly called
Peziza sclerotioides, Lib.? This fungus has been the subject
of several interesting papers. Kiihn* was familiar with this
fungus, although he gave only a short description. DeBary,‘
gained a more accurate knowledge of the fungus. He made
a most interesting communication on the conditions necessary
for the penetration of the germ tubes into the tissues in order
that it could lead a parasitic life.
Brefeld’s work confirms the results of DeBary’s investiga-
tion. His studies of Sclerotinia tuberosa® are noteworthy 48
showing that the fungus can be grown in nutrient media. Just
as this paper was about to be sent away there has come to me
Humphrey’s* paper on a Sclerotium Disease of Cucumbers, in
which the author gives a most interesting account of the life
history of WSclerotium libertiana. The author made suc-
1 Comparative Morphology of Fungi, Mycetozoa, and Bacteria. English
translation, Garnsey and Balfour. Oxford. 1887. 3 :
2? Symbolae mycologicae, Beitrige zur Kentniss der Rheinischen Pilze,
Peziza sclerotium, Libert. Exs. No. 326. Brefeld, ecemennae Untersuchunges
iiber Schimmelpilze, Untersuchungen Gesammtgebiete der
Mykologie, Heft IV. Leipzig. 1881. P- 112. P. —— Bagh ti Bot.
Zeit. 1861. No. 35. Th Sylloge Fungorum,
Vol. VIII, p. 196, and by Relim in Rabenhorat’s ci sptieuiiat iets, Vol.
ia Abth. III, pp. 800-817.
3 Krankheiten der Culturgewiichse, p.
‘ mated ee mien der Lith ¥ 35, 60,201. Botanische Zei-
tung, 1886, N
5 Fuckel, nen * - ‘331. Sylloge Fungorum, Vol. VIII, p. 195. Brefeld,
I ves p. 112 (Peziza tubderosa).
A Sclerotium Disease —Sclerotinia libertiana, Fkl. Tenth ee
ac ‘hase of the Board of Control of the Mass. State Agricaltaral Experimen
- Station, 1892, p. 212.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 198
cessful cultures of the fungus on prune gelatin, and sterilized
bread saturated with an infusion of prunes. He has confirmed
DeBary’s work in regard to the mode of infection of the
plant. Humphrey shows that when a cucumber plant is
injured, and spores placed in the cut, infection does not occur,
but if they are sown in nutrient media on a healthy and unin-
jured plant infection is easy, and the fungus quickly spreads
through the tissues.
Humphrey has also shown that a species of Botrytis is con-
nected with this Sclerotinia. This fact has been known for
some time of Sclerotinia fuckeliana, DeBary.
Behrens! has recently studied a very destructive disease of
hemp, but leaves some doubt as to whether the fungus studied
by him is identical with Sclerotinia libertiana, Fk. or
Sclerotinia fuckeliana, DeBy. ‘‘ Es muss also fortgesetzten
Untersuchungen iiberlassen werden, Zu entscheiden, ob der
hier vorliegende Hanfkrebs durch Sclerotinia libertiana, Fkl.
order durch Sel. fuckeliana, DeBy. verursacht ist.’’ He
found present on the hemp Botrytis cinerea, and some inocu-
lations made with spores nourished in sugar solution produced
the mycelium of Sclerotinia. Humphrey’s work leaves no
doubt as to the genetic connection, since he used modern
culture methods. His work is therefore of special interest.
Tichomirow, who found a similar disease of hemp in Russia,
thought it should be referred to Peziza kauffmanniana, but in
all probability his fungus is nothing more than Sclerotinia
libertiana, as DeBary has shown that this fungus will pro-
duce a disease of hemp. Rehn,,? in his revision of the genus
Sclerotinia, in Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora, makes
Peziza kauffmanniana a synonym of Sclerotinia liber-
tiana, FkI. Lastly Sorauer*® refers to Botrytis infes-
tans, Hazsl., as occurring on hemp, and Behrens thinks this is
identical with B. cinerea.
1 Ueber das Auftreten des Hanf Krebsesim Elsass. Zeitschrift fiir Pflan-
zenkrankheiten, Vol. I, p 208.
so Tichomirow, Peziza Kauffmanniana, eine neue Sclerotium
stammende und auf Hanf schmarotzende Becherpilz-species. Bull soc.
naturalistes de Moscou. 1868.
2 L, ¢., pp. 800-824. Seep. 816.
* Die Schiiden der einheimischen Kulturpflanzen, Berlin, 1888, p. 229.
194 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Several other interesting forms of the sclerotinia have been
studied. Wakker ! made a study of a destructive disease of
hyacinth and scilla bulbs.
The period of time that elapses before germination of
sclerotia begins seems to vary somewhat. Brefeld found
that some germinated immediately while others did not do so
till the following spring, while some which had been dry for
several years soon germinated when moistened. Humphrey
observed that cucumber sclerotia began to develop one month
after they were placed in a moist chamber on sand.
The specimens from sunflowers were placed in a wide
mouthed bottle, the lower inch and a quarter containing
coarse sand. The sand was then moistened with distilled
water and a dozen or more sclerotia were placed on the sand
in September, 1890. A tight fitting cork prevented evapora-
tion. The bottle was then allowed to stand in the laboratory.
In the spring of 1891 brownish strands developed, but there
was no indication of fruiting bodies nor did any develop that
summer; but about the middle of March, 1892, yellowish
brown bodies made their appearance. In several cases a single
sclerotium bore twenty-four tapering stalks, whose tips were
somewhat darker than the base. These bodies were rough
by the outgrowth of tufts of hyphae. The cork was then
placed on the bottle loosely. As some water was lost by evap-
oration, the stalked bodies began to droop. Water was added,
which caused them to straighten out and assume their normal
condition. The bottle was left standing at one side of the
room, which caused the stalked affairs to bend to the light.
The whole bottle was then covered up except a small hole
through which the light penetrated. The stalked bodies
again exhibited a tendency to bend to the light.
This is well described by Humphrey as follows: ‘* These
stalks, in their aerial portion, are very sensitive to light. In
cultures before a window, the young stalks grew from the first
strongly toward the window. When the culture chamber was
turned through 180 degrees to make them point away from the
window, they very promptly responded to the stimulus of the
1 Contributions a la pathologie végétale. Archives néerlandaises,
_ XXXII, pp. 373-400; Journal Mycology, Vol. V, p. 224. :
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 195
light, and in a single day showed strong heliotropic curvature.
In two or at most three days they had bent sharply upon them-
selves, and were again directing their tips obliquely towards
the light in response to the combined influence of negative
geotropism and positive heliotropism.’’
The tip began to increase in size, in eight days the stalks be-
gan to enlarge very decidedly at the tip; during the early stage
it consisted of a slender thread with a small depression at the
upperend. As the depression became larger the end was more
or less flattened and after it had attained full size the whole
fell and rapidly disappeared. A cross section through one of
the cups shows a very large number of asci, each of which con-
tains eight ascospores. Between the asci are innumerable fine
threads, the septate paraphyses. The ascospores germinate
in a short time. The exact time was not noted, but Wakker !
observed that germination in Sclerotinia tuberosa occurred in
24 hours.
The germ tube bears sporidia which are entirely functionless.
Wakker in studying the different Sclerotinias finds that
in the hyacinth disease the sclerotinia cup rarely develops,
which leads him to believe that Sclerotinia tuberosa is the truly
indigenous species of Europe and that Sclerotinia libertiana
and S. bulborum are derivatives, but under certain conditions
have become somewhat changed.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PraTE I.
1. Sunflower root showing sclerotia forming.
2. Sclerotinia libertiana, Fuckl. Stalk apatites. hyphae springing from the
main stalk in the form of fine thre — magnifie ed about fifteen times.
3. Celis of the stalk more magnified.
4. Hyphae from sunflower root before the formation of sclerotia, magnified
500,
PuiaTE II.
5. Hyphae from the same source but branched, magnified 500.
: Sclerotium with fruiting body, twice enlarged.
- Sclerotium with fruiting body, earlier stage 2.
. Asci and ascospores, magnified 350.
9. Cross section of sclerotium: rind shown at a; at}, interior white portion,
magnified 500.
1 Le.
196 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Some years since when I was studying Texas root-rot of cotton if became
necessary for me to look up the bibliography of root-rot diseases. I had
catalogued at that time something over 370 papers. Much literature has
These
Bay,
me with titles of papers. Current sea. Pont ally Botanische
Zeitung, Hedwigia, Grevillea, Annales des Sci s Naturelles, Centralblatt
fir Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde, Delasinnes Centralblatt, Zeitschrift
fur Pflanzenkrankheiten, Revue mia Coe Journal of Mycology, Botan-
(0) 8, ha Vi
of the excellent references in Botanisches Centralblatt, Just Botanischer
Jahresbericht and D. G. Fairchild’s Index to recent literature in Journal of
far one should extend the bibliography of any subject, especially where many
popular articles are written. In numerous instances these articles do not
contain scientific information and are practically useless, but it is hard to
find a dividingline. In this bibliogra ial I have included all popular articles
bearing on the subject, which I have s
In this bibliography I have sacmetla: cas to give titles of papers that bear
in 8
on Phytopthora infestans have not been included, as this would almost make @
bibliography as large as the present one. It is now well known that rotting
of potatoes may be due to bacteria, and Sieh it was clear that the author
referred to such diseases the papers were incl
I hope at some future time to publish as of the fungi as well as the
hosts upon which they occur.
A. D.:
1. The Potato Disease. Gard. Chronicle, N. S., Vol. XX, No. 520,
p. 763.
AMERICAN GAR ‘oa
la. ieee, or Soes Seeds and Seedlings. 1890, Vol. XI, No. 9.
H. Drogenmiiller in Rosen Zeitung, 1889 or 1890.
ATKINS,
Bes. Berkeley, Cook and Phillips t Bot.
2. Diseased Bulbs. Gard. Chronicle, 1878, Vol. IX, p. 310. Jus
priory ape p. 468.
3. Disease of Clematis. Report of Botanist New York Agri. Exp-
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 197
ATKINSON, G. F.:
4, Club Root of Cabbage. Bulletin No. 4, Agrl. Exp. Station South
Carolina, Jan. 1889, pp. 42-50.
5. Bulletin No. 9, grt Paget Noi 4, os 1, Alabama Agrl.
Exp. Station, Dec. 1889; Am. Garden, Vol. XI, p
BapDHAM, CHARLES DAVID
5a. A treatise on the Reculent Funguses of England. Edited by Fred-
erick Currey. Lovell, Reeve & Co. London. 1863. pp. 152, with 12
lates.
Baltry, L. H.:
5b. srrenn Off. American Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 348.
Bary, A. DE:
5c. Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze. Leipzig, i
5d. Vergleichende Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze, Mycetozoen
und Bacterien. Leipzig, Engelmann, 1884. — English fares, Garn-
sey and Balfour; Coinnat ative Morphology and Biology of the Fungi,
Mycetozoa and Bacteria, Clarendon press. Oxford, 1887, pp. 525, 198
woodcuts. See pp. 137, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384.
Se. Beitrige zur Morpoogi und Physiologie der Pilze, I, II, Ill, IV.
See I, II, IV, Leipzig, 186
5f. Ueber einige Scle ai en und Sclerotienkrankheiten. Bot, Zeit.
1886, pp. 377, 393, 409, 483, 449, 465. Zimmermann, Bot. Centralbl., Vol.
XXIX X, pp. 97-107.
5g. Die Sclerotienkrankheit der Gartenpfianzen. No date or place of
publication on the er. ¥
5h. Zur Kenntniss der Peronvsporeen, Bot. Zeit., 1881, No. 33-39,
pp. 521, 553, 569, 585; plate V. Ch. cago. Jahres Agrl, Chem.
1881, p. 222. Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb.
BauDIscH:
6. Seige ome durch den Hallimasch. Central bl. f. d. ges. Forst-
i von Hampel, 1879, p. 373; Schrdter, Just Bot. Séudlent. 1879,
Me cubes Phytophthora omnivora als Schidling des Buchenaufscblags.
Centralbl. f. d. ges. Forstwesen, 1888, Vol. XIV, p. 383.
8. Verhandl. d. nage Sa ees 1833, p. 120; Sorauer J.,
Pflanzenkrankheiten I, p
TT, A. W. AND GEO. MURRA
9. A Handbook of Ciyptignanté Botany. London, 1889, pp. 473, and
382 figures. See p. 391, Fig. 319.
BERKELEY, M. J.:
10. A very curious condition of a Vine-Root. Gard. eer 1876,
Vol. V., N. S., p. 401; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1876,
11. Journal of the Royal Hort. Soc. 1850; Sorauer J., piaaceak: it, ps
. Diseased Bulbs. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. IX, N.S., pp. 406, 468.
‘7 Trees injured by Fungi. Gard. lace 1878, Vol. X., N. §&.,
oe 490; hE Just Bot. Jabresb. 1878, p.
- Disease in Eucharis. Gard. Chronicle, set, Vol. XXI, N. S., p.
aor desea: Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, II, p. 452.
198 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
BERLESE:
15. Le Malattie del Gelso prodotte da. parassiti vegetali. Bot. Cen-
ons maids 239; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, II, p. 512.
BERTO
ei x na Crittogama causa di morte della piante nel Bolognese.
sidveate. d’agricultura, industria e comercia del regno qd’ Italia, 1877,
Vol. IV; Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p. 100; Frank, Krankheiten der
ae
16a. Botany for High ae and Colleges. Henry Holt & Co. New
York. ee Ed. See p. 285
BLANKENHORN
17. Ueber an Wateetps (Verderber des Weinstockes) Dematophora
necatrix, R. Htg. r Weinbau, 1883, IX. No. 23, pp. 93-95; Ludwig,
Just =~ eae ae p. 875; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem.
1883, p.
RZL:
18. Bot. Centralbl, 1884, p. I. See Brunchorst No. 21, p. 175.
BREFELD
19. Ueber Paraaitiomus und parasitische Pilze. Aus dem Sitzungs-B. 4.
Gesellsch. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, Sitzung, 15 Nov. 1875; Bot. Zeit.
1876, p. 265; Sorauer, Just. Bot. Jahresb. 1876, p. 1267
20. Recent Investigations of Smut Fungi and Smut Diseases, transla-
— by E. F. Smith. Jour. Mycology, Vol. VI, p. 1.
a. Botanische Untersuchungen tiber die Schimmelpilze, III, p. 136,
nd
ORST, J.
21, Ueber einige Wurzelanschwellungen, besonders diejenigen von
Alnus und den Eleagnaceen. Untersuchungen aus dem Bot. Institut za —
Spee _piraneeenten von Dr. W. Pfeffer, Vol. II, pp. 151-176,
Plate I, 1886-1888,
22, of Sa eine sehr verbreitete Krankheit der Kartoffelknollen; Bergen’s
Museums Aarsberetniog, 1886, p. 217-226, 1 plate. Bergen, 1887; Ed.
Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 528; Bot. Centralbl. 1888, Vol.
XXXIII, p. 209; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1888, p. pis a
“ Zur Bekimpfung der ee Bergen’s Mu 5
1886, Bergen’s Museum, 1887, 229-231; Ed Fischer, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1887, p. 529; Bot. St a oa! san XXXIII, p. 238; Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1888, p. 2
fy
Brunk, T. L.:
24. Work in Horticulture. Bull. No. 8, Texas Agrl. Exp. Station, pp- 39,
see p.
BurRRix1, T. J.:
25. A Disease of Broom Corn and Sorghum. Proceedings of the Eight®
Annual Meeting of the Soc. for ons Promotion of Agrl. Science, 1887, PP-
30-36.
26. The Microscope, Nov. 1887, Vol. VII, No. 11.
27. A Bacterial Disease of Indian Corn. Proceedings of the Tenth
Annual Meeting of a Society for the Promotion of Agricultural
Science, 1889, pp. 19-27, 1 Fig.
28. A Bacterial Disease of Indian Corn. Bull. No. 6, Il. Agri. Exp. |
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 199
Station, 1889, 1 Fig; An account also in Original Investigations of Cattle
Diseases in Nebraska. 1886-88 by F. S. Billings, Bull. Agrl. Exp. Sta-
tion, Nebraska; Popular articles in Iowa Homestead, September 20th,
1889; Orange Judd Farmer, August 10, 1889; Hunt, Orange Judd Farmer.
1890. L. H. Pammel, Diseases of Forage Plants, in Proceedings of the
Annual Meeting of the Iowa Improved Stockbreeders’ Association, 1889,
: States = the Sorghum Blight. Journal of Mycology, Vol. V, p.199.
Cine. ROBE
30. In =renni d. phys. ‘Gkonom, Gesel. zu K6nigsberg, 1873; Prings-
heim’s Jahrbiicher fiir Wiss. Bot. Vo i, p.
31. Ueber erbliche Knollen-und tawieprossentithaieg an den Wurzeln
bc Ae oe (Brassica Napus). Pringsheim’s Jahrbucher, etc., Vol.
II, p. Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1879, p. 268. See
Woronin Bot. Zeit. 38th year, p.
CATTANEO, A.:
32. aes degli agrumi. stratto dai Rendiconti del R. Instituto Lom-
bardo, Ser. V, Vol. XI, Fasc. VII, 1879, 2 pp.; Schrdter, Just Bot.
eatin 1879, p. 551.
CENCELL
33. . icra delle radici della vite. Rivista di viticoltura ed enologia,
italiana Ser. II, Vol. VII, Conegliano, 1883, pp. 12-46; Solla, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 18838, p. 376.
COEMANS:
35. Bulletin de l’academie roy. des sciences de spe Ser. II, Vol.
IX, 1860, p. 62; Frank, Krankheiten der Pflanze 531.
36. Rscharehes sur la qbntes et les vesanirsibess de la Peziza Sclero-
tiorum, Lib. Sorauer, Pflanzenkrank. II, p. 301.
a 2, 0.2
. J Funghi in rapporto all’ economia domestica ed alle piante agrarie.
saniat nella R. Scuola sup. d’Agric di Porticiraccolte da A. Savastano,
Naples, 1880, pp. 184, 34autographic plates; Penzig, Just Bot. Jahresb.
wae Chapter I and X on parasitism, Chapter XVII on
Rhizoctoni
38. Ceseerisionl sul fungo della vite di R. Htg. (Rhizomorpha Neca-
trix. n. sp.) e sulla dominante malattia degli alberi. L’Agricolt. merid.
Portici, 1883, Ann. VI; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. 376.
39. Sulla Rhizomorpha necatrix e sulla dominante malattia degli alberi.
Annuario della R. Scuola super. Agricoltura in Portici Naples, 1886,
Vol. V, Fasc. 2, p. 141.
40. Sulla Rhizomorpha necatrix n. sp. Der age oc des Weinstockes
di R. Hartig, E sulla dominante merid., VI, No. 6, p. 81.
41. Provedoreal a. della faitict: Rivista di viticoltura ed eno-
soe italiana, 9 A. No. 7-85.
ul marciume delle ibe e sulla gummosi della vite nella provincia
- Napoli. L’Agricoltura Meridonale, Naples, 1884, pp. 3; Bot. Cen-
hate Vol. XX, p. 50; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p. 432.
ONWENTZ
43. fitenngsb: d. Schles. Gesellsch. fiir vaterl. Cultur, Nov. 27th,
1879; Bot. Centralbl. 1880, p. 64; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl.
Chem. 1880, p. 314,
200 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Cooke, M. C.:
44, Diseased Bulbs. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. IX, N. S. pp. 378, 443.
44a, A plain and easy Account of the British Fungi. New and revised
edition. Robert Hardwicke London 1871, pp. 166 with 24 colored plates.
CoRNU, M.:
45. Aucun mycélium n’intervient dans la formation et dans la destruc-
tion normale des renflements développés sous I’ influence du Phylloxera.
Compt. Rend. Vol. LXX XVII, pp. 247-249; Ch. eh ee. Jahresb.
Agrl. Chem., 1878, p. 319; Just. Bot. Jativeab: 1878, p. 1
46. Les Shae Vol. XLVI, p. 657; Fr. Thomas, vat “Bet Jahresb.
1878, p. 1
47. Hh sur quelques parasites des plantes vivantes: generations alter-
nantes; oe 3 sclérotes. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. XXVIII,
1880, No.
47 a. tine das champignons recueillis dans une excursion faite 4 Mont-
morency. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. XX VII, 1880, No.
48. Observations sur le Phylloxera et les parasitaires te la vigne-.
Compt. Rend., Vol. XCI and XCII, 1880-1881.
NI, G.:
iy: ia — necatrix. Rivista di viticolt, ed. enol. Ital., Ser.
. VII, Conegliano, 1883, No. 13, pp. 385-392; Solla, Just. Bot.
Jahres 1883, p. 376; Ch. Kellerman, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1883, p. 192.
50. The Potato Disease, Gard. Chron., N. S., Vol. XIV, pp. 471, £72
DawtisnH, A. E.:
51. os Amazonica, Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XXI, N. S., p. 22-
DEAL,
52. The eae Gard. Chron., 1876, I, p. 732; Boranct, Just Bot.
Jahr. 1876, te
DECANDOL
53. Mainbtr: a Mus. d’historie natur. 1815, p. . 218; Sorauer, Pflanzenk.
II. p. 358; ae Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 520.
DECAISNE, Jos
54. Re mepordeh anat. et physiol. sur la Garance. Brussells, 1837, p. 55;
Frank, Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 628.
ERVAL, M.:
55. Journal de Agriculture dir. Barral, Vol. IV, p. 226, 229; CB
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1878,
56. Eine neue Kartoffelkrankheit. Deutsche Landwirtschaftliche Presse,
Vit, cheek No. 85, pp. 507, 508.
DOERR, GEO:
57. icin’ Vines Dying. American Garden, Vol. XI, p. 184.
DOMBASLE, DE:
58. Annales de Roville, 1839, Vol. VII, p. 39.
TRE, P.: OS
58a, Pitcients de botanique, deuxiéme Edition revue et augmen va
pp. 1272 with 541 figs. Paris, J. B. Baillidre et fils, 1877. See pp- 9
1000.
pu Monceau, H. L.:
59. Sie DeCandolle in footie du Mus. d@’hist. nat. 1815; Frank, Krank-
heiten der Pflanzen, p
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 201
Douac, ABBE JOSEPH:
60. Champignon phosphorescent parasite du Paturon des prés. Rey.
Myc. 1887, pp. 11-12; Ed. Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 551.
EaRxeE, F. S.:
61. Pear ieee caused by Fungi. Trans. Illinois Hort. Soc., Vol. XX,
pp. 167-
62. Pear sch and Root-rot. Prairie Farmer, Feb. 5th, 1887; p. 86; Hd.
Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 532; W. G. Farlow, A supple-
mental list of works on North American fungi, p. 6.
Erpam, E.:
63. Zerst6rung der Biume durch Polyporus-Arten. Jahresb. d. Schle
Gesellsch, fiir Vaterl. Cultur., 1879, p. 274; Schroter, Just Bot. jakieat:
1879, p. 550.
a Sclerotiam von Botrytis cinerea und Pilzfiden in den Wurzeln gewis-
r Pflanzenarten. Jahresb. der Schles. Gesellschaft fiir Vaterlaindische
Caikar. on, pp. 296, 297; Schr6ter, Just Bot. Jahr. 1 31.
65. Untersuchungen zweier Krankheitsersc cheinongen, die an den
Wurzeln der Zuckerriiben in Schlesien seit letzten Sommer ziemlich
hiufig vorgekommen sind. Jahresb. der Sclesishea Gesel. fir Vater-
landische Cultur., 1887, pp. 261-262; Hedwigia XXVII, 1888, p. 323;
Abst. Brick, Bot. Ce ntralblatt, 1888, Vol. exx¥, 9 303
66. Ueber die Sclerotienkrankheiten bei unseren : Relturgewienset.
Feierabend des Landwirth, 1888, Vol. XVIII, pp. 392-393; Sachsse,
Biedermann’s Centralblatt., 1889, p. 336; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb.
Agrl. Chem. 1888, p. 252.
67. Erkrankungen durch Rhizoctonien keimender Serradella-und Run-
kelribensamen. Feierabend des Landwirths, 18 Jahrgang, pp.392-393;
Sachsse, Biedermann’s Centralblatt. fir se Chem. 1889, p. 405; Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. ee Chem, 1888, p. 2
Exuis, J. B.:
68. Second oe Hhepore New Jersey Agrl. Exp. Station, 1881, p. 65.
ERIKSSON,
69. Om Kiloft oO ad sarekildt fra d A Jej ad
1878-79 Med en farglagd tafla. Kong. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. o pect
1880, pp. 28-42; Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 258; Bot. Centralbl.,
LER, FR. G.t
70. De fructificatione generis Rhizomorphae commentatio. Elbersfeld,
1822. 1 plate, p
FarRLow, W. G.:
70a. Enumeration of the Peronosporeae of the United States. Proc. of the
Fourth Meeting of the Soc. Prom. Agrl. Sci., 1883, pp. 17-20. See p. 18.
70b. Enumeration of the Peronosporeae of the United States. Bot.
Gazette, Vol. VIII, pp. 305-315, 327-337.
Fo&éx, G. and PrmerReE VIALa:
71. Sur la maladie de la vigne connue sous Ie nom de pourridié. Compt.
Rend. Vol. nim 1884, pp. 1033-1035; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri.
Chem., 1884, p. 2
72. Sur la rahi ae la vigne connue sous le nom de pourridié., Rev,
Myc. VII, (7th year.) No 26, pp. 75-77; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb.,
1885, p. 295.
202 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Fox, G.:
73. Deux maladies de la vigne, le black-rot: et le pourridié. Archives
des sciences physiques et naturelles, 3 période, Vol. XVII, pp. 347-
351; Ed. Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 533.
ForbBss, S, A.:
73a. Insects of Sorghum and Broomcorn, Thirteenth Report of State
Entomologist, Illinois, p. 45.
oc
74. Le Roesleria dans les vignes du Department Cher. Journal de l’agric.
dir. Barral. 1882, Vol. III, p. 221.
FRANCE, :
75. Notes on the mycelium of fungi attacking the Roots of Young
Scotch Firs. Trans. and Proc. of the Bot. Soc. of Edinburg, Vol. XII,
Part IL; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 273
Frank, A. B.:
76. Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen. E. Trewendt, Breslau, 1880, pp. 844
and 149 Figs. See p. 380, 518, 530, 626; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881
a 254.
7. Die Pflanzenkrankheiten, in Dr. H. Schenk Handbuch der Botanik,
shad. E. Trewendt, Vol. I, pp. 327-570; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb.
1881, pp. 266. See pp. 502, 524, 482, 484.
78. Hedwigis, 1879, No. 2; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1879, P-
265.
79. Ueber einige neue und weniger ae aan Pflanzenkrankheiten.
Vorliufige Mittheilung, Berichte d. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. I, 1883,
Heft I, p. 29-34; Heft Il, p. 58-63; Salter Just Bot. Jahresb., 1883,
p.
80. Ueber einige neue und weniger bekannte Pflanzenkrankheiten.
Landw. Jahrbiicher, Vol. — pp. 511-539; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb.
Agrl. Chem., 18838, p. 199.
81. Sind die Werielnokweltaagen der Erlen und Eleagnaceen Pilzgal-
len. Ber. Bot. Gesellsch., 1887, Vol. V, p. 50; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb.
Agrl. Chem., 1887, p. 284.
Frits, Exias MaGn
81a. Elenchus fungorum, sistens commentarium io apes mycolo-
gicum. Gryphiswaldiae, taskt Mauritz. 2 vols. 8.
Fucket L.:
82. Mycologisches. Bot. i 1861 No. 35; Frank, Krankheiten der
Pflanzen, p. 627; — Mycol., p. 142. See last for other references.
83. Symbolae Mycologicae, Belteage zur Kenntniss der Rheinischem
Pilze, 6 lithographic plates, 1869, Drei Nachtriige, 1871-73-75, 1 plate-
See p. 142, 330, 359, 406; Sse Pflanzenk. Vol. Il, p. 355; Frankl. ¢.
GaLLoway, B. T. anp E. SouTHWORTH
84. Preliminary notes on a wax aaa Sabir Oats Disease. Journal
of Mycology, Vol. VI, p. 72.
GatLoway, B. T:
85. Further Observations on a Bacterial Disease of Oats.
Gazette, Vol. XVI, rs 257.
GaRDENERs’ CHRONICLE
86. 1876, I, p. 762; Saresay Just Bot. Jahresb., 1876, p. 1275.
Botanical
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 203
87. Diseased Cucumbers. 1876, II, p. 436; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb.,
88. The Pota tato Disease. 1880, II, p. 636; New Form of Disease in Po-
tatoes. 1880,
88a. 1884, I, p. 618; Bavasas. Just Bot. Jahresb., 1884, p. 549.
GARDNER, JOHN:
89. Daawping Off. American Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 346.
GIBELLI
90. os malatia dell Castagno, osservazioni et esperienze. Modena
1879, pp.
90a. tae di patoloiga vegetale. Estratto del Bolletino del comizio
agrarie, Modena, 1878, 15 pp.; J. J. Schréter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1878,
456.
Pp.
GIERSBERG, FR. and J. W:
1. Krankheiten der Landwirtschaftlichen Culturpflanzen. Berlin and
ea 1878, 181 pp. See pp. 77, 79, 88, 137, 138, 163, 167.
GIrSELE
92. ~~ Wurzelfaiule der Kiefer in ihren Ursachen und Folgen. Allgem.
Forst-n. Jagdztg. 25, Jahrg. pp. 383-385; Ch. Kellermanann, Jabresb.
Agrl. Chem, 1879. p. 271
GILLoT, H.:
93, "Note sur are ee parasites dela vigne. Bull Soc.
Bot. de France, 1880,
94. Note sur eaeiues Tnasegiease observés sur le marier blanc, Morus
alba. Rev. Myc. 1883, pp. 31-33; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. 373.
See 1884, p. 43
95, iota Mycologiques Rev. Mycol. VI, 1884, p. 65-68; Ludwig, Just
Bot. Jahresb., 1884, p. 438.
96. Observation sur l’Agaricus melleus. Rev. Myc., 3d year, No. 9.
GrRaREL, E.:
97. Memoire sur la maladie rond du pin maritime en Sologne. pp. 24.
GOEBEL, K.:
98. Outlines of Classification and Special Morphology of Plants. Trans-
lation from the German by Henry E. F. Garnsey and Isaac Bayley Balfour
Clarendon Press, 1887. 515 pp. and 407 Figs. See pp. 92, 95, 96, 136.
~~ be ae
. Ueber die Schadlichkeit der an Bau men
reste Pilze. 59 Jahresb. d. Schies. Geselisch. Vaterl. tae. Breslau,
1882, p. 380; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1882, I, p. 215.
GoETHE, R.:
100. peak Landw. Presse, VIII, p. 517; Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb.
1882, p. 2
100 a. each der Kén. Lehranstalt fiir Obst und Weinbau zu Geisen-
heim, 188, so sass
, :
101. Die Matis ieatdlienes Grundlagen des Pflanzenbaues. Dritte ne
bearbeitete Aufilage; oe Robert Hoffmann, Leipzig; C. L. Hirschfeld,
— pp. 464. See pp. 3
h Ohathw
ses Bull, de la Soc. Bot. de Belg., Vol. XVIII. See Brunchorst No. 21,
p. 161.
204 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
GREVILLE:
108. Rhizoctonia Allii Grev.? See Sorauer, Pflanzenk. Vol. II, p. 354.
GROUVEN, H.:
104. Verfaulen der Zuckerriiben in den Miethen. Annalen der er
wirtschaft, 1864, Monatsbl., p. 165; Jahrb. Agr]. Chem. 1864, p.
GRUNERT
105. Der Wurzeltédter der Eichen. Forstl. Blatter, 1877, p. 93; Schré-
ter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p. 102.
RNST
106. Phytipathologis; 1 868.
107. Pies fur Parasitenkunde, 1873, I, p. 48; Frank, Krankheiten
der Pflanzen,
108. Hin sporthetiches Feind der Kartoffel. Oesterreichisches Landw.
AGAR 1875, pp. 387-388; Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1875, Pp.
Haste, Byron D.:
109. Some Fungus Diseases of the Cranberry. New Jersey Agr’! College
Experiment Station Bulletin No. 64, p. 16, Fig. 17 and 18, p. 36; Amer-
ican nit Vol. XI, p. 367.
HaMBURG,
110. Periza ciborioides, Fr. mint repezrbetegség. Féldmivelési Erde-
keink, Budapest, 1880, Vol. VIII, pp. 509-512, 5 Figs.; Staub, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1881, I, p. 260; Bot. Centralbl. Vol. VII, p. 172; Sorauer, Pilan-
zenk. Vol. II, p. 301.
HartTiG, ROBERT:
111. Wichtige Krankheiten der Waldbiume. Beitriige zur Mycologie und
Phytopathologie fiir Botaniker und Forstminner. Julius Springer, Ber-
lin, 1874, pp. ~. and 5 plates; Sorauer, Just Bot, Jahresb. 1873, p. 546;
J. Schroter, p. 4
112. ‘Relewten Pe: Rhizomorphen in Nadelholz Culturen. Danckelmann’s
Zeitschrift fir Forst-und Jagdwesen, 1870, Vol. II, p. 359. See Hartig
No. 111, p. 14.
Vorliufige Mittheilungen tiber den Parasitismus | yon Agaricus melleus
und dessen Rhizomorphen. Bot. Zeit. 1873, p. Sorauer, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1873, p. 546; Sorauer, Pflanzenk. II, p. 2
114. Vorliufige Mittheilungen tiber Parasiten T wanteas Bot, Zeit.
1873, p. 353.
115. Ueber die Fiulnisserscheinungen im Holze der lebenden Wald-
biiume. Verhandlungen des Bot. Vereins der Ig Brandenburg, 1875,
pp. 1-4; Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb., 1875, p.
116. Der Wurzeltédter der Hiche, cotati tation: Zeitschr. fur
Forst und — Vol. VIL, p. 329-332; Schréter, Just Bot. Jab-
resb. 1875, p. 2
117. yes ee Quercias Forstwissenschaft. Centralbl., I. Jahrg., PP-
161-170; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr’] Chem. 1879, p. 257. See
Vol. 18 and 19 Jahresb. Agri. Chem., I, p. 449.
118. Die Zerzetaungserscheinungen des Holzes der Nadelholzbiiume und
der Eiche in forstlicher, botanischer und chemischer Richtung. Julius
eee Berlin, 1878, pp. 151, 21 plates; Schréter, Just Bot. J .
14
durch Pilze bedingten Pflanzenkrankeiten. Vortrag
Ps
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 205
gehalten im Aerztlichen Verein zu Munchen, Jan., 1880. Bot. Centralbl.
1880, pp. 1494-1497.
120. Der Eichenwurzeltédter, Rosellina Quercina. Julius Springer, Ber-
lin, 1880; Untersuchungen aus dem forst-botan. Institut zu Miinchen,
p. 85; Bisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p
121. Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten. Julius Springer, Berlin, 1882, pp.
19-28, 11 plates, 86 woodcuts; Bisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb., 1882, p.
212.
122. Beschiidigung der Nadelholzsaatbeete durch Phytopthora omni-
vora (Fagi). Forstw. Centralb., Vol. » Dp. 1883, pp. 596; el-
lermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem., 1883, p. 185; Ludwig, Just Bot. Juhireat:
1883, p. 371
123. Ehizomorpha (Dematophora) necatrix, Der Wurzelpilz des Wein-
stockes, der Wurzelschimmel der Weinreben, Weinstockfiule, etc.
Untersuchungen aus dem Forstbot. Institut zu Muiinchen, III, 1883
pp. 95-140, 10 woodcuts and 2 plates, Julius Springer, Berlin, 1883;
- Ludwig, ch Bot. Jahresb.; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem.,
1883,
124, ee Wisk des Weinstockes. Julius Springer, Berlin, 1883,
se 18, and 10 Figs.; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb., 1883, p. 374.
. Der Wurzelpilz des Weinstockes, Rhizom sein (Dematophora
neat R. Hrtg.). Neubert’s Deutsche Garten Magaz., 1883, pp. 105-
110; orb ia Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. 375.
126. Rhizomorpha (Dematophora) necatrix n. sp. ong Bot. Ver.
Miinchen, Jeu. 10, spe boli Vol. LXVI, No. 13, p.
127. Untersuchungen s dem forstbot. Institut zu - Wisi, Iil.
1883, p. 145-149; Bot. Conca: ee 304; Disease of the Weymouth
Pine, Jour. thee. Mic. Soc., 1884,
128. Die pflanzlichen rancmmnaniil Ceutelvis f. Bakt. und ae aul
tenkunde, 1888, Vol. III, pp. 19, 58, 91 and 118; Allgem. Forst u
tg. LXIV., p. 188; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1888, 7%
253.
Harrie, TH
129, Harziibertiilie der oo Verhandlungen des Harzer Forst-
vereins, 1864. See No. 111, pp.
130. Kritische Blatter ie Wonstdiad Jagdwissenschaft, Vol. LI, I, 1868.
See No. 111, p. 14.
131. Die Kohikrankheit. Schweizerische landw. Zeit., 10 Jahrg. pp. 523-
526, - Fig.
132. Clubroot te cabbage: Cultivator and aa Gentleman, Albany,
N. Y. 1879, p. 827; Bot. Centralbl. 188
133. Gardening for Profit. Orange Judd aa Co., New York, 1887, pp.
376, 138 Figs. See p.319
Hess, RUDOLPH:
134. Pythium DeBaryanum, ein endophytischer Schmarotzer in den
Geweben der Keimlinge des Leindotters, der Riiben, des Spergels und
einiger anderen landwirtschaftlichen Kulturpflanzen, Halle. 1874, pp.
76, 2 plates; ae Just Bot. Jahresb. 1874, p. 241; Sorauer,
Pflanzenk, II, p, 1
206 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
HEvuzE, GUSTAVE:
135. Plantes Fourragéres. Paris, 1857, L. Hachette, 20 colored plates,
38 Figs. See pp. 143,
hridge.
135a. Cotton Production in the U. S., Tenth Census Report, Vol. V and
VI, pp. 13-48.
135b. Report Agrl. Exp. Stations, University of California. Being a
part of combined reports for 1888 and 1889, p. 4
HUMPHREY, JAMES ELLIs:
136. Potato Scab. Sixth Annual Report of the State Agricultural Exp.
Station, 1888, pp. 131-138. See p. 134, Figs. 1,
137, Dept. of Vegetable Physiology, Seventh Annual Report Mass. State
Agrl. Exp. Station, 1889. pp. 195-230. — General Account of Fungi,
201; Potato Scab, p. 214. See pp. 220, 222, Fig 4.
Huxrzn, As
- 188. Diseases of Plants and Trees. Gard. Chronicle, 1876, Vol. X, N.
S., p. 786; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1876, p. 1268.
Siccwon. ROBERT T.:
134. Rot in is Germanica. Garden and Forest, Vol. II, Oct. 30, 1889,
. 522.
Joann:
140. Club Root Disease. Gard. Chronicle, 1884, I, p. 317; Sorauer, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1884, pp. 445.
Josst, C.:
141, Compt. rend, Vol. LXXXVII, pp. 941-943; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb.
Agrl. Chem. 1878, p. 335.
JOLICOEUR, H., HT RICHON, CH.:
42, pports sur la maladie de la vigne connue dans la Marne sous le
om vulgaire de morille, et détermination spécifique du champignon
wi sen hypogaea) agent actif de sa propagation, 30 pp., Chalon sur-
ma
seuiirenrn D’ ARBOIS DE
143. La Maladie du rond: Revue = eaux et foréts 1877, pp. 259-296;
Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p.
144, Revue des eaux et foréts, i — 318, 319; Schréter, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1878, p. 461
144a. La pourridié re vigne. Rev. Myc. VII, 1885; Ludwig, Just
et Jahresb. 1885, p. 296.
145. Invasion du Trametes radiciperda dans une pineraie de la forét
communale de Marchiennes. Société Linnéenne du Nord de la France,
N Ss
SQUE
. Les srataiies des alanian cultivées, ae arbres forestiers et frutiers,.
pp. 328, 7 plates, and numerous figures, Paris, 1878. Chapter vi,
treats of root-rot diseases; J. Schroter, “Seee Bot. Jahresb. 1878, P-
Joe
den Wurzelpilz des Rebstocks betreffend, an das Gross-
. badische Ministerium des _— abgegeben, Karlsruhe, 1883;
Laawig, Just Bot. Jahresb. I, 1883, p. 8
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 207
KELLERMAN, W. A.:
147. Preliminary Report on Sorghum Blight. Bull. No. 5, Dec. 1888,
Kansas Agrl. Ex. Station, pp. 56-60.
reagan sear N, W. A., and SwInGLe, W. T.:
47b. Sorghum Blight. First Annual Report of the Kansas Agrl. Exp.
stato, De pp. 281-302, plates I, II, III, and Figs. 1-6 of plate IV.
p. 288, 289, 300; Am. Garden n, Vol. XI, No. 8, 1890, p. 186.
ie Piatt ie Mycology, Vol. V, p. 195.
KIRCHNER, OSKAR:
148. Die Krankheiten und Beschiidigungen unserer landwirthschaftlichen
Ku ets pp. 647. Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart
KosMau
149. “tet der Agaricus melleus Saprophyt oder Parasit? Centralbl. f. d.
ges. Forstwesen., 1887, pp. 298-303; Ciesler, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887,
p. 550.
KraFr, GUIDO
150. Lehrbuch der Landwirthschaft, Vol. II, Die Pflanzenbaulehre.
Berlin, oo Hempel und Parey, 1881, pp. 284, with 218 Figs.
KRELAGE,
151. Hysdinth Disease. Gard. Chronicle, N. S., Vol. XX, p. aie
152, Hyacinth Disease. Gard. Chronicle, N. s., Vol. XX, p
153. The Disease of Hyacinths. Gard. Chronicle, N. S., ike <i 1879,
p. oe
KUBLE
1, Veber Pilzkrankheiten des Weinstockes. Verhandl. d. Shweiz.
Naturf. Gesellsch. in St. Gallen, 62 Jahresversamm. St. Gallen,
1879
KUEHN, JULI
esukhattan der Culturgewiichse, ihre Ursachen und Verkiztang.
Berlin, 1858. See pp. 236,245. Second Edition
156. Die Krankheitserscheinungen an der Weber karde. Zeitschrift d.
Landw. Central-Ver. d. Prov. Sachsen, 1867, p. 265; Jahresb. Agrl.
157. Ueber das Vorkommen des Wurzelt6édters (Rhizoctonia violacea
Tulasne) an Zuckerriben, Kartoffeln und Lucerne. Zeitschrift des
Landwirtschaftlichen Central-Vereins f. d. Provinz Sachsen, 1868, p.
170; Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1868, p. 317.
158. Ueber die Sclerotienkrankheit des Klees. Hedwigia, 1870, p. 50.
159. Zeitschrift des Landw. Central-Vereins der Prov. Sachsen, Jan.,
1889; Am. Garden, Vol. XI, p. 186.
CKNER:
160. Der sogenannte Schwamm der Hyacinthen. Monatsschrift zu
Beforderung des Gartenbaues, 1878, p. 392; J. Schréter, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1878, p. 467.
LAURANT, E.:
161. Découverte en Belgique du Conoiocybe pallida (Pers) Fr., Roesle-
ria hypogaea, Thm. et Pass.Compt. rend. d. Séances de la S. Belgique,
Vol. XXXIII, Il, 1884, pp. 17-27.
L&AVEILLE, J. H.:
162. Mémoire, Ann. des Sci. Nat., son 1843. See Berkeley, Jour. Roy.
Hort, Soc., Vol. III, p. 98. Figs.
208 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
LEVESQUE, LOUIS:
163. Jour. d’agriculture pratique, Vol. II., p. 723; Ch. Kellermann,
Jahresb. _— Chem., 1878, p.
LIEBENBERG, V.
163a, Die Wurzeltédterkrankheit der Luzerne. Wiener Landw. Zeit.
1887, Vol. XXXVII, p. 688; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem
1887.
LresiG, H. v.
164. Ist die Bodenerschépfungstheorie eine Irrlehre oder nicht?
Zeitschrift des Landw. Vereins Bayern, 1880, pp. 293, 460; Busgen, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 258.
LINDE, S.:
165. Wurzelparasiten und angebliche Bodenerschépfung in Bezug auf
die Kleemiidigkeit und analoge Krankheitserscheinungen bei ungenii-
gendem Pflanzenwechsel. Inaugural-Diss., Leipzig, 188C, pp. 64; Busgen
Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 258; G. Haberlandt, 1880, p.
166. Bodenmidigkeit und die Unvertrigichkeit der Pflanzen sind Pflan-
zenkrankheiten. Zeitschr. des Landwirthsch. Vereins in Bayern, 70
Jahrgang, N. F. Vol. XIV, 1880, p. 345, 538; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresd.
HDE,:
167. Verhandlungen d. bot. Sect. d. 47 Vers. deutsch. Naturforscher und
Aerzte zu Breslau, 1874, pp. 203-206; Bot. Zeit. 1875, p. 305; J. Schroter,
Just Bot. Jahresb. 1874, p. 242.
LONsDALE, EDWIN
168. Damping Of. American Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 348.
LOUGHRIDGE, H. H.:
ae Tenth Census Report, Cotton Production in Texas, Vol. V., PP-
13~48.
Lupwie, F.:
169, ‘Der Hallimasch, Agaricus melleus, Fl. D. Zeitschrift fiir Pilz-
freunde, 1883, p. 213; Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. 385.
LUERSSEN, CHR.
170. Handbuch der Systematischen Botanik, mit besonderer Beriicksich-
tigung der — Leipzig. H. Hassel, 1879, 2 Vols. Vol. I, pp-
HuGu:
171. First Forms of Vegetation. London, MacMillan and Co. 1874.
= 438, 1 chromolithographic plate, 52 Figs. See p. 420.
Maanus, P.:
me " Situngsbericht d. bot. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg, Bot. Zeit.
Jahrg. 87, p. 58; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1874, P-
361
178. Ueber eine durch das Mycel von Polyporus Schweinitzii, Fr. getodte
Weymouth-Kiefer im Berliner Botan. Garten. Verhandl. d. Bot.
Vereins d. Prov, Brandenburg Vol. XXV, p. VIII.; Ludwig, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1884, p. 435; Sorauer, Pflanzenk. Vol. II, p. 264; Bot. Centralbl.
ses Sone p. 182.
Verhandlungen des Bot. Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg,
1890. Separate.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 209
MARZELL, H
174. Ueber eine durch Pilze verursachte Zersetzungsprozesse des
Holzes. Inaugural-Diss. 21 pp., 3 plates; hs oe Just Bot. Jahresb.
1882, p. 212; Bot. Centralbl., Vol. XIII, p. 198
W.F.
174. A Bacterial Disease in Corn. Am. Garden, Vol. XI, p. 312.
MASSINK, A.
175. Untersuchungen tber Krankheiten der Tazetten und Hyacinthen.
Oppein, 1876.
MArTTIROLO, O.
ri Sul parassitismo dei Tartufi e sulla quistione delle Mycorhizae, A.
A., Torino, Vol. XXII; Malpighia, an. I; separate, 11 pp., 1 plate;
Solla, Just ase Jahresb. 1887, p. 543.
Mayr,
177. Maine die Mosaikkrankheit des Tabaks. Landw. Versuchssta-
tionen, Vol. XXXIII, p. 451; Biedermann’s Céntralbl. fur Agri. Che
1886, p. 414; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1886, II, p. 504.
Mayr, H.:
178. Ueber den Parasitismus von Nectria Saas Inaugural-Diss.
Univer. Miinchen, 1882, pp. 17; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1882, p. 213.
379. pen saaie aes aus d. forstbotan- Sala zu ne Sate et pp-
1-16, 1 plate; ine Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1883, p.
age eee
. Note on a Fangoid Root-Parasite. Proc. Acad. of Nat. Sci. of
Venere, 1873, p. 414; Bot. Zeit. 1874, p. 749; Sorauer, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1874 1000.
181. Dauiping oft. American Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 346.
MEYEN, FRANZ,
182. Paanzzopathotoge, p. 164-172; edited by Chr. G. Nees von Esen-
beck, Berlin, Haude and Spener, pp. 330, 1841. Frank, Krankheiten der
Pflanzen, p. "542.
je
Sag 8:
183. Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung einiger parasitischer Pilze
bei saprophytischer Erniihrung, Landw. Jahrbiicher, Vol. XVII, 1888,
p. 915; a a Jahresb. Agri. Chem: 1888, p. 258,
MILDER, JULI
184. anes Acts Acad. Leop. XXIII, P. H., p. 641.
MILLARDET, A.:
185. Théorie nouvelle des alterations que le Phylloxera détermine sur
les racines de la vigne européene. Compt. rend. h. d.s. de ’acad des
Sciences, 1878, Vol. LXXXVI, p. 197-200, p. 315; Schroter, Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1878, p. 464; Fr. Thomas, Just Bot. Jahresb., ]. c. p. 163; Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr). Chem. 1878, p. 318.
186. Les Mondes, Vol. XLVI, p. 595.
187. Sur les alterations que le Phylloxera determine sur les racines de
la vigne. Compt. Rend. Vol. LXXXVII, pp. 315-318; Fr. Thom mas, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1878, p. 163; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem, 1878,
p-
187a. Les Mondes, Vol, XLVII, p. 743; Fr. Thomas, No. 187.
188. Le pourridié de la vigne. Compt. rend. h. d. S. C. de I’ Acad. Vol.
LXXXIX, pp. 379-382, Journal de 1’ Agriculture, dir. Barral, Vol. III,
210 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
pp. 338-340; Ch. Kellermann, acai Agrl. Chem. 1879, p. 264;
Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1879,
189. Pourridié et Phylloxera, —— cee de ces deux maladies de
la vigne, Bordeaux, 1882, 4 plates; Mém. de la Soc. des Sc. ee et nat.
de Bordeaux, Vol. IV; Busgen, 3 ust Bot. Jahresb. 1882, p. 2
Nouvelles recherches sur la pourridié de la vigne. Rev. Myc. 1885;
Ludwig, a: Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 295.
MOLLER,
190. Plkenodionhor: Alni. Ber. d. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. ayer Heft
3, pp. ste 2-105; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1885, p.
MONNIER
191. fereas Champignon parasite dela Vigne. Bull des Sc. Nancy, 1881.
adage sila: JEAN F. CaMILLE:
. Mém. de la Soe. de Biologie, t. I, 1849; Sorauer, Pflanzenk. II, D
Moraes, RopR. D
193. Le raatietenk, le Peronospora et l’Anguillula de la Vigne em
Portugal. Rev. more — par Roesler, 1882, No. 5; Busgen,
Just Bot. saaaeae. 1882, p
MoroGnes, Baron
194. La Maladie a rond. Revue a eaux et foréts, 1877, pp. 186-192;
engine ve inte Jahresb. 1877, p
195. La edu rond. Revue 8 = et foréts, 1878, p. 318-319;
sent ot Bot. Jekeout: 1878, p. 4
Morskz, F. W. R.
195. Report of an Examination into the Phenomena and Causes of &
Supposed Vine Disease in Los Angeles, Co. Rep. of the bere
Work during the season, 1885 and TE8: oe 176-183. Rep. Cal. Sta
Univers =
MunHieer
195a. Ueber Roesleria hypogaea Thm. “a ar Verhandlungen 4.
see ae Naturf. Gesellschaft. in Bern. Jah 1877-78, p. 104; Biisgen,
t Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 279; Bot. peacncneite 1880, p. 712; Ch.
Kellerman, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem, 1880, p. 314.
Murray, G.:
See Stephen Q. A. Wilso
. Further iecneionton of Mr Stephen Wilson’s ‘‘ Sclerotia,” Jour.
at Bot., 1885, Vol. XXIII, p. 74-76. See also Jour. of Bot. 1883, p-
370; Schénland, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 290.
197. Ciititels contro il malbianco delle radici negli arbusti ecc. L’ Agri-
coltore — An. XVI, 1884, pp. 253-254; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb.
1884, II p. 451.
198. Contro 4 marciume la peronospora delle viti. L’Italia agricola,
An. XVI, Milano, 1884, p. 494; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, U, P-
50.
199. Cautele contro il malbianco delle radici negli arbusti ecc. L’Italis
agricola, An. XVI, Milano, 1884, p. 253; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb., Ul,
1884, p. 451.
200. Studi sul malnero delle viti. L’Italia agricola, An. XVI, seyserte
-—- 287; Solla, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, I, p. 451.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 31 1
NATURE:
201. Potato Disease, Vol. XXVIII, p. 281.
NEPLER:
202. Ueber den Wurzelpilz des Rebstockes und das Faulen der Rebwurz-
eln. acerca dad, Landw. Ver. in Grosshtzth. Baden, 1883, No. 27,
p.
NEUBERT
203. Der Wurzelpilz des Weinstockes, Rhizomorpha (Dematophora)
necatrix Hartig. Deutsche Garten Zeitung, Vol. XXXVI, 1883, p. 105.
204. Die Landw. Versuchsstationen, Vol. XVI, p. 419-421; Ch. Keller-
mann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem., 1881, p. 334.
OupEans C. A. J. A.:
. Roesleria hypogaea. Nedrl. Kruidk. Archief, 5 Deel, 1 Stuk, 1887,
= is Giltay, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 545.
PaMMEL, L. H.:
205. Root-Rot of Cotton or ‘Cotton Blight.’’ Bulletin No. 4, Dec.,
1888, Texas Agri. Experiment Station, p. 18, Houston, Texas, issued
Feb., 1889; E. Humphrey, Bot. Centralb]. Vol. XL, p. 59; Bot. Gazette,
Vol. XIV, p. 113; Agricultural Science, 1889, p. 100; W. O. Atwater,
Digest of Annual Reports of the Agricultural Experiment Stations of
the U. S. for 1888, Bull. No. 2, Office of Experiment Stations U. S.
Dept. of Agriculture, p. 189.
206. Root-Rot of Cotton or “‘Cotton Blight.’ First Annual Report of
Texas Agri. Exp. Station, pp. 50-65. See p. 24 for an analysis of soils.
Farm and Home, Springfield, Mass., Oct. 1, 1889; Texas Farm and
Ranch, April 1, 1889, July 15, 1889, Noy. 1, 1889, etc.; Report of Director
Gulley in First Annual Report, Texas, etc., p. 11.
207. Root-Rot or ‘** Cotton Blight.”” Texas Farm and Ranch, Sept. 1,
1889,
208. Cotton Root-Rot. Texas Agri. Experiment Station Bull. No. 7,
Nov., 1889, pp. 30, 5 plates, Austin, Texas, 1890. Issued March, 1890.
See p. 29 for Bibliography of popular articles, Texas ty and Ranch,
1890; D..S. Fairchild, Jour. of Mycology, Vol. VI, p. 8
209. Cotton Root-Rot. Second Annual Rep. Texas ga Exp. Station.
Same as No. 208:
PasSsERINI:
211. See Hoffmann’s Mykologische Berichte in Bot. Zeit. 1868, p. 180;
Frank, Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 629.
PATOUILLARD, N.:
212. Binen neuen Wurzelschidling, landwirthschaftlichen Kulturge-
wichse. Braunwschweig. Landw. Zeit. Jahrg. 1888, No. 5; Sachsse,
Biederm. Centralbl. Feb., 1889, p. 139.
PayYEN, ANSELME:
213, Les Maladies des pommes de terre et des betteraves, Paris, 1853;
Journal d’agriculture pratique, 1864, No. 1; Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1864
p =
YER, J.:
213a. Botanique cryptogamique ou histoire des familles naturelles des
plantes inférieures, Paris; 1850, Victor Masson, pp. 222, with 1105
figures
212 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Peck, CHar_es H.:
213b. Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New York,
43 Rep., James B. Lyon, Albany, 1890, pp. 26,
Penzic; O.:
Funghi ap stomata contribuzione allo studio dei funghi-parassiti pes
agrumi, Padova ti pp. 124, with 136 plates; Penzig, Just Bot.
wisi 1882, a“
ak oe Edelkastanien und B. Frank’s Mycorhiza. Ber.
dee: Sai Ges. 1885, p. 310; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. I, 1885, P.
513.
PENZIG, and Poca, T.:
216. Il male bianco delle viti e degli alberi da frutta, 1884, p. 1; Berend’,
Just Bot. at 1884, II, is
217. La malattia dei gelsi nets Sager es dell 1884. Boll. mens. di
aoe Padova, 1884, No. 4, pp. 56-64; Bot. Centralbl. XX, pP-
40-50; Ludwig, te ate Jahresb. 1884, p. as
Prersoon, CHRISTIAN CK:
218. ee Salven: Erlangen, 1822-8, I, p. 54.
w, DOP
st gti Yellows, Houghton Farm Experiment Department. Dis-
eases of — 1882. Series 3, No. 1 and 2. Appendix to series 3,
No. * een 2
PETERMA
219. ee durch einen Pilz. Wiener Landwirthschaftl. Zeit- —
ung, 1874; Jahre ee Agri. Chem. 1873-74, p. 341. es
Pravu-SCHELLENBERG
219a. Ueber eine hethioeecakeiont. Verbandlungen der Schweizerischen —
Naturforschenden Gesells. in Basel, 1877, p. 66; J. Schréter, Just Bot. —
Jahresb. 1877
Piccone, A.:
220. Sulla malattia del falchetto nei gelsi. Nuovo giornale botanic —
italiano, Vol. XI, 1879, pp. 192, 195; Schréter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1879,
p. 552.
Pm, Wihaiween:
221. Peziza Disease of Potatoes. Gard. Chronicle, 1884, p. 618; Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 290.
221a. Sclerotium sAaniiee of Potatoes. Gard. Chronicle, XXIII, “ oe.
p. 110; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 290.
Prvouin oD.
222, ss malattia della vite, Cassalamaggiore, 1883, pp. 20; L’ Agricoltore —
eo = ao Lugano, 1884, pp. 77-79; Solla, Just Bot. JahresD-
et Hi, p :
Ay Res
tie 3 funghi parassiti du vitigni, Milano, pp. 96, 1877, p. 12, 4 ee cee
3 8 papel Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p. 98. :
223a. Sullo svilluppo della Peziza See DeBary e della Pesiss
Sclerotiorum, Lib. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. XIII. ;
ies des chitaigniers dans les Cévennes. Compt. rend.
h.d. sc. de Pana: 1878, Vol. LXXXVLI, pp. 585-587; Journal de vas
culture, dir. p. Barral, Vol. IV, 226-229, e 65; Frank,
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 213
Pflanzen, p. 520; Schroter, Just Bot. ona 1878, p. 462; Ch. Keller-
mann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1878, pp. 3
225. Le polymorphisme de |’ Agaricus rei Vahl. Compt. rend.,
Vol. LXXXVIII, pp. 65-67; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem.
1879, p. 264.
226. Notes Mycologiques, I, La Maladie du Chataignier dans les
cévennes. Bull de la Soc. bot. de France, Vol. 29, 2nd Ser. Vol. IV,
1882, pp. 17-21; Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1882, p. 213.
PLANCHON AND MILLARDET:
227. La Vigne Americaine, Oct., 1879, p. 173. Quoted by Prillieux, Le
pourridié des Vignes, etc., p. 173; Sorauer, Pflanzenkrank. Vol. II,
p. 282.
PLOWRIGHT, C. B.:
228. Potato Disease. Wilson’s Sclerotioids. Gard. Chronicle, Vol.
Til, N.S., p. -
228a. On Potato Diseases. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XXIII, N.S. pp. 14,
?
28b. Mr. Jensen and the Potato Disease. Gard. Chronicle, N. S.,
See Penzig.
229. Dei rimedi preventivi contro il malbianco delle radici. Rivista
d viticoltura ed enologia italiana, Ser. 2a, Vol. VIII, Conegliano, 1884,
p. 302, 306; oats Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, II, p. 450.
POKORNY, ALOY
230. voit d. Zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 281; Frank, Krank.
d. Pflanzen, p.
PRILLIEUX, Ed. :
231. sur les causes du rond des Pins. Bull. de la Soc. botanique de
a it p. 18; Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 272.
‘ rend. Vol. XCIII, p. 802-804; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb.
Agrl. aoe 1881, p. 230.
From Ann. Inst. wae Agr. 1879-80, p. 171.
284. Le pourridié des Vigne de la Haute-Marne. cadens par le ane8-
leria hypogaea, pp. 13, 1 plate, Paris, 1882. Bol. Centralbl. Vol. XVI,
p. 209; Biisgen Just. Bot. Jahresb. 1882, p. 218.
235. Sur une maladie qui a sevi l’an dernier et cet hiveren Algérie sur
les Haricots verts. Journ. Soc. nat. et centr. d’ hortic, di France, Ser.
Il, Vol. IV, p. 288.
236. Sur une maladie des Haricots de primeur des environs d’ Alger.
Compt. rend., Vol. XCIV, pp. 1368-1370; Biisgen, Just oe nage
1882, p. 210; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1882,
237. Compt. rend., Vol. XCTX, p. 1368. Quoted by De nee
des Séances de |’ Acad. des Sci. Vol. XCIV, pp. 1734-1737; Biisgen,
Just Bot. Jahresb. 1882, p. 211; Bot. Zeit. 1883, p. 178; Sorauer,
Pflanzenk. II, p. 357; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1882, p. 256.
Compt. rend., Vol. XCV; Sorauer, Pflanzenkrankheiten, II, p. 357.
239. Sur la maladie des Safrans connue sous le nom de Tacon. Compt.
rend., Vol. XCVI, 1883, p. 596; Bot. Zeit. 1884, p. 523; Sorauer, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p. 452.
214 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
PRINGSHEIM, N
240, Geltrigs zur Morphologie und Systemat. we Algen, Ii, Die
Saprolegnieen. Pringh. Jahrb. f. Wiss. Bot. I, p. 2
Ranvd, Epwarp 8:
241, Bulbs, A Treatise on Hardy and Tender Bulbs and Tubers, New
York, Hard and Houghton, pp. 369, 1876. See pp. 58-63.
Ravaz, L.:
242, Le Roesleria hypogaea dans l’Isére, 1884; Sud est, p. 58. Quoted
Beg Viala, Les maladies de la vigne, p. 335.
8, M.:
= Ueber den Parasitismus von Elaphomyces granulatus. Separat-
abdr. aus den Sitzungsb. d. phys. med. Societit zur Erlangen, 16 Mai,
1880; Ch. ne ia Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1880, p. 312.
Rees and FisH
914; Whiworm's ‘und Haenlein’s Bibl. Bot. Heft VII, 24 pp. I, plate,
Phtee Jour. Roy. Micro, Soc. 1888, Pt. I, p. 273.
ie kes
eye Die ne Gea Gaon, eines die Kleearten zerstérenden
Pilzes, Piziza ciborioides, Géttingen ae Sorauer, Pflanzenk. Il, p-
283; Frank Krankheiten der Pilansen, p. 5
246. Ueber die Kleefiule. Landw. Zeit. : "Wastes u. Lippe, 1872,
p. 301; Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1870-72; p, 216.
REIssEK, S.:
247, “Ditersucbunges liber die Fiulniss der Mohrrriben
Sitzungsber.
d. Wiener Akad. 1852; VIII. p. 72; Frank, Krankheiten der Pa
p. 548.
248. Journal of Botany, 1876, p. 156. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. V. N. ae
1876, I 656.
RicHon, Cu. :
249. a le Vibrissea hypogaea, et le Godronia Miihlenbecki. Bul.
Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. XXIX, 1882, pp. 240-243, one plate.
SGLVes
See Arthur, J.C. and Stelle, J. P.
Rostrup, E.: po
250. Tidsskr, for Skovbrug, IV, 1880, p. 1; Bisgen, Parasitische Pilze
an Waldbiume. Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 265.
251. Forstatte Understgelser over Snyltesvampes Angreb paa Skov-
troerus (med systen Trosnit), Copenhagen, 1883, pp. 199-300; Muller’s
ong: for Skovbrag, VI, 1883, pp. 199-300, 17 woodcuts; Jour-
- Mic. Soc. 1884, p. 421; Bot. Centralbl. XV, 1883, p. 147. ee
ae, Oversigt over de i 1884 indlébne Foresporgsle angaaende Syg-
domme hos Kulturplanter, Copenhagen, 1885; Bot. Centralbl. Vol. —
XXIM, p. 114; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jabresb. 1885, II. p. 468; Sorauer, =
Pflanzenk. 11, p. 301; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1885, p-
232; French resumé Sur quelques déformations des Phanérogames,
k
Vol. XIV, 1885, p. 21; Bot. Centralbl. 1885, Vol. XXIV, p. 20; Sorauer,
Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 463. Bot. Tidsskr. Copenhagen, XIV, 18
pp. 21-26; Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, 1886, Rev. Bibl. p. 99; Jour. -_
Mic. Soc. 1887, p
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 215
Rostrovp, E.:
253. Vortsatte Undersdgelser over Snyltesvampes Angreb paa Skov-
traeerne. Tidsskrift for Skovbrug, VI, p. 199-300, 1882.
RostrRovp, E.:
wa Tor Sah coor hrs: of Kartofler. Landmandsblade, p. 149, 1884.
RostR
rie Soyitesvampe. Statistiske Oplysninger om Statsskovene i Dan-
mark,
RostTroup,
256. an Moarepuwanty (Rhizoctonia.). Ugeskrift for Landmaend,
1889, II, p. 318.
Rosrevr, E.:
256a. Afbildning og Beskrivelse af de farligste pirndrcme i de
danske oo 31 pp. folio min., with 8 col. pl., Copenhagen, 1889
RosTRuP
256b. “eis coaaa over Synitesvampes Angreb ens Skovtraeer i 1883—
1888. Tidsskrift for Skovbrug, XII, p. 175-238, 1890.
257. Undersdgelser over Svampeslaegten Rhizoctonia Oversigt over
det k. Danske Videnskabernes ese Forhandlinger, 2 plates, Co-
et 1886; Ball. red la Soc. Bot. de France, 1888, P. 40; fi
y. Mic. So » p. 444; So Bot.
365; Bot. Centralbl. "6th year, p. 48; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl.
Chem, 1888, p. 226. :
258. Beretning om en i nogle of de nordsjaellandske Statsskove paa
Finantsministeriets Foranstaltning fra 28-30 Oktober foretagen Reise
for at undersoege den Skade, som er anrettet i Naaleskovene of Agaricus
melleus, og de Forhold, hvorunder den optraeder, ledsaget of Forslag til
at mgs dens Udbredelse. Printed as manuscript. Copenhagen,
1879, 15 pp.
259. come hos Skovtraeerne, foraasagede of ikke — rustagtige
mika I, Naaletracer. ee ie for Skovbrug, IV, p. 1-86,
oevtraeer, IV, p. 113-206,
rat a angreb paa svensk og Pots sien: Fyr. Hedeselskabets
Tideakritt, free 3, p. 49, 1882.
RoumeEcuErg, C.:
261. Origine de la Maladie du Rond, Un mot sur les Rhizomorpha et
sur les récentes récherches de M. R. Hartig. Rev. Mycol. 1880, p.
179; Busgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 272.
262. Nouvelle étude du Roesleria hypogaea, observations du Dr. H.
Gillot.
ua yp y
268. Le pourridié de la Villa Marty 4 Toulouse, Observations sur
les nat brine latents. Revue Mycol. VII, April, 1885, pp. 77-82; Viala,
ies &c., p. 335; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 296,
263a. Un Spicaria nouveau. ee Mycol. Vol. VII. p. ‘245; Ludwig
sae Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p
263b. Recherches sur le ai Rhizoctonia par E. Rostrup. Rev. Myc.
Jan. 1887.
216 Trans. Acad. Sci. of Si. Louis.
Rozs, E.:
264. Parasitisme du Morchella esculenta sur |’ Helianthus tuberosus.
Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Vol. XXX, p. 111
Rupp:
265. Pansy Disease. Gard. Chronicle, 1876, Il, p. 20; Sorauer, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1876, p. 1276.
BP
265a. Trouble with Melons. Am. Garden, Vol. XI, p. 380.
Gelaroaa Pez
. Revue Mysoteeiane, Jan., 1881; Viala, Les maladies de la vigne,
“: ey
267. Mycotheca Veneta, p. 13.
268. Michelia, Vol. Il, p. 490.
269. ina Fungorum. Numerous reference to species.
ase
270. sean on the Physiology of Plants, Translation by H. Marshall
Ward, Cambridge, Clarendon Press, 1887, pp. 836. See pp. 367, 368.
Sapenecx, RB. :
271. Ueber einen der Familie der 1 Pilz in den
Prothallien des Ackerschachtelhalmes. ~ Sitzungsberichte te d. Bot. Ver.
d. Prov. Brandenburg, 8 a 1874, pp. 116-122; J. Schroter, Just
Bot. Jahresb. . 1874, p.
27la. Untersuchungen ao Pythium — n. sp. Cohn’s Beitriige
zur Biologie d, Pflanzen, Vol. I, Heft 3, :
272. Ueber Infection, welche Spikbinakxten bei lebenden Pflanzen her-
vorbringen. Beibl. z. Tagebl. d. 49 Naturf.u. Aerzte Vers. 1876, p. 100;
J. >a Just Bot. Jahresb. 1876, p. 134.
SaInT-Gat
273. Le Sclerotium du Topinambour. * Ann. Soc. Acad. Nantes,’’ in
Revue Mycol, 1879, pp. 122-123; Schréter, Just Bot. ae 1879, p. 547.
SavasTano, L.:
274. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. XIX, 1887, p. 97; Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc.
1887, p. 790; Bull. de la Soc. Bot. de France, 1888, p. 38; Solla, Just
Bot. Jahresb, 1887, p. 550.
275. Tuberculosi iperplasie e tumori dell Olivo, I, Il, Memoria An-
nuario della R. Scuola Superiore d’ Agricoltura in Portici; Vol. V.
fase. 4, pp. 131 with 4 plates Napoli, 1887; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb.
1887, p. 332.
276, ae maladies de l’Olivier et Ia tuberculose en particulier, Cr. 1886,
Dec. 20; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 188 752.3
277. ~ “pourtalé du figuier. Rev. Myc. VI, 1884, pp. 80-88; Ludwig,
Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p. 433.
Scuacut, HERMANN:
278. Berichte an das Kénigliche So car a uber
die Kartoffelpflanze und = m Krankheiten. Gustav Bosselmann,
Berlin, 1854. 29 pp., 10 plate
Lehrbuch der Anatomie ain Physiologie der Gewiichse, II Theil,
1859, p. 505; Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1859-1860, p. 177.
280. Untersuchungen iiber die Ribenfiule. Zeitschrift des Vereins fur
Riibenzuker-Industrie, Lieferung 93. Ann. d. Landw. 1864; Monatsbl,
p. 173; Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1864, p. 185.
Pammel — Selerotinia Libertiana. 217
ScumiTzZ, J.:
280a. Ueber den Bau der Rhizomorpha fragilis. Linnaea, 1843, p. 4-87,
Plate XVI and XVII.
SCHNEEVOGT :
281. Verhandlungen des Ver. z. Bef. des Gartenbaues in den Kgl.
Preusz. Staaten, Vol. X, Berlin, 1834, p. 252
SCHNETZLER, J. B.:
282. aon ace faites sur une maladie dela vigne connue vulgaire-
ment sous le nom de *‘ Blanc.’? Compt. rend., Vol. LX XXIV, p. 1141-
1173; J. Schtster, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1877, p. 99.
283. Beobachtungen tiber eine Rebenkrankheit, welche mit Pilzbil-
dungen auf den unterirdischen Theilen der Weinstécke in Beziehung
steht. Der Weinbau, 1879, pp. 1-3; Schrdter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1879,
554
p. ;
LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F.:
Se Report Chief of the Section of Vegetable i Pa — » Dp. 324,
285. Root-rot of the Vine (Agaricus melleus, an a tophora neca-
trix, Hartig). Orchard and Garden, Jan., 1890, p. 12.
285a. Some Results of Mycological Work in U. S. Dept. of Agrl. Bot.
Gazette, Vol. XIII, pp. 14-16. Seep
SEURRAT DE LA BOULAYE:
286. Beobachtungen iiber die ‘‘ maladie ronde’’ der ‘‘ Seekiefern ”’
(Pinus maritimes) und der gemeinen Kiefern in Sologne. Auszug aus
dem Bull. de la Soc. des agricultres de France, 15 Oct., 1880; Revue des
eaux et —_ 1880, p. 492; Biusgen, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 271.
SEYMoopR, A.
2864. Damping Off. American Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 349, Figs.
1-7.
SEYNES, J. D
287. Sur ss maladie des Chataigniers. Compt. rend, Vol. LXXXVIII,
pp. 36-39; Schréter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1879, p. 551.
288. Sur le Rhizomorpha Subcorticalis de 1’ Armillaria meliea. Bull.
Soc. Bot. d. France, Vol. XXXIV, 1887, pp. 286-287; Rhizomorpha sub-
corticalis of Armillaria mellea, Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1888, p. 97.
288a. Ceriomyces et Fibrillaria. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, Vol. XXXV,
pp. 124-127; Ceriomyces and Fibrillaria, Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1888, pt.
289. ane Equiseti. Gard, Chronicle, 1876, Vol. V,N. S., p. 656,
Fig. 117; J. Schréter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1876, p. 134.
290. Fusisporium Solani ane its Resting Spores. Gard. Chronicle, Vol.
V,N.S., p. 656, Fig. 118.
291. New Form of Diseasein Potatoes. Gard. Chronicle, Aug, 28, 1880,
pp. 264, 337.
292. Pesiza Disease of Potatoes. Gard. aasaaptin Vol, XX, N. 38.,
1883, p. 664; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p
293. Diseases of Potatoes. Gard. Chronicle, “ne "28, 1880; Nature,
Vol. XXVIII, N. S. p. 299.
293a. Potato Disease. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XX, N.S. p. 795.
294. Diseased New Zealand Sweet potatoes. Gard. Chronicle, 1884, II,
p. 555; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, II, p. 447.
218 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Diseases of Field and Garden Crops. Macmillan & Co., London, 1884,
pp. 358 and numerous figures; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p. 429;
Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XXI, N. 8S. p. 832; Bot. Gazette, Vol. IX, p.
200.
295. Disease of Parsnips (Peronospora nivea, Unger). ae Chroni-
cle, XXII, N.S. p. 716; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p
296. Diseases of Orchids caused by Fungi. seg “Chri, XXII,
N.S. p. 698; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p
297. Disease of Rhododendron Roots. pone Se, XXII, N.S.
p. 241; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. a
298a. Fungus of Anemone Beds, Peziza tuberosa ‘due eee Chronicle,
May 28, 1887.
Soraver, Pav:
299. Oesterreichisches Landwirthschaftliches Wochenblatt, 1876, pD-
147; Frank, Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 543.
300. Die Fadenkrankheit der Kartoffeln. Der Landwirth, 1877, No. 86,
. 450; Sorauer, Pflanzenkrankheiten, II, p. 9
301. Untersuchungen iiber die Ringelkrankheit und den Russthau der
Hyacinthen pp. 55, 19 — = one chromolithographic plate, Berlin
and Leipzig, Hugo Voight, 1
302. Sygate und — Rasstha der Hyacinthen. Deutsche
Garten-und Obstbau Zeitung, 1878, No. 1. See No. 301, p. 35.
303. fautbank der Pflanz ea fiir resciniiaea Gartner,
Forstleute und Botaniker. ist edition. Berlin, 1874.
303a, ryan edition) Zweite aainerente pause Berlin, 1886, Paul
Parey. 2 Volumes. Vol. te Acted parasitiiren Krankheiten. pp. 456, 18
lithographic plates and 2
304. Gibt es eine Palanan der Pflanzen fiir gewisser Krankheiten.
Landw. Vers. Stat. XXV, — pp. 327-372; DeBary, 5c, p. 359; Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. C p. 275.
305. Die Obs SSeabuatae.: Im Auftrage des Deutschen Pomolo-
gen-Vereins, Paul Parey, Berlin, 1882, pp. 204, 1 Fig.
306. Zur Kliirung der Frage iiber die Ringelkrankheit der Hyacinthen.
Wiener Ill. Gartenzeitung, 1882, pp. 177-179; Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresb.
1882, p. 2
307. Die Rotzkrankheit (Bacteriosis) der Pflanzen. Allgemeine Brauer
und Hopfen Zeit. 1884, 24 Jahrgang, — og 142-143, 154-155, 166—
167; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1884, p. 215.
308. Die Wurzelkrankheit bei ein und Eucharis. Bot. Centralbl.
Vol. XXX, p. 319; Just Bot. Jahresb, 1886, II, p. 36.
STELLE, J. P.:
308a. Cotton Blight. C. V. Riley’s Fourth Report U. S. Entomol. Comm.
on Cotton Worm and Boll Worm, Appendix III, pp. 25-26
Sra, B.:
309. Der Kropf der Kohlarten. Landw. 1888, Vol. XXIV, p. 436, Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1888, p. 238.
» ROLAND:
309a. Report of Mycelogist. Annual Report Conn. Agri. Exp. Station,
1884, pp. 127-177, 3 piates. See pp. 165, 170.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 219°
THUMEN, F. DE:
310. Ein neuer Weinstockpilz. signee Landw. Zeit. 1877. No. 44;
Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1878, p. 4
311. Fiihling’s Landw. Zeit. 27 mateo: p. 127; Ch. Kellermann,
Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1878, p. 359.
312. Oesterreichische Bot. Zeitschrift, ate 270.
312a, Die Pilze des Weinstockes. Vienna, 1878. pp. 225, 15 plates.
313. Der Wurzelschimmel der Reben. Wiener Landw. Ztg. 1880, p.
639, Vol. XXX; Bot. Centralb]. 1881, p. 148; Sorauer, Pflanzenk. II,
p. 81.
314. Die Pilze und Pocken wa Wein und Obst. Berlin, Paul Parey, 1885.
pp. 225, 5 plates. See p. 2 :
315. Die Pilze der ena chse. Namentliches Verzeichniss aller
316. Die Krankheit der Keimlingspflinzchen. Oest. Forst Zeitung,
: Pies No. 45, p. 290; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. 1884, p.
ee a als Rebenvernichter. Die Weinlaube, 16 Jahrgang, No.
50, p. 591.
317. Ueber den Wurzelschimmel der Weinreben, aus dem Laborat. der
K. K. Vers. Stat. f. Wein und Obstbau in Klosterneuburg, No. 3, 1882;
Bot. Centralbl. Vol. XIII, p. 15, Biisgen, Just Bot. Jahresh. 1882,
p. 219
a8. Résleria hypogaea in Frankreich. Der bags 14 Jahrgang, p.
355; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 188
319. Eine neue gees we Weinstockes. Die wade 14 Jahrg.
pp. 121-122; Ch. Kel n, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1882, ;
320. Eine neue tance eacketbatirasetate. Oesterr. isdn. Wochenbdl.
9 Jahrg., pp. 243-244; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1883, p.
197
Ueber zwei fiir die Landwirthschaft wichtige Keimlingskrankheiten.
Fihlings Landw. Zeit., 1885, pp. 513-517; Cieslar, Just. Bot. Jahresb.
vie p. 289.
. Die Wurzeltédter oder Rhizoctonia-Arten. Oesterr. Landw.
Wodeutl 8 Jahrg., pp. 187,
Die Wurzelkrankheit der Manlbeerbiame und der Linden. Fihling’s
Landw. Ztg., 1885, pp. 395-397; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p.
293; Ch. Kellermann, Jabresb, Agri. Chem. 1885, pp. 239; Bot. Cen-
tralbl. Vol. XXIII, p. 191.
323. Der Schneeschimmel. Wiener Landw. Zeit. 1887, Vol. XXXVII,
p. 224; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1887, p
323a. Die shaper der Pilzkrankheiten unserer Culturgewiichse,
Versuch eine Pflanzentherapie zum praktischen Gebrauche fiir Land-
und Toren ens Girtner, Obst und Weinziichter, pp, swt Vienna, Paul
Faesy; &. F. Smith, Journal of Mycology, Vol. V,
U
seren Culturgewichse. Fuhling’s Landw. Zeit. Jahrg. 1885, Vol.
XXXIV, pp. 201-207; Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 500.
325. Der Schwarze Roiz der Hyacinthen, Neue Beitriige zur Kenntniss
220 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
dieser gefihrlichen Blumenzwiebelkrankheit. Wiener Illustr. Gart.
Zeit. 1887, pp. 192-195; Ed. Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p.
326, Ein neuer Zuckerriibenachildling. Osterr. Landw. Wochenbl.
1887, Vol. XXXVI, p. 282; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem.
1888, p. 282. See Jahresb. Agri. Chem. Vol. VI, N. F., p. 192
TILLINGHAST, Isaac F.:
327. Club Root in Cabbage. The Cultivator and Country Gentleman,
Dec. 4, sai p. 774. See also his Manual of Vegetable Plants.
TraIL, JAMES W. H.:
328. stag Sclerotioids of the Potato Disease, Gard. Chronicle, Vol.
XXIII, N.S. pp. 90, 218, 349; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 290.
TRELEASE, WM
329. The Fungi of Forage Plants, in Beal’s Grasses of North America
for Farmers and Students. Thorp and Godfrey, Lansing, Michigan.
Chapter XVII. pp. 413-421, See p. 426, 427.
TREVISAN, V.:
330, I mal nero e la fillosera a Valmadrera, Milano, 1880. pp. 8; Ren-
diconti del R. Istit. Lombardo, Ser. II, Vol. XIII, Fasc. 1; Penzig, Just
Bot. Jahresb. 1881, p. 279.
Tousprur, C. FREIH. VON:
331. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Baumkrankheiten, Julius Springer
Berlin, 1888. P. 61, 5 plates; Hedwigia, Vol. XXVU, p. 207.
332. Eine neue Krankheit der Douglasstanne. Bot. Centralbl. Vol.
XXXIU, p. 347; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb, Agri. Chem. 1888, p. 260.
333. Mykorhiza anf Pinus Cembra und die Franksche Ernahrungstheorie-
Beitrige zur Kenntniss, etc., <3 331, p. 52, plate 14; Ch. Kellermann,
mangoes Agri. Chem. 1888, p. 2
. Mittheilungen uber einige pos des Waldes. Allg. Forst und
eae 1887, pp. 79-84; Ed. Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 529.
TULASNE LUDOVICUS AND CaROLUS:
835. Selecta Fungorum Carpologia, 3 volumes. Pezizei, p. 200.
335a. Fungi Hypogaei, p. 188; Frank, Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p-
628; Sorauer, Pflanzenk. II, p. 354
Van TireGuem, P.:
336. Sur une maladie des tea ioe causée par la fermentation alco-
olique de leurs racines. Ann. 73.
331a, Traité de Botanique, oe haves 1884. pp. 1656, with 803 figures-
See p. 1000, 1020, 1044, 1054, 1072.
Via, PIERRE:
See Foe
337. Les ‘aualadtes de la vigne, Montpellier and Paris, Second Edition,
1887. pp. 462 and 200 Figs., 5 chromolithogophic plates. Second part.
For pourridi¢, see pp. 334-377, with bibliography on pp. 334-335. Figs-
129-162.
338. Les maladies de . vigne. ee édition Montpellier, 1885.
839. Sur le maladie de la vigne connue sous le nom de pourridié, Rev.
Myc. VII, p. 75-77, ae Tdi, Just hac Jahresb. 1885, p. 295;
Sorauer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, II, p. 5
‘840. Dematophora necatrix. Sven rend., ae XCIX, p. 1033, 1035;
Ch. rat becsesse Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1884, p. 225.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 221
VIANNE, Ep
341, erie et Plantes fourragéres, Paris, J. —— 1870. pp. 424.
See
342, “Price: et plantes eee ae: prairies artificielles, J. Roth-
schild, uri 127 cuts, 436 pp. See
VOELCKER,
343. Lae and the Analysis of Diseased Turnips. Jour. Roy. Agri.
Soc. of England, Vol. XX, pt. 1, p. 101; Jahr. Agri]. Chem. 1859-1860,
| res Y i
VUILLEMIN, PAUL:
344. Sur les pezizes des chancres des coniféres, Bull. de la Soc. Bot.
de France, 1888, Vol. X, 2d Ser. plate LXV.
WAKKER, J. H.:
345. Vorliufige Mittheilungen uber Hyacinthenkrankheiten. Bot. Cen
tralbl., Vol. XIV, pp. 315-317; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. 368;
Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1883, p. 185, p. 197.
346. Ueber die Infection der Néihrpflanzen durch parasitische Peziza
mentee! ag Bot. Centralbl., Vol. XXIX, p. 309, 342; Abst.
uer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 516; Jour. Roy. Mic. Soc. 1887, p.
ea ae Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p. 362; Ed. Fischer, |. c., p.
oF Onderzoek der Ziekten von Hyacinthen en andere Bolen Knolge-
wassen. Gedruckt voor de Leden der Algemeene Vereening voor
wk te Harlem, 1885; Bot. Zeit. 1885, p. 624.
8. Contributions a la pathologie végétale. La morve des Anémones,
sneseies par Je Peziza tuberosa, Bull. Archives ia pas Kt Vol.
XXIII, p. 373; E. F. Smith, Jour. Mycology, Vol. V, p. 224
WaLiace, ALEX. W. J. M. anp W. H. RoGERs:
349. Fungus on Lilium auratum Bulbs. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XXIII
N. S. pp. = 218; Just. Bot. Jahresb. 1885, p. 292.
WaLLRoth, Fr.
349a. Flora ‘Cryptogami ca Germaniae, pars posterior continens algas et
fungos, Vol. IV of Compendium florae germanicae, J. L. Schraag,
Norimbergae, 1833.
WaARBURG, O.:
350. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Krebskrankheit der Kinabiume auf
Java. Sitzungsb. d, Gesellsch. fiir Botanik zu Hamburg, Heft III,
Vol. XXXVI, 1887, p. 62, 72; Tijdschrift von Nijvarheid en Landbouw
te Batavia August, 1887; Brick, Bot. Centralbl. 1888, p. 146; Hed-
wigia, Vol. XXVII, p. 208; Ed, Fischer, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1887, p.
582; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agr]. Chem. 1888, p. 257.
WakD, H. MARSHALL:
351. Observations on the Genus Pythium, Pringsh. Quart. Jour. Micr.
Science, 1883, p. 485, plates XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI.
Disease. Gard. Chronicle, July 24, 1880, p. 118.
352. Timber and Some of its Diseases, Nature Series, Macmillan and
Co., London, 1889. pp. 295, 45 Figs. Chapter V, p. 142; Diseases of
Timber, Trametes radiciperda, Chapter VI, p. 155; Diseases due to
Agaricus melleus and Polyporus sulphureus, aa XIU, p. 271; The
Damping Off of Seedling Trees, Phytopthora omnivora. Abst. D. G.
Fairchild, Journal of Mycology, Vol. VI, No. 1, p. 40; Bot. Gaasits,
222 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
. XIU, p. 46. First published in Nature, Vol. XXXVII, pp. 182,
227, 251, 275.
Watson, B.
358. papas Off. Am. Garden, Vol. XI, p. 348, No. 6, 1890.
Weser, C.:
"ae Ueber den Pilz der Wurzelanschwellungen von Juncus bufonius,
Bot. Zeit. met Jahrg. p. 369-379; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri.
ot 1884, p, 2
WERNER, Dr. H.:
355. Der praktischer Zuckerribenbauer, a tes zum re ae
Anbau der Zuckerriiben, pp. 226. Bonn, Max Cohen & 8
Chapter IV, ae 57, Die Ybtnde der Zuckerriben. ass pp. 64, pete 66.
‘hari ALL
. Root Fungus of New Zealand. Jour. of Mycology, Vol. V, p. 199.
‘ahbeal , A. STE
357. oegen Discdies: Gard. Chronicle, 1883, Vol. XX, N. S. p. 333,
Fig. 50; Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1883, p. nua
358. Disease of Potatoes. Nature, Vol. XXVIII, p. 343.
359. The Potato Sclerotia or Plasmodia. Gard. Ciaenteli Vol. XXII,
N.S. p. 726; Just Bot. Jahresb. 1884, p. 430.
Ge oe
360. The Potato Sclerotiet. crs Naturalist, 1885, p. 184; Just Bot.
Jahresb. 1885, p. 290. See Murr:
Wine, W. F.:
361. A ana Disease of Indian Corn. Am. Garden, Mch. 1890.
WINTER, GEOR
Die durch er verursachten Krankheiten der ec Leipzig,
Karl Roholize, 1878. See pp. 27, 30, 38, 49, 88, 141, 145,
WITTMACK
364. Monatsschrift des Vereins zur Befdrderung des perccnpesge
18 = p. 103; Schroter, Just Bot. Jahresb. 1875, p. 214.
WoLr,
365. Rei nkheiten der landwirtshaftlichen Nutzpflanzen durch Schma-
rotzerpilze, Berlin, Paul Parey, -1887, Ne ae tees von Dr. W. Zopf.
pp. 150, Figs. 20. See pp. 95, 97, 112, 114, 126, 131,
Woronry, M.:
366. Ueber die der Schwarzerle und der Lupine auftretenden Wurzelan-
schwellungen. Mémoires de l’ académieimp. des sciences de St. Péters-
Plates XXIX-XXXIV; Sorauer, Pflanzenk., Vol. I, p. 68, p.117; Ch.
Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl. Chem. = p. 349. See also Jahresb. Agri.
Chem. Vol. 18 and 19, pp. 462, 4
368. Bot. Zeit. 38 Jahr. 1860, a8 56; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agrl.
Chem. 1879, p. 268.
369. Bem coking za den Aufsatze von Herrn H. Méller iber Plasmo-
vest Alni, Ber. d. deutsch Bot. Gesellsch. 1885, Heft, IV, pp. 177—
178; Ch. Kellermann, Jahresb. Agri. Chem. 1885, p. 237.
mega
370. Noch einiges uber den Hallimasch. Zeltecht.f. Pllntreunde, 1068)
- p. 208; F. Ludwig, Just Bot. Jahresb, 1883, p. 386.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 223
ZOPrF, WILHEL
37 . Die Pies in morphologischer, physiologischer biologischer und
systematischer Beziehung, pp. 590, 163 cuts. Breslau, 1890, E. Trewendte
ARTHUR, J. C.:
372. Diseases = the Sugir Beet. Bull. No. 39, April, 1892, Indiana Ex-
periment Station. Also gives an account of Beet Scab; Pammel,
Agrl. ea Wek VI, No. 8.
shearer
373. A New pitts Off Fungus. Bot. Gazette, Vol. XVIII, p. 26.
374. = d for Obtaining pure Cultures of Pammel’s Fungus of Texas
Root-rot of Cotton. Botanical Gazette, Vol. XVIII, p. 16.
Bracu, S. A.:
575. Treatment of Potato ar Bull No. 49, Geneva New York Agri.
Experiment Station, Jan.,
376. Use of Bordeaux Sites ure tot Potato Blight. Bull No. 41, Geneva
New York Agr]. Experiment Station, 1892.
BEHRENS, J.:
877. Ueber das Auftreten des oe in Elsass. Zeitschrift fir
Pflanzenkrankheiten, Vol. I, p.
BERLESE, AUGUST 6 Wisolkons:
378. Rapportitra Dematophorae Rosellinia. Rivista Patologia vegetale,
Vol. I, March, 1892, p. 5, p. 34, with three plates.
Bo.iey, H. L
379. Potato 5 eas a Bacterial Disease. Bot. Gazette, Sept., 1890, Vol.
p. 234; Agricultural Science, Sept., 1890, Vol. IV, p. 243, No. 10,
. 2g.
880. A Disease of Beets Identical with Deep Scab of Potatoes. Bull.
No h k overnment Agrl. Experiment Station, p. 15
rankheiten . IT., p. 42.
381, _— _— and Possibilities of Prevention. Bull No. 4, North
Dak. Government Agrl. Experiment Station; Sorauer, Zeitschrift fur
Partin aes Fc Vol. II, p. 42.
382. Notes on ae Scab. foal fan sansa’ is V, p. 212.
0zI G. AND ARA, F.:
383. ERR Pavassit fascicolo TX.
es oe
384. . Bacterial agers of Indian Corn. Third Annual Rep. Il. Agri.
Se eet Stati
eliminary hos upon the Rotting of Potatoes. Proceedings
of ‘ie Eleventh Annual ee of the Soc. for the Promotion of Agri-
cultural Science, 1890, p. 2
CuHaTIN, A.:
884b. Contribution 4 l’ histoire naturelle de la Truffe. Comptes rendus
de l’ Académie des eogyati de Paris, Vol. CXI, 1890, p. 947; Bot. Cen-
tralblatt, Vol. XLVII, p. 5:
ontribution 4 iad botanique de la Truffe, Deuxiéme Note,
Terfas ou Truffes d’ sae et d’ Arabia, generes Terfezia et Tirmania.
Comptes rendus de l’ Académie des sciences de Paris, Tome CXIl,
1891, p. 136-141; Bot, Centralblatt, Vol. XLVII, p. 55,
385. Contribution 4 l’histoire botanique de ia Truffe, Kammé Damas
(Terfezia claveryi), troisieme note. Comptes rendus de Académie
224 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
oe sciences de Paris, Tom. CVIII; Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. XLIX, p.
na Contribution 4 histoire de la Truffe, quatrieme note — Kames de
Bagdad (Terfezia Hafizi et Terfezia Metaxis) et de Smyrne (Terfezia
Leonis). Comptes rendus de l’Académie des sciences i Paris, Vol.
ee 1891, p. 530, ff; Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. XLIX, p.
La Truffe. 370 . with 15 plate Paris, 1892; "Ziman
petit te Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. III, p.
388. Contribution nouvelle 4 Vhistoire ie la Troffe — Paralléle entre les
Terfas ou Kames d’Afrique et d’Asie et les Truffes d’Europe, sous
le rapport de la composition chimique des terres et de tubercules.
Comptes rendus de l’Académie de sciences des Paris, Vol. CXIV,
1892, p. 48; Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. LII, p. 361.
ea?
389, Plant Diseases and Fungi. The Essex Naturalist, Vol. VI, No.
1-3, pp. 18-31; Klebahn, Zeitschrift fiir pipenmcasntliep << Vol. Il,
“ 243. ;
. California Vine ee Gard. Chronicle, May 20, 1893, Vol.
aah — series, p. 5
Crozier, A. A.:
391. Solin Scab. Agricultural Science, Vol. V, p. 215.
Curtiss, GEO.
392. Alfalfa Hoot rot. Bull. No. 22, Texas Agri. Experiment Station, —
Sept., 1892
EYCLEsHYMER, A. C.:
392a. Ciabisoki in the United States. Journal of Mycology, Vol. VII,
0. 2. p. 79, rarnaiae XV and XVI.
ERIKSSON, JAKOB
393. Ueber einlge Krankheiten kultivierter Pfanzen und tiber Mass-
regeln zur Beschriinkung der Pflanzenkrankheiten. Mitteil. a. 4.
i oo der Kgl. Landb. Akad. No. 11, Stockholm, 1890.
woodcuts; Sorauer, Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten, Vol.
PamRcnILy AND HALS :
894. Sweet Ponabs, haa Ret. Ceratocystis fimbriata, Ell. & Hals.
Journal of Mycology, Vol. VII, p. 1, 3 plates. See No. 397; Saccardo,
Syllogl. nica Vol. X, p. 215.
K,
395. Hallicapacl See Sorauer, Zeitschrift fir Pflanzenkrankheiten,
Vol. I, p. 354. .
GaLLoway, B. T.:
396. The California Vine Disease. Rep. Dept. of Agri. 1891, Pp. a7h.
397. Sweet Potato Black Rot. Dept. of Agrl. Rep. 1891, p. 376,
I, II and III, ie
397a. The California Vine Disease. U.S. Dept. of Agri. Rep. 1889,
p. 423; 1890, p. 405; 1891, p. wie
397b. aco of Peach Valiows. U. S. Dept. of Agrl. Rep. +1889,
p. 421; 1890, p. 404; 1891, p. 370. :
397c. Citrus Fruit Diseases in Florida. U. S. Dept. of Agr. Rep. 1091,
p. 373. =
397d. Treatment of Black Rot of Sweet Potatoes. U.S. Dept. of Agi
Rep., 1891, p. 367
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 295
397e. Treatment of Oat Blight. U.S. Dept. of Agri. Rep., 1891, p. 367.
397f. A record of some work = the Division. noses No. 8, Section of
Me ter Pathology, U. S. Dept. of Agrl., 1889, p
g Rot of Cotton. cee No. 9, seen : “Vegetaple Pathol-
ogy, U. 3. Dept. of Agr]. 1889, pp. 4.
Gorr, E. S.:
398. Bordeaux Mixture as a riptterine of Potato Rot. Rural New
Yorker, June 13, 1891, Vol. L, p.
GREEN, W. J.:
398a. Bull. Ohio Agri. Experiment Station, Jan., 1890.
ey BODS Z
. Some Fungus potas of the Sweet Potato. Bull. No. 76, New
Seti Agrl. Exp. Sta
400. Root Rot * aii Garden and Forest, Nov. 26, 1890.
401. Rots of Sweet Potatoes. Proc. Eleventh Annual Meeting Soc.
Promotion of Agricultural sae 1890, p. 27.
402. Black a : of the Sweet Potato. Popular Gardening, April, 1890,
Vol. VI, p
403. The ae a of the Sweet Potato. American Agriculturist, Vol.
L . 8, p. 146...
404. A New Nectria. Botanical Gazette, Vol. XVI, p. 257.
405. Fungi Injurious to Fruits. apron Vol. XVI, 1891, p. 337;
Prairie Farmer, Vol. sep Jan. 30,
406. Fungi Injurious to Stor oni pons N. J. State Hort. Soc.
Fifteenth Annual iheaiia ng, 1
sat i Dangerous Enemy to ide Radish. Garden and Forest, Vol. III,
Dp.
es Wik Potato Rot in New — Cultivator and Country Gentle-
man, Oct. 9, 1890, Vol. LV, p
409. Sundry Sweet Potato Hos. Cultivator and Country Gentleman,
April 10, 1890, Vol. LV, p. 2
409a. Damping off. pha a Forest, Vol. IV. p. 549.
HartTic, R.:
=e Sea Trametes radiciperda. Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. XLII, p. 109;
ene undulata, Fr. der Wurzelschwamm. Forstlich-natur-
wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift, I, ae “ge 291-297, 10 figures; abst.
Brick, Bot Centralblatt, Vol. LIII, p
412. Ein neuer Keimlingspilz. Weunce carvan ok Zeit-
schrift, I, "ib pp. 432-436, 4 figures; Brick, Bot. Centralblatt, Vol.
LI, p.
Hernsivs, H. W.:
413. Uebersicht der in den Niederlanden im Jahre, 1890 beobachteten
Krankheiten an Gemisen und Gartenpflanzen. Zeitschrift fir Pflanzen-
krankheiten, Vol. I, p. 145.
Henry W. A.:
413a. California Vine Disease. U. 8. Dept. of Agrl. Rep. 1889, p. 428.
HELLRIEGEL, H.:
414. Ueber die Scbidigung junger Ruben durch Wurzelbrand (Schwarze
beine) und iiber Mittel gegen dieses Ubel. Aus deutsche Zuckerindus-
trie, Jahrgang XV, p. 745; Agrl. Chem. 1890, p. 647.
226 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Hesss, R.: :
415. Die Hypogiien Deutschlands. Natur und Entwickelungsgeschichte
sowie Anatomie und Morphologie des in Deutschland vorkommen-
den Triiffeln und der diesen verwandte Organismen, nebst practischen
Anleitung beziiglich deren Gewinnung und Verwendung. Lieferung Iu
Il, Taf. I-IV, 32 pp. Halle, Hofstetter, 1890.
HUMBOLDT, A. v
415a. Ueber wikeniedtacha Gasarten Braunschw. 1779. Nova Act, A-
C. Vol. XI, pt. II, p. 605. See Schleiden, Principles of. Scientific un
Eng. translation Lankester, p. 542
HUMPHREY, JAMES ELLIs:
416. Potato Scab. Eighth Ann. Rep. Mass. State Agrl. Exp. Station,
1890, p. 216.
417. a Scab. Seventh Annual Rep. Mass. State Agri. Exp. Station,
1889
»p. 2
418. Lr Off. Eighth Ann. Rep. Mass. State Agrl. Experiment
Station, p. 220.
419, Diseases of the Cucumber Plant, A Sclerotium Disease. Tenth
Annual Rep. of the Mass. State Agrl. Experiment Station, 1892, p. 212.
JONES, L. R.:
420. _— a and Rot. Bull. No. 24, Vermont Agri. Experi-
ment ,
421 Comparative Test of aiageern in Checking Potato Blight
and Rot. Agric. Science, Vol. VI, p
422. Antagonistic hae of outa Se Rots. Agrl. Science, Vol.
VI, p. 588. See also Fifth Annual Rep. Vermont Agrl. Experiment
inde:
JUEL, H. O.:
423. Zwei in der Wurzelepidermis von Vallota purpurea auftretende
Pilze. Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. LILI, p. 347 :
aqrnagge EM. : ;
. Der Warzelbrand. Mittheilungen der Petrowskischen Akademie
of Landwirtschaft, Jahrgang XIII, Lieferung 3, 1890, pp. 279-812, 1
plate; N. Busch, Zeitschrift fiir Pilgnaonkeankbeltay Vol. Il, p. 112.
Kean, ALEXANDER LIVINGSTON
425. The Lily Disease in Bersovias Bot. Gazette.
426. The Lily Disease in Bermuda. Technology pb Vol. ur,
~ = menses Aug., 1890, p. 253.
oa. Zar Biologie der Botrytis cinerea. Hedwigia, Vol. XXVIII, No. 4.
Kryney, L.
427a. Bull, No. 14, Rhode Island Agrl. Experiment Station. '
KLEIN,
~ Saher die Ursachen der ausschliesslich nachtlichen eeeiccare
on Botrytis cinerea. Bot. Zeit. 1885. p. 6, Vol. XLIIL
Kaas
Gewerben; pp. 178, Vienna, 1892. st
430. B iiber die Nassfatile der Kartoffel- —
Oesterr. Landw. Centralblatt, I, 1891, pp. 11-26; Bot.
Centrabat, Vol. XLVIII, 1891, p. 58. ee
MER E.: ages
429. Die Bakterien in ihren Verbiltnisse zu der Landw. Technischen Z me
Pammel — Sclerotinia ibecticnn: 227
LUDWIG, FR.:
431. Lehrbuch der pasion Kryptogamen mit besonderer aaa
gungd Arten die fiir den Menschen von Bedeutung sind oder
Haushalte der Mace eine hervorragende Rolle spielen, pp. 672, 13 tig:
ures, F. Enke, Stuttgart.
LUGGER, OTTO:
432. Diseases of Flax. Biennial Rep. Minn. Agr). Exp. Station, Dee.,
Wi 8.
433. Damping Off. Gardenand Forest, Vol. IV, No. 199, Dec., 1891, p.
599.
eran TH
- The ‘Mca of Eastern Iowa. Bull. from the ea ae
ne frase sea of the University of Iowa, Vol. II, No. 2
Mark Lan#, Ex
433b. The pe tiineane: Vol. LXVIU, p. 105.
433c. Finger and Toe in the Turnip Crop, Vol. ce p. 712,
433d. a) and Toe Disease. Vol. LXVIII, p.’
MasskE, Gro
433e. sink ‘Fongi. Phycomycetes and Ustilagineae, L. Reeve and
Co., London, 1891. pp. 232, with 8 plates
433f, British Fungus-flora. A classified text-book of Mycology in three
volumes, George Bell and Son, London Vol. I, 1892; Vol. II, 1893.
MastTErs, M. T.:
434, Cacumber Disease. Gana. Chronicle, 3d Ser., Vol. X, July 18.
1891, p. es
435. Potato Disease. Gard. Chronicle, Vol. XIII, 3d Series, p. 201.
See —: Gard Chronicle, Vol. XIII, 3rd Ser., p. 574.
Mayn
wet Damping Off. Am. Garden, Vol. XI, No. 6, 1890, p. 347.
Mayr, HEINRI
437 . Die Waldaase von Nordamerika, ihre Holzarten, deren Anbaufi-
higkeit und forstlicher Werth fiir Europa im allgemeinen und Deutsch-
land insbesonders, Munchen, 1890. pp, 433
438. Die Feinde der Kartoffel und ihre Bekimpfung, Aarau, Emil Wirz
von Christen, 1892; Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten, Vol. II, p. 191.
438a. Die Edelfiiule der Trauben. Landw. Tancbecher, Vol. XVI,
p. 83.
PaMMEL, L. H.:
439. Fungus Diseases of the Sugar Beet. Bull. No. 15, Lowa Agrl. Ex-
periment Station, also separate; Scribner, Agricultural — Vol.
VI, p. 188. The Am. Mo. Mic. Journal, Vol. XIV, 1893, p. 189.
440. Some Root Diseases caused by Fungi. Proceedings of the Eleventh
Annual Meeting Soc. Prom. of Agricultural Science, Indianapolis Meet-
ing, 1890.
441. Notes on Some Fungi Common nema — Season of 1892 at Ames,
owa. Agricultural Science, Vol. VII, p.
442, Preliminary Notes on a Rutabaga ot ee Rot. Bot. Gazette,
Vol. XVIII, p. 27.
228 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
443. Fungus Diseases of Iowa Forage Plants. Separate from Monthly
Review of the Iowa Weather and Crop Service, . 25, For
Monthly Review see Feb., 1891, p. 8, March, 1891, p. 8
444, Fungus Diseases of - rat Transactions iows Horticultural
essa 1892, Vol. XXVI,
ungus eka a Journal of Mycology, Vol. VU,
446. Potato Sc aie Orange Judd Farmer, Jan. 9, 1892.
447. Sweet Potato Rots. Orange Judd Farmer, Sept. 26, 1892.
448. Rot of Sugar Beets. Orange Judd Farmer, Oct. 17, ‘1892.
449. Sugar Beets. Iowa State Register, Sept. 25, 1891.
450. Blight, Mildew, Potato Scab, etc. Iowa State Register, Sept. 9,
1892.
PIERCE, NEWTON B.:
451. The Mysterious Vine Disease. Thirteenth Annual Rep. Cal. State
452. California Vine Disease. Preliminary Report of Investigation,
Bull No. 2 Division of Vegetable Pathology, U. S. Dept. of Agricul-
ture. pp. 222 with 27 plates
452a. Gniitprata Vine Disease. U.S. Dept. of Agri. Rep. 1889, p. 424.
ux
53. Sux Ta pénétration de la Rhizoctone violette dans la racines de la
i et de la Lucerne. Aiea rendus del Académie des Sciences
de Paris, T. CXIII, 1891, p. 1
454. La Pourriture du coeur As is Betterave. Bull. de la Soc. Mycolo-
gique de France, VII, p. 15, 1891; J. Dufour, Zeitschrift fir Pflanzen-
kranheiten, Vol. Il, p. 108.
455. Complément a l'étude de la maladie du coeur de la Betterave.
Bull. de la Soc. Mycologique, Vol. VII, p. 23, 1891, 3 pp., 1 plate; J-
Dufour, Zeitschrift fir sivcnpusmuuiaas Vol. II, p. 108.
EUX, E, and G. DELACR
456. La gangréne de la ‘aa BS la pomme de terre, maladie bacillaire,
Comptes rendus, 21 Juillet, 1890; noewen Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzen-
krankheiten, Vol. II, p. 45.
REINHARDT, M. O.:
457. Das Wachsthum der Pilzhyphen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des
Flaichenwachsthums vegetabilischer Zellmembranen. Pringsheim Jahr-
biich. Vol. XXII, p. 479, plates XXIII-XXVI.
and BeERTHOLD:
457a. Die Zersetzung der Kartoffel durch Pilze, pp. 100, 9 plates, Berlin,
1889. Wiegandt, Hempel & Parey.
Rostrup, E.
8. Underségelser over Snyltesvampes Angreb paa Skovtraeer, dy,
1883-1888 ; — ft for Skovbrug, Vol. XII, Copenhagen, 1890, Pp.
175-238, 11 figure
459. Kléverens hmscircan i Vinteren 1889-90.’ Tidsskrift for Landoe-
konomi, Copenhagen, 1890; Klebahn, Zeitschrift fir Pflanzenkrank-
heiten, Vol. II, p. 107. co
459a. Destruction des cryptogames nuisibles. Congress International =
@ Agriculture tenu ila Haye du au 13 Sept., 1891, faisant suite 4 celui de oe
Paris en 1889, Vol. II, Section VI. b.
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 229
RUNNEBAUM:
460. Der Kiefernbaumschwamm a pini). Zeitschrift fiir Forst-
und rt 1891, pp. 606-609
Sade
460a.. emacs der Botanik, Leipzig, 1846. Engl. translation Princi-
ee a Spee Bot., E. Lankester, London, 1849. p. 616, 4 plates.
See
sige eck ae
461, Plskrankete des Weinstockes in Schlesien. Hedwigia, Vol.
XXXI, p
461a. fen and Prantl ‘* Die patna dor nasi Bg its Nebst
ihren Gattungen und Witchtigeren Arten I Theil, I Abth
461b. Die Pilze Schlesiens, Breslau, 1885- 1889,
LAMSON-SCRIBNER, F.:
462. Fungus sakios of the Grape and other Plants, and wee Treat-
ment. J. T. Lovett & Co., Little Silver, New Jersey, 1890,
SMITH, ERWIN F.: :
463 Peach Yellows, a Preliminary Report. Bull. No. 9, Section of Vege-
table Pathology, U.S. Dept. of Agrl., Washington, 1888. This paper
has a most excellent bibilography.
464, The Chemistry of Peach Yellows. Reprint Proceedings Am.
Pomological seeiaty for 1889.
465. Additional se anna on the Communicability of Peach Yellows.
Bull. No. 1, U. S. Dept. of Agrl., Div. of Vegetable Pathology, Wash-
ington, 1891. 58 ney ip "88 plates.
SMITH, W. G.:
466. Disease of Hollyhocks. Gard. Chronicle, 3d Ser., Vol. IX, June
27, 1891, p. 791.
SORAUER, PauL:
467. Uber eine Krankheit der Erbsen. Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrank-
heiten, Vol., ee ;
TAYLOR, THOMAS
467a, Four edible mushrooms of the U. 8. plate II. U. 8. Dept. of
Agrl. Rep. a p.4
THaxTER, ROLAND
sisi The Potato Scab. Rep. of the Mycologist, from the Fourteenth
. Rep. Conn. Agri. Exp. Station, 1890.
a. Potato as: Bull. No. 105, Conn. Agrl. Experiment Station, Dec.,
1890, p
TICHOMIROW
470. Posies Kauffmanniana, eine neue aus sclerotium stammende und
auf Hanfschmarotzende Becherpilz-species. Uull. Soc. Nat. de Mos-
Vo
Erkrankung junger ee aA Se ee ee
Zeitschrift, Vol. I, 1892, pp. 436-437, 1 figure; Abst. Brick, Bot. Cen-
LIU, p
tralblatt, Vo. ope é
473. Ueber eine neue Krankheit der henner und ihre forstliche
edeutung, vorlaiifige Mittheilung. Zeits & fur Forst und Jagd-
wesen, 1890, Heft 5, p. 282-285; Brick, serait on Vol. XLV,
*
*
230 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Spagna atl sees
473a, Diseases of the Orange. Jour. of eaaieliengs Vol. VI, p. 27;
Beihefte Bot. Centralblatt, Vol. I, p. 531
VIALA AND SAUVAGEAU:
474, Sur la maladie de ee maladie de la vigne par le Plasmo-
diophora californica, Comptes rendus, 1892, ath shes 67-69; Sorauer,
Zeitschrift fir Puaabncoener Vol. Il,
VIALA, PIERRE:
475. Monographie du pourridié des vignes et des arbres fruitiers, Mont-
pellier, 1891. pp. 120, — J. Dufour, Zeitschrift fir Pflanzen-
krankheiten, Vol. II, p
76. Une maladie des sre boutres. Rev. gen. d. Bot., Vol. 3, No. 2
Paris, April 15, 1891, p. 145; J. Dufour, Zeitschrift fiir Wee
heiten, Nor = p. 166.
WarRpD, MarRsHA
477. —— Disease. Ann. of Botany, Vol. II, No. VII, 1888.
WINTER, GEO ,
477a. Die os Deutschlands, Oesterreichs und der Schweiz, Unter.
ung von Professor Dr. A. de Bary and Dr. H. Rehm be pases
von Dr. Georg Winter, Leipzig, Edward Krummer, Vol. I, 1884-1887.
Abth. pp. 924 with one aclu: and numerous figures. II Abth. pp. 925
with numerous figure sage
seers +O. W.: noe
478. Botanical Notes. Second Ann. Rep. Ark. Agr]. Exp. Station, 1889,
pp. 191-193 m
Zorr, ba ae ,
e Wurzelbriune der Lupinen, — neue Pilz krankheit.
Senacnah Ss ‘iienioeianee Vol. I, p. 7:
The following papers on root-rot of cotton were prepared for another
purpose, but are added to make the bibliography more complete: —
CoLz, W. R. :
481. Texas Farm and Ranch, Dec. 1, 1889; Cotton Blight. Texas Perm
and Ranch, = 15, 1889.
CROCKETT, WILLIS G.:
482. alae in Cotton Culture. Texas Farm and Ranch, April 15, 1869. é
DaBNEY, W. S.:
—— en Blight. Texas Farm and Ranch, Feb. 15, 1889.
oe: ‘Practical Hints on Cotton Raising. Am. Agriculturist, 1866, P
133.
485. Farm and Home, Springfield, eek Oct. 1, 1889.
486. Fruit Ssieaan’ Journal, Oct. 1,
HINKLE
487. Cotton Blight. Texas Farm and Ranch, Jan. 1, 1889.
> a Cotton Culture — Costs and Risks, Am. Agriculturist, 1866, p- 4
489. Poisons, Soils of Texas. Colman’s Rural World, May,
Pammel — Sclerotinia Libertiana. 231 -
M. Q.:
490. rie Blight in Young Apple Trees. Colman’s Rural World, March,
(?) 18
Loomis, ns
491. Review of Dr. Yoakum. Texas Farm and Ranch, Feb. 15, 1890.
LOUGHRIDGE, Dr. H.
492. Tenth Census Report, Cotton Production in the United States, Vol.
“f egesie Report of Texas
Kerr, A. W.:
493. Cotton Blight (?). Texas Farm and Ranch, Sept. 1886.
MEITZEN, HERMAN J.:
4 Cotton nist Texas Farm and Ranch, Nov. 1, 1888. °
Morrow, W.
495. ‘« Cotton Blight’ or ‘* Root-Rot.’? Texas Farm and Ranch, April
b]
496. Root-Rot. Texas Farm and Ranch, Oct. 1, 1889.
497, A Criticism. Texas Farm and Ranch, Aug. 15, 1889.
PaMMEL, L. H.:
498, Root-Rot of Cotton or ‘Cotton Blight.’? Bulletin No. 4, Texas
Agricultural Experiment Station, Dec. 1888; Abst. Agricultural Science,
1889, p. 100; Bot. Gazette, Vol. XIV, p. 113; Humphrey, Bot. Central-
blatt, Vol. XL, p. 59; W. O. Atwater in Digest of the Annual Reports
of the Agricultural Experiment Stations of the United States for 1888,
Bulletin No. 2, Department of Agriculture, p. 189; Texas Farm an
Ranch, Nov. 1, 1889; Root-Rot of Cotton or ‘Cotton Blight,’’ Texas
Farm and Ranch, Sept. 1, 1889.
499. Cotton Root-Rot. Bulletin No. 7, Nov. 1889, Texas Agrl. Exp.
a. —— March, 1890.
RAMSE
S68: ’ Soil tox Orchards in Texas. Colman’s Rural World, May Il,
1878.
STELL, Ww. W:3 %
501. ** Cotton Blight.’’ Texas Farm and Ranch, Feb. 15, 1889.
STELLE, J. P.:
502, notes sono kee gem Report, Appendix III, p. 25.
STEPHEN:
503. “Calo, Blight, Potato Blight. Texas Farm and Ranch, Jan. 1,
1889.
STRINGFE js BS
504. tones Blight. Texas Farm and Ranch, Feb, 15, 1889.
505. Texas Farmer, September, 1888.
506. Texas Farm and Ranch, August, September and October, 1886,
April 15, oe
WELLBORN, JEF
507. Root- = or Blight, Texas Farm and Ranch, July 15, 1889.
508. The Practical Farmer vs. the “ Ologist.’? Texas Farm and Ranch,
Nov. 1, 1889
spe Red Rust in Cotton. Home and Farm, Louisville, Ky., August 1,
rng ‘Two articles on Rovt-Rot by Jeff. Wellborn, Dec. 15, 1889, and
Jan. 15, 1890.
232 Trans. Acad, Sci. of St. Louis.
Yoakum, Dr. F.L.
511. Texas ee and Ranch, October 7, 1886; Texas Farm and Ranch,
September, 1889,
512. The on es of Tap Rooted Exotic Plants. Texas Farm and
Ranch, Jan. 15, 1890
BorantcaL LABORATORY IOwa AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE.
June 14, 18938.
Issued November 1, 1893.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
PAMMEL, SCLEROTINIA — PLATE I.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
PAMMEL, SCLEROTINIA — PLATE II.
—
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 10.
THE RELATION BETWEEN THE GROWTH OF
CHILDREN AND THEIR DEVIATION FROM
THE PHYSICAL TYPE OF THEIR
SEX AND AGE.
WM. TOWNSEND PORTER.
Issued November 14, 1893.
THE RELATION BETWEEN THE GROWTH OF
CHILDREN AND THEIR DEVIATION FROM THE
PHYSICAL TYPE OF THEIR SEX AND AGE.
Wma. TOWNSEND PoRTER.
Quetelet induced from his measurements of children the
law that the weights, heights or other physical dimensions at
each age in the period of growth are approximations of a
median value,’ about which they are grouped in the form of
a probability curve, being related to the median value as the
individual observations in a series of measurements of the
same thing are related to its actual size. Quetelet assumed
that the median value of an anthropometric series expressed
the physiological type of the series and that each deviation
from this value expressed the physiological difference between
an individual and the type. Fifty years of research have
placed the truth of Quetelet’s law beyond all doubt and have
not weakened the reasonableness of his assumption, so that
both law and hypothesis are rarely questioned and are re-
garded as a secure base from which to explore the phenomena
of growth.
The degree of deviation of the individual measurements
from the median value of an anthropometric series is meas-
ured by the Probable Deviation, that value which, in the
words of Lexis,” is as often exceeded as attained. Hence, if
Quetelet’s theory is true, the Probable Deviation is a measure
of the degree of deviation of individuals from their Physical
Type. The Probable Deviation from the median value of a
1 Moyenne of Quetelet, see Lettres sur la Théorie des Probabilités, Brux-
elles, 1846, page 66; and mean of Sir John Herschel and other English writers,
dinburg Review, 1850, page 23.
2 Ueber die Theorie der Stabilitit statistischer Reihen. Hildebrand’s
_ Jahrbicher fiir Nationalékonomie und Statistik. Bd. 32, 1879, S. 60-98
234 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
series containing many measurements may be calculated by
the approximation formula
xO
d = + 0.8453 — (1)
where d = Probable Deviation,
6 = Deviation of individual from median value,
sd = Sum of individual deviations,
n = Total number of observations.
The Probable Deviation contains the Error of Observation,
as well as the Physiological Difference of the Individual from
the Type. The Error of Observation, in a large series of
‘Ineasurements, is always relatively small. Its insignificance
can be made clear in several ways. If the height of one boy
at any age is measured 1000 times, the Probable Deviation
will be much smaller than when the heights of 1000 boys at
that age are measured once. Compare, for example, the
Probable Deviation from the average height of one boy aged
17 measured 78 times with that of 78 boys aged 17 measured
once, the measurements being made under conditions as nearly
alike as possible in both instances.
One Boy aged 17 78 Boys aged 17
Measured 78 times, Measured once.
Average Height 176.28 em. 165.13 cm.
Probable Deviation -— 0.24 em. + 5.15 *
In the single boy, the Difference of the Individual from the
Type is not present andthe Probable Deviation is very small :
in the 78 boys, the opposite is true. Yet the difficulty of cor-
rect measurement and hence the Error of Observation in each
measurement in the two series cannot differ greatly. It fol-
lows that by far the greater portion of Probable Deviation is
made up of the Physiological Difference of Individual from
Again, the Error of Observation is inversely as the square
root of the number of observations and should, were it an
important constituent of the Probable Deviation, cause the
latter to increase as the number of observations decreased.
Porter — Relation of Growth to Probable Deviation. | 235
Thus, in the following table, comparing the Relative Probable
Deviation from the average height standing of boys with the
square roots of the number of observations, the Probable
Deviation should be much greater at ages 17 and 18, in which
the number of observations is small, than at age 10 or 11, in
in which the observations are much more numerous. A look
at the figures shows that the Probable Deviation is very little
Age at nearest Number of Square Relation of Probable
Birthday. Observations, Root. Deviation to Average.
6 709 26.63 3.1 %
7 1850 43.01 3.2
8 2223 47.15 3.3
9 2205 46.95 3.0
10 2087 45.68 3.1
11 1819 42.63 3.2
12 1653 40.67 3.2
13 1268 35.62 3.5
14 925 30.42 3.8
15 490 22.14 4.1
16 189 13.75 3.7
17 78 8.85 3.1
18 29 5.40 2.8
influenced by variations in the number of observations, within
the limits given here. The Probable Deviation may, therefore,
without any error of importance, be considered as the Physi-
ological Difference between the Individual and the Type.
Not all observers have taken the Median Value as the Type.
The arithmetic mean is frequently employed in Germany,
Denmark and elsewhere. In a large series the difference —
between the two is so small that either may be safely used.
The maximum andthe mean Median minus Average values for
the physical dimensions studied in this paper are as follows: —
MEDIAN MINUS AVERAGE VALUE.
Unit OF MaxIMuM. neh nl
DIMENSION. Maasteeuex?. | —<————————_ |
Boys. | Grrts.| Boys. | Girts.
sieht. at EPPS is A 2 0.74 0.23 0.25
Height Standing...| Centimetre-...-.-| 1.00 1.10 0.50 0.49
Height Sitting.....| Centimetre....---| 0.94 0.99 0.44 0.67
pan of Arms....--| Centimetre....--.; 1.35 1.38 0.53 0.59
Girth of Chest.....| Centimetre ---+...; 0.84 0.71 0.44 0.46
There can, therefore, be no objection to the use of the
236 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Average in place of Median Value in the series about to be
studied.
The accuracy of the average can be estimated by the
formula:?
E=>2+
ee -
where # = Probable Error of Average,
d = Probable Deviation from Average,
n = Number of Observations.
The values for # are given in Tables No. 6, 7 and 8.
It has already been said that the Physiological Difference
between the Individual and the Type is expressed by the
Probable Deviation from the Average. According to Geissler
and Uhlitzsch,? the interval between Average minus d@ an
Average plus d increases with the age. The values of d found
by them in their measurements of height standing are as fol-
lows (page 33):
PROBABLE DEVIATION (Acted).
Boys. trls.
AGE,
=
. = 7 =— Pe ER OKT CREM AR CAS RC ET Ce eee 3.4488 8.5926
58 ND GENS SLE Oia Ak eure es Maw gs Ob SNe Cae 55.5's OEOOEL 3.7362
; DCL tt MANET CORE Ree Sew oe es Slee oe ca. Tob wet ers. 3.8546 3.8293
x ata bt SS SHOE SR ne SSN emir Some perth wrerp ib ca re sar ee 4.0067 3.7785
BE ee Coie ee Phere Co Rb Fe WL ae eee Dee RT TIE 4.2265
3 Mts) Mun ie PERT Se cee Te TET ey hone ene | 4.4125
SE ETS aoe neneebe eas oboe res SERS ewan lure ieee. 4.5984 - 4.8013
Be aE Nu selerk cave Ves v matee RRO AN DaNae tae e cake eee 5.2155
NOE 28 FO hea ee as Vecakeas Cheb eer ey ie ee as 5.1479 4.8520
The authors say concerning this table (page 34) : —
© Hieraus geht hervor, dass diese Intervalle mit dem Alter
‘‘im Allgemeinen zunehmen und es diirfte dies auch ganz
‘* natiirlich erscheinen, da wohl anzunehmen ist, dass die das
‘* Wachsthum hemmenden bez. férdernden Ursachen bei den
-‘‘meisten Individuen ziemlich dieselben bleiben, den Unter-
} Formulas (1) and (2) are contained in L. Stieda’s paper: Ueber die An-
wendung der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung in der cnc kode Statis-
tik. Archiv fiir Anthropologie, Bd. xiv, 1882, S. 167-1
3 Arthur Geissler and Richard Uhlitzsch. Die Rieko Se ee der
_ Schulkinder im Schulinspectionsbezirk Freiberg. Zeitschrift des kiniglichen
_ Sdchsischen Statistichen ‘
Bureaus, xxxiv, Heft 1 and 2, 1888, S. 28-40
Porter — Relation of Growth to Probable Deviation. 237
**schied also in der Grésse der Individuen immer merklicher
‘*hervortreten lassen. Auch hinsichtlich der Geschlechter ist
‘*‘ein Unterschied deutlich bemerkbar und zwar zeigen sich
‘* fir die Madchen vom 11 Jahre an gréssere Schwankungen
‘‘als fiir die Knaben. Da aber beobachtet worden ist, dass
‘©die Madchen circa zwei Jahre vor Eintritt der Pubertiats-
** periode verhaltnissmassig rascher wachsen, so diirfte die
‘* Verschiedenheit, mit welcher der Eintritt dieser Zeit erfolet,
‘* wohl ein Grund mit sein fiir die grésseren Schwankungen.”’
It appears from this extract from the valuable work of
Geissler and Uhlitzsch that they were very near discovering
the law which it is the purpose of this paper to demonstrate
and would certainly have done so had they not contented
themselves with the Absolute Probable Deviation, in which
the real Physiological Difference of Individual from Type
lies hidden, and had the material furnished them been
sufficiently extensive. The Absolute Probable Deviation is
entangled with the size of the individual, and its true value
can be known only when this disturbing factor is removed.
It is the relation between Probable Deviation and size of
individual that must be studied, if the character of the
Probable Deviation would be known. But even if Geissler
and Uhlitzsch had pursued the method just suggested, the
limitations of their material would have prevented them from
solving the problem completely. For the material given
them to analyze extended no further than the fourteenth year,
with some observations over, almost wholly missing the
period of pre-pubertal acceleration in boys and the early
pubertal years in girls and entirely omitting the early pubertal
years in boys.
It would seem from their results that the Probable Devia-
tion increases with the age, whereas it shall be presently shown
that the Absolute Probable Deviation in height standing as
well as in weight, height sitting, span of arms and girth
of chest does not increase with age during the whole period of
growth. Moreover, the Relative Probable Deviation does not
increase during seven of the nine years of boys’ growth and
five of the nine of girls’ growth included in the observations of
Geissler and Uhlitzsch, and shows a merely secondary relation
238 Trans. Acad. Set. of St. Louis.
to age during the remaining years. They state further that
the amount of the Probable Deviation from age 11 on is greater
in girls than in boys, meaning of course that this is true
within the limits of their own observations. A wider experi-
ence shows that the Absolute Probable Deviation in height
standing of girls ceases to be greater than that of boys at age
14 (nearest birthday). Finally, it does not appear from the
context that the statement ‘* Da aber beobachtet worden ist,
** dass die Madchen circa zwei Jahren vor Eintritt der Puber-
** titsperiode verhiltnissmassig rascher wachsen, so diirfte die
‘« Verschiedenheit, mit welcher der Eintritt dieser Zeit erfolgt,
‘wohl ein Grund mit sein fiir die grésseren Schwankungen ”’
includes the conception of the relation of the Probable
Deviation to the quickness of growth (to be demonstrated
below), as distinct from the absolute difference in size of
boys and girls at this period.
Before applying to the present material the ideas which the
foregoing paragraphs have attempted to state with some preci-
sion, it will be interesting to compare the Probable Deviation
of Height Standing of German children in the Freiberg district
with that of the St. Louis children.
TABLE No. 1.
A Comparison of the Absolute Probable Deviation from the Average Height
Standing of School Children in the Freiberg School District (Geissler &
Uhlitzsch) and in the St. Louis Public Schools.
St. Louis Boys. anes:
Ne a a Secreto Seen ee ee FREIBERG
Birthday. | St. Louis. | Freiberg. | St. Louis. | Freiberg. mae
ce cs po Ee
6 3.40 cm. | 3.4488 cm. | 3.42 em. | 3.5926 cm. | 6hto 7 yrs.
‘g 8.61 4 3.5841 &% 3.75.“ 3.7362 ** ee ee
8 fog 2.8546 « 3.70. 3.8298 * |8 - 9 *
9 8.75 ** | 4.0067 “« 3.83 “ 3.7786 19 -— 10
10 3.98 ° 1 4oist “+ £06 {age65 © lio - 11 *
= 428 “ | 4.2434 « | £48 © | 4ai95 “ [11-12 «
12 4.47 «& 4.5984 5.23 «6 £5018 119 = “
13 4.98 6 “ 5.46 6 5.2155. * 18 - 14 *
14 5.58 “ | 5.1479 “ | 5.15 * | 4.8520 ‘| over 14 *
15 6.83. 4.01 #
16 5.87 “ 4.05 sé
e 5.15 « B45
18 Pp ae 339 +
19 4.0:
ao. 3.14
Porter — Relation of Growth to Probable Deviation. 239
The agreement between the series is satisfactory and dem-
onstrates the stability of the method as well as the accuracy
with which it has been employed in these particular instances.
The coincidence is the more significant because the St. Louis
children are taller than the Freiberg children.
TABLE No. 2.
A Comparison of the Average Height Standing of School Children in the Frei-
berg School District (Geissler and Uhlitzsch) and in the St. Louis Public
Schools.
St. Louis Boys. | GIRLS.
Age at Sia e Sen aaa as FREIBERG
Bienes: St. Louis. | Freiberg. | St. Louis. | Freiberg. ope
6 108.94 cm. 108.6 cm. | 107.67 cm. 107.9 cm. | 64to 7 yrs.
7 114.038. ** 162 113 95 ** 117.0; ** Sag oa » ac
8 119.13 -* 117.6. 118.36. bMS iy ora) Eee eel
9 124.35 ** 123.10 123,67 YE Gea e EG:
10 128.87. ** ¥26.7 8° 128.43 * 126 e110. =
il 133.84 ¢ 130 +6 183.19 «* 131.0 ll - 1246
12 138.21. *¢ 186.5...°* 1394) 186.50 *F 12-38
138 142.91 — 6 140.1 -* 146.53 ** 141.6 ** #8 -— 14 *
14 148.58 *# 144,1 150.84 <‘ 145.5 ‘** | over 14
15 154.90 155.04 §
16 160.27 * Bay Pi) Side
17 165.19. ** 59.33 ...**
18 164i" 159.42
19 158.46 §
20 159.41.
21 159.98 **
It follows from table No. 1 that The Physiological Differ-
ence between individual school children and the Physical Type
of their sex and age is essentially the same, where the differ-
ences between the children compared are not greater than those
existing between the St. Louis and the Freiberg children.
The material now to be discussed is presented in Tables No.
6, 7 and 8 and consists of the Number of Observations, Aver-
age, Probable Error of Average, Probable Deviation, Rela-
tive Annual Increase of Average and Relation of Probable
Deviation to Average of Weight in indoor clothing, Height
standing without shoes, Height Sitting, ¢. e., height from the
crown of the head to the chair on which the child sits erect,
Span of Arms, or distance between the tips of the middle fingers
when the arms are extended in a plane with the shoulders,
and Girth of Chest, obtained by adding the girth of the chest
240 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
on a level with the nipples at full inspiration to the girth at
full expiration and dividing by 2, the measurement being
made over the boys’ shirts and the girls’ dresses, the corsets
occasionally worn by American school girls being previously
removed. The manner of making the measurements is fully
described in the author’s work On the Growth of St. Louis
Children, about to be published by the Academy of Science of
St. Louis.
The Absolute Probable Deviation from the Average is
given in Table No. 3, extracted from Tables No. 6,
and 8. The total deviation of the five dimensions meas-
TABLE No. 3
2.6
Tur ABSOLUTE PROBABLE DEVIATION FROM THE AVERAGE: @ = + 0.8453 re
Age at nearest Birthday and Absolute Probable Deviation from Average.
Dimension. Sex.
6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | io Fe 7) ib | 16 | 17 | 18
+i+/4/+/4{+ +t
Weight _| Boys. 1.48) 1.68) 1.96 ip _ 2.60| 2.46) 8.88) 4.56 5.06) 6.16) 4.38
"eeee*) Girls, 1.44, 1.88] 1.95 2.31] 2.91) 3.31) 4.22) 4.67| 4.05] 4.24! 3.70] 3.60
Height Boys. 3.40 8.61) 3.89 é. = 58 4,23) 4.47] 4.98] 5.58) 6.88) 5.87) 5.15) 4.98
Standing.| Girls. 8.42| 3.75| 3.701 8.88] 4.06) 4.48} 5.23] 5.46] 5.15] 4.01| 4.05) 3 39
Boys. 2.82) 2.64) 2.26) 2.84) 2.42) 2.56) 2.72) 2.74) 3.15 8.59
Height Sitting) Give’ | “Sos| 3.19 9.04] 2.11] 2.19] 2.87 2.61| 2.87| 8.11] 2.54
Boys. 8.85) 4.16 “4.18 4.25) 4.70| 4,84 niger 5.71) 6.03) 7.15 7.89 5.03) 4.31
Span of Arms.| Gris’ | “g.a7| 4.18; 4.98] 418} 4.69| 4 487 __6.55| 5.29} 4.58) 4.41| 4.05 4.8
~ 8.58 8.77) ee: 3.15) 2.94
Girls. 2.48! 2.471 2.401 2.5% 3.65
Total .. Boys. 18.72) 14.47) 14.64 og 1 = aa ar 20.42) 22.90) 25.90) 27.59) 21.48 |
Girls. | 13.24) 14.47) 14.87] 14.88) 16.92) 17.67! 18.90) 21,64] 21.87! 18.88] 18.33) 16.71! 16.22
* Obtained by adding Girth of Chest at full Inspiration t Inspiration to Girth of Chest at full Expiration and dividing by 2.
‘uounraag aQvgoig 02 YINoLH Jo wounjay — 1a}.L0g
242 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
ured at each age is also stated, in order to secure a more
accurate general view. It is seen that the total Absolute
Probable Deviation increases continuously from age 6 to age
16 in boys and from age 6 to age 15 in girls (except at age
8), after which periods there is a fall. The increase is not
uniform, becoming suddenly much greater at age 13 in boys
and age 11 in girls, the accelerated increase extending over
four years in both sexes and ending as suddenly as it began.
It has been already said that the Absolute Probable Devia-
tion is entangled with the size of the individual. In Table
No. 4 this obstacle has been removed and the Physiological
Difference of Individual from Type appears. A comparison
TABLE No, 4,
d
THR RELATION OF PROBABLE D&VIATION (a) TO AVERAGE (A). 4 -
. Age at Nearest Birthday and Relation of Probable Deviation to Average.
Dimension. Sex. >
ee ee eae M4 | 15 16.1 17 |. 18 3) wk Soak oe
Weight Boys. | 7.2) 7.8) 8.2; 8.0) 7.9|° 8.4 7.3) 10.6) 11.3 11,0 12.0 7.9; 6.9
wee fy eeny *! Girls. 7.6] 9.0} 8.5 9 8.4) 9.6 9.8} 11.0} 11.0 7.0, ~96.9| 7.2) 7.0
Height Boys. | 8.1) 8.2; 8.8| 8.0 8.1) 8.2 98.2 8.5| 8.8 ra 37 8.1) 2.8
Standing.| Girls. 3.2} 3.8 Atel Rl 88) 8.4 8 8.7) 8.4 22, 211 26) Oh ga
Height Boys. 4.6) 4,2) 8.6) 8.5) 8.5) 8.6) 8.8| 8.7 4.1) 4.8 13 4.4) 3.3
Sitting.| Girls, | 8.4) 3.5) 3.2) 8,2) 82] -84) 3.6; 388] 40) 8.1; 2.8! 26 gol 211 94 99
Boys. | 8.5) 8.6) 8.5) 8.4| 8.6) 8.6) 8.2) 8.9| 4.0\ 4.5 4.8 3.0) 2.5
Span of Arms. Give oa 3.7; 8.6, 3.4 Hl 8.6) 8.2; 3.8} 3.5 29; 281 2.5) a7 ool go6 a7
' | Boys. | 8.8} 38.9) 8.8} 8.9} 4.1) 8.9) 4.8) 4.4) 4.9] 4.9 58-5 3.5
GiehotChest"| Gua | a ee ee ee ae ee ea eel Se] EES 4.
Toker. ~—totat....| Boys 22.2| 29.7) 29.38 21.8 22.21 2.9 21.8, 26.1 28.1 29.9 30 0| 22.8! 19.0
Girls 22.1! 23.7) 22.81 99.6] 92.5} 24.41 24.7] 97.4) 27.1 20.7} 18.5) 17.7
* Obtained by adding Girth of Chest at full Inspiration to Girth of Chest at full Expiration and dividing by 2.
_ ‘uoumaag 2a1qnqolg 02 yInoLg fo worwnjayy — 102107
244 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
of this table with the preceding one is very instructive. The
continuous increase observed in the Absolute Probable Devi-
ation has disappeared Indeed the total Deviation at age 12 is
less than at age 7. An important increase occurs in the years
18, 14, 15 and 16 in boys and 11, 12, 13 and 14 in girls. Dur-
ing these four years in each sex, the Physiological Difference
of the Individual from the Type is greater than at any other
time. Hence this difference does not increase with the age
of the Type or with its size. The true relation of the Physi-
ological Difference is made plain by a comparison of Relative
Probable Deviation with Relative Annual Increase of Average
TABLE No. 5.
Tue RELATIVE ANNUAL INCREASE OF AVERAGE.*
Age at nearest Birthday and Relative Annual Increase of Average.
Dimension. Sex.
6to7 | 708 8 to 9 | 9 to 10 10 to 11|11 to 12) 12 to 13 13 to 14| 14 to 15 15 to 16|16 to 17|17 to 18
Boys. 9.7 9.7 9.6 8.7 9.5 8.1 3 10.5 14.3 11.6 7.9 5.3
Lida celts alee | @itls. Wo 8 RG 8G) el ea} 8.9] 0.4 8 4,7
Boys. 47; 4.7) 44) 8.6 8.9, 88 84> «4.0; 4.8; 8.5) 8.0) 8.8
Height Standing..| Gj’ 1.9 UA Sa art ee eee 58} 2.9]. Wigogee y
Boys. 3.3 2.2 8.1 3.8 2.1 2.2 2. 3.6 3.8 3.2 4.1 8.1
Height Sitting....| Qis” t.1 oe Ree ee Xe Se S| Wea
Boys. 5.0; 4.9) 4.8 4.0 3.8 4.1 3.2 4.8 4.7 3.5 2.8 4.0
BPSD. OF. AYMB esx Girls. 5.0 5.8 4.5 4,1 4.3 4.3 5.1 3.7 2.5 1.4 3.2 0.9
Boys. 2.7 2.6 8 2.6 2.5 2.8 2.7 8.8 4.5 3.5 2.7 3.8
Girth of Chestt..-| Girls. Ce ee a ee ee eee ee eee ee
oe Boys, | 25.4| 24.1] 24.9| 22.7] 21.8 20.5, 20.9) 26.2] 81.6 25.8 20.5) 19-4
Mion ee Girls. 25.9| 26.8} 24.81 21.51 24.9; 27.9; 33.6] 24.0| 228] 16.2] 12, 1.7
* Obtained for age 6 to 7 by dividing the increase from age 6 to age 7 by the average at age 6; for age 7 to 8 by dividing the in-
crease from age 7 to age 8 by the average at age 7; and 80 on.
+ Obtained by adding Girth of chest at full inspiration to Girth of chest at full expiration and dividing by 2.
‘uorminag 97QvQ01g 0} YIMo0LQ fo UorwjarIy — 19}L0q
ehs
246 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
or quickness of growth, given in Table No. 5. The compar-
ison is made easy by arranging the totals side by side. The
25 \28 g\ f28 |22_%
B23 [S3u2| B85 (Bese
; Bob ino. 21 eo b ie? =
AGE. Bas Ga a|ee8 ea «
Boys. | Boys. | Grris. | GIRLS.
ee rea ee SE Saws a eee EIS 29.2 bese sees 22.1 levee recs
eae Se ea Gs eas we ecu bs ees 22.7 25.4 23.7 25.9
Berk. ok ba Fa Meow VES GSMS vb ase se 22.3 24.1 22.3 25.8
Wey esse fase beseeene seers. 21.8 24.2 22.6 24.8
Be ec eee Sis da ees oe nv 222 22.7 22.5 21.5
EE e ee 22.2 21.8 24.4 | 24.9
oo EER Ry Ga Rega atari Sag 21.8 20.5 24.7 27.9
RSS ie ng a ne tee ee eee eee 26.1 20.9 | 27.4 33.6
PERC ELE US ERECT Deepa ace Veen Vokes ere 98.1 96.2 Wie) 24.0
De ee bee Nees be ev ck es bv CAdee sees sas 29.0 31.6 22.8 22.8
FO a i 30.0 25.8 20.7 16.2
Be ee es os vs wk oe eas 22.8 20.5 18.5 12.1
dd ne eee ee eee 19.0 19.4 17.7 S23
comparison reveals in both cases a general though not un-
broken fall from age 7 to age 13 in boys and 11 in girls, a
remarkable increase covering four years in both sexes, and a
subsequent great decline. Thus the Relative Deviation co-
incides in the main with the Quickness of Growth. This
relation is shown graphically in Plate I
he phenomena just described are here seen to advantage.
The curve of rate of growth in boys (unbroken red line) falls
from age 7 to 12, corresponding to a small fall in Probable
Deviation (unbroken black line). At age 12 to 13, a sudden
change appears in both curves. They rise rapidly, reach a
high maximum and suddenly fall to their former level. The
period from the beginning of the rise to the return to
the level of age 12 has the same duration in both curves.
The maximum deviation is greater in Relative Anuual In-
crease than in Relative Probable Deviation, a fact in accord
with the greater stability of the latter, and the maximum
Annual Increase occurs a little earlier than the maximum
Probable Deviation. The period of acceleration is more _
sharply defined in Annual Increase. At age 18, both curves
are still falling. The relation between the Rate of Growth
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St.
Louis.
AGE: 6 *f 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 iB 18
%
34
4
ag
we av
o- a
’
F ge I
tj ‘
é 4
sg 4
Qr 4
vy B | .
{ :
bawtes ae
28 r
ee a ee
AHA Saat
’ é
2 t LS
26 Bors a i T ef \ oy
\ oe a ‘ \
94 N wt a
Ace ieee CP ALT meee
at > - NY oe =
ft yy | e+e Pee eee / a \
99 ~ — + \
24 —— , . Me \ X\
, Me afe
ae.
‘ a
Cor, A\
20 * oe
‘ aes
‘ —_
4 >
18 " -
\
1
16 \
es
‘
‘
14 +
’
\
\
12
.
'
5
In i
iV ‘
'
4
J
VOL. VI. No. 10, PLATE I (from Tables No. 4 and 5).
Black: Relative Probable Deviation
d
Red: Relative Annual Increase of Average.
Unbroken Curves: Boys.
Broken Curves: Girls.
Porter — Relation of Growth to Probable Deviation. 247
and Probable Deviation is even more clearly seen in the girls’
curves (broken lines). The rapid rise begins in them at age
10 to 11, and reaches its maximum at the same age in both
curves. The subsequent fall is profound.
The evidence presented above permits the conclusion: The
Physiological Difference between the individual children in
an anthropometric series and the Physical Type of the series
is directly related to the Quickness of Growth.
Height Standing (In Centimetres).
; ‘TABLE No. oo ee
Data or He1GHr STANDING AND WEIGHT.
Weight (In Kilograms),
oe soe | ca | Bae” | tae | moma PRB | tober | sg, | ae | ut” | awa | Brae
0! i - - i, -
Birthday, Sex Ovserva- Average. i Devia inernse wo Aver rah ae Average Ae ee aoe a aera
ener A BE a age. wr A d A
Do aa. Boys 709| 108.94 0,128 * 8.1 707 rg 0.054 1.43 7.2
Bix eee ceeeeeeees) Gitte. 780| 107.67; 0.128 49 3. 798 0.061; 1.44 1.6
oo... | Oe. 1860 “114.08 0.084 D> 4.7 3.2} 1814 $1, zi 0.089} *1.68} 9.7) 7.8
Seven +ee ceeeeees] Gig 112.95 ce cer 4.9 , 1714} 20.82} 0.045} 1.88} ‘10.0 9.0
te La Boys. sa is, ).18 ~ 0.088 oa 9289! 4718} SC88| 23.78| (0.049) 1.96; 9.7 8.2
Tattle se Girls 2193 118.36 0.07 8.70 4.8 oe 2147 22.88 0.042 1.95 9.9 3.5
Nit : Boys. 220, 24.35, 0.080 3.75 4.¢ 3.0| 2188 26.06) 0.045 2.09 9.6 8.0
peer 8) Gel 2122} 123.67} 0.065) 3.88 4, 31] 20565] 25.08] 0,049] 2.23 9.6 3.
. _| Boys. ~~ 2087 128. a 0.087 3.98 3. 8.1; 2064) 28.32' 0.049 2.28 8.7 7.9
Pee eee! Giete 2053; 128.48] 0.089} = 4.06 3. 3.1] 1947; 27.49; 0.052} 2.81 9.6 3.4
Ek Boys. 1819 ine 0.099 4.23 3.f 3.2) 174 31.00) 0.062 2.60 9.5 8.4
ae et Ginie 1772| 183.19} 0.106) 4.48 3. 3.9} 1708) 30.15) 0.070] ~—-2.911 9.7 ).6
Twelve Boys. 1653) 188.21; 0.116) 4.47 3. 8.2) 1644) 383.51) 0.061 2.46 8.1 7.3
oe Gels 1732| 189.11} 0,098] 5.28] 4.4] 8.4] 1676) 83.66} 0.081) 8.81) 11.6 ».8
Pnirtecn Boys. 1268) 142.91) 0,140 4.98 8.4 8.5| 1242 4 et 0.110 8.88 9.2 10.6
beer"! Gtale 1822) 146 0.150} 5.46 5.3 8.8} 1848 0.115} 4,99) 14.3 11.0
Fourteen Boys. 925) 148.58) 0.183 5.58 4.0 3.8 946 ica 0.148 148 4.56 10.% 11.3
eee) Givis 1085) 150.84) 0.156) 5.15 2.9} 8.7} 1082) 42.29) 0,142) 4.67 9.1 ll.
Fifteen _,| Boys. 90} 154.90) 0.286 6.83 4.3% 4.1 498; 46.22; 0.227 5.06 14.3 11.0
renee et S| Givig 680} 155.04) 0.154) 4.01 2.8 3.4 690; 46.69, 0.154] 4.05] 10.4 8.7
Sixteen Boys. 189} 160.27, 0.427; 5.87 3.5 3.7 203; 51.60; 0.431) 6.16) 11.6) 12.0
Ree eee’ Glade 420} 157.52| 0.197; 4.05] 1.6 2.6 420| 50.25) 0.207] 4.24 7.6 8.4
Gevauteon .+...>i- Boys. 78} 165.13, 0.592 5.15 8.0 3.1 71; 55.67) 0.521 4.38 7.9 7.9
a Girls 206} 159.83) 0.241] 3.45 1.1 2.2 230) 52.61) 0,244) 8.70] 4.7 7.0
a RT 29|°170.41| 0.924| 4.98, 8.2) 2.8 17| 58.64 5.8
8 |) Gigle 164| 159.42} 0.265, 3.89) _——0.06 2.1 155| 52.36] 0.289] 3.60 6.9
pee | Girls 85| 158.46 0.438 4.04| | 2.6 81 62.19 0.882} 8.76 7.2
5 Avdedate daa vesses| Girls. en _189.41| 0,346 sal 2.al 66 59.911 0.565) 3.76 7.0
Twenty-one + «+--- | Girls «sl 169.98| 0.651! 4.27 2.7
SFG
"stnO'T “19 fo “LOY “poopy “sUDLy
Data or Hurcut SITTING AND SPAN oF Tek.
Height Sitting (In Centimetres). Span of Arms (In Centimetres),
Age at Nearest Probable Relation of Probable Relation of
Birthday, | Sex. | Per | eoeage, | HERT [Bente | Aaunat| Devinn | Soros: | average, | Bor pute) Relative] Srobable
gab nob Average, tion, peace wer? age.| servations, Average. tion, rapes seaee to aki Fees
A EB d age. yi A E d Mage. Cup at ae
; do ee Le Gh «
Si Boys. 714 61,31 if ere 2.82 4.6 708, 108.95 0.144) 3.85 85 =
peevreren er e*'**) Girls, 751 59.45 2.03} _ 8.4 769} 106.96 0.140] 3.87 36 6S
8 mw Boys. 1858 63.32 roe 2.64, 3.38) 4.3 1862) 114.42 0.096) 4.16) 5.0 8.6 |
pee "| Girls. 1727| 61.80] 0,058 4.1] 8. 4| 112.86] 0.107] 4.18) 5.0 Ay ig
IRD Boys. 2289) 64.74) 0.048) 2.26)" 2.2/5] 2284) 120.07; «0.088; 4.18) 4.9|- 8.5 &
a eee ais 2120 63.97 0.044) 2.04) 3.5 2152; 118.38 0.092} 4.28) 5.8 36 8
Nine Boy 2248 66.738 0.049) 2.34) 3.1 3.i 2272) 125.18 0.089; 4.25) 4.3 3.4 S
J hee Cae Gris: 2071 66.16 0.046) 2.11! 38.4 2065) 123.68 0.092} 4.18] 4.5 3.4
Ten Boys. 2118} 69.25) «0.040; 2.42) «8.8 8. 2076, 180.22; 0.108) 4.70; 4.0 3.6 3,
eee Up Gime 2037 68.19 O49} 2.19) 8.1 3 2045; = 128.75 0.104; 4.69) 4,1 6 og
Eleven Boys. 1828) 70.67) (0.060) 2.56) 2.1, —*8.6|——*1810) 185.13; (0.118) 4.84, 8.8] 8.6 2
woot PGi 1748} 70.08 057| 2.87) 2.7 1757; 184.24 0.11 87| «4.8 6S
Twelve Boys. | 1656) 72.55) 0.067| 2.72) 2.7) 8.8) 1664) 140.60; 0.119) 4.57] (4.1) = 8.2
ee Ga 1707 2.67 0.063 1] 3.8 1718, 140.07 0.10 51] 4.8 2
Boys. 1285 74.20| 0.076| 2.74) 2.8 3.7 1281, 145.09 0.159) 5.71) 3. 3.9
Thirteen..... +++») Gis: 1854 16.03 .078} 2.87| 4.6 3.8 1368} 147.19} 0.150| 8.85} 5.1 3.8 ?
Boys. | 936/ 76.84;"—-0,103| 8.15| 8.6| 4.1 151.28} 0.197| 6.03; 4.8} «4.0 &
PARTI eee) Gilg 1065| 78.68} 0.098] 3.11| 3.5 1088| _152.58| 0.160] 5.29} 3.7 LoS
Fifteen ...........| Boys: | 498} 79.274|" ‘O.16i| 8,.59| 8.8, 4.2 495| 158.43; 0.821) 7.15, 4.7, 4.5
ou ae 674 1.42 0.098} 2.54 3.5 677| 156.38 0.176] 4.5 . 2.9 by
Sixteen ...... ...,| BOyse 193 82.28; 0.250) 8.48) 3. 4.% 189} 1638.96 0.574) 7.89| 38.5 4.8 8
: Girls. 411 3.76 0.116] 2.86) 2.9 2, 413} 158.51 0.217| 4.4 4 £80 =
e Boys. | = 74| 85.68) 0.427| 8.77, 4.1] 4.4 168.56, 0.581) 5.08; 2.8) 8.0 SF
“we eum ae Girls. 202 4.66] 0.15 1.1 2.6 202| 159.01 0.285] 4,05] 3.2 $5.3
Eighteen OT tee Boys. $1 8 23 0.586 2.89 $51 3.3 82 174.81 eer Sat 4.0 9.5
ene go 167 85.20 0.188} 1.72) 0.6 2.0 164 160.47 0.9 2.7
Peeters to) Give: 85] 84.86} 0.198) 1.82 2.1 83] 158.43] 0.817 4.71 2.9
\ héaeas Slee een 78 2.4 _76| _160.17/ 0.474] 4.18 2.6
ee +s": | atria 41 2,2) Go ST 161.271 0.7121 4.38)
TABLE No, 8
i)
: ou
Data or GirtH or CHEST. =
Girth of Chest* (In Centimetres),
Feotabie
a
Age at Nearest Birthday. Sex. Number Probable Probable Relative | Deviation
ae Average, bp of Deviation. Increase to
servations verage. : Average.
Average. pon.
A E ad A
+ + To %
Bens. Boys. 677 59.05 0.088 2.29 8.8
eee ee Heese eee eaeee eee eee eeeee eer eeree Girls fo 741 8.34 0.091 9.48 4.
eae Boys. 1708 60.62 0.057 2.38 2.7 89S
. Peewee eres eanee eee Peewee eewreeeeeee Girls. 1681 59.47 0.062 9.47 1.9 4.2 a
Boys. : 2095 62.18 0.052 9.38 2.6 3.8 é
Hight ..++.eeeee *@eeveaeeee eee treeeeeeeeeae anise. 2040 60. 0.053 9.40 9.3 3.9 oo
Boys. 2120 63.90 0.055 2.51 2.8 3.9 =
Oia e ce bxe'ss o40n8s ee ee seeesee eer © Pe ee Gins bain 1966 2. 51 0 5 2.8 4.0 .
Meee. Boy 1997 65.59 0.061 2.72 2.6 41° =
OPO eee eee t eee se ee eee ti voet wees ivnee Girls. 1893 63.02 0.061 2 0.8 4,2 ag
Boys. 1782 67.24 0.068 | 2.61 2.5 ee"
a oo oe os ae es oe hbikack’ wh euee Gies 1654 65.85 0.075 8.04 4.5 4.6 ee
walva Boys. 1565 68 e 76 0.074 2.94 2.8 4.3 is
: ee ee eee Gris, 1624 68.384 0.081 8.24 3.8 4.7 &
‘ Boys. 1228 70.61 0.089 8.11 2.72 44 8
TERIPLOGHs 6 oss LES Bah hts ee eeeneree tees eee Gids, 13138 71.29 0.098 8 b4 4.3 5.0 oy
fe Boys. 925 73.27 v.118 3.08 3.8 40"
POU UCOOT bog vera evtes eeeeee sees eeeeeeane Girls. 1020 74, 3 0.114 3.65 4.0 4.9
Eo Boys. 498 76.56 0.169 Bel 4 4.5 4.9
Fifteen,.... Seem eee ee esr eee teen er esee anes Girls. 659 16.78 0.143 3.70 3.6 a7
Boys. 205 79.22 0.293 4.19 3.5 5.3
oss bones Aina Resid Need detetcade atacand pete: Girls. 897 78, 5 | 0.164 o ed 2.7 2%
Boys. 80 $1.39 0.353 3.15 2.7 3.9
ihe Wwe t vel ond Cove ex Ree Gilk | 206 | 80.39 | 0.28 | 8. 4 2.0 4,2 :
Boys. Bal 84.52 0.528 2.94 3.8 3.5
MUNN 0 he cg ba crew sac’ casas Sannees rt de | tea | <i hare | “pi OL re;
* Obtained by adding Girth of Chest at full Inspiration to Girth of Chest at full Expiration and dividing by 2.
2
poste aria = Se SL ain et ae
FS eg ee Ses et a en PEN Serer h -
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 11.
CATALOGUE OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS
FOUND IN THE VICINITY OF
ST. LOUIS, MO.
JULIUS HURTER. —
Issued December 12, 1893.
CATALOGUE OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS
FOUND IN THE VICINITY OF ST. LOUIS, MO.
JuLius HurtTer.
The following catalogue is intended to give some additional
data concerning the geographical distribution of these animals.
Within the last few years the writer has found some 62
species in the county of St. Louis, Mo., and in the adjacent
counties across the river from St. Louis; St. Clair and
Madison Counties, Ills.
It is mainly the low lands or the so-called ‘* American Bot-
tom’ along the river in these two last named counties that
afford a good opportunity for collecting certain species that
make their abode in or near water.
The principal sources of information in preparing my list,
together with my own observations for many years, are as
follows :—
First. The descriptive catalogue of American Reptilia and
Batrachia found east of the Mississippi river, by N. 5. Davis,
Jr., und Frank L. Rice, 1883.
Second. A synopsis of the reptiles and batrachia of Illinois
by H. Garman, 1892. |
Third. Bulletin No. 24 of the U. S. National Museum; a
check list of North American reptiles and batrachia with
catalogue of specimens in the U. S. National Museum by H.
C. Yarrow, M. D., which gives credit to Dr. George Engel-
mann of St. Louis, for a number of contributions sent by him
to the National Museum. I am also very much indebted to
Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, curator of the reptiles of the Smith-
sonian Institute of Washington, D. C., for the identification
of a number of specimens. Before proceeding any further,
I wish to call the attention of the academy to the fact that
many of the States have included in their geological reports a
report on the reptiles and batrachia of their respective States,
such as Illinois, Indiana, etc.
252 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
If the same proceeding could be resorted to in this State, it
would furnish additional information so desirable in this
particular branch of science.
CLASS BATRACHIA.
Order Urodela.
FaMILy SIRENIDAE. SIRENS.
1. Siren Lacertina. (Linn.) Mud-e
Found in lakes and sloughs near eae Spring, St. Clair County, Il.
This animal is rather scarce and is becoming more so, as its abodes have
been drained in the last few years
FaMILy PROTEIDAE. WaTER DOGS.
2. Necturus Maculatus. (Raf.) Mud-puppy, Water-d
Common in the Mississippi and Merrimac rivers, aa in the lakes and
ponds adjoining the former, in St. Clair County, Ill., and Madison County,
l., which are inundated nearly every spring.
During early spring and late fall they leave the deep water to approach
the shores and are then often caught with hook and line by fishermen,
who dread them, claiming that they are very poisonous, although the fact
is, they are as harmless as a frog. hey are commonly called ‘* Water-
dogs” on account of their gills on the side of the neck, which look like
ears when the animal is out of water. I have kept two of them for sev-
eral months in an aquarium, but one morning found them both dead through
suffocation, owing to the larger one, some fourteen inches long, having
more than half swallowed the smaller one, which was about ten inches long.
AMBLYSTOMIDAE. SALAMANDER.
3. Amblystoma Microstomum. (Cope.) Small-mouthed Salamander.
This animal is found sparingly in spring, vader rocks and fic at Cliff
Cave, St. Louis County; also near Bluff Lake, St. Clair County, I
4, ae a Tigrinum. (Green.) Tiger Salamander.
th
long as ten inches. Found also in St. Clair and Madison Counties, Ill.
FAMILY PLETHODONTIDAE.
Plethodon Glutinosus. (Green.) Slimy Salamander.
arte species is common in spring. It is usually found in the oe of
bluffs, under rocks and logs near springs and small creeks. Toward the
middie of summer when the weather becomes very hot they usually Sai
pear. Found at Cliff Cave, St. Louis County and St. Clair County, Ill.
} 6. Spelerpes Longicaudus. (Green.) Long-tailed or Cave Salamand
ae This is another species also quite common in the same areousaings as
‘the last one. ee successful in finding one of these
Hurter — Reptiles and Batrachians found in St. Louis. 253
specimens in a cave, although it is called the ‘* Cave salamander.’’? Found
at Cliff Cave, St. Louis County, and Bluff Lake, St. Clair County, M1.
FAMILY PLEURODELIDAE.
Ze whoa poche Viridescens. (Raf.) Red Eit or New
I first acquaintance with this very terete little animal on a
shady aone of the bluffs near Bluff Lake, St. Clair County, 1. The animal
was in its first stage, the terrestrial form known as D. Miniatus or Red Eft.
A year after I captured the adult animal D. Viridescens or Newt with a dip
net in the neighboring lake. I have caught them in all stages and came to
the conclusion that they must be all one and the same animal. Thave taken
a number of these small ** Red Efts ’? home and placed them in my aquarium,
when I found that some of them went readily into the water, while others,
generally the smallest or youngest ones of the lot, would climb out of the
water in the corners of the aquarium and remain there until I forced them
down again into the water, which, it seemed, did not agree with them as
they died about a week after they were confined tothe aquarium. Of fifteen
very stout, but it was not before the following spring that they commenced
to develop into the adult or Viridescens form. year after they were putin
the aquarium they mated and the female deposited her spawn against the
glass plates where it was devoured by some young cat fish, Later in the fall
the remaining specimens lost their nuptial appendages. The following
spring they developed anew.
Order Salientia. Tailless Batrachia.
FaMILY BUFONIDAE.
GENUs BUFO. (Laurenti.) TOADS.
8. Bufo Lentiginosus Americanus. (LeConte.)
be common American toad is found everywhere in congenial places,
Notwithstanding some people have such a repugnance for these animals,
they are very useful to the husbandman, by devouring a great many insects
and larvae, and ought not to be killed as many persons do whenever the
It is when closely observed, very lively pi from the appear-
ance of its eye, a very intelligent animal and makes a nice pet.
GENUS ENGYSTOMA. (Fitzinger.)
9. Engystoma carolinense. eres ee The Nebulous Toa
This little toad is quite I have only found it in ‘spring at Cliff
pei St. Louis Petid Mo. pails on he top of a bluff on the southwest-
are ok easily seen on account of their color and being
wasnt hid in the peal under rocks and logs.
-Famiry Hyipar. TREE Frogs.
GENUS Acris. (Dum & Brib.)
10. Acris Grylius Crepitans. (Baird.) Western Cricket-frog.
This species is the most common of all little frogs. It is found near pools
and creeks, where it generally sits on the banks so as to resort to the water
when alarmed, It can make jumps from three to four feet long.
254 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
GENUS CHOROPHILUS.
ll. Chorophilus ideas (Prince Max De Wied.) Striped Tree Frog.
S is one 0 nicest marked of the small frogs, found generally in
early re ately in the nies ced the country roads, Wet Pra cae Madison
County, Ill., and near Bluff Lake, Si. Clair Count, It is often seen
nty,
rere harvesting season and for sits reason farmers call it the ‘‘ irae Frog.”’
GENUS HYLA. (Laurenti.)
12, Hyla Versicolor. (LeConte.) The Common Tree Frog.
The most common of our tree frogs; it is found on trees and fences
where there is a convenient hiding-place, and by its ability to change its
color more or less to suit its surroundings, it is not easily found, although
a person familiar with its voice can find it without much trouble.
13. Hyla Carolinensis. (Penn.) Cinereous Frog. Green Tree Frog.
Up to the present time I have found only one of this species, adhering to a
large ae water plant at the border of Cantine Creek, Cantine, Madison
County,
14, Hyla Pickeringi. (Holbrook.) Piping Tree Frog.
This little frog can be readily recugnized by the X mark on its back.
is often found in early spring near the lakes and sloughs in St. Louis County
Mo., and St. Clair County, Il.
Famity RANID2&.
GENUS RANA. (Linn.) FROGS.
15. Rana Pipiens. (Gmel.) Leopard Frog
This is a very common frog and one Hg mashes its appearance in spring
as Soon as the ice has disappeared. It is sometimes found quite a distance
from water, in St. Louis County, Mo., and Madison and St. Clair Counties,
Tl.
16. ot Palusiris. (LeConte.) Swamp Frog.
cies is not so often seen as it prefers small creeks fed by spring
water near the “aie Cliff Cave, St. Louis County, Mo., and Bluff Lake, St.
Clair County, I
17. Rana clamata. (Daudin.) Green F
This frog has more of an aquatic Sabi Raa either the me or swamp
frog. It is found in pools and lakes both in Missouri and Illinoi
8. Rana Catestiana. (Shaw.) Bull Frog.
ihe is a common frog in the neighborhood of St. Louis and across the
river in Illinois. I have seen specimens 63 inches long, head and body.
They are often sought for the table, and by many considered a delicacy.
19. Rana Sylvatica. (LeConte.) Wood Frog.
Up to the present time I have been unable to find one of this species, but
—_ included it on the authority of Dr. Geo. Engelmann, St. Louis, who
has presented the U. S. National Museum with one No. 3458
_ Yarrow’s ’s Catalogue, Bulletin No. 24.
_Hurter — Reptiles and Batrachians found in St. Louis. 255
CLASS REPTILIA.
NON-POISONOUS SNAKES.
FAMILY COLUBRIDAR.
Order Ophidia. Snakes.
GENUS CARPHOPHIS. (Gervais.)
1. Carphophis amoena. (Say.) Ground Snake.
I have found only one specimen up to the present time under a rock on
the top of a bluff covered with grass near Canion Spring, St. Louis County,
Mo
2. Boh ‘phophis Helenae. (Kennicott.) Helen’s_ Snake.
nother small snake which can be distinguished at once when alive with-
Sut referring to the scales of the head by its peculiar appearance, on account
of which I would consider it a variety of the following species described
below. It is also found under rocks and stumps in St. Louis County, Mo.,
as well as St. Clair County, fl
3. fel. oe Vermis. (Kenn.) The Western Ground or Worn Snake.
most common of ground snakes and is found iu the mould of tree
pea: and under rocks, in St. Louis County, Mo., and St. Clair County, Ill.
GENUS VIRGINIA. (B. & G.)
4. Virginia Elegans. (Kenn.) Virginia’s Snake.
This rare small snake is mostly always found under rock, although one
specimen I captured gliding over a foot-path in day-time in a heavy timbered
locality. Found in St. Louis County, Mo. and Bluff Lake, St. Clair County,
il, This snake is viviparous.
GENUS OPHIBOLUS (B. & G.)
5. Ophibolus Doliatis. (Linn.) Scarlet King Snake.
A nice colored snake quite often found under rocks and in decaying logs.
They have a great relish for lizards and snakes. Found in St. Louis County,
Mo., and St. Clair County, I).
6. Ophibolus Calligaster. (Say.) Evan’s King Snake
Two specimens found April 2d, 1893, the first warm day of the season, on
a small sloping prairie near Walnut Park, city of St. Louis, and one spec-
imen found at Highland, Madison County, Ill., same having been plowed
out of the ground. When irritated they vibraie their tails, which when
striking against some dry wood, will produce a rattling noise similar to that
of a rattle snake.
. Ophibolus Getulus Sayt. (Holbrook.) Say’s King Snake.
May be found occasionally under logs and rocks and like other members
of this genus feeds on lizards and snakes. In keeping a specimen of Ophi-
bolus Getulus (Linn), in captivity, which was about four feet six inches
long, I was astonished to find one morning that it had swallowed a colu-
ber obsoletus some five feet, three inches long, thereby leaving it so rigid in
the shape of a half circle that it remained when handled in the same rigid
256 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
form for several days. The tail of its victim was doubled up, which spread
the neck in such a way as to give the chainsnake the appearance of a cobra.
About a week Jater she disgorged the undigested parts of the snake which
was only the skin and bones, after which she was as lively as before.
GENUS DIADOPHIS. (B. & =
8. isc Arnyi. (Kenn.) The Ringneck Sna
Is one of the most common of small snakes = like nearly all of the
ensiy they make their abode under rocks and logs. Have found as many
as fourteen under one rock. Found in St. Louis County, Mo., and St. Clair
County, I).
GENUS PHYLLOPHILOPHIS. (S. Garman.)
9. Peacoat Aestivus. (Liun.) Keeled Green Snake.
green snake, resembling a tree snake, which is rather
scarce. ‘oni of my friends (entomologists) capture them occasionally in
their nets while mowing bushes and small trees for insects. Have captured
one at Allenton, St. Louis County, Mo., and one near Mascoutah, St. Clair
County, I.
GENUS COLUBER.
10. Coluber Obsoletus Obsoletus. (Cope.) Mountain Black Snake or Pilot
Snake.
8 more common than oe aces black meine and makes its
abode in standing hollow trees and under rocks and decaying logs. nd
this snake of a more vicious Sistine, skeiteistatidttie the observations
its prey in a moment’s time, so that only the head was visible, when it would
commence to swallow it by beginning at the head of its prey and loosening
its coils as it proceeded to devour it. Mostly found in the neighborhood of
bluffs, Missouri and Dlinois.
GENUS BASCANION. (B. & G.)
i. en Constrictor. (Liun.) The Common Black Snake or ‘“ Blue
cer.
This snake is getting rather scarce, owing to the cultivation of the low
grounds and its preference for meadows. Often found on the top of black-
berry bushes, sunning itself. Had once the opportunity to see this snake
Trace; so fast did it slide down a hill, over rocks and weeds, to seek its
nied place amongst the roots of a large tree, that it required a race on my
pa secure it.
GENUS EUTAINIA. (B. AND G.)
12. Eutainia Faireyi. (B.&G.) Fairie’s Ribbon Snake.
It is quite common near St. Louis on both sides of the Mississippi river
the swamps and ponds and low lands.
13. Eutainia Radix. (B.&G.) The Racine Garter Snake.
iS: Have found them ouly in the ditches filled with water along the road at
| Wet t Prairie | County, Ul., where they are rather common.
Hurter — Reptiles and Batrachians found in St. Louis. 257
14. Eutamia Sirtalis Sirtalis. (Cope.) The Common Garter Snake.
2 most common snake in the neighborhood of St. Louis, on both sides
of the river. Itis one of the kind that leaves its winter quarte :
warm day in spring, and at the same time is one of the last to hibernate
in fall.
GENUS STORERIA. (B. & G.)
15. Storeria De Kayi. (Molbrook.) De Kay’s Brown Snake.
A small snake that is mostly found near swamps and ponds, but is rather
searce. Found in St. Louis County, Mo., and St. Clair Goa Ill.
16. Storcria Occipito-Maculata. (Storer.) Storer’s Snake.
Another small snake not frequently met with. So far have found only
two, one at Allenton, St. Louis County, Mo., and one in Iron County, Mo.
GENUS TROPIDOCLONIUM. (Cope.)
17. Tropidoclonium Lineatum. (Hallowell.) The Lined Snake.
A plain looking snake resembling a garter snake; found along the river
front in an abandoned quarry near the Arsenal grounds, in city of St.
Louis. They are found under rocks and under sods. In 1892 during the
big inundations, [have found hundreds of them drowned and washed against
the settling basins of the St. Louis water-works at Bissel’s Point. They
came a com a tract of low land above the water-works, about 14 miles
long by eee 600 feet wide. This place is covered with ae grass, and in
dry weather the ground which is of a boggy kind of black earth, cracks in
all ee thereby forming hiding places for these snakes.
GENUS NATRIX. eas
18. Natrix Grahami. (B.&G.) Graham’s Queen
An abundant water snake in the low lands io ‘em sides of the Mis-
sissippi river
19. piety Sipedon. (Linn.) The Common Water Snake of this neighbor- —
ood.
ey is known by the farmers as the water moccasin, owing to its close
resemblance to that poisonous snake, at the same time it is not venomous.
Found in sloughs, ponds and low creeks.
20. Natrix Sipedon Erythro-Gaster. (Shaw.) The Red Bellied Water
ak
inake.
It is not often met with. They vary considerable in color on the belly,
having found some with only a yellowish tint, in Bluff Lake, St. Clair
County, Il. Those of Fox Creek near Allenton, St. Louis County, Mo.,
are of the regular color.
21. Natrix Sipedon Woodhousei. (B.& G.) Woodhouse Water Snake.
Another snake that I found only near Bluff Lake and in a place called
*« Dead Creek ’’ near Cahokia, St. Clair County, Il.
22. Natrix Rhombifera. (Hallowell.) The Diamond Water Snake.
Is a rather common snake on both sides of the Mississippi river, in all
back waters, sloughs and ponds,
258 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
GENUS HETERODON. (Beauv.)
23. Heterodon siipakguase (Latr.) The Blowing Adder or Spreading Adder.
Is quite a common snake both in Missouri and Hlinois. They are gen-
erally found near water a feed on frogs. Some are nicely spotted, others
are nearly uniform in color, and were on that account formerly separated as
two distinct species.
THE POISONOUS SNAKES.
FAMILY CROTALIDAE.
GENUS AGKISTRODON. (Beauv.)
24. Agkistrodon Contortrix. (Linn.) The Copperhead
Not an uncommon Snake in St. Louis County, Sie: It is found under
rocks and logs, generally in a shady maceiey: and hostly in the neighborhood
of water. They also vibrate their tails, and when striking against some dry
leaves it will make a rattling noise. These snakes are vicious and always
ready to bite. They are very poisonous, but the researches of Drs. Mitchell
& Reichert show that their venom is less virulent than that of the rattle
snake, but more so than the water moccasin, which is found farther south
in the State of Missouri.
GENUS SISTRURUS. (Garman.)
25. Sistrurus Catenatus. sags The Prairie Rattle Snake Massasauga.
farmers destroy many of them while plowing their fields. I know of a place
where a farmer plowed up seven large snakes out of ajpiece of ground not
over 200 feet long by 8 feet wide
GENUS CROTALUS. (Linn.) RATTLE SNAK 8.
26. Crotalus Horridus. (Linn. ) The Common Rattle Snake or the Timber
Rattle Snake. eroke a sonnette of the French and Klapper Schiange
of the Germ
Years ago oy pals was rather scarce in St. Clair County, Ill., as in
those days there was no stock law, and the pigs roamed around and exter-
minated a good many snakes, but since the stock law has gone into effect,
compelling swine to be penned up, the snakes have become more numerous
later on they go to the wheat fields and meadows, where they are very safe
till harvest time, when a good many are destroyed by the farm hands.
Order Lacertilia. (Lizards.)
_ FaMILy SCINCIDAgE.
GENUS LYGOSOMA. (Gray.)
27. Lygosoma Laterale. (Say.) Tae Ground Lizard.
_ Upto the present time I have only found two apecimens of this nimble
: : = lizard at Cliff Cave, St. Louis — Mo. They were found under rocks.
Hurter — Reptiles an Batrachians found in St. Louis. 259
To my knowledge this is about the most northern locality recorded for this
species. In the southern States this lizard is quite common, and is often
found under the detached barks of trees and under decaying logs.
GENUS EUMECES. (Wiegmann.)
28. Humeces Fasciatus. (Linn.) The Blue Tailed Lizard or ‘ Scorpion.’’
n abundant and very variable lizar . The young have five yellowish
streaks on the back, and the tail is of a bright es color; in older speci-
mens the stripes are very faint, often wanting; and in the spring the head
of the old males becomes of a eoppery red. On one occasion I brought
home a female of this species which I transferred to my Vivarium, where in
a short time it deposited its eggs, six in number, in a small cavity in the
sand under a rock. Whenever I lifted the rock, I found the lizard coiled
around its eggs, which made it appear as if she was hatching them. Indue
time all the eggs were hatched, and I had six nice small blue-tailed lizards,
quite different in color from the old female. On account of not being able
to procure the proper food for them, they soon died.
FaMILy TEIDAE.
GENUS CNEMIDOPHORUS. (Wiegmann.)
29. Cnemidophorus Sex-Lineatus. (Linn.) The Six-Lined Lizard.
The swiftest of all the lizards in this neighborhood. They like high and
dry stony localities. They are not generally distributed as some of the
other lizards; they live more in colonies in St. Louis County, Mo., and
on the bluffs near Bluff Lake, St. Clair County, Ill
FAMILY ANGUIDAE.
GENUS OPHIOSAURUS. (Daud).
30. Ophiosaurus Ventralis. (Linn.) Glass Snake or Joint Snake.
borhood. I never had the opportunity to capture any, but had one presented
to me by Mr. Otto Widman of St. Louis, who had four specimens given to
him that were caught near the City Workhouse.
Famity IGUANIDAE.
GENUS SCELOPORUS. (Wieg.)
31. Sceloporus Undulatus. (Bosc.) The Alligator Lizard.
The most common of Verda in this neighborhood. One might find the
under almost any rock pile. They live also under logs and in hollow
trees. When penned in the woods, they effect their escape by climbing
trees. Found in St. Louis County,
Order Chelonia Turtles.
SUB-ORDER TRIONYCHOIDEA.
FAMILY TRIONYCHIDAE.
GENUS TRIONYX. (Geoff.)
32. Trionyx-Muticus.. (Le S.) Soft shell or Leather Turtle.
This is the common soft shell turtle found in the Mississippi river near
St. Louis. About the third week in June they generally deposit their ergs
on the sandbars in the river.
260 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
33. Trionyx Spiniferus. (Le S.) The Spiny Soft Shell Turtle.
ot quite so abundant as the preceding one, but still often enough met
with. Found in the Mississippi river, Merimac river and Illinois river.
SUB-ORDER TESTUDINATA.
FamMILy CHELYDRIDAE.
GENUS CHELYDRA. (Schweigger.)
34. Chelydra Serpentina. (Linn.) The Snapping Turtle.
A common e; found in the river, creeks, ponds and sloughs in Mis-
souriaud Illinois. Old specimens are sometimes so covered with moss, that
they have the appearance of a rock in water. I have seen specimens weigh-
ing as much as 24 pounds.
GENUS MACROCLEMYsS. (Gray.)
35. Macroclemys Temminkii. (Troost.) Alligator Snapper.
This is a very rare turtle in this neighborhood. I have one - i collec-
tion which comes from Cottonwood Point, Pemiscott County, Mo. The
fishermen bring them to the market as a curiosity, but they pa not valued
as much as the common snapper.
FAMILY KINOSTERNIDAE.
GENUS AROMOCHELYS. (Gray.)
36. Aromochelys Odorata (Bosc.) Musk Turtle cr Stink Pot
It is essentially an aquatic turtle, found in ponds and déep creeks. Par-
ticularly in spring the old males smell strong after musk. It is a small
turtle in size, and with the first Warm day they come out of their winter
quarters to enjoy the sun.
FAMILY TESTUDINIDAE.
GENUS CHRYSEMYS. (Gray.)
37. Chrysemys Troositi. (Holb. ) The Yellow Bellied Terrapi
Very little is known of this turtle, as it is only caught by setiilng in the
deep water of the Mississippi river.
38. Chrysemys Elegans. (P. Max de Wied.) The Elegant Terrapin.
A common turtle in the Mississippi river and in the lakes and ponds.
Found in St. Clair and Madison counties, Ill., and St. Louis County, Mo.
They make their appearance in spring as soon as the ice has disappeared.
39. Chrysemys Belli. (Gray.) Bell’s Tartle.
The common turtle of this neighborhood. This turtle seems to prefer
winter time I could see them in a kind of torpid state in the bottom of 2
creek buried half way in the mud.
GENUS MALACLEMYsS. (Gray.)
_ 40. Malaclemys Pseudo-Geographica. (Le S$.) Le Sueur’s Map Turtle.
An abundant turtle in the Mississippi and its back waters, both in Mis-
souri and Illinois. They are commonly called the ‘‘Saw Back” turtle on
“eae the toothed ridge along the center of the back.
Hurter — Reptiles and Batrachians' found in St. Louis. 261
41. sega Geographica. (Le S.) The Map Turtle.
Th may be said of this turtle as of the preceding one. The old
ones aes ‘3 the deep water of the rivers, and the young ones are found in
the creeks and sloughs.
GENUS CISTUDA. aoe
45° acai machon (Linn.) Box Tor
I captu ne of this kind near the disso Pacific elevator, South St.
Louis, re it is doubtful if this turtle lives here, as Iam of the opinion
that my specimen may have been brought here on freight cars while unload-
ing at the elevator, or escaped from captivity.
43. Cistuda Carolina Triunguis. (Agassiz.) Three-toed Box Tortoise.
This is the common box turtle of St. Louis County. I caught one near
Cantine, Madison County, Ill., which I sent to the Smithsonian Institute. In
regard to color they vary Sinatdennble, so much so, that one could take them
sometimes for different specimens.
44. Cistuda Ornata. (Agassiz.) Painted Box Tortoise.
It is seldom found. So far I found afew specimens in the western part
of the city of St. ready One at Pilot Knob, Iron County, Mo., and one at
Addieville, Washington County, Il. The one caught at Pilot Knob is now
at the Smithsonian idan, and is an exception to the general description
of this kind, owing to it having 13 pairs of marginal shields instead of 12 as
is usually the case with these turtles.
Issued December 12, 1893.
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 12.
THE GROWTH OF ST. LOUIS CHILDREN.
WILLIAM TOWNSEND PORTER.
Issued April 14, 1894.
THE GROWTH OF ST. LOUIS CHILDEKEN.
INTRODUCTION.
In November, 1891, I applied to the Teachers’ Committee
of the St. Louis Board of Public Schools for permission to
make a series of physical measurements of the St. Louis
school children. The ends in view were the study of the
phenomena of growth, the making of physical standards for
each age in the period of school life, and the adjustment of
school tasks to the pupil’s strength. On the recommendation
of Mr. Long, superintendent of the Public Schools, Dr. Hick-
man and Mr. Walter F. McEntire, at that time chairman of
the committee, it was resolved to lay before the Board a
statement of the purpose of the measurements and to advise
that the permission to make them be granted. This favorable
report, for which thanks are due the gentlemen just named,
caused the Board to authorize the measurements at its sitting
December 8, 1891.
The measurements were collected by what statisticians know
as the generalizing method. In the generalizing method, a
great number of children is measured once, and the measure-
ments classified according to age. The mean height of the
boys or girls at each age is regarded as the height typical
of that age. When these typical heights are arranged
in order, they show the increase in the height of the type-
child during his period of growth and thus express a
law of growth. A similar procedure reveals the growth in
weight, girth of chest, or any other physical dimension. It is
believed that the values got by the generalizing method are
the same as would be obtained if a smaller number of children
was measured yearly during the growth period. In either
case, the accuracy of the result depends on the number of
observations at each age, and a high degree of accuracy
requires the making of many thousand: measurements.
(263)
264 Introduction.
So large an undertaking demands great labor and a consid-
erable expenditure of money. The labor was in the present
instance shared by many hands. Most of the measurements
were made by the teachers. The measurements of the head
and face were made by undergraduates of the St. Louis
Medical College. Other members of the same institution
were of the greatest service as ‘‘ special assistants.’’ Messrs.
Taussig, Gooden, Soper, Blair, Gross, Schlossstein, Lemen,
Loth, Newcomb and Simmons served in this capacity.
To their unwearied and long-continued labors and to the
support unselfishly given them by their fellow-students the
success of the work is chiefly due.
The expense of the investigation was for apparatus, printing
and the hire of clerks, and was borne by gentlemen of public
spirit in St. Louis. Some of the apparatus was given or
loaned free of charge. The Simmons Hardware Company
gave callipers and measuring tapes ; the Fairbanks Scale Com-
pany loaned scales; Mr. F. W. Humphrey loaned a dozen
watches; Dr. John Green and Dr. A. E. Ewing gave cards
for testing the acuteness of vision, and the Nixon-Jones
Printing Company made special rates for printing.
The cordial support of Chancellor Chaplin, Professors H.
S. Pritchett, G. Hambach and E. A. Engler of Washington
University, the valuable advice of Dr. John B. Shapleigh, and
the interest of the Academy of Science of St. Louis are
gratefully acknowledged.
The data collected are necessarily of unequal value. Many
of the curves constructed from them are highly satisfactory ;
others present irregularities to be ascribed to an insufficient
number of observations at those points. Some investigators
have withheld the curves in which such irregularities occur.
They have all been printed here, because the wide-spread use
of anthropometrical methods in the Public Schools, so much
to be desired, seems at present only possible where the meas-
urements are made by the teachers, and it is necessary to
know by the examination of the total material of such inves-
tigations, what degree of accuracy can be expected.
CHAPTER I.
THE COLLECTION OF THE MEASUREMENTS.
In collecting anthropometrical measurements on a large
scale, a systematic working-plan is evidently of much impor-
tance. Many things should be borne in mind in making such
aplan. The school routine should be disturbed as little as
possible; the directions to the measurers should be compre-
hensive and clear; the apparatus employed should be simple;
the measurements should be made during a few months only
and in the same season of the year, for the weight of clothing
and even the rate of growth differs at different seasons, and
measurements collected partly in one season and partly in an-
other cannot be so suitable for comparison as those collected
only in the winter or only in the summer; the order in which
the schools are visited should be governed by their situation, so
that no time may be spent unnecessarily in going and coming ;
and much care should be taken to collect sufficient data con-
cerning the social condition and the nationality of parents.
In short, the construction of a serviceable working-plan for
anthropometrical measurements of great numbers of children
is a difficult task, and it is to be regretted that the literature
is all but barren of suggestions as to the best method of
collecting such material. It is hoped for this reason that a
description of the methods used in this investigation may be
not without value.
The data collected are mentioned in Form A., one of four
‘* forms’? employed in this investigation.
MALE.
Please Write with Ink.
See HHH ETERS HSE THEMES EPH ee HSER SDE OeE De DEES
SOSH HH SHSH OE SHEESH T SS EES SHHHHTE SE SESS HHO DERSee tes
fee Ce is el
Pince Of Dirthiivs sv eccavsvivenvcivsce ,
Age at nearest birthday
SPP ST eT
POP CEH Hee eH Bee Peet es Bee ene
SOE CODE CAFES Se 68 C6 CESK EES OEE Obs 60 Oe. 6 Oe ee OR
266 ' Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
7 In what country was father Dorn .....-.0--eeeeee eee ee cece cnet re eees
8. what country was mother bOrn,...---...-eeeeeseeeee cere ceceencece
9. Occupation Of father.... sce. cece reccecccccccencccersesescers tees
10. No. of sisters living.........+sseseeeeeeee § COAG. ce ccc sccece steve cse
1l. No. of brothers living......-.-.ssseesee-: s MEAG... cecscccsscoccesece
12. Residence, NO....cecccens cece cececenceee- coceces: sresee .. Street.
Black.
{ Dark Brown.
Dy Settee didn | Light Brown.
18. Hair { Light Brown. 14, Eyes 1 Blue
ed. ‘i
axen, | Grey
WU MINE WEAIDI NS cirivass VEN Co ae eek Feces eS eee eee 8 Ses ees. 6 eee cm.
16. Height — Saiki btere inte Bini wie 6 Sos PONSA ated Ca miRiad Stis's BAG He o's Re cm.
17. Span of arm Peak eee Esk VO beh ee brine nnn The Kokee aeecoe tes cm.
18. Strength of Wacies, Hight HAUS ck seek ia Sea ev ee wes etireees ve oes Ibs
19. Strength of squeeze, left hand....--.....- eee ee veeeee reece eeneeee Ibs
20. Girth of chest, forced expiration............--0- ces seer ceeeenneee cm
21 te of chest, forced meet ietion: ee ee Te TT ee soos etm
22. hiss cr b Sin eee we eneebies
23. Abateweis of vision, right Row he vc bo csks cee beeiscenss seceeetes
24. Acuteness of vision, left eye........ 0006. cere cece ee cece eee nee cence
25. Acuteness of hearing, right ear............ SG used besos Geese toes in
26. Acuteness of hearing, left ear.......scccccrccereehbrececceres eceeosiD
ee err rr rrr er ere mm.
28. Width of head...... Sor ThleNncs bide cede <A eee pie de Petes eas mm
MEG IE NS es oa tires kis wen mm
30. Width of face......... Caen ee
81. The height of face from the heir “ to the © point of as eee rece mm.
82, Grade
ore re me ee we eee ee ee ee ee ed
Form B was the same as Form A, except that the paper on
which it was printed was green instead of white, the color of
Form A, and the word ‘‘Male’’ was replaced by the word
‘* Female.”’
On Jan. 4, 1892, the first school * in the series to be exam
ined began to set down the answers 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 32, and
its pupils were directed to carry home Form C in order that
it might be filled by the parents.
* Pupils were measured in the following schools: Ames, Blair, Blow,
Branch High, Bryan Hill, Carr, Carroll, Carr Lane, Central High, Charless,
Chouteau, Clay, Clinton, Crow, Divoll, Douglass, Eliot, Elleardsville, Frank-
lin, Garfield, Hamilton, Hodgen, Humboldt, Irving, Jackson, Jefferson,
Le , Lafayette, Lincoln, Lowell, Lyon, Madison, Maramec, Mullanphy,
O'Fallon, Peabody, Penrose, Pestallozzi, Polytechnic, Pope, Shepard, Shi
— Avenue, — Webster, New Webster. (The ‘ Branches ” of
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 267
Form ©.
THE PHYSIQUE OF THE SCHOOL CHILDREN IN ST. LOUIS.
The parents or guardians of school children are requested to fill out the
following blank, and to return it to the teacher on the next school day:
4. Name of pupll...cssececcsee- veut
5. Place of birth
6. Age at nearest birthday............-
7. In what country was pupil’s father born.............+ ee
8. In what country was pupil’s mother born sigs See ce ees
9. Occupation of father Stel see eee
10. Number of pupil’s sisters living 3 dead...... ocevevecnse
11. Number of pupil’s brothers living..........-.; dead
12. Residence of pupil, No......... ee perenne - Street.
On the second day, Form C having been returned, answers
5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 were written. Some ignorant or
prejudiced parents refused to answer the questions in Form C
and in such cases the answers were obtained as far as possible
from the school registers. While the first school was em-
ployed in this way on the second day, another school began
to answer questions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 32. On the third day, the
first school measured the height standing, height sitting and
span of arms, while the second school was busy with the
second day’s work and the third school with the first.
Thus the thirty-two questions were divided into groups, and
by the ninth day nine schools were working simultaneously,
each on a different group. As soon as one school finished
with an apparatus, it was taken to the next school on the list,
almost always the nearest in point of distance. An extract
from ‘* The Chart of Days”’ will make this clear.
268 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
A PORTION OF “THE CHART OF DAYS.’’
RECORD:
stale oH en L
Tai" |ms| o gs 18/3:
Rgye | Sls See 7s
sel = = a Na a q 2
SCHOOL. ASSISTANT. | 35 |S | Ba) 2 | $ $4318
rie, |% |S} © 5 2 a | @
mo} @ ea} « BF 2 o ® S
Seio.J/#3)] &] °°] & a r]
S2iee tants | ai e\|sisis
20/8 |3 Step eB oe Ps
avila Im {[e'OIE a! eis
Laclede emen 4*| 56 7 8 {11 112{13 4 141] 15
Madison and New
Madison Simmons 5 6 8 | 11)12)13) 14} 15 | 18
Pestalozzi.... Newcomb 6 Pet e218 4 14-415 | 1 Ig
‘ Loth mrave @ Mager § 4.12 + I 4115/18 |19|2
Lafayette and La-
ayette Branch..|/Taussig 8/11 113) 14115 }18 | 19} 20} 21
PIUMIDOIAe cose bos Gooden ......| 11 | 12 | 14 |} 15 |} 18 } 19 | 20 1 | 22
VOR 6600. cece cess /SOPEr.. se eee 12 | 13 }15 | 18 | 19 |*20 | 21 | 22 | 25
RRODAEG vas 02 ss Blair..... beecl 38-| 14 [18 |..19.|- 20-1 21 | 22 | 25 | 26
MACPAMIGG vcs sci ¢ c /TOSS oc es ous 14115119 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 25 | 26 | 27
Blow and Blow
Branch ,........|Schlossstein..| 15 | 18 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 25 | 26 | 27 >
The Laclede School began Jan. 4 and finished Jan. 15, the
Madison School began Jan. 5 and finished Jan. 18, and so
through the list.
Nearly nine thousand pupils were examined each school-day
after the ninth, and each day saw the returns of nearly 2
thousand pupils completed. The collection of material was
finished in fifty-four school-days, beginning Jan. 4 and ending
March 18. During this period of about 11 weeks, 18059
girls and 16295 boys were examined f and nearly one million
data collected, about five hundred thousand of which were
measurements, a result which would hardly have been possible
without the strenuous exertions of my assistants.
One of the Special Assistants mentioned in the Chart of
Days was assigned to each school under investigation. It was
his duty to visit the school every day for the purpose of
giving any explanation which might be necessary. He was
_ * This and the following numbers are the days of the month on which the
respective groups of measurements were made.
+ Owing to absentees, the number of returns of any one measurement,
ee number here given.
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 269
charged also to see that his school finished its allotted daily
task and dispatched at the close of the session the apparatus
in its hands to the next school on the list. In addition to
these nine Special Assistants, thirty Head Measurers were
employed. The Head Measurers were divided into five sec-
tions named after the days of the school week from Monday
to Friday. Each section went on its own day to the school
whose turn it was to have heads and faces measured. The
remaining measurements were made by the teachers.
Not even the industry of these many assistants would have
accomplished the task in the required time had there not been
an abundance of apparatus. Of measuring-rods, measuring-
tapes for the chest, double sets of Snellen-Green test letters,
spectacle blinders, watches and callipers, there were a dozen
each, and five dynamometers and six small platform-scales
were also in constant use. Twelve school rooms could thus
often work at the same time, and a great many children were
measured in a few hours.
The following printed instructions were given to every
measurer.
Form D. :
INSTRUCTIONS TO OBSERVERS.
Four printed forms are furnished. These are:
Form A. Male (white paper).
sc B. 6CFemale (tinted paper).
ss . For parents.
‘¢ D. Instructions to observers.
On Monday, January 4th, a sufficient number of these forms will be taken
to school A. The same day answers 1, 2, 3, 4,13, 14 and 32, Form A or B, are
written, and each pupil is given Form C to carry home. The next morning
form C is returned by the pupils, and answers 5, 6,7, 8, 9,10, 11 and 12
are copied on form Aor B. The third day the measurements begin, and are
carried out according to the following
f CALENDAR.
° Ist day 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, 32.
2a 6,6, 7,5; 9; 10; 11, 1s.
8th “* 25, 26.
9th “* 27, 28, 29, 30, 31.
270 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
orm C and answers 1 to 12 in forms A and B, require no eo
The remaining answers are = be sought by the following method
Arrange form the order in which the pupils sit at ait desks,
and preserve this Scalia’ Minocihead the measurements .
13,14. Color of Hair and Eyes.
Choose the adjective that most nearly indicates the color; cross out the
rest with pen and ink.
15. Height Standing.
1. All the pupils unlace hi shoes.
2. The teacher places against the cloak-room door cas-
ing, the projections on et ‘rod serving os keep it parallel with the casing,
and presumably perpendicular to the floo
3. The pupil in the first seat comes forward, removes his shoes, stands
on a folded newspaper upon which the rod also rests, his heels, body and
head touching the door casing, the mouth closed and the chin somewhat
depressed, Hair worn in a high knot must be let down.
4, Lower the sliding arm until the edge touches the crown of the pupil’s
head, and dictate the reading to a pupil assistant, who writes it opposite
“15. Height standing.» Meanwhile, the second pupil gets ready. [The
rods are divided in centimetres and half centimetres; it will be easy to read
to quarter centimetres. The dictation should be in the decimal system;
thus: “ One hundred fifteen, seventy-five (written 115.75), not one hundred
fifteen and three quarters.
- The first pupil steps to one side, puts on his shoes, returns to his seat,
and there laces his shoes. The second pupil removes his shoes and steps
on the newspaper, The third pupil comes forward.
16. Height Sitting.
Place an armless wooden chair with a flat seat sideways against the door
casing. The measuring rod is held perpendicularly on the seat, the pro-
jections on the rod touching if possible the casing. Pupils come forward
as before.
Take care: 1, that the lower part of the spinal column touches the rod;
2, that the mouth is closed and the chin somewhat depressed; 3, that hair
worn in a knot on the back of the head does not introduce an error. Meas-
ure, and dictate the reading.
17. Span of Arms.
1, Draw on the wall a chalk mark parallel with the floor and as high as
the chin of a — of ae height.
2. Hold th rod parallel to the line and as high as the neck of
the pupil to be measured.
3. The pupil touches one end with the middle finger of one hand and
stretches along the rod as far as he can reach; chin up, heels together, body
as close as possible to the rod.
4. caer an the reading.
and all other measurements the place of the pupil measured
should be instantly taken by another. }
*
Porter — The Growth oy St. Louis Children. 271
18, 19. Strength of Squeeze.
1, Depress the trigger of the clan tiger until the point of the indicator
is seeing over the zero line of th
2. e pupil grasps the oval via ia the right hand and squeezes his
est.
8. Read the outer scale (graduated from 0 to 160) to pounds* as ex-
actly = possible. Write the number after ‘*18. Strength of Squeeze, right
hand
4. Re set the instrument, and test left hand. [Please do not touch the
indicator. Always use the trigger. ]
20, 21. Girth of Chest.
1. Take four pupils into the cloak room. They remove clothing over
level with the nipples, and are dictated in centimetres and decimal frac-
tions of a centimetre to a pupil assistant, who writes them opposite 20
and 21
2. ‘* Forced expiration.’’ Pupil breathes out, makes chest as small as
possible, inclines head forwards, draws shoulders slightly together.
d inspiration.’? Shoulders back, head raised, deepest possible
inspiration.
{Some children will require to be shown how to do this. As fastasa pupil
is measured, dresses and returns to his seat, another pupil enters the cloak
room to take his place, and strips for measurement. ]
22, Weight.
The upper figures on the beam and the smaller of the two numbers on the
iron weights are used with the scale pan. Pay no attention to them. The
lower figures on the beam read from 1 to 45 pounds. Place the pupil’s
approximate weight on the counterpoise at the end of the beam; move the
poise along the latter until the scale balances. Add the larger number on
the hanging weight to the number marked on the lower scale by the poise.
The sum is the pupil’s weight.
23, 24. Acuteness of Vision.
It is necessary to make these tests between 10:30 a. r better 11
a.m., and 8 p. m., as at other hours the winter light is ainticiaet:
A pupil must not see the card before the moment for his test has come.
Nor can the pupils who have been tested be allowed to communicate with
those yet to be tested. Otherwise the letters will be committed to memory
and the test spoiled.
1, Hang the test card on the wall opposite the windows, in a good light,
and level with the pupil’s eyes. Turn down the middle leaf of the card, so
that only one set of test letters is visible.
2. Stand the pupil with toes touching a chalk mark 16 feet 5 inches from
the card, and cover the left eye with the blinder furnished for that pu
The head must be held straight, so that the child cannot see the test letters
with the blinded eye.
* wo dynamometers were graduated metrically.
Bi a
272 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
3. The child reads the test letters beginning with the largest; the smallest
letter which can be read indicates the ‘‘ acuteness of vision” at 16 feet 5
inches (5 metres). Mark the arabic figure under this letter opposite
** Acuteness of Vision, right eye
. Change the blinder to the right e
. Turn up the middle leaf of the test card so as to expose the second set
_ te letters.
6. Test the acuteness of vision of the left eye in a similar manner.
25, 26. Acuteness of Hearing.
The hearing tests are to be made in the cloak-room with the doors closed.
Their success depends primarily on the absence of all noise from the adjacent
class-rooms and halls.
1. The pupil is seated with the right ear towards the observer.
2. An assistant closes the pupil’s left ear by pressing the tragus (the little
cartilage in front of the external opening) inwards with her thumb while
with the fingers of the same hand she closes the eyelids in a handkerchief.
With the other hand the assistant holds the end of the brass ring of the tape
measure against the head just beneath the ear, grasping the ring between
thumb and forefinger and keeping the hand entirely below the auditory
opening.
3. The observer stands directly opposite the ear and 11 feet from it,
holding the vont parallel with the floor. The watch is held by the chain
ring against the median line of the observer’s body, just above and not
touching the tape. The face of the watch is towards the pupil.
4. The observer charges the pupil to say ‘“‘now’’ when he hears the
watch tick, and advances the watch until the pupil replies. The watch is
now withdrawn and again advanced until the pupil replies. Marking this
point on the tape measure between finger and thumb, the observer puts the
watch behind her back, and asks ‘‘ Do you hear now?”’ If the pupil replies
** No,” the watch is returned to the former position and the inquiry repeated.
If the watch is again heard at this distanee the test is satisfactory; if not,
it should be repeated. Write the distance at which — — is heard in
feet and inches opposite ‘‘Acuteness of Hearing, right ea
5. tt urn the pupil around (180°) and test the left ear ie a similar manner
fulness of some children will make the accuracy of their tests
south In such cases write an interrogation mark after the figures
secured.
27, 28, 29, 30. Head Measurements.
The teacher carries the blanks arranged in the order in which the pupils
sit in her room, a pen, and a centimetre rule. The medical assistant makes
& measurement, places the callipers on the rule which the teacher holds,
and reads the number of centimetres and millimetres. The teacher writes
these numbers while the assistant makes the next measurement.
Instructions for Medical Assistants.
Measurements must be read to millimetres.
1, Length of head. — Place one point of the callipers on the most prominent
point of the oo between the eyebrows. Bring the other point of the
the posterior part. of the head and move it along the middle
2.
g ig is found. (A, B.)
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 273
2, Breadth of head. —Take the greatest breadth of the head between the
ears wherever it is found. Hold the callipers horizontally and perfectly
t F.
face.— Put one point of the callipers in the deepest depression
on the nose between the eyes (C)—then press the other point against the
chin and find that point at D where the chin turns backwards. Ask the per-
son to press his teeth together
4. Breadth of face.— This is the greatest breadth between the narrow, bony
ridges felt in front of the ears. The ridges run from the cheek bones to the
ears. Hold the callipers horizontally and symmetrically, approximately
at G.
Position of the Points at which Head Measuremenis are Taken.
A-B, length of head. Approximately at F, breadth of head. C-D, Height
of face. Approximately at G, breadth of face.*
5. Hair line. — This is the height of face from the point of the chin to the
point where the hair begins to grow above the forehea
Further information, if desired, may be had by sce uae the Physiolog-
ical Laboratory of Washington University, 625 Clark a e.f
w WNSEND PORTER.
Approved Jan. 4th, 1891.
E. H. Lone,
Superintendent.
Some changes were made in the above instructions during
the course of the investigations. The tests of acuteness of
hearing were found impracticable because of the unavoidable
noise in the schools and were given up after about seven
thousand pupils had been tested. It was noticed that the
number possessing less than the normal acuteness of hearing
was very large, and more than one pupil was found who had
been punished for inattention, the result of an unsuspected
* Iam indebted to Dr. Franz Boas for this figure.
+ Since removed to 1806 Locust street. Dr. Porter’s present address is
Harvard Medical School, Boston, Mass.
274 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
deafness. Although the returns did not seem sufficiently
trustworthy for statistical treatment, they justified the state-
ment that not a little deafness exists unknown to both teacher
and parents. This hidden infirmity deprives the pupil of
much of the benefit of class-room instruction.
The measurement of the girth of chest over the garment
next the skin was also modified after several thousand boys
and girls had been measured, and the boys were made to re-
move coats and vests while the girls were measured over the
indoor dress. The few girls who wore stays laid them aside.
CHAPTER II.
THE STATISTICAL METHODS EMPLOYED.
All measurements are accompanied by unavoidable errors.
Thus the attempt to measure the height of a man is influenced
by the accuracy with which the measuring apparatus is con-
structed, the care with which it is used, the position of the
man’s head on the vertebral column, the thickness of the
interveitebral disks and a multitude of other factors. Some
of these influences would make the observed height greater
than the true height, others would make it less. The one
group tends to counteract or compensate the other, and the
result of their conflict is the measurement actually observed.
The observed height therefore is never, except by chance, the
real height, but deviates from it in one or the other direction —
is now above and now below the truth —as one or the other
group of influences gets the upper hand. The greater the
number of influences, the more perfectly does compensation
take place and the more nearly does the observed result
approach the truth. But the truth itself can never be known,
for only when the number of influences is infinite, can the
probability of perfect compensation between them rise to a
certainty. That which we call true is merely the probable
truth and is worthy of confidence in exact proportion to its
numerical probability.
The influences which affect a measurement are of two sorts,
the one accidental and varying, such as, taking the measure-
ment of height for an example, the degree of inclination of
the head tothe axis of the body, the placing of the measuring-
rod and the like, the other constant and unvarying, such as an
inaccuracy in the construction of the measuring-rod or a per-
sistent bias in the mind of the observer. In both classes, the
degree of compensation varies with the number of influences,
for even a constant cause, although not accidental in its nature
and found always on one side of the mean, may be compen-
sated by another constant cause on the opposite side of the
5)
(27
276 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
mean. The accidental or varying influences, however, are
much more numerous than the constant or unvarying, and
thus compensation is in their case much more complete.
Constant, unvarying influences are therefore more deceptive
than varying, accidental influences.
In practice, the influences determining the result of a single
measurement elude all attempts at calculation, and the extent
to which the result of a single observation approximates the
truth cannot be told. But if many measurements are made
of the same thing, for example the height of a man, the
individual measurements arrange themselves on either side of
the true height. If only accidental influences have been at
- work in each individual measurement in the series, the dis-
tribution of the observed heights on either side of the real
height would, if the number of observations were infinite, be
symmetrical. Thus the true height would at once appear, and
the probability or degree of deviation of any single measure-
ment would also be visible. Even with finite numbers a
probability so great as to amount to a practical certainty can
be secured. If 2,000 measurements of the same physical
dimension, e. g. the height of an individual, are made care-
fully, the total number of observations will be distributed
nearly as follows : —
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 277
TABLE No. 1.
THE Seay eis oF 2,000 MEASUREMENTS OF THE SAME QUANTITY WHEN
TION OF THE INDIVIDUAL OBSERVATIONS FROM THE TRUE
Vann es THE Muiainluns QUANTITY IS DUE TO PURELY ACCIDENTAL
Caus
d=the Probable Deviation. Number of Observations.
way th
>
os
PP LEE LLP tae +et+4+t++4+
Om Oo DORR O
a a
ne
RL
SaOmMONomonNs HOUSNSUNOHD
AAAGAGARAA
«
nn
a nn
aan
Om boo 09 £9
VMAAVUAAIAAa
O bo bo 0 Co I OF OF
SHAOROMOUSAS HOUSUSUOUDS
AARAAAAAAR ASQAQAAAAgkaRrs®
bo
So
~
cal
s
EFEREE ERT EL B+++4+4+4+4+4++4+
om mE WN Ne HO
Greater than
This result is quite independent of the nature of the thing
measured, provided that no unvarying influences are at work.
An examination of Table No. 1 shows (1) that the distribu-
tion of the observations is symmetrical about a median point,
in other words that equal deviations to one and the other side
of this point are equally probable; (2) that half the whole
number of observations fall within + 1.0 d of the most prob-
able value, indicating that a small deviation is more probable
than a large one; and (3) that there is a limit beyond which
no deviation occurs. Such are the peculiarities of a series of
observations in which the deviations from the true value
are due to purely accidental causes. It is evident that the
most probable value of the true measurement is typical of the
whole series, and that the degree of probability of any devia-
* After Thoma: Untersuchungen iiber die Grésse der anatomischen Be-
standtheile des menschlichen K6érpers im gesunden und kranken Zustande.
Leipzig, 1882. Page 28
278 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
tion from the type is easily calculated; for example in the
series of Table No. 1, the chances are even that any deviation
will fall between +1.0 d and—1.0 d, for it has been seen that
half the whole number of observations fall within these limits.
Quetelet demonstrated that the method of grouping related
measurements could be used not only for showing the most
probable height of one individual but also for showing the
most probable or typical height, i. e., that most often found, of
a number of individuals. The Belgian Astronomer Royal
pointed out that the series obtained by measuring a number
of individuals of the same type, e. g., men of the same nation-
ality, was characterized by the peculiarities that distinguish
a series in which the deviations from the typical or most
probable value are due to accidental causes. The truth of
this statement is obvious when the two are compared.
TABLE No. 2.*
HeiGuTs OF UNITED States RECRUITS.
Height at Intervals of One Inch. Number of Recruits.
Between 78 and 79 inches -
‘“ 7 “ —— 6
“ 6 ts Foo 9
és 15S ae 42
“c Th 8 ee 118
és 7g ke bee 343
“ y 6 eee: 680
ry; “ ye 1485
6s ya “ 2075
“6 69 «6 pe 3133
‘ 6s << y ee 3631
“ 67 « 68. 4054
‘“ 66 * 67 «6 3475
ts cs. « 6a « 3019
Pt} C4 tk 1947
“ 6B ¢ ‘“ 1237
“a 62 * 63 «6 526
“ r a ‘“ 50
“ 60 “* 61 « 15
“ BO © 60 ti 10
“ 58 * 59 6 6
“ 67 5a 8 7
i. 2a a ee ee 3
rd 55 BBC 1
“55 and less 4
Total. ..25878
* E. B. Elliott’s table in Medical Statistics of the Provost-Marshal-Gen-
eral’s Bureau, by J. H. Baxter, 1875, Vol. I. Introduction, page xxx.
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 279
If the individual heights of a group of adults are found to
be approximations of a middle, typical height, it would seem
that the heights of children of the same sex, age and class
must show a similar relation to a type; and this inference is
justified by observation.
| TABLE No. 3.
OBSERVED DISTRIBUTION OF THE HEIGHTS OF 2192 St. Louis ScHOOL
GIRLS, AGED 8.
Heights at Intervals of 2 Centimetres. Number of Observations.
141 and 142 cm. 1
166: 4 24007!
22 Giles SAE os he Ay 1
IG tea SE 5
TRS RE 10
TSE LBs SF 21
129 “© 180 *6 28
120 Soee ss 79
12644: ARG ot * 138
123! ye ts 183
ASL 19227 $8 243
EIS 120 tt 342
BET St 338 321
£15 16. 297
118 fF 114. 222
PEP O18 *t 137
JOD. fA
107: **= 108; -* 42
105: 5 105. 27
108.4 104.2 8
8a) MRR raie 11 ee, 3
10D 26 L
Tothliiv<scvcus cies bane Peery 3th
The characteristics of a series in which the individual ob-
servations are accidental deviations from a typical middle
value are established by methods which have long been used
by astronomers and mathematicians. These methods seek to
determine (1) the middle or typical value and (2) the way in
which the individual observations are dispersed on either side
of this value. Some statisticians take the average to be the
nearest approach to the typical value, others prefer the mean,
i. e., median value.* It will be necessary to consider at some
length the relative value of average and mean in anthropomet-
rical studies of the growth of children, but for the present a
* Throughout this work the word MEAN is used as the synonym of MEDIAN
VALUE, and not in the sense of ARITHMETICAL MEAN, which is called here
the AVERAGE. The MIDDLE VALUE will be employed as meaning either
Median or Average value.
280 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
statement of the methods by which the mean and average are
secured will suflice.
By averAGEe (A) is meant the quotient obtained by divid-
ing the sum (a) of the values (a) obtained in the individual
measurements by the whole number of measurements (7).
aa
For ae (1)
The calculation of the average height of girls, aged 9, will
serve as an example.
TABLE No. 4.
THE CALCULATION OF THE AVERAGE HEIGHT OF ST. LovIS SCHOOL
GIRLS, AGED 9.
:| Number of ; . Number of
el Observa- | Product. | Height 2 |” Observa- | Product.
tie tions (a) Centi- tions (a);
metres, (n) 7 metres. (n) y we
168 1 168 134 25 3350
167 133 31 4128
166 132 29 3828
165 131 62 8122
64 130 78 10140
163 129 91 11739
162 128 119 15232
161 127 132 16764
160 1 160 126 148 18018
159 125 162 20250
7 124 141 17484
123 wae 19926
156 122 145
155 121 130 15730
54 120 145 17400
153 119 97 11543
152 118 94 11092
151 117 69 8078
150 116 59 6844
149 115 47 5405
114 30 3420
47 113 18 2034
46 112 11 1232
45 111 10 1110
sri 110 10 1100
143 1 148 09 5 545
142 2 284 108 1 108
141 3 423 107 5 585
140 2 280 106 3 318
139 3 417 105 1 105
138 9 1242 104 1 104
137 12 1 1 103
136 15 2040 102
135 14 1890 101
100 2 200
Total...... n = 2122 ‘Sa—262358
A un PEESOE 5 123.64 em.
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 281
If the number of observations is very large, the MEAN
(MEDIAN value, M,) may be found with considerable accuracy
by a mere inspection of the series. The mean of such a
series is the measurement which most frequently recurs.
Thus, the mean height of the recruits of Table No. 2, page 278,
is between 67 and 68 inches. The accuracy with which the
mean can thus be found depends not only on the number of ob-
servations, but also on the size of the units of measurement.
For most purposes it is desirable to know not merely at
which inch, centimetre, kilogramme or other unit the greatest
number of observations is found, but exactly at what fraction
of the unit. Again, the relation between the number of
observations and the size of the unit may be such that
the largest number of observations at one unit will not
fall at the true mean, or line dividing the total number
of observations into two equal groups. The method by
which the mean can be calculated with exactness will be
illustrated by the following example. The mean height of
the girls in Table No. 4 is obtained by adding the number
of observations from below upwards until the sum cannot
be increased by the next number in the column without
exceeding half of the total number of observations. Thus
1046 is reached opposite 123 cm.; the next number in
the column (141) would make the sum 1187, which is
more than the half (1061) of the total number of observa-
tions (2122). The mean is, therefore, greater than 123 cm.
but less than 125 cm. Its position is found by interpolation.
Half of the total number of observations is 1061, which is 15
more than the sum of the observations up to 124 em.; 15 is
11 per cent. of 141, the observations at 124 cm. Hence, the
mean is 124.15 cm.
Neither the mean nor the average can give any information
as to the way in which the individual observations in a series
are distributed, and it is plain that two series having an iden-
tical mean or average may differ greatly in respect of the
dispersion of the individuals from the middle value. Thus the
two very different series —
4, 5, 6, 14, 15, 16
¥, 0, 10, 10,11; 71
282 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
have the same average(10). The best measure of the degree
of dispersion or deviation of the individual members of a series
from their common mean or average is that afforded by the
Probable Deviation. The probable deviation is that devia-
tion from the middle value, which, in a large series of obser-
vations, is as often exceeded as attained (Lexis). In other
words, half of the whole number of observations fall short
of the probable deviation, while the other half exceed it. A
deviation which exceeds is as probable as one that does not
reach this value. The probable deviation can be calculated
with the formula —
=
2
d == + 0.6745,/ — (2)
In this formula:
d = the probable deviation.
20? =the sum of the squares of the individual deviations
from the mean or average.
n = the number of observations in the series.
In the place of this formula, in which the calculation of
20" requires much labor when the number of observations is
great, a simpler formula may be safely used in getting the
deviation in a large series.
d = + 0.8453 “2 (3)
The:formula says that all the individual deviations from the
mean or average‘of a series must be added together without
regard to whether they are plus or minus and divided by the
total number of observations. The working of the formula
will be illustrated by finding the probable deviation from the
average height of girls aged 8.
Porter — The Growth of St. Lowis Children. 2838
TABLE No. 5.
THE CALCULATION OF THE PROBABLE DEVIATION — FROM THE AVERAGE
HEIGHT (118.36 oe ) of 2193 GrRLs, a
Height at Intervals of : 3 ro
2 Centimetres. 15
141 and 142 Cm. 1 23.64 23.64
139 oe 140 ee
167 -** 138. ** 7 19.64 19.64
185 =** 186 5 17.64 88.20
ing. © [pa-- 10 15.64 156.40
Lot isa 21 13.64 286.44
e208! ASH se 28 11.64 325.92
wage ** P28: 4° 19 9 761.56
125 86 “1 2G <** 138 7.6
i 4, eee oe 183 5.64 1032.12
121 ics = 243 3.64 84.5
119. 66-739 842 1.64 560.88
bi? * iis & $21 0.36 115,56
LG ** . Lige 297 2.36 700.92
tig 114 222 4.36 967.9
TEE 8 Fie 137 6.36 872.69
1095 **. Gs 84 8.36 702,24
FOOT: *& 108: = 42 10.36 435.12
106 "306% 27 12.36 333.72
Tos “* 104 — 8 14.36 114.88
i102 "162 2 16.36 $2.72
+A OG 1 18.36 18.36
TGtal 42-55 2192 9487.77
9487.77
d = + 0. 845395 - = + 3.698 Cm.
The distribution of the above series of the heights of girls,
aged 8, is therefore characterized by a probable deviation of
+ 3.7.cm.; that is, one against one may be wagered that no
girl aged 8 will be taller than 122.06 cm. or shorter than 114.66
cm. If the number of observations falling between A + d,
A + 2d, A+ 3d......A+"d be noted, a complete picture
of the individual observations in a series will be obtained.
This observed distribution may then be compared directly
with the distribution of the observations in an hypothetical
series constructed according to the calculus of probabilities.
The observed and the theoretical series should correspond, if
the causes of deviation are purely accidental. It has already
been said that such a comparison must be made before it can
be known whether the observations in any series can be
treated by the methods of the theory of probabilities. It is
however not necessary to compare more than one of a num-
284 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ber of series in which the distribution follows a common
type. It will suffice for our purposes therefore to compare
the distribution of the 2192 heights in Table No. 3, page 279,
with the distribution of an equal number according to the
calculus of probabilities. The method by which this is done
permits the construction of a curve from the observations
actually made which shall be the probable form of a curve
representing the distribution of the entire class from which
the observations have been drawn.
The number of observation (Z) which should be included
between the average (A) and any deviation from the average,
in other words any multiple (m) of the probable deviation
(d@), is obtained from the equation.*
t
ee (4)
The labor of calculating deviations with the aid of this
equation is avoided by the use of such tables as Stieda’s,
reproduced below.
TABLE No. 6.
Strepa’s TaBLE ror CALCULATING THE NUMBER OF OBSERVATIONS AT ANY
DISTANCE FROM THE MEAN OR AVERAGE WITHIN THE LIMITS: M+
Pp Percent. 1) Percent.
0.1 5.4 1.8 77.5
0.2 10.7 1.9 80.0
0.3 16.0 2.0 82.3
0.4 21.3 9.1 84.3
0.5 26.4 2.2 86.2
0.6 31.4 as 87.9
0.7 36.3 2.4 89.5
0.8 41.1 2.5 90.8
0.9 45.6 2.6 92.1
1.0 50.0 7 93.1
ti 54.2 2.8 94.1
1.2 58.2 2.9 95.0
1.3 61.9 3.0 95.7
1.4 65.5 3.5 98.2
1.5 68.8 4.0 99.3
1.6 71.9 4.5 99.8
17 ‘74.8 5.0 99.93
Sesaeperenmameremme ee
| Kramp. L’ Analyse des réfractions astronomiques.
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 285
If p is allowed to represent one of the figures in the first
column and A the average of all the measurements in a series,
the figures opposite p in the second column will give the per
cent. of individual measurements lying within the limits:
A+p.dandA—p.d
Suppose for example it were required to know how many
of a series of 2192 girls aged 8 were of a height between the
average (118.36 cm.) and a deviation of + 1.5 d (1.5. 3.7
em. = 5.55 cm.), i. e. between 118.36 cm. + 5.55 cm. =
123.91 cm. and 118.36 cm. — 5.55 ecm. = 112.81 cm.
The number in the table opposite 1.5 is 68.8, which
says that 68.8 per cent. of the 2192, or 1508, should fall
within the limits stated. Then half this number must fall
between A and A + 1.5 d (118.36 cm. and 123.91 cm.). In
a similar manner it will be found that 50 per cent. of the
whole number, or 1096, should fall within the limits A + d
(118.36 cm. + 3.7 cm. = 122.06 cm. and 118.386 cm. — 3.7
cm. = 116.51 em.), and 25 per cent. between A and A + d
(118.36 cm. and 122.06 cm.). Thus may be calculated the
number of observations which should occur at any deviation
from the average. The theoretical and observed distribution
of 2192 girls, aged 8, is compared in Table No. 7.
286 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
TABLE No. 7.
THE THEORETICAL AND THE OBSERVED DISTRIBUTION OF THE HEIGHTS
or 2192 Grrus, AGED 8.
: Heights at Intervals of Theoretical
: of + 0.5d. Distribution. Distribution.
+ 5.04 136.86 Cm. 2 9
1 i a 185.01 “ 6 8
-+- 4.0 *§ 133.26 *¢ 12 18
3.5 ** 131.31 27 27
oh. 8.0 129.46 «< 54 57
+ 2. ) se 127.61 Lad 104
+ 2.0 * 125.76 148 150
+ 2 es 123.91 sc 206 209
a 3.0 0 122.06‘ 259 286
+ 0.5 * 120.21 « 289 00
0.0 * 118.36 «*
— 0.5 6 116.51 * 2389 272
ee? 114.66 259 O75
ont ec 112.81 ‘ 206 196
cen oe 110.96 * 148 196
9.8.6 109.11 « 80
—— 107.26 54 40
— 3.5 * 105.41 « 27 26
= *6 103.56 « 12 =
— 4,5 101,71 6 3
oe 99.86 « 9 :
TOtMls coarse 9192 2192
ee
The curves in Plate I * give a graphic representation of the
figures in Table No. 7. A glance at these curves shows that
there is a close agreement between them, indicating that the
individual observations out of which they are constructed are
symmetrically grouped about a middle value typical of the
whole, and proving that the material with which we have to
deal satisfies the requirements of theory.
The method of showing distribution just described is not
the only method used for this purpose. Francis Galton f
determines the actual distribution of the observations in a
series at intervals of 5 or 10 per cent. from the median or
50 ** percentile grade.”? The calculation of the median value
_ (mean) or 50 percentile grade has already been described:
_ that for the 5, 10, 20 and other percentile grades is similar in
i
'* The plates are placed after the index at the end of the number.
Natural Inheritance. London, 1889
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 287
principle. The percentile grades of the heights of girls,
aged 9, are as follows: —
TABLE No. 8.
THE PERCENTILE DISTRIBUTION OF THE HEIGHTS OF GIRLS, AGED 9.
, Number of :
Percentile Grades. Obecrvatious. Heights.
95 2015.9 133.42 Cm.
90 1909.8 130.97 *
80 1697.6 128.62 “
1591.5 127.58 “¢
70 1485.4 126.54
1273.2 125.53‘
50 1061.0 124.11
40 848.8 122.76 ‘
30 636.6 121.21.. *
25 580.5 120.90 ‘
20 424.4 119.59 **
10 212.2 8 ease
5 106.1 115.17‘
TOtal...2s ses ees 2122
The Probable Error of the Average can be determined by
means of the formula
eos (5)*
Vn
where E = the probable error of the average,
d = the probable deviation of an individual from the
average,
n = the number of observations in the series.
Substituting the values determined for the heights of girls,
aged 9, we have —
3.698
V 2122
E= = + 0.079 cm.
The values of E are given in Table No. 9.
* Formulas (1), (2), (3) and (5) and Table No. 6 are taken from L.
Stieda’s admirable article: Ueber die Anwendung der Wahrscheinlichkeits-
rechnung in der anthropologischen Statistik. Archiv. fir Anthropologie,
Bd. xiv., 1882, p. 167-182.
THE PROBABLE ERROR OF THE AVERAGE: E =2— ,
Vn
where e = Probable Error,
d — Probable Deviation,
n — Number of Observations.
TABLE No. 9.
d
Unit of b ;
Psasiens. ae Massena. Age ef Nearest Birthday, and Probable Error
ment. eerie s 9 | 1 | mw | 12 | 18 | 14 | 15 | 16 | | 18 19 | 20 | a
+ | + a | se [de Pe
Weight, in Indoor Boys. | cioeramme 0.054) 0.089) 0.043 0.045 / 0.049) 0.062 0.061/0.110 0.148 0.227/ 0.431) 0.521
Girls. “¥ 0.051} 0.045} 0.042 052) 0.070! 0.081 154} 0.207) 0.244) 0.289] 0.332] 0.565
eight Siang, Boys. 0.12 0.084 084 0.082 0.080 0.082 0. 099 mie 0 140 t. 188 o 286 0. 43% 0, 592) 0.924
thout 6 Girls, |Centimetre..| °y 193 0.079 0.241| 0.265} 0.488] 0.853| 0.651
Boys. 0.105 0.061| 0.048 0.049 0.058 0.080 0.067 0.076 0.108 0,161 0,250 0.427 0.586
eee PUNE: +>* ++! Giria, [Centimetre. |G igal 6.083) 0.0 168] 1951 0,198] 0.2801 0.990
Boys. 0.144 0.096 0. Oss 0.089 t 103 o i v ie 0.159 0. 197 0 2 7 0.574 0.581) 0.761
pan of Arms.......| Girls, |Centimetre.-| O40) 6.107 0.285 om 0.517| 0.474) 0.712
Girth OF Chest, Boys. centimetre, | 0.088| 0.087 0.081|0.088| 0-080 0.085 0.073 0.080 089 0.8 v.72 r73 0 205 0.382] 0.551
nspiration.| Girls. 0.087} 0.061] 0.053] 0.056] 0.060 0.078] 0.097 152| 0.217! 0.243} 0.840] 0.381] 0.482
Girth of ches - a We tei woere 0.0530. 0. Dr Abe spree ia ie 0.061 O61 0.076 0.088 0.119 119 vi 16s O31 261 0. Fete be 0.504
on, rls 0. 0.265} 0.420) 0.347} 0.560
Strength of Squeeze) Boys. cijogcamme | 056] 0.089] Oat Ms 0.055 0.061 0. a: us v ise 0 126 0.1430, 244 0. AT 0. les)
vanes Girls. 0.133) 0.1
| EERE SRE Uae RRR 0.098) 0.188 ——_—__—_— | —_—____.
Strength of Squeeze,| Boys. | 0.057) 0.044) 0. sas 0.059 0.059 059 0.087 oa 7.080 0.103 103 0.184 pe 0.248 243 0 488 0.639
Left Hand........| Girls, |Mlosramme | ‘9 p56) 6 042] 0.046] 6.049] 0.053| 6.059] 0.076 .207| 0.264
: ----| BOYSs |aiuimetre...| 171| 0.118) 0.106) 0.109 0.004 0,129 0.115 0.181 131 0 182 0. 208 0 355 0.575| 0.717
tesa aaa cggscabem OT we" 0,170 101| 0,102| 0.1 0.256 0.275) 0.252] 0.466) 0 sss|
ae: Boys. ee oo toe 0.090 090 0.082 0.084 0.090 090 0.098 0.02 0 114 v 129 D is6 0.249 0.486! 0.685
ee"! iris, |Miimetre + ois 0.130 0.150} 0.210| 0.242] 0.800] 9.466) 0.426
Root of Nose to | Bors. |aiinimetre..| 207 0.130 0.103 102 0.10 107 dar 110 0.8 ra 7 Time 0 160 b 4 o 28 0.346 0.744 0.888
Point of Chin.| Girls. 0.245 0.845| 0.297) 0.421 0.469) 0.627
| BOTS. lapinimotra 0 17 0 101 0 090 D 0.101 0.092 092 0.108 108 0.113 0. i22 \ 153 0.196 0.860 0.527) 0.718)
ee Pee. iris, (eee 2 09) O1| 6.275) 6.268] 0.420| 0. tro] 0.528
Hair Line to Be cian. v. att é- iss . a 7. im ” 137 : ee ‘. ss : i : os c 53 aia 0.853) 0.189 |
Girls. | 0.238| 0.137| 0.119| 0.121] 0.131! 0.143| 0.148\ 0.173] 0.193] 0.211] 0.286) 0.487) 0.520! 0.749) 0.560! 0.786
Point of Chin.
88z
‘SINOT “1G {0 “LOG “poopy “sud
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 289
The mean or average of the observations at any age in the
period of growth is typical of the child at that age, anda com-
parison of the means at different ages will reveal the law of
growth of the type. Again, the mean of the observations at any
deviation from the mean of the whole number, for example
the height at a deviation of + d from the mean, or, if Galton’s
method is employed, the height at any percentile grade, is the
type of those who stand at a certain degree of deviation from
the type of the whole number. Thus types of tall and short,
light and heavy children are secured. The types of the same
degree of. deviation from the mean at all ages are as compar-
able as the type of the whole number of observations, and
reveal the growth of the typically tall and short, light and
heavy children; but the comparison is less secure the greater
the deviation from the mean, for the probable error is
inversely as the square of the number of observations, and
the number of observations rapidly diminishes on either side
of the mean.
The methods described in this chapter have been employed
in the present investigation. For every entire series here
presented, the mean and the average, the probable deviation
and the probable error, and the 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60,
70, 75, 80, 90 and 95 percentile grades have been calcu-
lated. The 25 and 75 percentile grades were obtained by
dividing by 2 the sums of the 20 and 30, and the 70 and 80
percentile grades respectively.
CHAPTER III.
TRUSTWORTHINESS OF THE MATERIAL; ITS LIMITATIONS. COMPARISON OF
MEDIAN AND AVERAGE VALUES,
The question first to be decided in the discussion of an
anthropometrical series is whether the individual observations
are so related one to another that they constitute accidental
deviations from a middle value. The method of answering
this question by comparing the series of observations with a
series constructed according to the theory of probabilities has
already been described, and it has been stated incidentally that
_ the heights of St. Louis girls aged 8 agreed with the theoretical
series in their distribution. Where such an agreement exists,
the individual observations are to be regarded as approxima-
tions of a middle value which is the type of the series. It is
not necessary to make this comparison at more than one age,
or in more than one dimension, for it is known that if one
series in a group like that with which we have to deal shows
this agreement the other series will be found to do the same.
In the present case, additional evidence of the correspondence
between observation and theory could be furnished, were it
required, by Table No. 10, containing the probable deviation
)
TABLE No, 10.
6 = Deviation from Average.
THe PROBABLE DEVIATION (d) FROM THE AvERAGE: d= + 0.8453. ~° where 46 = Sum of Individual Deviations.
n- n = Total Number of Observations.
Unit of | Age at Nearest Birthday and Probable Deviation.
Dimensions. Sex. Measure- -
ment 6 | 7 8 Oo) 3007 38 Fc ee te | a ] ae: be Lae |) ae Toe ee
Boys eas a “cP 0 2.23) 2.60 ee 8.88) 4.56) 5.06 Fare eT ia = ie
Weight....... sooo! Gide, (Kilogramme 1.44] 1.88} 1.95] 2.23| 2.81| 2.91) 8.81| 4.22] 4.67| 4.05| 4.24, 8.70] 3.60] 3.76] 8.76
Boys. 8.40| 8.61) 3.89} 8.75) 8.98) 4.23) 4.47) 4.98] 5.58! 6.33) 5.87 5.15) 4.98
Height Standing...) Gyijg, |Centimetre «| “s%5] “375; -g.70| 8.88) 406| 448| B23| E46) Gis! foil fos ae '39| 4.04; 3.08} 4.97
Boys. ‘ $2} 2.64) 2.26) 2.84) 2.42) 2.56) 2.72) 2.74) 8.15) 3.59) 3.48! 8.77) 2.89
Height Sitting......| Givjg |Centimetre | “3q3) “sig “s'oa| ‘S11; S191 937] 3. .87| 3.11, 2.54] 2.36] 2.17] 1.72] 1.821 2.03] 1.86
Boys. 8.85| 4.16) 4.18 oY 4.70) 4.84) 4.57) 5.71) 6.08) 7.15) 7.89) 5.0% 31
Span of Arms,......| Giig’ |Centimetre -| “y'7| “Gag| “¢.98 .69| 4.87; 4.51| 6.55] 6.291 4.58} 4.41 4.05| 4.281 4.71] 4.13] 4.38
Girth of Chest, Boys. |contimetre .| 228] 280) 2.4 ER 2.68 2.70| 2.86| 8.18) 8.51| 8.84) 4.37] 2.95| 8.07
_Full Inspiration, | Girls, [C&M mette «| “ogg 9.43) 9.4 62; 2.91] 8.14| 8.51] 8.62] 3.53| 8.08; 3.15] 3.11| 3.08] 2.67| 2.78
Girth of Chest Boys. Centiietia * 13 “98.87. ms % rT 2 60 2.80) 2.52) 3.01) 8.08) 3.64) %.69| 4.01) 3.85] 2.81
Full Expiration. | Girls. ‘ 2.5 71| 8.18} 8.33| 3.56} 8.67| 3.80] 3.51 $.59| 3.35] 3.781 2.84| 2.91
Strength of Basvexs, Boys. |Kijoeramme Tai 1, $3 136 as 2.66) 2.74) 3.17) 4.27) 4.15) 5.10) 5.29
Right Hand...... Girls. s 1,89] 1.67 1.87; 2.11; 2.27| 2.42/ 2.83] 3.31/ 4.11| 3.65] 3.77
Strength a Baca Boys. J ere Be 2.08 2.66) 2.57) 2.70) 8.11) 3.50) 8.98) 5.10) 5.58) 4.87
_Left Hand........ Gitte, |Kogramme 9.10| 2.23 2.86| 2.98| 3.35] 8.90] 3.84) 8.93| 3.17 |
Boys. nae dea a1 28 “E85 = 4, a7 4.18} 5.26] 4.56) 4.55} 5.44) 4.66) 4.98) 5.08| 4.18 :
Length of Head..... Givis, |Millimet 4.26} 4.39| 4.93| 4.70| 4.46] 4.55| 4.53 4.581 65.12| 4.09 3.20| 4.091 9.75
s Boys. es, oa “558 8.68) 8. _ 3.85) 3.76) 83.61) 8.90) 3.82) 4.08) 83.48) 4.21] 3.88
Width of Head,....| Gina, |Mullim@es 8.81] 8.86) 8.66] 8.65| 8.96) 9.80] 4.03] 8.92] 8.96 _8.84) 4.17| 8.60] 8.85] 4.14) 8.64
Root of Nose to | Boys. |ariimetre..| 5.09) 4.80 4.67] 4.82 L.77| 5.18 5.22) 5.54] 5.21) 5.21 4.79) 6.57) 4.92
Point of Chin| Girls. 4.80| 4.45, 4.46) 4.48] 4.64| 4.61) 5.05] 4.68, 4.94| 4.98) 4.91| 5.15| 8.79] 3.77; 4.01| 9.66
Boys. ee 4.24) 4.09) 4.08) 4.44!) 4.05) 4.52 % 42| 4. 27 wee > = 5.01| 4.69) 4.13 :
Width of Face...... Glas Millimet 4.30| 8.921 8.97] 4.03] 4.381 4.17 i 07} 4.08) 3.38) 38.76) 8.58} 3.08
Gate Cine t Boys. |, _.,.| 618| 6.40] 6.46| 6.67| 6.66| 6.80 ii iui Foe Gad 5.90! 7.60| 8.00 .
Point of Chin.| Girls. 5.88] 5.281 5.27] 5.38} 5.621 5.701 5.76] 6.04 6.11 5.40| 5.69} 6.20] 6.18} 6.22] 4.76] 4.52
_ uatpng smo “3g fo yoy ay], — 1010
292 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
from theaverage. It is seen in this table that the probable
deviations are small, that is, one-half of the observations
deviate but little from the middle value, which is one of the
fundamental attributes of deviations due to accidental causes.
But additional evidence is hardly required, and few critics will
object to regarding the middle values in this investigation as
types of their respective series.
The objection sometimes made that the errors of observation
materially affect the truth of the values obtained is of little
weight, partly because such errors are ‘* accidental’’ and com-
pensate each other as already explained, and partly because a
deviation from the middle value due to an uncompensated
error in measurement forms, as a rule, an inconsiderable part
of that greater deviation which expresses the physiological
difference between the individual and the type of his age and
class. Accidental errors of observation need not give concern
in measurements of great numbers of school children. Nor
need there be much fear of constant errors of observation,
provided the collection of material is made by many persons
and with a good number of each sort of measuring instrument.
If hundreds of teachers take part in the measurements, as in
the present investigation, a constant cause of error due to a
teacher’s unconscious bias or personal equation on one side of
the middle value will very probably be compensated by the
bias of another teacher on the opposite side, and, similarly,
if a number of scales are used, the errors of those which weigh
too lightly are likely to be compensated by the errors of those
whose readings are too heavy.
The trustworthiness of this material must be encouraging to
those whose hold on the theory underlying these matters is
not very strong, because it illustrates the truth that the types
of physical development, and the laws of growth of the type
may be induced from measurements made by comparatively
unskilled hands and demonstrates that a system of anthropo-
metrical measurements may be fruitfully employed in the
public schools.
he use to which middle values and the deviations from
middle values shall be put is in part the subject of controversy,
__ and it will be well to state here the manner in which they
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 293
shall be employed in the present work. In doing so it will be
necessary to give a brief account of the matters concerning
which agreement is general as well as those which are in dispute.
It is acknowledged generally that the method of Quetelet
furnishes a middle value typical of the series from which
it was drawn, for example the middle weight of boys of
the same age, nationality and social condition is the typical
weight of boys of that age and class; and it is further
acknowledged that the increase in the middle value from year
to year expresses the law of growth of the type. It follows
that the middle value of those who stand at any deviation from
the middle value of the whole number is the type of that
degree of deviation from the type of the whole number and
that the increase in the middle value at the same degree of
deviation at each age in the period of growth expresses the law
of growth of the type at that degree of deviation. Thus the
curves of percentile grades printed below express the growth
of the typical St. Louis school-boy and girl. The type ata
certain deviation from the mean of an age will show the same
degree of deviation from the mean at any subsequent age;
for example a type-boy in the 75 percentile grade at age 6
will throughout his growth be heavier than 75 per cent. of
boys of his own age. Percentile curves are of course not
necessarily parallel. The type of the 50 per cent. who exceed
the middle value of the whole number has a law of growth
characteristic of tall boys and different from that of the type
of the 50 per cent. who fall below the middle value of the
whole number.
The application of the middle value to individuals has not
yet been mentioned. It is here that controversy finds its
hold. The relation of the individual to the type is not known.
It is not known whether a boy who at age 6 is heavier than
75 per cent. of boys at his age will at age 18 be heavier than
75 per cent. of boys at that age. Some anthropologists
believe that there is at least probability that children remain
in the same percentile grade throughout life, while others
dissent from this view. In truth the development of the
individual has been little studied, and it is therefore not yet
possible to state his probable future growth.
294 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
This question — the relation of the growth of the individual
to the growth of the type —can be determined only by the
individualizing method. The generalizing method deals solely
with units, irrespective of their individuality. If for example
John Smith in the 75 percentile grade and William Harrison
in the 60 percentile grade at age 6 exchange places at age 7,
the personal curve of each boy undergoes an important devia-
tion, but the number of units in the two grades, and conse-
quently the middle value in each, is unaltered. The generalizing
method, therefore, furnishes no data by which the future de-
velopment of individuals can be safely judged. The individ-
ualizing method, on the contrary, follows the individual from
year to year throughout his growth and establishes the
frequency and extent of his deviations from the growth of
the type. The lack of data collected by the individualizing
method is regrettable, but this gap in our knowledge does not
prevent the establishing of physical standards by which the
probability that the physique of any child is normal or abnor-
mal can be fixed.
The facts stated above limit the application of middle values
to (1) the establishing of physical standards at each age, and
(2) the using of these standards to determine whether the
physique of any child is normal: they do not, in the present
state of knowledge, permit prediction of future growth.
It has been much disputed whether the median value or the
average should be taken for the type. Many investigators
agree with Sir John Herschel, who declares in his celebrated
review of Quetelet’s Lettres sur la théorie des probabilités
(page 23) that an average ‘‘ may be convenient, to convey a
** general notion of the things averaged, but involves no con-
** ception of a natural and recognizable central magnitude all
‘* differences from which ought to be regarded as deviations
‘‘from a standard. The notion of a mean, on the other
‘** hand, does imply such a conception, standing distinguished
‘*from an average by this very feature, viz.: the regular
‘march of the groups, increasing to a maximum, and thence
‘again diminishing. An average gives us no assurance that
**the future will be like the past. A mean may be reckoned
‘‘on with the most implicit confidence. All the phil-
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 295
‘‘ osophical value of statistical results depends on a due
‘sappreciation of this distinction and acceptance of its
‘* consequences.’’
Other statisticians have used the average exclusively. Out
of respect to this difference of opinion, both the median value
and the average have been employed in the present work.
On calculating these values for each series, it was found that
the difference between them was inconsiderable, showing that
296 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
TABLE No. il.
Mepian MInusS AVERAGE VALUES.
Unit of |Ageat Nearest Birthday, and Median Minus Average Values.
Dimensions. Sex. Measure- : ES ERS
: 6 7 8 | 9 10 il 12
ei | Boys. |; 0.10 —0.01| --0.09| +-0.16| +-0.04) +-0.08) —0.10
‘whe cae ae Givis, |Kllogramme| G96) 0.01; -0.03| —-0.04| —0.04 ae es
a: SS eres 0.29) +0.45| 10.64, -+-0.52) +0.68) -+-0.6 :
‘Height Standing...) Gn¥s° (Centimetre.-| “S573 “6-49| 140.88] --0.44| 10.42 +0.
‘He ; Boys. |Gcutimetre | 0-54; —0.10) +0.47| +0.35) —0.40/ +0.4 :
Height Sitting...... Gras, Centimet 0.66} 10.6 6.99 +0.03} -+0.69) -+0.59 as
ine OL ee Rea 0.62) +0.66| 0.66] +-0.49| +0.39| -+-0.46) —Y
—— Givis, |Centimetre..| T'G'53) ‘10.75, 16.20] 10.65] 0.48) }-0.22 a
Girth of Chest Boys. 0.20 +-0.3¢ 0.17) +-0.4§ 0.44) + :
ee " Inspiration.| Girls. |Centimetre Bie 58} +0 0.87 se Pr 49} +0.55 ano
‘Girth of Chest, | Boys. 0.34) +-0.24) +-0.56} +-0.87) 4-0.22) + a
oe Expiration. Gins. Centimetre as ae + ).48 Big’ ue 40; +0 Ben
‘Streng Boys. 0.21; —0.02| £0.21; —0.70| —0.11; —0.08) —t
| Girls, |Kilogramme | 10.79 10.03 0.18 —.09| —0.06| -+0.27}_—0.07
Boys. |x; +0.53| —0. 02) —0.19| —0.138
) ee ae Girls, [Silogramme| “9.691 0.641 —0.22| —0.18| —0.59| 10.02) + sa
_...| Boys- lainimetre.,| +047] +0.88! +0.82| +-0.28! 0.06, 40.49) + 0-77
— ““***| Girls. 0.89} +0.49/ 11.23) +1.41| +1.28] +1.67 ass
Vidt Boys. ee ae ie 0.21) +0.52) +0.31 7
idth =! Head..... Girls. |Millimet 0.56} +0.70 40 53 By 54| +0.79 0]
Root of Nose to Boys. —0.52| —0.30| —0.20| —0.09| — 0.33; —0.14 .
__ Point of Chin.| Girls. |Millimetre..| “"G'53| _'57| 0.05] —0.23| —0. _— 02h) _ 40%
Boys. |yajimotre.| 10-96) +-0.62) +0.93) --0.84' 0.03) +-0.49 a
Girls. +0.68| +0.27} —0.18] +0.79| +0.93| 0.47) ae
Boys. metre.,| +0-84| +-0.76| +0.54| +0.82| +0.83) +0.72) +%
| Girls, [Millimetre..| “o's91 oss! “;oail “-0.92' 1-0.52| 40.85, +0468
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children.
Merpran Minus
TABLE No. 11— Continued.
AVERAGE VALUES.
Age at Nearest Birthday, and Median Minus Average Values.
3 | 15 16 17 | 18 19 20 21 —
—0.36 —0.46 —0.73 +0.23 06
0.49) 4.0.36] 40.1 0.29] —0.09} +0.74| -+0.28] —0.34 Weight.
+0.38) +-0.28| +0.35| +-1.00) +0.87! +0.09 ; MN
—-0.34, +1.10| 10.78 T651 O07 0.08 +1.10) 10.42} 0.52 |Height Standing.
+0.29) —0.13) —0.07 0.94; +0.94, —0.53 . Z
+0.49} +0.93) -+0.78 ors 4 * 0. 0.69} +0.82| +0.69} +0.74 |Height Sitting.
+0.24| +0.34, +0.86) +1.85) +1.02) +-0.19
+0.64| -+0.9 0.17 Br Tol +0.91| -+0.45! 11.33] —0.39|Span of Arms.
+0.39| +0.23) +0.24| 41.01] +0.90| +1.28 Girth of Chest,
+0.30} +0.43} +0.12} +0.57/ +0.41/ -+0.48} -+0.90} +0.80} —0.64 In apiaiene
+0.41\ +0.08| +0.52| -0.85| +-0.72) 10.44 Girth < of Chest,
+0.40} +0.48} +0.17) +0.16| +40.26] +0.45) +051) +0.41) 40.61 Expiration.
—0.09) —0.5¢ ; —1.1 Strength of Squeeze,
_ 9.62) —0.24) +0.31} —0.18} +0.37} +0.75| +0.43; —0.11 Right Hand. __
—0.36 —0.50 0.08) +0.54, +0.60 Strength of Squeeze,
0.12} —0.69} +0.41! —0.08| —0,10| +0,02} +0.38) +0.48} —0.28| Left Hand.
+0.37) —0.69) +0. 0.98; +1.48) —0.16 ee
+1 1.30 0.55 Lie 86 eae 4.0.44) 410.40} 10.27 Length of Head. —
+0.27) +0.54) +0.78) +0.87| +0.41| +0.84 hat He
+0.37} +0.85| +£0.42 Bn 0.89 4 L07 41,06} —0.12 Width of Head.
+0.10) +0.08! —0.11) +-0.10! +0.94| +0.16 Root of Nose to
—0.21| —0.15; —0.39} —0.61) 0.46] +0.27) —0.38} +0.04| —0,06 Point of Chin.
+0.19 +0.51 +0.71 0.55 1.79 0. 75 y :
+0.71| 40, | 4.0.45 6 - “yi a 3 0.20) +1.29 it a
+-0.54; +0.55| +-0.78| —O 26 —0 99)
+0.80!_ 40.62} 40.65) 40.531 +40. ro _ 961 —1.83
298 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
either may be used for the type without any error of prac-
tical importance, provided the series are similar to those
analyzed here. This point is of practical interest because
the labor of reckoning the average is much greater than in
reckoning the median value.
Bowditch, in The Growth of Children, Boston, 1891, p.
495 et seq., discusses the relation of median and average value.
‘‘{t is evident,’’-he writes, ‘‘ that the value M will tend to
‘* approximate to the average value of all the observations and
‘* will be identical with it when the [percentile] curve S T
‘‘is symmetrically disposed on both sides of M, 7. e., when
‘‘the values at sixty, seventy, eighty, ninety and ninety-five
‘*per cent. exceed M by the same amount, respectively, by
*‘which the values at forty, thirty, twenty, ten and five per
‘cent. fall short of it. If A represent the average value of
** all the observations, then the value of M—A will be a meas-
*‘ure of the direction and extent of the asymmetry of the
‘ccurve S T, for this value will be zero when the curve is sym-
**metrical, positive when the values at the lower percentile
** grades fall short of M more than those at the higher grades
‘‘exceed it, and negative when the reverse is the case.’’? [Dr.
Bowditch now gives a table of median minus average height
and weight.] ‘An examination of this table or of the curves
‘constructed from it, as given in Plate I, shows that the
‘asymmetry of the curves of percentile grades varies very
**much, at different ages, both in direction and amount. The
** variation in the value of M—A in the curves of height is much
**the same as that in the curves of weight for each sex consid-
‘‘ered by itself, but there is a great difference between the
**two sexes. This difference shows itself most distinctly
“*between the ages of eleven and fifteen years. During this
**time a rise in the curves for the males coincides with a fall
‘in those for the females, while before and after this period
‘the curves, as a rule, rise and fall together. We must con-
“clude, therefore, that the rate of annual increase, both in
‘height and weight, is different at different percentile grades,
** or, in other words, that large children grow differently from
**small ones, and moreover, that between the ages of eleven
_ ‘Sand fifteen years there is a striking difference in the mode
“Sof growth of the two sexes.’’
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. — 299
Table No. 11 and the curves constructed from it (Plates II, .
III, IV) furnish considerable material for the study of the
relation between median and average values. The curves of
median minus average height agree with those of Dr. Bow-
ditch in showing (1) a difference in the rate of growth of the
same sex at different percentile grades, (2) an agreement in the
rate of growth of the sexes from age 6 to 12, inclusive,*
and (3) a marked difference in the rate of growth from age 12
to age 16, beyond which the number of observations is per-
haps too small for sure work. In the curves from both cities,
moreover, the greatest asymmetry in girls is near age 13, and
in boys near age 16, the culmination being a little later in St.
Louis children, and the least asymmetry is near age 12.
The asymmetry of Boston boys’ curves at age 15 and girls’
curves at ages 16 and 17 is somewhat greater than that of the
St. Louis curves. It is further worthy of notice that the
values in the case of St. Louis boys do not become negative.
There is a general similarity also between the median minus
average weights of the children of the two cities, the asym-
metry of girls being again greatest about age 14 and of boys
greatest at about age 16. Dr. Bowditch’s conclusions, quoted
above, are therefore fully confirmed.
e St. Louis curves on Plates II, III and IV should now
be compared with each other. The maximum asymmetry of
girls about 14 years and boys about 16 years old, appears in
weight, height, height sitting, and span of arms, while the
remaining curves exhibit no characteristic sexual differences
during the period of prepubertal acceleration. The asym-
metry is for the most part positive, weight, strength of
squeeze and height of face from root of nose to point of chin
being the only considerable exceptions. Sexual differences,
aside from those already mentioned, are unimportant, save
perhaps in length and width of head, in both of which the
asymmetry of girls is greater than that of boys from age 6 to
age 13.
The errors in the median minus average values of height,
weight and other single dimensions may be partially compen-
* It should be remembered that Dr. Bowditch’s ages are recorded at last
birthday, while mine are recorded at nearest birthday.
300 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
sated by adding the median minus average values of several
dimensions of each sex and age, without regard to plus or
minus sign. This has been done in Table No. 12.
TABLE No. 12.
SuMs OF MEDIAN MINUS AVERAGE VALUES.
—s
nm : .
Sy jvcight, Height |Girth of Chest at| Strength of | Head and
rR Sittin - tat Full Inspiration | Squeeze, Right | seasure-
se plang and Expiration. | and Left Hand. aceite.
at)
Sn :
| Boys. | Girls. | Boys. | Girls. | Boys. Girls. | Boys.| Girls.
6 1.55 1.48 54 1.06 0.74 1.48 9.76 | 3.05
7 1,22 1.89 0.54 0.79 0.06 0.57 2.67 | 2.86
8 1.86 1.60 0.73 1.05 0.23 0.35 2.82 | 2.40
9 1.62 1.16 86 1.04 0.89 0.27 2.24 | 3.31
10 1.51 1.58 0.66 0.89 0.24 0.65 1.27 | 3.89
ll 1.56 1.57 0.87 1.03 0.31 0.29 2.15 }-3.72
12 0.71 1.92 0.81 0.31 0.43 0.12 1.99 | 3.10
13 1.27 1.96 0.80 0.70 0.45 0.74 L.47 13.18
14 1,21 3.37 0.31 0.91 1.00 0.93 3.87 | 3.26
15 1.51 1.89 0.76 0.29 0.60 0.72 83.06 | 2.46
16 3.52 2.34 1,36 0.73 1.68 0.26 2.26 | 3.43
17 3.19 1.52 1.62 0.67 . 0.47 4.65 | 2.96
18 pees 2.42 BRIT 0.93 : 0.77 3.40 | 3.29
The conclusions drawn from the curves discussed above are
substantiated in the main by this table. It is, however, dif-
ficult to believe that a sexual difference such as exists in
weight, height standing, height sitting and span of arms
will not be found also in girth of chest and the various
dimensions of the head. But a purely objective attitude
towards the material in hand does not permit speculation as
to what might be revealed if the material were very much
larger and its intrinsic laws easier to unveil.
CHAPTER IV.
DANGERS OF COMPARING MEASUREMENTS OF CHILDREN IN DIFFERENT COUN-
ES. INFLUENCE OF OCCUPATION AND NATIONALITY OF PARENTS.
It has been a custom of anthropometrists to compare the
type-children of cities, states or provinces very different in
situation and character. Such comparisons may be expected
always to show that the laws of growth are in their main
features the same for all children. They cannot, however, be
expected to give very definite information in regard to the
relative size of children of different countries or districts
so long as the social status or environment of the children
is not more closely studied. The children in the public
schools are from all classes of society, and it has been
demonstrated repeatedly that the favored classes differ
physically from the poor. The children of the prosperous
have been found to be larger than the children of the poor.
The comparison of middle values got from two sets of schools
is therefore open to the objection that the composition of the
school population may not be the same in both sets. It would
for example be unsafe to say that St. Louis children are
larger or smaller than Copenhagen children because the type-
children in the St. Louis Public Schools are larger or smaller
than the type-children in Copenhagen, for the difference
observed may depend on the different composition of the
school population in the two cities.
Such comparisons, when rightly made, are not only of
great scientific interest but are almost essential to the use
of anthropometrical systems in education. An immense
saving of time would be made if it were shown that the
typical height, weight, etc., of children in one city of a
country could be adopted as the standard for the schools of
the entire country or even a considerable part of it. And in
auy one city, the application of the type-values to individuals
would be much less liable to error if it were known how much
allowance should be made for the difference between the type
301)
302 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
of a special social class and the types of a mixed school pop-
ulation. Every investigation of the present kind should,
therefore, include information concerning the social condition
of the children. The tax-returns are available for this pur-
pose, and the occupation of parents is also of use. It was
not possible to inquire into tax-returns in the present re-
search, but some facts can be communicated regarding the
physical differences between the children of professional and
business men and those of manual tradesmen. The occupa-
tions included under these heads may be seen in the following
statement of the occupations of the fathers of 2,000 St. Louis
children. The names of occupations are set down as given
by the pupils.
PROFESSIONS.
UPC ee beeece sc cleeesitce = S MEINIBGEr si cs cee ceases ews 6
Chemist escooe 1 Medical Student.......ceeseee- 1
Civil Engineer.,................ 3 Musician... Pe Tae
WOMB seek Ce hee wecee. & PiiOtographer.......ccccosses-- §&
MON Corde Civ cwluceuks occéas 6 WSICIAN, . 066s -eccce ves wow ee 13
ectrical Engineer. eee eere hes é Se PRR? oo babes os awe cabwe gues 9
MMCUIGIAN 6c 6 ccces Acicksciseee 3 - Veterinarian... ....+ 02000 sere eee |
sawyer 3 ec 14 —_———_
Total eEAUEE: SRN CCV. Didebed vadedh Sus vasecusess 76
MERCANTILE CLASS.
BOM eel exe Sebp OuLey eee’ 36 Dealer in Furniture.... .....--> 6
Maiko es eh. Cote UES beste Feo as AWARE sis 6% eet me |
Book-keeper Adee NOE UE Oe er ee ieee
SIPORO? eee ec ickscevin’ ree eee | 9 Horses eee 1
Cashier..... a teawae hele veauce = & Peo ee o
es Wesel 0 Be suees.c 8 TMDL <6 ccice cso ccse 4
SOON ik ehicek Sick bck ce MERA oc es ss eee
RARNNOUOE 56 oc ice vcdsiceveccccc POR ca visesvec cee
Dairyman - Pitta ce 8
gs 10 Stationery........-.6. 1
Dealer Yo Batter... .¢cdisiva 4 NO eiu cs inwe bes pond
fo ae Re ANECCO. ac sies chksee 5
Cattle coer 4 @li-paper.......6.+. 1
WIONESi ise i esc ices. 28
Nothes «s 1. Grocer ; (ic te
COPS. ks eescestceces’ 9 -Hotel-keeper,...c.c.cscceceqeee. 6
teeceseesee ceesee 4 Inspector, Building.......-.--- 2
Feed and Flour....... 2 ee ike 7
Fish and Oysters...... 3 Not specified........ 1
Fruits We GUNN ses. a eise seven 7
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 303
INSUTANCE,.ccccceseccccscse reese .& ~Prepident Of Iron Co...ccessscce 1
anager eee 7 MDIBHETs 60660 oo ecl es ace ee
Manufacturer..... re Rr at 35 Real Estate.. 7
Merchant 143 Salesman........ vive hee Fe
Merchant Tailor 2 Secretary of a corporation. chee owe
News-depot..... - I Telegrapher...<. s+, cesceaess aoe
Optician - 2 Traveling rapa vig wre cseeris Oe
POStMASter i.e. reecee cecseccvece L Undertaker... ..cccccescssae os 8
TODA] Lois seidee Cosedecteniosveree uses TP rere ee ree ee eee - 579
BARGE boise) oe Kisdes tek ves ehiee 24 Maker of
pd) ger erie arena eer meat er oe eeses 23 Boilers 7
PUACKEMIGH ish er eks 29 Boxes. 140s wees ea
oc eee re Le ee ee a 2 Brushes..... 3
Cedi é eae 34 Candies os... een sak 3
Bricklayer. cece cece eee’ ccesese 21 Carriages ...-+.s++.-+- coos 16
Beene 9 Chains 72 ee
Eee NT ETE aS he er 40 Chairascescctp1seSuei cise.
Carpenters sic cicecrs sec coeess 148 Cigars ...... veees eee 31
fage Repairer... .......00s6 2 Collars.« ss: MAP eee ee. |
Cigar Packers ricci cet Cornices <ceeee aes Se eg |
Cloth Sponger ree gaa | enor ors is eNOS 2
Compositot secs nae ieee es oe NtEINS +266 oo yO aa |
Confectioner. ...6 sc c<scre. oveee ld Mattresses Seeeesessetevese Sok
OOK or sees 5 eles cccies pu daetisaee ok
OPOY veoccevecsecsasscdccscess SFT © Orpans......5322 « ‘eee tees 1
Coppersmith..... Serre re oe: Patterns...... MENA 4
rd-Wainer weiss ore Fs Shoes 47
an sae 1 Tobacco... -- ee Sas,
Decorator rere | eer Ne Saray rr toi |
Draughtsman........+..++..- “=O WAgZODS.-..ceccccsceceseee 6
ma. tae Se Watches...... Niuekt ees cae 6
Dyer er ey mE Ae eT 55
Engineer...... ..- ovate eneees +s 43 altster 4
Engraver........ 1 Marble Cutter............ vieetsn 8
an. sese 11 Mechanic 42
Foundryman........-+ coverseee.- 2. Miller 7
rdener 5 Millwricht 5
Giller ok oie i Weve 7 UMP reise oe ced hs ski's cocci 1
Cerne BlOWGE. i ccs eee ciess 2 BOLUS oe ose ee eS 33
SPOR WoOrkets si vcicckciciscces. 8). Motorman. ....... Setceveve ss 2
n Vilas civ ees Veen CE PROP Co et iS ie eevee eee oe ek 5
Lithographer....... . Br to PROP everest e ee rer reese ed 51
POCKSINIEH 66 6 cei ci ees eiebe oh)? PapersHanger iecs cic ciesiewe 8
Maker of: CeKieussrere BASH eK 4
eee rer cy ree 2 > Pipe Witter visiaas ozs se 2
Das 65 9s ee aise ss 1 MOR ii OU Ke BUT TTT IS ORAS 1
3
—
L
*
oe
_
Santee: ° denen
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Vile...) gape rey gain. geri arar scl ied bide tind Gary he Sneak Ree ior aac Be 56
ck) o org aapapaned eum ara quinine sarah SORES Wy own a are be ee ere ee 6
Potte 2 ‘Tinner 15
F111 tinh SE BSS a a nar hyp ae ae by Bitiged eid e 1.5) ios at CCN OPC IO Oak 6
PEASE EP SS 1 Upholsterer.....2...secceeee.es 5
BRIEr SOUS ee ess OO aprrbe here ety s 0s 35 Gee kw es oe 5
Selector of TODRLOO SEA PRS 1 L econeaie and Painter...... 1
Shoe “yas WBHER sO ase Pees aOR RAVER Me ied PECTS ele ES Pet eee |
ag ES eres Cae 1 Wits PeseeCpadsceuepursiee ss 14
a BUG 4 vias aa 4 sesedcbeniiae: Fey Hn rere det Eee 33
Stone Mason ......... pea aK 50
PEEL baa be ha- 0s seen SRNR SR eae Po ne 1086
LABORERS
ggageman....... pea eee poh ay inti eee eee eee ees ee Oe .
oe a BN OO See Sees tag Boke ci 1 eae eer ene 19
SLIME. PEE SSS ives seers’ 6 Potleman andl: ‘cichliaes re 21
ge bh TEER EE eee eae Li SPOPURP Aisa veswktcsocane eeeces 4
er vesceere § hive PANE os i a Co bs oe oo cee 1
Elevator man.... 1 Railway-hand.........2- 2-22 se08 12
sec ke eomea SERS ee 1 Saloon-keeper.........-++--+-2s0+: 51
See ST SEES - 8 Sexton cease oD
MPOUUANS CBOSS soc e sce hos oka ence Il Shepherd ..-.-..ccccecscsees gate ih
oh de a PERE ee 6 Steward, Hotel.........+--++-++: 2
Hostler Se &< WOT. <a vies Kee Fake, ek
PWCMNOGE Seca OES Sib oiecas coc 2 & Se Uritavewkeeyee Pam:
PERILON SC CEN ISS ae eee Teamster oe
BMMONOE Woks CE ia he cei sn chcs os 81 Waiter a ee
Live-stock driver 1 saat
“seagoing IH fe yaaag: 1 PR cei c cs cks 216
Mill-hand.......... vg a eat Ap Gy
MISCELLANEOUS
Captain of Steamer.......... reitic B.S: Peek rodu teaeiaes 1
BORE eS io ees css eee oe Sec hoe ee ca 14
Farmer Son G 6 ome CROSS ERE ED Ves CODE VEST OLE R ORE Sete ee eer 12
independant. Tp er rne —— 1
PUG 60 6% 5
Se ocnpation eee eeieas s cake 7
is: Ra PEEPS ER ere pe veer 8
Yi Ree NE pea ogres a gn yen S Puree 43
SUMMARY.
Professions...... 76
Cn CE eee ee ee S +5
cpg pao de cee IEE EET ee ea a Sea ates ne eg joes LORS
PONORN 6865 bio ncc0 ee 46 cick sun, 216
Total os ebukeee ws 2000
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 305
The number of children of rich families and of very poor
families in the public schools is small, the larger part of the
pupils being from what would be called in England the lower
middle class, and the school population is accordingly more
homogeneous than would have seemed possible at the first
glance.
The difference in the weight of children of the professional
and merchant class is probably of little importance until the
period of prepubertal acceleration. Such at least is the
inference from Table No. 13, where the weights of these two
classes are compared.
TABLE No. 13.
A COMPARISON OF THE WEIGHTS OF THE DAUGHTERS OF MANUAL TRADES-
MEN WITH THE WEIGHTS OF THE DAUGHTERS OF PROFESSIONAL MEN
AND MERCHANTS.
Professional Men and Merchants. Manual Tradesmen.
Age at | Number of ee haar Number of | Age at
Nearest | Observa- (Kilo- ; (Kilo- ¢ Observa- | Nearest
Birthday. tlons. grammes) | grammes) Birthday.
6 19.53 18.95 237 6
Zz 148 20.63 20.74 04 7
8 170 3.00 22.89 723 8
a 152 25.48 25.09 68 9
0 168 27.61 27.46 651 10
1 173 30.63 29.45 569 11
2 86 32.28 556 12
3 160 39.04 87. 402
4 140 43.59 41.68 251 14
5 i? 47.49 45.62 145 15
16 rg 50.16 49.18 §2 16
T 46 51.07 17
What is true of weight is in this instance probably true of
the physical development as a whole, and Table No. 13 would
seem to indicate that a wide difference in social status or
material prosperity may exist without much influencing the
growth of children up to the prepubertal acceleration. But
further investigation is necessary before a generalization can
be made. It must suffice here to state: 1. The daughters of
professional men and merchants are very little heavier than
the daughters of manual tradesmen until the period of pre-
306 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
pubertal acceleration. 2. The weight of girls is much more
influenced by the material prosperity or social status of
parents during and immediately after the period of pre-
pubertal acceleration than in the earlier years of growth.
The proportion of children of the more prosperous class in
the public schools is not the same in all grades. In the higher
grades, containing the older children, the number from pros-
perous families is relatively larger, the children of the poor
having in many instances been compelled to leave school in
order to earn money. Some idea of the extent of this change
may be gained from Table No. 14, in which the per cent. of
daughters of professional men and merchants and daughters
of manual tradesmen is given at each age and school grade.
TABLE No. 14.
THE PERCENTILE DISTRIBUTION BY SCHOOL GRADE OF THE DAUGHTERS OF MERCHANTS AND PROFESSIONAL MEN (i. €. FAVORED
CLASSES) COMPARED WITH THAT OF THE DAUGHTERS OF MANUAL TRADESMEN (HAND-WORKERS).
Age at nearest Wawiber Percentile Distribution by School Grades.
Birthday. viduals. pen } Il. III, IV. Vv. VI. VII. VIII.
Six : 44 95.4 4.6 |Professions.
eeeeeer Peewee ere ee 141 9 5 8.5 Trades.
102 46. 48.0 5.9 Professions.
Seven...- eeeeveeweveee ee 841 40.0 54.8 5.2 Trades.
105 2.0 49.5 46.6 2.0 Professions.
Hight..er.cccccvvccens 440 2.0 65.4 80. ) 1.4 ).2 Tr des.
Wine hue : 110 10.0 60.0 23.¢ 3 1.8 Professions.
eeseeeees 439 93. a 57. 3 18.3 >. } : Trades.
Ten oe ee 119 :%) 26. 45.4 23 1.7 0.8 Professions.
heal ts 886 5.7 39.9 44.3 ; 1.0 0.5 Trades,
116 0.9 12.0 24. 50.0 11,2 0.9 0.9 Professions,
eee eee Ce 2.5 | 15.5 | 41.2 | 33.0 | 7.6 0.8 Trades.
108 0.9 $8.7 13.9 é 28.7 13. 0.9 1.9 |Professions.
hoa aeieemner | 1 0.6 7.6 6 | 40.0 | 21.8 9.8 0. Trades.
121 ; 2.5 18: 31. 24.8 11. 6.6 |Professions.
TRIFtOCM..se+essserieeel | ang 0.7 3.3 12.2 27 25.0 20.7 9.9 ‘0 Trades.
89 3.4 18.0 32.6 20.2 20.2 |Professions.
Fourteen ....- Sel UF 11 4.5 14.7 25.4 29.2 15.8 ).0 |Trades.
65 1.5 1.5 10.8 29.2 21.5 35.4 |Professions.
latanenbeme ibe 3: 110 1.8 7.1 14.5 82.7 20.0 23.6 |Trades.
37 2.7 2.7 21.6 35. 37.7 |Professions,
scobuimendoas sees a 4.2 16.7 | 299 | 41.7 |Trades.
“Ualpliygy smo “Ig fo YIMOLD ay, — 1020g
L0E
308 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The ratio between the two is more easily grasped when the
difference between the classes at each age and grade is stated,
black type being used where the professional and merchant
class exceed the tradesmen’s daughters and lower case type
where the contrary is true.
= Kinder-
Age. parte. I II Ill IV V Vi; | Vital VIE
6 3.9% 3.9% % % % % % %o %
3 6.1 6.8 0.7 ae
8 15.9 15.2 OG cain Fakta fo oie a be cuwan pene eee
aR Ta ae 13.7 2.3 7.4 2
oe oe 4.0 13.0 1.1 15.0! 0.7 | O.B |-.---e}ecceee
Bee bisace 1.6 3.5 172 17.0| 3.6 | O.1 |-----e]eceees
12 [rece voce 0.3 3.9 5.7 3.0| 6.9 | 3.2 | 0.6 |------
13 0.8 8.1 6.4) 6:4 | 42 2.74 °S
ae eee re : 5 | 9.1| 7.4 3.4 | 4.4 /11.2
15 it €s GE BT 3.5 1.5 | 11.8
Rgds eek es tuclecks cacelco ce ace’ ES) 663! 2.9 1 G. 4.0
The number of boys withdrawn from school to earn money
is of course greater than the number of girls withdrawn.
Thus of 562 boys, aged 6, 17.8 per cent. were sons of pro-
fessional men or merchants and 42.9 per cent. sons of manual
tradesmen, while at age 14, 29.3 per cent. of 498 boys were
from the former class and 37 per cent. from the latter.
ae a ‘ ae . Pro- Sons of —-
Tes ra fessional Men Mauual thers.
Birthday, | Mdividuals. | 214 Merchants.| Tradesmen.
6 562 | 17.8% 42.9% 39.3%
14 498 29.3 37.0 33.7
The nationality of the children should be considered in an
anthropometrical inquiry. It is well known that children of
the same age but different nationality exhibit differences in
physical development. The annual report of the Superinten-
dent of Public Schools, issued Aug. 1, 1891, contains in Table
V, appendix, page XLVI, a statement ‘‘ Showing the Birth-
place of Pupils Registered in Each School for the Year
1890-91,’’ from which the number of pupils in the schools in
which the measurements were made has been taken and the
following percentages calculated: —
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 309
BIRTHPLACE OF 46,870 PUPILS IN THE ST. LOUIS PUBLIC SCHOOLS.
St. Louis. sewer crea et en Ceres oOertetesnwnu eee eas 79.26 %
Other Parts of the United Statese: o..vcccccsvcctceesceleeeusee ee
Ser arent sve SS7s ieee eee eee 0.63
Bee ete ees Be eset eeene reece rece osecs peeeeee 0.19 Lid
conuis State ste teeeeceeeccecese sees renssseeeees 1,97
Other Forelga¢ Cannkitan. O50. 00ds-00beht heed bas kpad esha dana 0.87.4
BENOWD 5.66006 ccsees cree ewes es oe 0.16 *‘
ROB ois tne bbc vive sewantas este home . 100
The children of foreign birth are too few to affect the
results of the measurements, and the number of children born
in or near St. Louis is such that the middle values obtained
must be taken as characteristic for this community.
The children of foreign parentage are of course much more
numerous than those of foreign birth. The number of Ger-
mans is especially large. The median weights of boys and
girls whose parents were born in Germany are compared in
Tables No. 15 and 16, with children of American parentage.
TABLE No. 15.*
THE WEIGHTS OF GIRLS WHOSE PARENTS WERE BORN IN GERMANY COM-
PARED WITH THE WEIGHTS OF GIRLS WHOSE PARENTS WERE BORN IN
THE UNITED STATES.
GERMAN. AMERICAN.
Age ain Number of _— wore Numberof | Age at
Neare Observa- (Kilo- : (Kilo- : Observa- | Nearest
Birthday. tions. grammes) | grammes) tions. Birthday.
6 310 19.15 18.7 6
7 683 20.86 20.82 861 7
8 796 23.17 22.71 1082 8
9 796 25.09 25.07 1023 9
10 725 27.65 27.43 1029 10
11 753 29.61 29.93 8 11
12 715 33.42 33.17 779 12
13 518 37.58 38.29 648 13
14 331 42.56 43.12 565 14
15 186 46.77 46.90 403 15
16 49.73 50 265 16
17 49 53.93 52.12 131 17
18 43 52.59 54.03 100 18
19 22 54,26 52.90 40 19
52.67 33 20
* The birth-place of the girls themselves is not considered in this table.
+ A few were born in Cana
310 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
TABLE No. 16.*
THE WEIGHTS OF BOYS WHOSE PARENTS WERE BORN IN GERMANY COM-
PARED WITH THE WEIGHTS OF BOYS WHOSE PARENTS WERE BORN IN
THE UNITED STATES.f
GERMAN. AMERICAN.
Age at | Number of wens, ruse Number of |} Age at
Nearest Observa- (Kil te iit. : Observa- | Nearest
Birthday. ions. grammes) | grammes) Birthday.
6 158 20.04 19.66 263 6
7 334 21.93 21.67 756 7
8 426 23.98 23.91 907 8
9 369 26.64 26.08 878 9
10 370 28.51 28.49 847 10
1l 358 31.21 31.26 663 5B
1 385 33.51 33.45 549 1
13 321 85.92 85.96 437 18
14 166 39.59 40.34 352 14
15 106 44.68 47.25 219 15
16 52.22 52.10 16
55.14 40 g he f
The difference in weight is seen to be of no great impor-
tance.
In the absence of special investigations of the influence of —
social condition and the nationality of parents on the growth
of children, it is impossible to estimate accurately to what
degree middle values, calculated without regard to social con-
dition and nationality, are affected by these factors. The
data presented in this chapter go to show that the middle
values of St. Louis children are little influenced by consider-
able differences in social condition before the period of
prepubertal acceleration and are not very largely influenced
by such differences during this period. Further, these values
are at no time much affected by differences in nationality of
parents not greater than those existing between Germans and
Americans. But the whole question evidently requires ex-
tended study of data difficult or impossible of collection by
private hands.
* The birth-place of the boys themselves is not considered in this table.
+ A few were born in Canada.
CHAPTER V.
PERCENTILE GRADES OF WEIGHT, HEIGHT STANDING, HEIGHT SITTING, SPAN
OF ARMS, GIRTH OF CHEST, LENGTH OF HEAD, WIDTH OF HEAD, HEIGHT OF
FACE FROM ROOT OF NOSE TO POINT OF CHIN, WIDTH OF FACE, AND HEIGHT
OF FACE FROM HAIR LINE TO POINT OF CHIN.
The Percentile Grades of weight, height, etc., presented in
Tables No. 17 to No. 28, inclusive, are represented graphically
in Plates V to XXIV. By their aid, the percentile rank of
an individual in respect of weight, span of arms or any physi-
cal dimension included in the tables can be easily and quickly
determined. Suppose, for example, the percentile rank of a
boy, aged 11, weighing 32 kg. was desired. A horizontal line
is drawn from 32 in the column of kilogrammes on the left of
Plate V tothe curve of age 11, anda perpendicular is dropped
from the point of intersection to the scale of percentile
grades at the bottom of the plate. The perpendicular falls at
60 per cent. Hence the bov is heavier than 60 per cent. of
boys of his age and lighter than 40 per cent.
Other facts are made plain by these curves. The increase
at any percentile grade during one or more years is expressed
by the distance between the curves at that grade. Thus, in
Plate V, the gain in weight of the type-boy in the 15 per-
centile grade during the years 6 to 11 inclusive is 9.3 kg., and
the gain at the 85 percentile grade during the same year 13.0
kg. The difference in size between large and small boys of
the same age appears in the inclination of the curve to its
axis, the slope being steepest in the years of quickest growth.
And finally, the tendency of the greater number of individuals
to approximate the middle value of their group is illustrated,
the inclination of each curve being much less at the central
part than at the ends, where the giants and the dwarfs are
found. The principal service of such curves, however, is to
determine percentile rank.
(311)
TABLE No. 17.
THe WEIGHT.
a
"sino'T *15{ [0 “WY “poopy “sUdLy
Sa Value in Kilogrammes at the following Percentile Grades.
Age at Nearest | gex | 334
Birthday. g2e| 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
vs
Si Boys.| 707; 16.51) 17.87) 18.8 18.83} 19.85] 19.85) 20.32) 20.82) 21.71| 22.81
Beaereresy>ee-***lGirig.| 798} 16,00} 16.60) 17.1 18.01} 18.46, 18.99} 19.49) 20.038] 20.85] ~—-22.06
Boys.| 1814, 18.17; 18.85) 19.7 20.50| 21.03; 21.66) 22,24; 22.91) 23.80) 26.26
- ee paapplaee abe eal ae Girls.| 1714] 17.16] 17.95] 18. 19.62] 20.24] 20.81] 21.39} 22.13] 22.96] 24.36
Richt Boys.| 2188} 19.49) 20.44) 21.6 22.40; 28.10) 28.87) 24.60) 25.36) 26.84) 27.89
meet’ *+++lGirls, | 2147} 18.83| 19.61; 20.64 21.40} 22.17] 22.85) -28.60| 24.81) 25.29) 27.08
Ni Boys. | 2188| 21.56) 22.65) 28.75) 24.59/ 25.80) 26.22) 26.93) 27.78, 28.77) 80.15
ME veveeeeseeeeeeelGirig, | 2055] 20.45] 21.40] 22.65] -23.49/ —-24.25/ 25.04) 25.82) -26.77| 27.85) 29.60
Boys.| 2064| 22.97) 24.19) 25.57) 26.57) 27.53) 48.36) 29.34) 30.19) 31.42) 33.18
Ten..+e+ere+sereeees(Girls, | 1947] 21.98} 28.18] 24.49) 25.66) 26.57] 27-45) 28.28) 29.338) 80 82.29
Boys.| 1748| 25.81) 26.85) 27.89) 29.11) 30.03) 81.08) 32.01/ $2.96 84.35| 36.14
tl eee se Girls. | 1708] 28.88] 26.26] 26.78} -27.78| —-28.86/_—-29.80/ 80.94) 82.12 36| 86.37
Boys.| 1644| 27.47| 28.57] 80.05) 81.25) 32.48) 883.41) 34.39| 85.59] 36.98} 89.21
Twelve..--+-+++++-*/Girls, | 1676} 26.23) 27.70) 29.40) 30.70) __—31.8 33.25) 34 35.98} 87.67) 40.98
Thirt Boys.| 1242) 29.20) 30.47) 82.14) 88.62) 84.82) 36.25) 37.37 38.90; 40.81) 43.40
ge seiasay Nunmeilh SHEo Girls. | 1843} 29.19 78| 83.05} 84.67/ 86.25/ —88.00/_89.81/ 41.80) -48.77| «47.49
ecort 2 Boys.| 946] 82.02) 88.67) 35.70) 37.11) 88.50) 39.98) 41.98) 48.98) 46.78; 50.32
ourteen .+-+++++-+-/Girlg. | 1082] 81.50} 34.14) 86.73) 39.01} 40.87) 42.65) 44.30) 46.48) 48.61] 51.94
Fift Boys.| 498 tis 37.05 89.02) 41.05) 48.17; 45.49) 47.76) 50.17) 53.33) 57.11
Bert ite Girls. | 690 38.54, 41.81| 48.37| 45.26| 46.85] 48.05] 49.65] -51.67| 54.86
Si Boys.| 203 a7.13 39.87) 44.55} 46.77; 49.51) 51.83) 54.53) 56.88) 58.99) 63.87
Petes ee Girls.| 420] 89.86} 42.09] 46.63] 47.48] 48.87| 49.96) 51.56) 53.08) 55.84] 59.31
8 Boys. 71| 45.45| 47.45) 51.34) 52.54) 54.80) 55.81) 57.68) 60.24; 62.17) 63.91
eventeen --++-+++++1Girig| 930| 44.27} 45.66} 47.78} 49.56] 51.80) 52.52) 54.28) 55.61) 57.82) 60.15
eee 0on Iairls. 1s5| 45.65 46.99] _48.51| 50.08] 52.06] _58.10| 54.28 ss. 57.96] 60.76
Nineteen...-++++++++\Gingg, 44.051 45.451 47.87| 49.99] 61.48) 52.47/ 58.62| 54.68] 56.80| 59.84
Bene ci eese. ottes cans. | ai 45.54| 47.31] 49.08] 50.94! 52.72) 583.571 55.02) 55.57 il 63.02
TABLE No. 18.
THE HEIGHT STANDING.
Sa Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. 3
Age at Nearest! ¢. S8a oo
Birthday. ESo| 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 :
A
ae contimer’s ;
Si Boys.| 709) 101.77) 103.50) 105.25) 106.73) 107.90) 109.28) 110.40! 111.86) 113.51) 115.81) 118.82 * Jap
mies sartss*s Giris. | 780) 100.20) 101.41) 108.97} 105.51| 106.78| 108.10) 109.40} 110.61] 111.98] 115.00| 116.90 67
s Boys. | 1850) 105.67) 107.56) 110.23) 111.81) 112.97) 114.48 iie5i 117.13) 118.90) 121.24) 123.39 iiéoh
gti Girls. | 1791, 104.93) 106.24) 108.93} 110.51) 111.89) 113.44) 115.03] 116.82) 117.82) 120 121,94 112.95
Fieht Boys. | 2223) 109.68 era oe gees 117.01) 118.44| 119.78) 121.23] 122.72) 124.44| 126.73) 129.05] 119.18
baat ane Girls, | 2193] 110.18) 111.86) 114.82] 115.82) 117.40) 118.75] 120 121.42) 128.27) 12 127.79} 118.36
sities Boys. | 2205 etree 18.11 130.20 121.90 128.38) 124.87) 126.25) 127.87) 129.64) 181.90) 134.06) -124.85
ee Girls. | 2122] 115.17) 117.12) 119.5 1.21) 122.76) 124.11} 125.53] 126.54} 128.62) 180.97} 183.42) 128.67
T Boys. | 2087 120.04 TST.98 124, 55 126.40, 127.98] 129.45) 180.98) 182.54! 134.53) 137.14| 189.45) 128.87
oe Gir 2053} 119 121.34} 124.14) 125.77) 127.82] 128.85] 180.83) 181.82} 188,88} 186.86] 188.84/ 128.48
El Boys. 1819 ae = 59) 129.11; 180.95, 182.75) 134.44) 135.85) 137.24) 189.88) 142.18) 144.75) 133.84
ee ee irls. | 1772} 122.95] 125.41) 128.16} 180.29] 132.08) 183.60| 135.25] 136.87| | 189.06} 142.16} 144.69] 188.19
Twel Boys. | 1658 eta 130.59) 183.26, 185.23) 186.87) 188.57) 140.41) 141.94 144.05 147.02) 149.88) 188.21
Wo *77"""|Girls. | 1782] 128.06] 180.66) 183.53) 185.68| 137.55] 189,54) | 141.38] 148.29] 145.58) 149.16] 162.19] 189.11
Thirt Boys. 1268 T8188 184.14) 187.89) 189.51) 141.89} 143.29) 145.12) 147.01) 149.54) 158.55 155.91 142.91
pees 1822] 184,16} 137.09) 189.84] 142.12! 144.23; 146.19] 148.26} 150.68] 152.90] 156.0
: ioe 925| 137.10] 189.683) 142.80) 144.56) 146.50) 148.86, 150.67) 153.26) 155.77, 159.19 182 ss 148.55
Fourtees ete Girls. | 1085] 189.02] 141.66] 145.68] 148.01| 150.25/ 151.94| 153.70] 155.37| 157.26} 160 150.8
; neue — yrs 143.69) 147.50) 150.26) 152.65) 155.25) 157.47) 160.19) 163.53) 168.00 ce ie
s gaagoe bees? 148.20; 150.82| 152.68} 154.28| 155.82) 156.89| 158,60, 160.55] 162.77; 164.83| 155.04
~lReee iss 146.12 149.38 ae 156.62) 159.45) 161.27) 163.08) 165.47) 168.60) 171.02) 178.55) 160.27
chepecane rhea. 420| 149.00 150.45} 153.05| 154.82} 156.52} 158.03} 159.54] 160.97| 162.65, 165.93; 167.64 157.52
_|Boys. 78| 154. % 156.90 169.73 bg ‘= 164.20} 166.00) 168.13) 170.20) 172.48) 175.07 177.05) 165.18
Seventeen «---/Girts,| 206] 150.43} 152.46| 164.78| 156.5 __ 187.77} 159.40) 160.54] 162.02} 168.83] 166.23] 168.46 159.33
70.50
Bighteen.- +++ airs, 16d 181.101 158.47, 155.73} 157.18| 158.54; 159.50| 160.57| 162.26] 164.81) 166.45} 169.60| 159.42
TROUGH °*" | Girts, asl 150.18 151.361 153.00} 155.64! 158.43} 159.561 160.83; 162.42| 164,.11| 165.17] 167.761 158.46
UasPPNYO sino'T 19) fo YINOLH ay, — 19440
sig
TABLE No. 19.
THE HEIGHT SITTING.
Se Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Opadee: é
hm =
Agger Nearetl ox, | Baz :
Eos 5 | 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 3
1. Dade 2) Bee ge tt Lbi Gat galas poutine eae 2B =
| Bes gen 2 ~ [eutimetr’s
Sis _, (Boys. 714, 56.28 657.50 poy 59.50) 60.17 ar 61.52) 62.42 = 61, 65.31) 68.58} 61.81
"|Girls.| 751} 55.19, 56.28 58.78} 59.41 60.80} 61.59 .50| 63.68) 64.75| 59.45
Ae RES (Boys.| 1858 68.41, 59.50 20.78 61.60) 62.42 a5. 33 63.98] 64.77 85.66 67.38, 69.19] 63.32
Girls. | 1727] 57.41 8.65) 60.16) 60.99] 61.80] 62.44) 63.28) 64.12) 65.00} 66 67.20] 61.
mS Boys. | 2239) 60.21, ana 62.70) 68.74) 64.52) 65.21 65.87| 66.69) 67.65| 69.01| 70.82] 64.74
sg Girls. | 2120 60.22] 61.0 __62.27/ 63.14) 64.01 64.96] 65.22) —65.82| 66.92| —68.21| 69.27] 63.97
Nine Boys.| 2258) 62.10; 63.16) 64.59] 65.50] 66.29) 67.08 67.98] 68.82) 69.79) 71.17| 72.48) 66.78
‘7 17/Girls. | 2071) 61.79) 62.99) 64.26] 65.80] 66.00} 66.19] 67.52] 68.38 69.28] 70.59) 71.81] 66,16
Wa Boys.| 2118, 63.70; 65.49, 66.35) 67.45] 68.37) 69.18! 69.98! 70 84, 71.86) 73.46) 74.79) 69.25
laude Girls. _ 2087] 63.46; 64.86) 66.19) 67.22) 68.06] 68.88] 69.61] 70.48) —71.49/ —72.79| —-74.02| «68.19
Wiceen Boys.| 1828) 65.23) 66.62) 68.29) 69.27| 70.93) 71.09 71.84, 72.70) 73.75) 75.28! 76.68) 70.67
‘it |Girls. | 1748) 65.15) 66.27) _-67.83| 68.08] —69.89/ 70.62] 71.4: __ 72,86] 73.51] 75.08] 76.87/ 70.08
wivclve Boys. / 1656 67.62) 68.35) 70.08) 70.89| 71.84) 72.68| 78.56] 74.50| 75.56, 77.00, 78.81| 72.56
‘Stt''"/Girls. |_1707; 66.06) 68.46) 70.21] 71.16} 72.89] 78.22] 74.21 __75 26) 76.29| 78.24| 79.09] 72.67
Thirteen,...../BOY8+| 1285) 68.68)" 70.02, 71.45) 72.61/ 73.58| 74.49| 75.76| 76.27 -77.48|-79.24|-81.00| 74.90
wo '***|Girls, | 1854) 69.99/ —71.44 3415) 74.40) 75.46) 76.52] 7.64] 78.47] 89.41) 82.06) 88.48| 76.08
Fourteen Boys. 936) 70.49} 71.78) 73.76) 74.97] 75.83) 76.71| 77.84] 79.03) 80.71) 89.85 85.37) 76.84
Here Girls. | 1065) 71.54) 73.83 5.79) 77.20] 78.29) 79.61) 80.59] 81.59) 82.87) 84.74] 85.95] 78.68
Fifteen Boys.| 498) 72.66) 74.28) 75.84) 77.17] 78.41) 79.67 81.08} 82.76 sd 56.68 88.51) 79.74
Be: "|Giris 674, 75.84| 77.08 9.17; 80.34) 81.27| 82.20] 83.12] 84.04 __ 87.72} 81.42
Sixteen Boys.; 198) 74.66) 76.87) 78.73) 80.00) 82.00) 83.92 84.57, 85.78 56-38 50. ia OL, 82.28
iy |Girls. 411) 78.93) 80.77} 81.67} 82.65] 83.54) 84.50} 85.34} 86.00] 87.08 88.11} 89.57) 88.76
Seventeen ....{Boys-| 77 77.84 79.84 82.47| 84.22| 85.42| 86.22/ 88.03| 89.10, 90.00, 92.82| 94.07 85.68
Girls.| 202) 80.44) 81.62] 82.19] 83.81) 84.66] 85.41/ 86.20/ 86.90] 87.70/89. 90.82} 84.66
Eighteen .....(Boys.| 8 84.10, 85.40| 86.32) 87.08} 87.70| 89.60, 91.57, 98.20, 98.98) 94.72 88.28
**""|Girls.| 167| 81.47| 82.441 83.78] 84. 85.37; 85.89/ 86.51] 87.18} 87.94] 88.85] 90.87; 85.20
Nineteen...... Girls. 85, 80.81} 81.58} 88.50) 84.42| 85.07] - 85.68] 86.29! 86.89] 87.641 88.56] 89.75| 84.86
Twenty ..--,.- letite. 78 80.95| 82.18] 83.65} 84.64| 85.35} 86.00] 86.78} 87.66} 88.49| 89.60| 90.28! 85.31
rig
"sIn0T “1G fo “LOS “pHoy -sunuy,
TABLE No. 20.
THE SPAN OF ARMS.
Sa Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. ‘
Age at Nearest BE | &
Birthday. | 5° | 222 : z
ges 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 S
Zi a
| Centimetr’s
Six Boys. 708 100.76) 102.45) 105.00 106.82) 108.27) 109.57 110.70 112. o4 114.26) 117.00) 119.00! 108.95
teens £64 ity, 98.43} 100.36| 102.87| 105.49) 106.57| 106.96| 108.77| 110. 112.89] 115,16} 117.07] 106.96
Pe Boys. 882 105.28 28 107.8 30 T1019 112.00} 118.58 ig. 08 116.19 117.85 119.85 122.26) 124.18| 114.42
a Ale Girl 105.21 109.81; 111.34) 113.11 117.91| 120.65] 122.76| 112.36
Fight Boys. 2204 1038 112. 75 115-60 117.44) 119.18) 120.78 132 29 38. eB 125.76 128.48 180.49) 120.07
seen tees ee. 108.52 85} 113.79| 115.61 117.29] 118.13 0.38} 121.94) 128.11 128.90| 118.84
Nine Boys. BP 115-76 i aia 120.70) 122.40) 124.14) 125.67 Tr. i “128.9: 99 "180.86 ist ad 186.45| 125.18
pers "Girl 113 115,85| 119.19] 121.11] 122.57] 124 127. 129.461 131.96) 134.75] 123.68
ey i. Boys. “2076 119.57 122 “15 125.21) 127.16) 129.03) 130.61 Tietz 184.48 Te 136. 49 189.66) 141.74| 130.22
ried "|Girls, | 2045 120. 123.63! 125.63| 127.30] 129 254| 184. 138.81, 140.89; 128.75
Mieveu Boys. Tsi0 13. i 126. 7 129.92 181.87 133.79) 185.59 1. 38 “759-83 64 a0 144.67 147.25) 185.18
eek dh Girl 122.78} 125.27; 128.22] 130.62] 132. 134.5 7 138.17) 140.78) 144.92] 147.00] 184.24
weied Boys. “i661 128.55 [aL 184. a1 136. 58 188.69 140.48 a 20 144.35) 146.50) 150.18) 158.19] 140.60
cain 127.45} 180.34; 138.9 8.59} 140. 142.50) .74| 147.36] 151.32} 154.86] 140.07
iiileteed “hae Dei 182-88 185.8 35 188.74 7 “aia 40 Tas 28 145.33 147-48 150.05 152.69 156.96) 159.62! 145.09
""** "Girls, 37.49} 140.69] 143.5 47.83 25] 15 154.59| 158.40] 160.55] 147.19
Bouriesn Boys. a Ts. THL06 144,78 Ta. 19.48 151.62 isecii ia. 00 158.72 168.20) 167.32| 151.28
Renee Girls. | 1088} 139.6 51.8 53 155.36] 157.3 9.70] 162.38) 164.70| 152.58
Fifteen Boys. 498 140.96 15.0 150. “150.82 158.0 u Tee i 158.79] 161.24 ca 165-07 173.17| 177.58) 158.48
dah hg Girl 145 14 8.94] 155.32] 156.21| 158.52 160.43] 162. 165.55} 168.24) 156.38
Bixtsecn Boys. “9 145.88 a 150.22 136.40 159. 78 “162. 74 165.31, 167.91) 169.88! 173.10) 176.89; 180.55| 1638.96
se pele Girls. | 413 18! 156.4 159.31] 160.80) 162.26, 164.26 167.89| 170.15| 158.51
Seventecn’... /aere>. 75 Er 50 80-50 ae = 165. i 167-78 169.58! 170.83 174.10 176.66 180.25) 188.50) 168.56
"|Girls. | 202} 149.20; 151.40} 164.43) 156,29} 157.88] 159.62} 160,88) 162.53 164.87/ 167.13] 169.80| 159.
tishiecs Boys. 32 166.20 168.10) 170.40) 171.87) 172.93) 175.50) 177.40 178.47 181.40) 184.80) 186.40| 175.31
GOOOee ke ege Girl 164| 150.30} 152.68] 155.54| 157.76] 160.05| 161.38} 162.65 164.52; 166.30 169.10; 170.93! 160.47
Nineteen ..... Girls. 83} 147.00} 151.80) 154.60] 155.74} 157.05] 158.90! 160.83 161.89 164.28] 168.70) 170.28] 158.45
See sessliets, 76} 151.80) 153.80/ 155.64) 157.26] 158,80) 161.50, 162.93 164,03, 165.93| 168.47) 169.55! 160.17
Twenty-one a 37 153.70} 156.47| 158.38! 159.80] 160.88} 163.80, 165.95) 167.40] 169.50, 171.15| 161.27
$$
“uaLpnyg snot 1g fo YINOLY aYJ, — 4a}L0q
Tue GirtH oF CHEST AT FULL INSPIRATION,
TABLE No. 21.
S S Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. Ce)
Age at Nearest OH op
Birthday, | S®*-| 228 E
f B08 5 10 20 30 40 80 5
ae ca
ae Hae Boys.| 674 56.05) 57.13) 58.72) 59.87 09.36 61. on 63.75 04
Girls, | 739) 54.77| 56.41] 57.52] 58.64 62.81 068
Seven ...+.+..|Boy8-| 1702) 57.74| 58.98| 60.26) 61.25 8.47 65.82 63.56
Girls. | 1603) 55.99} 57.26; 58.75] 59.96} 60.75 64.55 61.1
Right ........|Boys-| 2114) 59.82) 60.57)" 62.14) 68.10) 64.00 67.73 64.29
bb esse" Girls, | 2044| 67.80 91} 60.28; 61.82} 62.27 66. 62.62
Nine -ccocseee Boys.) 2118) 61.33; 62.18} 638.61; 64.68) 65.64, 66.51 69.59 66.02
seeeee** Girls, | 1964) 59.87) 60.83; 61.95; 63.10] 64.06 67.89 64.3
Ten ssscs+ ++ | BOYS. | 2000)” 62.38 68.68 68 ~ 65.20) 66.60) 67.40) 68.31 71.46 67.87
seeeeese** Girls, | 1891) 59.86 61.85, 63.00] 68.93 69.67 65.97
Eleven _,|Boys.| 17382) 64.08 a, a re 68.33) 69.28 73.36 69.69
neeee**|Girls. | 1648} 62.35 3.26 66.16] 67,88 71.61 __ 67.90
Twelve Boys.| 1568) 65.44 w6.86 “488 69.93) 70.91 75.32 71.48
"see""*|Girla, | 1628) 68.64) —65.31| —67.29/ —68.50|) 69.55 74.81 70.42
Thirteen Boys.| 1240) 66.38 68.20; 70.73, 71.84) 72.59 77.76 73.81
: "Girls, | 1815) 65.39 7.53, _ 69.85 eo ae 77.96 73.35
Boys.| 920) 69.21) 70.60) 72.48) 73.90) 75.25 ~ 80.96) | 76.21
mene reat Girls 1021} 68.44 33] 72.46, 73.98] 75 81.34 __ 76.89
Fifteen ys.| 497; 71.5 73.48) 75.68) 77.12| 78.62 85.23 79.75
eer iris. | 660 1.19 75.17: 76.69} 78.26 83.84 __ 78.95
Steteen ys.| 206) 72.10) 74.65 78.02; 79.75| 81.90} 83.60) 84.97 88.02 82.59
"*****) Girls, | 398) 74.45] 75.851 77.70) 79.28} 80.58 6 85.78 81.08
Seventeen Boys. 9| 78.75| 78.90| 81.88) 83.45) 84.77) 86.08, 87.23 90.30 85.18
"'''l@irls, | 211) 75.92] 77.14) 79.46} 80.75) 81.92 87.07 82.77
Kighteen Boys. $1| 78.10) 84.05) 86.20) 88.10) 89.10 92.70 88.65
~ JugaaAene es Girls.| 164| 76.04] 77.85) 79.84] 80.65} 82.17 87.02 82.79
Nineteen-+--+|qing,| 2} 77.02 + +—-78.05| 80.04 81.00} 81.73 87.12 82.30
Twenty +++--|Giris.| 65} 78.75) 80.12) 82.00] 83.25) 84.83 85.79 86.83 89.00 84.99
Twenty-one -+| Girts, 82.70] 84.20 daa 86.33 has aise 90.40 86.97
82 80.60 81,40
91€
“stInoT 16 fo “20g “poopy “SsuD,
TABLE No. 22,
THe GIRTH OF CHEST AT FULL EXPIRATION.
Sa Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. 2
Age at Nearest} 4.. | $54 ee
Birthday. | "°% |222 | 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 | 90 95 5
J03 >
|Z =
Centimetr’s
Six Boys.| 679 ar lage 54.06) 55.12) 56.09) 56.92) 57.60) 58.35 — 60.12) 61.85) 64.20) 57.26
""*/Girls, | __743/ 62.86) 58.46] 54.97; 55.90| _56.91/ 57.48] 58.28 60.28) 61.84] 68.64] 57.00
s Boys.) 1715 Le 55.10) 56.86) 57.28) 58.15) 58.92) 59.77 a0. 61.88 63.74) 65.55) 58.68
eS Girls, | 1659} __52.00/__58.96) 55.41) 56.48} 57.40/_58.31/ 59.11 60.06 61.27] 62.97/ 64.64/85 7.80
Eight Boys.| 2076! 54.92) 56.27) 57.86) 58.85) 59.74| 60.64) 61.54) 62.46 63.54| 65.09) 66.43 -08
ee Girls. | 2036) 54.06/ —55.05] 56.53/ 57.62 58.53/ 59.49| 60.47) 61. 62.63} 64.28] 65.60) 59.01
wine Boys.| 2121) 56.66) 57.79] 59.24) 60.37| 61.29] 62.15| 68.06| 64.21| 65.44| 67.18] 68.91 61.78
V7 **"|Gitls. | _1967| 55.85) 56.62|_58.24) 59.82 60.26/ 61.20| 62.16] 63.26] 64.43| 66.25| 67.82 60.72
Ten Boys.| 1993) 57.90) 59.13] 60.57) 61.59 62.54| 68.54) 64.57| 65.70 67.16) 69.49 71.25 ei 2
enema aee Girls. | 1894) 66.83) 57.71} 59.84) 60.55] 61, 62.47; 68.48} 64.61/ 65.92) 67.79] 69.92] 62.07
Ele Boys.| 1732) 58.92) 60.87| 61.87) 68.82] 64.19] 65.20 66.10} 67.24, 68.78) 70.79| 72.00) 64.80
vane nt Girls, |_1664) _57.66) 58.92) 60.52) 61.93) 63.12) 64.28] 65.48] 66.65 67.75 69.98] 71.90] 63 80
eset Boys.| 1561| 60.14, 61.45] 63.15| _64.89| 65.44 66.50) 67.60) 68.72) 70.22) 71.94) 78.57; 66.10
wenerttt* ‘|Girls.|_ 1619] 59.86] 61.02] 62.88] 64.01] 65.21} 66.38] 67.75| 69.27| 70.98| 78.16 75.19) 66.26
Thirteen .....{B0¥8-| 1215] 61.52) 62.78] 64.46] 65.82| 67.14| 68.33 69.48|70.58| 72.00 74.51| 76.98] 67.98
wi" |Giris,| 1311) 61.11) 63.12] 65.88] 66.87) 68.26) 69.64] 70.86] 72.26| —73.95| 76.51 8.77| 69.24
Winttaen Boys. | 929) 63.24) 64.55| 66.64| 67.98] 69.16) 70.82| 71.76} _73.47| _75.22| 77.59|79.80| 70.88
ourseens****/Girls, |_1018) 64.22} 65.60) 67.90] 69.78] 70.91] 72.86, +—73.77| 73.20| 76.86 79.43} 82.00/ 71.88
Fifteen Boys.| 499) 65.83) 67.15) 69.35) 70.84) 72.84) 73.89| 74.95| _76.44|__78.86| _80.95| 88.65} 78.87
ese Girls. |__657)_ 66.20) 68.89} 70.67 72.13) 73.26) 74.78 76.80| 77.94} ~—-80.10| . 82.88] 84.65] 74.61
Sixteen Boys.| 204) 67.04) 68. 71.31) 73.38) 75.00) 76.21) 77.67) 79.25) 80.92) 84.28) 87.12) 75.86
‘1*""/Girls.|__395) 69.41) 70.68) 72.61 74.34) 75.59] 76.78) 78.1 19.52; 81. 84.77} 87.05] 76.62
Seventeen ....|Boys-| 50) 68.00) 72.38| 74.88| 76.00| 77.44, 78.88| 79.33] 81.50] _82.67|_84.00| 86.00| 77.61
___|Giris.|__201/ _ 70.68) 73.51) 74.16) 75.74; 76.98) 78.27) 79.76] 81.12) -88.00| 85.86 __ 88,00} 78.01
Bishteen Boys. Bl, 74.10) 75.55) 77.20) 79.26) 79.88) 80.88| 82.20| 83.18 83.95) 86.90! 87.48 80.39
eer Girls. |_160) _71.17)__78.00} _ 74.64) 76.10) 77.47| __-78.87| __-79.62/ 81.08/82. 84.88 7| 78.12
Nineteen «:-+igirts. | Oi} - G80) ARE A 78.56] 74,001 ra.de| 77.77] 70.081 does) onde eae beak
7 Nenty ee dainis 67) _70.07) _ 70.74) 78.18) 74.41) ~—-75.20/ 76.50} +~—«77.64| += 79.82| + 80.15| + 82.88] 82.941 76.09
Twenty-one lates. 82) 70.20) 78.20 74.40] 75.40} 76.66] 77.78 __—*79.70| 80.65 84.40 86.201 76.06
“UalpnY sinoT 1g) fo YIM0LH ay, — 40}240q
TABLE nee 23.
Tue GiRtTH OF CuEsT MipwaY BETWEEN FULL INSPIRATION AND FULL EXxPrRaTION.*
;
q
Ss Value of Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. %
Age at nearest} 5. | 35 F §
Birthday. 558 5 10 20 30 | 40 50 60 70 80 90 | 95 E
e Centimetr’s
ie ecicticcs oe | Ot mene 55.59| 56.92) 57.98) 58.64 a re 60.04) 60.91) 61.98 we fi rr 59.05
"IGirls.| 741} 53. 54.93) 56.34) 57.27] 68.21 59.60] 60.42} 61.54 ae 58.34
ist Boys.| 1708 55. Ot 57.04| 58.81) 59.26) 60.81 60.89 61.73] 62.67| 63.82 85.59 87.46 60.62
TES] Girls. | 1631) 53.99] 55.61) 57.08} 58.22) —59.07/ __59.87| 60.75} 61.70] 62. 64.55] 66.16) 59.47
isnt Boys. | 2095 Ae 12} 58.42) 60.00) 60.97) 61.87) 62.55) 68.65] 64.62) 65.63) 67.15] 68.83) 62.18
ee "|Girls. | 2040) 55.93) 56.98} 58.40 9.47; 60.40) 61.34) 62.82} 63.23) 64.36) 65.98) 67,19) 60.81
Nine Boys. ai 20 58.99 59.98) 61.42) 62.52) 68.46, 64.88| 65.28| 66.81| 67.51) 69.17| 70.80) 63.90
""*""| Girls. | 1966] 57.61} 58.47] 60.09] 61.21] 62.16) 63.03} 63.94] 65.03] 66.16) 67.88) 69.41] «62.51
. Boys.| 1997) 60.11; 61.40) 62.88 64.09) 64.97! 65.92) 66.90) 67.96) 69.31) 71.45! 73.27) 65.59
os ""'"*/Girls. | 1893) 57.84] 58.98} 60.59} 61.77] 62.72] 64, 65.44] 68.53} 67.79] -69.47| 71.86] 68 02
El Boys.| 1782) 61.47) 62.84) 64.50) 66.07) 66.73) 67.68) 68.51) 69.60; 71.04) 73.11) 74.62) 67.24
even «******|Girls. | 1654] 60.00] 61.09] 62.71] 64.05] 65.25] 66.86] 67.52] 68.56] 69.68} 71.91] 78.85} 65.85
Twel Boys.| 1565| 62. ve 64.15) 65.90 hie 68.17} 69.17) 70.28) 71.85) 72.77) 74.62) 76.26) 68.76
sartbe sien wis Girls, | 1624) 61. 63.16} 65.08] 66.25] 67. 68.49} 69.76] 71.19) 72.89} 75.15] 77.21) 68.84
Thirt Boys.| 1228 88.95 65.49) 67.59 ws 69.86) 71.01) 72.16 73.37) 74.88) 77.23) 79.14! 70.61
rieen *****1Girls. | 1313] 68.26/ 65.82| 67.61; —_69.03| 70.81) 71.64 —72.89| —74.80/ —-75.95| 78.56} 80.80] 71.29
Bourieen — |Boys.| 925) 66.22 Byte 69.58) 70.94) 72.20) 78.88) 74.85) 76.44) 78.09) 80.56) 82.77) 78.27
Ae Girls. | 1020] 66.38 70.18] 71.88] 73.19] 74. 76.05] 77.48} 79.09) + 81.52/—88.84| 74.18
Fifteen Boys.| 498) 68.44 10. 39 72.5 | 73.98) 75.48) 76.94) 78.26) 79.85; 81.79) 84.33) 86.60) 76.56
faeek Girl 659| 68.69] 70.73} 72.92! 74.41) 75.76] 76.92] 78.47) —-80.82/ —81.97| 84.12] 86.45] 76.78
Sixt Boys. a. yi 71.77| 74.66) 76.56) 78.45) 79.90) 81.32) 82.95) 84.47] 87.64) 90.14) 79.22
vemelaenn Girl 1.93} 73.26] 75.15] 76.81/ 78.08} 79.22} 80.44] 82.04) 83.66] 86.48] 88.88] 78.85
Beventeen Boys. 10.37 75.61| 78.08) 79.72) 81.1 82.20} 83.28) 85.05) 86.48) 88.64 90.17) 81.39
evenseen **"1Girls, | 206] 78.80; 74.82) 76.81/ 78.24) —79.45/ —80.72| —82.00| —83.23| —-85.03| —87.42| 89.64] 80.39
Bighte Boys. 31; 76.10} 79.80; 81.70) 83.68) 84.49) 85.35) 86.36) 87.44) 88.32) 90.42) 91.46) 84.52
Ree nos st Girls, | 162} 78.60| __75.42| 76.99) 78.87] 79.82] 80.92} 82.00} 84.93} 84.86) 87.00) 88.51] 80.45
ereneoueae Girls.| 82) 72.76 74.20| 75.94] _77.27| __78.16| 79.81] 80.90] _82.01| _88.67|_85.70| _87.73| 79.10
did dened es Girls. 66] 74.41) 75.45| 77.56, 78.83] 80.01; 81.04] 82.28} 83.41] 84.57; 86.09] 87.84] 80.54
Swenty -O80 «> latwis. | 88 79.30| 80.381 81.49] 82.56) 84.451 —-85.52| 87.90] 89.30!_——81.51
75.80 77
* Obtained by adding the Girth of Chest at Full Inspiration to the Girth of Chest at Full Expiration and dividing the sum by 2.
8T¢
"sIno'T "719 fo “lag “poopy *suDL
TABLE No. 24.
THE LENGTH OF Heap.
Sa | Value in Millimetres at the following Percentile Grades. ri)
Age at Nearest) 35 a SURDSEMET Eis TSM Gaetiges! Ee
Birthday. Ee | 5 10 20 80 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 E
wi
| leet piss cm
Six : Boys. 606) 169.19) 170.88) 178.50) 175.75] 177.84 178.86] 180.89] 181.50! 184.081 186.95! 189.28, 178
esha Girls, | __606) 163.69} 166.42) 169.44| 170.94) 172.89 174.84] 175.80| 177.40| 178.87| 180.98 188,98) 17 a
ae Boys. | 1498) 168.59) 170.99) 178.87| 175.80 177.85] 179.92 181.02| 182.71| 184.86 187.34, 190.08| 178.84
a Girls. | 1511) 165.13) 167.37; 170.48 172.34) 174,08] 175.58 177.14) 178.79) 180.73] 183.25) 185.44} 174.09
ea era Boys. | 2079 170.08 171.89) 175. 14 176.91) 178.80) 180.44) 182.03) 183.92] 185.81) 188.73] 190.86 179.62
ot Girls. | 2125 68 V71.07) 178.26) 175.25) 176.41) 178.17) 180.15] 181.48) 184.18] 185.90| 176.18
Boys. | 1986 T0401 172.39 775.02 177.79| 179.84) 181.00} 182.77| 184.80] 186.59, 190.04! 191.67) 180.72
Nine .. 56.0555.
ees Girls, | 1884; 166.58) 169.93} 172.61] 174.77 176.08] 177.801 179.54] 180.76! 182.59 __ 185.55] 187.53] 176.89
Ten ...., Boys. | 1912) 171.50| 174.37 171.08 “179. 10 180.20) 181.51) 183.22) 184.99) 186.70, 189.85! 191.82) 181.45
arn Girls, | 1790) _167.72| 170.45) 178.08] 175.26] 176.77| 178.52| 180.10| 181.26] 188.67| 185.99] 188-11} 177.24
PMR a Boys.| 1654) 172.66| 175.00 11.70 “179.98 % 181.38| 182.86) 184.62) 186.17) 188.34| 190.93 198.88 38| 182.37
"*|Girls. | 1560) 167.47) 170.73 8.69) 175.73) 177.82) 179.75] 181.00) 182.71) 184.84) 187.45) 190.85) 178,08
aie _|Boys.| 1576) 172.79) 175.22 T7808 180.32) 181.76) 183.08] 184.78) 186.41| 188.63) 191.85} 194.55) 182.84
ret Girls. | 1516] 169,79] 172.82] 175.42 177.44) 179.07| 180.57| 182.22/ 183.881 185.84/ 189.071 191.11| 179.50
Thirteen......|Boys-| 1207) 178.60 176.07| 179.00; 180.85) 182.54) 184.21) 185.91) 187.63) 189.92| 199.53) 195.10 188.84
1 ""/Girls, |_ 1187] 171,17} 178.74) 177.31] 179.38] 180.86 182.48] 184.33), 185.97/ 188.12} 190.69] 192.82
Fourteen ...../Boys-| 890) 175.19) 177.88] 181.06) 183.10; 184.78) 186.24! 187.95) 189.60 191.89) 195.00 196.79 186.58
"""""/Girls. | 1008] 178,03} 175.93] 179.05| 181.09] 182.87] 184.71| 186.02] 187.55) 189.901 192.68 183.41
Fifteen Boys.| 502) 176.67| 178.98) 182.18) 188.84) 185.78) 187.69] 190.00) 191.00 199.94) 196.26 199-09 187.01
silty "|Girls. | 649) 174,49) 177.46) 180.59| 182.47) 184.33| 185.67| 187.67, 189.46; 191.34; 194.32; 196.981 185.12
Btstnent Boys.| 191) 178.83) 180.48] 183.88) 185.74) 188.21) 190.04] 191.56) 194.01 195.53) 198.48] 200.73] 189.06
ge eeess Girls. | 400) 175.80) 179,00} 181.82} 184.21) 186.00 187.70} 189.50] 191.40/ 193.54| 196.08} 198-00] 186.84
Seventeen ..--lairig,| 991] 179.03] 181.08 183.62} 185.53} 187.18) 188.60] 190.03] 191.34) 198.85) 197.88] 199.59] 188.14
Highteen ..... Girls. | 161] 179.86) 181.22) 184.12] 185.46] 187.11] 188.41] 190.04 190.98, 192.73| 195.99| 198.98| 187.97
Nineteen, + +++ + qitg: 77| 180.70! 181.85" 188.801 184.92! 185.97| 188 31} 189.301 190.70} 192.80] 195.65) 199.06] 187.91
“uatpnyy snot ig) fo ae ay, — 12740g
--618
TABLE No, 25.
Tur WIpTH OF HEAD.
Value in Millimetres at the following Percentile Grades.
be é
Age at Neares' Sex. 33 : : 8
Birthday. azs| 10 | 90 |) sore peas tet noe | S00 | i roe) er] a6 | os s
Zz <q
milime's
Si Boys.| 573) 134.70) 138.01 — ae oe 148.76) 145.11) 146.20 st xr bray roe
KR scesereeeelGirls, | 609) 181.74 183,93] 186.25) 188.17] 189.91) 140.83) 142.31) __ 148.64 150.2 i. 27
Seven ........|BOySe| 1671] 186.31 188. 87 140.80 142. 28 148.46) 144.98) 145.93) 147.25 1. 26 atshs 31 soe 54 144.37 af
Oven ++*s**"/Girls, | 1505] 188.66] 1 140.80, 142.10, 143.25) 144.7! 148 7 0.70) 141.4
Eight _, (Boys. | 1997 186.78 ericieriar 144.48} 145.63) 146.70) 148.43 160:43| 152,84 186308 15-80
BNE ++s*+e**lGirls, | 1985) 133. 136.03} 138.61} 140.39} 141.48} 142.84) 144.24) 145.58} 147.01 13) 151.73) 142.31
at |Boys. | 1962| 137. ra 140.04 Ta. 97 143.62/ 145.07) 146.08 ~147.44| 149.20) 150.89 168.56 155.49| 145.87
NE -seeee*lGirls. | 1914] 184.82 10) 143.58) 144.96) 146.01) 148.01} 150.61] 152.63) 143.04
T Boys. | 1827| 188.30 14. 58 rE a 144.22 “Tae 147.11| 148.58| 150.27) 151.76) 154.15) 156.02) 146.59
CM ++ereeeso" Girls, | 1808] 184.94 140.31} 141.66! 148.15) 144.54) 145.64) 146.92] 149.11) 151.49) 154 43.75
El Boys.| 1561 189.89 14.39 39 148.40 145.19) 146.31) 147.50) 148.84) 150.57) 152.27) 154.94) 157.26) 147.29
even +++***"/Girls.| 1641] 186.7 9.27| 14 142.82} 144 145. 146.74] 148.40] 150.25) 152.78] 154.94) 145.05
ieee Boys. | 1531 140. m2 448.10 1, 3 145.80] 146.91] 148.36 15 07) 151.25) 152.91] 155.40) 156.99) 147.98
MOINOs 54s 040 Girls. | 1460] 186 139.22 143.67} 145.16] 146.31] 147.70] 149.24] 150.88} 153.88] 155.63) 145.64
Thirteen Boys. | 1175 (aa 148.83 face 146.03 147.48 Bi 01 fa 68; 152.10) 158.85) 156.35) 158.79] 148.78
“****lGirls. | 1167| 188.49] 140.40| 142.61] 144,26 145.76 15] 148.53/ 150.22| 152.12] 154.82| 156.79| 146.78
Fourteen .....{(BOy8+| 878] 141.82) 142.78) 145.19, 146.88) 148.37 150. 04| 151.08, 152.40| 154.44) 157.47| 160.26) 149.50
ye Girls.| 927) 189.57) 141.47) 148.68 145.46) 146 48.25) 149.71) 151.14) 153.13) 155,88) 157.98) 147.90
Fitteon Boys.| 469} 140.88) 143.06) 145.46 147.02) 148.68 “edi 151.83] 158.27) 154.80) 156.96) 159.79) 149.63
"*rs*"lGirls. | 668} 140.17} 141.99|* 144.29) 146.03) 147.32) 148.71) 150.09) 151.57) 153.69) 156.36) 158.01) 148.29
ES Boys.| 195) 144.22) 145.382 147.00) 148.50] 150.25) 151.35] 152.65) 154.08) 155.88! 157.72) 160.71| 150.98
nore? iGtris, belt 140.39] 142.28] 145.00] 146.69} 148,39] 149.67) 150.89} 152 154.89 156.53] 159.05) 148.95
Mitentac Boys. 142.75) 146.50 is, “148.48 151.25 151.00) 152.50) 153.57) 155.50) 157.60) 159.75) 165.25) 152.09
Des" Girls. api 142.12| 143.89] 146.25] 147.72} 149.03] 150.43] 161.71} 158.44) 165.31) 156.81) 160.24) 150.04
Righteen «+ --lginis, 168 141. 142.81] 145.27| 146.65| 148.46] 160.16] 151.23| 152.50} 153.91] 156.62] 158.69} 149.09
Nineteen +++ +-\girig 72 140.95| 141.98| 145.26 146.90| 148.33) 150.17) 151.18 158.48} 154.77) 156.70) 159.06) 149,11
s as loins, a3 189.88| 142.26) 144.20] 145.18| 146.46] 147.70} 149.80| 151.62} 152.90] 155.98] 159.70) 147.82
06€
‘sino'T “15 fo ‘as “poop “sud
ABLE No. 26.
THe HxIGHT OF Facer rRom Root oF NosxE ro Pornt or CHIN.
| Sa Value in Millimetres at the following Percentile Grades. Py
Age at Nearest)... BE. a
Birthday. gs3| 5 | 10 20 30 40 50 | 60 70 80 90 95 ®
Zi <
Millimetr’s
Six Boys. 604; 82.78) 85.54) 88.32) 90.15] 91.50 98.20 95.29) 97.94! 100.96) 104.83) 107.58] 98.72
steereee**lGiris, | 612; 82.14] 88.62| 85.98] 87.87| 89.15 93.14) 95.22| 97.69] 100.96| 105.05] 91.4
Sean Boys.| 1580) 85.78; 88.23] 90.44) 92.12 98. 06 gt i 97.39| 99.86) 102.86) 105.83) 109.78} 95.87
Abe ia "| Girls.| 1509} 83.26) 85.68] 88.28} 90.41 93.20] 95.17) 96.97) 99.78] 103.49} 106.63) 98.77
Eight oys.| 20 87.81) 90.21) 92.63) 94.82 54.07 97.78) 99.81) 101.28) 104.14) 107.72) 110.65) 97.98
Siveresesss"| Girls.| 2016] 86,22| 88.34] 90.78 92.56] 94.24] 95.60| 97.1 8 101.61} 105.49} 108.77] 95.65
Nine oys.| 2011) 90.06) 91.43} 94.14) 95.93) 97.60| 99.42) 100.77; 103.08) 105.46) 109.89) 112.85! 99.51
"Tt'""| Girls.) 1898) 88.60] 90.42} 92.63] 94.59} 95.97] 97.60} 99.43] 101.04) 103.58) 107.42} 111.22| 97.85
Ten Boys.| 1868| 91.19 93.82) 95.74) 97.58) 99. 4 100. 78 102.95) 104.87) 106.99; 110.72) 118.16) 101.06
"rertttt*| Girls.| 1820} 90.04) 91.72) 94.18; 95.89 100.94} 108.00) 105.44) 109.72) 112.17] 99.8
Wines Boys.| 1660| 92.52) 94.94) 97.52) 99.54 09.06 08.3 22 nok 107.85) 110.85] 118.90) 117.05) 103.37
""""''*") Girls.| 1572) 91.94) 93.79] 96.16| 98.00 17 102.87} 104.97] 107 111.10} 114.60] 101.4
wares Boys.| 1568| 94.74| 96.59} 98.96) 100.80 ane itaas 105.97, 108.71| 110.88 115.47 120. 08 104.25
"*''***| Girls,| 1523) 91.76] 94.52] 97.68] 99.94} 101.92) 108.53| 105.23] 107.30 110.36, 11 103.46
pe AUER Boys.| 1205| 95.58) 97.98 100.61 61, 102.66 66 104. 86 106. 34 108.71] 110.61) 112.91 116.08 ihn 106.24
: Girls.|_ 1231] 95.70} 98.15} 100.66] 102 105.71) 107.85] 110.19 112.21] 115.60] 118.59} 105.92
Weideuaten Boys.| 893] 96.55) 99.70 102.51 104. 7 ite. 7 108.51 110.40} 112.35 115. 23 tious 123.04) 108.43
"**"") Girls.| 897| 96.99] 99.941 102.38] 104.36) 105.76] 107.72] 109.61] 111.45) 114.27] 118.85] 121.86} 107.87
Fifteen Boys.| 479| 100.38| 102.69 105.09) 106.98) 109.97 ree 118.18} 115.78| 118.02 128.85 126.36, 111.68
idee Girls.| 672} 98.24) 100.68) 103.31) 105.80) 108.07} 109.40} 110.96) 112.75] 115.34] 120. 22.74| 109.79
Gieinek Boys.| 191] 108.31) 105.02 107.89 110.48 112.49 118.73] 115.62| 117.43) 120.52 ate 126.96) 113.68
oe ee Girls.| 403} 100.42} 102.02} 105.07| 106.77} 108.21) 109.83) 112.17] 114.09] 116.87] 121.09] 125.43) 110.48
Savant _|Boys.| —78| 102.45) 105.80) 111.04) 118.80) 116.80) 118.50) 120.47| 121.58] 124.20) 130.40) 135.10! 117.56
Gimeno ue "| Girls.| 223] 98.79) 101.66] 104.40| 105.82] 108.24] 110.50} 112.59] 114.18] 116,74) 120.18] 123.85) 110.04
Highton « ++--1 Gite, 163; 100.23} 101.72} 104.94) 106,36} 108.42] 110.04) 112.82/ 112.84] 115.27] 119.84) 129.85/ 109.77
Nineteen..---+! qirig, ‘i 101.00} 102.17} 103.75} 105.60] 106.75} 108.34} 110.20] 111.80} 114.00] 117.00! 121.00| 108.79
Twenty.-+++++! qirts.| 73! 102.16) 108,08] 105.531 107.15! 109.17 110.30| 111.631 112.85] 115.40| 120.181 121.851 110.26
“UalpnYD sino'T 3g) fo YINOLH aYZ, — 121L0g
168
TABLE No, 27.
THE WIDTH OF FACE.
jong na Ss Value in Millimetres at the following Percentile Grades. go
“Birthday. | SeX- 223 é
Bos 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 5
Millimetr’s
St 10k _, |Boys.| 608) 105.64) 110.25 age re eh 118.20) 119.64) 120.74) 122.50) 125.44) 127.78) 117.24
pica Girls. | 608} 105,28) 109.20} 111.19 115.89} 116.88] 118.40] 120.38} 123.10] 126.51) 115.21
Seven .....--.|BOy8-| 1687 By eer TE. - T1.8 “116.08 118.40) 119.98] 121.04) 122.89] 125.59 128.38 117.78
Girls. | 1516 _ 110.25 115.21) 116.38) 117.80} 119.57] 120.87] 128.36 116.11
Bight .......: Boys. | 2062 10-08 it ms Te Teas 118.29) 119.75) 120.69) 122.00) 123.91) 126.27 ae 118.82
Girls, | 2065; 108.16) _110.57| 112.57| 114.66] 116.01} 117.45} 118.84) 120.32) 121.66) 124 26.95] 117.6
ae ce _|Boys. | 1927/ 110.05) 112.10) 115.49) 117.59 “is. 70 120.75 122.14) 123.67) 125.51) 128.08] 130.62] 119.91
Girls. | 1905) 108.20) 110.62] 118.55] 115.68} 117.17) 118.81] 120.24) 121.86] 122.99} 125 27.83] 118.0
San... oys. 22) 110.64; 118.385) 116.90 119.14 - an 131.08 123.98 Aas, 48| 126.16) 128.73] 131.00) 121.60
Te lGiris. | 1829} 108.77} 112.22] 116 120,42} 121.55) 128.09) 124.98} 197 29.40} 119.49
Bleven ....... Boys. | 1666) 112.48) 115.26) 118.44 20.44 Tae al 128.22 aye "125-95 aa "187-82 130.59) 138.04) 122.78
: Girls. | 1504) 111.45} 118.70| 116 118.98] 120.59] 121.71] 122.84 126.37] 129.15) 182.07} 121.2
Tacivs *...’ Boys. | 1525) 112.52) 115.85| 120.05| 121.75 sea 124.59) 125.85 re 129.45) 131.66) 134.61) 123.81
—__ |Girls. | 1526 111.89] 114.85! 118.45] 120.55] 121.84| 123.07 124.46| 126.18] 127.88 130.89 182.77] 122.44
Thitecn .... _|Boys. 1218) 114.96) 118.24) 120.96 | 188.96 ‘TRE 126.02) 127.38 a 130.65) 138.19) 136.40) 125.83
"7 '*|Girls. | 1248) 118.10) 116.40) 119.71 124,86] 126,28 129.76} 182.85; 184.78} 124.15
Fourteen... _|Boys. 898} 116.53) 120.18 eye 2 30 a 127.32) 128.93 ah: o 182.65) 135.39) 187.51) 126.81
"""/Girls. | 997] 114,09} 118.89] 121 125.08} 126.51/ 128.08} 129.62| 181,85! 188.80} 185.82| 125.67
epbe h te |Boys.| 485) 118.18] 120.40) 122. i 135: 6 127.13} 129.08, 130.70 132.40 185.08) 187.45) 140.34] 128.32
‘ Girls. | 678} 118 120.75| 128.68] 125.39] 126.86| 128 129.66| 181.08) 182.96) 185.88] 188.41 127.8!
Sixteen ....../Boy8-| 198) 120.88) 128.29) 125.40) 127.88) 129.22) 130.82) 182.70| 184.01) 185.77| 188.78, 140.91| 130.27
: Girls. | 409) 120.08) 122.98} 125.88] 127.03] 128.50] 130 131.45] 182.72| 134.471 186.90| 189.28| 129.4
Barenvent - "'IGiris $10] 122.19] 128.99} 126.76) 128,05] 180.04] 131.88) 182.55] 184.22| 185.78] 1388.28] 140.03/ 130.63
incaaatae sae Girls. / 163\ 124.03) 125.41] 128.07] 130.21] 180.92) 131.97) 183.24] 134.84) 135.841 138.30) 139.93] 181.42
&EE
"sInO'T “15 fo “WY “poop “SUDA
TABLE No. 28.
THE HkIGHT OF FACK FROM HatR-LINE TO POINT OF CHIN.
| ss | Value in Millimetres at the following Percentile Grades. Fi
Age at aio oom | $8 epee: Soe Bp
Birt ze 10 20 30 40 60 80 | 90 95 2
ns a
Millimetr’s
fi ea 611 144.06) 147.34) 149.98] 150.90 155-10, 157.28) 159.94) 162.68, 165.78 152. és
ae 609 5] 140.46} 148.49] 145.87| 147.74 152.61] 155.01) 157.40| 161.84] 164.51
Pete ON 1621 145.07| 148.87] 151.39] 158.55 156.97 0-4 161.88 165.36 168.35
2 1486 | 144.31) 147.24 150,21] 152.08 155.90, 1 160.47} 163.36] 165.84
Wioki., 62. 012 148.35) 151.75) 154.32] 156.10 160.20 164.48 106-36 170.86
PE" | Gitte...” Eases 146,14) 150.03] 152.07) 158.89 157.45) | 162.18 168.76
Wiad bo: 1997 150.18 158.14| 155.75| 158.04 162.06 164.40, 166.84 173.14
__ 1989 148.77} 150.90) 158.72) 155.73 160.18} 16% 64.73 170.85
win a 1909 151.85) 155. 35 157.59) 160.27 168.71 168.86 175.25
1835 150.37| 154.28] 156.43] 158 49 162.57 67 174.37
keen. 653 158.75 Te 160.04) 162.05 “165.72 170.80 177-78
Rie 1881 -29| 152.43} 156.32] 158.44} 161.09 65.35 170.17 08
Pe eee 1577) 152. ie 155.9 159.36) 161.38] 163.51 167.55 172.67 aes
bcitisbhes ac 1510| 151. 14} 158.77] 161.77] 168 168.41 172 180.06
ERE: 1211 Tk 161.24) 163.94) 165.94 170.31 175.40 181.49
__1220 15 162.00] 164.35] 166 38 71.32 176,08 182.64
wun 2 896 155.98 158.90) 168.66) 166.35) 168.65 173.56) 175.98) 178.86 185.95
; 998 160.43} 164.85] 167.19| 169. 174.68 179.64 185.77) 1
Witken 482 190.9 163. 24 -167.14| 170.33] 172.68 177.46) 179.85) 182.60 190.17| 1
: 656 164.56; 167.28 170.55} 172.78 176.63 181.34 8] 187.72
PRBOTS NE 34) 193 165.28 “168.38 171.66, 173.86) 175.75 180.36 185.42 194.68
ean 395) 168.75} 166.35] 170.15} 172.48| 174.67 179.05 184.80 190.12
Beventegn +57 201 167.41) 172.81] 174.90} 177.17 180.07 186.20 194.48
Bighteen ..-., 139 170.22| 174.95] 177.68| 180.33 183.57 188.07 195.02
Nineteen.. ... 69 168,95] 172.90} 175.68} 177.72 181.35 187.07 194.28
Pwenty i sciae 72 171.60 174,08! 175.52' 177.16 181.07 185.87 192.20
"UaLpLYD SInOT 19 fo YINOLY ay — 437L0q
SG&
CHAPTER VI.
SEXUAL DIFFERENCES IN GROWTH.
When the curves of growth in weight, height standing,
height sitting, span of arms and girth of chest are drawn on
the same system of co-ordinates, as has been done in Plates
XXV to XXIX inclusive, the attention of the observer is
arrested by the extraordinary difference in the development
of girls and boys during the period of prepubertal
acceleration. Girls enter this time of rapid growth at age 11
or 12, two years earlier than boys, and during several years are
larger than boys of the same age. The period during which
girls are larger than boys does not correspond exactly with
the period of accelerated development, but begins and ends
a little later. The ages at which girls begin and cease to be
larger than boys are given in the following table. The ages
TABLE No. 29.
AGES AT WHICH GIRLS BEGIN AND CEASE TO BE LARGER THAN Boys.
Age at which Girls begin
to be larger than Boys.
Age at which Girls cease
to be larger than Boys.
Percentile Grades.
Percentile Grades.
DIMENSION,
25 50 75 25 50 75
Weeightissius. cis yes 12,8. yrg.|12,2- yrs.'11-% yrs.|16-3 yrs.|1 rs.| 14-8 rs.
Height standing..... Ape | ee time ee lige ee lia ri
Height sitting... .. aieeeenr ine clr lieth ce lew 16 “
Span of arms......... 123% J1id © 1118 6 1153 oe lide ee ee
Birth of chest: cs ..<; 128; « [12 « fie” «© lies 15 iB
Height of face from
hair line to point of
chin...... 114% yrs. 1 **
are nearly the same for the same percentile grade in all five
dimensions.
(3
An examination of plates XXX to XXXVI
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 395
shows that the sexual difference just noted is not present in
expansion of chest, or in strength of squeeze, or in
any head or face measurement except height of face from
hair-line to point of chin. Boys have therefore a larger ex-
pansion of the chest, greater strength of squeeze and greater
length and width of head and height and width of face than
girls throughout their period of growth.
An interesting comparison can be made of the duration of
the period in which girls are larger than boys. It appears
DURATION OF THE PERIOD DURING WHICH GIRLS ARE LARGER THAN Boys.
Percentile Grades.
DIMENSION.
25 50 75
At veciee sscnesccevwnssdverwre 35% yrs. 355 yrs. 334% yrs.
Height standing......06006csucssses 4 " a Site *
Height slitting ivs.cwes vevwesevesuies 5 _ 5 - "5 Rees
pall Of ALIS 626s eis chen so rere 375 2A; 2s, *
Girth of chest......00csccee cess cscs 355; <“* 25 * vs
that the period is shortest in span of arms and is considerably
longer in height sitting than in any other dimension.
The age at which girls begin to be larger than boys differs
at different percentile grades, big girls (75 percentile grades )
beginning to be larger than big boys at an earlier age than
that at which small girls begin to exceed small boys. A
difference is seen also in the duration of the period in which
girls are larger than boys: the small girls keep their
superiority during a longer time than the larger girls.
Sexual differences are further displayed in Plates XX XVII
to XLI, inclusive, in which the percentile curves of both sexes
are drawn one a short distance under the other, and the points
at which girls begin and cease to be heavier than boys joined
by heavy unbroken lines. The early superiority of large
girls and the relative early loss of their superiority is seen in
all the plates. The fact that the period during which big girls
are larger than big boys is shorter than the period during which
326 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
little girls are larger than little boys is very clearly demon-
strated by Plates XXXVIII, Height Standing, XX XIX,
Height Sitting and XL, Span of Arms; it can be seen also
in Plate XX XVII, Weight, and XLI, Girth of Chest, if the
ninety and the five percentile grades, in which the small
number of observations has probably led to error, are
neglected.
CHAPTER VII.
THE RATE OF GROWTH.
The Absolute Annual Increase is the gain in weight or height,
etc., during the twelve preceding months; thus, the absolute
annual increase in height at age 7 is the gain in weight durin
the twelve months from age 6 to age 7, obtained by subtract-
ing the average or median weight at age 6 from that at age 7.
The absolute annual increase of height standing, weight and
span of arms is shown in Plate XLII and Tables No. 30, 31
and 32. In all three, the maximum for girls is at age 13 and
the maximum for boys at age 15. The same may be said of
the curves for height sitting, girth of chest and strength of
squeeze, in Plate XLIII, from Tables No. 33, 34, 44 and 45,
although the curves are less regular, owing to the observations
being more difficult than those from which the preceding plate
was constructed. In all six curves, the small number of ob-
servations at age 17 and 18 cause the median values at those
ages to be less reliable than at other ages.
The Relative Annual Increase is the increase for any year
divided by the average value at that year; thus, the relative
annual increase in weight at age 7 is the difference between
the average weight at age 6 and age 7 divided by the average
weight at age 6. The relative annual increase gives a truer
idea of growth than the absolute annual increase, because the
latter value is entangled with the size of the individual meas-
ured. The absolute increase is commonly greater in a big
boy than in a small boy, and yet the rate of growth may be
the same. The relative annual increase is free of such errors.
The relative annual increase in strength of squeeze, weight,
height standing, height sitting, span of arms and girth of
chest is drawn in Plate XLIV. The gain in weight during the
prepubertal acceleration is extraordinary in both girls and
boys, as is the rapid fall immediately thereafter. The quick-
ness of growth in height standing of boys is slightly greater
TABLE No. 30.
THE ABSOLUTE ANNUAL INCREASE IN HEIGHT STANDING.
868
"sino'T 19) fo "19g “poo “SUDA
Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. g & a
Age at nearest Saws g esl
Birthday. 5 | 10 | 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 | 90 | 6 | gas
| ea | a Zs
Boys. 3.90 4.06 4.98 5.08 5.07 5.25 5.41 5.27 5.39 5.48
Six to Seven... -.../Gn Js’ 473) 4aal. 4oel.- 6.00) LIE Bde OS] CTI Al OBB
Boys.|4.01| 4.79| —4.99|6.20|. 5.47| -6.80| -6.42/ +«5.69| 6.04 5.49
Seven to Kight....../qn ys" 525} 6.63) 5.89 6.811 &51| 6.81) 5.18} 5.10}. 5.45) ‘5.41
Boys. 6.21 5.88 5.14 4.89 4.94 5.09 5.02 5.15 5.20 5.17
Eight to Nine....... Girls. 499| 6.96 6.97| 689| 6.86, 5.86| 6.87; 6.12; 5.85} 6.18
Boys. 4.15, 8.81) 4.99; 4.50| 4.60 me) 4.78 4.67, 80) GA
Nine to Ten ....++--\qivs, 426] 4,99, 4.65) 4.56) 4.66] 4.74] 4.80 8.28 4.71 ~——5.89
Boys. 4.49| 4.67|4.08| 4.05). -«4,77/+=«S«4.99/ 4.87)” 4.70; 4.80) 5.04
Ten to Hleven ..-.-\ais"| “S.g9| 4.07] 4.09, «4.52/—4.76| —#.75) 4.92} 8.05] 8.73) 5.80
Boys.|4.12| 4.00| 4.16| 4.28; 4.12; 4.18) 4.56) 4.70 o72| 4.84
Eleven to Twelve-.-|qiys, B11] 5.25} —5.87| —«5.89| 47] i894] G18) 6A 6.52; 7.00
Boys. o71|. 8.50) 4.18) 4.28) 4.52) 4.72) 4.71 5.07, 5.49 6.52
Twelve to Thirteen .|¢i45° 6.10/ 6.43) 6.31} 6.44, 6.68; ~—«G.6B 88} 7.39) 7.82] 6.87
Boys. 5.74, b-49| 4.91; 5.05) 5.21| 5.57) 5.55| 6.25) 6.28) 5.64
Thirteen to Fourteen] qs" 4.86 a 6841 6.89| 6.02} 5.7m] 6.44, 4.69| 4.86] 4.28
Boys.|~8.84| 4.06). 6.20|_5.70| 6.15, ~«6.89|+~=«6.80|~=—«6.98| 7.76) 8.81
Fourteen to Fifteen.|o775' 6.09] 6.54) 5.14+ 4.67) 4.08) ~—«3.88) 8.19] 8.28) 8,29] 2.46
Boys. 5.48 5.69 6.43 6.36 6.80 6.08 5.61 5.28 5.07 3.02
Fifteen to Sixteen ..|G0)t" 3.39; 9.951 2.931 2.14 2.24, 2.2 2.65, 2.871 2.101 3.16
: Bovs.| 9.48| 7.52| 6.79| 6.28|.4.76| 4.78| +«5.05| + +4.78| =—8.88| 4.05
Sixteen to Seventeen|Gr}5" 1.48) 2.01] 1.68] —_—«*1.76] 1.25) 1.8 1.00, 1.05) 1.18} 0.80
Seventeen to Boys. | 4.5
Righteen|Girls. Gal? Lett © kook |. Obst: O77] =O 0.03; 0.24, 0.48] 0.22
TABLE No. 31.
THE ABSOLUTE ANNUAL INCREASE IN WEIGHT.
Value in Kilogrammes at the following Percentile Grades. 2 a
Age at Nearest Sew. ) ou FI
Birthday. 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 ao | 8s
| i!
Boys 1.66 1.48 1.46 1.67 1.68 1.81 1.92 2.09 2.09 2.45 2.72 ce
vthaliie: lethal ie) ta oa oval Ne) pe 2.101 2.11 2.30; 9.76 1.89
Bo 8. 1.82 1.59 1.83 1.90 2.07 2.21 2.86 8.45 2.5 4. 2.63 2.65 2.11
Beven to Eight a Ae Aes oe te 1,98} 2.04] .21) ag] =a} Saal) esl «06
Boys.| 2.07) 2.21) 2.15) 2.19 2.20) 2.85) 2.88) 2.48) ~—«2.48| 9.96! 8.04/2.08
Eight to Nine..-...-lGinis:| 1.62] 1.79| ‘s.01| “3.091 s 08! 2.19| 2.22| 2.46/56 2-52} ,86| 2.20
Boys. 1.41 1.54 1.82 1.98) 2.23 2.14 2.41 2.41| 2.65 3.03 2.57 2.26
Mian eNOS CR Ma rel el) eat] te a 46 2.56) 2.73) 9,69) 8,92] 8.41
Boys. 2.34 2.16 2.82 2.54 2.50 2.72 2.67 2.77 2.93 2.96 3.21 2.68
deepal scbbma imei? Girls, | 1.95, 2.08| 29] “S12 es 2.85, 2.661 2.79) 3.98) 4.08) 4.19} 9.66
Boys.| 2.16) 2.22) 2.16) 2.14; -2.40|——2.88/—«2.88,—2.68|~_9.58| 8.07| 8.461 2.61
Eleven to Twelve ..-Gins.| 9,85| 3:84, s6a 8.02) 8.45] «8.56 8.86]. 4.11] 4.61] 6.48) BL
Boys.; 1.82; 1.90 2.09; 2.37; 2.89| 2.84," (2.98; —«8.81|”_8.88| 6.19] 5.96| 8.10
Twelve WOTNCh ET | aie 8s | bcs) nov] carl etsl pl Se 6.101 6.51] 6.47] 4.88
Boys.| 2.73, 8.20 8.56 8.49, 8.68| —8.78| 4.61| 5.08) 6.37| 6.99] 6.58) 8.88
Thirteen to Fourteenigits’| ‘3.81 vd B68] 4.34; 4.62) 4.65] 4.49] G8] 4.84] ds] 4.74} 8.80
Boys.| 8.74) _8.88| 8.82) «8.94, _4.67|__5.51|__ 5.78] 6.19| 6.55| —6.79| 6.881 6.78
Fourteen to Fifteen ais | Agel 440) bas} i8el 489 4.20| 8.75 3.17] «8.06! ~—9.92] 8.06 4.40.
Boys.| 1.96] 2.82/ 5.58) —«5.72|—«6.84|—«G.84|—«6.67/ «6.7/5 .66| 6.76| 6.87 6.88
Fifteen to Bixteen.--lains:| 8.861 8.551 8.83] f. | 8.11] 3.51) 8.48/47] 4.46] 8,01] «8.56
Boys.; 7.72; 7.58; 6.79 5.77| 4.79 8.48} 8.25; —«3.86|—«8.18| 0.04 4.¢
Sixteon to Seventeeaiciie | ea Bet wish pos} sas Shel Ral See pan ee 166 2.36
Seventeen to Girls | | | | | |
Kighteen|"""**| 1.88] 1.88] ~—0.781_~—0.471_~=—s(0.78| ~—s0.58} ~—si0.08|~S sig) Sisal ~Soel Sad
“UaLPNUQ Sno “Ig fo YIMOLH AY], — 1A1L0g
TABLE No. 32.
THE ABSOLUTE ANNUAL INCREASE IN SPAN OF ARMS.
Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades. 3 A
Age at Nearest | g.. Su
Miyaasy. B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 | 80 90 % | 8 5
B 4.47 4.85 5.381 5.51 5.49 4 94 5.59 5.26 5.18 pases 2
~ OYS. . . 5.1 7 5.68 e . . . * e
RHE TO Daven, +-++--, Girls. 47i\| 4.88| 4.78) gal Co) | i OS} CG]| SCT) Cw 9] 8.40
Boys. 5.05) 6.45| 5.48\ 6.44| 6.65) 5.65) 6.08) 5.78) 5.91 6.17) 6.81) 5.65
Seven $0 Might------/Giris,| 5.88| 6.64, 6.19] 80; 9B 08|C.68| SS .BI| B20, G5] = .18| 5.97
; Boys. 5.48| 5.48| 5.10) 4.96) 5.01| 4.94) 4.98) 5.83] 5.10) 6.41] 5.96) 5.11
Hight to Nine..--+--iqiris.| 5.08} _4.00| __—5.40)_—«5.50| 5.88} —«.15] 5.87] 548] 6.85] 5.16] ~——«B.85|__—8.B0
ast whe Boys.| 8.81| 8.97 4.51| 4.76) 4.89) 4.94) 5.82) 5.49) 5.68} 5.82) 5.29) 5.04
Pes ey.ehs "IGirls.| 4,64] 4.8: 4.441 459] 4.73, 4.90/02] 5.17 5.48] 6,85, G14] BLD
Boys. 4.89 4.62 4.71 4.71 4.76 4.98 5.11 5.16 5.01 5.01 5.51 4.91
Ten to Eleven,...... Girls os al el A Be) Odo Baal = eal OA ~ @n1l. Bae
: Boys 4.09} 4.98) 4.59) 4.71) 4.90) 4.89) 4.79) 4.71) 6.00) 5.51| 5.94) 5.47
We Peeve... Fie | Yas) ea esl ol heel etal 8s] eel ees] eat peel B88
Boys.| 8.78| 4.85) 4.94) 4.82) 4.69 4.85) 6.13| 5.70' 6.19| 6.78! 6.48| 4.49
Twelve to Thirteen. ./Gin). 7.5 7.15| 6.79| 717| 7.29| + 7.23| ~«7.75) = (7.44) Ss 798] ~—so7.08] ~Ss 9] S712
; Boys.| 5.88) 5.71) 5.97) 5.88 3.20| 6.29) 6.68) 56.95| 6.03) 6.241 7.70) 6.19
Thirteen to Fourteenlgivis,| “4.65, 648; 6.12| 6.29 —«6.96| 5.73) Bll] 8.20) Ba] 8.98] ht] BBO
Boys. 9.75 4.30 5.60 6.02 6.738 eS | ee Bey 8.00 9.35 9.97| 10.21 7.15
Fourteen to Fifteen.|qr}s" 6.08} 5.56, 4.48} 4.15) 3.48] 92.65) 3.16/ 3.08; 2.69| 38.171 364 38.80
Boys. 4.86) 4.86) 5.98! 6.48] 6.68) 6.52| 6.67| 5.88! 6.08 98.72! $.02| 5.58
Fifteen to Sixteen... {q?}** 2.45, 2.07; 8.06) 2.49) 2.29; 3.10) 2,28 1.83) 1.87; 1.84] ~=-1.92 2.13
Boys. 8.68| 9.28| 7.86) 6.09) 5.01; 4.27; 2.92) 4.22'° $.56\ 3.86) 2.95) 4.60
Sixteen to Seventeen] 04%" 1.07| 0.85) 0.08 0.17} 031} 0.08, ~— 0.27/01 ; 0.50
Seventeen to Boys. 11.70 8.60 6.74 6.00 5.18 5.92) 6.57 4.37| 4.74 4.55 2.90 6.75
Kighteen Girls. ¥10 lige) Fall -2.1,47)): each | 1.96} iv} ~s«*i.O9] 1g}. s287) sides) si.
OSs
*sInoT 25 [0 "0g “poop “suds T,
TABLE No. 33. '
THE ABSOLUTE ANNUAL INCREASE IN HEIGHT SITTING.
Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades.
Age at Nearest Sex.
Birthday. 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Boys. 2.18 2.00 2.01 2.10 2.25 2.45 92.46 2.85 2.05
Rte 46 Byers... +... Girls. 2.22) 2.87| 2.48] 9.91) 9.89! 2.88; 9.481 9.68 9.60
o Boys. 1.80 1.88 1.98 2.14 2.10 1.99 1.89 1.92 1.99
Seven to Eight....../ainig’ $81) 2.85) 9.11; 2.151 3 2.52} 1.941 1.70| 1.99
i Boys. 1.89 1.78 1.89 1.76 1.27 1.87 2.06 2.18 2.14
Hight to Nine....... Girls. LS? U00) 196! a6) Real ag) | 3.80 Bl 2.36
; Boys. 1.60 2.83 1.76 1.95 2.08 2.10) 2.05) 2.02 2.07
alee i Lenueloamnees <0 So > ee? 9
Boys. 1.53} 1.18) 1.94 1.82| 1.86) 1.91/ 1.86) 1.86) 1.89
ev meee a | el tal) | Eas) ee
Boys. 2.39 1.73 1.79 1.62 1.61 1.59 Lz 1.80 1.81
Eleven to Twelve.../qoy" 0.91 2.19} 2.981 3.08/ 2.50; 26 2.79 2.90| 2.78
: Boys.| 1.06) 1.67) 1.87) +:1.72)._-:1.74|~_1.81| 2.19] 1.77| 1.93
Twelve to Thirteen. |G 93" 3.98} 2.98, 2.94, 8.24 8.07 3.43
pe Boys. 1.81; 1.76) 2.31) 2.86) 2.95) 92.99) 2.09] 9.76! 3.98
Thirteen to Fourteenlaite, | 1.65 2.39; 2.64) 2.80| —-2.88) 809/295) tl 8.46
: S antticad Jee 2.17; 2.50) 2.08} 23.20) 2.58) «9.96! 3.94| 3.67] 4.02
Fourteen to Fifteen..|Girig: 8.80, 8.92 8.88| 8.14, 2.98; 9.59/ 9.681 945| 9.9
Boys. 2.00; 2.09) 2.89 2.88) ~—«8.86| 8.55| 8.49] 3.08121
Fifteen to Sixteen ../qh)** $50, 8.72; -9.50/ 2.81| 3.97| 330i @.2al 1.96 9
obs Boys. 8.18] 8.47) 3.74, 4.22; 8.42) ~—«83.00| ~—=«8.46) «8.82 8.14
Sixteen to Seveuteemiaite. | (am maa pea Lael. ial Gon 0.36) 0.90 0.67
Seventeen to Boys. ; 26, 2.98! 2.10) 1.66) 1.43} «1.57; 2.47” «8.20
Kighteen/Girls. 1,08] 0.82) 1.59, 0.98; 0.711 0.48} «0.81 —Ss(0.98] (0.24
“UapLYD sinoT “75 fo YIN0LO ay], — 1a740g
OSS
18g
TABLE No. 34.
THE ABSOLUTE ANNUAL INCREASE IN THE GIRTH OF CHEST; DERIVED FROM TABLE No. 23.
Value in Centimetres at the following Percentile Grades.
Age at Nearest Six.
Boys. 1.89 1.45 1.89 1.2 1.67 BAY 1.69 1.76 1.89 1.87 1.84
Six to Seven-.-+++--/ginis| 6.48 Ors] 0-9] 0.86} 1.00/25} V.a6| 1.87] Tas]
Boys. 1.21 1.8 1.69 1.71 2.06 1.66 1.92 1.95 1.81 1.56 0.87
Seven to Eight..... ‘Gide. gual. 4.97'.. Ve0| 4a ee aT 17}: A 108
Bovs.| 1.87| 1.56| 1.42) 1.65) 1.09) «1.78, «1.58, —«*21:.69) «1.88, 2.02) 2.47
Eight to Nine....... Girls 1.6 Lap) | 68). a ee 1.623} 1.80/ 180i 1.90| 2.22
Boys. 1.12 1.42 1.46 1.57 1.51 1.59 1.67 1.65 1.80 2.28 2.47
Nine to Ten...--++--/@qys 0.28} 0:51} 0.50/ 0.56) 0.56] ~=«:1.48 ‘Ml Leo el ee 188
Boys. 126 «144° 1.68; 1.98 1.76: 1.76 61; 1.64) 1.78) 1.66) 1.85
Ten to Eleven..--.++ Gis 016) 911; 3.12} 2.298) 2.53) 1.90 2.08) 2.03 1.89| . 2.44{ 2.49
Boys. 1.82 1.3 1.40 1.09 1.44 1.49 1aiZ 1.75 1.78 1.41 1.64
Bleven to Twelve..-lanys’| 1.50) 9.07] -2.87| —«2.20| —.13| 2.18] 2.24] 9.63} 8.21] 8.24] 8.86
Boys. 1.16 1.34 1.69 1.42 1.69 1.84 1.88 1.92 2.11 2.61 2.88
Twelve to Thirteen. Girls. 1.7 16} 2.58} 2.78} 2.98} 8.16, 8.18| 8.11] 8.06) 8.41) 3.59
Boys. 9.27 3.08 1.94 ¥ 36 9.84 2.87 2.69 8.07| 8.21 8.83 8.63
Thirteen to Fourteen Girls. S08] 2.64, 2.57| 2.86 2,88; 2.95, 8.16, 3.18, 38.14, 2.96) 8.04
Boys. 2.22 9.72 2.98 $.04 8.28 8.56 3.41 8.41 8.70 8.77 8.83
Fourteen to Fifteen-\givia'| 9.86 2.77| _2.74| _-2.58|-2.57|_—«-2.88|_—.42| 2.84] 2.88) 2.60] 2.61
Boys. 1.18 1.48} 2.15 2.58 2.97 2.96 3.06 8.10 2.68 3.31 3.54
Fifteen to Sixteen... Gis su ae a OS 9,80} «T]sL7R} 89] 8.86, «1,98
Boys.| 1.80 e441 8.42|. 8.16) 2.65) 2.80) 1.96) 2.10) 2.01; 1.00) 0.03
Sixteen toSeventeen|qi,"| y.37/ 1.56, 1.66, «1-63 ——«'1-87|_——«*1.50) 1.56] 19] _1.87|_—1.94] 1.26
Seventeen to Boys.| 5.28, 4.19) 8.62/" 8.96, 8.89) 8.15] 8.08, 2.39) 1.84 -78| 1.29
Fighteen\Girls. 0.30, 0.60, 0.18 0.13] 0.871 0.20 1.70
Increase
: of
ca
co
t-— J
ent
—s
wei ES
co
_—
-
wm
G&S
*sino'y ‘10 [0 ‘WY “poo “SUDLT
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 333
during the years 6 and 7 than at any other time, and in
girls is nearly as great in these years as in the period of
acceleration. The curve of girls’ height sitting is very similar
to that of girls’ height standing. In both, the rate of growth
is more uniform than in weight. Indeed, the period of accel-
eration in the last named dimension is greater than in any of
the others. The relative annual increase of boys’ height sit-
ting seems almost atypical, by reason of its sharp ascent
at ages 8 and 9 and its failure to sink after age 16.
The latter feature is perhaps due to an error in the average
value caused by the small number of observations at age
17. I am unable to explain the ascent at ages 9 and
10. The growth in span of arms is somewhat more rapid
at ages 7 and 8 than during the prepubertal acceleration.
The curve of girls’ girth of chest differs from the usual
type in its sudden rise at age 11, the increase at that year
appearing slightly greater than at age 13. The boys
curve, on the contrary, agrees very well with the curves of
weight, height, etc., except that the curve rises at age
18, where the number of observations, it may be repeated,
is perhaps too small for very sure work. The quickness
with which the strength of squeeze decreases after age 7
is certainly remarkable, as is the sharpness with which the
prepubertal acceleration is shown.
Attention will be called in chapter [X, to the importance
in children of the relation between height and weight, girth of
chest and other physical dimensions. Unusual height, it will
be pointed out, iscommonly a disadvantage, because it entails
an unusual loss of energy. If such individuals have a weight
and girth of chest, etc., so much above the common as to com-
pensate their excessive height, they are likely to be able to
meet all demands on their strength. If they do not possess
this compensatory development, they will probably be unable
to meet any excessive demand. Thus the question of how far
this compensation exists in any individual, or, more broadly
stated, the question what weight, girth of chest, etc., should
accompany any given height, becomes of the greatest in-
terest. This interest, it should be remarked, is unusually
great in the case of children, for children are taxed with the
334 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
mechanical motion and other forms of dissipation of energy
making up the ordinary output of life, and, in addition, with
the extraordinary function of storing energy in the increase
of tissue which constitutes growth.
In view of these facts, Plate XLV cannot fail to be instruct-
ive. It shows the ratio of span of arms, height sitting, chest-
girth, weight, strength of squeeze with right hand, and five head
and face measurements to height standing. Height standing
is here expressed by an abscissa, and the percentage relation
of weight and the other dimensions are displayed in curves.
Of all these, span of arms most closely approximates the
height, the difference being less than one per cent. of the
latter from age 6 to 11 and scarcely more than 2 per cent.
in subsequent ages. Span of arms in both sexes is therefore
nearly the same as height standing throughout the period of
observation, becoming very slightly greater than the height as
growth progresses. The height sitting and the girth of chest
run a parallel course and are, moreover, nearly equal, the
girth of chest being about 2 per cent. less than the height
sitting. They increase a little less rapidly than the height,
showing a decline of about 4 per cent. in thirteen years.
Height sitting and chest-girth are not far from half the height
standing.
Far different is the development of weight and strength of
squeeze. These increase much more rapidly than height, for
at age 6 the height stands to weight in the ratio of 100 to 18
and to strength of squeeze as 100 to 6, while at age 16 these
ratios are 100 to 34 and 100 to about 16, respectively. The
parallelism in the development of weight and strength of
Squeeze is of much interest. The dimensions of head and
face increase somewhat less rapidly than the height. The
length of head, for example, falls from ,th of the height, at
age 6, to about th at age 18.
CHAPTER VIII.
THE RELATION BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT OF SCHOOL
HILDREN AND THEIR CAPACITY FOR MENTAL LABOR.
In Vol. VI, No. 7 of the Transactions of the Academy of
Science of St. Louis, issued March 21, 1893, I demonstrated
that children who possess more than the ordinary power of
mental labor, as measured by their progress in their studies,
are heavier, taller and larger in girth of chest and in width of
head than their less gifted companions of the same age. A
more extended statement of these observations was presented
to the Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie
und Urgeschichte, July 15, 1893, and appears in Virchow’s
Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie under the title Untersuchungen der
Schulkinder in Bezug auf die physischen Grundlagen ihrer
geistigen Entwickelung. In these papers, the material was
the total number of observations irrespective of the social
condition of parents. An example, selected from Tables Nos.
2 and 4, page 165 and 167, of The Physical Basis of Pre-
cocity and Dullness, will illustrate the result of the ©
inquiry. Pupils aged 11 are found in Grades I, II, UI, IV,
V and VI of the St. Louis Public Schools, as the following
table shows. The 59 boys of GradeI, the lowest grade,
TABLE No. 35.
MEDIAN WEIGHT OF BOYS AGED 11 DISTRIBUTED BY SCHOOL GRADE.
No. of Boys Median
Grades. Weighed. Weight.
Picts cise besa nuhlnewak dee h iW) bea eee an en NenEeS 59 28.83 Kg
Bb vdohes nueva niep dba dvncenwabey eeh cee eee 811 29.74 *§
SET yo vxceseesendgstuei ii nvew eee eee 664 30.92... °°
EV ovo els Shas 0k ewe lbscubede eter see 546 31.43". **
Vice se cwor de Coane guavil Clete een eeeeeees 123 o2.4b> *
Vins nsida vd twee veencdonaseuy week enuerEeabyeeewers 33 33.29. **
weigh less than the boys of Grade II, and these, again, are
lighter than the boys in higher grades.
(335)
336 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
It is a well-known fact that children of the prosperous
classes are better developed physically than the children of
the poor. It has been suggested that the children of poor
parents are not so successful in school work as the children
of the rich, and that the poor children are compelled to leave
school at an earlier age than the rich, and for these reasons
are relatively less numerous than the rich in the higher grades.
According to this idea, the better physical development of
the children of the same age in the higher grades, as illus-
trated above in boys aged 11, is due to the preponderance in
the higher grades of the well nourished children of the rich.
This may be, and probably is, a factor in the phenomenon,
but is surely only a partial influence.
For when children of the same age and as nearly as possible
of the same social class are weighed and the weights dis-
tributed by school grade, it is found that they follow the law
established for the whole material irrespective of social condi-
tion. A glance at Plate XLVI, derived from Table No. 36,
will convince the reader of the truth of this statement.
No. 36.
MEDIAN WEIGHT OF THE DAUGHTERS OF MANUAL TRADESMEN DISTRIBUTED BY SCHOOL GRADE.
Unit of Meas- SCHOOL GRADES.
An - oon urement and
rthday. f | Kinder- |
Observations. garten. E; | II. | TH | IV. | ¥. | Vi. VIL.
Kilogr. 19.738 21.14
Oe casi ies mo. Ole: ie? ot | |
ie Kilogr. 22.60; 28.56
Bight. "+++ INo. of Obs 287 136
Nine Kilogr. 24.00 25.33 25.79
eeeeee eee eeeeteanee No. Obs. 87 240 68
Kilogr. 27.08 27.87 28.71
WOR ees Vaccine Uhre bea oe 152 170
Kilogr. 27.97 29.22 80.11 29.7
Bleven...... sesseeoes INQ of Obs. 135 116 9
Kilogr. 31.95 32.57 33.6 34.50
"PWPAlUG «i550 ches as ce No. Obs rt : : :
-|Kilogr. 84.16 36.32 36.6 39.16 40.18
"Phirteen. v.05 eco es ey No, Ms 78 56 27
Kilogr. 38.59 41.3 40.63
Fourteen.........+ er NO. Oke A 50
“UaLPNYD SNOT “IG fo YIMOLD ay] — LapLog
L8E
338 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Further evidence is afforded by Table No. 37, in which the
daughters of professional men are divided into two equal
groups, in the manner explained on page 177 of The Physical
Basis of Precocity and Dullness, one group containing the
fifty per cent who are found in the upper grades, the other
the fifty per cent found in the lower grades. It should be
TABLE No. 37.
MEDIAN WEIGHT OF THE DAUGHTERS OF PROFESSIONAL MEN DISTRIB-
UTED BY SCHOOL GRADE.
ah ER a e S31 o-B
~ Ss - ; : Ss .j~ a
ae Slee g ge 8ises Hp alaos
rE 238 School Grades. aue Se School Grades. | o 8 2s
<25|52> oo. 51S! 9 Boe \eg5
m\5° a5 Fe aS | ZO a
od Nea
7 | 60 |Kg., 101. 20.29 | 20.81 |90 I, IL. 50 7
8 | 52.5 Kz. 97 I. 22.13 | 23.75 |3 I, I, III. 2.5) 8
9 53.5 |I, 69 IT. 24,52 | 25.07 |31 I, INI, IV, V 58.5 9
10 57.5 L IT, 48 IT. 27.19 | 27.64 [52 III, 1V, V, VI.| 57.5 10
Il 58.0 ? II, Ill, 28- IV. | 28.76 | 31.27 |72 1V, V; VI, VII.| 58.0 ll
12 50 LIL, UL 81 IV. 83.65 | 34.05 |19 IV, V, VI, VII.| 50 12
13 55.5 Ii, page IV, 78 V.' 88.46 | 39.55 122 V,VI,VII, VIII.| 55.5 13
remarked that this method of division diminishes the con-
spicuousness of the difference between lower and _ higher
grades by not presenting the weights for outlying grades, but
for a small number of observations it is much more reliable
than the method of which Table No. 86 is an illustration.
The results of this study of the weights of girls from
the same social class distributed by school grade contirm the
conclusion reached in the publications cited above, namely
that successful pupils are larger than the unsuccessful.
CHAPTER IX.
THE APPLICATION TO INDIVIDUAL SCHOOL CHILDREN OF THE MEAN VALUES
DERIVED FROM ANTHROPOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS BY THE GENERALIZING
METHOD.
The data for the studies described in this work can be col-
lected either by the ‘< generalizing ’’ or by the ‘ individualiz-
ing’’ plan. In the former, a great number of measurements
is made but once on individuals of different ages, and the
measurements classified according to age. In the latter, the
same individuals are measured yearly or oftener during their
period of growth, and the measurements classified also by
age. The generalizing method, the one pursued in the present
investigation, is rapidly and easily carried out, whereas the
individualizing method demands for its execution exceptional
opportunities and exceptional patience, requiring not only
that the measurements be made and the records kept through
two decades, but that the number of children measured in the
early years of this long period be very great, lest death and
desertion so thin the ranks that those remaining to the end
shall be too few to yield trustworthy conclusions. Both
methods, when applied to the same material, give identical
results with regard to means, including those of subdivisions
as well as those of the whole number of observations. The
individualizing method does more.
The importance of the individualizing method has been much
emphasized, for the reason that it can give information without
which the laws derived from means cannot, in the present state
of knowledge, be applied to individuals. Before this appli-
cation can be made, it is necessary to know the degree of prob-
ability that an individual, who at a given age stands at a certain
deviation from the mean of any dimension will show the same
deviation at other ages; for example, the degree of probability
that a girl whose height at age 8 is 122.06 cm., and who
therefore deviates 3.7 em., or +1d from the mean of her age
(118.36 cm.), will deviate to the same degree (+1d) from
(339)
340 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
the mean height throughout her growth. In that case, the
law of growth for the type at a deviation of +1d from the
mean is her law of growth. Otherwise, she is an exception
and practical regulations deduced from the law for the type
cannot be safely made binding on her. This knowledge, as
has just been said, is furnished by the individualizing method,
while the generalizing method is of no assistance in this matter.
The application to individuals of the law of growth of the
mean is a subject of immediate practical interest. The con-
nection between theory and practical affairs is here unusually
short and clear. Were this application possible, the devia-
tions of children from the laws of normal growth could be
quickly recognized and largely overcome, the evil effect of
over study could be watched and intelligently combated, and
systems of education, no longer exacting of all that which
should be exacted only from the mean, could be rationally
adapted to the special needs of the exceptionally weak and
the exceptionally strong.
These beneficent reforms, it is at present believed, must
await the slow collection of data by the individualizing
method. If it is indeed true that the laws of growth deter-
mined for the mean cannot be used for the individual until
the individualizing method has established the probability
of each individual deviation remaining constant throughout
the period of growth, then a generation must elapse — so
slow is the gathering of data by this method— before the
necessary knowledge is in our hands. I hope to show that
this long waiting is unnecessary, and that the data collected
by the generalizing method may be used, in a way hitherto
unrecognized, for the making of standards by which the
deviation of an individual from the mean of his age may be
seen to be normal or abnormal.
Let the problem be clearly understood. The question is:
this boy or girl is above or below the mean height, or weight,
etc., of his or her age. How shall it be known that this
deviation is normal or abnormal? There has been hitherto
no satisfactory reply to this question. A vague and partial
answer is possible after two measurements separated by at
least a year’s interval. If the deviation is the same, or very
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 341
nearly the same, at both measurements, the probability is that
the child is growing normally. This probability is greater
than the general probability that a normal deviation is more
likely to occur than an abnormal one, but its numerical value
is wholly unknown. If, on the other hand, the two deviations
are unequal, the probability is that the greater of them is
abnormal, but the numerical value is here also unknown.
How definitely the individualizing method could answer this
question is difficult of conjecture, in the present lack of data,
but certainly no answer whatever could be expected except
after two measurements separated by a year’s interval, a year
in which the unchecked cause of an abnormal deviation might
inflict an irreparable damage on the organism. Such indefi-
nite and fragmentary knowledge can never be the basis of a
practical reform. Any solution of this problem which shall
gain general acceptance must be easy to understand and easy
to apply, and must give the probable degree of abnormality
of any observed deviation. These conditions are, I believe,
fulfilled by the following method.
According to the theory of probabilities, the heights of a
thousand individuals of the same class will arrange themselves
as follows: —
Between M+4d and M-+nd 3 individuals.
és M+ 3d “ M-+-4a 18 “
i M-++2d = M-+-3d 67 fs
ss M+ d “6 M-+2d 162 “
ac ce M+ d 250 sé
“ce M ‘cc C= d 250 ce
7 M— d - M—2d 162 i
" M—2d - M—3d 67 ts
ns M—3d = M—4d 18 ee
3 M—4d “3 M—nd 3 as
where M =the mean and d = the probable deviation.
Let these be divided into seven groups: —
I. All individuals between M-+nd and M-+3d 21
Aime ss “ M+3¢@ ‘* M-+2d 67
Wl. « ‘ & M424... 4+ - M+ 4d 162
VI ss “e és M “ M+ d 500
V 3 s “ M—d t M—2d 162
IV 6é “ ‘ M—2d *¢ M—3d 67
342 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The mean height, weight, girth of chest, etc., of each
of these groups at any age will be the type of a certain
degree of deviation from the mean of the age. That is to
say, the weights, etc., of each group will be symmetrically
distributed above and below the mean weight, etc., of the
group in the manner already illustrated for the entire undivided
number of observations, ¢. e., the entire thousand. Each
group, therefore, will be characterized by a physical develop-
ment definitely determined by the means of height, weight
and other physical dimensions. These means, taken together
form the type or norm of the group. The individual devia-
tions from this norm follow the theory of probability, and
the degree of abnormality presented by any individual devia-
tion can be expressed in the terms of this theory. An exam-
ple will illustrate this. A boy X shows a deviation in height
of +1.5d from the mean height of hisage. He falls therefore
in Group III. The boys in this group possess a mean weight
of M kilogrammes, with a probable deviation of +d; that
is, boys between d and 2d taller than the norm of their age
should weigh M+d kilogrammes. In like manner, they
should have a girth of chest of M+d centimetres, and a
span of arms of M-+d centimetres, and so on. If the
weight, etc., of the boy X coincide with the means of his
group (Group III) his physique is normal, the accuracy of
this conclusion being proportionate to the number of different
dimensions on which it is based. If the boy X deviate more
than +1d from the mean in ‘one or more dimensions, his
development is abnormal, and the degree of abnormality is
measured by the amount of his deviation.
The necessity of choosing some one dimension as the basis
of such a system is self-evident. There are good reasons,
partly theoretical and partly practical, why height rather than
weight should be taken as a basis. Height is more stable,
less liable to irrelevant fluctuations, than weight. An excess
in weight can be reduced ; a child whose weight is out of pro-
portion to itsheight may be brought into proportion by suitable
diet and exercise ; but height, once attained, cannot be reduced,
nor can the growth in height be easily influenced: Practically,
therefore, the physical trainer must be content to bring the
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 343
weight, girth of chest, strength of squeeze and other physical
dimensions up to the mean development which corresponds to
the height of the child. Experience has abundantly shown
that the relation of weight to height is of great importance to
health, life insurance companies declining to receive applicants
whose weight falls much below the standard weight of their
height. For these reasons, height should be preferred as the
basis of the system.
The question whether any given deviation is normal or
abnormal is answered by this system in two ways: in respect
of height, by the degree of deviation from the mean or norm
of the whole number of observations; in respect of other
dimensions, by the degree of deviation of the weight, girth of
chest, etc., from the mean weight or girth of chest corre-
sponding to the height of the individual under examination,
this normal weight, etc., being determined with sufficient
exactness by taking the means and probable deviations of the
group in which the height falls. It is evident that all cases
included within M-+-d must be termed normal, for the chances
are even that any individual measurement in a series will fall
within M-d and are against its exceeding these limits, being
4.64 against 1 that it will fall at M+2d.
Strictly speaking, all abnormal deviations in any dimension
are probably unhealthful, yet an important difference exists
in this respect between abnormal deviations in height and
abnormal deviations in weight, girth of chest, etc., as related
to height. It cannot be doubted that abnormal height is
probably (using the word in its technical sense) a disadvan-
tage. The potential energy of the body is converted into
mechanical labor and heat, by far the greater expenditure
taking the latter form. In the adult, the total expenditure
in the form of heat is about 2,700 calories in 24 hours
(Helmholtz), of which 80.1 per cent escape in radiation, con-
duction and evaporation from the skin. Thus the superficies
of the body plays a great part in the dissipation of energy.
The superficies is greater, usually, in tall children than in
short, a difference of special importance in the young, in
whom metabolism is much more active than in the adult.
More heat is therefore lost by the abnormally tall than by
344 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
those of normal height. There is a disadvantage also in the
loss by mechanical labor. Greater height entails increased
work on the heart and on the skeletal muscles. In short,
increased loss of energy goes hand in hand with increase in
height. Hence in the tall the necessity for a physical
development which shall be so much above the mean as to
compensate their greater loss of energy. In growing children
not only must there be compensation for the expenditure of
energy, but there must be also energy stored in the increase
of tissue which constitutes growth.
If the greater demands of tall children are balanced by a
correspondingly greater income of energy, a normal equilib-
rium or ‘* health’’ is preserved. It should be clearly recog-
nized that this equilibrium is unaffected by the absolute
height and is dependent only on the relation between height
and the other physical dimensions. Consequently health is
as possible in tall children as in those of normal height,
although less probable, for the chances against a compensatory
development of weight and other dimensions increase very
rapidly with the deviation of the height from the norm.
The absolute height of an individual is of very secondary
interest from a practical point of view, because it is not nec-
essarily a state of ill health, whereas the development of
weight, girth of chest, etc.,in proportion to height is of
supreme interest. A lack of proportion between height
and other physical dimensions is itself ill health. The ten-
dency of organisms to adopt ends to means is strong, and an
imperfect compensation may suffice for most demands. A
heart in which an hypertrophy of the left ventricle has par-
tially compensated an insufficiency of the mitral valve may
beat regularly enough for ordinary exertions, and yet fail
utterly when its possessor is forced suddenly to ascend a
height or to make any other unusual exertion. So a tall child
may have a sufficient income of energy to meet the demands
of a wisely regulated life, and sink under the burden of
unusual tasks.
It has been shown in the foregoing pages that the means
derived from anthropometrical metrical measurements by the
generalizing method can be used to determine whether the
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 345
weight and other physical dimensions of an individual are
normal in relation to height, and it has been pointed out that
this normal relation constitutes health. It follows that the
normal amount of labor cannot be exacted without injury
from those in whom this equilibrium is wanting. These
facts must therefore be taken into account in a rational
school system, and it should now be made plain how this is to
be done.
All systems of education have for their object the largest
possible development of individual minds. In large schools
the tasks by which this development is promoted are those
which secure from the child of mean ability its maximum
mental output. In practice they are determined by examina-
tions. Hence the existence in every educational institution
of classes based on the mental output of the mean pupil, and
related to age only in that the output fixed as the standard of
any class is necessarily found more often at a certain age than
at other ages. Thus there exists a mean age for each class;
the greater number of pupils at any age is found in the same
class, while some have advanced beyond, and others, equally
old, have not yet come so far as this class. On an average,
those who have advanced beyond the greater number of their
age are precocious, that is, possess more than the mean eapac-
ity for mental labor, while those who are less advanced are
dull, possessing less than the mean capacity. It has been
demonstrated that there is a physical basis for precocity and
dullness:' when numbers sufficiently large for statistical
purposes are employed, it is seen that precocious pupils are
of greater mean weight, height, etc., than the mean pupils
and that the latter are heavier and taller that the dull. The
mental output is therefore directly related to the physical
condition of the pupils. The mean height, weight, girth of
chest, etc., in any grade is the mean physical development
corresponding to the mental output of the grade. It follows
that those who do not possess this development cannot with-
out abnormal strain do the work exacted in this grade. On
the other hand, pupils who possess more than the mean
1 See Chapter VIII, page 335 et seq.
346 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
physical development of their age should be capable of more
than the mean labor. Yet the management of this latter
class presents but few difficulties, whereas the former class
cannot be too carefully protected.
The consequences of continued overstrain in a growing boy
or girl are most unhappy. The curves of growth in height
and weight of the mean child are characteristic. The quick
rise to age 7 or 8, the slower ascent to age 11 in girls and 13
in boys, the remarkable three years of accelerated develop-
ment preceding puberty, and, finally, the rapid decrease in
the rate of growth as full development approaches express
the normal development of the type and, presumably, the
normal development of the individual. Overwork may cause
a temporary or a permanent deviation in these curves. It is
probable, though not certain, that a temporary loss consequent
on a slight overstrain may not lower the final outcome of the
development, but there can be no doubt as to the result of a
prolonged strain. In such a case, the probability is strong
that the whole subsequent curve will be turned out of its
course. A prolonged strain in a growing child harms for
life and leaves a mark which can never be effaced. The
danger is greatest in the periods of quickest development,
particularly great in the prepubertal period. It is a sufficient
commentary on the evils of the present educational methods
that during these very years the undiscriminating routine of a
system devised for the average pupil is most inflexibly applied
to weak and strong alike.
Overstrain can often be recognized both by subjective and
objective symptoms. Subjective symptoms, however, are
frequently obtained with difficulty, especially in pupils who
are unusually ambitious and who overstudy from choice. An
objective symptom must therefore be found—a symptom
easily demonstrated and almost never wanting. Such a
symptom is the failure to gain weight at the normal rate. A
persistent loss of weight in an adult is regarded as a matter
of grave concern: the persistent failure of a child to make
the normal gain in weight isnoless grave. Itis not pretended
that the failure to gain weight always restrain
VWFYwVse.nvy
but it is claimed that the number of exceptions is small and
Porter — The Growth of St. Lowis Children. 347
that frequent weighing is the most practical and on the whole
the most certain method of detecting the presence of influences
that are working injury to the development of the child.
The skillful breeder of cattle depends on systematic weighing
to inform him if his efforts are meeting with success, but
children are left to grow at haphazard.
It is not enough that overstrain should be recognized by the
harm it has done. The child should be guarded against the
possibility of harm. The anthropometrical system proposed
offers a means of doing this. It infallibly discovers
the children whose physical development is below the
standard of their age. It no less certainly indicates the
physical development which most often accompanies the
power to do the mental work of any grade. It therefore
divides the pupils into two bodies; those physically compe-
tent and those physically incompetent for a clearly defined
degree of mental exertion. When working with great num-
bers, the infallibility of this system is practically absolute and
theoretically almost absolute. When applied to individuals,
errors will certainly occur, but the number of errors will
according to the laws of probability be less than the number
of correct conclusions, and these errors cannot influence the
great fact that such a system is competent to call attention to
the children who will probably be unable to do the normal
work of their age without injury. Each individual case must
then be treated on its own merits.
The proposed system of physica] examination requires: —
I. The collection of sufficiently extensive data by the gen-
eralizing method.
II. The determination of the means and the probable
deviations of height, weight, girth of chest, strength of
Squeeze, etc., for each age.
III. The division of the individuals at each age into groups
in terms of the probable deviation from the mean height, as
illustrated above, and the calculation of the mean and prob-
able deviation of the weight, girth of chest, etc., of each
group.
IV. The determination of the mean physical development
of the pupils in each class or grade of the school system.
348 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
V. The physical examination of each applicant for entrance
to any grade.
These data permit the enforcement of the following regula-
tion: That no pupil whose physical development varies more
than +d from the weight, etc., of the mean pupil of his
height in a class which his mental output would otherwise
entitle him to enter, shall be admitted to that class, unless
with the approval of a medical expert, if possible a regularly
appointed school physician, who shall testify that the pupil’s
strength will be equal to the strain.
TABLES NO. 38 TO 51.
The tables which follow this page repeat some of the
more commonly used statistical values in a form which admits
of ready reference and comparison. Such are the average,
probable error of the average, probable deviation, median or
50 percentile grade and median minus average values. Yet
these tables are by no means summaries of the statistical calcu-
lations of the investigation, since they omit much that is given
in the foregoing pages. They contain, moreover, not a little
new matter. The relation of probable deviation to average,
relation of average to height standing, relative annual
increase of average, the 25 percentile grade, the 75 percentile
grade, the cranial indices and the absolute annual increase of
average of strength of squeeze and of measurements of the
head and face are here presented for the first time.
Some of this material has been already discussed in this
paper. Some is reserved for future discussion. One series,
the relation of probable deviation to average, was treated at
some length in my paper on ‘The relation between the
growth of children and their deviation from the physical type
of their sex and age,’’ Transactions of the Academy of Science
of St. Louis, Vol. VI, No. 10, pp. 233-250, November 14,
1893, to which the reader is referred.
Five dynamometers were used in testing the strength of
squeeze ; they were distinguished by the first five letters of
the alphabet; A and D were graduated alike ; C and E were
also alike but differed from A and D, and B differed from all
the others. The original values obtained with these various
instruments are set down in Tables No. 45 and 46; from them
were made Tables No. 43 and 44, by reducing the arbitrary
graduation of all dynamometers to a uniform scale in kilo-
grammes.
(349)
TABLE No. 38.
THe HeiGHtT STANDING.
ce” Sie
Sa Probable Absolute} Relative Median
AGE AT NEAREST a), Probable | Pro i" able 7
ee Bog [aemtasd.| average, Bett [beviation|Doviation| rndtute | rnerease| P6EG=™~ | réseen. | Pereen- | "ina
x ; 5 33 — 5. aa vecnge. Average.| rade Grade. Grade. | *YO™ES:
A
me ce %o %
ee a: -| 709 ? centimetr’s 108.94) 0.128) 8.40 8. 05.99; 109.28; 112.69) +-0.29
ihe | 780/Unlting 107.67; 0.128} 8.42 3. 104.74, 108.10] 111.80] 0.43
Seven ..-. : 1850), 114.03) 0.084| 3.61 8.5 5.08 4.7| 111.02) 114.48) 118.02) +0.45
1791 112.95) 0.089] 8.78 3.8} 5.28 4.9} 109.72] 118.44) 117.07] 40.49
Bighiecnnhv|BR| |THRAR Gee aS SA ae Ta) asta] ae
’ . . De &. . . : ’
Nines. .cee ese cses sees 2205), =|: 124.85) 0.080; = 8.75 3.0/ 5.22 4.4| 121.09) 124.87| 128.76) +0.52
2122 123.6 0.83} 3.88 31) 5.8) 1.5] 120.90 11} 127.58] 0.44
eee ele | ee ee er ee S| ee el
Eleven .....++- eat ee 0.099 428) 8.2 4.97 3. 30.08, 1 ia. cua 182 30 +0.60
p ; z 7 3. 137.97] 4.0.41
<5 Oe aa 1658; ,, | 188.91; 0.116) 4.47) ——«8.2) 4.87) ——«8.8| 184.25 138. 138.57) 142.99) +-0.36
: 1732 139,11} 0.098] 5.28 y 92 4.4) 134.61) 139.54] 144.44) 40.43
US? OPERA 268|., | 142.91| 0.140, 4.98, —«8.5| «4. 70) —S—«* 4] 188.45) 149.29) 148.28) +-0.38
Girls,| 1822 146.53} 0.150} —_—.46 ; 7.42 5.3] 140.98} 346.19} 151.79] —0.8
25 eee von 5.58 8. 5.67 4.0, 148.43) 148.86, 154.52! +0.28
Sor er 1085“ 156] 5.15 3. 4.31 2. 6.85| 151.94) 156.82 Ht10
Fifteen ed “ To4.00 0.2986 G88 yap st 148.88 jo TBE 8 4 ee wee
evectes . 3.4 . * + 78
TREE Tee 189|;, | 160.27 wa 5.87] 8.2] 87] 65.98 i637 167.04| +-1.00
even ea ees re 420 157.5 4.05 2. 2.48 1.6| 163.94| 168.08} 161.81! 0.51
78 165.18 5s? 5.15 3.1 4.86 3.0| 160.79} 166.00! 171.34! +-0.87
MAVOR ORR sens esoy s+) 206 159.33| 0.241; 8.45 2.2 1.81 1.1| 155.65| 159.40| 162.93 0.07
29 170.41; 0.924, 4.98 2.8 5.28 8.2 170.50 0.09
oh cae eenerae abel CC 164] “ | 159.42| 0.265 8.39 2.1] 0.09] 0.06; 156.40, 159.50] 163.29 70.08
shan geanteabee aes 405 SL a 158,461 0.438 s.04| 2.6 | 154.82| 159.56] 168.27| +1.10
hehehehe ae a ra “| 189,41} 0.858] 3.08 2.0) a | | 159.88 +0.42
ORR Oe a re ere es) as : 159.98) 0.651 4.27 2.71 160.50 +0.52
ocs
‘sInoT “15' fo “wy “poopy *suDLT
THE WEIGHT
3 Kelation |
AGE bd Uni Probable | pyonabl Probable Helasion Absolute] Relative 95 Median 15
AT NEAREST | Sex. Bb 4 ve asure- Average. — Deviation ridley “age 10, | Increase increase oe Pereen- | P i Minus
BIRTHDAY 56 E ts B' Bey e. i ig of fig Grade. on _| Grade. Average.
| + | + %o %o %o
soa Boys.| 20% riam| 19-75] 0.054) 1.48] 7.2) 18.1 18.57| 19.85] 21.27| +0.10
saat bays Girls. | _ 798) Slocrall. 8.93} 0.051; 1.44 7,6) 17.6 _|_17,70} 18.99] 20.44) +-0.06
pawsn ° . 21.67| 0.089; ‘1.68 7.8) 19.0) 1.92 9.7, 20.14| 21.66) 23.386) —0.01
pares ‘Iirls. | 1 1.821 0.045} «1.88 J.0| 18.4) —*1.89/ 10.0, 19.25] 20.81| 99.55, —0.01
Fight .: 98. 0.042) 1.96 8.2) 20.0|. 2.11 9.7, 22.00) 28.87 ~ 25.85 FO. )
‘ 2.881 0.042 «1.95 7 19,2] 2.06 y.9] 21,02) 29.85] 24.75 3
slic 96.06| 0.045, 2.09 8.0; 21.0| 2.28 9. 24.17 26.22 ~ 28.38 a ;
Saat ses 5.08} 0.049 2 3. 20.3} 2.20 . 3. 27.81| —0.04
men : 33 98.32] 0.049 2.28 7.9| 22.0| 2.26 8. 26.07 3558 i 0.04
eereceets\ lite 7.49} 0,052} 2.81} 8.4) 24] 2. 6) 25.08) 27.45) 29.96] —0.04
Pleven 81.00} 0.062) 2. 8.4 23.9| 2.68 9.1 28.50 81.08 83.66 0.08
acteede 15] 0.070| 2.91 ). 22 2.66 ). 0.35
ecpiata 6 38.51, 0.061| 2.46 7.8| 24. 2.51 8. ta. is és. ii 8636 —0.10
averes , 88.66) 0.081) 8.31 ). 24, 3.51 11.6 30.05] 33.25, 36.83; —0.41
ny 86.61; 0.110) 38.88| 10.1 95.1 3.10 9.3; 32.88) 36.25) 39.86) —0.36
arin Bat . 3.49| 0.115) 4.29] t 83] 14.8] 88 8.00] 42.79] —0.49
hance oys 46; ., 40.44| 0.148| 4.56, -:11.8| 97. 3.83| 10.5) 86.41| 89.98| 46.38] —0.46
sighed eae ven : 42.29) 0.142) 4.6 28 8.80 37.87| 42.65 ae 0.36
Fifteen tele: “ 4 a 0.227 5.06 11 of 29. 5.78| 14, 40.04 45.49 61.75 —0.7 3
fine 46.69] 0.154, 4.08 30 4.40, 10.4| 42.59, 46.8 0.66| -+0.16
Stabe ac | «| 81.60| 0.481| 6.16 12.0| 82.0] 5.88| 11.6) 45.66] 51.88 57.99| ++0.28
ss 0.25] 0.207; 4.24 3 31. 3.56 7.6, 46.56] 49.96 54.96| —0.29
Seventenw :.«, 1 és 55.67) 0.591 4.38 yk 83.' 4.07 7.9, 51.94) 655.81) 61.21). —0.386
**|Girls. 2.61| 0,244] 8.70 7.( 33, 2.36 4.7| 48.67| 52.52} 56.47] —0.09
ightone 15°)" cles “| 52.86) 0.289} 8.60) _~—6.9], 88.0 49.27] 58.10} 56.83) 40.74
Nineteen .... " 52.19] 0.8821 «3.76 7.2| 32.8 48.981 52.47| _55.74| 0.28
Twenty «..-. e 58.911 0.565! 3.76 7.0| 33.7 50.01! 58.57} 87.881 —0.34
“UaLPLLYD SNOT “1G [0 YINOLH OY — 10140q
TABLE No, 40.
Tue HeicuT SITTING.
Sa of. Relation | Absolute| Relative edian
A = Probable Probable| *°3¢°" 25 50 % | Medi
AT NEAREST | Sex. age othe Average. Teanes. of Soeatiok toaviage. Avernie Foci one ® ae Percen ig ‘Minas
BIRTHDAY. pea cic EB. “s Stnading. Average. Average. Grade. | Grade. rade. aie
+
Boys.| 714 cx.si} Gos] ‘teal aale e ” | 59.11 60.77] 68.02] —0.54
8. ; s e '. . tof e . . ©
Six ebeereees latte __ 761 Centimetr’s 59.45 rye — 8. 5. 58. 28 60. ll 62.05 +0.66
Seven Boys.| 1858) 63.32) 0.061 2.64 4.5 55. 2.01 3.8| 61.16) 68.22) 65.22) —0.10
eins. | 1787 61.80} 0.053; 2.19 % t. 2.45} 4.1| _60.58] 62.44) 64.56] +0.64
Bight Boys.| 2289). -74; 0.048 2.26 3. 54.¢ 1.42 2.2) 683.22) 65.21) 67.17) +0.47
Bhi.+- +++" "Girls. | 2120 63.97} 0.044 2.04 . 1.0] 2417 '5| 62.71] 64.96| 66.37] ++-0.99
Hine Boys.| 2258) = « 66.73; 0.049; 2.34 8. 53. 1.99 3.1) 65.05 7.08} 69.82) +0.35
see 'ee*lGiris, | 2071 66.16} 0.046, 2.11 2 . 2.19 3.4| 64.78; 66.19} 68.82) +0.03
Ten Boys.| 2118 ‘s 69.25 0.040) 2.42 3.5) 58. 2.52 3.8} 66.90; 69.18) 71.85; —0.07
aha Chtse Girls. | 2087 68.19] 0.049, 2.19 8.2 . 2.08 3.1) 66.72) 68.88) 70.99] +-0.69
Eleven Boys. | 1828 “ 70.67; 0.060, 2.56 3.¢ 52.8 1.42 2.1; 68.78) 71.09) 73.23) +0.42
"et*** Girls, | 1748 10.03} 0.057] 2.87 . 1.84 .7| 67.96) 70.62) 72.94) +-0.59
Boys. | 1656 72.55) 0.067 2.72 3. 52. 1.88 9.7| 70.49 72.68) 75.038) +0.138
PROG: «++ +4 Girls. 1707} 2.67] 0.063) 2.61 . 2} 2.6 3.8} 70.69] 78.22) 75.78) +0.
74.20| 0.076, 2.74 3. 51.9, 1.65 2.8| 72.08| 74.49; 76.88) +0.29
Thirteen ..... i 6.03) 0.078} _—-2.87 3. l. 3.36 4.6] 73,78] 76.52 9.44 Biwi
76.84) 0.103) 3.15 4. 51. 2.64 8.6) 74.87) 76.71) 79.87) —0.18
dopeeedene 78,68} 0.095} 3.11 4, 2. 2.65] 8.5] 76.50| 79.61) 82.23) +-0.93
Fifteen 79.74, 0.161 3.59 4. 51. 2.90 8.8) 76.51) 79.67) 83.73) —0.07
ROE: 81.42} 0.09 2.54 3. 2. 2.74 8.5] 79.76] 82.20} 84.58] 0.78
Sixte 82.28} 0.250) 38.48 4.5 51.3 2.54 3.2! 79.87! 88.22) 86.32! +0.94
“sprang iste 83.76} 0.116 .36 2, 3. 2.34 2.9/ 82.16] 84.50 6.52| +0.74
85.68| 0.427; 8.77/44, == 1.9} 8.40] 4.1) 88.85) 86.62) 89.55) 0.94
oy React 84.66) 0.158 2.17 2.6} 58.2} —_—0.90 1.1} 88,00} 85.41) 87.80) +-0.75
Bighte 88.23, 0.536) 2.89 3.3 51.7 2.55 8.1| 85.86) 87.70) 92.39) —0.53
<popaatae: 5.20] 0.188] 1.72 2. 8.7| 0.54 0.6) 84.26| 85.89} 87.56) +-0.69
aineteen + «++ 84.86} 0.198] 1.82 2.1| 58.8 | 88.96] 85.68} 87.27| +0.82
Ewenty.+s «+++ airis | 85.81, 0.230; 2,08 2.4 52. | 84.15] 86.00} 88.08 0.69
Twenty-one -- 86.081 0.290' _1.86 aa) | 85.79 +0.74
"sno'T “19 fo “10g “pHoy “SUDLT,
TABLE
No.
THE SPAN OF wale
pred 3 S Unit of
T NEAREST | Sex. | $94 |Measuro-| Average.
BIRTHDAY ES 3 ment,
Z
Six ceeveeeeee GOS | Fpolcemtimaue) Gi 36
Revell»... «o.« Girls. ‘1868 ti —
Wiehe ics. «ss. Gis. Sr a 120.07
Wii oie vs «s i lt S86 ‘a 125.18
Boys. 76 130.22
ce ere F Girls. ries SA ee
Biever s.6. es. non ae “ eran
Twelve... ... relay _— ‘ 140.60
Thirteen ..... ph cris «a 145.09
Fourteen ..... Girls. — ‘i 151.28
Fifteen: so sss Gis, ‘ 158.48
Boys.| 189 163.96
Sixteen eeeeee Gis. 413 ee 158.51
Seventeen .. “<leene Nike be “ be
icki.... eo 175.31
Eighteen ..... Girls. 164 ‘“ Aota
Nineteen..... Girls. 88 ‘“ ies
Twenty ...... Girls. 76 7 160.17
ry, mena |
Swenty-one «Jains. was iekas
Probable
Error =|
— 5
0.712
=n
Probable} PF opable! of aver | anon 2 ery 75 Median
Deviation Deviation Avera A yoareans iacraies Percen- | percen. | PerceD- | “Minus
d, (toAV’age.|to Helg 0 tile tile tile | Average.
a @ andin, = Average.| Average ad Grade. rade.
A
%o 0 %
8.85 8.5) 100.0 105.66) 109.57; 118.60; +0.62
8.8 3.6 99.4 104.18 107.29 _ 11.41 -+0.33
4.16 8.6) 100.3 5.4 §.0| 111.09; 115.08) 118.87) +0.66
4.18 3.7 99.8 5.4 5.0} 108.76) 118.11 ¥ 117.27 0.75
4.18 8.5) 100.3 5.6! 4.9) 116.52) 120.73) 124.71) -+0.66
4.28 3.6} 100. 5.9 5.8] 114.70} | 118.18} 192.53} —0.2
4.25 8.4} 100. 5.1) 4.3} 121.55 erie ry +0.49
4.18 me SA 100. 5.3 ) 4.5} 120.15 128.4 -+-0.65
4.70 8.6) 101.¢ 5.04 4.0} 126.19 it: ai is5a5 +0.389
4.69 3.6 hee 10 5.12 4.1 124,68) 129.18) 1383.74) -+0.48
4.84 8. 100.9 4.91 8.8} 180.89) 135.59) 140.57; +0.46
4.87 5. 100.8 5.49 4.3 129,42) 134.56) 189.48) 0.22
4.57 3.! 101.3 5.47| 4.1) 185.55) 140.48) 145.48 0.12
4.51 3. 100. 5.83 4.3 35.12} 140.60) 146.05) -+0.53
5.71 3.! 101. 4.49 8.2) 140.08) 145.83) 151.87, +0.24
5.55 3, 100. 7.12 5.1] 142.10) 147,83) 158.39) -+0.64
6.03; 4.0|-101.8| 6.19) 4.8) 146.00) 151.62) 157.86) +-0.34
ice 29 3. 101. 5.39 3 148.30} 153.56 58.54) -+0.98
715 4. 102. 7.15 4.7) 151.81) 158.79) 166.04) +0.36
4,58 2.1 100. 3.80 2. 152.62} 156.21 61.41; —0.17
7.89 4, 102. 5.53 8.5) 158.04) 165.31) 171.49) +-1.85
4.41 ry 10 2.13 4 155.39} 169.381 +0.80
5.038 8. 102.1 4.60 2.8) 164.77) 169.58) 175.88] +1.02
4.05 2.5, 102.1| 0.50 3.2| 155.36] 169.62] 163.45] 0.61
4.31 2. 102.§ 6.75 4.0} 171.14) 175.50) 179.94; +0.19
4,28 2. 10 1.46 0.9 156.65) 161.38 65.41) +0.9
4.71 2.9 101.8 155.17) 158.90) 168.09) -+0.45
a 4.138 2.6 100.1 156.45) 161.50; 164.98) -+1.33 :
4.33 2.7 100.1 157.40’ 160.88! 166.68' —0.389
uaipnyg sino “igi fo YyMoLD YL, — song
TA No. 42.
4 PA Tue Girtu or Cuest Mipway BETWEEN INSPIRATION AND EXPIRATION.*
~] Relation
AGE AT Se Probable Pr = bl Salavion Absolute} Relative | Median 15
MBARBSE | Sex. Bs Measure. Average. Average. Deviation Bice Averng age Semeanee Ierease P ercen- Percen- eee Minus
Vv °
RERTEEAS. Bos Ez. 4 St anding. Average. Average. Grade. | Grade. Grade. ss
ct ob %o Y Jo
Bo 8. 677 i ee “ . o 5 ce 57.45 59.32 61.42 0.2
Six -s..eeeee- lGivis,| 74] centimetre ont. he t. 56.81] 58.87] 60.98 HOS
Boys. | 1708 ore ed 3.888 58. 1.57 3.7| 58.79] 60.89} 68.25) +0.62
<4 tsa EE Girls. nS 59.47| 0.062} 2.47 4, . 1.13 1.9} 57.65) 59.87| 62.31 Hoo
Boys. | 2095 ~ 62.18 bic ; 3. 62.! 1.56 2.( 60.49} 62.55) 65. ps ~ +0.87
Right ----+--I@iris.| 2040)" | 60.81 S40] 8. 8} 1.84, 2.8] 58.94] 61.84] 68. TO
Nine y sc 63.90 58% - 2.51 3. ne o 1.72 2. 61.97 64.33 66. si +0 43
rete ***1Girig, | 1966 62.51] 0.057 5 4 ) 1.70 2.8, 60.65] 63,03} 65.60] 40.52
Ten .........,{Boys-| 1997}, | 65.59! 0.061|" 2.73/41) —«5 0.9! —*+1.69|——=«2.6| " 68.49| 65.92] 68.64| +.0.88
a Girls. | 1893 63.02} 0.061; 2.67 4. 49. 0.51 0.8 61.18 64.46, 67.16} 40.45
Eleven .......|Boys-| 1782)" ,,__ | 67,24} 0.068) 2.61| 8.9] —*60.2|"‘1.65|__—*2.5| 65.29] 67.68) 70.82) +-0.44
“****"*lGirls. | 1654 65.85} 0.075, 38 49.4 4 63.38| 66.36 12] 40.52
mites Boys.| 1565, ,, | 68.76, 0.074| 2.94, -4,8|—«49.8| ‘1.52 3] 66.58| 69.17| | 72.06) 4-0.41
rreee slaivis, | 1624 8.34) 0.081 49.) 65.67} 68.49} 72.04) 40.16
Thirteen .....(Boys-| 1228; ,,_ | 70.61| 0.089," 8.11, -4.4|—«49.4|" 1.85] —-2.7| 68.09|" 71.01| 74.13| +0.40
“***"lGirls.| 1818 71.2 0.098 54 5.0 48 2.9 4 68.32 1.6 +0.35
Boys.| 925 73.27; 0.118 8.58 4.$ 49.5 2.66 8.! 70.24 783.88) 77.27 Bil
Fourteen ..---|givis:| 1090| 74.18} 0.114) 8.65 49. 71.03| 9} 78.29] A O46
Fifteen _,|Boys. 498 re 76.56, 06.169 8.77 4.8 49.4 8.29 4.i 73.25} 76.94) 80.82) +0.38
eoe¢*lainis, | 689 76.78, 0.148 ‘oe mi 2.65 3.6 78.67| 76.92| 81.15] +.0.15
Sixteen .....,|Boys-| 205) ., | 79.22] 0.298] 4.19] —=6.8|-49.4| 2.66, 8.6} 75.61|_79.00| 88.71) +0.68
""""'Giris. | 397 78.85, 0.164 3.27 4. 2.07 2. 98| 79.22| 82.85) +.0.37
Boys.; 80 81.89) 0.358) 3.15 8.9| 49.8) 2.17 2.7; 78.90! 82.20) 85.77) +0.81
Seventeen «---iginis| 206,“ 80.89} 0.288, 8.84, 4. ¥ BA). '33|80.72| 84.18 4.0. 4
Eighteen |Bo: oys. 31 a 84.52) 0,528 2.94 8.6 49. 8.18 3. $2.69) 85.35) 88.38) +0.83
8 “Girls, | 162 80.45} 0.254) 8.28 4.( 49. 0.06 0.1; 77.68) 80.92} 84.90! 40.47
Mineveen ++" *\aivia, | aa], 79.10/ 0.880| 3.48 4.3} 60.3 76.61| 79.81| 82.841 +0.71
oreeetr sat \airis s6| e 80.54, 0.889] 2.76 3.4 78.20} 81,04 88.99] 40.61
Twenty-one ‘Sait. ee 81.51! 0.521' 2.82 a | | ee 81.49! 84.991 —0.08
* Obtained by adding the Girth of Chest at full Inspiration to the Girth of Chest at full Expiration and dividing by 2.
yee
*SIno'T ‘18/ [0 "L0G “poop “sUuDALT
TABLE No. 43.
THE STRENGTH OF SQuEEZE, Ricur Hann.
Relation
Be freon sac ted Absolute] Relative) Median |
Me, 0
AGE AT NEAREST Sex. | 292 Measure: Average. Error ot Beviation|D Deviation leg reeceans increase Persea’ ace
BIRTHDAY. E23 nt. E. 8 toAv'age. ic ht of ne Average.
Z 3 a Standing. Average.| Average.| Grade
aay ee 6.09 6056 fa a y " 6 ° 6.30 0
Oys. 626 W e e mDeow a e -+- Pr: 1
Bix ceseee ‘ “Girls. | 687 Kilogram, 5.14, 0.083 1,39 27, ( 4.8 r 5.93} 0.79
evan Boys.| 1551) 7.69; 0.089 1.52 19.§ 6.7 1.60 26.! 7.67; —0.02
eee ernest reese Peer eeeseree Girls. 1493 0 1.67 25 ¢ 5.8 1.39 BT. 6.56 +0.( 3
Bight Boys.| 1880! «, 9.38) 0.045 1.95 20.8 7.9 1.69 22. 9.59} +0.21
g FiReseane's SSPE Pee Eee s Girls 1878 0.043 1,87 23. 6.9 1.58 24. 8.24; +0.13
Mink: Boys.| 2002) ,, 11.35| 0.055 2.45 21.0 9. 1.97 21.0; 10.65) —-0.70
ee ee Girls 1829 ¢ 0.049 2.11 22, f 3.12 13, 9,14 —Q, 3)
Ten ae Boys. “1878 “ ~~ 12.88 0. 061 2.66 20. 10 of 1.48 138.¢ 12.72 —O0.] q
eenee tase ses Seeeessnevnne Girls. 1801 10. 42 0.05. 53 2.27 21 2 1.19 12 10.36 2. 5
Eleven Boys.| 1644) « 14.87, 0068) 2.74) 19. 10. 1.54; *12.0|_—-14.29| —0.08
eee ee ee ee ee ee Girls. 1618 11.80 0.060 2.42 20. 3. 1.36 13. 12.07 +0.: ra
Waeles 5: Boys.) 1506). 16.70} 0.082 8.17 18, 12, 2.33 16.2; 16.56, —0.14
eee eee ee ee ey Girls. 1553 13.46 0.072 2.83 21, 9, 1.66 14, 13.89 —0.07
Thirteen ... Boys. | 1153) «. 19.08| 0.126) 4.27) 22.4|. 18.8) 2.88) 14.9) 18.99! —0.090
. ee ee ee ee Girls. 1256 6.18 0.093 8.81 20. Ei; 2.67 9, ] 5.51 —0. 2
Boys.) 848 22.82) 0.143) 4.15) 18.6) 15.0) 8.94) 17.0) 21.82) —0.50
Fourteat»s <+5 2+ ee : Girls. 950, 8.02 4.11) 22. 12.0) 1.89) —11.7}_—:17.78) 0.24
Fifteen... Boys.| 447) 26.69] 0.244 5.10 19.1) 17.2) 4.87)—«19.6|"_- 96.17) —0.52
use cccéee nec tesest es Gira, Laer 0.147 8.65 18. 12.9 1.99 11. 20.32) -+-0.31
Givtien Boys. 63| . a0 0.414 5.29 17. 19.4 4.35 16.38) 29.90) —1.14
eas F Girls. | 356 21.78 0.200 Hy & f ye 13.8 1.77 8. 21.60; —0.18
Boys.| 21 0.458 80.70 :
Seventeen Girls, nz} 21.88 18.7| 0.10, 4.6] 22.28] 40.87
Highteen «+--+. ssesee eee veces Girls eR 24.18 15.2| 2.25] 10.0] 94.88] +-0.75
Nineteen ......... Girls eee 21.82 13.7 22.25] -+0.43
Twenty eee ee ee ee ee ee Girls. 61 bo 92.92 14.3 22.81 —0.11
Twenty-one we aeere erereeeeees Girls. 38 " 24.00
“Uadpnyg SIno'T “75 fo YINOLY aYT, — 1a440g
TABLE No, 44.
THE STRENGTH OF SQUEEZE, LerT Hanp.
rere
Probable Relation |Absolute | Relative | Median
I ab
AGE AT NEAREST easure-|Average. | Aazon of Deviation bovis Tgetw \iseaae| Tastes | Pees: | ee
IRTHDA nt. BE. Pe aie sileignt of ° tile Average.
as ing.| Average.| Average.| Grade. -
087 1.48 © 6 v, 1 by 6.12 0.5
j 5.59 e . e ° . .
BEE ce ccues eee eee ees tees eereee Girls Kilogram 4,77 0.056 1.47 30. 4.4 : 5.46 Bey
Se en 7.15 0.044 1.72 24.1 6.38 1.56 27.9 46h) —0.04
‘op gar piaae diab ee "*"|Girls 5.70| 0.042; 1.62) 28. 5.1} 0.97 20.8) = 6.24] 10.54
Ber tre sees pee pty Are 7.52| 0.046 2.00 26.6 6.4 1.82 31.9 7.30 0.22
Nine 10.4 0.059 2.66 25.5 8.4 1.67 19.1; 10.24) —0.19
LOR Cee teh’ * ser RES: 8.47| 0.049 2.10 24.§ 6.9 0.95 12.6 8.2 0.18
T 11.72; 0.059 2.57 21.5 9.1 1.29 12.4; 11.59' —0.18
en eeeret eee eeeeeeeee eee ereeever 0.05 2.23 23. rb 0.91 10.7 9.9% 0.59
Eleven 13.49} 0.067 2.70 20.¢ 10.1 L.7Z 15.1} 13.26) —0.23
snmp oh aoe cad hate Abevele 11.07; 0.059 2.36 21, 8.5 1.69 18.0} 11.09] +0.02
Swelve 15.37; 0.080 3.11 20.3 11.] 1.88 18.9} 15.08) —0.29
acy ghia a ct Sl sb teed hot: 12.6 0.076 2.98 23. 9 1.53 13.8] 12.65; 0.05
17.31 0.1038 3.50 90.8 12.1 1.94 12.6 16.95 —0.36
Thirteen ...+++++ereesereeeeeee 14.83] 0.094 3.85] 29. 10.1 2.2 17.7, 14.71 0.12
20.27) 0.184 8.93 19.4 18.6 2.96 17.5} 19.77) —0.50
POUNOE secre sxeeeses oi aer ee 17.13} 0.127; 38.901 22.7| 11. 2.30/ 15.5} 16.44 —0.69
] 23.94, 0.243 5.10 21.3 15.4 3.67 18.1} 24.04 0.08
Fifteen ...... puciviewceee sees 01 2 84 91. 1 1.10 64 18.64 Bri
eee ne 5.58 20.5 17.0 3.31 13.8} 27.79 0.54
Sixteen .eeeepereeereee rere cers 8.98, 19.8} 12.6 1.68 8.9/ 19 pe 0.0
9-55 58 5, 335 4.87, 16.5) 17.9) 3.88 8.6; 80.18) +0.60
Seventeen «+++ +eeeseeeeeee vee 20.10] 0.264) 8.17 15.8 12.6} 0.24 12.11 30. Be 0.1
Eighteen..... PASks bese tesmes ee 23.48 14.8 3.38 16.8| 28,50 10.02
Mineleetc oie ccc ece'ss we Pivis Girls 58 ¢ 20.79 13.1 21.17] +.0.38
PEWOUEY <2 res eetre recs vent seene Girls. eal ss 22.19 | 13.9 22.67; 1.0.48
"TPwenty-ON@ roe ose cece ceneces Girls. sl ¥ 23.28 | 23.001 —0.28
¢
"“sIno'T “151 [0 “29 *pvoPy “SUDA,
TABLE No. 45.
THE STRENGTH OF SQUEEZE, RIGHT HAND.
Dynamometers A. & D. Dynamometer B. Dynamometers C. & E.
AGE Sea |
AT NEAREST | Sex. | ¥ a3 No. an a CIE Probable
BIRTHDAY. PS Ghaaeva: Average.) Median. Deviation Observa-| AVerage-| Median. ‘neviation Observa- Average. | Median. | neviation
| _ tions. Pei ciear es ea CEE Vee A Be
PASI Boys. | Hilo: | 159 5.25, 5.74 1.24, 198) 10.25, 10.61 2.04, 269 16.08, 15.82) 4.08
reererseerel Ginig, | CTA. | 197 4.25 5.32 1.29 201 9.53 2.21 289} 13.9 15.80 3.60
Ps Boys. | «. 486, 7.26|7.24|—«*1.86| «427 “3.3 39| —11.85| —1.88| —ess| —19.67| 20.341 abe
eens $A Girls. 877, 6.85] 6.49] 1.85 395} 10.18] 10.62) 2.11 721| 16.64 15.88] 4.47
Bight Boys.| « 744 9.85| 10.21 2.47 877; 14.15) 14.70) 2.84 759| 22.87) 22.75 4.44
fa a Girls. 746 8.15 8.57 2.41 893) 12.22) 12.80 2.57 734 : 20 3.85
Wins <i. Boys.) « 877; 12.29) 11.25 3.10 351; 16.47) 15.95 3.33 774) 27.77) 26.06 5.25
ee Girls. 829} 9.89/ 9.28} 2.70] 828] _—«18.88} ——:13.88 92} 672| 24.17] 28.7 5.62
Ten. Boys.| 941) 13.65) 12.89 3.23 363} 18.94) 20.02 3.57 574, 31.50) 30.5% 6.11
epee ete Girls 847| 10.81} 10.64] 2.52] 895] —:15.21| 15.57| 8.1 559| 26.48 25.6 5.59
‘Sheen Boys.| « 828) 14.64; 15.20 3. 340, 21.9 20.96 4.04 481; 35.63) 35.26 6.40
deren 1°? 761; -11.92|—11.72| 2.46, ——878| —«:17.58| «18.62 8 479 36, 80.88| 5.78
alin Boys.| «, 678) 17.24) 16.98 3.36 3 25.90) 25.75 4.93 481; 40.35) 40.16 7.43
RSLS SS Girls. 730; 18.71 3.8 3.01 313| 20.46, 20.64, 3 510} 83.60| 32.61 1.27
Thivtenn Boys.| . 584; 18.82) 19.11 8.75 257; 30.36) 30.47 5.60 361) 46.22) 45.42 9.14
neers Girls. 575} 16.52 5.96) 3.41 4.97) 25.15) 4. 420) 39.38) 35.96) 8.55
dernan (a 399, 22.61; 22.28) 4.12/ ~—«189| 86.26, 85.52| 6.97| «260, —-51.83| 50.74, 9.65
***""| Girls. 491} 18,68) 18.55 4.20 171) 28,27] 28.92 5.92 288) 42.98] 40.45) _—_—-10.60
ak, ea 249 27.98' (26.79! «5.89 79 41.68, 40.88; 7.46, 119) 64.85 68.36) 1.2
Peas its Girls. 848) 19.88 0.37, 8.30 82.45] 82.50] 5.78 187| 48.11} 49.10) 9.90
Atle. ee 102) 80.42| 80.55 «5.29 si 48.32| 41.85) 18.59 30| 86.40 80.00) 1.87
hie Girls. 219| 20.81) 20.90] _—_—-8.80 43) 87.00| 86.50|_——6.17 94, 51.48) 51.00) 10.08
Boys.| 21| 87.88 70 : ;
Seventeen ... | Give : 1a} 21.88 2.25 3.78 igs Bees Sereabean es) Reta?
Righteen...... Girls.| “ | 75] 24.18) 24.88 4.82
Nineteen...... Girls. sf 53! 21.821 22.25 3.27 AB ALE SG RS SE
WOM, «+ +++! Gaeta. bas 61| 22,99] 22.81} 2.19 Mee eee
Twenty-one.) ging |“ 38 24.00
UAPRUO SNOT “1g fo YIMONH YT, —LaIog
Leg
TABLE No. 46.
THE STRENGTH OF SQuEEZE, Lerr Hanpv.
AGE “oO Dynamometers A. & D. Dynamometer B. Dy panaietan C. & E.
oh
AP NRBROE | Sex. 295 No. of f No. of
BIRTHDAY. psf Observa- god esi Bitte 4 observa: Ayo, |Median| ee eon. Obscrva- Abe, {Median} Frobable |
9 Boys. 4 158 4.80 5 5.57) 1.48 1981 9.89 10.281 2.11 2781 14.77) 1 15.88 8.72
seoseeesseeeceeslicirig, | MUM 8.77 1.49 202] 8.12) 8.72 2.05 288] 13.24] 14.37 3.85
Bo. ae “ re 6.75 702 1.72 — yt 1 2.38 687 ict 18.09 4.74
er et **/Girls 876| 5.53 1.57 10.35 2.56 719) 15.30] 15.47 4.06
ele i mot a! 9,69 89 2.64 T tei 0 18.10 2.54 762) 21.35) 20.96 4.77
“> fc gta ES Bos. 2.43 404| 10.88| 10 2.26 733| 19.08| 18.62 5.18
Boys.| « Hs i, u 10.05 8.06, —-851| 15.11) 15. 33 8.09 780) 25.94) 25.48 7.15
BO ress) e403)" giria. 2.43 828} 12.30] 12.27 2.72 670| 22.20] 20.97 5.14
Boys.| mar Bal 18 ® 3.14 $65) 17.26) 17.21 3.65 574) 29,25) 80.08 5.58
TON. ccccevceesecs Girls. 2.64 8 14.15 . 6 3. 8 559 o4 ed 14 5.04
Boys.| « au ae ieee 8.20 338| 19.94) 20.25 3.97 re ‘8. . $2.60 5.83
PPNAE sso 8648 *2 iGirig 0.95 2.54 4| 16.52] 16.57/ 3.62 0| 29.29 5.41
Boys “ 673) 15.86) 15.61 3.20 848) 23.65) 23.71 5.24 ae Set 35.84 86
y
Aone malas eat: Girls. 82| 12.71 3.3 310) 18.80] 20.22 4.16 512) 82.34) 30.78 7.24
Boys.| 535) 17.47| 17.82 3.69 258) 27.39] 26.83 5.52 355) 41.98) 40.58 8.05
Peermeb ee +ese?* iGizig, 15.25 B46 261] 23,09} 23.05 5.26 492} 35.82| 35.08 7.80
Boys.) « 402) 20.46) 20.68 3.90 191) 82.66) 31.44 5.96 261) 48.27) 45. 10.01
mepnnewy< 49481 5" laine, 17.18 3.92 171| 26.31{ 26.00 4.98 486) 48.18) 38.75} 11.20
Boys.) 4 247) 24.89) 24.69 4.74 69| 40.12) $9.50 8.42 128) 54.08) 55.00; 12.74
AN srr teks "** Girls. 18.05 8.48 87| 28.89] 30.32 6.26 188| 44.99} 45.29] 10.0
Boys.| eo 28.17 29.50 4.91 30) 40.33) 39.75 10.17 $1) 68.52) 70.20; = 18.15
y
. sonmebemagmeaneatreeren et) 19.34 8.24 42| 31.74] 32.75 5.385 96| 49.41} 47.40] 12.86
Boys.| , i 80.97 a1. 4.87 22) 68.77/ 70.00; 11.79
dob veunapanae’ ove Girls.| “* 19.79 3.24 32| 49.78] 50.25 54
Eighteen eeeeee see Girls. ée Bi 29.48 23.50 5.05
MineGoon i++ -*<*lGiris. |) 53) 20.79 21.17) 3.40 | !
5 dolowearhesMac DRA loins 62 29.19) 22.67 a.2al | | |
Twenty-one. -.+.- lainis. : 88| 23.281 23.00 sb | |
89g
‘sInOT “79 JO “1S “Poop *sUDLT,
Pee pt ee Oe en SSE ete a et en ee ere
TABLE No. 47.
THe LENGTH OF HEAD..
wa a Relationof|/S _ . .. ‘os 3
ue | 38 Probable 38 Ezebabip 2 SSH/53 oS\2ae8 on Median ms Median
yl Elected Sex. PP | 5 | Average. Deine. 22 |to Av’rage. Son E 2235 34 55 P pro ba ga Percentile| P — Aver:
. as | Pa E. ia —“— ls4ggle*saiates Grade. ag
Ss = Py A a=] en I ee oe
+h ck % To %
Rie Boys.| 606) Milli- | 178.89} 0.171) 4.21 2.36] 16.4 174.63, 178.86) 182.79) +0.47
""*°"/Girls 606} ‘elre, 178.45]. 0.170] 4,20} 2.42/16. _{| 170.19} 174.84} 178.14 = _+..0.89 by
eta Girls, | 1511 174.09 0.108) 4,22 2.42) 15-4) 0.64) 0.37) 171.41) ——:175.58] 179.76} +-0.49 §
Eight Boys. | 2079; <, | 179.62} 0.106) 4.85 2.70) 15.1) 1.08) 0.60 176.03; 180.44) 184.87) --0.82
. Girls. | 2125 175.18] -0.092/ 4.26 2.43) 14.8] 1.09) 0.63} = -172.17/ 176.4 80.82} 41.23 |
meee ‘Boys. | 1986], 180.72; 0.109| 4.87 2.69) 14.5) 1.10; 0.61) 176.71) 181.00)” 185.69! +0.28 5
Girls 18 76.39 ji: 0.101 4.39 2.49 14 1.21 0.69 3 69 177.86 1.68 +1.41 6&
Ten Boys.| 1912) ,, 181.45 0.094) 4.18 2.28, 14.1) 0.73) 0.40) 178.10) 181.51) 185.85 +0.06
ae nee Girls 177.24 0.102) 4.33 (2.44 13 8 85} 0.48 174.15 ___ 178.5% 182.47 | 3 Pe
Wei eerie Boys.| 1654) ;, 182.87] 0.129} 5.26 2.89) 13.6) 0.92) 0.50) 178.85; 182.86) 187.26) 10.49 S
pets) Girls. | 1560] ——|_—‘178.08 0.119] 4.70 2.64, 18.4) 0.84] 0.47] 174, 179.75} 188.78] +167 =
Wine lc Boys. | 1576), 182.84} 0.115) 4.56 2.49) 13.2) 0.47) 0.26) 179.19} 188.08) 187.52) 10.24 S&
neers "IGirls, | 1516 179.50 0.114] 4.46 2.49| 12.9} 1.42] 0.80 43 180.57| 184.86 107 &
Boys. | 1207 ~ 188.84) 0.181) 4.55 2.48} 12.9) 1.00] 0.55] 179.98) 184.21| 188.78 O87 f
ThiNeghs tetra) Hen tena haaal-“eosl et 12.4) 1.94 182.48 05} e108 b
Wonvtsinn Boys.| 890) ., 186.98, 0.182) 5.44 2.91/ 12.6) 3.09) 1.68] 182.08} 186.24, 190.75) —0.69 S
“"**"1Giris. | 1008! 188.41) 0.148| 4.53 2.47) 12.2) 1.97) 1.09) 180.07 184.7 188.73} 11.30 ®%
Fifteen, Boys.) 502, | 187.01) 0.208) 4.66) 2.49) 12.1] 0.08| 0.04! 188.01) 187.69| 191.97, 0.68 &
ees A 185,12 0.180} 4.58 2.47; 11.9) 1.71) 0.93} 181.53] 188.6 190.90 55S
Siisaiaes Boys.| 191) ,, 189.06} 0.355 4.98 2.61; 11.8, 2.05) 1.10) 184.79) 190.04! 194.77, 0.98 >
rind: Girls. | 400 186.84 0.256) 5.12 2.741 12.1) 1.72] 0.98/ 188,02] 187.70] 192.47| +0. $
Seventeen Boys. 78], 189.45) = 0.575| 5.08 2.68] 11.5) 0.89] 0.21 190.9% +1.48
"Girls, | 221 188.14 0.275] 4.09 2.17| 11.8] 1.80} 0.70) 184.58] 188.60, 192.60] +.0.46
Bi hteen Boys. 82 “é 193.91 0.717 4.13 2.13 11.4 4.46 2.85 193.75 —0.1 >
& “***"IGirls. | 161 187.97 0.252} 3.20 1.70} 11. 184,79] 188.41] 191.86) 10.44
Mipeleen.. ++» Girls} 77) 187.91] 0.466) 4.09 2.18] 11.8 184.36] 188.81] 191.75] +.0.40
TWENEY + 2250s Girls.| 75] 187.81] 0.488) 3,75 2.01) 11.7 188.08 0.27
Twenty-one .. Girls. « ‘ g
‘a a | 2; Relation of, So 3 By 4i
AGE Ss | Ss Probable; 22¢ | Probable | ge" (Saogi8aod} 2 | Median) 45 Width
an Nmanusr | sex. | £54) 52 | average.| Heorot | 228 |,Deviation| See B29 Eg 232] rergen-| vote. |Ponen-| Mite | toe
BIRTHDAY. 563 28 Yagi | & hs FE of 443% 848%) Grade. | til, | Grade. |Averase-| Index.
=) d. =
Jo
Giv Boys.| 573) Willi- | 148.29 ots 2.82 1.97} 18.2 140.77; 143.76) 147.11) +-0.47) 0.80
4 Girls. | _609/ metre. | __140.27 3.81 .72| 13.0 187.21} 140.83| 144.54) +0.56] 0.81
Mee la 1571; «| 144.87 0.080 $68 2.48, 12.7) 1.08| 0.75 en er he 148.26) -+-0.61| 0.81
‘ee s9°"1Giris, | 1506 141.40; 0.099, «3.86 2.73} —:12.5) 1.18; 0.81 138,63) 142.10 145.44) 10.70) 0.81
Eight... Boys.| 1997/ <, | 145.80! 0.082/_8.68|—«2.58| -:12.2/ 0.93) 0.64 Tes 37 145,68 149.48| -10.83| 0.5
BMG. + oes si Givig, 1985} | —s«142.31 0.082 3.66 2.57 12.0} 0.91) 0.64 142.84) 146.30) +0.53) 0.
Ni Boys.| 1962) ,, | 145.87 0.084, 3.74 56}. 11.7| 0.57) 0.39 iat 6a 150.05) +0.21) 0.8
NE@cece ceece Girls os ae 148. 0 3.65 1.55 Tt. __ 0.78 __ 0.51 140.47 143 58 -+-0.54 5 L
Ten oys.| 1827) ,, | 146.59) 0.090) 8.85 3.63} 11.4) 0.72) 0.49) 148.40) 147.11) 151.02) +0.52| 0.81
Atogad aE 143.75) (0.09 3.96 2.76} 11.2) 0.71} 0.50) 140.99} 144.54) 148,02] +0.79] 0
econ Boys.| 1561) ,, | 147.29) 0.095 8.76 —=—«2.55] 11.0] 0.70) 0.48/ 144.30) 147,50) 151.42| +0.31) 0.81
gine tm Girls. | 154 145.05} (0.09 3,80 2.62} 10.9} 1.31) 0.90) 142.06) 145.54) 149.33| +0.49| 0.81
®wolve Boys.| 1531; ,, | 147.98 0.092) 3.61 2.44; 10.7) 0.69) 0.47) 145.19) 148.36) 152.08) +0.38| 0.81
“tess *1Girls. | 1460 145.64) 0,105) 4.08 2.77, 10.5} 0.59) 0.42) 142.91) 146.31) 150,06} +-0.67) 0.81
Thirteen Boys.| 1175; ,, | 148.78} 0.114) 8.90) 2.6 10.4) 0.75) 0.51 145.46 149.01} 152.98} +0.27) 0.81
ae "IGirls. | 1167 146.78] 0.115] 8.99 2.6 10.0} 1.14} 0.78} 14 147.15] 151.17] 40.87) 0.81
Wourteen Boys.| 873) « 149.50) 0.129) 3.82 2.56; 10.1) 0.77) 0.52 146.04 150.04) 153.42) 0.54) 0.80
ee ian, | OTE 147.90} 0.180] 8.96 2.68; 9,8] 1.12) 0.76] 144.57} 148.25} 152.14] 40.85) 0.81
Fifteen Boys.| 460). | 149.68) 0.186) 4.08, 2.69) 9.7) 1-18) 0-87) 146.24 150.41) 154.04) + 0.78) 0.80
“'e''*"l@iris, | 658} |_—*148.29) 0.150] 8.84 2.59 9.¢ 0.26] 145.16] 148.71 152.63, +0.42] 0.80
Sixteon Boys.’ 195) ,, 150.98; 0.249' 3.48 2.31 9.4 i La 0.90) 147.75) 151.35) 154.96) +0.37) 0.80
xR aurins Girls.| 895 | _—«*148.95| 0.210] 4.17 2,80 9.4 0.44| 145.85) 149.67| 158.44] +0.72| 0.80
Seventeen .,,\Boys-| 70, | 102.00] 0.486, 4.91) 2.77) 9.8 Ber ~O-74) 149.84) 152.50) 156.55] +0.41) 0.80
«l@iris, | 291 150.04 0.242| 8.60 2.40 9.4 6.99} 160.48} 154.88] +0.39| 0.80
Boys.| 82; ., | 151.66) = 0.685| 8.88 2.56, 8.9 152.00 0.34; 0.78
Highteen....--|Givis;| 1651“ | 149.09| _6,300| 9.85] —-9.58| 9.4 i 145.96) 150.16} 153.21] ‘cr07| 0.79
BOR e+ *"iiris, | a) | | 149.111 0,406 | a.ral 0.4 | | 146.08] 150.17| 154.10| +41.06| 0.79
| UE ng HM tend Wet |
Twenty..-.-+-lginis ral : | 147.82| 0.426 seal 3.46 9.2 | | 144.69] 147.70| 152.26] —0.12| 0.79
Twenty-one. ae | ide | | | |
098
"sinoT 1g) fo “wy ‘poopy ‘swoLy
TABLE No, 49
THE HEIGHT or Fact FROM Roor or Nose tro Pornt or CHIN.
Relation
Ace 32 | om PHERAD| ropapelle DO | avelge | aaeeal| tataat | vedin. | Mant” | vara. | Mea
AT NEAREST | Sex. 83a Measure. Average. of eviation| pega ba — Increase Increase ‘ile Percen- ing Minus,
BIRTHDAY. ER Average.) a WE Fo ee hipaa | NNO | gee, | Gredm, | AvSteRm
-" 4 tanding. 5: ge. '
%o Yo %
Six _....| Boys., 604/Millimetre,| 98.72) 0.207) 5.09) 5.28 8.6 $9.24) 93.20) 99.45) —0.52
cae geagte Girls.| 612 91.42) 0.194 4.80 5.25 8.5 86.88) 90.89) 96.46) —0.53
ee... Boys.| 1580). 95.87; 0.120; 4.80, 5.06) 8.4, 2.15) 2.89) 91.28) 95.57) 101.11) —0.80
Girls.| 1509 93.77| 0.115) 4.45) 4,75 8.3) 2.85 2.57) 89.35] 93. 98.38) —0.57
Eight ee eG sal ek Boys. 2057 te 97.§ 8 0.1038 4.67 4.7 y 8.2 2.1 1 2.20 ~ 98.78 97 78 102.71 —0. 0
: Girls 2016 95.65 0.099 4.46 4.6¢ 3.1 ae 38 2.01 91.67 95.60 99.79, —0.05
Nine ete eae Boys. 2011 “ 9 51 0.107 4.82 4.84 8.0 1,58 1.56 95.04 99.42 104.25 —0.09
: Girls,| 1898 97.85] 0.108 4.48 5.7 9 2.20 2.30/ 98.61| 97.60] 102 0.25
Ten oys.| 1868) ¢, 101.06, 0.110} 4.77, 4.72 7.7, 1.55] 1.56) 96.66! 100.73) 105.93 33
os Girls.| 1820 99.39} 0,109 4.64 4.67 1.8 1,54 1.57, 95.04 99.02| 104.42| —0.37
Gren see. Boys.| 1660) ,. 103.87; 0.127; 5.18) 5.01 7.5, 2.381] | 2.29) 98.53] 103.23) 108.85) —0.14
" . ‘Girls __ 1572 191 0.116 4.61 4.5¢ 7.6 2.05 2.06 97.08 ol 20 106.32) —0.24
Pa ae ys.| 1568), 104.25) 0.182} 5.22) 5.01 7.4| 0.88} 0.85] 99.88] 104.45) 109.77) +0.20
‘ Girls.| 1523 103.4 0.129 5.05 4.88 7.4 2.02 1.99] 98.81] 108.53} 108. +0.07
Thirteen......| Boys-| 1205) 106.24) 0.160) 5.54) 5.21 7.3} 1.99] 1.91] 101.64) 106.34) 111.76) +0.10~-
: Girls,} 1231} = |_:105.92) 0.138 4.68 4,49 1.2 2,46 2,38} 101.60} 105.71) 111.15) —0.21
Fourteen. ....| Boys 893) 108.43) 0.174 21) 4.80 /¥ 2.19) 2.06) 103.64) 108.51) 113.79) +0.08
’ , Girls] 997 107.87| 0.156 4.94, 4.58 I 1.95 1.84; 103 107.72) 112.86} —0.15
Witenes ts Boys.| 479), 111.68 0.288} 5.21) 4.67 a, 3.20} 2.95) 106.04) 111.52) 116.88) —0.11
oe Girls.| 672 109.79; 0,192 4,98 53 7. 1.92 1.78} 104. 109.40 05] —0.39
Sixiobin Boys.| 191) ,, 118.68} 0.346) 4.79) 4.22 7.1 2.00; 1.79! 109. 19 118.78 118.98 +0.10
pd ees ‘Girls. 403 110.48 0.245 4, 1 4.45 6 0.69 0.63 105.9 109.83; 115.48, —0. 2
Aoventeen <... ane? elo 117.56) 0.744) 6.57; 5.59 7.1| 8.98! 8.46 isa “118.50 122.89 +0.94
‘"'| Girls} 223; | _—-110.04/ (0.845 5.15 4,68 6.$ 105.11] 110,50} 115.46) +0.46
Kighteen. ....| Boys. 1 epee: 120.84) 0.888! 4.92 4.16 3.28! 2.79 121.00 +0.16
"''''| Girls] 168 109.77; 0.297 3.79 3.45 6.9 105.65) 110.04| 114,06] -++-0.27
Nineteen. +--+) gig} so} 108.721 0.4211 3.77; ~—«3.50 6.8 104.18] 108.34] 112.901 —0.38
Pwenhy*s*"'"Latat (78 110.26} 0.469/ 4.01) ~—-8.64 6.9 106.34} 110.80] 114.13} 0.04
Twenty-one ++! gig! g4| “| 110,06} 0.627} 8.66} «3.82 110.00 —0.06
“UaIpyYD smorT "3g fo yImoLH ay], — 10}0g
198
TABLE No. 50.
Tae WiptTH OF Face.
ae Proba ex Relation | Absolute | Relativ a edi wiser’ | momen
AGE S Proba l 2 r _| Median Height
AT NEAREST | Sex. Sb Measure. Average. ae "| Brobable toAwrEe a vas @ oben erense se ae Percen eg? 1H frac Height ine)
5o3| ° es it es vest = d = .| Average. eemee Grade. oe Grade. . ns
gy Si .
B 608/Millimetre,| 117 24 ize x. 3.62, 104 , 114.04) 118.20) 121.62} +0.96/ 1.25) 0.77
0 Re ’ . . . . ry . ° . ° .
Bit ss+e-+*+**"lGtrias | 60 115.21) 0.174 “C30 ir 10. 111.92} 115.89) 119.39) + 0.68) 1.26) 0.77
Boys.) 1637 117.78, 0.101 . 47 0.8; 0.54) (0.46; 114.41 ae 40) 121.97) +0.62) 1.28) 0.76
okey Sisect asie | ieiit ‘iol > Seal Re ee as 0.78 119.95| 116.38] 120.92| 40.27; 1.24, 0.76
i Boys. 2 ‘ 118.82; 0.09 . 44 0.1 1.04) 0.88) 115.65 119.75 122.96' +0.93) 1.21' 0.75
Bight...+...+-Ja0y8*| “cogs, 65 -60e7 Beh eee 1.5 1.31] 113.62} 117.45] 120.99] —0.18| 1.23{ (0.76
Boys.) 1927 119.91) 0.101 . : 9. 1.09} 0.92; 116.54; 120.75) 124.59) +0.84, 1.21) 0.75
Nine «--++++--lgie:| 1905} “| 118.031 '6.092| ‘402] ‘B.41 9.5 6.89] 0.88| 114.09| 118.81, 122.18] 40.79) Lal| 0.78
Ten oys. 22] gs 121.60, 0.092) 4.05) 3.33 9.! 1.69} 1.41] 118.02} 121.63) 125.32) +0.03) 1.20) 0.75
AGES CIAO SS Girls. | 1829 119.49 0.127 4.38 3.67 ), 1.47 1.25) 116 19 120.42} 124,04; +0.93 1,20 0.75
Eleve Boys.| 1666) ., | 122.73) 0.108) 4.52) 3.68} 9.2} 1.18} 0.93) 119.44) 123.22) 126.89) 40.49) 1.19) 0.75
err *< @itla. | 1804 121,24! 0.107, 4.17) 8.44 ). 1.75] 1.46] 117.82] 121.71] 126.8 0.47} 1.20] 0.75
Twelve Boys.| 1525, «, | 128.81) 0.118| 4.42/8.57|—«9.0/_-—«i1.08| 0.88] 120.90 124.59] 128.45) +0.78| 1.19) 0.75
"c'""Giris, | 1626 122.44 0,109} 4.26] 8,48 8. 1.20} 0.99} 119.50] 123.07} 127.01} +0.63) 1.18] __—0.74
Thirteen Boys.| 1218) « borer 0.122) 4.27) 3.89 8.5 2.02} 1.63) 121.96) 126.02) 129.79) +0.18 1.1% 0.75
pare Giris.| 1248) 4.15] 0.127] 4.45) 8.59 8. 1.71] 1.40} 120.62} 124.86) 128.82) +0.71) 1.1 0.74
Fourteen Boys. 898) 136.81 0.153; 4.56 3.59 8. 0.98; 0.78) 128.17) 127.32) 181.64) +0.51 1.1% 0.74
“205 (Ginis. | "997 125.67] 0.185] 4.26) 8.89 8.1 1.52} 1.22] 122.31) 126.51) 180.49] 40.84) 1.1 0.72
Fifteen Boys.| 485) « 128.82) 0.196) 4.88) 3.37 8.8} 1.51| 1.19) 124.02) 129.08) 133.72) +0.71 1.1: 0.74
‘ore*'lGiris. | 678 127.85] 0.157} 4.08} 3.19 8.2] 2.18 1.78) 124.51] 128.80] 182.02] 40.45] 1.1 0.72
Sixteen Boys.| 193) « 180.27, 0.860; 5.61, 3.85 8.2) 1.95) 1.52) 126.89) 130.82) 134.89) +0.55' 1.15) 0.78
“'Giris, | 409 129.47; 0.201} 4.07814 8.2}. 1.62] 1.26} 126.21} 180.18] 188.60; +0.71{ 1.17) 0.78
Seventeen ....\Boys-|79| « | 181.96] 0.527) 4.60/ 8.56/ 8.0} 1.69) ‘1.80 33.7 $1.79} 1.13; 0.72
"**"|Girls, | 219 130.63} 0.275] 4.08) 3,12 8.21 1.16] —*0.90, 127.91] 181.88} 185.00] +0.75) 1.19] 0.78
Fighteen .....\Boys-| 88) =| 185.00) 0.718] 4.18} 3.06 8.04 2.01 135.75 40.75] 1.12] 0.74
"Girls, | 168 131.42] 0.26 8.38| 2.67 8.2) 0.79} _—*0.60/_:129.14) 181.97} 185.09] 40.55 —1.20| —_—0.78
Pincteed-+ +--lciris.| soi | 180.24] 0.420 8.762 a9 8.3 | 130.44 +0.20/ 1.20] 0.72
eee: "lGirls.| 78 f 80,75 _oaial 2.08 2,74| 8.2 | | 182.04 41.29] 1.19] 0.78
Twenty-one.--leinig, | a4“ 0.528! 3.08 Ly | 132.00
698
"SINOT “IS fo “LIS! “pNIP “sud T,
toe~.
oO.
i ig sas
THE HuIGAT or Face FROM HatrR-Lineé To Point or CuHin.
ane ——
AGE Se robable a ag ~~ Relation | Absolute | Relative 25 Median "5 :
AT NEAREST | Sex. B55 Measure-| Average. ee Deviation pet cw ae Se Annual a Fe Fe os Pa err
BIRTHDAY. 558 ment, i 8 Fro: Sod ae "> wah ek: | Grade. Pine Grade. | Average.
a Te %o %o %o
Six oys. o Millimetre.| 152.68! 0.209 5.18 8.4, 14.0 148.64) 158.02) 158.59! +0.34
ie hal Girls. 150.16} 0.238| «8.88! 3.9 4.0 144.68} 150.45! 156.21] 0,39
Raven... .... Pam Tea is 154.57) 0.159 6.40 4.1 18.6 1.89 1.40) 150.13) 155.33 = 160.40! +0.76
T'Girls. | 1486 | 168.86] 0.137] 5,28 3.4 13.6 3.20} 2.13] 148,73) 154.19] 159.82] 4.0.83
Eicht........./Boys-| 2012/—,, 157.50| 0.122)” 5.46 8.5; 18.2) 2.98) 1.86) 158.04| 158.04 a 163.10) +0.54
cack “55 GW Girls. | 1965 155.19} ¢ 5.27 3.4 13.1 1,83) 1.19} 151.05; 155,60} 161.11/ 0.41
Hie cho... Boys. | 1992), 159.48| 0.127| 5.67 3.6) 12.8) 1.98) —*1.82/ 154.4) 45 160.26 165.68 -+0.82
eee "Girls. | 1989 157.44 5.88 8.4 12.8] 2.25] 1.45] 152.31] 157.7 0.32
Ten .........(Boys-| 1909|—. | 161.87| 0.127] 5.56 8.4' 12.6! 1.94 1.88 56.47 161. 7 iets +0.33
Girls. | 183 60.04 0.181) 5.62 3.5 12.5] 2.6 56} 166.15 0.52
Eleven,.....,,|Boys- | 1658), 168.89| 0.148) 5.80 8.5, 12.2| 2.02 er 158.62 164 11 | 169.45 +0.72
“ree e"|Girls, | 1581 62.55) 0.148} 5.70 3.5 19.3] 2.81 163.40} 169.53} 0.85
Twelve _, (Boys. | 1577 ie 165.28) 0.137 5.44 3.3 11.9 1.84 = at 165.62) 171.54| +0.39
“''''\Girls. | 1610 65.29 8} 5.76 5 11.9| 2.74/—-1.69/_ 160.27} 165.95| 171.40| ++-0.66
‘ Boys.| 1211 167.62| 0.178) 6.01 3.6) 11.7; 2.89) 1.20) 162.59) 168.16] 173.87) 0.54
Thirteen ....--|qe73"| e290} 135 6.04 3.6 11.5! 3.06 63,18 74.85 Bar:
Boys.| 896 170.49| 0.286! 7.05 4.1| 11.5) -2.87|—*1.17/ 165.01 171.04 177.42| +0.55
Fourteshy<--(Gitls a 171.88 6.11 x 11.4] 3.08) —_1.80/ 163.66 78.28 oes
Fifteen Boys.| 482), 174.80| 0.292\ 6.41 3. 11.8; 3.81)” -1.15) 168.74 175 08 181.28| +0.78
ee Girls. | 656 20} 0.211} 8.40 3. 11.2} 2.82) 1.68] 168.92 85} 180.10) +40.65
ES. Boys.| 193), 178.19} 0.425) 5.90 3.8) 11.1/ 8.89) 1.18] 172.76 17738 184.22; —0.26
Girls. | 395 6.28} 0.28 5.69 3.2 11.2} 2.08] 1.19] 171.321 176 183.09; 10.53
Boys. 182. 38 ~ 0.858)" 7.60 4.2| 11.0} 4.09)” “111 182.2 —0.08
Seventeen ..../Gi78'| oil 0.487; 6.20 3.5 11.2) 2.28] 1.26} _ 178.62] 179.41] 184.90] £0.90
Bightecn Boys.| 83! ;, Tae? 0.189| 8.00 4.4) 10.8! 1.39) ‘1.10! 185.66 +1.99
sabe “'""1Girls. | 139 180.97; 0.520| 6.18 3.4 114) 2.46) 1.88; 176.32] 181.93) 186.81] 40.96
Nineteen Gyr s(GUlas) | eee Gite Gaal gal the 0.94} 0.52] 174.29} 180.08} 185.70} —1.83
be dae ine ytd Gite mw ee | 0.560] 4.76, = .7| Le 174.80| 179,00] 184.88] —0.09
Twenty-one ../|Girls. 33 taven 0.786 4,52 2.5 181.75 +1.78
“WaLPNYO 8INO'T “IS fo YINOLH ayYJ, — 49.L0q
g98
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
ANGERSTEIN (W.): Die Maasverhiltnisse des menschlichen KOorpers und
das Wachsthum der Knaben. Koln, 1865.
ANUTSCHIN: On the scaueaphieal SADE of the male population of
Russia in respect of height. Transactions of the Imperial Geographical
Society, Vol. A Part 1 (Russian, cited by Sack).
ol. I.
BELYaIEFF: Materials for investigating the influence of schools on the
physical development of pupils. Inaugural Dissertation, St. Petersburg,
1888 (Russian, cited by Sack).
Biaviae (Au)? ‘Les eh onder du corps humain. Revue Scientifique,
Paris, 1889, t. 43, No. p. 524-529.
BEYER (H. G.): eeeinaaon on normal growth and Se era of the
human body under systematised exercise. Report of the chief of the
Bureau of aecicg and Surgery to the Secretary te the Navy. Wash-
ington, 1893, p -160.
BLaGoviporr (I. Y: iterate for the investigation of the health of the Mon-
golian-Asiatic races (inorodze) inthe province of Simbirsk. Inaugural
Dissertation, St. Petersburg, — (Russian, cited by Sack).
Boas (F.): The growth of childre Science, Vol. XIX, No. 483, pp. 256-
257, May 6, 1892, and No. 485, = 281-282, May 20.
Boas (F.): The growth of children. Science, Dec. 23, 1892. 51.
Bouton: Some anthropometrical observations. British Medical Journal,
Bownircu (H. P.): The growth of children. Eighth Annual Report of the
State Board of Health of proteins Sener Boston, 1877.
Bowpitcu (H. P.): The growth of c tio
with suggestions in regard to Heit of research. Tenth Se nart of
Board of Health of Massachusetts. Boston, 1879. pp. 33-62.
Bowpitcu (H. P.): The physique of women in Massachusetts. Twenty-
first Report of the Board of Health of Massachusetis, 1889. Boston,
1890. pp. 287-304.
Bownitcu (H. P.): The growth of children studied by Galton’s Method of
Percentile Grades. Twenty-second Report of Board of Health of
Scasetiniaees, 1889-90. Boston, 1891, pp. 479-522.
BRESLAU: Neue Ergebnisse aus a Gicoe an Neugebornen. Wiener
medicinische diet seemed se 3, 1862, No. 50. 785-787.
itrag zur Aah shling der Giacaomnes der
Kinder. Joubaxt fiir Kinderkrankheite
WELL: Parliamentary Reports, 1833, xx, fe “ ees
Cnorr: Die Anwendung der Wage in der Kinderpraxis. Journal fir Kin-
derkrankheiten. Bd. LVIII, 1872, S. 219-234.
(364)
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 365
DAFFNER (F.): Ueber wea Gewicht, Kopf- und Brustumfang beim
minnlichen Individuum vom 13. bis 22. Lebensjahre, nebst vergleich-
ender Angabe einiger Roptiiaee: Archiv ned Anthropologie, Braun-
schweig, Bd. rer 1885, seid sinc _S. 121-1
DEMENTIEFF (E. : Thed h.
general a development. Inaugural Dissertation, Moscow, 1889
(Russian, cited by Sac
DIEK: Materials for the investigation of height, weight etc., in childhood
nd youth. Inaugural Dissertation. St. Petersburg, 1883 (Russian,
cited by Sack
ERISMANN (F.): Untersuchungen tber die korperliche Entwickelung der
Arbeiterbevdlkerung in Zentralrussland. ee ai 1889. Reprint from
tik.
FERGUS (W.) AND RODWELL (G. F.): Onaseries of measurements for statis-
tical purposes, recently made at Marlborough College. The Journal of
the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London,
May 12, 1874. pp. 126-130.
GALTON (F.): On the height and weight of boys, aged 14 years, in town
and country public schools. The Journal of the ae ee Insti-
tute of Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. V, 1876. pp. 174-180.
GaLTON (F.): Natural Inheritance. London, 1889
GARSON ET AL.: Report of the committee apuotited for the purpose of cal-
culating the anthropological measurements taken at the Newcastle
meeting of the Association in 1889. Report of the gist ep rao
for the Advancement of Science, 1890, London, 1891, pp. 5
Gauss: Bestimmung der Genauigkeit der selerlnmidtong mde fis
Astronomie, 1816, Mirz u. April, ss 185-197.
GEISSLER (A.) UND UHLITZSCH (R.): Die Groéssenverhiltnisse ak Schulkin-
der im Schulinspectionsbezirk Freiburg. Separat-Abdruc s Heft I
und II d. Jahrgang XXXIV, 1888, der Zeitschrift des eaeren sich-
sischen oC ae eons S. 28-40.
GEISSLER (A.): ungen von Schulkindern in Goblis-Leipzig. Zeit-
sti fiir ciliilgeanaatuateegias: Hamburg u. Leipzig, 1892, V, 8.
249-253.
Giiabekentien: Materials for the investigation of physical development in
childhood and youth in relation to heredity and to progress in school
work. From observations made in Ar gre province of Novgorod.
Inaugural Dissertation, St. Petersburg, 18
GREENWOOD (J. M.): Heights and weights of entiation. Twentieth Annual
Report of the Board of Education of the Kansas City Public Schools,
1890-91. pp. 48-56.
GREENWoop (J. M.): Heights and weights of children. American Public
. Health Association Report, 1891, Concord, 1892, XVII. pp. 199-204
GRINEVsKI (A.): On the physical development of chil dren. Odessa,
1892,
ee (S.): Ueber die individuellen Variationen der Korperproportionen.
rehiv fiir Anthropologie, Bd. XX, 1892, S. 321-323.
riaiotias (Sir J. F. W.): Review of Lettres 4 S. A. R. le Duc fignant de
Saxe-Cobourg et Gotha sur la Théorie des Probabilités appliquée aux
Sciences Morales et Politiques par M. A. Quetelet, Astron. Royal de la
Belgique. Edinburg Review, No. 185. July, 1850. pp. 1-57.
366 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Hircncock (E.): Comparative study of measurements of male and female
students at Amherst, Mt. Holyoke and Wellesley Colleges. Physique,
London, 1891, I, pp. 90-94.
v. InerinG: Zur Einfiihrung von Oscillations-Exponenten in die Cran -
ometrie. specie ro Anthropometrie;: Ba. ~ - 411-413.
JANSEN (A.): ] point de vue de |’aptitude
au service militaire. Mém. couron. de Picetenic royale de médicine
a Belgique. Bruxelles, 1882.
wy (A.): Die sh suas wtallélcuaes Verhandlungen des “i interna-
Per aiten medicinischen Congresses, Berlin, 1890, Bd. 1, S. 6
Key (A.): Schulhygienische Untersuchungen. Edited by L. aad
mburg and Leipzig, 1889. Original: Liroverkskomiténs betin-
lm, 18
actin 1892-3, XXI, 8S.
KOTELMANN (L.): Die Korperverilinis der Gelehrtenschiiler des Johan-
neums inHamburg. Berlin, 1879. Separat-Abdruck aus der Zeitschrift
des kGniglichen peratahen statistischen Bureaus, Jahrgang 1879.
LANDSBERGER: Das Wachsthum im Alter der Schulpfiicht. Archiv fur
Anthropologie, Braunschweig, Bd. XVII, 1887, S. 229-264.
LesHaFt: Materials for the study of the years of school life. Health, 1879-
1880, No. 127-131 (Russian, cited by Sack).
Lexis (W.): Ueber die Theorie der Stabilitit statistischer Reihen. Hilde-
brandt’s Jahrbiicher fiir Nationalékonomie, Bd. XXXII, S. 60-97, Jena,
879,
— (F.): Das Gesetz des menschlichen Wachsthums. Wien, 1858.
K (¥.): Der Bau und das Wachsthum der Menschen. pes
Berichte d. Saree oe in Wien, math.-naturw. Klasse,
Abtheilung II, Bd. 4
retail (F. We Das Gesctz re Wachathames und der Bau der Menschen,.
rtheile fiir jedes Alter und
fir beide Geschlechter. Imp.-Folio. Wien, 1862.
MALLING-HANSEN (R.): Ueber Periodicitiit im Gewicht der Kinder an
MasHkorrsky: The measurement of the chest in healthy individuals and in
consumptives. Inaugural Dissertation. St. Petersburg, 1889 (Russian,
Sack).
MERESHOFFsKY (K.): On the results and methods of the investigation of the
physical development of children. Brochure (Russian, cited by
Sack).
MIKHAILOFF: Materials for the er ae of physical development and
disease in the village schools of the district of Russkis in the province
of Moscow. Moscow, 1887 Slee cited by Sack).
ane —— S.): Human nto 2 Boston Medical and Surgical Journal,
uly
NaGorsky: The dallogncs of schools on the physical development of
children. St. Petersburg, 1881 (Russian, cited by Sack).
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 367
PaGuiani (L.): Sopra alcuni fattori dello sviluppo umano. Richerche
Anthropometriche. Atti della r. Accad. di Scienze di Torino, Vol. XI,
ry asa te 694-760, e Arch. di Antrop. ed Etnol. italiana, Vol. VI,
1876, p. 1
_- PAGLIANI en ‘Die Eniwickelung des Menschen in den der Geschlechts -
reife phages rtd spateren Kinderjahren und im Jinglingsalter (von
7 bis 20 Jahre
PAGLIANI (L.): Lo etnuoo umano per eta, sesso, condizione sociale ed
etvica studiato nel peso, unpes: circonferenza toracica, capacita vitale
orza muscolare. Giornale della Societa italiana d’igiene, Milano,
1879, I, No. na pp. 357-376; ~ 5, pp. 453-491, No. 6, pp. 589-608.
PeckHAM (G. W.): The growth of children. Sixth An nual Report of the
State Board of Health of Wisconsin, 1881. Madison, 1882, pp. 28-73.
PeskorF (P. A.): Report of the commission for the inspection of factories
in Moscow. Moscow, 1881. (Russian.)
PORTER (W. TOWNSEND): The physical basis of precocity and dullness.
gaa “ “tt Academy of Science of St. Louis. Vol. VI, No. 7,
1893, pp. 1
PORTER (W. zt wxsnxD): Untersuchungen der ee in Bezug auf die
physischen Grundlagen ihrer geistigen Entw lung. Verhandlungen
der Berliner apd roa Gaselivelaate, * "Joli, 1893. Zeitschrift
fir Ethnologie, S. 337.
PoRTER (W. Daweheven The relation between the growth of children and
their deviation from the physical type of their sex and age. Transactions
Bull. de Académie royale des sciences, ings lettres et des beaux-arts de
Belgique. sn 1832-1834, I, pp. 2
QUETELET (A.); Sur homme et le Prete aeaaa de ses facultés. Paris,
1835.
QUETELET (A.): Lettres 4 S. A. R. le Due réguant de Saxe-Cobourg et
otha, sur la théorie des obabi appliquée aux sciences morales et
Politiques. Bruxelles, 1846.
QUETELET (A.): Surles proportions des hommes, qui se font remarquer par
un excés ou un défaut de taille. — de l’ Académie royale des sciences,
dés lettres, et des beaux-arts de Belgique, 1847, t. IV. pp. 138-142.
QUETELET (A.): De la statistique conlineas sous le rapport du physique,
- moral et de l’intelligence de ’bomme. Bulletin de la commission
entrale de statistique, Bruxelles, 1860, tome aes pp. 433-467,
¢ 1
trie zur Beurtheilung ge ps Ausbildung der Zoglinge einer
Turnschule in Mologa. VIII. Congress russischer Naturforscher und
Aerzte in St. Paiste "ak pees fiir Anthropologie, 1891, p.
382.
Ruma (R.): Anthropometrical materials for the determination of the physi-
cal development of pupils. Collection of works on legal medicine.
1880. Vol. III (Russian), pt. 2, pp. 95-131.
368 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Russow (A.): Vergleichende Beobachtungen uber den Einfluss der Ernah-
rung mit der Brust und der kiustlichen Ernéhrung auf das Gewicht
und den Wuchs (Linge) der Kinder. Jahrbuch fur Kinderheilkunde,
Leipzig, 1880-1, n. F. XVI, 8 2.
Sack: Physical development of the children in the Middle Schools of Mos-
cow, 1892. (Russian.)
SHBANKOFF: The influence of the Common School (Volksschule) on the
physical development of pupils. The Messenger for Legal Medicine,
1889, III (Russian, cited by Sack)
SHEBOLDAEFF: Sanitary questions in the Common Schools (Volksschulen)
of the Konotopski Semstvo Tshernigoff, 1887 (Russian, cited b
Sac
Soames (H. A. ): The scientific measurement children. London, 1891.
SoeraF (N. J.): cp wcehitaranggs eee researches in the provinces Jaroslav,
Kostroma and Vladim VI : Congress = Russian Naturalists and
Physicians in St. tna las 890
Steet (G. C.) Notes on the development and growth of boys between
ae and twenty years of age. St. George’s Hospital Reports, Lon-
Srmvmcox (Wm.): On the relation of weight to height and the rate of
wth in man. The Lancet, London, Sept. 22, 1888, pp. 560-564.
schweig, Bd. XIV, 1882-3, S. 1
SULIGOFFsKI (F.): Some shasinengs on Sai cueolen measurements of
young men in the male gymnasium in Radom. Medicine, Warsaw,
1887, XV, pp. 512, 528, 544, 559, 641.
THomA (R.): Untersuchungen tiber die Griésse und das Gewicht der ana-
tomischen Bestandtheile des menschlichen Kérpers im gesunden und
kranken Zustande. Leipzig, 1
Torrmarp (P.): Etude sur la beget considerée suivant l’age, le sexe,
Pindividu et les races. Paris, 1876.
Vv. Sonat (K.): Grundriss der Physiologie des Menschen. Tubingen,
1
v. VIERORDT (K.): Physiologie des Kindesalters, in — Handbuch
der Kinderkrankheiten. Tiibingen, 1877, Bd. I, 8. 8
Van (M.): Om Vejning af Born. Reprint, nein Re 1881.
Van (M.): Mitteilungen iiber das Gewicht nicht erwachsener Madchen
[1874-83]. vai oe auf dem Aerzte Kongress zu Kopenhagen, 1884.
West (G. M): The aie of the breadth of the face. Science, New
York, 1891, je 18,
a ihe M.): Worcester eek children — the growth of the body, head
face. Science, Vol. XXI, No. 518, Jan. 6, 1893, pp. 2
Wner te M.): Anthropometrische Untersuchungen iiber die "Schulkinder
in Worcester, Mass. Archiv fur Anthropologie. Braunschweig. July,
1893. §S. 13-48.
WorontcHiIn (N.): Fortlaufende Wigungen wahrend der Dentition.
Jahrbuch fiir Kinderheilkunde. Leipzig, 1880-1,n. F. XVI. S. 133-143.
WRETLIND: Jakt ce rérande helsotillstaandet i naagra af G@6teborgs
flickskolor. Eira, 1
Porter — The Growth of St. Louis Children. 369
YASTSHINSKY: Anthropometrical materials for the study of the develop-
ment of height, weight etc. in Poles and Jews during their school
years (Russian, cited by Sack).
ZEISING: Neue Lehre von den Proportionen des menschlichen K6rpers.
Leipzig, 1854.
ZEISING: Verhandlungen ee Sesape -Leopold.-carolinischen Akademie der
Naturforscher. Bd. 26,
ZUBKOFFsky: An ferent of the sanitary condition of the Military
Gymnasium in Polozk. Inaugural Dissertation. St. Petersburg, 1879:
(Russian, cited by Sack).
CORRIGENDA.
Page 263. Author’s name omitted: W. Townsend Porter.
288. Boys, aged 16, hair-line to point of chin should read 0.425 mm.
297. Boys, aged 10, median minus average should read — 0.07 cm.
313. Boys, aged 8, 50 percentile grade should read 119.77 cm.
313. Girls, aged 8, 50 percentile grade should read 118.74 cm.
315. Girls, aged 6, 50 percentile grade should read 107.29 cm.
315. Girls, aged 8, 50 percentile grade should read 118.33 cm.
821, Girls, aged 14, number of observations should read 997.
(370)
LIST OF PLATES.
PiaTE I, Thecalculated and the observed distribution . the height
standing of 2192 St. Louis school girls, ag
tH: wei minus average values (weight, caaik height
itting, span of arms).
AMT; satan minus average values (chest-girth and strength
of squeeze).
IV. Median minus average values (head and face measure-
ments).
V. Boys’ weight (percentile grades).
VI. Girls’ weight (percentile grades
II. Girls’
XIII. Boys’ girth of chest (percentile grades).
XIV. Girls’ girth of py Si aati grades).
XV. Boys’ length of head (percentile grades).
Dad mone length of ad (percentile grades).
XVII. Boys’ width of head (percentile ae
XVIII. Girls’ width of head (percentile grades
XIX. Bo il s’ height of face from root of nose 3 point of chin
rcentile grades).
XX. isis’ height of face from root of nose to point of chin
area grades
XXI. width of face (percents west
XXII. rt width of face (percentile grade
XXIII. geet ee of face from hair-line es point of chin (per-
ile grades).
XXIV. ia height of face from hair-line to point of chin (per-
centile grade
XXV. Weight, 75, 50 kindk 25 percentile grades
XXVI. Height standing, 75, 50 and 25 peveentite grades.
XXVII. Height sitting, 75, 50 and 25 percentile grades.
XXVIII. Span of arms, 7 5, 50 and 25 percentile grades,
XXIX. Girth of chest, 75, 50 and 25 percentile grades.
XXXII. Length of head, 75, 50 a 25 percentile aaa
XXXIII. Width of head, 75, 50 and 25 percentile grade
XXXIV. Height of face from root of nose to point of sot 75, 50
and 25 percentile grades,
(371)
372 List of Plates.
PLaTE XXXV. Width of face, 75, 50 and 25 percentile grades
XVI. a of face from hair-line to point of chin: 75, 50 and
5 percentile grades.
XXXVII. treet grades, weight.
XXXVIII. rSoboetory grades, height standing.
XXIX. tile grades, height sitting.
XL. Perce wale grades, span of gm
XLI. Percentile grades, girth of ches
XLII. sta ‘cts increase hare standing, weight, spam
of a
XLII. Absolute mana increase (height sitting, girth of chest,
gth of sque
XLIV. Suis annual increase (strength of squeeze, weight,
height standing, height sitting, span of arms, chest-
girth).
XLV. Relation of average weight, span of arms, girth of chest,
etc., to average height.
XLVI. The weights of pater hg of manual tradesmen distrib-
uted by school gra
No.
INDEX OF TABLES.
PAGE
1. The Ascapbalg at of 2000 measurements of the same quantity
en the deviation of the individual observations from the
rue — of the measured quantity is due to purely accidental
2
2. nies ~ United States recruits
2
3. Observed distribution of the heights of 2192 St. Lows ‘setiosl
2
Bir]8, AVE Bova. cess cove ccvwwevice vewecvicvecs eve sewer tes vine
ar pers of the seteg height of St. Louis shoo} girls,
ee ee ee
Pee erent ewe eetenaee
: hie aiculesion of the probable deviation (d) front the : average
2
height (118.36 cm.) of 2193 girls, aged 8.--..+-+seeeseeeee ess
6. Stieda’s table for calculating the number of observations at any
sree — the mean or average within the limits: M + 5d
2192 girls, aged B..ccccscescccssarecescensacsevccscetessves
8. The percentile distribution - hee heights of girls, aged 9......
9. The probable Of the AVeTage.....e cece csccse rece ccencees
10. The probable Seviatins (d) ‘ei the average.... esse sees eee .
11. Median minus average Values..... 20. .+seeeeee rece ecere reese 296, 297
300
12. Sums of median minus average Values..-+.++..+++e sees cess cree
13. A comparison of weights of the daughters of manual tradesmen
Naess the weights of the daughters of professional men and
nts
14, The perentile ppmintceesn by school page si the daughters of
rchan d professional men (i. e. favored classes) com-
pated sien tude of the daughters of manual tradesmen (hand-
OTECIS) 6.06 cc cter deselect eect gusheles pees leeusumeemees tees
15. The tien of girls whose parents were born in Germany com-
pared with the weights of girls whose parents were born in
United States 0... .ccccctecsvecccssvcenssecnscuctecevene
t
16. The habe ee of boys whose parents were born in Germany com-
red with the tlie of boys whose eee: were born in
he United State
17. The weight ‘osdneasits grades) weet e rete eenes
18. The height standing (percentile grades).-----++++++++++eseeees
oe The height sitting ae anes - $506 cee Seuw ev eces tee bees
0. The span of arms (percentile grades)...-...
ny The girth of chest at fall ideals ‘usa grades)........
22. The girth of chest at full expiration (percentile grades) ........ 31
23. The girth of chest midway between full seaposiisn and full ex-
piration (percentile pits B)orcevcccscccensseessncss eoncses 3
24. The length of head (percentile grades).----+-+++++e sees sree sees
374 Index of Tables.
PAGE.
No, 25. The width of head (percentile grades).. 320
26. ae kathy ots of face from root of nose to pats ~ ‘tn: (percentile
321
eee ee ee eer esses eeseereeneeene
27. the width of face (percentile sada) eewe’ - 822
28. The height of face from hair-line to Si. of ilk epurceatite
TAGES... 2 ccs cence rece cee eree seen eees cece sees ress noes cone 2
29. Ages at whieh girte Vegi. eee cease to be irae than boys..... 324
30. The absolute annual increase in height standing..............- 328
31. The absolute annual increase in weight.... ....... eTer vheuap 329
32. The absolute annual increase in span of armS........-.++++ eee 330
33. The absolute annual increase in height sitting................++ 331
34, The absolute annual increase in girth of chest.........+-ssses- 332
35. Median weight of boys aged 11 distributed by school grade.... 335
36. Median weight of the. daughters of manual tradesmen distrib-
uted by school grad Senais
37. Median weight of ‘the ees of sredeesicnin? men : distributed
by school grade. ..ccvesecsecnves i enwkis CERNE OS TV Ey ewe ee 338
38. The see reat Satie esa na wecend oe . seee 850
ete A, Gs de ton oie oe ass pe ciccinwen sek creatine ames eg bse A TOON
40. The so sitting SS SPE ae eee ee ah cepa ae Kesewees 352
Bee OIC BITS SS Sra eo BUS yo ce cow Soe oo vey iv ck ever ceceens copes
42, The girth of sheik Soa Sacses Sie Sele and TAREE 354
-» 355
43. The strength of squeeze, right han eka ease
44. The strength of squeeze, left Saal Reinke ect emin ase, 608? ea oA 356
45. The strength of squeeze, right hand...............eseecsseeees 357
46. The strength of squeeze, left hand..... DAES RAE ee: Ds cman cmoe
ints nabs berte'g At. EXR EE REO TEP EE PTET ORE Ter ee Pept fg
Roe WO WIM ON NOM 5 e255 05 E 1 Oca ce ns Soa e's Ss bc aFog eds nee a) ken Oe
a The height of face from root of nose to point of chin........... 361
. The width of face
GENERAL INDEX.
PAGE
Accidental infiluences........ or eaten wie lore aren arlrateie ad Wipe ola Sie 275
Acuteness of vision* 271
merican girls’ weights..... ate wiatin Wienetenn. saat . oe 309
American boys’ weights............+- 310
Annual increase
ADSOlULE.. 0.00 cence sccscescee veces 327, 328 to 332, Plates XLII, XLIII
= Relative. euce Cie we 327, 333, Plate XLIV
ical series 7
Antbropometrical System in SCHOO «+65 vcee.e ees se ones ness easenines 341, 347
PORTAGE G sci ac sce detec Unde coco eb ae ck aoc ore tao nisep a eaeen eee
Assistants
1) ae oe eee ae rere re ey sarees xg eee IRE COS Ce ie,
PGR ian vsicecaetyysonkregs es aeavees Pree eA eee: 268, 269
Authorization by School Board..... 2-20 escscees sevcsvercescee: seus cece
CAICWIALION $5 5805 wise oie cee ee ceca noes on cheaee eee cerpe cease + 280
Definition so. sss vos PERL De ERECT ee 280
Deviation {rons oa esis eer es Partie Seae ae, ALTE ee 291
Brror Of .6.c<% ar diel wa owas Gd Hato WE a WE a Ee ala eee 287, 288
Of different series. po ete na a Re Ort Ee eg ero!
Relation to mean (et eusbc dec t>tuclied give ete Veveswalire speek
MAVUORTEDNY «oc snc cine vteere $0 y 9.0 -obe aed 60S Da OS FAR AWA ROR OEE EROS 364
REM DINCH OF HTB 6 x's cicaas ccecens wee ee ee esses cweene ene sees se ete 309
Bowditch on median and AVETAZC.. cece ec cccc ce sce ce ccee sre rerereencs 294
OI RE igs ye 268
Cheat exbansion....6665 02350 i See Venaceceein rim aee ees Piate XXX
Chest-girth at full expieutdions-
Median minus average......-....eseecceeceeeee cone 296, 300, sree IIl
Method of ae Vesev ew Cede Vee revive seen’ cecce eueeadee 74
Percentile cradee, oes evs sieeve vcsesee vies via che vocen cued dies rg 317
Chest-girth at full Gaiiatioe —
Median minus average.....---..-++ee00- inenes . + +-296, 300, Plate III
Method of measuring..........++0+ sees seer cceeee 271, 274
Percentile grades ses sscs cise cdsSdeccbe cs sayaonane saentscsaens 311, 316
ee,
* The ee of vision of St. Louis school children will be discussed in
a separate
(3875)
376 General Index.
PAGE.
Chest-girth midway between full sigeney and full expiration —
Absolute annual increase...... Mey ete ers ree eee . 832, Plate XLIII
Median Minus average...-.seseeereccccensecnce vere eneercsees 296, 354
Percentile grades....- eeeeedll, 318, 354, Plates XIII, XIV, XXIX, "XLI
PVOUGDIC GEVINLION = <5. 5 os bceets cee es scaese curs cc cW reese soveee 29], 354
Diguijt lim j¥ yl) eee eer ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee re 288, 354
Relation to height standing.. e's veceacvccee sees SO4, 354, Plate XLV
Relation of probable deviaslols t avetige PeeONGOSe i ceeeveue sscepas
Relative annual increase....- wee reseeeeeers 327, 333, 354, Plate ey
Collection of data......... ECR Ore TORE Te ewe es reves scree 265
WMIMIERT CHUBES AF coe ee eek boeeds Fanb Pek Soo 05 bese Cee eevee vee Peese wees "975
Curves All Printed: .. ses sose eee eases Ta eee e Ch re a 264
Deafness unsuspected eve wews ewnewy sow ee eet 273
Difference of individual from type..... ....... -- cecevoreveres beeLEE VS 292
Distribution of observations —
About middle v: Ce ee OPEL rae de eaa wee Tet ew es «BIE
According to Thoma............ Sadr enaretenbusroarecarericercenenee yriree xiteass SoRTt
Girls’ heights.......... Pours es beacseeiadpeee oes viiviea case weir bees 279
Of 1000 individuals. ........ euvens
Theoretical and Shearied:. VERT V UNE eT eNed ese - 283, "986, Plate 1
DUS OF 1HVORURRUON vo cae vew ieee eee sie eee seceese vere cwoe eres 268
Errors —
CONGANE 65s 6si cee seers cdcesccevece Pit Hane eee Re cae ers 275, 292
Of observation........... Wii eiietrecsise pre Per te eee 292
Physiological............. Seser eee bese weseweveese - 292
WRPIMUIA SOS TERETE ER erie cece rive uw 6a FOE CTE ESET Cee FS OO OS "O16, 292
Face (see Height of face and Width of face).
Galton’s. percentile prates..cnaeeee ee PPro 286, 287
Generalizing method.........0ccecccsseeeoeccees etiesias .+..268, 294, 339
German parentage and Weight.........ce.cececeeevecccseceseeceee oBU9, 310
Girls larger than boys of same age... ........-+00++ cessasehins 324, 326
Head (see Length of head and Width of head).
Head measurers ... sper reneeniuaee ce vitae
Hearing tests .... cert ivies bers ER
Hearing tests i NORRDIS S ree occreeseaeen coy nte a weer. Co6Ues -- 278
Abnormal height a disadvantage..........-.0000ceee cee ceees0e +338, 348
Basis of a system of standards
Of United States recruits............
eoeecerenree ere
Height of face from a to point of chin —
Absolute annual increa epee eee ss
inhist etnes kveraeds see, Ee ye Cet ere - 296, Pate
PES OF MUNN 58 a 80S 8 Vek Vesa ee is vive oe bebe teeere
Percentile grades.........311, 328, 863, Plates XXIII, XXIV, cee
General Index. 377
PAGE.
Height of face from hair-line to point of chin — Continued.
Probable GOVIRGLONs 360 5 Ae ee eit (ee eeeees o+e+e291, 363
vbw tenes 288, 363
Relation of probable deviation to average. airtel +» 363
Relation to height standing........... SPL ooree vee » 384, 363, Plate XLV
lative annual increase.......2.seescee rece 363
Height of face from root of nose to point of chin —
Absolute annual increase... ov ereerb eae rent eee baw ee aoe
Median minus average.........-. pews 296, Plate IV
Method Of Measuring. .oscescsecces vovecnce tucecsse seesesesesous 27
Percentile — CV edee sees ses ae 321, 361, Plates XIX, XX, a
Probable deviati Ey WE See 361
Probable error.... ER oe 861
Relation to probable deviation to average..... . 361
Relation to height standing........0+.ssesereee sees 334, ele: Plate XLV
Relative annual ia cee CET TRE ELK TE CUES AER
Height sitting —
Absolute annual increase.........+.++ 827, — Plate XLIII
Median minus average... 296, 352, ae
Method of measuring. ......cccescccece voce ceenes case snsses. eens
Percentile grades..........311, 314, 352, Plates IX, X, XXVII, <xxIX
Erobable: davistions 3655.5 4545 55 Se Ce Oe eee eee eee
Probable: errors: co veecowec weer ever ore sean els eee e pty iad
Relation a ian deviation ie: AVETAZC . 2+ cee ee cece eeeecees 2
Relation to height standing.........:.++e- sere sees $34, 352, Plate x LV
lative annual increase -- 827, 333, 352, Plate XLIV
Rel
rigi standing —
olute annual INCreaBes. ss. ce se' ee Sees ss eevee B27, 328, Plate X LIL
bsolute
Distribution of, in girls aged Se eee
min TAZC see cee ccece cons seee vied oe -.«+-296, 350, Plate II
Method of Mmeasuring......20 cece coerce case cccsesvecesscevccsces
Percentile grades..... 811, 318, 850, Plates VII, VIII, XXVI, XXXVII
Probable deviation ...% :cts scscvlee dose veseveve ieee ¢ : me 850
robable error 8, 350
Ratio to other physical measurements.....-.---- sesvoecs BB, ata XLV
Relation of spe = on to average
tive annual in -327, 333, 350, Plate XLIV
Herschel on means........- 294
Indices —
Cranial occ svesaeuns vivre wena ce pus eRe see trenevetene reves eve 360
Waclal isin vsiseveiwaveanvs 5-0 bib'sakie cba hae ee oe as aan 862
Individualizing WIGtHhOdl 2 odco6 bua bbe CeCe ORS TS Eda eee
Influences affecting sinsdnleiheahawnGiees ci DORs seats
Instructions to ObServers.....- seecesene cco tcenerere seeeee see eeeeee
Length of head —
Absolute annual increase 59
Median minus average........-ceseseeeee seen ceeeteeneees 296, Plate IV
Method of measuring...... eee sesegerenees eoreee tree Trey iis
378 General Index.
PAGE.
Length of head — Continued.
Percentile gradeS....-+-+++++e- tae 319, 359, Plates XV, XVI, XXXII
291
eepbahie CEVISHON $i si'ress sc Sesser ee eres ges WE CSE ere Pe » 359
PLODADIE ELYLOP; 62002 cocscetccccereuseetesionsesuieverse seeves 288, 359
Relation of probable deviation $O AVETAZE +c veer ecccerececcereseces 359
Relation to height stand 334 3594 F Plate XLV
Relative annual increase..< Pee aisierccwowecne Boi we che Seared aig eis rere
Loans and gifts OUR eR a Te ero 264
Material of investigation —
TORSSOUE Cone bk Wes FESS Ue be We bcee CORE SS Ne aaa crests sheers 294
Trustworthiness.....screcscesceces Seeeawnes eT Serr gy eee . 290
BERTL. GIRAGBINGH 5-000 05-00 ie ten eae e ee 48 ne rales ata Swreiees Vesiee iver - 303
Manual tradesmen’s ee =
BURUMAIVG FIUMIDEY = cca cnc cdce trees ccne rece secsccss versie 1626O0ly CUS
eig
ee Spee BIUUETer yes tee tcadicie cn aescteacas 305, 837
Mean (see Median viteey:
Median value —
Advantage OVELr AVETAZE. cece cecee cece nce sees
Application to individuals.......... Cleese eu eek 3 298, "294, ps 30
ClGICHIABIOR csp sore deed oee sie sa sDGwezee CxS T See eS Sige pee vede Stes se
Definition 279, a
Minus bic. eRe eet 298, 299, 300, Plates II, oe ae
Uses limited....... aatta SecepensaA Rees
Mental labor and shyeiont: Sebelopment.. EUS ea CiAS beste eich Seapaycunes es
Method of collecting measurements............... Vetere re peers 263
Middle value —
PIOMIGIOL Ls « pac dwavncd so ew ars beh ceed bes we tn Boe ene Ree RRS 3s €o sane 279
Uses... Fok ig a DP ara gee Se Pera ae Se Rta ht os a ee ee
Nationality, influence on weight............ MEU ClEy i caver reess Sewcsse: OUP
Number of children measured............... peo eyes
Gecupation of parents. i 6.5 sis s66 i cases sc gecieecssshe se ses oeesds os O02
Overstralns.+ i isssicise re esr SEESE A Skdee eevee ere 346
Percentile grades—
Calculation tiers cit Petr Te iiies cackehs bivianes ek costavie. aOe
CEE ECE KT RW NEM RELATES 1 ‘ochister
eae svinseuses B12 te to , 323 and 350 to 363, aioe
Plates, List of... A pene e505 soa ees er
Printed ‘‘forms’’ employed..... oe di ee 267, 269
Probable deviation—
heating i isn't RR CMR ES A EURTR ORE Re ees PEER ITE 282
Definition .... owen eksaceRecee siete ee
POM BVSTRG seen cw ss nora pnvwnk ci ereuss vate viet Peene es ame 2
From mean eres ceten en SE
fe EY PES SEED INET OPES SOE PSOE SMA ed aE INIA spies ioe . 291
Probable error of average—
Calcwiehion ii 1008 ert SS TOE yee eceie bee mee Ts
PRG bs hbo e eK eeece es ee ee, eee ee ere eee
General Index. 379°
PAGE.
Professional men and merchantS......++s+eeseeceevees
Daughters’ weights..........+se00« aecinecm iia as eae 805, 306, 338
Queételet’s law...) oce.e see pda wanaa ese SIG
Rate‘ of growth siviis de esees ses Seve sie cpyents 64 Valente
Sebools: measured. ek ppniathana pew se Maree Maa aee sino eee we ee
Social status influences Weight... ccc receccvece ne Shieeead 306, 310, 336, pi
Span of arms —
Absolute annual increase...... errr cry eee rer 327, 330, Plate XLII
edian Minus average.........0sseceeeeevere serene eee sii
Method of measuring........
Percentile grades...... ee 311, 315, 353, Plates XI, XII, XXVIII, st
Probable conor eepaatie do co ac.cdecnies sao snug he Masi te Kemhit opte ae gn aoe
Probable e ieee aaa
Relation = mae deviation to average... sss seceenscercescees - 353
lation to height standing... 334, 353
Relative annual increase............ Gi eka cai 327, 333, 353, Plate XLIV
Squeeze (see Strength of squeeze).
Statistical methods employed..........-. ES RES Hee pts ewes 275, 279, 289
ngth of squeeze —
Absolute annual increase..........20-eeesees 827, ite 356, ~_ fans
Dynamometer tables sccocc-o2.-00.0-0.0.0.0-0,50.60..6 05 RNS bP ene oeAeAaes
Median minus average ...---..+-seessecescee cece 296, 355, 356, ie un
Method of measuring......... iis wcevawnste eee
Percentile grades ........-- 355, 356, Plate scat
1, 355, 356
Probable Gvr0r oo ss sie 60 he OUR COR eS os e+ +e+ +288, 355, 356
pr of Se deviation to BVETAZC. +s cece ceve eve eeee age 356
Relation to height standing......-+-.0-seessee cece rece cece 5, 356
ieuia annual siete [Sie ww eno vite 333, 355, 356, mae ee
Successful pupils larger than unsuccesSfUl.....++...++0+s+eeeecereeeee 338
weblog, Tadee Of iis vices ix ierests USSU aia ae eee
DPW sak ois cyte ds herent us 16 ee AO 277, 289, 293, 301
Weight —
Absolute annual increase.......2.s+2 cece cece erence 327, 829, Plate XLII
Median minus average ........++ sees secre cee ceneneee 296, 351, Plate II
Method of weighing ...
Percentile grades....... ere 312, 351, "Plates V, VI, XXV, pomgreny
Probable deviation » 351
Probable error an 851
Relation of probable deviation to average....--- 351
Relation to height standing .....+-+-+++++++++5 834, 343, 351, Plate XLV
Relative annual increase..... paves ere! » 827, 833, 351, Plate XLIV
380 General Index.
PAGE
Width of face — +
Weight of American girls.......--+sseeseeeceeeee eerees eer y pee e . 309
Ge GING. cece ve cs ccee seas sevens Pee eee 69
Manual tradesmen’s daughters....--..+--++++-- we seeee 338, Plate XLVI
Successful and unsuccessful pupils......-.. Pes 6 eid iewes ssav 00886, 3
Absolute annual increase......6-eeccerececs cence cseeteceeeenee recs oe
Indices of width — height.........-s.eeeeee cee ence e rece ee eneecees
Median minuS average.....-+.sese cesses sceseneee eee 296, 362, Plate wv
Method of measuring.....--2.. see ee eeee cece een eneeececeneeeees
Percentile grades.... 811, 322, prea Plates — XXII, ceey
Probable deviations... .c.0cceceveess wiroeae 2D1y 862
Probable error seseee nee eee BBD 362
Relation of probable deviation to average. 362
Relation to height standing............+...-+- “31, “334, 362, Plate XLV
Relative annual increase... 2.0.22. cccccescersevcesetennetscauccese
Width of head —
PUMOUis BANGS] LHCHEREE oe i nok fae bee sn, nee cosecescveeess S60
Index of width — length......... SPURTE ESTES ET OEAY Cre EISELE - 360
Median minus average.............. sicdetines - - 296, 360, Plate AY:
Method: of measuring. 3 ieiis cece ka cee eee ies ce ener ne heda vests 273
Percentile grades ...........311, eine 360, Plates XVII, XVIII, XXXII
Probable deviation............ee.00. i ei nnec ce R91; 060
MIE TOE) 5 ick gic dees ak bal hace G css bscs ss kdadsdoees 288, 360
Relation of probable deviation to average Py behing Seep anteced cuss 360
Relation to height standing................s+..005 334, 360, Plate as
Relative annual increase =
WOURIMIEDIBR, 600) Fe ei ein ode bes
ee a
Issued April 14, 1894.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
No.
of
Indiv
300 a
yee
a —oooo
‘ os
270 i rd a
if \
i] i
240 /
ta
~~
pF
150
AN
120
7,
|
|
Hea
g wae, Bao we X
2d 3d 4d
0 d
Plus. PROBABLE DEVIATION. Minus.
Vou. VI. No. 12. PLATE I (from Table No.7; page 286)
The calculated and the begiok ne distribution of the pas standing of 2192
uis School Girls, aged §
Inbro ine: Broken Line:
Distribution according Distribution according
to theory. to observation.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age 6 7 8 9 10 1] j2 b Bs lt 35 16 17 18
+1.0
a
0 # Stor —— ; 2 ae A
WEIGHT ee, x
—1.0 =
+1.0 7) trees
a ie re e i a ugh
——— Re cee Pk Pik ae aes ee i
0 is & :
ra
HEICHT /
io
—1.0
ee ek ———— 4}
3
Be SEINE, -* *
0 “ye
HEICHT| SITTING
—1.0 | ___J
=a -——___—_.____ — {4
+1.0 ed
ae N ees
3 2 *? wa Peter cone Pah woe ay, en %
a te. r ee ra oe
6 -—+_ Pt a a ee wt al
SPAN°rYARMS e i
—1.0
VoL, VI. No. 12. PLATE II (from Table No. 11; pages 296, 299),
Median Minus Average Values.
Unbroken Line: Boys.
Broken Line: Girls.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
=i
1.0
oo a Past a
0 =e Beans meee eam
CHEST—EXP.
1:0
+1.0 ‘ |
a Ee
0 mee Cal iee ys, ae
_o SQUEEZE —R.HD
os
ate
1.0
Tee:
itt. /
0 "~ panne / we
*, = tees, Z S amacmmanee anal
a | NS.
‘% a.
—1.6
SQUEEZE —L.H.
|
VOL. VI. No. 12. PLATE III (from Table No. 11; pages 296, 299).
Median Minus Average Values.
Unbroken Line: Boys. Broken Line: Girls.
Truns. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Grees-----.4-
+1.0
on
P—
LENCTH e HEAD
WIDTH o* HEAD
Bee
WIDTH ® FACE
NOSE > CHIN
<2 Fe Ro ore oe ee, ee
a
Pee ta eee eae Sea
Sie Te a eer
ne oie
\
.
+
+
a ao oaeeay Tee
HAIR-LINE te CHIN
tou
eS ee
Vou. Vi. No.
PLATE IV (from Table No. 11
Median Minus Average Values.
Unbroken Line: Boys.
> pages 296, 299).
Broken Line: Girls.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
—)
no
—)
oe
—)
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE V (from Table No. 17; pages 311, 312).
Boys’ Weight.
{
=u oa st
pees Leet)
i "4
eT he
eo
a 7
pe ae LA
Pes ie cal LL
ag
Ps
= Y ee Pel /
ae
nad Peal y,
Pa : sae as 2 rae
ed Deal
Fa L /
boi] 4
= re
ens wr 7
* | 7 ee al eS
a 1 Ge alk Pee ali jee
—— a
—- ¥ oie
La i] = aa Be eet!
Eee eer
oe eae a Se ies pod Be nek
198 oP ne ae ee ern ard
_—— ee ee aki ; et os
aaa SO ear eee 4 7
Cw Be 2 mot wad WE
ea
16
4
]
40 50 60 70 80 90
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Kilog. 7
64
yeh te eo ee ee
60 V4
Bela
56 Me wa al
eS Cd é
ce Eg Va
re
52 - = 4
_—— «
. 4 a Le 7
Lo |
a ey
- > ve
44 ws ae = eal = eg Pall
HOP at ae a 7
“ a eS eel eo
7
ne ez art a ie
oF Bes ge Se > ot ee cd
L ;
ee —
28 fore fd ‘eer 3 7
ai ange ee,
24 ae toa pa ee en eel a eer rd
——————
| ae wee Cock Wee BN —
16 ae oct ya ee
-——— =
10 20 30 40 50 60 ju 80 90
Percentile Grades.
Vou. VI. No. 12. PLATE VI (from Table No. 17; pages 311, 312).
Girls’ Weight.
fe
a
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Cm. -
180
aa
172 — <a
— ie al
a
LL _
Se at pe — 7
156 an = LL
| a aa
ee |
M48 La ee al Ls L—| wa
_
pe _ a
a a 1
140 | Ce El Jes
La
| Ln
132 emi ooo el wee cit
Lae =
oe Sag ee a pe eel
= ——
ee Pal | Part oe Tg pe Pee oe
call = ed, | gl
— peer =
116 — a Ee oth ;
La
Lr | oe ee ae pee es
bd
108 ee es eS
|
|
100
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 30 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE VII (from Table No. 18; pages 311, 313).
Boys’ Height Standing.
Trans. Acad. Sci, of St. Lours.
em
172
Zz
164 — ami
Se ae pa I ces MA
156 F es = eal
i ae | _ wag ee <
a ae : ————
148 pr on LT | [— Be |
AZO = = =a —
agent
140 we ee wil agi ! = ae
oe =
132 <a uel es
— a
ba ELS ee rae = i; a
124 ae amine — a
—"
aaa oa ae Eee) | L—
116 ‘aun oe =
Se Ae Re a a ed
+ a ia
al eae ae
a Sie +
| Ee ’
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. NO. 12. PLaTE VIII (from Table No. 18; pages 311, 313).
Girls’ Height Standing.
Age:
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
_——
ee mel
an
a
54
Percentile Grades.
No. 12. PLATE IX (from Table No. 19; pages 311, 314).
Vi.
VOL.
Boys’ Height Sitting.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Cm.
ra
+ pee ah
88
LL
84 ee Saal ——
a '—] Le |
a —— — ee
PO oa Ee areal a ee he
80 ——— — A
16 a rat rot v4
7 aa
pea i ss ee oe ee
eal rw LL
79 ke! oe a) a =
‘Gs aa a
fee ea eee ae ee
Pa —
ny
68 2 alll eae —
ee
a | oe | © ae os all
—_—
7 ——— nt |
64 7 _ aia aot ——— wail iT
wa = —
60 Fi "|
me
_
56
> >
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE X (from Table No. 19; pages 31], 314).
Girls’ Height Sitting.
iter
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Cm.
186
lis
170
; LZ
162 : | saat Pa
bs | B
154 | ba haa ae at
seer at
146 al Ree Bee aa a
ed & Re ae es
138 Fal oat | [a= oe os
180 4 ee wae Po =
tt fe edi Pe asl ie
122 —T aa eae a PA
| er = oe ae Fee
Le
114 Eé awa | a
et ee Ben ee ey
106 Lb ie en ae co a
L
ra
6 )}—
10 20 30 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No, 12. PLATE XI (from Table No. 20; pages 311, 315).
Boys’ Span of Arms.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lovis.
162
ALAN
|
\
em
:
\
UBC
‘
YN ON
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
eee
\
‘aa
\
'
rae
JEEVES ERa AN
{ |
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No, 12, PLATE XII (from Table No. 20; pages 311, 315).
Girls’ Span of Arms.
Age:
=
=)
lo)
a
for}
Cm.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
90 ao
ee
86 | Fi
2 ee
82 LL“ a eS or 9 a":
Lae ee a
78 Oe cat Be ea YY
“4 —_ >
7h ae as al at oa
Fa ce os | a
f q “as | i. a va
rm) — pest _ aa A
—
s Ler Ee | | Se L
4 = a ———t eA
66 fal mee eon oat ES a oe eee = aaa 8
el a ae ae ee m ent tee 8
|
a re jt LL
_—— ee ie
eae Eases
Bd VA
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XII (from Table No. 23; pages 311, 818).
Boys’ Girth of Chest.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Cm Age:
90
17
4 16
FA 15
36 ae a
14
"4
= ers a /
82 LL ee ee | 13
_— va
| 7
78 _—— ee eA a 7 2
- | a a 1 ee] -
J —.
at Ge et on Ee Re Sa
pe 16.
70 a ee we 9
re
66 ee es a oe — 11 au
i a
a |
va a ee “A 4
|
4 bane = i L_—| ;
0S al —_— —
LL | :
i
54
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLatTe XIV (from Table No. 23; pages 311, 318).
Girls’ Girth of Chest.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Mm
Z
56) /
yee
196 # Y
192 ee 1A #
x z aeAZe
188 |__] ot seb ed BaeZeZTe
4 et ee gt oa’
ad Ga a ete S228 Pah
TTP aA Zee: ae
180 2 LZ LE AAS at
AAOZA Za
"AVE A
V/A
172 Cal
Aine)
168 F}— aan :
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VOL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XV (from Table No. 24; pages 311, 319).
Boys’ Length of Head.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Min.
be
194 ma ware
190 — | Pa wae
BBZSEee7
ra
ie me oe La. z
186 ae at
oe 2 eae ABBA
a ae | oa Fe eh OO 0 iS oh Oi
a gi ON os os wa
ke pol ec acl es Oe i, ie
> : >
x4 f al ad
ee Oh a
“ =
170 Peak OZ Hee
CB il
166
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XVI (from Table No, 24; pages 311, 319).
Girls’ Length of Head.
Trans. Acad, Sci. of St. Louis.
Mm. ae Age:
166 | -
162 it
i 16
14
15
a oa J KA
; Y, 2
0
eA — 9
154 + = 8
7
ss SELLE
LE
150 }— Sea Se ae ae
ee ra
ee
146 +L Fl ee tease a a eal ae
ag a -
ae et |
Be Aa ae oO
is Coe) ee ops i Es eal
oes ae
138
y
134 -—
10 20 30 49 50 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
Vou. VI. No. 12. PLATE XVII (from Table No. 25; pages 311, 320).
Boys’ Width of Head.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
140
AU
Percentile Grades.
30
20
PLATE XVIII (from Table No. 25; pages 311, 320).
VI. (Nou i2.
VOL
Girls’ Width of Head.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Mm T Age:
8 / 16
126 15
122 x Ai
C4
lls A. rd V ;
: ra /
Be at ) ree 11
in a eat A AL
110 eas Re a He Prd a XL :
Pl y. BAG AS of LAL
106 Ard a FA | A Vi; .
0 _ } "4
“4 ra 7
102 ee ee ee Bees
al uf atl cad sk oe AYA
7 eee a
98 al a Pe al setts an
yg OP tO a oa Se
g ae —— a ra
94 ie os LY git of ad Bd
jooaerase
0 Tall ee ro
‘ —
eee dé
ca
86 y
10 20 30 40 50 60 Tu 20 90
Percentile Grades.
VOL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XIX (from Table No. 26; pages 311, 321).
Boys’ Height of Face from Root of Nose to Point of Chin.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Mm. 3 Age
16
Bt
122 V7A**
DZ,
on: WO Y rig
LAL VA"
a Y 11
5S i 10
a aT \°
110 i > ae a
a BE ES ae ye VA LY i
4 a ole | aes s :
os alae ea OF at J oe ae g
102 rb ee a <a ee
MCLEE err Err
JS i §
Ba ee rae ae et a Fa
94 oa > a ad ae Sal -—
cae —+—|—]
v0 ae in cae i =
rail BO Toot ial
te
86 £ * aaa
wa ail
32
10 20 30 40 = 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12, PLaTre XX (from Table No. 26; pages 311, 321).
Girls’ Height of Face from Root of Nose to Point of Chin.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
LZ} io
TT ae6::
Bee,
ae ae Ae oF
GNUVAT
AT AANA \
i AKA
* al WW N
NN \ hk \\
NSE MIS
8 = 8 3 a x 5 5 a g 2
Percentile Grades.
PLATE XXI (from Table No. 27; pages 311, 322).
No. 12.
VOL. VI.
Boys’ Width of Face.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(4 —-_+}+--_+—_--
Mm.
126
19R
140
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No, 12,. PLATE XXII (from Table No. 27; page 322).
Girls’ Width of Face.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lowis.
Mm. Age:
194 16
190 L
i>
186 —y Pa 7 4
ol Ee L L
192 }F A = es A
118 ie mn rae re}
— ed LA r. 7
ot 10
174 -- — Le ar Ps x
Pes oF ewes ee ara "% r
™ pal aie ae Pe i
Ba Z > eae ra va 7
166 we oa ra Pe atk pal ae .
a LY Baal alld 2 os SA Pa Z
162 Fa > ore PP Pol 7 ae
/ 7 LY La) Cb aa Be at
158 7 rae LX a oe oa
LY L. | Ps Oe at! Peal
Zi
154 a 7 WA pat 8 ee
ee a =
150 val en atl
Z
fe
146 y
142
10 20 30 «BO ae 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No. 12, Plate XXIII (from Table No. 28; pages 311, 323).
Boys’ Height of Face from Hair-Line to Point of Chin.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Mm
184 a LA
od wa wa
oe | ra
i eae a (
a Oni. <a ale ae
172 p ee os a pa as
si eae Aa eene:
oe —
168 ae a am oer: Be cei atl LA
Va eae LL 4
164 4 Fal < ee Le BA :
x yas eo, edie
160 a ras _ af ome
Pal ><] we cas ee Be el vt 7 aes eee
156 rae uae > wa a a ead Ly ra ee a
Sad a et We | ome
152 4 re Oh Ae
Pa con EB 2 Bisel ire Dee
148 ce LA => Pod
YA | a
M4 ea BS a
Z|
140 a
136
10 20 30 40 BU 60 70 80 90
Percentile Grades.
VoL. VI. No, 12. PLATE XXIV (from Table No. 28; pages 31], 323).
Girls’ Height of Face From Hair-Line to Point of Chin.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Be
=
ja os ee
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XXV (from Table No, 39; pages 324, 351).
Weight.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
‘Gn. . 10 11 a 14 15 mo 4 ote
Cm. =
ra 50
168 F
4 Se aaa) 75
(25)
| A : J 50
af ‘ A
y =: ja end 25
- 4 4
ral ‘ YA, A- eee
152 ‘
; he Vi
en v4 vs rae,
f of yY
ta A Zf vA
y td Pa
144 pe mae
/ / Z g,
y va rd
a as
AS
2 be rs
L ‘ Af wn
4 é
128 P a Vi ZL
4 fe / Yi
VoL. VI. No 12. PLaTE XXVI (from Table No. 38; pages 324, 350).
Height Standing.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ae 6 7 8 9 10 1) 12 13 14 15 16 vi 8
Pe.G.
92
5
2 7)
Fe ne 50
oe A—-
84 cee. 25
- ee Pee
CM AME a a
80 + - A aa . “f -
a As a
76 ce a ae
oe ; ale ie ‘=
on FG Paes
i rae
ae ae
a Bi a a
7 am”
n A Ae
Ce a
60 - ~
oe
Z |
VOL. VI. No, 12, PLATE XXVII (from Table No. 40; pages 324, 352).
Height Sitting.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age: 6 a 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Cm Pe.
i5
175 Kg Fi 50
A 25
169 a
‘al es seer] 15
163 fae
ES a : 50
157 ey ey | ea a
151 MV 42 7,
7 Ps
145 ae Ze Pi ia
139 Fs ae Meme f, ee
VAY OVA ul
oe :
ie r
Tas fe PA Wi ae pee
Va if 2 Ps
127 fa W, LE
VE v7 Ly
[ x, Wee —_
1 }—— af as
rs sf
115 yaaa
109
.
103 al
Span of Arms.
VOL. VI. NO.12. PLATE XXVIII (from Table No. 41; pages 324, 353).
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age: 6 7 8 9
82
on
N
s
N,
x .
* y
‘, .
‘ x ™ ne
\ % os
4, *% %
KY is ‘
*
a a
VOL. VI. No. 12.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
EE ——EE
PLATE XXIX (from Table No. 42; pages 324, 354).
Girth of Chest.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ee
Vou. VI. No. 12. PLare XXX (from Tables No. 21, 22; pages 316, 317, 325).
Mean Expansion of Chest.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. cicad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Kilog.
- Ne
\
———J
i
VoL. VI. No.12. PLATE XXXI (from Tables No. 43, 44; pages 325, 355, 356).
R:; Right Hand.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Mean Strength of Squeeze.
L: Left Hand.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St Louis.
Age: 6 7 8 9 irae oe 4 a ne ¢
Mm. Fe: G.
194
mel
Pt oncealne
190 A me
ue Be 4 50
; a
186 a a vl | .
a] rae oe we 25
ee haere Bs rer eetad
182 - ail z ad
ie a F a
eee ESE seed —r
ope = Si
178 4 oe |
7 = Lt
174 —
170 = — Pee
VOL. VIL. Nook;
Length of Head.
PLATE XXXII (from Table No. 47; pages 325, 359).
75,50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
ge: 3 7 8 9 10 ll 12 13 14 15 16 1¥%
Mm. Pe.G
158
75
134 ——
——— |
onl —150
_ ne au eer
150 — a aur 7 wa Ee, —
= uz pt
146 j= — a =
| ie? icc ee ——— | eo ncaa
a= = —— i
12 en ee wee ee es
Res ; es — aa
ae iz
138 «a
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLarTeE XXXUL (from Table No. 48; pages 325, 360).
Width of Head.
5, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age: 6 7 8 9 ae: | i i h& oF wee
Mm. Pe. G
122
rae 1
118 rae
Sa
114 Ea a, 50
al # q
110 4a
Ps zea Y
Pe Za 25
‘ Ls
106 a -
ca lis ee ae
wes oe . i -
ree hat L~
98 is > oe St eel
Fal “a
94 , ae
on ¢ Fos
90 feet
86
VoL. VI, No, 12. PLATE XXXIV (from ‘able No. 49; pages 325, 361).
Height of Face from Root of Nose to Point of Chin.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Lows.
Age: 6 7 8 9 10 si 12 13 14 15 16 17
Mm. Pe, G:
| a a t ieee
(i
iv) ee
— Sisey,
120 . er a - a
Le eeu
116 eee + = & Sih
Lo]
VOL. VI. No, 12,
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
PLATE XXXV (from Table No. 50; pages 325, 362).
Width of Face.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
NS
ae ie
iat
ae
rn
ue
mae eed
Vou. VI. No.12, PLATE XXXVI (from Table No. 51; pages 325, 363).
Height of Face from Hair-Line to Point of Chin.
75, 50 and 25 Percentile Grades.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
a
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
N
.
\
ry
.
‘
‘|
‘)
a
.
%
v
|
VOL. VI.
NO. 12,
PLATE XXXVIL (from Table No. 17; pages 312, 325).
Percentile Grades.
Weight.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
N
\
\
he
‘ a ’
‘ n
+
H
:
4-3"
aaah
4 * , .
NN AAT!
«
LS
N
\N
|
\
:
.
% ‘
\
\ ‘.
N 5 ‘
.
N
\
|
Ni
WY
N
.
‘J
VoL. VI. No. 12, PLatE XXXVIII (from Table No. 18; pages 313, 325).
Boys: Unbroken Lines,
Percentile Grades.
Height Standing.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Age: 6
Cm.
ay
aa
Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
si : a a . rs oso
eae ol i a " 20
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XXXIX (from Table No. 19; pages 314, 325).
Percentile Grades.
Height Sitting.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
NE
\
140
q
‘
\\
~
\
se
XN
‘.
‘.
— *.
= .
,
‘,
Oo
Pst
dl :
i
wal A ad cot _ La ‘La
ore | on. art - Se
i a wr at
Beis p we
20 ; iE. Pw a <4
ee |
10 or eae
ye" =
—|4
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
VOL. VI. NO. 12. PLATE XL (from Table No. 20; pages 315, 325).
Percentile Grades.
Span of Arms,
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
iameenn Tt eee ee]
70
60 =
ane a 5 eeu oT <a
aoe. = 30
— ee gare 1 << i ee Se a
— es a = ps ae 20
Bes a I = we =
ptt 5 coal ae ee
—— = a cai ee ra
: rae a a Lo a
— bara nie -
pee eee 4 ee] see 4e7*
acon
ae = a
a wrsil ae a os
b -
—
VOL. VI. NO. 12. PLATE XLI (from Table No. 23; pages 318, 325).
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Percentile Grades.
Girth of Chest.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Cm. -
-s = a oe rae
anus Gren acas, ule a Ls ——
; Ras a bd o> | ia , ree
- Pe
0
Height Standing.
Age: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 iy 18
Kilog.
5 eo
ye “
> e-
4 Fak
50
2 A -
ee
1
Weight.
Age: 7 8 9 10 11 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
Cm.
ae ie eer
gf %
5 - Fa i L
Ses eee beet Pat 2
age ; ees
4 .
t
—
2 “Y
=
., Pg
a Pre
0
Span of Arms.
Vou. VI, No. 12, PLATE XLII (from Tables No. 30, 31,32; pages 327, 328, 329, 330.
Absolute Annual Increase.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Age: 7 8 9 10 ll 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Cm.
4
Se rs nw
: aoe ees ee ig git & ed oF eee a
A a re
Age: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Cm,
4
STs aces Po
; 2 Hic ra
sae 7 “ we
— —aa 7 4
=
0
Girth of Chest.
ge: 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Kilog. |
R
4
velgeee ep eres,
we \ teed
SF RD ‘ RY
= = om a LA Be Son “> i »
mig i) . pene” Ne
l ee secenoree Sa He a
Strength of Squeeze.
V , -
OL. VI. No,12. PLATE XLIII (from Tables No. 33, 34, 48, 44, 45; pages 327, 331, 332, 355, 366)
Absolute Annual Increase.
Boys: Unbroken Lines. Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Per cent.
26 RK
24 lie 4
1s SQUEEZY Ah tN
: pee
11 + : 4 ; \
a oo es 4 ee \
Hane ae SS A
peicut |e = [\ i es | A
7 e ae :
[HEIGHT STANDING [SC es
pa eed | : +=
10 KN =
i) Sarculaet : ie
HLICHT SITTING ti
bn a BS ian sx
Sn ee a il ie Too an ie
, — [SPANS* ARNS ain ll a Se
5 a, 3 E
1 ine = ei
[CHEST CIRTH on es Ee oe
1 * =e a
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XLIV (from Tables No. 38 to 43; pages 327, 333, 350 to 355).
Relative Annual Increase.
Boys: Unbroken Lines.
Girls: Broken Lines.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
6 i 8 9 10 iy 12
%
104
——|
es ae i eee Span of Arms.
100 pRaRSSE EG pies bee eRe Pree ber” ae
. Height.
56
et eo
Se ee a PRN TS
i Big, = ee ee ee = paras Height Sitting.
| Se 2 Se Meee eM Gor — ee Bee
Oe Picea Ud
: = ee ee == Saag Chest Girth.
At ad a (eee, uae) Glewees| Medes) res mae
B4
Sop) Weight.
30
26 fae 4 al
~~
22 it
paar
oa
18 Pas Squeeze,
Right Hand.
a Lo
14 Bae am —
—— = = =
Pd ieee ao — Pe ae
= —— ae ae ——— Length of Head,
— =" Hair Line.
Tj) Mita: ee]
i, GES i conemaanaidc----- .--— Width of Head.
| ee | iia Width of Face.
f ol ears --4 Height of Face.
)
VoL. VI. No. 12. PLATE XLV (from Table No. 38 to No. 51; pages 334, 350 to 363).
Relation of Average Weight, Span of Arms, Girth of Chest, etc., to Average Height.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Grade: Kg. I II 11 IV Vv VI vil
Kilog.
Fim
14
Ys 13
Va
3 ol
6
Vo
ra | It
34
_—
ws
ane:
STi
~
40
28 Sees Le a
ea
2 j
P i gee q
LS
24
g
ra
29
7 1
20
VoL. VI. No. 12, PLATE XLVI (from Table No. 36; pages 336, 337).
The Weights of Daughters of Manual Tradesmen distributed by School Grade.
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 13.
. A STUDY OF THE RELATIONS OF SALIX NIGRA
AND SALIX AMYGDALOIDES, TOGETHER WITH
THE HYBRIDS ARISING FROM THEM AS THESE
SPECIES EXHIBIT THEMSELVES IN THE VICIN-
ITY OF ST. LOUIS. ;
N. M. GLATFELTER, M. D.
Issued April 17, 1894.
A STUDY OF THE RELATIONS OF SALIX
' NIGRA AND SALIX AMYGDALOIDES, TO-
GETHER WITH THE HYBRIDS ARISING
FROM THEM AS THESE SPECIES EXHIBIT
THEMSELVES IN THE VICINITY OF ST.
LOUIS.
N. M. Guatretrer, M. D.
From considerable previous observation having noticed the _
difficulty of classifying many of the specimens either with the
one or the other of the two species named in the subject of
this paper, I resolved in the early part of the season just
passed to collect a large number of specimens with the view
of ascertaining the essential characters of each and thus,
perhaps, fixing their proper limits. The result of my efforts
is 182 pressed specimens from as many different plants, taken
at random as I came across them. These are all numbered
and tabulated with reference to their various characters.
I am well aware that any inferences drawn from them have
only a local significance, but yet deem them not without
value, nor without some degree of general interest. The
large number of hybrids in the collection (38 %), has been
quite a surprise to myself. I found the hybridization to be
of every possible degree of intermixture or complexity, grad-
uating by shades from one species to the other. Often at
first sight, the specimen in hand appears to belong to the
one or the other, when upon closer inspection one will find
defection of or addition of one or more important characters
properly pertaining to the pure form. It is to be understood
asa matter of course that a certain degree of latitude has to
be permitted for the usual amount of variation of a species.
Owing to the strong contrast presented by the parents in
several important characters there is ordinarily no difficulty
(97).
428 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
in determining the hybrids.
The distinction between the par-
ents may be readily seen from the following comparison : —
S. amygdaloides.
Tree stem usually single, limbs
straight.
*Bark smooth or only rough, bases
of branchlets brittle.
The terminal ends of branchlets
frequently winter-killed.
Leaves not usually affected with
blister-like mite-galls.
*Under surface of leaves glaucous
or pale, bluish-green.
Bases of leaves acute, round, or
sub-cordate.
Leaves ovate-lanceolate.
Veining coarser, stronger, whiter;
secondaries more regular and
pronounced
ite shoots of sterile plant,
ostly fragrant in early season.
*Petioles long.
Stipular in 76 %, deciduous.
*Stipules all obtuse or rounded.
*Stipules glandular.
Petiole at base of leaf often gland-
.
*Young shoots and leaves smooth.
Date of blossoming mostly from
April 15th to 25th.
Stamens mostly more than six.
Scales of pony aments ovate or
oblong, a
*Fertile aments loose.
*Pedicels long.
S. nigra.
Stems mostly clustered, more
crooked limbs.
*Bark flaky or shaggy, bases of
branchlets very brittle
The same not winter killed.
Leaves frequently affected with
such galls
*Green throughout.
A snisciees obtuseness or even
truncaten
Leaves oblong or linear lanceolate.
Veining very minute, with fre-
quently a marginal line.
Young shoots never fragrant.
*Petioles short.
Stipular, 57 %, rather persistent.
*Stipules pointed, all but one.
*Stipules not glandular.
The same never glandular.
Young shoots and mid-rib mostly
pubescent, 87 %.
The same after May 3d.
Stamens mostly less than six.
Scales shorter, obtuse, more
villous.
*The same compact.
*Pedicels short.
It is seen that the differences are many, and some of them
very marked. Those marked with an asterisk indicate the
Saliz Nigra and Salix Amygdaloides. 429
more prominent and persistent differences, though yet other
characters may be quite as important, for example, the period
of blossoming, or the difference in veining. When stipules
are present I venture to assert if they are pointed, or if not
glandular, the specimen under investigation cannot be S.
Amygdaloides ; and, on the other hand, if glandular, it can
not be pure S. nigra. The several types of leaves, stipules
and fruits of each of the two species are illustrated on the
accompanying plate.
The following summary taken from my record will
show at a glance the differences between nigra and amyg-
daloides : —
are
5 : 513 lSe o| o
Sixsclio;|;sise * fee
oo P| oO} 6] i) o . S| 2
Sg] 4 BE} | 8 leziss2s| sles . 5| &
AolA|n & iSe og o8| 2/82} a j24) 2
esi/2|2/38/5 [S8/esie® & (ass isi; °
S2iglels| & [ssiseiss! 3 |43] 2 [Sa] $s
Se/2/2/2/4 Seals] 2 ies| 8 fal =
Pir) wt — ° >
PS gio Ce eed S| a
m ic 2
|
PRURV Es NOR OMIO: oy, um ates 15 ee +e | 15
“sterile A) SOS joao St 2}, 6 a a ie oy
. no fruit or flower ..... 15 |} 16] 91] 31 | 40
2) | een 66 | 28 16 | 48| 2| 6| 2 66] 9| 4
Nigra fertile 17 6 EE eee ee he ie
“sterile 14) .2-44 BCL S6 VB ae a i ete FAT
“no fruit or flower........ 16°) 6 1 86. | BE Ts B etc
Total a 18 | 14 18 | 8] 5 | 3/1139] 2] 6| 7/1
|| 3 Not Recorded. 1 Slight.
The following table embracing specimens of mixed forms
selected from my list may prove interesting as showing the
variations in hybidrization, as well as my method of recording.
In the columns headed amygdaloid and nigra, an attempt was
made to classify the specimens with that species to which they
appear to come the nearest. While my data show that of pure
amygdaloides 73 per cent blossomed from April 15th to 25th,
and of pure nigra, all of the 14 sterile specimens after May
3d, the 9 specimens of mixed sterile were collected between
430 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
April 23d and May 7th, thus proving that their time of |
flowering also is intermediate.
mo| »: es : A
ga! ¢g ES a F Sis
ow ° = -= = a ° =) oo
Ba) 3/3|8 rey eee t dees &| &
Mixed |S} 2/2] 6 e|;/ol/sa!i8ieig 3
a) 2) 8) gaigisisis|sia Bel g
orms. [2@3/SS)/ ale1Sisl2limalhlalel] els a 2 =
Qe oe? . . °o 2S eo . cay bo Oo @O f= a) oa - s
es Si S/SiSiS8 Si slal2eisisieis<i3) &§
SSX |alal|malalalalAloa|mal|al|alA ia [al
( 5-2
| 3} 6-9
o x! >. a > x | 5-6/Sm.| x Fr
} 1
Sterile. { 5} 5-98
9-17 ] Witiooe Tfois cea 6-8) ©
9} 4~26
6-18 Se ee ee 6-9| Sc.| x
(| 5 (6-1 he [Mit x x x x
5-26
Fertile. 8} 7-25
[ 9-18| x! m.| s. Sy ed aw x os een ZS
12 \6-17| x! 1 aS os eh 5 ee’ Case Wee ead r. | x |....|Sub-fr
“aru. § iS -* 5 ay een ae mS x 1 ef el Ss |
Sos Whee cents OR ee Lae pee] ok fev
or fiower. (1 44 16-15) x! J xd vd xt xd. oe
hort
8, short; 1, long; m, medium; Sm, smooth; r, rough; Sc, scaly; !, exaggerates;
Vv, moderate; fr, fragrant.
The question arises, may there not be contamination from
other species of Willows? I found no evidences of this, and
am strongly of the opinion there is not. The only other na-
tive species growing in this vicinity are S. cordata and S.
longifolia ; and, very sparingly, S. humilis, and S. sericea, to
none of which are nigra or amygdaloid closely allied. S.
lucida from which the glandular character of amygdaloid might
be thought to be derived does not grow here, and is extremely
rare even as an ornamental tree. Contrary to descriptions in
standard works S. amygdaloides is more frequently stipular
and has larger stipules than S. nigra. The stipules being
present mostly with vigorous shoots, holds true largely also
in respect to 8S. nigra. ,
While the differences between the two under consideration
are so striking there yet appears a remarkable closeness in
their nature permitting them to hybridize so freely with each
other. The plan of their venation is similar. I would be
inclined to think that even those specimens of Amygdaloid
Salix Nigra and Salix Amygdaloides. 431
which I have classed as pure, might be contaminated with
nigra, but for the fact that those most stipular are also most
glaucous, most glandular, and most frequently fragrant, char-
acters entirely absent from nigra. The leaf-shape of the
mixed forms follows the various forms of parents, often a
compromise between the two. The veining appears most
strongly affected by nigra.
Issued April 17, 1894.
Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
R is eee
Me nieeasas
Man
WA
—
Ga
VoL. VI. No. 13. PLATE I. GLATFELTER.
Explanation of Plate—1-3, leaf forms; 4, stipules; 8, stipule glands; 9, fruit of Saliz
amygdaloides; 5-6, leat forms; 7, stipules; 10, fruit of S. nigra. All natural size except
figure 8, which is enlarged 18 diameters.
fis ok _
ey a
eee
tts -
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis,
VOL. VI. No. 14.
FLOWERS AND INSECTS — ROSACEAE AND
COMPOSITAE.
CHARLES ROBERTSON.
Issued April 26, 1894.
FLOWERS AND INSECTS — ROSACEAE AND
COMPOSITAE
CHARLES ROBERTSON.
Contributions to an account of the mutual biological rela-
tions of the entomophilous flora and the anthophilous insect
fauna of Macoupin County, Illinois.
Prunus americANA L.—The trees grow a few metres
high and are covered in early spring with a profusion of white
flowers, which appear with the leaves. The corolla expands
from 15 to 20mm. When the corolla opens, the style with
its stigma already receptive is exposed to insects, while the
anthers are still closed. This gives abundant opportunity for
cross-pollination between flowers of the same or of different
trees. After the anthers begin to dehisce, cross-pollination
is still readily effected by insects touching the stigma first.
But insects coming without pollen may effect self-pollination.
In case insect-visits fail, spontaneous self-pollination may
occur in those flowers in which some of the stamens equal or
exceed the style in length, by the flowers closing up so that
‘the anthers may be thrown against the stigma, or turning
horizontally, so that some of the pollen may fall upon the
stigma. In many flowers, however, the stigma so far sur-
passes the anthers that spontaneous self-pollination is impos-
sible. Nectar is secreted by the broad wall of the receptacular
tube. The tube is somewhat contracted at the mouth and
slightly obstructed by the bases of the filaments.
The flowers are in bloom from April 15 to May 5. They
are visited mainly by bees and flies. The following visitors
were noted on April 17, 26 and 27: —
__ Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. $s. and c. p., ab.; Andren-
idae: (2) Andrena sayi Rob. jf’ Q,s.and c. p., freq.; (3) A. salicis Rob. B85
(435)
436 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(4) A. cressonii Rob. ,j', 8.; (5) A. flavoclypeata Sm. ,j', s., freq.; (6) Halic-
tus lerouxii Lep. 9, s.; (7) H. zephyrus Sm. 9, s.; (8) H. confusus Sm. @,
s.andc. p.; (9) H. stultus Cr. 9, s.; (10) Colletes inaequalis Bis
Diptera — Bombylidae: (11) Bombylius major L. s.; Syrp : (12)
Chrysogaster nitida Wd.; (18) C. ustulata Lw.; (14) Pintyohicas sas
Staeg.; (15) Syrphus americanus Wd.; (16) S. ribesii L.; (17) Mesograpta
geminata Say; (18) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say; (19) Eristalis dimidiatus
Wd.; (20) Helophilus similis Mcq.; (21) Brachypalpus frontosus Lw.—
all f. p. and sometimes s.; Tachinidae: Gd) Gonia frontosa Say, s.; Rabies
gidae: (23) erg he sp., 8.; Muscidae: (24) Lucilia c ot 25) L.
Scie =i ; Cordylur cond (26) Scatophaga squalida Mg.
pidoptera — Nymphalidae: (27) any atalanta L.; “ae = huntera
F.; ro A eh (29) Piusia aiiee Gn.; (30) sp.—all sucking.
: Galtopberai: Chrysomelidae: (31) Guasdecacs atra Ahr., f. p.
Prunus srrotina Ehrh.— The trees are filled with small
racemes which bear numerous small white flowers. The
flowers measure about eight millimetres across. When they
open, the stigma, which is already receptive, exposes its.
broad surface above the anthers, which are still closed and
are held down by the incurved stamens. Later the stamens
turn outwards and discharge their pollen. Flowers which
are imperfectly expanded show the anthers discharging their
pollen so near to the stigma that self-pollination is insured.
The receptacular tube forms a shallow cup, the inner wall of
which secretes nectar. The nectar is readily accessible to
short-lipped insects, the style and stamens forming a very
trivial obstruction in the way of the guests.
This species blooms later than P. americana, April 25 -
May 23, and has more exposed nectar. Its visitors are like
those of Crgtaegus. May 7, 13, and 18, I noted as visitors :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis —o L. 8,8. andc. p.,ab.; (2) Bom-
bus americanorum F. 9, s., freq ; (3) B. virginicus Oliv. 9,s.; (4) B.
separatus Cr. 9, 8.; (5) Synhalonia specioas Cr. g', 8.; (6) Ceratina tejonen-
ed has 6» 8.; (7) Nomada sayi Rob. 9, s.; Andrenidae: (8) Andrena pruni
De Y, 8 and c. p., freq.; (9) A. sayi Rob. OF i and c. p.; (10) A. cressonii
9,8. and c. p., freq.; (11) A. maineba ctate Sm. ¢,s.and c. p., ab.;
(12) A. nuda, Rob. 9, 8, and c. p.; (18) A. rugosa Rob. <j’, s.; (14) A. for-
besii Rob. 9, 8. and c. p.; (15) A. anyenie Rob. 9, s. and c. p., freq.;
(16) A. crataegi Rob. ¢', s.; (17) Halictus coriaceus Sm. Q, 8., freq.; (18)
lerouxii Lep. 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (19) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s. and c.
-; (20) H. pilosus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (21) H. cressonii Rob. Q, 8. and c.
o (22) H. zephyrus Sm. Q, s. andc. p.; wae H. confusus Sm. Q, s. and
C. p., freq.; (24) H. stultus Cr. 9, s. and c¢. p., freq.; (25) Apawcemti
radiatus Say 9, s.; (26) Augochlora iecaaks Q, 8.; (27) A. similis
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 437
Rob. 9,8. and c¢. p., ; Vespidae: (28) Polistes metricus Say, s. Ten-
sivatnidae? a0) Senne Ficus Say, s
Dipter I tls a Sn (30) Steationyta quaternaria Lw., 8.; Hmpidae:
(31) Rhamphomyia ; Conopidae: (82) Myopa vontulowa Say,s.; Syr-
phidae: (33) Pipiza vita Will, 8.; (34) Chrysogaster nitida Wd.,s.; (35)
Syrphus ribesii L., f. p.; (36) Subaeeanhalth sagt Say, s.; (87) Myiolepta
Strigillata Lw., s.; (38) EriStalis aeneus F., s., freq.; (39) E. dimidiatus
d., s.; (40) sets pipiens L., s.; Tachinidae: (41) Gonia frontosa Say,
8.; Sarcophagidae: (42) Cynomyia sp., s.; (48) Sarcophagasp., s.; Muscidae:
(44) sypesgaa atythancoghale Mg., 8.3; (45) Lucilia sp., s.; (46) *
caesa ) L. cornicina F., s.; (48) L. latifrons Schin
iad o) Chortophila sp., s.; Cordyluridae: (50) Ssatephtie
squalida Mg.,
Lepidonern — Nymphalidae: (51) Danais archippus F., s.; (52) Pyrameis
huntera F.
epi = Cerambycidae: (53) Molorchus bimaculatus Say, s
SPIRAEA ARUNCUS L.—The flowers of this plant are said by
Miiller * to be devoid of honey, but I have seen insects sucking.
If the flowers were destitute of nectar, the plants which bear
only pistillate flowers, which of course supply no pollen, would
not be visited by insects. This comes nearer to being a beetle-
flower than any flower I have observed. Of the twenty-four
species of insects taken on the flowers, fifteen are beetles. As
far as observed the flowers bloom from June 6 to 16. June
7th and 10th, the following visitors were taken :—
Coleoptera — Dermestidae: (1) Anthrenus musaeorum L., ab.; (2) C.
rhopalum haemorrhoidale Lec.; (3) C. triste Lec., ab.; (4) Orp shilus gira
tus F., freg.; Cerambycidae: (5) sp.; (6) Euderces picipes F., ab.;
Acmaeops directa Newm.; Chrysomelidae: (8) sp.; Bruchidae: (9) ekhas
hibisci Oliv.; Mordellidae: (10) Mordella marginata Melsh., ab.; (11-12)
~ asaagreng ae ; (18) M. biplagiata Heb. ; wr (14) Centrinus
Picumnus Hbst., ab.; (15) Coleop. sp.— all f
"Hymenoptera ndrentee: a Andrena sp. 2, s.; (17) A. rugosa Rob. ?,
+} (18) A. crataegi Rob. 9, c. p.; (19) A. eressonii Rob. ni s.; (20) Halic-
“id stultus Cr. 2, s.; (21) seomizen affinis Sm. ¢' 9, 8- and f. p., freq.
Diptera—Empidae: (22) Empis distans Lw.., 8. ; Cucuisas (23-24) spp., Ss.
In his garden at Lippstadt Miller found the flowers to be
visited by four beetles and five other insects.
Rusus occiwentaris L.— The flowers grow in quite incon-
spicuous clusters, and open in succession. They expand as
* Fertilization of Flowers, 224. + See Table III.
438 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis
wide as fifteen millimetres, but on account of the short and
narrow petals they are far from showy.
The stigmas become receptive before the anthers dehisce.
The stamens are numerous, but short, and the outer ones dis-
charge their pollen first. There is an opportunity for cross-
pollination, for self-pollination by insects, and for spontaneous
self-pollination in absence of insects. But the inner and
upper stigmas can hardly receive pollen except by insect aid.
The honey secreting ring between the outer pistils and inner
stamens is more readily accessible than in R. villosus, on
account of the stamens being shorter and Jess abundant.
I have seen the flowers visited by Andrena bicolor F. 9,
and Odynerus anormis Say.
Rusus vittosus Ait. —The stems rise from one to two
metres high and bear numerous white flowers, which expand
horizontally from two to four centimetres.
When the flowers first open, the numerous stigmas are
receptive while the anthers are still closed. At this time, and
_later, when the outer anthers are discharging their pollen, a
bee entering the flower may readily effect cross-pollination.
At the same time, insects coming without pollen may effect
self-pollination. When the inner anthers dehisce, spontaneous
self-pollination may occur, for the stamens far overtop the
stigmas.
Nectar is secreted by a narrow ring between the base of
the receptacle and the filaments. The nectar is entirely con-
cealed and rendered quite deep-seated by the dense circle of
numerous stamens.
On account of their large size and rather deeply-seated,
concealed nectar, the flowers seem to be specially adapted to
bumble-bees, which are in fact the principal and most efficient
visitors, but smaller insects occur and may effect pollination,
though by no means so readily.
The flowers were noted in bloom from May 11 to June 22,
The following visitors were taken May 24 and 29: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., freq.; (2) Bombus
americanorum F. 9, s., freq.; (3) B. pennsylvanicus DeG. 9, s.; (4) Cera-
tina dupla Say 9, s.; Andrenidae: (5) Andrena sayi Rob. 9, c. p.; (6) A-
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 439
crataegi Rob. 2, c. p.; (7) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9, c. p.; (8) H. fasciatus
Nyl. 9, c. p.; (9) H. stultus Cr. 9, c. p.
Diptera — pide: (10) Empis distans Lw., s.; Syrphidae: (11) Syritta
pipiens L.,
Geum atpum Gmelin.—The stems grow about six deci-
metres high and bear scattered flowers, which have white
petals and expand 18 or 20 millimetres.
The flowers are proterogynous. The outer anthers dehisce
first. There is abundant opportunity for cross-pollination.
Later, self-pollination by insect aid is possible. In case
insects fail, the lower stigmas may receive pollen from the
neighboring anthers.
Nectar is secreted by the portion of the disc on which the
stamens are inserted.
The flowers are visited by small Hymenoptera and Diptera.
I have noted them in bloom from June 20 to September 13.
The insects mentioned in the following list were noted on the
flowers on July 6 and 11: —
Hyme silaceviiten dee (1) Phileremus illinoensis Rob. 9, s.; (2) Cal-
‘mae andreniformis Sm. ,j',s.; Andrenidae: (3) Halictus se ost Nyl. 3,
3 (4) H. thonee tes D) 83 (5) H. pruinosus Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (6) H
“eee Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (7) H. tegularis Rob. 9, s.; ee H. stultas
Cr. 2, s.and c. p.; (9) Augochlora similis Rob. 3'9, s. and c. p.; (10) Pro-
sopis pygmaea Cr. 4, s.; Eumenidae: (11) Eumenes fraternus Say, s.; (12
and 13) Odynerus spp., s.; Crabronidae: (14) Crabro interruptus Lep., s.;
rat St Cerceris compacta Cr., s.; Chrysididae: (16) Hedychrum
orate Brul ¥
tera es pats : (17) Mesograpta marginata cmd 8.3; Tachinidae:
a8) Olypsees 8p., 8.3 percipightiee (19) Sarcophaga sp., 8
Coleoptera — Cer erambycida: ~ Euderces picipes F., s.; Mordellidae:
(21) Mordella marginata M.
Hemiptera — Corkiictaeiait (22) Corimelaena pulicaria Germ., 8s.
Geum vernum Torr. & Gr. —A few stems from the same
base rise three or four decimetres in height and bear small
cymes of yellow flowers.
The flowers expand about six or seven millimetres, the
petals, however, being quite small and inconspicuous. The
concavity of the receptacular tube is filled by a globular head
of pistils, Above, it is produced into a thin, many-lobed rim
Which separates the head of pistils from the stamens. The
filaments are inserted in a groove lying between this rim and
440 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
the insertion of the petals and sepals. An outer circle of
stamens has straight filaments and erect anthers. The
anthers of this circle dehisce before the others. The
stamens of the inner circle have their filaments inflected, the
indehiscent anthers being held between the head of pistils and
the raised edge of the receptacle.
Nectar is deeroted and lodged in the groove near the bases
of the filaments. The flowers are homogamous. Insects
visiting the flowers may effect cross-pollination. The anthers
of the outer circle do not readily come in contact with the
stigmas. When those of the inner circle dehisce, they often
touch the stigmas of the lower pistils, but most of the pistils
can receive pollen only through the agency of insects.
_ I have seen the flowers visited for nectar and pollen by
Augochlora pura Say 9.
FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Mill., var. ILLINOENSIS Gr. — The
plants are commonly collected in small patches. The scapes
rise from one to two decimetres high and bear a few white
flowers which expand horizontally from 15 to 25 millimetres.
The flowers are gynodioecious, the female flowers being smaller
and bearing aborted stamens. The hermaphrodite flowers are
proterogynous, and. there is, accordingly, abundant oppor-
tunity for cross-pollination of these flowers. The anthers
stand so directly over the stigmas that, when the pollen is
discharged, self-pollination may be effected by insects or by
the pollen falling upon the stigmas. Nectar is secreted by a
narrow portion of the receptacle and is held between the
bases of the filaments and the outer pistils. It is, therefore,
only imperfectly concealed and can be obtained by small bees
and flies. The principal visitors are bees of the genus Halictus.
The list contains visitors observed May 15th: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. ¥', s.; (2) Ceratina
dupla Say ¢', 8.; (3) Nomada superba Cr. 4’, s.; Andrenidae: (4) Halictus
ligatus Say 9, s.; (5) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s., freq.; (6) H. pilosus Sm. 9°,
8.; (7) H. confusus Sm. 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (8) H. tegularis Rob. 9, 5.3
(9) Augochlora pura Say 9, s.; (10) A. similis Rob. 9, s. andc. p., ab»;
(11) Prosopis affinis Sm. 4’, s.; (12) P. pygmaea Cr. 9, s.
Diptera — Syrphidae: (18) Paragus bicolor F., s. and f. p., freq.; (14)
Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say, s. and f. p.; (15) Tropidia mamillata Lw.;
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 441
Sarcophagidae: (16) Sarcophaga sp., s., freq.; Muscidae: (17) Lucilia
sylvarum Mg.,, s.
POTENTILLA CANADENSIS L.— Except in their yellow color
and smaller size, the flowers bear a strong resemblance to
those of Fragaria. The plants are common and are often
collected in patches of considerable size. A few stems rise
from the same base and are ascending or trailing. A single
plant does not bear many open flowers at a time, since the
flowers are single on axillary peduncles, and there is there-
fore an increased opportunity for cross-pollination between
distinct plants.
- The flowers expand horizontally about fifteen millimetres,
Nectar is secreted on the narrow line between the outer pistils
and the stamens. The pistils have their stigmas receptive
before the anthers dehisce. In case cross-pollination does
not take place oefore the pollen is discharged, self-pollination
may occur by insect aid, or spontaneously by the pollen fall-
ing upon the stigmas.
The blooming time is from April 30 to June 17. The
Visitors mentioned below were taken on May 18 and June 2:—
Hymenoptera—Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 9, s.; (2) Ceratina
dupla Say 99, s., freq.; (3) C. tejonensis Cr. 9’, s.; (4) Alcidamea prod-
ucta Cr. ¥', s.; (5) Osmia albiventris Cr. 9, s., (6) Stelis lateralis Cr. ¢',
S.; (7) Nomada annulata Cr. 4, 8.; (8) N. sayi Rob. ¢', s.; Andrenidae: (9)
Andrena ziziae Rob. ¢'Q, s., ab.; (10) H. pectoralis Sm. 9, s.; (11) H. lig-
atus Say 9, s.; (12) H. fasciatus at 2, s.; (18) H. confusus Sm. Q, 8.;
(14) Augochlora pura Say 9, s. and plats .3 (15) A. similis Rob. 9, s.;
se (16) Sphecodes aeaenauiiia nave 2 s.; (17) Prosopis affinis Sm. @’,
alenenicee: (18-20) Odynerus spp., s., freq.; (21) O. anormis Say, s.
" Diptera —Spepadiao: (22) Paragus ie Fil. ; (23) Syritta pipiens L., Le:
Tachinidae: (24) sp., s.; (25) Cistogaster occidua WIk., s.; Sarcop
ae onic sr ., 8.3 Muscidae: (27) Lucilia sp., 8.; Anthomyidae: ellis
Chortophila
Laphdecbers<Neeaehrtdtn (29) Phyciodes tharos Dru., s.
Rosa _Humitis Marsh.— The flowers expand several centi-
metres. The stamens are turned outwards so strongly that
insects landing near the center of the flower are likely to touch
the stigmas before becoming dusted with pollen from the same
ower. Nectar is wanting. The principal visitors are bumble-
bees and other large bees, which collect the pollen, and
442 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
a common beetle, Trichius piger, which feeds upon it. Small
bees may collect the pollen without touching the stigmas.
The blooming time of Rosa humilis is from May 22 to
July 8. Anthophora abrupta 9, whose time of flight is from
May 13 to the last of June, seems to depend for pollen
almost exclusively upon this rose.
On twelve days, between May 22 and June 20, I observed
the following visitors :—
pee ae a (1) Bombus virginicus Oliv. 8 ; (2) B. ress ae oh
orum F. Q, ab.; (3) B. separatus Cr. 2 ; (4) Anthophora abrupta Say 9, a
(5) Synhalonia speciosa Cr. 9; (6) Ceratina dupla Say 9; Andrenidae: en
Halictus confusus Sm. 2; (8) Augochlora pura Say 9; (9) Agapostemon
viridula F. 9 —all collecting pollen.
Coleoptera — Scarabaeidae: (10) Trichius piger F., ab.; Chrysomelidae:
(11) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv.— both feeding on pollen.
Rosa seTiGERA Michx.— The flowers resemble those of
Rosa humilis, but the styles cohere in a column, which
enables the stigmas to touch a visiting bumble-bee a little
more readily. I have noted the flowers in bloom from June
16 to July 4. June 161 saw them visited for pollen by (1)
Bombus americanorum F. ¢; (2) Anthophora abrupta Say
23 and (3) Trichius piger F.
Prrus coronaria L. — During the blooming time — April
25 to May 16 — the trees are conspicuous with a profusion of
rose-colored flowers. The attractiveness of the flowers is
increased by their delicious fragrance.
The corollas expand from four to five centimetres. The
receptacular tube extends nearly directly upwards from the
ovary for a distance of about two millimetres. The summit
of the tube is surmounted by a dense circle of filaments which
are also directed upwards and a little inwards. In this way
the nectar is effectually concealed and short-tongued and
weak insects are excluded. The nectar is reached by a bee
thrusting its proboscis between the separating ends of the
filaments. The flowers are strongly proterogynous. In most
of them the stigmas are protruded so far beyond the anthers,
that spontaneous self-pollination after the anthers begin to
dehisce is impossible.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 443
The deeply concealed nectar, the rose color and the large
size of the flowers suggest adaptation to bumble-bees, which
are, in fact, the principal visitors. The stamens and styles
project so far that small insects would be quite unlikely to
effect cross-pollination. Bumble-bees clasp the whole bunch
of stamens between their legs. On May 5, 9 and 12 I observed
the following visitors :—
Apidae: — Apis mellifica L. 8, 8., whi 3; (2) sie virginicus Oliv. 9,
S., ab.; (3) B. americanorum F. 9, s., ; (4) B. pennsylvanicus DeG. 9,
; (5) B. separatus Cr. 9, s., freq.; %) ayabatane speciosa Cr. <j’, %.,
re
req.
Lepidoptera — Nymphalidae: (7) Danais archippus F.,s., one; Hesperidae:
(8) Nisoniades juvenalis F., s., one
CraTareus coccinea L. v. mouiis Torr. and Gray. —The
flowers appear with the leaves, and the trees are fairly white
with the numerous corymbs. The flowers expand about two
and one-half centimetres.
When the flowers open, the stigmas are found to be recep-
tive, while the anthers are still closed. Later, when the
anthers dehisce, there is a chance for self-pollination, with or
without insect aid. The stamens, however, form a circle
somewhat distant from the styles.
In Pyrus coronaria we have observed that the superior,
nectar-bearing portion of the receptacular tube is produced
directly apiwards,; forming a tube, whose mouth is concealed
y the approximated filaments.
In Crataegus this part of the tube is expanded into a con-
cave disc, and the filaments have no effeet in concealing the
nectar, which is sought by numerous short-lipped insects.
Some very small insects can obtain the nectar without
tendering any service in return by aiding in pollinating the
flower. Au this form the nectar-bearing disc measures six
millimetres across. The flowers have a disagreeable odor,
and sometimes the discs of the older flowers turn purplish.
In 1893 I found the flowers in bloom from April 26 to
May 16. Although the blooming time of the variety overlaps
with that 6f the typical form, there is little opportunity for
intercrossing of the two, since one is going out of bloom
while the other is coming in and they are in the most favor-
444 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
able condition for insect visits at different times. May 5 and
9,* principally on the former day, I captured the following
visitors: —
sda ac der (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. and c. p., ab.; (2)
Bombus americanorum F. 9,s.; (3) Ceratina dupla Say ¥,s.; Andrenidae:
(4) Andrena bicolor F. @, s.; (5) A. sayi Rob. 9,8.; (6) A. pepinsltsn
Rob. §'9, 8., freq.; (7) A. flavo-clypeata Sm. ¢'2, 8., ab.; (8) A.
Rob. i, s.; (9) A. forbesii Rob. 9, s.andc.p.; (10) A. claytoniae hab. oe
8., freq. ; (11) A. crataegi Rob. 9'Q,8s.,ab.; (12) Halictus arcuatus Rob. 2,8.;
(13) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (14) H. cressonii Rob. Q.8.;
(15) H. zephyrus Sm. 9,s. and c. a el (16) H. confusus Sm. 9, s.;
(17) H. stultus Cr. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (18) Ra ca pura Say a ee
(19) Colletes inaequalis Say ae Veapidae: (20) Vespa germanica F
(21) Polistes metrieus oo 8.; (22) P. pallipes Lep., = Eumenidae: "'ag)
Odynerus tigris Saus
Diptera — Onuipttacs C#) Myopa vesiculosa Say, s., ab.; Syrphidae:
(25) Pipiza pistica Will.; (26) Chrysogaster ustulata Lw.; (7) Myiolepta
strigillata Lw., freq.; (28) Eristalis dimidiatus Wd.; (29) Helophilus
similis Mcq.; (30) alas fraudulosa Lw.—all s. and f. p.3; t noNSntiaes
(31) Hyalomyia sp., s.; Sarcophagidae: (32) ec sp., 8.; Muscidae
(33) “adseae ervthroce phala Mg., s.; (34) C. vomitoria L.,s.; (35) Luci-
lia caesar L ; (36) L. cornicina F., s.; (37) Cyrtoneura sp., s.; Antho-
myidae: (38) Chewetias
Coleoptera — Scarab jaitaen oo Euphoria fulgida F.; Cerambycidae
(40) = sds fee cscs ; Chrysomelidae: (41) Diabrotica vittata
F.; Oedemeri (42) Asclera ss aeteaieitts Say — alls. orf. p
Depideneara = Nypephatigis: (43) Grapta interrogationis F., s.
Cratargus cocciwea L.—The flowers of this form agree in
most essentials with those of the variety, but are more fragrant,
smaller, grow in smaller cymes, and the nectar-bearing disc is
more concave and narrow.
When the flowers open, the receptive stigmas are exposed
above the anthers, which are still closed. The stamens are
bent inwards over the disc. They turn outwards in succession,
the outer ones discharging pollen first.
The flowers bloom from May 5 to 22. On the 9th and 12th,
the following visitors were noted :—
enn in. (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. andc. p., freq.; (2)
Bombus americanorum F. Q, s., freq.; (8) B. virginicus Oliv. 9, s-3-(4)
Ceratina dupla as oe 8. ¢- (8) ainiaie articulata Sm. <j, 8.; ‘Andrenidae:
(6) Andrena sayi Rob. 9, 8.; (7) A. perezi Rob. 6j', 8.; (8) A. cressonii Rob.
* I did not find the flowers under favorable conditions for insect visits
this date.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 445
OP, 8; (9) A. flavo-clypeata Sm. (9, s. - p., ab.; (10) A. ziziae
Rob. oj’, s., freq.; (11) A. rugosa Rob. PL te Shee aiae Rob. <j, 8.,
freq.; (13) A. crataegi Rob. ¢'9,8., ab.; (14) Halictus lerouxii Lep. Q, s.;
(16) H. ligatus Say 9, s.; (16) H. “fheclatus Nyl. 9,.8.,: freq.; 17) H.
aide Sm. 9, s., freq.; (18) H. confusus Sm. 9, s.; (19) H. stultus Cr.
©,8.; Vespidae: (20) Polistes metricus Say, s., freq.; (21) P. pallipes Lep.,
8,3 Seoliidae: (22) Tiphia inornata Say, s.
iptera — Empidae: (23) Empis sp., s.; Bombylidae: (24) Bombylius
major L. ” 8.5 ik (2) Myopa vesiculosa Bays s.; Syrphidae: (26)
(29) Mesograpta pambiste Say; (30) Myioleyin: strigillata I w., freq.; (31)
Eristalis aeneus F.; (32) E. dimidiatus Wd.; (33) Helophilus similis Mcq.;
(34) Mallota cimbiciformis Fll. —all s. or f.p.; Tachinidae: (35) Gonia fron-
tosa Say, s.; Sarcophagidae: (36) Cynomyia sp., 8.; (37-38) Sarcophaga
SPp., 8.5 re: (39) Calliphora erythrocephala Mg., s.; (40) Lucilia sp.,
8.; (41) L. sie s.; (42) L. pag s., freq.; (43) Compsomyia
macellaria i, 44) Cyr toneura sp.
Coleoptera — ~ oer: (45) Wonadiatee: 15 —maculata Muls., s.;
(46) Coccinella sanguinea L., s.; Scarabaeidae: (47) Euphoria fulgida F., s. ;
Cerambycidae: (48) Molo ane bosnewiiees Say, s-, freq., in cop.; Chrysome-
lidae: (49) “exc vittata F., f. p.; Caitenebidaks (50) Asclera puncti-
collis Say.,
bnidninn ics Npmaphandaes (51) Danais archippus F., s.; (52) Pyrameis
huntera
CRATAEGUS cRUS-GALLI L.— This species resembles the
preceding. The trees are even more conspicuous with the
white blossoms. It blooms later — May 20 to June 1—
and consequently shows an increase in Aculeate Hymenoptera.
With the exception of No. 8, which was taken on May 29,
all of the visitors were observed May 22.
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis sr oats L. 8,8. rine Ze ,ab,; (2) Bom-
bus regains Oliv. 2, s.; (3) B. americanorum F. 9, (4) B. pennsyl-
aa DeG. 2, s.; (5) B. separatus Cr. oF s.; ‘ syauaiowie speciosa Cr.
(6
nes Ceratina pee Say ’, s.; (8) Megachile infragilis Cr. <j’, 8.; (9)
Hitades piiiadeion Rob. g', s.; (10) Panurgus (?) andrenoides Cr. 2 8 <3
ae dae: (11) Andrena sp. 9, 8.and c. p.; (12) A. bicolor F. 2, s. and
p.; (18) A. sayi Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (14) A. cressonii Rob. 2, 8. and
p., freq.; (15) A. flavo-clypeata Sm. ¢'Q, s. and c. p., the most abun-
dant visitor; (16) A. ziziae Rob. ¢'Q9, s. and c¢. age (17) A. forbesii
ob. 9,8. and c. p.; (18) A. claytoniae Rob. 9, and - eat ; (19) A.
crataegi Rob. 79,58. andc. p., ab.; (20) Halictus peacitis b. 9, 8. and
c. p., freq.; (21) H. seamen Sm. 9,8. and c.p.; (22) H. auc Nyl. 9,
s §
stultus Cr. 9, s. andc. p., ab.; (27) H. iets Rob. 9,8 req
(28) Augochlora iii Rob. 9 , 8. and c. p., freq.; (29) itis peaeoe
Say 9, s. and c. p.; (30) Prosopis sp. 3; 8.3 (31) P. affinis Sm. ¢'@, s., ab.;
446 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(32) P. pygmaea Cr. ¢'9, s., ab.; Vespidae: (33) Polistes metricus Say, s.;,
Eumenidae: (34) Eumenes tehtumais Say, s., freq.; (385) Odynerus walshia-
nus Sauss., s.; (36) O. tigris Sauss., s.; (37)0. capra Sauss., s.; (38) O. fora-
minatus Sauss., s.; (39) O. anormis Say, s.; Crabronidae: (40) Crabro
scutellatus Say, s.
Dipter na Se A (41) Stratiomyia discalis Lw., s.; Syrphidae:
a Mahinda nitida Wd.; (43) Didea fasciata fuscipes Will.; (44) Xan-
a emarginata Say (4 5) Mesograpta geminata Say; ( 46) Volucella
ve cies F.; (47) Tiistitte dimidiatus Wd.; (48) E. latifrons Lw.; (49) E
transversus Wd.; (50) Helophilus ae atee;3 (51) Mallota cimbiciformis
Fll.; (52) Syritta pipiens L.— alls. or f. p.; Sarcophagidae: (53) pepe
Spi; 8.5 ( nes Sarcophaga sp., 8.; Hisiton: (55) Cyrtoneura sp., 56)
Lucilia sp., s.; (57) Lucilia caesar L., s.; ae (58-59) Caorenenits
Spp.; mt ened (60) Camptoneura pita ii;
Coleoptera — Buprestidae: (61) serine cate a Web., s.; Scarabaeidae:
(62) Buphoria fulgida F., s.; Cerambycidae: (63) Molorchus bimaculatus
Say, 8
Lepido ptera — Nymphalidae: (64) Danais archippus F.; Lycaenidae: a
hea pseudargiolus B.—L.; Papilionidae: (66) Papilio philenor L
alls
AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS Torr and Gr. — This is the ear-
liest of the indigenous Rosaceae — blooming from April 1 to
27. In my neighborhood the small trees grow on high creek
banks and are fairly white with the numerous Rowara) which
appear before the leaves. The flowers are crowded in short
racemes terminating the branches. The oblong petals meas-
ure 12 or more mm. in length and are so closely interwoven
with the petals of neighboring flowers that the more incon-
spicuous flower-stalks and calyces are concealed, and the out-
lines of the individual flowers are lost in the white mass.
Nectar is secreted by that portion of the receptacular tube
which lies between the ovary and the bases of the filaments.
When the flower opens, the five styles, with their receptive
stigmas, are exposed above the inflected stamens, whose an-
thers are still closed. The stamens straighten and turn out-
wards in succession, the anthers discharging their pollen in
the same order. Five innermost stamens remain strongly
inflected, with their large closed anthers obstructing the
mouth of the tube until all of the other anthers have become
emptied. The flowers are abundantly visited, and until the
anthers dehisce, there is full opportunity, in all favorable
weather, for the stigmas to receive pollen from other flowers
of the same or of distinct trees. If such pollination does not
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 447
occur early, there is provision for spontaneous self-pollina-
tion, for by the closing of the petals at night, or in cloudy or
rainy weather, the anthers of some of the longer stamens
come in contact with the stigmas.
The flowers are pollinated by bees principally of the genus
Andrena. On April 10th and 11th, I noted as visitors : —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. abe i re eri ¢
Bombus arte Cr. 9; (8) Ceratina dupla Say SF dnivntae (4)
Andrena sayi Rob. ff, freq.; (5) A. salicis Rob. 9; (6) A. pean
Rob. 2; (7) ne cressonii Rob. ¢'@; (8) A. poles or Sm. ('Q,
(9) A. rugosa Rob. (J; (10) A. forbesii Rob. 9, freq.; (11) A. mariae Reb,
d'; (12) A. claytoniae Rob. ¢/; (13) Halictus winttils Rob. @; (14)
pilosus ci ie (15) H. zephyrus Sm. 9; (16) H. caeruleus Rob. 9 ; dat
H. confus re Sabo H. stultus Cr. 9 —all sucking; Tenthredinidae:
(19) ct arvensis Sa
on wecaus ae: (00) Mesograpta marginata Say; (21) M. Nr ree
y; (22) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say; (23) Eristalis aeneus F.;
sats (24) Phorocera edwardsii Will.; Muscidae: (25) Loui conta
F. — all sucking.
Review OF THE PRECEDING Rosacear: —In table I the
plants are given as nearly as practicable in the order in which
they were observed, beginning with those blooming first.
Little needs to be said of Geum vernum and Rubus occidentalis,
which are sparingly visited by insects.
Spirgea aruncus strikes us as the most peculiar, since it
shows a strong preponderance of Coleoptera. Beetles occur
on nine species, but are not very important except in case of
Spiraea.
Four species show a strong preponderance of bees. These
are Pyrus coronaria, Rubus villosus, Rosa humilis and
setigera. These are large flowers, forming a firm support for
heavy insects, and requiring large insects readily to pollinate
them. The two former have the nectar more deeply con-
cealed than usual, so that it is only accessible to long tongues.
The Andrenidae which I noted on Rubus villosus were only
collecting pollen. The roses have no nectar, but yield abun-
dant pollen, and are the largest and most attractive of all the
flowers. These four species may be regarded as humble-bee
flowers, though they are also less frequently visited by other
large bees.
448 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The other flowers have the nectar so situated that it is con-
venient for short-tongued insects, and these flowers agree in
showing a preponderance of Apidae, Andrenidae and Diptera.
Early in the spring the anthophilus insect-fauna consists
mainly of these insects. Later in the season bees and flies
come in competition with the lower Aculeate Hymenoptera,
which become abundant. Accordingly, these insects show a
larger proportion on the late flowering Geum album than on
any other species. The earlier species show quite a number
of bees of the genus Andrena. The time of flight of all of
these species of Andrena is over before Geum album comes
in bloom, and, consequently, the list of visitors shows none
of them. Andrenas would he expected to occur on Fragaria,
and probably do, but my list is quite fragmentary. Miiller
found one Andrena on F’. vesca.
The usual colors of the Rosaceae are white (13 species,
table II.) or yellow (5 cases), ‘colors characterizing flowers
adapted to miscellaneous insects. Pyrus and Rosa show
marked departures from the ordinary colors, and, as noted
above, are adapted to bumble-bees.
_ Except in the cases of the species adapted to Apidae, these
bees are not very abundant on the flowers. Of the Apidae
which fly throughout the season, we have Apis and Ceratina.
Bombus females occur on the early species, and the workers
appear later on fosa. On the earlier flowers we find the
early flying species, such as Anthophora, Synhalonia, Osmia,
Nomada and Panurgus? Later species show Phileremus,
Stelis and Calliopsis.
The.flowers being of rather simple structure, with easily
accessible nectar and numerous exposed stamens, are partic-
ularly well suited for the short-tongued bees — Andrenidae.
These consist mainly of Andrena and Halictus. Early bloom-
ing species show the single early Colletes inaequalis. A little
larer we find Agapostenion, Augochlora, Prosopis and
Sphecodes —a few species of each. The males of Halictus,
and the allied genera Agapostemon and Augochlora, do not
appear until late in the season. Accordingly, the early lists
show nothing but females of these genera, and we find males
of Halictus and Augochlora only on the late flowers of
Geum album.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 449
In table II. I have arranged the species which I have thus far
found in my neighborhood ( Carlinville, Ill.— 39° 21’), in the
order in which they appear. At the bottom of the table we have
the whole reduced to a curve for the Rosaceae. The parts of the
table which seem to me the most defective are those giving the
blooming periods of Rubus, fosa, Spiraea and Giillenia.
When these are more completely worked out, I think the
curve will become more regular, giving a more evident max-
imum for May and June.
Amelanchier canadensis blooms first and almost entirely
escapes competition, Prunus americana being the only com-
petitor. The latter overlaps with the later period of the
former and with the early part of the period of P. serotina
and Fragaria. In May we have atime of strong competition.
At the same time we have Prunus serotina, Fragaria, Pyrus,
Geum vernum, Crataegus coccinea v. mollis and C. coccinea,
and Potentilla canadensis. Pyrus coronaria avoids competi-
tion by attracting bumble-bees. Geum vernum seems to have
the worst of the struggle and shows a strong tendency to avoid
competition for the attention of insects by resorting to spon-
taneous self-pollination. Potentilla canadensis shows a strong
disposition to overcome the disadvantage of this strong
competition by lengthening its blooming time and extending
it until the others have gone out. As far as other members
of the order are concerned, the struggle for existence seems
to favor the later blooming of this plant.
The three Craiaegi have a sharp struggle among themselves.
The severity of this contest is relieved by var. mollis coming
rst. (. coccinea fills the gap between the former and C. crus-
galli. There is no rivalry between the first and the last.
In the period from the middle of May to the middle of June,
competition is not so strong, though quite a number of species
are in bloom at the same time. Pressure between Rubus and
Rosa is relieved by the fact that the former is visited for
nectar and the latter only for pollen. There must be a strong
contest between Rubus villosus and canadensis, though the
former seems to be earlier. R. occidentalis seems to incline
to self-pollination, though it js visited by shorter-lipped
insects, Among the roses, &. humilis is earliest, but my
observations here are not complete.
450 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Among the Bombdus-flowers, Pyrus has everything its own
way, while the contest is weak between Rubus and Losa, but
strong between the congeners of these genera. _
In June Spiraea seems to depend upon beetles without
being molested by its relatives. Géllenia, from its structure,
seems to depend mainly upon small, long-tongued bees, but I
hope to pay more attention to it next season.
Geum album is practically without competition, except with
Potentilla norvegica, and Agrimonia eupatoria and parviflora.
Agrimonia eupatoria was observed by Miiller * to be visited for
pollen by nine Syrphidae, one Anthomyia and one Halictus.
I have yet to make observations on this species and A. parvi-
a.
Potentilla norvegica seems to depend mainly upon self-pollin-
ation. Its long blooming time may to some extent, compensate
for its inconspicuousness and its inability to attract numerous
insects at any giventime. This species and Agrimonia eupa-
toria are the only species treated of here which are credited by
the Manual to both this country and Europe. From its long
blooming time it resembles an introduced species.
Tables III. and IV. give the results of the observation of
the insect-visitors of the genera considered in this paper. The
observations in Low Germany were taken from Miiller’s Fer-
tilization of Flowers and Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Be-
fruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten; those in the Alps
from his Alpenblumen, ihre Befruchtung durch Insekten und
ihre Anpassungen an Dieselben. The observations made in the
Pyrenees are taken from MacLeod: De Pyreneeénbloemen en
hare Bevruchting door Insecten, eene bijdrage tot de bloemen-
geographie.
COMPOSITAE.
The following paper on the insect visitors of the Compos-
itae gives the results of observations made in the neighborhood
of Carlinville, Illinois. Since hardly half of the species
growing here are included, I have thought it better to with-
hold a general review of the family until at least most of the
remaining species have been studied.
* Fertilization of Flowers, 235. €
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 451
In connection with plants having so many insect visitors it
will be well to acknowledge the sources from which I have
received aid. Early in my work Mr. E. T. Cresson kindly
named my bees. Later I have determined them myself from
descriptions, and through the kindness of Mr. Cresson have
compared doubtful cases with the types in the collection of
the American Entomological Society. I have worked up the
local species of Andrenidae, and described the species which
seemed to be new. Mr. W. H. Ashmead has kindly deter-
mined my Chalcididae, Braconidae and Ichneumonidae, though
many of the Chalcids were determined by Mr. L. O.
Howard. As regards the other Hymenoptera, I am respon-
sible for the determinations, except in the case of a few
species determined by Mr. Wm. J. Fox.
As regards the Diptera, Dr. S. W. Williston has identified
most of the Bombylidae, Conopidae and Syrphidae, besides
many other species of different families. Mr. D. W. Coquil-
lett has determined the Empidae, etc., end Mr. C. H. T.
Townsend most of the Tachinidae. Many Diptera I have
lately determined for myself. Prof. G. H. French has aided
me in the determination of Lepidoptera, Mr. P. R. Uhler and
Mr. C. A. Hart have determined the Hemiptera. The Col-
eoptera were determined by Mr. Hart, except a few sent to
Mr. Samuel Henshaw. In the more important anthophilous
groups, I make it a rule to verify all determinations made for
me, by comparison with the descriptions, whenever these are
accessible.
Finally, I am indebted to Mr. Cresson for the interest he
has always taken in the entomological part of my work, and
to Prof. Wm. Trelease for friendly advice and kind encour-
agement as well as aid in gaining access to literature.
VERNONIA NOVEBORACENSIS Willd.—The stems are tall,
and terminated by numerous heads arranged inacyme. The
heads are discoid. The florets are purple and have tubes nine
or ten millimetres long. Pollen is carried out on the long
hairy styles.
The visitors consist of long-tongued bees and flies, and
butterflies. The flowers were observed in bloom from July
452 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
30 to September 26. On eight days, between August 17 and
September 2, the following guests were noted: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 6’, 8., ab.; (2)
B. pennsylvanicus DeG. 8, s.; (3) B. separatus Cr. <j, s.; (4) Melissodes
perplexa Cr. §'9, 8s. and c. p., freq.; (5) M. obliqua Say 9, 8s. and ¢. p.;
(6) M. bimaculata Lep. ¢j', 8.; (7) Ceratina dupla Say 9°,
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (8) Danais archippus F.; A ie ad turnus
L.; (10) Pieris rapae L.; (11) Colias philodice Gdt., ab.; (12) Pamphila
cernes B. — L.; pe P. mavataaqua Scud.; (14) P. aubaranh aces ; (16)
Eudamus tityrus alls
Di eas uur tisse: ( ae Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq., ab.; (17) Sys-
toechus vulgaris Lw. — bot
Kupatorium purrureUm L.—The purplish color of the
florets and the slender tubes seem to indicate an adaptation
to butterflies, but the flowers are also visited by long-tongued
Hymenoptera and Diptera.
The flowers bloom from August 4 to September 3. The
list of visitors was observed August 4, 6-8 :—
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (1) Danais archippus F.; (2) Phyciodes
nycteis D. —H., (3) Papilio philenor L.; (4) P. turnus L.; (5) Pieris rapae
L.; (6) P. protodice B.—L.; (7) Colias philodice Gdt.; (8) Pamphila
peckius Kby.; (9) Pholisora hayhurstii Edw. — all s.
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (10) Apis mellifica L. 8 ; (11) Bombus pennsyl-
vanicus DeG. 8 ; (12) B. virginicus Oliv. 8, freq.; (13) Melissodes bimaculata
Lep. 2; (14) M. aurigenia Cr. ¢; Vespidae: (15) Polistes rubiginosus Lep. ;
Sphecidae: (16) Ammophila gryphus Sm. — all s.
Diptera — Bombylidae: (17) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq.; (18) Systoechus
vulgaris Lw. — both s.; Syrphidae: (19) Volucella vesiculosa F., f. p.
EvurpaTORIUM SEROTINUM Michx. — This is a common species,
blooming from August 16to Sept. 19. The tubes are shorter
and broader than in EZ. purpureum, and consequently there
are many more short-tongued species on the flowers. The
following list was observed on August 24, 25, 27, 28, and
September 19: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. and c. p-, ab.; (2)
Bombus virginicus Oliv. j' 8,8. andc. p., freq.; (8) B. vagans Sm. 9, s. and
c. p.; (4) B. scutellaris Cr. ¢', 8.; (5) Megachile brevis Say <j’, s.; (6) Heri-
ades carinatum Cr. ¢'Q, s. and c. p., freq.; Andrenidae: (7) Agapostemon
viridula F. , 8.; (8) Halictus pectoralis Sm. <j, s.; (9) H. coriaceus Sm.
GB 9, 8.; Vespidae: (10) Vespa germanica F.; (11) Potistes metricus Say;
Eumenidae: (12) Eumenes fraternus Say; (13) Odynerus sp.; (14) O.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 453
campestris Sauss.; Crabronidae: (15) ane Hive tumidus Pk.; Philanthidae:
(16) Cerceris fulvipes Cr., freq.; Larridae: Sats neisieoniie distincta Sm.,
ab.; een (18) Ammophila vulgaris Cr. ae io A. intercepta Lep.; (20)
Pelopoeu Dru.; (21) Isodontia pliladeipaion Lep.; Pompilidae
> Pomplis Sp.; Scoliidae: (23) Myzine sexcincta F.; (24) Scolia bicincta
Pa Shaw eaa: (25) Anthrax alternata Say; (26) Sparnopolius
fulvus Wd.; (27) Geron senilis F.; Conopidae: (28) Physocephala
tibialis Say; Syrphidae: (29) Chrysogaster nitida Wd.; (30) Chilosia sp.;
(81) Eristalis tenax L.; (32) Spilomyia longicornis Lw.; Dewxidae: (83)
Prosena sp.; Tachinidae: (34) Gymnosoma fuliginosa R. D.; (85) Wahl-
bergia arcuata Say; (36) Jurinia smaragdina Mcq.; (37) Acroglossa hesperi-
darum Will.; (38) Loewia eager Twns.— all s.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (39) Eudamus tityrus F.; Heterocera: (40)
Carmenta pyralidiformis Wik. —det. by French; (41) Scepsis abana
Hbn.; (42) Feltia — Steph.; (43) Spragueia leo Gn.— all
Valeonte ra — Lampy : (44) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus anaes
Scarabaeidae: Aa! cians sepulchralis F., s.; Cerambycidae: (46) Cyilene
robiniae Forst., f. p.; (4 ne C. decorus Oliv. . £. p.; Rhipiphoridae: (48)
Rhipiphorus mi ie Ess
EvraTorium PERFOLIATUM lL. — Visitors observed on
August 13, 25 and September 3:—
> Schon ping Ae (1) Apis mellifica L. 8 ; Andrenidae: (2) Prosopis
-; Crabronidae: (3) Crabro interruptus Lep., freq.; (4) Oxybelus
Bontats Rob. ; Philanthidae® (5) Eucerceris zonatus Say; Sphectilas: (6)
Pelopoeus danientaritis Dru.; Scoliidae: (7) Myzine interrupta Say, ab.—
alls
Haigen aptlge: (8) Empis sp., 8.; Pe cca (9) Cistogaster occi-
dua Wik.; (10) ti, anomala Tw
Coleo opier — Meloidae: (11) Epicauta -niaytveilee De G., f. p.; Rhipi-
Phoridae: (12) Ritptphovns limbatus F., s
EvuPAToRIUM AGERATOIDES L..—Visitors observed September
2, 10, 12
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis dee L. 8,8. andc, p.,ab.; Andreni-
dae: (2) Halictus ligatus Say ¢'@, 8., freq.; (3) H. fasciatus Nyl. o's 8.5
8
menidae: (6) Odynerus tigris Sauss., 8.; aa i (7) Ancistromma dis-
tincta Sm., s.; Scoliidae: (8) Scolia bicincta F.,
Diptera — Bombylidae: (9) Exoprosopa uiacs Mcq.; Syrphidae: (10)
Allograpta obliqua Say; Tachinidae: (11) Cistogaster occidua WIk.;
Dexidae: (12) Rhynchodexia sp.; Muscidae: (18) Lucilia cornicina F, —
alls
Lepi tera — Lycaenidae: (14) Lycaena ead tl B.—L.; Cten-
uchidaes G5) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn. — both s
454 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Liatris pycnostacHya Michx.—The plants grow on
prairies and are often collected in conspicuous patches. The
stems rise from eight to sixteen decimetres high and bear
long spikes of heads, each one of which contains five or six
rose-purple flowers.
All of the flowers are perfect. Pollen is carried out and
exposed on the long divisions of the style. The corolla
tubes are from seven to eight millimetres long. The visitors
are long-tongued bees and flies, and butterflies. By far
the most abundant visitor observed by me is HLxoprosopa
fasciata.
Liatris pycnostachya blooms from July 21 to August 14.
The following visitors were observed on August 9 and 10:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus EEE we F. §'8, 8. and ¢. p.,
freq.; (2) B. virginicus Oliv. 8, s. and c. (8) B. separatus Cr. J 8, 8-5
freq.; (4) Melissodes outers Cr. are: Sr 6) M. obliqua Say ¢'?, 8. and
¢. p., freq.; (6) M. aurigenia Cr. ake , freq., (7) Ceratina dupla Say 2,
s., freq.; (8) easels latimanus Say ('Q, 8., freq.; (9) M. inimica
Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (10) Epeolus remigatus F. ¢'Q, s.; Andrenidae:
(11) acne Tigkctins Say 9, c. p., freq.; (12) Agapostemon viridula F.
SP; 8,
balck bepunen (18) Danais archippus F.; (14) Argynnis
idalia Dru.; (15) Pieris rapae L.; (16) Colias philodice Gadt., freq.; (17)
Papilio eiterina Fy “Se Saye L.; (19) Pamphila peckius Kby., freq. ;
20) P. cernes B.— ; (21) P. metacomet Harr.; (22) Eudamus tity-
rus F.; ine ag Sta, Scepets fulvicollis Hbn.—all s
Diptera — Bombylidae: (24) Exoprosopa fasciata Mise: very ab.; (25)
Systoechus vulgaris Lw.; ser ices (26) Physocephala texana Will.; (27)
Stylogaister biannulata ay —
SoLIDAGO MISSOURIENSIS Nutt.— Visitors observed on
August 9, 17, 19:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8,s., one; (2) Melissodes
obliqua Say 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (8) M. perplexa a Cr. Q,s. and c. p.; (4)
pethaes = Say <j’, 3.; Andrenidae: (5) oar ica Sm. 9,58.
and c. p.; (6) H. ligatus Say 9, 8. andc. p., ab.; (7) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9,
8.; (8) a confusus Sm. ‘9, s. andc. p. ha ) H. albipennis Rob. 9,
s. and c. p.; (10) H. tegularis Rob. 9,8. and c. p.; — —— sim-
ilis Rob. 9, s.; (12) Prosopis — Cr. 9, s., freq.; Vespidae: (13)
Polistes pallipes Lep., s.; Zum ae: (14) Eumenes fraternus dey, 8.5
(15) Odynerus — Sauss., se as. (16) O. vagus Sauss., s.; (17) O.
anormis Say, s.; Crabronidae: (18) Crabro interruptus Lep., s.; (19) C.
chrysarginus Lepis 8.; (20) Oxybelus frontalis Rob., s.; Philanthidae: (21)
Philanthus ventilabris F., s.; (22) Eucerceris zonatus Say, s.; (23) Cerceris
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 455
compacta Cr., s., Larridae: (24) Ancistromma distincta Sm., s., freq.; coe
cidae: (25) Aranontitts vulgaris Cr., 8.; (26) A. peau: tie. peek Gat
petipennis Walsh, s.; (28) Sphex ponmaptranien he 8.; (29)S. i. ae
; (80) Priononyx thomae F., s.; Scoliidae: (31) Myzine sexcincta F.,
Ais a) M. interrupta Cr.,s.; ‘(33) Scolia bicincta F., s.; Chrysididae:
(34) Hedychrum violaceum wiltii Cr., s., ab.; Chalcididae: (35) gees
cyaneus Brullé, s.; Braconidae: (36) pi ey simillimus Cr., s.; Jchn
monidae: (37) haetdey fasciata Cr., s., fre
Diptera — Bombylidae: (38) Exo opeoso faslpenn Say, freq.; Syrphi-
dae: (39) Syritta Siniska L.; Tachinidae: (40) sp.; (41) Gymnosoma fulig-
inosa R. D.; (42) Siphoplagia ancitisls ate : bigs ‘Miltowpaniath cinerascens
Twns., fey (44) M. argentifrons Twns.; (45) M. flavicornis Twns.; (46)
Gymnoprosopa clarifrons Twns.; Dexidae: (47) Scotiptera sp.; Sarcopha-
—- -
Coleoptera —Lampyridae: (50) Cha nliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG
f.p.; Chrysomelidae: (51) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv., f. p.; Meloidae: (52)
Epicauta pennsylvanica DeG., f. p., and gnawing, very it ‘and destructive;
Rhipiphoridae: (53) Myodites fasciatus Say, s.
Hemiptera — Lygaeidae: (54) Lygaeus turcicus F., s.
SoLipaGo CANADENSIS L.*— Visitors — August 8, 25, 27,
September 15, 18, 23, 26, 30, October 3, 7, and 10: —.
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, 8. and c. p., ab.; (2)
Bombus virginicus Oliv. Se) aL bes c. p., freq.; (3) B. vagans Sm. qj’, 8.;
(4) B. americanorum F. ¢'8 ; (5) B. comeilats Cr. 98, 8.; (6) B
Separatus Cr. ¢'8,s., freq., om ashuaae sp.,s.and c. p.; (8) M. desportite
Sm. 9,c. p.; (9) M. perplexa Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (10) Heriades carinatum
Cr. 2, 8.3 (11) Caliopsis solidaginis Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; Andrenidae: (12)
Andrena solidaginis Rob. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (13) Halictus coriaceus Sm.
2,8. and c. p.; (14) H. forbesii Rob. 9, s.andc. p.; (15) H. ligatus Say 2,
8. and c. p.;(16) H. lerouxii Q,8.; (17) H. confusus Sm. J’, 8., ab. ; (18)
BR. oe ge Rob. 9, 8. and c. p.; (19) Colletes americina Cr. ¢', s. and
a 20) C. spinosa Rob. Q, s. and c. p.; (21) C. compacta Cr. 9, 8.5
(22) Senops affinis Sm. 9, s. and f. p., ab.; Vespidae: (23) Polistes metri-
rubiginosus Lep.; Humenidze: (27) Eumenes fraternus Say; (28) Odynerus
igris Sauss., ab.; (29) O. capra Sauss., ab.; (30) O. catskillensis Sauss.;
(31) O. arvensis Sauss.; (32) O. foraminatus Sauss.; (33) O. anormis Say;
(34) O. sp.; Crabronidae: (35) Crabro 10-maculatus Say; (36) C. inter-
ruptus Lep.; Mimesidae: (37) Mimesa denticulata Pk.; Philanthidae: (38)
Eucerceris zonatus Say; (39) ara elt Gr; ta: ; (40) C. clypeata
Dib.; (41) C. priori Cr: ; (42) C. a Cr.; Larridae: (43) Ancis-
— cher Sm. iba (44) euaoemes acuta Pitn.; Sphecidae: (45)
ophila vulgaris Cr. ; (46) Pelopoeus cementarius Dru.; (47) Isodontia
sare so, (48) Sphex ichneumonea L.; (49) S. pennsylvanica L. ;
* See Miiller: Fertilization of Flowers, 321, & Weitere Beobachtungen
Ill, 92.
456 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(50) eeeey thomae F.; a P. atrata Lep.; Pompilidae: (52) Pompilus
relativus Fox; (53) P. sp.; (54) P. subviolaceus Cr.; (55) P. biguttatus
F.; (66) P. snatitanteg Say; a P. interruptus Say; (58) P.navusCr.; (59
Papeienis agenioides Fox; (60) P. fulvicornis Cr.; (61) Ceropales elegans
Cr.; (62) C. bipunctata Say; (63) C. fulvipes Cr.; Scoliidae: (64) Myzine
6-cincta F.; (65) Scolia nobilitata F.; (66) S. bicincta F.; Chalcididae:
(67) Perilampus platygaster Say; (68) P. fulvicornis Ashm.; Braconidae:
(69) Iphiaulax rugator Say, ab.; (70) Bracon simplex Cr.; (71) B. vernon-
iae Ashm.; (72) Chelonus sericeus Say, (73) Apanteles sp.; (74) Agathis
sp.; (75) A. areolata Ashm., freq.; Ichneumonidae: (76) Limneria eurycreon-
tis erat ; ~~ Cremaatus retiniae Cr.; (78) Lampronota americana Cr.;
(79) L. v
Bima | imabpiidne: (80) Exoprosopa fascipennis Say; (81) nigel
fulvus Wd.; (82) Geron senilis F.; (83) Toxophora amphitea WIk.;
Conopidae: (84) Physocephala texana Will.; (85) Zodion eaten
Say; (86) Oncomyia loraria Lw.; Syrphidae: (87) Paragus bicolor F.;
(88) Chrysogaster nitida Wd., f. p.; (89) Chilosia sp.; (90) Platy-
chirus hyperboreus Staeg. (?); (91) P. quadratus Say; (92) Xantho-
gramma divisa Will.;. (93) Allograpta obliqua Say; mid ee
geminata Say; (95) Eristalis tenax L.; (96) E. dimidiatus Wd., ab.; (97
latifrons Lw.; (98) E. bastardi Mcq.: (99) Helophilus Stinilin Meq., ab.
(100) H. latifrons Lw.; (101) Tropidia mamillata Lw., freq.; (102) sh
pipiens L.; (103) Solnneris longicornis Lw.; (104) S. quadrifasciata
Say; Tachinidae: (105) Cistogaster occidua WIk.; (106) Gymnosoma fuli-
ginosa R. D.; (107) Ennyomma clistoides “Shee ; (108) Phasioclista metal-
lica Twns.; (109) Loewia nigrifrons Twns.; (110) Trixoclista distincta
Twns.; (111) Euryceromyia robertsonii Twas. ; Sarcophagidae: (112-114)
Sarcophaga spp.; Muscidae: (115) Graphomyia sp.; (116) Lucilia corniciva
F., s. and f. p., ab.; (117) Compsomyia macellaria F., f. p., freq.; (11
tomoxys calcitrans h, 8.; Anthomyidae: (119) Lnthomyla albicincta Fll.;
(120) Chortophila sp.; Privette: (121) Trypeta humilis Lw.
Coleoptera — Carabidae: (122) Callida punctata Lec.; Coccinellidae:
(123) Megilla maculata DeG., f. p.; (124) palatine glacialis F., freq. ;
(125) Coccinella 9-notata Hbst.; Lampyridae: (126) Chauliognathus penn-
sylvanicus DeG., f. p., ab.; Ma lachidae: (127) Cts 4-maculatus F.;
Scarabaeidae: (128) Paptioria sepulchralis F., f. p., ab.; Cerambyetdae:
(129) Cyllene robiniae Forst., f. p., freq.; (130) s Masorhe Oliv., f. p-3
— (181) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv., f. p., ab.; (lass D.
ittata F., f. p.; (133) D. longicornis Say, f. p., ab.; Bruchidae : (134)
te obsoletus Say; Meloidae: (185) Epicauta pénnsylvanica De G., f.
p., ab.
Lepidoptera eroeens (136) Danais ered F.; (187) Pyrameis
cardui L.; (138 rysophanus thoe B. —L.; (139) Colias philodice Gdt. ;
Heterocera: riot ees fulvicollis Hbn. 2 oad 1) Feltia subgothica
Steph.; (142) Carneades velleripennis Grt.; (143) Heliothis armiger
n., ab.
Hemiptera — Coreidae: (144) Alydus pilosulus Schf., s.; Lygaeidae: (145)
Lygaeus turcicus F., s.; Capsidae: (146) Calocoris rapidus Say, s.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 457
SOLIDAGO NEMORALIS Ait. — Visitors observed September
26 and October 5 and 9 :—
OES ati — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s.; (2) Bombus virgini-
ei
cus Oliv. ae 3) B. americanorum F. ¢'¢ 8,8.; (4) Ceratina dupla
Ory 6: re ; (5) Megachile brevis Say °,s.; (6) Epeolus mercatus F. 9, s.
= Galliopais compositarum Rob. 9, s.; pee C. asteris imei (MS) 9,8. and
c. p.; Andrenidae: (9) Andrena nubecula Sm. 9, s. c. p., freq.; (10)
Halictus sp. 9, s.; (11) H. pectoralis Sm. 9, s.; fay 2 sew Say do’, 8.;
(13) H. cressonii Rob. ¢', s.; (14) H. confusus Sm. 9/9, s. andc. p., freq.;
(15) Augochlora similis Rob. 9, s.; (16) Colletes eoririaltel Or Q,s. and c.
yh tly) a americana Cr. s. andc. p., ab.; (18) C.eulophi Rob. Q,
and c ; (19) Prosopis pygmaea Cr. 9, s., freq.; Vespidae: (20)
Polistes rabiaticnen Lep.; (21) P. pallipes Lep., freq.; (22) P. metricus Say,
= “ Sense Sauss. ; a anormis sora bronidae: \28) Crabr
; freq.; (29 rufifemur ; Mimesidae: (30) Mimesa
tntntt Pk; np a A ie restr punctata Say; (32) oe
a ; (83) C. finitima Cr.; (34 nnicottii ;
(35) Ancisromne distincta Sm.; Spheci (36) Ammophila pokes
Sm.; (3 ulgaris Cr.; (38) A. pictipennis Walsh; Pompilidae: (39)
Pompilus sp.; . marginatus Say; (41) Ceropales fulvipes Cr.;
(40
Chrysididae : “ cys perpulchra Cr.; Braconidae: (43) Chelonus
sericeus Say — all
Di ocho Aiea: alta (44) Systropus macer F., s.; Syrphidae: (45)
Syrphus americanus Wd.; (46) S. arcuatus FIl.; (47) eoigerse hire cylin-
—- Say; (48) Spilomyis longicornis Lw. ; (49) Syritta pipiens L. —all s.
r f. p.; Tachinidae: (50) sp.; (51) Gyminosoma fuliginosa R. D.; Se
sii ia smaragdina Mcq.; (53) Sarcomacronychia aurifrons Twns., fre
pen eiae: a and 55) spp.; Muscidae: (56) sp.; ie Stomoxys jel
.; (58) Lucilia sp.; (59) L. cornicina F.; (60) L. latifrons Schin.;
(1) Compsomsi macellaria F.; Trypetidae: (62) Trypeta solaris Lw.; (63)
T. humilis Lw.; Oscinidae: (64) Chlorops sp. — all
aattncan ri Dhipalasere: (65) Danais seat ae F.; (66) Colias
philodice Gdt.; (67) Terias lisa B. —L.; Heterocera: (68) Scepsis fulvieolis
a
Coleoptera — Coccinellidae: A Maver, 9-notata Hbst.; Lam pyr
ie ~ see pes pennsylvan DeG.; Cerambycidae: (73) Cyne
rst.; Meloidae: ny pee ssucigy oni DeG., in
i nn f. p
Hemi pte pare (75) Alydus pilosulus Schf.; Capsidae: (76) Lygus
pratensis L.—
SouipaGo LANcEOLATA L.— Visitors — September 6, 8, 9,
12, 13, and 25:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. and c. p., ab.; (2)
mbus virginicus Oliv. 8, c. p., freq.; (3) B. ee 38,8
freq.; (4) B. scutellaris Cr. 8, s.; (5) B. separatus Cr. i, 8.; (6) Melis.
458 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
sodes eee Cr. 9, p., freq.; Andrenidae: (7) Andrena solidaginis
Rob. FtS) fHallctis ligatus Say 9,8. andc.p.; (9) H. confusus Sm.
cus Say; (12) P. pallipes Lep.; Humenidae: (13) Odynerus tigris Sauss.; (14)
O. capra Sauss., ab.; (15) O. catskillensis Sauss.; Crabronidae: (16) Cralite
10-maculatus Say; Philanthidae: (17) Eucerceris zonatus Say; geyireens
(18) ee brevipennis Walsh; (19) Bembex nubillipennis Cr.; Larri-
dae: (29) Ancistromma distincta Sm.; Sphecidae: (21) Paoaceye eae
Lep.; Ponptiiae: (22) Priocnemis daivicorals Cr.; Scoliidae: (23) Myzine
excincta F.; (24) Scolia bicincta F.;— all s.
Diptera — Syrphidae: (25) Ssksalosioria cylindrica Say; (26) Helophilus
similis Mcq., ab.; (27) H. latifrons Lw.; Tachinidae: (28) Cistogaster occi-
dua WIk.; (29) Miltogramma flavicornis ina (30) Atrophopoda singularis
Twns.; Muscidae: (31) Lucilia cornicina F.; (32) Compsomyia macellaria
F.—all s. orf. p
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (83) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (34) LS boeing
huntera F.; (35) Chrysophanus thoe B. — L.; (36) Lycaena comyntas Gdt.
(87) Colias philodice Gdt.; Heterocera: (38) Utetheisa Lede L.; (39) Helio-
this armiger Hbn.; (40) Crainbus laqueatellus Clem
Coleop 1th Taney ridae: (41) Chauliognathus siutilioy PahICUs De G., f.
p-, ab.; Meloidae: (42) Epicauta pennsylvanica De G.,
Bottonta astERorDes L’Her.— The plants are often col-
lected in rather large patches in moist places, and are quite
attractive to insects. The heads have yellow disc florets and
white rays, and expand fifteen millimetres or more. The rays
are pistillate, the disc florets being perfect. Nectar and pol-
len are supplied by the latter. The tubes of the disc florets
are only about one millimetre deep, so that numerous short-
tongued insects can obtain the nectar.
The list of visitors was observed September 20, 28, October
2 aud 4:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 8, s.; (2) Melis-
sodes sp. Q, s.; (3) M. confusa Cr. 9, s. andc. p.; (4) Megachile mendica
Cr. 9, 8.; (5) M. brevis Say 9, s.; (6) Calliopsis compositarum Rob. .
and c. p., ab.; (7) C. solidaginis Rob. 9, s.; Andrenidae: (8) Andrena soli-
daginis Rob. (9, s. and c. p.; (9) Halictus ligatus Say §'9, 8.; (10) H
confusus Sm. ¢'Q,s. andc. 4 ., freq.; (11) Agapostemon radiatus Say @, 8.3
(12) ose tae mandibularis Cr. 9, s.; (13) Colletes americana Cr. ‘2;
8. andc. p., ab.; (14) Syeda affinis Sm. <j, s.; (15) P. pygmaea Cr. f'2, 8-5
Vespidae: as Polistes pallipes Lep., s.; isnt (17) Odynerus anormis
Ys 8.3 x sent (18) Priononyx thomae F.,
Diptera — Bombylidae: (19) Sparnopolius sinean Wd.,s.; Conopidae: (20)
Sisompik: loraria Lw.,s.; Syrphidae: (21) Paragus tidialis Fll.; (22) Syr-
phus americanus Wd.; (23) Mesograpta marginata Say; (24) Sphaerophoria
cylindrica Say; (25) Eristalis dimidiatus Wd.; (26) Syritta pipiens L.—
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 459
rf. p.; Tachinidae: (27) sp.; (28) Hyalomyia purpurascens Twns.,
ae ; “093 Gymnosoma fuliginosa R. D.; (30) Cistogaster occidua WIk.;
(31)
(42) rence sp.; Trypetidae: (43) Trypeta humilis Lw., ab.; Sepsidae:
(44) Sepsis sp.—all
idoptera — Rhopalocera: (45) tet ace igronpnt aan ; (46) Colias
philodice Gdt.; (47) Pamphila phylaeus Dru.; Hete : (48) Scepsis
fulvicollis Hbn.; (49) Utetheisa bella L.; 15 ‘Heliothis. xriaigee Hbn.—
alls
Coleoptera — Coccinellidae: (51) Hippodamea parenthesis Say; Lam-
pyridae: (52) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.; Chrysomelidae; (53)
Diabrotica longicornis Say, freq.; (54) D. 12-punctata Oliv., freq. —
all f. p.
Hemiptera — Capsidae: (55) Lygus pratensis L., s.
ASTER NOVAE-ANGLIAE L.— The plants often grow in rather
large patches and bear numerous showy heads with yellow
discs and violet purple rays. The heads expand two and three
centimetres. Nectar and pollen are supplied by the disc
florets. The tubes of these measure three or four millimetres
in length.
The visitors observed October 2, 4, 7, 8 and 10 are as
follows :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellificaL. 8, s.andc. p.; (2) Bombus
americanorum F, 32 8, s. and c. p., freq.: (3) B. a Olivo) 83
anit B. separatus Cr. ', s.; (5) Melissodes desponsa Sm. 9, 8s. and
; (6) M. confusa Cr. 9,8. andc. p.; (7) M. perplexa Gf Q,s.and c. p.;
(8) M. aurigenia Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (9) Curate dupla Say Q, s.and c. p.;
(10) Megachile ae Say 9,8. andc. p., freq.; (11) M. brevis Say 9,
8. and ¢. p., freq.; (12) Calliopsis cueiinaanets m Rob. 9, ¢. p.; Andrenidae:
(13) Andrena soltdagints Rob. 9, ¢. p.; (14) A. helianthi Rob. Q, ¢. p.; (15)
Halictus parallelus Say 6’, s.; (16) H. ligatus Say G, 8.; (17) Colletes amer-
icana Cr,
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (18) Danais archippus F.; (19) Phyciodes
tharos Dru.; (20) Pyrameis cardui L.; (21) Pieris protodice B.— L. (22)
Colias philodice Gdt., ab.; (23) Meganostoma caesonia Stoll; (24) Pamphila
beckius Kby.; (25) P. shylacns Dru.; Heterocera: (26) Plusia simplex Gn.;
(27) Heliothis armiger Hbn.— al
Diptera—Conopidae: (28) Stylogaster piannulata Say, 8., freq.; Syrphidae:
(29) Syrphus americanus Wd., f. p.; (30) Eristalis aoe us Wd., 8.; (31)
E. latifrons Lw., s.; (3 2) E. tenax L., s. st f. p.; (33) E. aes Wwd.,
8.3 (34) Helophilus ‘similis sta .» 8.3 (85) tropiila mamillata Lw.,
460 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
ASTER PANICULATUS Lam. —Visitors— October 8, 9, 1],
ics
Hymenoptera—Apidae: (1) Apis mellitica L. 8, 8., ab.; (2) Bombus vir-
ginicus Oliv. 4’, s., freq.; (3) B. americanorum F. 8,8s.; (4) Melissodes
confusa Cr. 9, s. andc. p.; (5) M. perplexa Cr. 9, s. andc. p.; (6) Cera-
tina dupla Say 2, 8s.; (7) Megachile latimanus Say 9, s.; (8) M. brevis Say
JO, s. and c. p.; (9) Coelioxys altilis Cr.9,s.; (10) Heriades carinatum
Cr. 9, 8.3 (11) Calliopsis compositarum Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; Andrenidae:
(12) Andrena solidaginis Rob. 9,s.; (13) A. asSteris Rob. 9, 8.; (14) A.
nubecula Sm. ©, s.; (15) Agapostemon radiatus Say ,j’, s.; (16) Augochlora
similis Rob. 92, s.; (17) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9, s.; (18) H. coriaceus
Sm. 6’, s.; (19) H. forbesii Rob. ,¥',s.; (20) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, 8.; (21)
ligatus Say j'9,8s., ab.; (22) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s.; (23) H. zephyrus Sm.
»8.; (24) H. confusus Sm. §'9,s. andc. p.; (25) H. stultusCr.9.s.andc.p.,
ab.; (26) Sphecodes dichroa Sm. <',s.; (27) Colletes compacta Cr. 2, 8;
(28) C. americana Cr. 9, s.; (29) Prosopis pygmaea Cr. 2, s.; Vespidae:
(30) Vespa maculata L.; (31) V. germanica F.; (32)Polistes rubiginosus
Lep., ab.; (83) P. metricus Say; (34) P. pallipes Lep.; Zumenidae: (35)
Eumenes fraternus Say; (36) Odynerus tigris Sauss.; (37) O. capra Sauss.;
(38) O. catskillensis Sauss.; (39) O. arvensis Sauss.; (40) O. foraminatus
Sauss.; (41) O. anormis Say; (42) O. sp.; Philanthidae: (43) Philanthus
politus Say; (44) P. punctatus Say; (45) Eucerceris zonatus Say; (46) Cer-
ceris clypeata Dlb.; Larridae: (47) Notogonia argentata Bv.; Sphecidae: (48)
Ammophila sis Sm.; (49) A. vulgaris = is (50) A. intercepta Lep.; (51)
A. gravilis Lep.; (52) Isodontia philadelphica Lep.; Pompilidae: (53) Pompi-
lus bigntat F.; Scoliidae: (54) Myz ei sexcincta F.; Chalcididae: (55)
Torymus sp.; Braconidae: = Bracon longicaudus Prov: Ichneumonidae:
(57) Lampronota varia Cr. — all s.
Diptera — Conopidae: (58) Oncomyia loraria Lw. ; Syrphidae: (59) Syrphus
americanus Wd.; (60) S. ribesii L.; (61) Meso ograpta marginata Say; (62)
M. gemi
5) E. aeneus F.; (66) E. dimidiatus Wd.; (67) E. transversus W4:;
(68) Syritta pipiens L.; (69) Spiloniyla quadrifasciata ae Tachinidae: (70
alomyia robertsonii Twns.; Trichopoda pennipes F.; (72) urinia
darum Will. ; (75) Miltogramma cinerascens Twns.; Sarcophagidae: (76) Sar-
cophaga sp.; Muscidae: (77) Stomoxys calcitrans L.; (78) Graphomyia SP-;
(79 and 80) Lucilia spp.; (81) L. caesar L.; (82) L. latifrons Schin. ; (83) L
cornicina F.; (84) Compsomyia macellaria F. —alls. or f. p.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocer ocera: (85) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (86) Pyrameis
cardui L.; (87) P. huntera F.; (88) Lycaena pseudargiolus B. — L.; 9)
Pieris rapae L.; (90) P. protodice B. —L.; (91) Colias philodice Gdt.; (92)
Pamphila peckius Kby.; (93) P. campestris Bdv., var. huron Edw.; (94)
Nisoniades martialis Scud.; Heterocera: (95) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn.; (96)
Plusia simplex Gn. —all s
Coleoptera — ‘Laiierilak: (97) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus De G.;
Scarabaeidae: et Euphoria sepulchralis F.; Cerambycidae: (99) Cyllene
robiniae Fors
eaniieeien Coreidae: (100) Alydus eurinus Say, s.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 461
ERIGERON PHILADELPHICUS L.— The stems grow a few deci-
metres high and expose several heads which expand about two
centimetres. The ray florets are pistillate, are very numer-
ous and slender and white, or purplish tinted. The disc
florets are yellow. The tubes are very narrow and measure
about four millimetres in length. The nectar is easily
obtained by small, long-tongued insects which find a conve-
nient resting-place upon the disc. Pollen is forced out of the
anther tube in the usual way.
The flower blooms from April 26 to June 13. On May 24
and 28 and June 2 and 5, the following list was observed : —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., one; (2) Ceratina
tejonensis Cr. ', s., freq.; (3) C. dupla Say fQ, 8. and c.p., ab.; (4)
Alcidamea producta Cr. 6, 8.; (5) Heriades carinatum Cr. <j’, s.; (6) Stelis
lateralis Cr. 3'e, s., freq.; (7) Nomada annulata Sm. 9, 8., ab.; Andren-
idae: (8) Halictus pectoralis Sm. 9, 8.; (9) H. coriaceus Sm. 9, 8. and c-
P.; (10) H. ligatus Say 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (11) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s. and
¢. p., freq.; (12) H. pilosus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (13) H. confusus Sm. 9,
8. and c. p., freq.; (14) H. albipennis Rob. 2, s.; (15) Augochlora pura Say
?+8.; (16) A. similis Rob. Q, s. andc.p.; (17) Sphecodes mandibularis Cr-
Ps 8.5 (18) Prosopis pygmaea Cr. ', 8.; Eumenidae: (19 and 20) Odynerus
Spp., freq.; (21) O.foraminatus Sauss.; (22) O.anormis Say, ab.; Sphecidae:
(23) Ammophila vulgaris Cr.—all s.
Diptera — Conopidae: (24) Zodion fulvifrons Say, s., freq. ; (26) Oncomi-
yia loraria Lw., s.; Syrphidae: (26) Paragus bicolor F.; (27) P. tibialis Fil. ;
(28) Mesograpta marginata Say; (29) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say; Tach-
inidae: (30) Sp.; (31) Hyalomyia purpurascens Twns.; (32) Cistogaster
ccidua Wik., ab.; (33) C. immaculata Mcq.; (34) Siphophyto sp.: (35)
Leucostoma atra Twns.; Sarcophagidae: (36-88) Sarcophaga spp.; Aus-
gg (39) Lucilia cornicina F.; Anthomyidae: (40) Anthomyia albicincta
1.; (41) Chortophila sp. —all s. or f. p.
Colsonters— Lampyridce: (42) Telephorus flavipes Lec.; Scarabaeidae:
vn Trichius piger F., ab.; Chrysomelidae: (44) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv.
f. p.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (45) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (46) aes
anus thoe B.—L.; (47) Ancyloxypha numitor F.; (48) Pamphila peckius Kby. ;
(49) P. cernes B.—L.; Heterocera: (80) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn.—all s.
Hemiptera — Capsidae: (51) Calocoris rapidus Say; (52) Lygus pratensis
L.; Berytidae: (58) Corizus lateralis Say — all s.
ERIGERon strigosus Muhl.—This plant resembles B . phil-
adelphicus, but is taller, blossoms later, and has white rays
Which are less numerous and broader. The corolla tubes are
shorter, about two millimetres in length.
462 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The insect visitors, as might be expected, closely resemble
those of the species just mentioned.
I have noted this plant in bloom from May 17 to Septem-
ber 15. On May 31 and June 8, 12 and 14, I observed the
following visitors: —
Hymenoptera —Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8,s.; (2) Ceratina tejonen-
sis Cr. ¥', s.; (3) C. dupla Say ¢Q, s. and c. p., freq.; (4) Heriades carin-
atum Cr. 32, s.; (5) Nomada Santee Cr. 2, s.; Andrenidae: (6) Halictus
pectoralis Sm. Q, s. and c. p.; (7) H. ligatus Say Q, 8. and c. p., freq.; (8)
H. fasciatus Nyl. 2, s. and c. p., freq.; (9) H. confusus Sm. 9, s. andc.
p., freq.; (10) H. albipennis Rob. Q, s. and c. p., freq.; (11) H. pruinosus
Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (12) H. tegularis Rob. 9,s.andc. p.; (18) Augochlora
similis Rob. Q, s. and c. p.; (14) Prosopis affinis Sm. 9, 8.; (15) P. pyg-
maea Cr. 9,s.; Humenidae: (16-18) Odynerus spp., s., freq.; (19) O. anor-
mis Say, s., fre req. ; Philanthidae: (20) eae clypeata Dahlb., s.; Sphecidae:
(21) Ammophila pictipennis Walsh, s.; Chrysididae: (22) Chrysis sp., 8.;
Chalcididae: (23) Leucospis affinis say 6 .; Braconidae: (24) Bracon longi-
caudus Prov., s
Diptera — Empidae: (25) Empis sp., 8.; Conopidae: (26) Zodion fulvi-
frons Say, s.; Syrphidae: (27) sarees, bicolor F.; (28) P. tibialis Fil.;
(29) Mesograpta geminata Say; (30) M. marginata Say, freq.; (31) Sphaero-
phoria cylindrica Say; (32) Eristalis aiinidiatus Wd.; (33) Tropidia mamil-
lata sub (34) Syritta pipiens L.; Tachinidae: (35) sp. (36) Hyalomyia
ascens Say @7) po aa serps > D.; ( 38) pes
6 Sarcophaga SPpPp-;
Muscidae: (48) Lucilia Sisceink Anthom asin: a Anthomyia albicincta
Fll.; (50) ee sp.; (51) Chortophiia sp.; Muscidae acalyptratae: (52)
Sp. —all s. or f.
Colsspiet Manion (53) Collops 4-maculatus F.; Mordeltidae: (54)
Mordellistena com — mate seat —both as p.
Lepidoptera tl —— Lyi, 8s
Hemiptera —Ca apsidae: (56) Lygus pratensis L., 8-
ANTENNARIA PLANTAGINIFOLIA Hook.— This is the earliest
of the indigenous Compositae, blooming from April 12 to May
6. Onten days — April 14 to May 4 — the following visitors
were observed :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 9, 8., One; SS
Ceratina tejonensis Cr. ¢’.; (3) C. dupla Say Gi’, 8-5 ab.; (4) Nomada ort
ulata Cr. gf; (5) N. luteola Lep. 9; Andrenidae: (6) Panurgus? andreno a
Cr. 9, s.; (7) Andrena _ Rob. 9, s.; (8) A.claytoniae Rob. i’; 5 ( :
ee pura Say 9, s. and c. p., a Sa A. similis Rob. 9, 8- #2
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 463
ab.; (13) H. eS Nyl. 9, 8. and c. p., ab.; (14) H. confusus Sm. 9, s.
and c. p.,ab.; (15) H. stultus Cr. 9, s. and c. p.,ab.; (16) Sphecodes
sehen Rob. 9,8
era aRiapibase (17) Empis sp., s.; Syrphidae: (18) Chrysogaster
bitiaa gos (19) Platychirus quadratus Say; (20) P. hyperboreus Staeg.;
(21) SexGorapia geminata Say; (22) M. marginata Say; (23) Sphaerophoria
cylindrica Say; (24) Eristalis aeneus F.— alls, and f. p.; Tachinidae: (25)
Gonia frontosa Say, s., ab.; (26) Phorocera ewcaat Will.; Sarcophagidae:
(27) Sarcophaga sp.; (28) Cynomyia sp.; Muscidae: (29) Cyrtoneura sp. ;
(80) Lucilia cornicina F.; Anthomyidae: (31) natant sp.; (32 and 33)
Chortophila spp. Oscinidae: (84) Chlorops sp.— all s. or
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (85) Pyrameis huntera F: * (88) Nisoniades
brizo B.— L.; Heterocera: (37) Diksierla erechtea Cram.
Coleoptera — Oedemeridae: (38) Asclera ruficollis Say, f. p.
SILPHIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM Michx.— The plant is common on
prairies, grows from one to two metres high, and bears yellow
heads which expand about four or five centimetres.
The ray-flowers are female; those of the disc, male. The
disc-flowers have a long, undivided hairy style which serves to
expose the pollen to the visitors. Nectar is secreted by the
dise flowers, which have tubes six or seven millimetres long.
This places the nectar beyond the reach of short-tongued
insects.
The flowers bloom from July 9 to September 7. The visitors
were observed on July 13, 14, 19, 28, and August 9: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: ( 7. Apis mellifica L. 8, S., one; fe Melissodes
dentiventris Sm. , s., freq.; (3) M. aurigenia Cr. <j, s., freq.; (4) M.
obliqua Say 6O', 8.3 (5) cruise dupla Say 9, s., freq.; (6) Lae pug-
nata Say ¢'9,s. and c. p., ab.; (7) M. inimica Cr. i’, 8.; (= M. sayi Cr.);
(8) M. montivaga Cr. J, s (9) M. petulans Cr. J), 8., tg. (10) = brevis
Say g', s.; (11) Epeotiis, ceiegaits F. 3, s.; (12) E. lunatus Say <j, s.;
Andrenidae: i Halictus ligatus Say Q, s.; (14) Agapostemon viridula F.
of a2 S.andc
Diptera — Bombylidae: Sr Systoechus vulgaris Lw., s.; Tachinidae: (16)
Cistogaster occidua WIik.,
SILPHiIum Lacrinratum L.— Visitors —July 16, 18, 20, 25,
and August 4:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica - 8 , 8.; (2) Bombus separa-
tas Cr. 89, s., (3) B. americanorum F. 8, 8.; (4) Melissodes aurigenia
Cr. ao 4, 8. ab.; (5) M. coloradensis Cr. <j’, 8. op ) M. bimaculata Lep. <j,
8-5 (7) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s.; (8) Mezachile brevis Say 9, s-; (9) M.
pugnata Say 9, s. and c. p.; (10) Epeolus remigatus F. ¢j', s.; Andrenidae:
464 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
(11) Agapostemon texanus Cr. 9, 8.; (12) A. viridula F. 9, s. andc. p.;
(13) Halictus gery Say 2, c. p.; (14) H. pilosus Sm. Q, c. p.; (15) H
stultus Cr.
Saji Conceaie (16) Zodion leucostoma Will.; (17) Z. fulvifrons
Say; Syrphidae: (18) Allograpta obliqua Say; (19) Eristalis latifrons Lw.:
(20) E, transversus Wd.— all s
ro gi creme i (21) Danais archippus F.; (22) Colias philo-
dice Gdt., freq. —bot
PARTHENIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM L.— The stems grow from
seven to ten decimetres high, and bear dense flat-topped
corymbs of heads which measure about eight millimetres
across.
Each head contains five fertile flowers with broad and short
obcordate ligules. Each fertile flower thus has a cup-like
form. The disc flowers are numerous and sterile. The pis-
tillate flowers are white. The lobes of the staminate flowers
and the chaff are terminated by white club-shaped hairs which
make the heads looks somewhat woolly and very white.
The flat corymbs form a very conspicuous and convenient
landing place. The shallow ray-flowers furnish nectar, and
the disc-flowers afford abundant pollen. Numerous small
and short-tongued visitors are the result.
I have found the Parthenium in bloom from June 6 to July
30. Onthe 21st and 27th of June and the 11th of July I
noted as visitors: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae ( te Ceratina dupla Say 9,8. and c. p.; (2) Me-
en montiva aga Cr. Pye ; (8) ee carinatum Cr. (2, Ss: apn ~
Say; Philanthidae: (18) Cerceris robertsonii Fox x; a9) C. compacta Cr.;
‘pale (20) Ammophila intercepta Lep.; Scoliidae: (21) Myzine sex
ncta F.; Chrysididae: (22) Hedychrum ‘yiolaceum Brullé v. parvum
aie Braconidae: (23) Bracon sp.; (24) Agathis vulgaris Cr.; Tenthre-
dinidae: (25) Hylotoma humeralis By. — all s.
Diptera — Heipidas (26) ae sp., 8.; Conopidae: (27) Zodion
fulvifrons Say, s.; Syrphidae: (28) Mesograpta marginata Say; (29) ™M.
geminata Say, ( 30) staaieehised cylindrica Say; (31) Syritta pipiens L-;
Tachinidae: (32) sp.; (83) Hyalomyia purpurascens Twns. ; (34) Cistogaster
occidua WI1k.; (35) Ocyptera euchenor WIk.; (36) Miltogramma cinerascens
Twns., freq.; (37) M. a Twns.; (38) M. flavicornis Twas-;
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 465
Sarcophagidae: (39) sp.; (40 and 41) Sarcophaga spp.; Muscidae: (42)
Stomoxys calcitrans L.; (43) Lucilia cornicina F.; (44) L. sylvarum Mg.;
Anthomyidae: (45) Anthomyia sp.; (46) A. albicincta Fll.; Muscidae
acalyptratae: (47) sp.—all s. or f.
Coleoptera — Scarabaeidae: (48) Trichius piger F., s. and f. p., freq.;
Cerambycidae: (49) Typocerus sinuatus N ewm., f. p., freq.; Chrysomelidae:
(50) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv., f. p.; (51) D. atripennis Say, s.;
Mordellidae: (52) Pentaria trifasciata Melsh., s.; Rhipiphoridae: (58)
Rhipiphorus limbatus HF Bs
Hemiptera — Capsidae: (54) Lygus pratensis L., freg.; (55) Calocorus
rapidus Say; Corimelaenidae: (56) Corimelaena pulicaria Germ.—all s.
Ecuinacea aneustiroiia * DC. — This purple Cone-flower
is one of the handsomest of native plants. It grows on
prairies. The stems grow from five to ten decimetres high
and bear large conical heads with long drooping rays, which
are rose-red. The rays are sterile, the disc flowers being
hermaphrodite. The corollas measure five millimetres in
length, their rigid lobes being erect and rather closely approxi-
mated. The nectar is, therefore, deeply seated and closely
concealed. The pollen is carried upwards and exposed on the
hairy styles. In most of the Compositae the pollen may be
gathered with great facility by bees which run about over the
heads. In Echinacea, however, each pair of pollen-laden
Styles is guarded by the stiff tip of a bract, so that it is fairly
impossible for any except the smallest bees to collect the
pollen, and these cannot do it easily. I have seen the female
of Melissodes obliqua trying in vain to collect pollen of
£. purpurea. \
The stiff bracts also serve to render the nectar less accessi-
ble. On account of the deep-seated nectar, the narrow passage
to it, the stiff bracts, excluding bees, and the bright color I
4m inclined to regard the flowers of Echinacea as specially
adapted to butterflies, and these, as far as I have observed, are
the principal guests.
Echinacea angustifolia, as far as observed, blooms from
June 3rd to 30th. . June 14, 20 and 21 I noted as visitors: —
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (1) Danais archippus F.; (2) Chrysophanus
CW
* The plant is figured ia Goodale and Sprague ‘ Wild Flowers of
America,” Plate XXYV.
466 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
thoe B.— L.; (3) Colias philodice Gdt.; (4) Pamphila peckius Kby.; (5) P.
cernes B.— L.— alls.
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (6) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s. andc. p.; (7) Me-
gachile montivaga Cr. ',s.; Andrenidae: (8) Agapostemon viridula F. 9.
Coleoptera —Cerambycidae: (9) Typocerus sinuatus Newm., f. p
ECHINACEA PURPUREA Moench.— The stems are taller and
more branched than in #. angustifolia and, accordingly, the
heads are more numerous. The rays are rose-purple, and
more expanded than in #. angustifolia. The discs appear
yellow from the color of the tips of the bracts. The tubes of
the dise-florets are narrow and measure about five millimetres
long. The rigid tips of the chaff surpass the corollas for three
or four millimetres and are so closely crowded that insects
cannot reach the nectar unless they are provided with a pro-
boscis eight or nine millimetres long. Pollen is carried out on
the hairy tips of the styles but is so closely guarded by the
chaff-tips that pollen-collecting bees are unable to remove it. _
As in the case of the preceding, the flower seems to be
adapted to butterflies, which are the principal visitors.
The plant blooms from June 18 to September 14. August
8 and 24, and September 14 the following visitors were
noted : —
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (1) Danias archippus F.; (2) Phyciodes
nycteis D. —H.; (3) Pieris rapae L.; (4) Colias philodice Gdt.; (5) Papilio
troilus L.—all s,
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (6) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., one; (7) Bombus
separatus Cr. gj’, s.; (8) Melissodes obliqua Say Q,s., and trying in vain to
collect pollen; Andrenidae: (9) Agapostemon viridula F. f'@, 8. and c. P
Diptera — Bombylidae: (10) Exoprosopa decora Lw.; (11) Systoechus
vulgaris Lw.— both s.
RupBeckia HIrTA L.—The stems grow from three to six
decimetres high and bear conspicuous heads with bright
yellow rays. ;
The ray-flowers are neutral. The flowers of the disc ere
hermaphrodite. The pollen is carried out on the hairy tips
of the approximated style-divisions.
The tubes are slender and measure about four millimetres
in length. The nectar, therefore, is accessible only to me
longer and more slender tongues, but the pollen is easily
accessible.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 467
This plant holds an important place in the economy of
Calliopsis albitarsis and Andrena rudbeckiae.
It blooms from June Ist to September 16th, though the
last of July ends its maximum blooming period.
The list of visitors is the result of absaesitonl made on
thirteen days, between June 9 and August 22 :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s-; (2) Melissodes per-
plexa Cr. 9,8. and c. p., freq.; (3) M. dentiventris Sm. 9, s.; (4 ) M.- ob-
liqua Say (', s.; (5) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s. andc. p.; (6) Megachile
addenda Cr. 9,s.; (7) M. pugnata Say 9,c.p.; (8) M. montivagaCr. 9,c
p.; (9) M. brevis Say 9, s.; (10) Coelioxys altilis Cr. ’, s.; (11) Epeolus
lunatus Say ', s.; (12) Nomada annulata Sm. 32, 8-3 (13) Calliopsis
albitarsis Cr. OP, 8. and c. p., ab.; (14) C. illinoensis Cr.f'9, s. and c. p.,
; Andrenidae: (15) Andrena rudbeckiae Rob. g'9, s. andc. p., ab.; (16)
Agapostemon viridula F. Q, s. and c. p.; (17) Augochlora pura Say 9, s.
and c. p.; (18) Halictus sp. 9, c. p.; (19) H. pectoralis Sm. 9, s. and c.
D., freq.; (20) H. ligatus Say 9,8. and c. p.; (21) H. pilosus Sm. 9, s. and
c. p.; (22) H. Deak Rob. <j, 8.; (28) H. confusus Sm. j'9, 8. and c. p.;
~Psegsim (24) Odynerus arvensis Sauss.; (25) O. anormis Say; Bembeci-
: (26) i acaiie pict: Sm.; Sphecidae: (27) Ammophila intercepta
Seo freq.; (28) A. pictipennis Walsh; (29) Priononyx thomae F.— all s.
Diptera — Stratiomyidae: (30) Odontomyia nigrirostris Lw., s.; Bombyli-
dae: (31) Exoprosopa decora Lw.; (32) E ao Say; (38) Anthrax
parvicornis Lw.; (34) Sparnopolits fulvus Wd. —all four s.; Conopidae.
(85) Zodion futvitrons Say,s.; Syrphidae: (36) "atrats tibialis Fll.; (87)
Allograpta obliqua Say; (38) Mesograpta marginata Say, ab.; (39) Sphae-
Saggshy cylindrica Say; (40) Erista . dimidiatus Wd.; (41) E. latifrons
ab.; (42) E. transversus Wd., ab.; (48) E. aeneus F.; (44) Helophilus
biitccas Lw.; (45) Tropidia mamillata Lw.; (46) Syritta pipiens L.;
Tachinidae: (47) Deities euchenor WIK., freq.; (48) Jurinia apicifera WIk.;
(49) Cuphocera ruficauda v. d. W.; (50) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will.,
freq.; Anthomyidae: (51) sp.; (52) Coenosia sp. —all s. orf. p,
Lepidoptera — Rhopatocera: (53) Argynnis cybele F.; (54) Phyciodes
bycteis D.— H.; (55) P. tharos Dru.; (56) Liminitis disippus Gdt.; (57)
sary calanus cee (58) sre tee te thoe B.—L.; (59) Pieris rapae
-3 (60) Colias phifodice Gdt.; (61) Pamphila peckius Kby.; (62) P. cernes
—L.; Heterocera: (63) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn.; (64) Plusia simplex
Gn.— all s
Coleoptera — Buprestidae: (65) Acmaeodera pulchella Hbst.; Cerambyci-
dae: (66) Typocerus sinuatus Newm., freq.; Chrysomelidae: (67) Diabrotica
atripennis Say; Mordellidae: (68) Mordella scutellaris F.; Meloidae: (69)
“ometiaman unicolor Kby.; Curculionidae: (70) Centrinus scutellum-album
y¥—all f. p.
Rupsecxra tritopa L.— The stems grow from six to fif-
teen decimetres high and bear numerous small heads with
black-purple centers and yellow rays. The heads expand
468 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
four or five centimetres. The tubes of the disc-florets are
very narrow and measure about three millimetres in length.
This species blooms from July 23 to October 16. The
following list, which contains an interesting assemblage of
long-tongued flies, was observed on eight days, between
August 4 and September 14 :-—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. <j’, s., one; (2) Melis-
sodes obliqua Say 9, s. andc. p.; (3) M. perplexa Cr. 9,s. and c. p.; (4) M.
confusa Cr. ¢',s.; (5) Epeolus mercatus F. §'Q,s.; (6) Calliopsis illinoensis
Cr. f 2,8. and c. p., ab.; (7) C. labrosus Rob. (MS) ¢'9,s. and c. p.; (8)
C, compositarum Rob. ,j, s.; (9) C. asteris Rob. (MS) Q, s. and c. p.;
Andrenidae: (10) Andrena aliciae Rob. (9, s. and ec. p., freq.; (11) Halictus
pectoralis Sm. 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (12) H. coriaceus Sm. 9, 8.; (13) H.
ligatus Say 9,s.; (14) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, 8.; (15) Colletes compacta Cr. 2,
8S. and c. p.; (16) C. americana Cr. 9, s. andc.p.; Vespidae: (17) Polistes
pallipes Lep., s.; Eumenidae: (18) Odynerus arvensis Sauss., s.; Sphecidae:
(19) Ammophila gracilis Lep., s.; Scoliidae: (20) Scolia bicincta F., s.;
Ichneumonidae: (21) Exetastes suaveolens Walsh, s.
Diptera — Empidae: (22) Empis sp.; Syrphidae: (23) Eristalis trans-
versus Wd.; Bombylidae: (24) Exoprosopa decora Lw.; (25) E, fascipennis
Say; (26) Anthrax halcyon Say, freq.; (27) Sparnopolius fulvus Wd.; (28
Systropus macer F.; (29) Toxophora amphitea W1lk.; (30) Lepidophora
aegeriiformis Westwood; Tachinidae: (31) Cuphocera ruficauda v. d. W.;
(32) Epigrimyia polita Twns.; (33) Coronimyia geniculata Twns., ab.;
he Siphoplagia anomala Twns.; Dexidae: (35) sp.; (36) Prosena sp.,
req. —all s.
Lepidoptera — Nymphalidae: (37) Phyciodes tharos Dros ; (38) P.
nycteis D.—H.; Papilionidae: (39) Pieris protodice B.—L.; (40) Colias
philodice Gdt.— all s.
Coleoptera — Mordellidae : (41) Mordellistena sp.
LepacHys Prinnata Torr. and Gray.—The plant grows
about one metre high. The stem and branches bear single
heads with conspicuous, drooping yellow rays. The
ray-florets are neutral. The disc is oblong. The tubes
of the disc-florets are two millimetres in length. The florets
and the chaff, with its thickened tips, form a very compact
mass which renders it easy for Melissodes obliqua to run
around the heads and clean up the pollen in her copious scopae-
This bee, though by no means the exclusive visitor, is by far
the most abundant, being more common on this than any
other flower. This Melissodes is the most importent pollinator
of Lepachys pinnata, and the plant in turn is the most impor-
tant in the economy of the bee, being its chief source of
pollen supply.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 469
Lepachys pinnata blooms from July 4th to August 29.
The list was observed on fifteen days between July 11th and
August 9th:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Melissodes sp. §'9, s. and c. p.; (2) M. den-
tiventris Sm. (J, s.; (3) M. bimaculata Lep. d', S., ab.; (4) M. obliqua Say
SP, Ss. and c. p., very ab.; (5) M. aurigenia Cr. 39,8, freq: (6) M. perplexa
Cr. 3’, s.; (7)Megachile thethiatins Say 9’, s.;(8)M. pugnata Say 9,5 ithe Sk
inimica Cr. §'9,8s.,ab.; (10) M. addenda Cr. 9, s.; (11) M. mendica Cr. °,8.
(12) M. brevis Shy CO’, 8.3 (18) Alcidamea sebdiietk Cr.9, 8.3 (14) Coeioeye
whale Cr. J, 8.3 (15) ete pig. phe F. #9, 8., ab.; (16) E. lunatus
?,8., ab.; (17) E. mercatus F. 9, s.; “18) E. Sudiennin Say ol, 8.;
Rescue: ( 19) Halictus tesoasit tay. Q, 8. and c. p.; (20) H. ligatus Say
O?, 8. and c. p., ab., (21 ) H. albipennis Rob. 9,8. andc. p.; (22) eaten
mon radiatus Say <j’, s.; (23) Augochlora humeralis Pttn. ¢',s.; Eumen-
tdae: (24) Odynerus sp.; (25) O. arvensis Sauss.; (26) O. anormis Say;
Bembecidae: (27) Bembex nubillipennis Cr., ab.; (28) Monedula pictifrons
Sm., freq.; Sphecidae: (29) Ammophila fnteosta Lep.; (80) A. pictipennis
Walsh; (31) Priononyx atrata Lep.; (32) P. thomae F.—alls
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (33) chika ap Dru. ;
humuli Harr.; (35) Lycaena comyntas Gdt.—
Diptera — Empidae: (36) Empis sp.; Sosilpeige: (37) Geron senilis F. ;
petorces (38) Zodion leucostoma Will., freq.; Muscidae acalyptratae: (39)
—alls
(34) Thecla
bonaoptea = — Buprestidae: (40) Acmaeodera pulchella Hbst.; Cerambyci-
th f. p.
dae: (41) Typocerus sinuatus Newm.— bot
Hevianruus Mouiis Lam.— The stems grow from six to
ten decimetres high and bear rather large heads with yellow
discs. The heads commonly look towards the east. They
expand five or six centimetres or more. The disc-florets have
tubes about six millimetres long.
Helianthus mollis blooms from J ae 21 to September 7, and
on August 17 and 19, was found to be visited by :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 38, 8., freq. ; ined
ach ies obliqua Say j'f, 8. and c. p., freq.; (3) M. ossendousis is ;
(4) Epeolus remigatus F. 9, s., freq-; Andrenidae: (5) Agapostemon
meth F. 3,8
Diptera — Bombylidae: (6) Anthrax halcyon Say; (7) eee vulgaris
T Riera 8.
Lw., freq.; Tachinidae: (8) Siphoplagia ano
Lepidoptera — Papilionidae: (9) Colias philodice Gdt., s.
HELIANTHUS GROSSE-SERRATUS Martens. — Visitors — ob-
served on 16 days, between September 1 and October 4: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, 8, ab.; (2) Bombus
Separatus Cr. ¢'8, s.; (3) B. scutellaris Cr. 8, 8.5 (4) B. penusylvanicus
470 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
De G. 8, s.; (5) B. americanorum F. (8, s., ab.; (6) B. virginicus Oliv. 2
8, 8.; (7) Melissodes sp. 9, s.; (8) M. coloradensis Cr. 9, 8. and c. p.; (9)
M. obliqua Say ?, s. and c. p., freq.; (10) M. perplexa Cr. 9, s. and ¢. p.,
freq.; (11) M. dentiventris Sm. 9, s. and c. p., freq.; (12) M. aurigenia Cr.
2,8. and c. p., ab.; (18) M. desponsa Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (14) Megachile
latimanus Say §'@, s. and c. p., ab.; (15) M. inimica Cr. 2, 8.; (16) M.
brevis Say 9,8. andc. p.; (17) M. optiva Cr. 9,8s.; (18) Coelioxys dubitata
Sm. 9,8.; (19) caretel remigatus F. 9,8.; (20) E. mercatus F. 9, s., freq.;
(21) Nomeda vincta Say (9, 8s., freq.; (22) Calliopsis illinoensis Cr. 9, Ss.
and c. p.;, (23) C. Solidnganto Rob. 9, s.; (24) Panurgus autumnalis Rob.
(MS) 9, 8s. and c. p., freq.; (25) Andrena ee Rob. f'Q, 8. and ¢. p.,
“ ; (26) A. pulchella Rob. 9,s. and c. p., ab.; (27) Halictusligatus Say 9,
and c. p.; (28) Agapostemon viridula Asi Ey s.; Bembecidae: sos Bem-
wae fabiNtpennis Cr., s.; Sphecidae: (30) Priononyx atrata Lep.,
Diptera — Bombyl iitae': (31) Systoechus et Lw., freq. ; es Sparno-
polius fulvus Wd., ab.; (83) Exoprosopa decora Lw.—alls. ; Syrphidae:
(34) Syrphus daictioaaus Wd.; (35) sietibaitS: pe L.; (86) E. latifrons
Lw., ab.; (37) E. transversus Wd.; (38) Helophilus latifrons Lw. —alls
and f. p.; Tachinidae: — Sp., 8.; Mueetine: (40) Lucilia cornicina F., 8.;
Anthomyidae: (41) sp.,
Lepidoptera — Hhimioiane: (42) Danais archippus F., freq.; (43) Eupto-
ieta claudia Cram.; (44) Argynnis cybele F.; (45) Pyrameis cardui L., freq.;
(46) P. huntera F.; (47) Papilio philenor tis (48) Meganostoma cxesonis
Stoll; (49) Colias philodice Gdt.; (50) Pyrgus tessellata Scud.; Heterocera
(51) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn.; (82) Utetheisa bella L.; (53) Plusia simplex
Gn. —all
Coleoptera — Lampy Pidiné= (54) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.;
rysomelidae : het Diabrotica longicornis Say; (56) D. 12-punctata
Oliv. —all f
HELIANTHUS stRUMOsUS L.— The heads expand five or six
centimetres. The disc — measure six millimetres in
length.
This Helianthus blooms from July 21to September 3. The
following visitors were taken on the flowers on August 22
and 24:—
Megachile pian Cr. 3; 8. 8.5 (5) Pant remigatus F. 2, 8. ; (6) E. e
catus F. o', 8.; (7) ek see Rob. cus ) 2, 8.3 Andrenidae: ( )
Lep.,
Diets. Beebe: (10) Anthrax halcyon Say, s.; (11) Systoechus
Lw.; (12) Sparnopolius fulvus Wd.—all s
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (18) Phyciodes nyetehe D.— H.; (14) Colias
philodice Gdt.— both s
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 471
HELIANTHUs TUBEROSUS L.— The stems grow two or three
metres high ; and bear conspicuous yellow heads which expand
from six to eight centimetres. The disc florets haye corollas
with tubes six milimetres long.
On fifteen days during the blooming time — August 13 to
26 —I observed the following visitors: —
An ge Heeler ree (1) Bombus vagans Sm. ¢',s.; (2) B. american-
orum F. ‘8, and c. p., freq.; (3) B. separatus Cr. ie 8.; (4) Melis-
sodes Secesomtitid ‘Sia. 32, 8.3 (5) M. obliqua Say 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (6)
M. coloradensis Cr. Jd 2, 8. and c. p., freq.; (7) M. canines Cr. 39,8
and c. p., freq.; (8) M. confusa Cr. 4’, s.; (9) Megachile inimica Cr. 9, c.
p.; (10) M. brevis Say 9, s.; (11) Epeolus lunatus Say 9, s.; (12) E. rem-
igatus F. 9, s.; (13) Nomada vincta Say 9,s.; (14) Calliopsis labrosus
Rob. (MS) $9, s. and c. p.; (15) C. rugosus Rob. (MS) f'9, s. ande. p,
ab.; Andrenidae: (16) Andrena pulchella Rob. j'9, s. and c. p., ab.; (17) A.
aliciae Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (18) wr coriaceus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.;
(19) H. pectinatus Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (20) H. ligatus Say 9,s. andc. p.;
a (21) Cerceris sonnei Cis s.; Scolitdae: (22) Al bicincta
meats a Sleayiin (23) Exoprosopa fascipennis Say, freq.; (24) E.
decora Lw.; (25) Anthrax halcyon Say, freq.; (26) Systoechus vulgaris Lw.,
freq.; (27) Sparnopolius fulvus Wd.,ab.—all s.; Syrphidae: (28) Eristalis
transversus Wd., s.; (29) E. tenax L.,f.p.; Muscidae: (30) Lucilia cornicina
F., 8.; Trypetidae: (31) Trypeta finalis Lw
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (32) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (33) Thecla
m-album B.—L.; (34) Colias philodice Gdt.; (35) Pholisora catullus F. —
all s.
Coleoptera — Lampyridae: (36) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus De G.;
Chrysomelidae: (37) Diabrotica longicornis Say; Mordellidae: (38) Mor-
della scutellaris F.; Meloidae: (89) Epicauta pennsylvanica De G. —all f. p.
VERBESINA HELIANTHOIDES Michx. — The plants grow from
six to twelve decimetres high and have few heads, five or six
centimetres wide. The rays are neutral, the disc-florets
hermaphrodite.
The corollas are five or six mm. long.
The plant blooms from June 16 to August 10. The
Visitors were observed on July 5, 6, and 11 :—
none re (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, 8., one; (2) Bombus
mericanorum F. $, s.; (3) Melissodes obliqua Say 9, s.; (4) Ceratina
dupla Say 9, 8.; (5) Mocusnts pollicaris Say <j’, 8.; (6) M. pugnata Say
?, 8. and c. p., freq.; (7) M. brevis Say g'9, 8. and c. p., freq.; (8) M.
mendica Cr. 9 s. and c. p.; (9) M. petulans Cr. j,s.; (10) Aleidamen
producta Cr. 9, ¢. p.; (11) Coelioxys sp. qj, 8.; (12) C. altilis Cr. J, s.;
(13) Calliopsis sthiserins Cr. o'; 8:3 Sedveitice: (14) Halictus lerouxii
472 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Lep. 9, s. and c. p.; (15) H. ligatus Say ¥, s.; (16) Augochlora coins Rob.
Q, 8. and c. p.; (17) Agapostemon viridula F. 9, s.; Bembe +18)
Monedula pictifrons Sm., s.; Sphecidae; (19) Ammophila ers eh 8.,
freq.; (20) A. intercepta EAs s., freq.; (21) A. pictipennis Walsh,
Diptera — Bombylidae: (22) Systoechus vulgaris Lw.; (23) a
parvicornis Lw.; Syrphidae: (24) Eristalis transversus Wd. —all s.
Lepidoptera — Ctenuchidae: (25) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn., s.
Coreopsis paLmATA Nutt. — The plants grow in small, thin
patches ; the stems rise about six decimetres high and bear
conspicuous yellow heads about four centimetres wide. The
ray florets are neutral, those of the disc, hermaphrodite.
The corollas are five or six millimetres long, the tube
being very narrow below.
I have noted the plant in bloom from June 17 to July 8.
The visitors were observed on June 27, 29 and July 1: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 8, s.; (2) Melis-
sodes confusa Cr. ¥', s.; (3) Ceratina dupla Say 9, s., freq.; (4) Megachile
brevis Say 2, s., freq.; (5) Nomada annulata Sm. 9, s.; (6) Calliopsis
albitarsisCr. 9,s.; (7) C. andreniformis Sm. 9,8.; Andrenidae: (8) Halictus
ligatus Say ¢'Q,s. and c. p., freq.; (9) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9, s.; (10) H.-
pilosus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (11) Augochlora similis Rob. 9, s. and ¢. p.;
Eumenidae: (12) Odynerus anormis Say; Sphecidae: (13) Ammophila gryphus
Sm.; (14) A. vulgaris Cr.; (15) A. intercepta Lep.; (16) A. pictipennis
Walsh ; (17) Priononyx thomae F.; Braconidae: (18) Toxoneura abdominalis
ipieta Stratiomyidae: (19) Odontomle nsielibisg Lw.; Conopidae:
aa Zodion fulvifrons Say; Muscidae: (21 ee tomoxys calcitrans L.; (22)
Lucilia sp.; Muscidae lsh tt (23) sp
8.
Lepidoptera — Rhopaloc (24) Pivelities tharos Dru.; (25) Colias
philodice Gdt.; (26) Sonata cernes B.— ]
Coleoptera— Cerambycidae: Typocsiis sinuatus Newm.; Mor-
(27
dellidae: (28) Mordella scutellaris F.; Meloidae: (29) sp. — all f. p.
CorEopsiIs TRIPTERIS L.— The stems grow from fifteen to
twenty-five decimetres high and are terminated by corymbose
clusters of small heads with yellow rays and dark-purple
centers. The rays are neutral. The tubes of the disc florets
are about six millimetres long, but a proboscis four millimetres
long can obtain some of the nectar. The plants are generally.
scattered so that they do not attract insects in great “numbers.
This species blooms later than the preceding — July
26 to September 26. The visitors were observed August 22,
24 and 30 :—
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 473
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. 8, 8.3; (2) Melis-
sodes obliqua Say 9, s. and c. p.; (3) M. dentiventris Sm. <j, s., freq.; (4)
Megachile montivaga Cr. 2, s.; (5) Epeolus remigatus F. Q, 8.3; (6) Calli-
opsis ice Rob. (MS) $9, s.; Andrenidae: (7) Andrena pulchella Rob.
?, 8. and c. p.; (8) Halictus pectoralis Sm. Q,8.; (9) H. ligatus Say 9,8.
and c. p.; Sphecidae: on Ammophila gryphus Sm., s.; Scoliidae: (11)
Scolia bicincta F., s.,
Diptera — Bombyiae: (12) Anthrax aap Say; (13) Systoechus vul-
garis Lw.; (14) Sparnopolius fulvus Wd.; (15) Lepidophora aegeriiformis
Westwood; rete. (16) Coronimyia genicuinta Twns. — a
CorEopsis ARISTOSA Michx.— Visitors observed on fourteen
days — August 2 to September 15 :—
a (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s., ab.; (2) Bombus
“agg Cr. g', 8., freg 5 (3) B. scutellaris Cr. 8, s.; (4) B, americanoram
F. J'8, s. and c. p., ab.; (5) B. virginicus Oliv. J'9 8, 8. and c, p., ab.;
on Melissodes bimevuiata Lep. M. desponsa Sm. 9, s. and ¢.
; (8) M. dentiventris Sm. 99, s. and c. en ; (9) M. aurigenia Cr. 9, s. and
‘ p., freq.; (10) M. perplexa Cr. {'2, s. and ¢. p., ab.; (11) Ceratina
dupla Say 9, s. one c. ps; (12) Megachle iors Say 32, s. and ¢. p.,
Sal ; (18) M. optiva Cr. 9,8. and c. p.; (14) Heriades carinatum
-; (15) Epeolus sa F. SP s., freq.; (16) Calliopsis eccancalateds
Rob, (MS) 9, s. and c. p., ab : (17) C. illinoensis Cr. f'9, 8s. and ¢. p.,
ab. ; soe C. rugosus Rob. (MS) 9, gs. and c. p.; (19) C. compositarum Rob.
SB, 8.3 (20) C Fig snas Rob. (MS) 9'Q, 8. and c. p.; Andrenidae: (21)
Andrena aliciae R b. 9, 8. and c. p.; (22) Halictus ee Sm. 3, 8.;
(23) H. ligatus Say Q, s.; (24) Agapostemon viridula F. j'9, 8. and c.
(25) A. radiatus Say 9, s. and c. p.; (26) Augochlora labrosa Say @,
3; (27) Colletes spinosa Rob. 2, s.; (28) C. compacta Cr. JQ; 8., freq. ;
Denies e: oO eto germanica F.; Humenidae: (80) Oayneias tigris
Sauss.; Bembecidae: (31) Bembex nubillipennis Cr.; (32) B. fasciata F.;
(33) Beisbedula. ventralis Say; Sphecidae: (34) Ammophila intercepta Lep. ;
(35) Pelopoeus cementarias Dru.; Scoliidae: (36) Myzine sexcincta F.;
(37) Scolia bicincta F., ab.; npg idae: (88) sp.; Ichneumonidae: (39)
Exetastes suaveolens Wals h—a
Diptera — Bombylidae: (40) eonameg es fasciata Mcq.; (41) E. fascipen-
nis ot (42) E. decora Lw.; (43) Anthrax neeres Say; (44) Sparnopolius
ful ) (46) Toxophora amphitea
8 Wd., ab.; (45 Gyatiopas macer _
Wik. att 8.; Conopidae: (47) Zodion fulvifrons Say, s.; Sy é; ¢ °
Chrysogaster nitida Wd.; (49) Syrphus americanus Wd.; (50) Mesograpta
polita Say; (51) risers Pinktitis Wd., freq.; (52) E. latifrons Lw.; (53)
E. transversus Wd. . orf. i ; Dexidae: (54 and 55) spp.; (56) Prosena
SP.; (57) Settee” vardios s Twns. —all s.; Tachinidae: (58 and 59)
SPP-, s., freq.; (60) Jurinia echicetttien Mcq., freq.; (61) srt
Tobusta Wd., freq.; (62) Siphoplagia anomala Twns., freq.; (63) Milto-
Sramma argentifrons Twns . Acroglossa oe dan Will.—all s.;
Sarcophagidae: (65) Sarcophaga sp., 8.3 Mi : (66) Lucilia caesar L.,
or Be. Compsomyia macellaria F., 8.; ‘ehiiagltat: (68) Chortophila
474 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (69) Danais archippus F., freq.; (70) Argyn-
nis cybele F.; (71) Phyciodes tharos Dru.; (72) Pyrameis cardui L., freq. ;
(73) Limenitis disippus Gdt.; (74) L. ursala F.; (75) Papilio philenor L.;
(76) P. aera (77) Pieris geshiei (78) Colias philodice Gdt.; (79)
Pamphila c oho L ; (80) Nisoniades juvenalis F.; (81) Budamus
tityrus F.; peas (82) Heliothis armiger Hbn. —alls
Coleoptera — Lampyridae: (83) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus DeG.,
ab., pairing; Chrysomelidae: (84) Chrysomela similis Rog.; (85) Diabrotica
12-punctata Oliv.; Meloidae: (86) Epicauta cinerea Forst. ; ibaa E. pennsyl-
vanica DeG.; Rhip iohonidae: (88) Myodites sp. —all
Hemiptera — Pentatomidae: (89) Euschistus, sp., 8s.
BIDENS CHRYSANTHEMOIDES Michx. — Visitors observed on
September 20th :—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, ; (2) Bombus
americanorum F. {'8, s., freq.; (3) Melissodes near a. 9, 8.5 (4
M. aurigenia Cr. Q, s. pod & . p.; (5) M. perplexa Cr. 99, 8. and c. p., freq.;
(6) gece ae Say Q,8.; (7) Megachile latimanus Say Q, s. and c. P.;
(8) M. brevis Siy JQ, s. andc. p., freq.; (9) M. mendica Cr. ji, 8.; (10) M.
petulans oe 3, 8.3; (11) Epeolus mercatus F. 9, s8.; Andrenidae: (12)
Andrena aliciae Rob. 9; (13) Halictus ligatus Say <j, 8.; (14) H. confusus
Sm. 92, s. and c. p.; (15) Colletes compacta Cr. 99, 8. and c. p., freq.;
Vespidae: (16) Polistes metricus Say, s.; Humenidae: (17) Eumenes
fraternus Say, s.; Scoliidae: er ae bicincta F., s., freq. ; Ichneumonidae:
(19) Exetastes pidcveoiens Wa
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: "Gy Danais archippus F., ab.; (21) Phyci-
odes tharos Dru.; (22) Pyrameis huntera F.; (23) P. atalanta L.; (24)
Limenitis disippus Gdt.; (25) Chrysophanus thoe B.— L.; (26) Colias philo-
dice Gdt., freq.; (27) Pamphtia campestris Bdv. v. huron Edw.; (28
phylavis Dru.; Heterocera: (29) Scepsis fulvicollis Hbn.; (30) Feltia sub-
sities Steph. ; (31) Pisin simplex Gn.; (32) Heliothis armiger Hbn.; (33)
H. dipsaceus L.—all s.
Diptera — Bombylidae: (34) Anthrax halcyon oe s.; (35) Systoechus
vulgaris Lw.,s.; (36) Sparnopolius fulvus W4., s., freq.; Syrphidae: (37)
Mesograpta marginata Say, s.; (38) itristalte dwisens Wad., s., ab.; (39)
E. transversus Wd.,s., ab.; (40) Helophilus similis Meq.; Tachinidae: yet?
Jurinia smaragdina fs cq., 8., freq.; (42) Siphoplagia anomala Twns.; _
cidae: (43) Lucilia cornicina F., s., freq.; — Compsomyia macellaria F.,
8. ie RIS ee (35) Hydrophoria
Cole ra— Lampyridae: (46) asiiwatkos pennsylvanicus De G., 8:
and f. one Chicos: (47) Diabrotica 12-punctata Oliv., f. P-
HELENIUM AUTUMNALE L. — Visitors observed on Septembet
15 and 22:—
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. nar c. p.5 Gy! ont
bus separatus Cr. 2, s.; (3) B. scutellaris Cr. jj’, s.; (4) B. america ‘
F. J'8,8., freq.; (5) B. virginicus Oliv. (8, 5., ab.; (6) Meliesodes eat
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. 475
ventris Sm. 9, c. p.; (7) M. aurigenia Cr. ¢', s.; (8) M. perplexa Cr. 9, s.
and c. p.,ab.; (9) M. confusa Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (10) Megachile latimanus
Say 9, 8.; (11) M. brevis Say 9,s. and c. p., ab.; (12) Coelioxys altilis Cr.
,8.; (13) Epeolus mercatus F. ©, s., ab.; Andrenidae: (14) Agapostemon
Viridula F. og’, s.; (15) Halictus fasclatas os Q, Ss. and c. p.; (16)
Colletes compacta Cr. 9, s.andc. p.; Vespida fare! espa germanica F. ;
(18) Polistes pallipes Lep.; Bembecidae: (19) B mbex fasciata F.; (20)
Bembedula ventralis Say, freq.; Sphecidae: (21) Amon gryphus Sm.;
(22) A. intercepta Lep.; (23) a ee ae Lep. —
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (24) Phyciodes Gite Dro.; ; (25) Colias
philodice Gdt.; (26) Pamphila cernes e —L.; Heterocera: (27) Scepsis
fulvicollis Hbn. — all s.
Diptera— Bombylidae: (28) Anthrax halcyon gb? Neds Sparnopolius
fulvus Wd.; Syrphidae: (30) Syrphus arcuatus Fll. —
Coleoptera — Lampyrtd dae: (31) Chauliognathus sis ivcati DeG.,
f. p., ab.; Meloidae: (32) Epicauta pennsylvanica De G., f. p.
Hemiptera — Pentatomidae: (33) Euschistus fisilis Uhl., s.
Cyicus autissmuus Willd. — Visitors observed on August
22nd and 24th : —
“Sct hang pen (1) Bombus americanorum F, S 8 ;(2) B. penn-
sylvanicus De G. 8 ; (3) Melissodes desponsa Sm. ¢'—all s.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera: (4) Argynnis cybele F.; (5) Papilio troilus
— both s.
Cyicus ALTissimus Willd. v. piscotor Gray. — The follow-
ing visitors were observed on September 3, 6, 7 and 15: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus separatus Cr. (i, 8.; (2) B. scutel-
taris Cr. ¥'8, 8. and c. p.; (3) B. pennsylvanicus DeG. J 9 8, 8. andc. p.;
(4) B. americanorum F. 99 8, 8. and c. 8 . ab.; (5) B. vicina Oliv. 8,
8. and c. p.; (6) Melissodes desponsa Sm. Q, s. tad c. p., ab.; (7) M. obli-
qua Say 9,s, and c. p.; (8) Megachile latimanus boy 2,8. “ins P., seni
Andrenidae: (9) Ooltees eulophi Rob. 9, ¢. p.,
Lepidoptera — Nymphalidae: (10) Argynnis casa’ Dru., 8.
Diptera — Bombylidae (11) Exoprosopa fasciata Mcq., s.
Cyicus LANCEOLATUS Hoffm.* — ** Nat. from Eu.’’ —
Visitors observed on seven days between July 23 and
October 7: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Bombus americanorum F. ¢'9 §,8.andc.
P.,ab.; (2) B. virginicus Oliv. 8, s.; (3) B. pennsylvanicus De G. 8 , s.; (4)
B Separatus Cr. o'8, s., freq.; (5) Melissodes desponsa Sm. ¢' 9, 8. and
nici,
oN See Miiller: Fertilization of Flowers, Weitere Beobachtungen & Alpen-
amen.
476 - Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
c. ps, ab.; (6) M. obliqua Say o'9, -8., freq.; (7) M. coloradensis Cr.
3, 8-5 (8) M- bimaculata Lep. 9, s.; (9) M. dentiventris Sm. oi, s.; (10) _
M. aurigenia Cr. <j’, s.; (11) Megachile latimanus Say 9, s. and c. p., freq. ;
(12) M. sexdentata Rob. (MS) <j’, s.; (13) Epeolus remigatus F. 9, s.;
Andrenidae: (14) Halictus ligatus Say 9, c. p., ab.; (15) H. pilosus Sm. Q,
c. p.; (16) Agapostemon viridula F. 9, s.; (17) A. radiatus Say ,j', 8.
Lepidoptera — Rhopalocera (18) Danais archippus F.; (19) Phyciodes
tharos Dru.; (20) Pieris protodice B.— L.; (21) Colias philodice Gdt.; (22)
Papilio <arate L. and glaucus L.; (23) P. ei F.; (24) P. troilus L.-;
= Pamphila peckius Kby.; (26) P. cernes B.— L.; (27) Budamus bathyllus
and A.; Heterocera (28) Scepsis fulvicollis ne —all
Di iptera — Bombylidae: (29) Exoprosopa fascia 5 ikeurs ; (30) Systoechus
vulgaris Lw., freq.; Conopidae: (31) hatin ‘cba Say —all s.
KRIGIA AMPLEXICAULIS Nutt. — The plants are often col-
lected in conspicuous patches. The stems grow from three to
six decimetres high and bear several yellow heads which
expand about three centimetres.
The flowers are all ligulate. The pollen becomes attached
to the hairy portion of the style and is thus carried upwards
and exposed. The corolla tubes are narrow and measure
about two millimetres in length.
The following visitors were observed on May 30th: —
Hymenoptera — Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. 8, s. and c. p., one; (2)
Synhalonia speciosa Cr. gj), s.; ; (3) Ceratina dupla Say f'Q, 8-, frea.; (4)
Alcidamea producta Cr. ¢', s.; (5) Osmia albiventris Cr. 9, s.; (6) Nomada
annulata Sm. \, s., freq. ; Aidevildag (7) Halictus ligatus Say 9, S. and ©.
p., ab.; (8) H. tasoratia Nyl. 9, s. and c. p.; (9) H. pilosus Sm. Q, s. and c.
De; freq. ; (10) H. albipennis Rob. 9, s. and c. p., ab.; (11) H. confusus Sm.
Q,s. and c, p., freq.; (12) Augochlora sim Rob. 9, s. andc. p., ab.; (18)
Agapostemon viridula F. 9, s. and c. p.; (14) Prosopis affinis Sm. <j’, S-
and f, p., freq.; (15) P. pygmaea Cr., L ee Eumenidae: (16-18) Odynerus
spp., 8., freq. (19) O. foraminatus eater’ s.; (20) O. anormis Say, s., freq;
Cia citates (21) Crabro interruptus Lep.,
Diptera — Conopidae: (22) Zodion at tess Say, s.; Syrphidae: (23)
Mesograpta marginata Say; (24) Sphaerophoria cylindrica Say; (25) Eris-
talis transversus Wd.; (26) Helophilus similis Mcq.; Tachinidae: (27) Cisto-
gaster occidua WIK.; Muscle: (28) Lucilia cornicina F.—all s. or f. P
Lepidoptera — Lhapalocwd: (29) Danais archippus F.; (30) Phy clodes
tharos Dru.; (31) vt aii asterias F.; (82) Pamphila peckiad Kby. —alls.
Coleoptera — (33) s Co ccinellidae: (34) Megilla maculata De G.;
Chrysomelidae: (35) Diativtion 12-punctata Oliv., freq. —all f. p.
Robertson — Flowers and Insects. -
477
TABLE I
ee ' ' 1
& lgal |g Ba
Pe ig | 3 wo i a
g/s/aciesisie| 5 2g\é| 3
S/Ple Sin alsl(ole Sia] jm alain g
SlsliSalS SlsalSigalsisis sisiea
BialS PIS F218 ° ole Fla iem
aidi0 10 [AIOlO lslaio |AlO
Amelanchier canadensis..... eves Seo 6 1) 6j..}..+.{25/18 1 se
Prunus i axeyyn Bante 4/81/10|....(16| 5
MONI VOrhGin « 3-4s6ve5. dere Ao Wp, Dapaee, » Beale SRL, as FF ba Be | fs Seeopiogs TAS wean
coronari oe o 24 Giusy 2
Crataegus coccinea y. mollis....-| 3} 8} 8] 415) 4) 1/43/19 4}15, 5
cocciier inser ses 6 22| 6 2/52/19 8/22 8
Fragaria virginiana v. illinoensis..| 3|-.| 9|--++| 5Bl++|-+++{17/12|--++| 5).---
Prunus serotina.....++scese++s-} 7} 9} 11} 2/2111] 2/53/27) 2/21) 8
Crataegus crus-galli..........+.-|10| 9| 13| 8/20] 3} 3/66/32) 8/20) 6
Rubus villosus ot gt gl Mtcgoul Blosloset tll O[sees] Shes
OCCIGSN TAIN. CAA Aer Tee Seipelesest Sed licelewes
Potentilla Canadensis. .ci<esssecs) BU 8) oA Tee 1/29|17| . 4 Te ol
umilis eees 6 ** 3 eerelone 2 weer 1] 9 aeewlee 2
Setig Web ewei, a Wew weeWeeeon tices) Ot Oleiwetee ]
Spiraea aruncus...........25 000+ +2) 4 a]... 3)15|.-.|24 6i...-| 8] 18
..| 2t..! gs} el gi al 1jeziol «st Bj 8
May. June.
July. Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Crataegus coccinea v. - mollis yee
Potentilla canadensis..............
Crataegus crus-galli .............,
ny norvegica ,. ray
pane milis
a8 accideantali
Sky BIGNCOR oo chiki wee ecaiin.
ull |
.
‘Il AIAVL
"SInOT "Ig fo “10g “phoy ‘suD«T,
Robertson — Flowers and Insects.
479
TABLE III.
i Pes
mE! |S] go
Aisle] &
le BlSlolm |
NiVol+#!o on eo
oie FS\5/8=| 5
AIO |AJO|O <a
Prunus {nea ibd Low Germany.|15 1/10} 1 it 38
padu ve Lj vees| 2] 4ioec. q
Saneatics, avium, "cerasus
(mix ) Bers] Sel OTe
QUT eae aio ese ea ve bad Blesss ee 2 —@ ee “ f
RPPPOHICA ists Ses ee nig 5 yo ea Pe 6
BMCTICHNH oP Illinois 10)...-/16) 1} 4) 81
; Totina eves cons On’ eveve. (a7, B21 1). SBS
Spiraea ulmaria .-..|Low Germany.| 7| 6/10/12]....| 35
93 Alos tees 1
«“ Pyrenees ....-| 1|....|..| 2]. 3
filipendul +»+-|Low Germany.| 2]....| 4) 4/....| 10
salicifolia, ulmifolia, dhinciats
mm & (Mixed).......---+- de 20) 15/46/25 4) 110
—— +e - 4; 8) 2] G]....] 16
See seee ee eee tesa eeee 1pS,.+-. 1 . * 1
Illinois ......-. sews] BLB|ss<+] 24
Rubus fraticosus 2200.2. Ste eee Bee A DF 8/18/20) 8] 94
terres eis deve vise EYRONOOD i: veo] Ii 1 1} 6
anal w Germ ] 3 2 2 eee 17
& ep Alps 1j lj.. 1; 10
Saxatilis ee eeoteeeeeee Oirere 5b Pe eee 4
Villosus minois Soul elaeleteeh ek
> noe cag pmlc fae ta br Pg Pr 2
Geum riva II pow Germany 1 1]-3ics.01 38
ee 2
urllaauines.. Lew Germany i y--..| 3
Tete le there eet td ante es Sieg dT. 4 ad
me viVedueiedes sive eves EPRONCES eeeT TP OR Seale ces| 7
VOPHUI ss Sees wpemnat ie 1 1
album -|10 6} 3) 2 1} 22
Tagaria virginiana vy. illinoensis......| ‘ .+++++- Weer Bei 17
hg ag : Wivescevcc (DOW Getiany., 9... 311] 7] 1 30
of CCW eee Sete Lees eeUC AER e OU eN eee 4 ag 8 2 i i7
soecosleyren es... eelee Tiss 1 eee a
Slidiox Se eee eee Alps ee ee
480 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
eee wecece eves es AIDS cp reece ceeels
ce
vee’ ve Pyrenees
ee ne ee ee eee 8
Alps veeeles
TABLE IV.
o : :
. fon] M
Bel sis] |
fe Ble lSle 8)
318 8isiziza| s
ol Al=/6 pends eae
BIO |A\|O H
Potentilla verna. . rss ae Germany. |21 9| 2). 33
and alpestris.. viewers ore ADB ese cere wens 13 29) 1 49
etme oer eb eSNG Fue ale eles Pyrenees...-- 6].---] 3}.- 10
uipesitis. SSP VEST Ba Miss 3
GEICO x Low Germany.|14 5i lj.. 22
cot scowcse sees eeees.| Pyrenees lj.-].. ]
anserina +s Low cee 5 2| 3 14
Ose Vowep 6b 6 ee bee PS ...66. ] .
fruticosa . CF ecversccsececess Low Germany. 2 16} 2).
tormentilla ........ tieeveee 38 >| 4].
sé : 1
4
4
2
5
7
G2 mie
eS
+ mobo:
salisburgensis PETS IET SE saa oi 5 ie
au ooee eeee @eeeeenane 00. eS eee 5
gan ~~ Aaeaaton ean Th ei EEE BRE 8
CAULESCENS 06 e050. See ee ee
aicheenitionice pebete seve. es Pyrenees
fragariastrum.............. “ :
TUPOSITES o0 ese ESE “
canadensis. ..0........26s../[llinois 17
Agrimonia eupatoria «+++ | LOW Germany. I
Rosa caning., corcer severe baie sels. 7}.
COMEHONE Ls 0058s bs SRoRe i CIV, “ 11
TUbiginoesR.. ics. ero eor es ews a“ 2}.
QIDING 63 ve SPO Se CSS F5s wee ee er vars Oe |
= telah chee pee Hs
Raters or asta i SECPUVI I ae vane
mF jeter ee +5 EPR aitinvle wes
Nipera sé fis ee ESR eee. RATS
oes phan ee eR ee ao . aoe Germany. ‘
C Unis ss www eee 7
oe cadesb even weer eee
OTONaTiag. ews eee ES Ore. a kaa fees eT 6}:
Crateewtn, coccinea {CMs cae smilie KEKE AES FS:
WOH ss. 6 3's wwe Ne. a pee BS
cras-galh . ee te Pe 3 +6 ae
pcair-e second ARS ermany 20
Pyrenees ..... Tee
Amelanchier vulgaris (Aronia rotundi- iss
eeoee ps ceovsleos
dein nna sso cetea aie iis oorees 18
2S we bobs oaks .
Issued April 26, 1894.
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis,
VOL. VI. No. 15.
DETERMINATIONS OF THE LATITUDE, LONGI-
TUDE AND HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL OF |
THE LAWS OBSERVATORY OF THE UNIVER-
SITY OF THE STATE OF MISSOURI, CONTAIN- |
ING A DESCRIPTION OF THE BUILDING AND
PRINCIPAL INSTRUMENTS.
MILTON UPDEGRAFF.
Issued May 1, 1894.
DETERMINATIONS OF THE LATITUDE, LON-
GITUDE AND HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL
OF THE LAWS OBSERVATORY OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF MIS-
- SOURL, CONTAINING A DESCRIPTION OF
THE BUILDING AND PRINCIPAL INSTRU-
MENTS.
By Mitton UpprEeGrarFr.
I. INTRODUCTION.
THE OLD OBSERVATORY.
The old Observatory of the University of Missouri was one
of the first institutions of its kind west of the Allegheny mount-
ains and was for many years the only astronomical observa-
tory in the United States west of the Mississippi river. The
building, which still exists as a part of the present Observatory,
18a well built wooden structure, 44 feet long from east to
west and 14 feet wide. It was completed in the spring of
1853 and cost $1,150. (See Missouri Statesman for July
8, 1853.) The old Observatory stood a few rods west of the
old main building of the University, where the Physics and
Engineering building now stands, and consisted of two parts,
@ transit-room 14x28 feet and a tower 14x14 about 15 feet
high. The tower was surmounted by a cone which revolved
on lignum vitae balls.
Under the revolving cone, mounted on a pier of masonry,
Was an equatorial refracting telescope by Fitz of New York.
Its aperture was 4,1, inches and its focal length 5 feet 4
Inches. This instrument was provided with a finding tele-
Scope, eye-pieces of powers ranging from 30 to 240 diame-
ters and graduated circles in both right ascension and
declination reading to 4 minutes of time and to 2 minutes of
are réspectively. In the transit-room mounted on suitable
482 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
piers, were a 2+}; ;-inch transit instrument by Brunner of
Paris, an aliitade and azimuth instrument by Simms of Lon-
don, a theodolite of 1% inches aperture by Gregg and Rupp of
New York, a sidereal clock by Stokel of New York and
a mean time clock by Riggs of Philadelphia. A sextant with
mercurial horizon, a barometer and thermometers completed
the outfit. (See Annual Catalogue for 1857.)
The Observatory was built and equipped under the direc-
tion of Wm. W. Hudson, then Professor of Mathematics,
Natural Philosophy and Astronomy, and afterward (1856-
1859) President of the University. Professor Hudson was a
man of high attainments in the exact sciences. In the con-
struction of the old Observatory building many evidences of
his excellent judgment and scrupulous care still exist. No
records of any astronomical work which he may have done
remain in the Observatory.
In 1865 Professor Joseph Ficklin was called to the
chair of Mathematics and Astronomy. Prof. Ficklin filled
the position with honor to himself and to the University
until his untimely death, which occurred in September,
1887. The equipment of the Observatory remained about
the same until 1878. According to the catalogue of the
University for that year the sidereal clock by Stokel
had been replaced by a sidereal clock by Gregg and
Rupp of New York, and the altitude and azimuth instrument
by Simms of London had been replaced by another instru-
ment of the same kind of 2} inches aperture by Blunt of New
York. It is highly probable, however, that no change of in-
struments was really made but that the names of the makers
are incorrectly stated in the earlier University catalogues.
In the year 1878 a telegraph wire was run to the Observa-
tory and the longitude approximately determined by compar-
ing the local time as observed with the transit instrument,
with time signals sent by telegraph from the Naval
Observatory at Washington. The latitude, also, was approxi-
mately determined from observations with the altitude and
azimuth instrument of the meridian altitudes of the sun and
certain of the fixed stars. Prof. Ficklin also observed the
transit of Mercury on May 6th of the same year. The old
The Laws Observatory. 483
Observatory was of course used chiefly for the purpose of
instruction.
THE LAWS OBSERVATORY.
In January, 1880, the 4-inch Fitz telescope belonging to the
Observatory and $500 were given in exchange for a 74-inch
equatorial refracting telescope by Merz und Séhne of Munich,
which was at that time the property of the Shelby High School
at Shelbyville, Kentucky. The old Observatory building was
removed to a better location on the northeast corner of the
University campus and an octagonal brick tower with a hem-
ispherical dome and a brick pier for the accommodation of
the newly acquired telescope was built adjoining the east end
of the transit room. The telescope was repaired and put in
working order and was mounted on March 13th, 1880. All
these improvements were made under the direction of Prof.
Ficklin and are said to have cost more than $2,000. . This
sum of money was generously given from his private funds
for the improvement of the Observatory by Dr. S. S. Laws,
then President of the University.* At a meeting of the
Board of Curators of the University held on June 2d, 1880, it
was directed that <‘In recognition of the liberality of Dr.
Laws for the advancement of Astronomical Science, the
Observatory and telescope shall be known and distinguished as
the * Laws Observatory and Telescope.’ ”’
During July, 1882, Prof. Ficklin made an accurate deter-
mination of the latitude of the Observatory by Talcott’s
method, using for the purpose a zenith telescope belonging to
the U. S.C. & G. Survey.
In July, 1883, a new sidereal clock, chronograph and spec-
troscope were purchased at the expense of the University from
Fauth & Co. of Washington, D. C. The price paid for
these instruments was $1,010.70. In 1881 a 20-inch celestial
STOUR ee eee eae ee
* The following statement is contained in each one of the annual cata-
logues of the University from 1879-80 to 1887-8 inclusive: —
“ The present greatly improved condition of the Observatory is due to the
liberality of the President, Dr. S. S. Laws, who for the advancement of
astronomical science has given to the University more than two thousand
dollars in order to procure the telescope and put it in complete working
order, and to move and enlarge the Observatory building.”
484 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
globe was added to the equipment of the Observatory. From
the death of Prof. Ficklin in September, 1887, to July 1st,
1890, the Observatory was in charge of Wm. A. Cauthorn,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
On taking charge of the Observatory about July Ist, 1890,
I commenced the work of overhauling, cleaning and repairing
the building and instruments. Observations for time with
the transit instrument were commenced on July 24th, and
observations with the equatorial telescope were begun early in
November, 1890. During the summer of 1891 a wooden ad-
dition 15x30 for office and library room, with porch and
stone basement, was erected adjoining the west end of the
building. The cost of this improvement was about $900.
A break-circuit sidereal chronometer by Bond & Son, of
Boston, a barometer of 35; inch bore by H. J. Green of
Brooklyn, and a set of thermometers by the same maker
were purchased about the same time ata cost of $350. A
switch-board with the usual electrical connections was installed
in the Observatory and a line of telegraph wire was run to
the office of the W. U. Telegraph Co. in Columbia for the
purpose of exchanging longitude signals. Numerous minor
improvements were made in the building and instruments.
For a year and a half after the destruction by fire of the
main building of the University on January 9th, 1892, the
office, library-room and basement of the Observatory were 0c-
cupied as class-rooms by professors whose lecture-rooms had
been destroyed. Funds which would otherwise have been
available for the further development of the Observatory
_ were absorbed by the urgent demands to which the fire gave
rise.
My time has been chiefly occupied with the work of instruc-
tion in the University. But transit observations for time have
been maintained with some regularity and about one hundred
micrometric observations of comets and minor planets have
been made with the 74-inch telescope, and published in the
astronomical papers. Various other astronomical observa-
tions have been made from time to time, and published when-
ever sufficiently valuable.
In conclusion I wish thankfully to acknowledge the aid,
The Laws Observatory. 485
financial and otherwise, which has at various times been given
me by the Board of Curators of the University.
A statement of the cost of the Observatory as it now stands
is appended. No account is taken of the cost of repairs.
COST OF OBSERVATORY AND EQUIPMENT.
Year. For what Expended. By whom Expended. |Amount.
1853 Old building Board of Curators. |$1150
1853-7 * ce uw 1 8000"
1880 im teed lsepe tower, dome and
Dr. S. S. Laws. 2000
1883 Inst Board of Curators.| 1010
1891 Office and basement a6 8 se 900
1891 rl ee say 350
$7410
Deduct for Fitz telescope counted twic 300
Total cost of Observatory and instruments excepting repairs. aan
Cost of Observatory building, abo 100
Cost of instruments, about 1000
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUILDING AND PRINCIPAL INSTRUMENTS.
The Observatory Building is 84 feet long and from 14 to
30 feet wide. The octagonal brick tower Which supports the
dome of the étjautotial: telescope is 18 feet in diameter and
about 18 feet high. The dome is 18 feet in diameter and its
apex is 14 feet above the floor. It revolves on wheels that
run on a cast iron track and is moved by a crank with gearing.
The slit is 22 inches wide, runs slightly past the zenith and is
closed by four trap-door shutters. The brick pier of the equa-
torial telescope has the shape of a square pyramid and rises to
within two feet of the floor of the dome. It is covered by a
“capstone 4 feet square and 5 inches thick on which rests by
four bearings the wooden stand on which the telescope is
mounted. The foundations of this pier are 6 feet square, are
laid 6 feet below the surface of the ground and are surrounded
ey
* This amount is estimated.
486 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
at a distance of 4 inches by a brick wall carried up to the
surface.
The transit room is 28x13 feet and 8 feet high, and has
three slits 17 inches wide in the walls and roof for meridian
observations. Each slit has a brick pier placed centrally
under it and isolated from the floor and ground surface. The
2,5-inch transit instrument is mounted on the western pier.
The sidereal clock is mounted on a brick pier 7 feet high, in the
southwest corner of the room, and faces the transit instru-
ment. The chronograph is mounted on the eastern pier and
the central pier is usually occupied by the theodolite. The
switch-board is on the south side and the barometer and the
thermometer shelter on the north side of the transit room.
The floor of the transit room is 742 feet above sea level.
The cone which shelters the 2} inch altitude and azimuth
instrument is 13 feet in diameter at the base and its apex is 10
feet above the floor. It is divided into two equal parts by a slit
15 inches wide. The instrument is supported by a pyra-
midal brick pier more than 20 feet high.
~The building is well finished throughout, is provided with
suitable furniture and is lighted by gas. The office and base-
ment are heated by wood stoves.
The Equatorial Telescope.* This instrument is a refractor
by Merz and Séhne of Munich of 7.45 inches clear aperture
and 10 feet 8 inches focal length. It is mounted on a wooden
* The following note edaaien the reid of this telescope is extracted
from the University catalozue for
This telescope was ordered in ope ee the establishment of Merz &
Mahler, of Munich, for the use of Shelby College, Shelbyville, Kentucky.
It was received at Shelbyville in November, 1850, and cost, when mounted,
$4,000. It was mounted under the direction of Prof. Joseph Winlock, and
used by him while he was a professor in that institution. After Prof-
Winlock went to oe Ee Mass., he borrowed this telescope, and, in
connection with Dr. B. A. Gould, established there the Cloverden Observa-
tory. In “ Loomis’s Recent Progress of Astronomy,’ published in 1856, under
the head of *‘ Cloverden Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts,” the fol-
lowing statement is made respecting sat instrument, which was then the
sty in magnitude in the United State
“The great telescope belonging to Shishi College was loaned to Prof.
Joseph Winlock, and was removed to Cam ambridge, Massachusetts, where
temporary accommodations were provided for it, and tas establishment is
known by the name of ‘Cloverden Observatory.’ fo aa
The Laws Observatory. 487
stand which rests on the brick pier described above. The
tube of the telescope is of polished mahogany and the other
parts of the mounting are of steel and brass. The mechanical
work is of the finest character throughout. Both lenses of
the object glass are free from cracks and scratches and seem
to be as good as when new. Yet both the optical quality of
the telescope and the character of the mounting leave much
to be desired as compared with instruments of more modern
design.
The telescope is provided with graduated circles in both
right ascension and declination, position filar micrometer,
seventeen eye-pieces of powers ranging from 60 to 600 diam-
eters, driving clock, finding telescope, solar attachment and
spectroscope. The hour circle is 9.8 inches in diameter, is
divided on silver to one minute of time and reads by two
verniers to one second of time. The declination circle is 14.6
inches in diameter, is divided on silver to ten minutes of are
and reads by two verniers to ten seconds of are.
The filar micrometer was no doubt furnished with the
instrument by the makers. The value of one turn of the
screw is 20."82. Whole revolutions are read from a toothed
wheel with index, and the micrometer head reads to thou-
sandths of arevolution. The micrometer box can be moved
only in position angle, but the so-called fixed thread is moved
by a screw which has no graduated head. This arrangement
renders measures of distance very inconvenient since it makes
necessary a superposition of the wires for every observation of
distance. The position circle is 4.3 inches in diameter, is
divided on silver to quarter degrees and reads by two verniers
to single minutes of arc. The threads may be illuminated
with either bright or dark field.
The spectroscope is by Fauth & Co. and is provided with
Miguumeea e
observations on comets, and on some of the newly discovered planets, have
been made with this telescope by Dr. B. A. Gould and Prof. Joseph Winlock,
Some of which have been published in ‘ Gould’s Astronomical Journal.’
This great telescope has recently been returned to Shelby College.’’
In 1869 Prof. Winlock, who was then Director of the Observatory of Har-
vard College, went with his assistants to Shelbyville, Kentucky, and there
used this telescope in observing the total eclipse of the sun, which occurred
On the 7th of August of that year.
488 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
both prism and grating. The grating is 3% inch square, has
17,296 lines to the inch and was ruled by Chapman on Ruther-
ford’sengine. The clear aperture of the collimating and view
telescopes is 1.4 inches, and their focal length is 15 inches.
The view telescope is provided with a micrometer and an eye-
piece which magnifies about 12 diameters. The slit is pro-
vided with acomparison prism, and the jaws of the slit are of
brass.
The Transit Instrument is by Brunner of Paris and was
made probably about 1850. The clear aperture of the tele-
scope is 2.10 inches and its focal length is 23 inches. The
spider-line reticule has five vertical threads about 3 seconds
apart, and one horizontal thread. The illumination of the
threads is effected by light which passes through a hole in one
of the pivots and is reflected down the tube by a small mirror.
The micrometer with which the instrument is provided is so
constructed as to be practically useless. The diagonal eye-
piece usually used was purchased of Fauth & Co. in 1891.
Its power is 60 diameters, while that of the old one used until
October 1, 1891, is 40. There is a reflecting cap for nadir
observations.
The levels which were furnished with the instrument by
the maker are almost worthless for purposes of precision
on account of irregularity in the bore of the tubes. The
striding level is the better one of the two, but an investiga-
tion made in June, 1890, showed that the average value of
a division for one-half of the tube is 5”.4 and for the other
half 3”.9. In April, 1891, these level tubes were- replaced
by new ones of excellent quality made by Fauth & Co. The
adopted value of one division of the new striding level is
1”.869 + 0”.004, and that of one division of the new latitude
level is 1”.01+ 0”.01.
The pivots are 0.74 inches in diameter, and repeated trials
with the new striding level fail to show either inequality in
their size or irregularity in their form. The distance between
the ends of the pivots is 11.4 inches. ‘The graduated circle
in declination is 9.8 inches in diameter, is divided on silver to
5 minutes and reads very accurately by two verniers to three
Seconds of arc.
The Laws Observatory. * 489
A portion of the weight of the telescope is taken off the
pivots by adjustable springs which act upward against vertical
bars of brass which carry the friction rollers. I was unable for
many months to get good results from observations in right
ascension made with the instrument. On June 9th, 1891,
soon after getting the new levels the cause of the trouble
was discovered. One of the pairs of friction rollers did not
bear vertically against the axis but sidewise. This had the
effect of sliding one of the pivots up the side of the wye by an
amount not perceptible to the naked eye but easily detected
by the level. This defect was easily corrected when found,
by filing one side of the slot in which the bar works which
carries the friction wheels.
The frame of the instrument is of cast iron painted white
and is sufficiently heavy to insure a fair degree of stability.
There is no reversing apparatus but the instrument is easily
and safely reversed by hand. The character of the results
which this transit is now capable of producing may be seen
by reference to the observations for longitude given below.
The Sidereal Clock was purchased from Fauth & Co. in
1883. It has the Dennison Gravity Escapement and mercury
compensation. The weight of the pendulum is 60 lbs. This
clock is provided with a break circuit attachment and is
solidly mounted on a brick pier in the southwest corner of
the transit room. The pendulum swings from northwest to
southeast in a plane which intersects the meridian at an angle
of about 45°,
Of the other instruments in the Observatory the Chrono-
graph by Fauth & Co., the Sidereal Break-cireuit Chronome-
ter, by Bond, the Sextant by Blunt, and the Barometer by H.
- Green are in every way first class. The Altitude and
Azimuth instrument, Theodolite and Mean Time clock are of
inferior quality. The smaller instruments and appliances
With which the Observatory is provided render its equipment
very complete.
490 Trans. Acad. Sct. of St. Louis.
Il. THE LATITUDE.
The first observations for accurate determination of the
latitude of this Observatory were made by Professor Joseph
Ficklin in July, 1882. These observations were made by
Talcott’s Method and the instrument used was a zenith tele-
scope belonging to the U.S. C. &G. Survey. The latitude
was again determined by myself in July, 1891, by observing
the transits of stars across the prime vertical with the two-
inch transit instrument described above.
REDUCTION OF PROFESSOR FICKLIN’S OBSERVATIONS.
_ Soon after taking charge of the Observatory on July Ist,
1890, I found a partial record of these zenith telescope
observations by Prof. Ficklin. There was also an incomplete
record of Prof. Ficklin’s reductions of the observations. All
the records were on loose pieces of paper, some of which
had been lost.
Twenty pairs of stars had been observed on three nights,
July 13, 14 and 24, 1882. The original records of observa-
tions made on the last two nights were found, but the record
for July 13th was missing. The computed results of observa-
tions for level division and micrometer revolution were found,
but the original records had been lost, and a small fragment
of the computations which remained gave no clue to any of
the observations for determination of these constants.
The pairs of stars had been selected from the star catalogue
of the U. S. C. & G. Survey and the declinations of the
stars had been taken from the same source. (See U.S. C.
& G. Survey Report for 1876, Appendix No. 7.)
On examining these observations it seemed to me worth
while to re-reduce them using more accurate star places than
were available when they were reduced by Prof. Ficklin.
No statement with reference to the instrument used was
found among these records, but when looking over some old
letters on file in the observatory, I discovered that the
instrument was Zenith Telescope No. 3 of the U. S.C. &G-
The Laws Observatory. 491
Survey which had been loaned in June, 1882, to the University
of Missouri by J. E. Hilgard, then Superintendent of the
Coast Survey.
Description of the Instrument —
For the following facts concerning Zenith Telescope No.
3, [ am chiefly indebted to Dr. T. C. Mendenhall, Supt. U.
S. C. & G. Survey, writing under date of July 13th, 1892.
‘*Zenith Telescope No. 3 was made by Troughton and
Simms. Its aperture was 3 inches, focal length 46 inches,
power of diagonal eyepiece 61 diameters. The angular value
of one turn of the micrometer screw adopted from 1850 to
1854 was 46”.63. For the same period one Div. of Level
A = 1”.099, and one Div. of Level B = 1”.04.
** In 1874 a Coast Survey observer used the instrument and
gave as follows: one turn of the micrometer screw = 46”.60
and one division of Level A = 1”.20.
‘* The instrument was sent to Prof. Joseph Ficklin of the
University of Missouri on June 27th, 1882, by Prof. D. P.
Todd of Amherst College, Massachusetts, and was returned
to the Coast Survey Office in Washington by Prof. Ficklin
in August, 1885.
** It was entirely reconstructed in 1891.’’
From the correspondence it appears that Prof. Todd
determined the constants of the instrument, and found them
not much different from the values of the level division and
micrometer revolution determined by the Coast Survey in
1874, Unfortunately, these results.were destroyed by fire in
March, 1882, Prof. Todd reports that the instrument was in
good condition when sent by him to Prof. Ficklin.
As determined by Professor Ficklin the angular value of
One level division in terms of revolutions of the micrometer
Screw is
0.0269 = 1”.25.
The individual results for level division are not given.
492 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Professor Ficklin’s results for micrometer revolution are as
follows :—
Mean value of 1 revolution = 46”.63 + 0.05.
These values of the instrumental constants agree fairly
well with the values adopted by the Coast Survey in 1874.
They were used by Prof. Ficklin in reducing the observations
and are adopted in the reduction which follows. While the
observations were being made the instrument was mounted
in the transit room — probably on the central pier.
Re-reduction of the Observations. The values of the
instrumental constants adopted in this reduction are:
1 Micrometer Revolution = 46”.63--0".05
1 Division of Level = 1”.25
The average value of the micrometer correction is — 1.9
revolutions, so that an error in the adopted value of 1 revolution
of the micrometer screw will affect the latitude by almost twice
its full amount. But the previous determinations of the
Coast Survey observers indieate that the adopted value is as
near the truth as the probable error would indicate.
The pairs of stars observed by Prof. Ficklin are given in
Table I. The error in choosing the stars of the eighteenth
pair is due to a mistake of 9 degrees in the declination of
The Laws Observatory. 493
B. A. C. 7565 as given in the Coast Survey Catalogue, from
which, as stated above, the pairs were selected. Prof. Ficklin
actually observed on two nights an eighth magnitude star, Dm.
49°,3597, which happens to be very near the place given for
B. A. C. 7565 in the Coast Survey Catalogue.
The mean declinations for 1875.0 of the stars observed, to-
gether with other useful data pertaining to them, have been
furnished me by Prof. T. H. Safford, Director of the Field
Memorial Observatory of Williams College, and I desire in
this place to make grateful acknowledgment of his kindness.
The declinations for 1875.0 of the stars with proper motions,
probable errors, etc., as furnished by Prof. Safford are given
in Table II. These declinations have been rigorously
reduced to the system of declinations of the Berliner Jahr-
buch. All the stars, excepting Groombridge 2865 are con-
tained in Prof. Safford’s Catalogue of 2018 Stars. But the
declinations as given by Prof. Safford in Table II are deduced
almost entirely from observations more modern than those
available in 1876, when this catalogue was prepared. The
average mean epoch of the observations used is 1875.
The reductions to apparent place have been made with the
Independent Star Numbers of the American Ephemeris and
corrections for proper motion during the year have been
applied. The results of the observations of each pair are
collected in Table III.
Weights. Of the results of 53 observations for latitude a
few are so discordant that there can be no question as to the
advisability or necessity rather of rejecting them. I have
concluded to reject all observations whose results differ from
the mean by more than three seconds. This excludes five of
the 53 values of the latitude. They are marked with
brackets in Table VI. The best observation rejected differs
from the mean by 3”.4 and the most discordant observation
retained differs from the mean by 2”.6.
In discussing in the usual manner the results of the
remaining 48 observations I find that the probable ied! of
the latitude resulting from a single observation of a pair is
+ 0”.70. This includes the probable error of the half sum of
the declinations. The probable error of one observation
494 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
comes out + 0.82. This anomalous result is in part due to
the small average number of observations of each pair and
indicates that the errors of the declinations of the stars are
small as compared with the accidental errors of observation.
In a case like this it is about as well to give the same weight
to the results of the different pairs. Nevertheless the weight
of the mean result for each pair has been computed by the
usual formula, taking e = + 0.80.
1
Z 2 4 2
tent
[See Chauvenet, Vol. lI, p. 356.]
These computed weights are given in the last column of
table VI. The simple mean of the 48 results for latitude
is 38° 56’ 51”.628, and the weighted mean of the mean
results for each pair is 38° 56’ 51”.645. The weighted mean
is adopted and we have as the final result of this determination
of the latitude of the pier of the transit instrument of the
Laws Observatory,
¢g =+38° 56’ 51”.645 + 0”.103 on July 17th, 1882.
As before stated, the declinations of the stars used in this
determination have been rigorously reduced to the system of
declinations of the Berliner Jahrbuch, and therefore this value
of the latitude must be considered as referred to the same
system of declinations.
The Laws Observatory. 495
TABLE I.
PROFESSOR FICKLIN’S LisT OF LATITUDE STARS,
Right Ascension. Declination. Zenith
Pair. Star’s Name. Mag.
1882.0. 1882.0. Distance.
1 24 Bootis. 6 145 24™ 398 6) 50°22'23."80 | —11°25'
¢ Bootis fol. 2.3 |14 39 50 .0) 27 3420. 34) +411 23
9 |? Bootis. 5.4114 56 56 .4) 25 2831. 02) +138 28
A. C. 5071. |}6 115 16 87.0152 238 2.88) —18'96
3 | Draconis. 3 15° 22 18 .3)59 22 47..47| —202
z% Draconis. 4 15 43 25 .9| 18 3024. 55 | +20 27
4 ? Draconis. 4.3115 59 41 .0| 58 5250. 72! —19 56
16 Herculis. 6.7 |16 10 15 .1/19 624. 83} +19 51
5 GB Herculis. 2.3116 25 9 .0| 21 4451. 17] +17 12
ASC. 659 6.5 |16 35 37 .3) 56 1448. 00 | —17 18
g |\# Draco. Mid. (5.4117 2 53 .4| 64 3734. 00| —15 41
73 Herculis. 6 {17 19 10 .4/28 415. 20} +15 53
q # Draconis. 8.2117 27 46 .1| 52 2321. 10 | —13 26
87 Herculis. 6.5 |17 44 2 .0| 25 3946. 78 | +13 17
8 o Herculis. 4 118 2 656 .6) 28 4449. 50} +10 12
B. A. C. 6255. |5 118 18 31 .4;49 344.76) —10 7
g |e Draconis. 5.6118 40 20 .6| 55 2513. 87 | —16 28
113 Herculis 4.5 |18 49 46 .0| 22 2947. 35 | +16 27
19 |16 Lyrae. 5.6 118 58 6 .0/4646 4.85) — 74
19 Lyrae. 62419 "42 AL 3 3I 318596 iD
11 B Lyncis. 8 119 25 57 .8| 27 4245. 36| +11 14
r. 2865. 5.8119 28 18.650 8315.18] —11 6
12 B. A. C. 6986. | 6.5 20 12 43.4540 0 1.39} —1 8
40 Cygni. 6 (20 28 11.8) 38 311. 87) + 054
13 B. A. C. 7112. |6 (20 80 2 .5| 461720. 73 | — 720
49 Cygni. 6.5 120 86 16 .1\315317.48| + 7 4
14 Cygni. Var./20 42 ¥%8 .1/ 33 5627.92); + 5 1
57 Cygni. 5.6 120 49 4 .3) 43 5627. 07) — 459
15 <4 Cygni. 4 |21 0 88 .4| 43 2726. 82} — 430
v Cygni. 4.5|21 18 $3 .8| 8424 6.77) + 433
16 B. A. C. 7444. 16 (21 19 19 .6/2540 8.01) +1317
B. A. C. 7468. |6 (21 22 52 .8/52 23 10. 61 | —13 26
17 72 Cygni. 5.6 121 29 57 .3'88 019. 54] + 057
74 Cygni. 5 121 32 18 .2; 3953 1. 70) — 056
18 B. A. C. 7565.*| 5.4121 38 21 .2) 403658. 0) — 1 40
15 Pegasi. 5.9 |21 47 14 .1| 28 1430. 6] +10 42
19 swat 7746. |5.6 (22 6 34 .8| 50 1426. 50 | —11 17
32 Pegasi 5 (92 15 52 .4/ 274411. 48) +11 13
20 10 Lacertae 5 1292 338 58 .0| 38 2610. 77| + 031
12 Lacertae. 6 (22 36 11 .8| 39 36 33. 78 0 40
reer
* Wrong declination given in Coast Survey Catalogue.
496 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
TABLE II.
MEAN PLACES FOR 1875.0 OF LATITUDE STARS AS FURNISHED BY PROFESSOR
H. SaFFORD
x abs whine. | Declination Proper & ao a3 ahaal yogi
By 1875.0 Motion. |S" / 25 | Eq 1882.
124 Bootis. 50°24/17.""7 |—0."067] 104] 77.5|0."14/+0."14
¢ Bootis fol. | 2736 8. 0|+0. 001] 174| 75.6) 0. 12} 0. 13
9|@ Bootis. 25 30 12. 0 |—0. 048] 73| 77.5} 0. 16) 0. 17
B. A. C. 5071. | 52 2484. 2| 0. 00 | 34] 78.7] 0. 24) 0. 27
g|¢ Draconis. 59 24 16. 5 |-+0. 022| 393| 73.3} 0. 07) 0. 09
z, Serpentis. 18 31 44. 0 |—0. 083] 194] 72.1) 0. 10) 0. 12
4/9 Draconis. 58 53 58. 7'+0. 345] 444/ 73.8] 0. 07! 0. 09
16 Herculis. 19 729. 7|—0. 084} 34/ 69.1] 0. 24] 0. 26
;|6 Herculis. 21 45 47. 8 |—0. 012] 364] 74.3] 0. 07/ 0. 09
B. A. C. 5599. | 56 15 38. 0|+0. 08 | 23) 80.4] 0. 28) 0. 29
gi Draco. mid. | 5438 8. 1/+0. 078) 144) 72.6; 0. 12) 0. 13
73 Herculis. | 23 440. 4|—0. 032 8.7; 0. 18} 0. 18
78 Draconis. 52 23 40. 8|+0. 004} 414) 69.6) 0. 07) 0° 09
87 Herculis. | 25 39 56. 9 |—0. 087] 64] 75.4) 0. 18) 0. 18
gi? Herculis. 28 44 47. 8 |—0. 001] 283| 69.7) 0. 08) 0. 11
B. A: C. 6255. | 49 333. 0/40. 07 | 84) 76.9} 0. 15) 0.17
g\¢_ Draconis. 55 24 48. 7|+0. 018] 114| 77.2) 0. 18) 0. 14
113 Herculis. | 222917. 1/+0. 014} 73| 76.4} 0. 16), 0. 17
1916 Lyrae. 46 45 30. 4|—0. 10 | 24| 79.8| 0. 28} 0. 30
19 Lyrae. 81 433. 4/40. 005) 84) 76.7] 0. 16) 0. 16
11/8 Cygni 27 41 54. 1|—0. 013} 394| 71.2] 0. 07) 0. 09
Gr. 2865. 50 222. 5/40. 05 | 7 | 74.5) 0. 17) 0. 21
19|B- A. C. 6986, | 39 58 44. 7|—0. 01 | 3 | 73.7) 0. 26) 0. 28
0 Cygni. 8 150. 1|—0. 040} 54) 77.1; 0. 19) 0. 20
13/B- A. C. 7112. | 46 15 55. 8| 0. 00 | 23) 79.3] 0. 28) 0. 29
49 Cygni. 315149. 2/0. 016} 64/ 74.4, 0. 18} 0. 19
14/P_Cygni. 835456. 6| 0. 00} 3 | 86.6] 0. 26) 0. 30
7 Cygni. 48 5452. 8|—0. 014] 54) 59.0] 0. 19} 0. 28
15° Cygni. 48 25 47. 4|—0. 008] 293) 70.3} 0. 08} 0. 10
v Cygni. 34 22 22. 1|—0. 004} 63) 76.8, 0. 18] 0. 18
1g/B: A. C. 7444. | 25 3815. 8| 0. 00; 74| 65.0, 0. 16) 0. 26
B. A. C. 7468. | 522122. 0/ 0. 00| 4 | 80.2} 0. 22) 0. 23
17|72 Cygni. 87 58 27. 5|+0. 105| 94) 75.8] 0. 15] 0. 15
yeni. 3951 9. 5/40. 009} 274] 75.7} 0. 09) 0. 09
19/B- A. C. 7746. | 50 12 22. 7|+0. 042} 94/ 77.5] 0. 15) 0. 15
32 Pegasi. 2742 5. 4|—0. 003, 74! 75.7; 0. 16, 0. 17
go|10 Lacertae. | 3824 0. 2| 0. 000) 20 | 73.7} 0. 10) 0. 12
12 Lacertae. | 39 3422. 7/40. 003| 44/ 77.0|40. 21/40. 21
The Laws Observatory. 497
TABLE III.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS.
Bien ae LATITUDE. Mean
oes d+! for Resi sie
2 July 18. 14 24 Pair.
1 |-0".10] 38°56’ [55”. 73] 38°56!
2 |+0 .16 51”.06 [63 .48] 51.06 0.4
3 | +0 .08 52 .50 | 51.39 51 .94 0.8
4|}+0.14 51 .28 | 51 .11| 51 .76 51 .38 12
5 | 40.15 51 .28 | 51 .55| 53 .02 51 .95 43
6 |+0.11 51 .85 | 52 .671 51 .55 51 .86 1:1
7 | +0 .10 [47 .45]| 52 .70| 51 .69 52 .19 0.8
8 | +0 .10 [59 .03]| 52 .66 | 51 .85 52 .26 0.8
9 |+0.11 50 .72 | 52 .70/| 51 .76 51 .73 1.1
10 | +0 .17 50 .72 | 51 .98/| 50 .88 51 .19 1.0
1 E06 (11 52 .57 | 50 .55| 51 .50 51 .54 +1
12 | +0 .20 49 .75 | 51 .96/| 51 .99 51 .28 1.0
48-| 4-0 17 51 .28 | 51 .62| 49 .77 50 .87 1.0
14 | +0 .19 53 .64 | 50 .55 | 48 .95 51 .05 1.0
15 | +0 .10 53 .41 | 52 .88/ 51 .84 52 .54 1.1
16 | +0 .17 25 | 50 .79 | 52 .49 51 .18 1.0
17 | +0 .09 [48 .25]| 49 .21| 53 .20 51 .20 0.8
19 |} +0 .11 50 .68 | 51 .86 | 52 .75 51 .76 ee
20 | +0 .12 53 .94 |51 .70| 51 .39 52 .84 1.1
38°56'51".563! 51".676) 51”.634'38°56'51”.645'+0".108
Epoch July 17.0 1882.
DETERMINATION OF THE LATITUDE BY OBSERVATION OF TRANSITS
OF STARS ACROSS THE PRIME VERTICAL.
In July, 1891, I determined the latitude of this Observatory
by Bessel’s Method of Prime Vertical transits. The obser-
vations were made with the 2,4-inch transit instrument,
which was mounted on the pier of the altitude and azimuth
instrument in the cone. Besides the transit instrument
the Fauth sidereal clock and the chronograph were
used. All these instruments have been described above.
The clock, which had been running badly, was taken down
and cleaned on July 13th, two days before the observations
were commenced. Its correction was determined as fre-
é
498 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
quently as possible by removing the transit instrument to its
usual place in the transit room and observing for time. The
results of observations for 47 of the sidereal clock for the
period July 14 to August 1 follow.
AT AND RaTES OF FAUTH SIDEREAL CLOCK.
Date Siderea Dail Hourly Temp. Fahr.
1891. Time. FAT Rate. Rate. in Clk, Case.
July 14 17h. 55m. + 58.58
ames © aie SG 8 0 — 7 05 —4s .03 —0s,168 69°.5
—10 .87 —4 .16 —0 .178 70 .5
vate 17 - 30 Clock stopped/and pend. bob|turned down 3/divs.
+ 1s.0
WS Sth ts 26 ont 8 —l1s .09 —0s.045 73 2
e 8h-| 90. BS ey ay a | —0 .051 69 .4
“ 99 42 <0 01S snk 08 —0 .043 70.7
Se) Aias OH Oe cae im BS *,47 ane 9 —0 .050 72 2
The Observations were made on six nights in July, 1891.
The new diagonal eye-piece of the transit instrument had not
yet been purchased and the old one, power 40 diameters, had to
be used. The verticality of the threads of the reticule was
adjusted with great care but all observations of transits were
made near the horizontal thread. Thestars were observed on
the chronograph and over all five threads of the reticule.
The instrument was accurately adjusted in the prime vertical
by means of B. J. stars, which transit the prime vertical at a
low altitude, and in no case has the correction to the latitude
for error of the azimuth been appreciable. The inclination
of tae axis of the instrument was measured seven or eight
times each night with the new striding level. The value of
One division of this level was accurately determined in June,
1891, by myself at the Washburn Observatory, Madison,
Wisconsin. The adopted result of this determination is —
1 Div. = 1.784 + 0”.015.
The results of the level observations for each night were
plotted in a curve and the inclination of the axis at the time
of each observed transit was read off the curve. Careful tests
The Laws Observatory. 499
with the striding level indicate that the pivots are sensibly
equal in diameter and show no evidence of irregularity in
their form. But all possible error arising from inequality
in the diameters of the pivots has been eliminated by the
reversal of the instrument. The collimation was reduced by
adjustment to less than half a second of time before work was
commenced and it remained very nearly constant during the
entire series of observations. The instrument was never
reversed during a night’s work. The circle was south on July
17, 23 and 25, and north on July 15, 24 and 29.
As there were no means of determining the clock 4T on
each night while the prime vertical observations were being
made I determined to observe only those stars which could be
conveniently observed at both east and west transit. The four
Berliner Jahrbuch stars, x Herculis, @ Herculis, a Lyrae and
§ Lyrae were selected for this purpose. This determination
of the latitude depends on the declinations of these four
stars. They were all observed with the Repsold meridian
circle of the Washburn Observatory during the years 1888-9,
and the corrections given below have been taken from Vol.
VIII of the Publications of that Observatory. These declina-
tions were deduced from the nadir point of the instrument and
have not been reduced to the declination system of the Berliner
Jahrbuch. The corrections to the B. J. declinations indicated
are given below. They confirm in a general way the accuracy
of the B. J. declinations. The apparent declinations of these
stars as given in the B. J. for 1891 have been adopted.
x Herculis + 0’.62 4
6 Herculis +0 .03 9
a Lyrae ww () 20 6
6 Lyrae +0 46 12
The Observations were Reduced by a slight modification of the
method of Professor Benjamin Pierce as presented in Chau-
venet’s Spherical and Practical Astronomy, Vol. Il, p. 255.
By this method the observations of the different nights are
reduced in pairs, the circle having been south on one night
500 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
and north on the other. The thread intervals of the reticule
do not need to be known, and if the error of collimation
remains constant its effect is wholly eliminated from the
result.
By this method it is customary to reduce the transits of
a star across each thread separately and when the thread
intervals are entirely unknown it is necessary to do so. The
mean of the results for any thread circle south and circle
north, corrected by a small quantity 4 ¢ gives a value of the
latitude. But when the thread intervals of the reticule are
approximately known, the labor of the computations may be
very much reduced without sacrifice of rigor by computing
the correction for reducing the mean of the transits across
the threads to the time of transit across the mean of the
threads. This correction may be applied directly to the mean
of the transits across the threads, or it may be used to com-
pute a correction to the latitude deduced on the supposition
that the mean of the transits across the threads is the time of
transit across the mean of the threads. The effect of any
small error in the assumed thread intervals is eliminated by
the reversal of the instrument. The formulae necessary for
the computation of this correction are to be found on pages
246 and 248 of Chauvenet’s Spherical and Practical Astron-
omy, Vol. 11.
This abbreviated process was employed in the reduction.
The equatorial thread intervals from the mean of the threads
which were used in computing the corrections 4 ¢, and 4 @s
were determined in September, 1890. They are—
B C
— 6§.25+-0°.01 — 88.20-+.0°.01 —0%.08-.0*.01
D E
+3°.09+-0°.01 +65.44-+-0°.01
The intervals had no doubt changed somewhat but, as
above stated, they do not need to be known accurately for this
purpose.
_ The observations of four stars at both east and west trans-
The Laws Observatory. 501
its on six nights give twelve independent determinations of
the latitude which are arranged in the following table.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS OF LATITUDE FROM PRIME VERTICAL TRANSITS.
g s
Star. 3 a. g, and ¢.. minus 9
n*
* Herculis... S| omy tT | ee oe ees | kt".68 | eee" Oo On"06
@Herculis..) 5S | (17 oy ee 53.23
“ 17 57 .47
ore W]e sean visite
“17 54 .99
6 Lyrae..... . “ 15 47 ‘81 se 51 .40
m Herculis.:| S| oe an oy | 6 a8 51 .44
6 Herculis.. . Mn pd a 6 .85 52 .02
tc 693 B4 »
a Lyrae..... oer 47 56 6 .78 50 .95
“ 93 54 4
6 Lyrae..... “a 48 (10 6 .36 51 .28
= Herculis.. N . Po “9 i 6 .15 51 .62
@Herculis... 8 | 4, 35 vag el By Sy 52 .34
Feo 25 55 .79 9 52 .22
a Lyrae.,... N . 99 48 66 4.2
I. 54 .81 9 | +38 56 52 .02
Gey! | ee 99 | 498 66 49 22 | + Ceeegeemas
oe ee ee
In combining these results for the final value of the latitude
for this epoch, the mean results for each of the four stars
have been given the same weight, or what is the same thing,
the simple mean of the twelve determinations is adopted, and
we have —
g = + 38° 56’ 51”.923 + 0”.121 on July 22d, 1891.
REDUCTION TO MEAN LATITUDE.
Since the fact of variation of latitudes periodically by a
sensible amount seems to have been established beyond rea-
sonable doubt, it remains to reduce the above determinations
of latitude to the mean value for this place. Any minute
secular change of latitudes which may exist is so small that
502 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
even its sign is as yet unknown. Chandler’s periodic law for
variation of latitude for the meridian of Greenwich, as expressed
in his formulae (15), (16) and (17) is —
¢ —¢o=—0".12 cos (t—T,) X 0°.835 —z, OT Oe
T, = 2406193 (1875 Nov. 1) + 431 E
r, = 0”.047 + 0”.0037 + 0”.00025z, iO
[See Ast. Jour. No. 277, Vol. XI, P. 100.
Tn which —
9 = the mean latitude.
the latitude at time ¢.
the sun’s longitude.
interval in years, positive after 1875.
The whole number of times 431 is contained in the
number of mean solar days between a given date ¢ and
the epoch Nov. 1, 1875.
?
g
©
i
E
For points not on the meridian of Greenwich this formula
must be corrected for longitude by adding the longitude
expressed in arc to the quantities (¢—T,) x 0°.835 and
© + 10°.
By this formula, for Columbia, July 17th, 1882, ¢ — %
= — 0."048, and for July 22d, 1891, g — g, = + 0".222.
The latitude determination of July 17th, 1882, by Prof.
Ficklin using Talcott’s Method gave
g = + 38° 56’ 51”.645 + 0”.108.
The determination from P. V. Transits by myself, whose
mean epoch is July 22nd, 1891, gives
¢ = + 38° 56’ 51.923 + 0”.121.
Applying the above reductions from mean to true latitude
with signs changed we get for the two values of the mean
latitude: of this Observatory:
Epoch. Observer. Mean Latitude.
July 17,1882. Ficklin + 38°56’ 51”.69+0".10
July 22,1891. Updegraff + 38 56’ 51.70+0".12
The Laws Observatory. 503
The mean
: 38° 56 51”.70 + 0”.08
is adopted as the
mean latitude of the center of the pier of the 2-inch transit
instrument in the transit room of this Observatory.
The close agreement of these two determinations of the
mean latitude must, of course, be taken as largely accidental,
since it is so much closer than can be expected in the nature
of the case,
I have however effectually guarded myself against any pos-
sible bias of judgment in reducing and discussing the observa-
tions, by keeping myself in total ignorance of the corrections
for latitude variation until the reductions were finished. The
final results, as given above, of both determinations of the
latitude were deduced and adopted before I had any knowl-
edge whatever concerning the reductions to mean latitude,
which were computed afterward.
Til. THE LONGITUDE.
The longitude of this Observatory was determined by
exchange of telegraphic signals with the Observatory of
Washington University, St. Louis, on October 25, 26, 28, 29
and November 2, 1891. Good observations for clock cor-
rection were secured on all these nights both in Columbia
and in St. Louis. The signals exchanged on the first three
nights were automatic, on the last two nights they were
arbitrary. 7 :
The Observations at Columbia were made by myself with
the 2,1,-inch transit instrument of this Observatory, mounted
in its usual place on the west pier in the transit-room. ; Fora
description of the instrument see page 488. The new diagonal
eye-piece of power 60 was used.
On each night a complete determination of the clock cor-
rection and instrumental constants was made both before and
after the time of exchange. About 35 stars were observed
on each night and only stars of the American Ephemeris and
the Berliner Jahrbuch were used. The stars were so selected
504 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
that the average azimuth factor for the time stars is small,
and the reversal of the instrument eliminates any small error
in the adopted value of the collimation.
All transits of stars were observed near the horizontal
thread of the reticule and over all five of the vertical threads.
The observed time used is the mean of the transits across
the five threads. The time stars were observed on the
chronograph and the circumpolar stars used for the deter-
mination of azimuth were observed by eye and ear from the
clock beats. A careful investigation shows no sensible differ-
ence between the results of these two methods of observing.
No incomplete transits were observed but I have nevertheless
deduced from 12 eye and ear observations of circumpolar
stars the following equatorial intervals of the threads of
the reticule from the mean of the threads. The threads
are lettered A, B,C, D, E, in order of transit of a star at
upper culmination, Circle West, when the micrometer-head is
turned toward the clamp.
Hiquatorial Intervals from Mean of Threads of 2p5-inch
Brunner Transit, October, 1891.
— 68.252 + 08.007
— 3.164 + 0 .007
— 0 .070 + 0 .007
+ 3.112 + 0.007
+ 6 .372 + 0 .007
AOA
The inclination of the axis of the instrument was measured
with the new striding level about 15 times each night. The
levels for each night were plotted in a curve and the value of
the level for each star was read off the curve. The adopted
angular value of one division of this level as determined in
October and November, 1891, by means of a level trier loaned
by the Mississippi River Commission is —
1 div. = 17.869 + 0.0045 = 08.125 + 0°.0003.
The correction for inequality of the pivots of the instru-
ment has been found to be 0°.000.
The sidereal clock of the Observatory was used as the time-
The Laws Observatory. 505 :
piece at Columbia. For a description of it see page 489.
Its running while the observations were in progress was only
fair, and a month later, its performance growing worse, it
was stopped and repaired by a local jeweler who found that
there was something wrong with the escapement.
Observations at St. Louis. The observations in St. Louis
were made by Prof. H. S. Pritchett with the 3-inch Fauth
Transit of the Observatory of Washington University, mounted
on the western pier in the transit room. The focal length of
the instrument is 48 inches, and the power of the diagonal
eye-piece used is 125 diameters. The inclination of the axis
was measured by means of the striding level, the angular
value of one division of which is )
2”.156 + 07.005 = 08.144 + 0°.0003.
The adopted correction for inequality of pivots is +0°.015.
The reticule consists of seven vertical and two horizontal
lines ruled on a glass plate. The equatorial intervals between
the vertical lines and the mean of the threads as determined
from 17 transits of cireumpolar stars are as follows: The
threads are lettered A, B, C, D, E, F, G, in the order of
transit of a star U. C. when the circle is West.
Equatorial Intervals of Glass Reticule of Fauth Transit
Instrument of Washington University.
October, 1891.
—18°.428 +0°.007
— 8.911 +0 .007
— 4.466 +0 .007
— 0.010 +0 .007
+ 4.432 +0 .007
+ § .927 +0 .007
+13 .456 +0 .007
Q8Foan Pp
Both times stars and circumpolar stars were observed on
the chronograph, and usually, over the seven wires of the
reticule. The mean of the seven threads is the observed time
used. In case of incomplete transits the threads observed
have been reduced to the mean of the threads with the above
506 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
intervals. Only stars of the Berliner Jahrbuch and the
American Ephemeris were used and the average number
observed each night is 20. As at Columbia, a complete deter-
mination of the clock error and instrumental constants was
made both before and after exchange of signals, and by
reversal of the instrument and judicious selection of the stars
observed, the azimuth and collimation constants were well
determined and their effect eliminated as far as possible from
the clock 47.
The time-piece used at St. Louis was sidereal clock Howard
No, 214 of the Observatory of Washington University.
Reduction of the Observations at Columbia and St. Louis.
The observations at Columbia and St. Louis were both
reduced by myself. With a single exception the right ascen-
sions of the stars were taken when possible from the apparent
places of the Berliner Jahrbuch. The right ascensions of
those stars of the American Ephemeris which are not con-
tained in the B. J. were taken from the apparent places
of the American Ephemeris and reduced to the B. J. system
by means of the corrections given for that purpose in the
B. J. of 1884. In case of a few B. J. stars whose apparent
places are not given, the reduction from mean to apparent
place was computed with the Independent Star Numbers of
the American Ephemeris. In case of the star 61 Cygni the
place given in the Am. Eph. was used in preference to that
given in the B. J. and the correction for reduction to the
B. J. system was applied.
Two complete reductions were made of the observations at
Columbia and also of those made at St. Louis. The first or
preliminary reduction was made by a method of my own pub-
lished in No. 238 of the Astronomical Journal. Following
this method, the corrections for level, diurnal aberration and
for an approximate value of the collimation were applied to
the observed times. The observed times thus corrected were
subtracted from the right ascensions of the stars, giving as
remainder a quantity M which is the clock 47 uncorrected for
azimuth and also uncorrected for whatever error there may be
in the assumed collimation. We then have for each star
circle west an equation of the form 47,=— a, 4+ in which
The Laws Observatory. 507
A is the azimuth factor, and 47, and a, are the clock correction
and azimuth constant circle west uncorrected for error in the
assumed collimation. Taking the means of the quantities
and 4 for all the time stars circle west we have the equation.
In like manner
4T,, = — a, A, +, in which 4, and J, are the means of
the quantities 4 and ¥ for the circumpolar stars circle west.
From equations of this form representing the group of stars
observed circle west, were deduced the quantities 47, and a,
The observations circle east were treated in the same way,
giving 47, and a, which are the clock correction and azimuth
circle east uncorrected for the error of the assumed
collimation.
Then, for the observations circle west was written an equa-
tion of this form —
AT=4T,+4cK, (A.)
in which 4c is the correction to the assumed collimation
and X,, is the differential co-efficient of 4 7 with respect to c.
The numerical value of 4, was computed by the formula
K, =A pia ce C;
Asal I
in which C, is the mean of the collimation factors of the time
stars circle west and C,, the mean of the collimation factors of
the polar stars. For the observations circle east was written
the equation
AT=4T,— Ack, (B.)
in which K, is found by a formula strictly analogous to that
for X,. From the equations (A) and (B) formed from the
observations circle west and circle east were computed 47 and
4c. The mean of the right ascensions of the time-stars
was taken as the epoch of 47.
In this preliminary reduction the time-stars were all
508 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
given equal weight, and the azimuths given by the circum-
polar stars were weighted according to the judgment of the
computer.
The values of the collimation deduced by this method from
the observations of each night are given in the following
table :—
RESULTS FOR COLLIMATION DEDUCED FROM THE PRELIMINARY REDUCTION.
Collimation.
DATE 1891.
Columbia St. Louis
Transit Inst. Transit Inst.
October 25 +08.407 — 08.218
Ws Of 0 .329 0 .212
+e 26 Q .814 0 .264*
wes 26 0 .412 0 .225
pacar 2 0 .325 0 .194
ix BO ser sss 0 .392 0 .209
ate 29 0 .320 0 .207
kes DUNNE vb ende Wevos eres 0 .3827 0 .238
November 2. +0 .356 0 .219
on 2 —0 .202
Means +08.354 —0*.216
These results show, in case of each instrument, little or no
evidence of change in the collimation constant and in the
reduction of the observations by the Method of Least Squares
the mean values of the collimation as found above were
adopted as the true values. The effect of any small error in
these adopted collimations is eliminated by the reversal of
the instruments. This reduces the number of unknown quan-
tities to two, 47 and a, thus diminishing very much the
labor of computation.
n the reduction by Least Squares the stars were give
weights depending on the declinations. The Coast Survey
system of weights was used, then an observation equation was
* This determination is given one-half weight because of poor determina-
tion of the azimuth.
The Laws Observatory. 509
written for each star, normal equations formed, and the most
probable value of 47 and a deduced in the usual way.
The average difference between the values of 47 deduced
by these two methods is in this case less than 0°.005.
The probable error of one 47 from a time star at Columbia
as given by these observations is --0°.059 and at St. Louis it
is +0°.053. The probable error of the clock correction as
determined before or after exchange is for Columbia 05.015
and for St. Louis +0°.019. Aside from the uncertainty due
to personal equation, the probable error of the mean 4A from
the five nights is about one-hundredth of a second.
Personal Equation Observations. Observations for differ-
ence of personal equation were made in St. Louis on Novem-
ber 6,17 and 18, 1891. The Columbia transit instrument
was taken to St. Louis and mounted on the eastern pier in
the transit room of the Observatory of Washington Univer-
sity, about five feet east of the pier on which the St. Louis
transit instrument stands. The same stars were observed
simultaneously by myself and Professor Pritchett, using the
same clock but different chronographs. Observations of both
time stars and polars were made in both positions of the instru-
ments, and every precaution was taken in both the observa-
tions and reductions for the accurate determination of the
clock correction and the instrumental constants. The results
given below are so discordant that they must be considered as
giving only a rough approximation to the correct result.
Clock AT. a;
DATE 1891. P.—U. |stars.
Pritchett. Updegraff.
November 6 +588.507 +58*.617 —0°.110 is
Ky 17 +55 .836 | +55 .505 +0 .331 13
es 18 +55 .870 | +55 .627 | +0 .243 11
ee 18 +55 .806 | +55 sf18 +0 .093 9
+0°.139
Correction for dist. betwelen piers —0 .005
+0°.134
510 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
On November 18th, at the suggestion of Professor Pritchett,
four stars were observed for determining the difference of
personal equation by a different method. Using the St. Louis
transit a star was observed across the first three lines of the
reticule by observer P. and over the last three lines by observer
U. For another star the observers changed about, U. observ-
ing over the first three lines and P. over the last three.
Since the power of the eye-piece of the St. Louis transit is
more than double that of the eye-piece on my own instru-
ment this method is open to serious criticism. The personal
equation may and probably does depend very largely on the
rapidity of motion of the star in the field. However, the re-
sults as given below for the four stars observed by this
method are so accordant that it is to be regretted that more
observations of this kind were not secured.
Star. Decl. r. Us P.—U.
¢ Pisce. +.§° 3 278.05 268.93 +08.12
¢ Pegasi +18° 32 2.97 2 .72 0 .25
Pisce, +6 17 49 45 49 .35 +0 .10
33 Pise. ae Bus 18 51 .96 51.78 +0 .18
+05.162
These two results for personal equation seem on the whole
to be entitled to about equal weight and their mean— 0°.148 is
adopted as the correction to be applied to 42 for difference of
personal equation between observers. The value of 4 4 given
by the Last Square reduction when thus corrected for personal
equation is
+ 8™ 995,171 + 05.04.
The probable error of this result is estimated, and consists
chiefly of the uncertainty of the determination of the
correction for personal equation.
The longitude of the west pier in the transit room of the
Observatory of Washington University —that is the pier of
the 3-inch transit instrument — is 6" 0™ 49°.163 as determined
The Laws Observatory. 511
in the year 1882 by the U.S.C. & G. Survey from an ad-
justment of a network of longitudes including St. Louis.
We then have as the longitude from Greenwich of the west
pier in the transit room of this Observatory
6" 9™ 18°.33 + 0°.04.
The longitude of the Laws Observatory of the University of
the State of Missouri is west from —
Washington (New Naval Obs’y) 1" 1™ 2°.62 = 15° 15! 39".3
Washington (Old Naval Obs’y) 11 6 .29=1516 34 .3
Greenwich 6 918.383 =9219 35 .0
Paris 6 18 39 .28= 94 39 49 .2
Berlin 1°23 58724=10543 18-4
In making this longitude determination I was fortunate in
receiving-generous aid from every one who could in any way
contribute to the success of the work. I am under especially
deep obligation to Professor Pritchett for the share of the
astronomical work which he voluntarily performed, and also to
him and to Professor William Trelease, Director of the Shaw
Gardens, and to Mrs. Trelease for courtesies extended to me
while in St. Louis observing for difference of personal
equation. I am also indebted to Mr. Chas. M. Hays, Gen-
eral Manager (now Vice-President) of the Wabash Railroad,
for free transportation between Columbia and St. Louis dur-
ing the progress of the work; to Col. R. C. Clowry, Vice-
President and General Superintendent of the W. U. Tel. Co.,
for free useof their wires between Columbia and St. Louis, and
to Mr. E. F. Ammerman, the local agent of the W. U. Tel.
Co. for valuable assistance at this end of the line.
COMPARISONS OF COLUMBIA CLOCK WITH SIGNALS RECEIVED FROM ST. LOUIS.
Columbia Clock Correction.
St. Louis Clock Correction, Lake
Date 1891. Columbia Clock, Preliminary Least Square St. Louis Clock. Preliminary Least Square
Reduction. Reduction, Reduction. Reduction.
Oct. 25 23h. 7m. 50s.748 —19s.626 —-19s.627 23h. 15m. 0s.000 |+1m. 03.396/+1m. 08.396
“ 26 22 45 50 .5838 —19 .694 —19 .689 22 .000 |+1 0 .190/+1 0 .193
ee 38 22 44 £49 .692 —18 .880 —18 .874 22 $2 0 000 +1 0 .078|+1 0 .073
bi 29 22 56 25 .400 —18 .365 —18 .360 23 3 36.418 |+0 59 .912'\+0 59.910
Nov. 2 23 2 > 22.612 —16 .033 —16 .028 23 9 36.800 |+0 59.071;+0 59.071
COMPARISONS OF St. Louis CLock witH SIGNALS RECEIVED FROM COLUMBIA.
Columbia Clock Correction. | St. Louis Clock Correction.
Date 1891. Columbia Clock. Preliminary Least Square St. Louis Clock. | Preliminary Least Square
Reduction, Reduction. Reduction, Reduction,
Get. 25 23h. Om. O0s.000 —19s.630 —19s.631 23h. 7m. 98.327 |+1m. 0s.400/+1m. 08.399
26 22 49 0 .000 —19 .697 —19 .691 22 56 ; +1 0 .191/+1 0.1938
ks 28 22 54 0 .000 —18 .878 —18 .871 28 1 10 .894 |+1 0 .081/+1 0 .078
bbe 29 $2. O67 43 .077 —18 .365 —18 .360 23 4 54.153 |+0 59.912/'40 59.910
Nov. 2 23 7 37 .879 —16 .032 —16 .028 23 14 52.114 \|4+0 59 .066\40 59 .067
é1¢
"sInO'T "161 [0 LIS) “phnopy “sUDLZ,
RESULTS OF PRELIMINARY REDUCTION OF OBSERVATIONS FOR LONGITUDE St. LOUIS TO COLUMBIA.
| Signals Received at Columbia. Signals Received at St. Louis. ice
and
Teo Columbia Clock. St. Louis Clock. Columbia Clock, St. Louis Clock. pitas, ong oF Ad ae
+4T. + 4T. + 4T. +4T,
Oct. 25 2h, 7m. 313.122/23h.16m. 03.396} h. m. 8. hb. °m. 8m. 293.274 | m. 8. i
8 29 .816 | 0 .042
Oct. 25 22 59 40 .870238 8§ & 727) & - 29.857
Oct. 26 122 45 380 .889/22 54 0 .190 8 29 .301
S, 29 .866:, @ .065
Oct. 26 22 48 40 .3803/22 57 9 .715| $ 29 .412
Oct. 28 |22 44 30 .812/22 53 0. 078 8 29 .266
0 .044
Oct. 28 22 53 41 .122/}23 2 10.475) 8 29 .3853 18 29 .31
Oct. 29 |22 56 7.03523 4 86 .830 8 29 .295
§.. 29°.824.\: 6.080
Oct. 29 22 57 24 .712/23 5 54 .065' 8 29 .353
Noy. 2 i283 2 6- .5791'23 10 35 .871 & 29 .292
8 29 .812] 0 .020
Nov. 2 23. 7 21 .847/23 15 651 .180) 8 29 .833
| 8 29 .324
Correction for personal equation —0 .148
8m. 293.176
*hLOWALISYQ SNOT. AUT
ST¢
RESULTS OF LEAST SQUARE REDUCTION OF OBSERVATIONS FOR LONGITUDE St. Louris TO COLUMBIA.
Signals Received at Columbia.
Signals Received at St. Louis.
Date Difference of AA he
1. 8t. Louis Clock. Columbia Clock. St. Louis Clock. Time. Armature
+4T. + +4T. Time,
Oct. 25 23h.16m.0s.396| h. m. 5s. hy aii 8 8m.29s.275 | m. 8.
8 29.316 | 03.041
Oct. 25 22 59 40.869 | 23 8 9.726 8 29 .357
22 54 0.193
Oct. 26 8 29 .299
8 29.354 | 0.054
Oct. 26 22 48 40.309 ; 22 57 9.717 8 29 .408
22 54 0.073
Oct. 28 8 29 .255
8 29.299 | 0.044
Oct. 28 22 53 41.129 | 28 2 10.472 8 29 .843
28 4 36.828
Oct. 29 8 29 .288
8 29.317 | 0.029
Oct. 29 22:57 24.717 | 23° °5 54.063 8 29 .3846
28 10 35 .871
Nov. 2 8 29 .287
8 29.308 | 0 .022
Nov. 2 23 7 21.851. | 28 16 51,181 8 29 .880
8m.29s.319
Correction for personal equation =| —0 .148
8m.29s8.171
Longitude of Observatory of Washington University
= 6h.0m.49s.163
Longitude of Observatory of State University of Missouri = 6h.9m.18s.334
FI¢
"SNOT “Ig fo “Magy “pwop “suUDL],
The Laws Observatory. 515
IV. HEIGHT ABOVE SEA LEVEL.
Three determinations of the height above sea level of this
Observatory have been made by three independent methods.
The elevation of the front door-sill of the Boone County
Courthouse in Columbia was determined by Wabash Rail-
road levels about the year 1868, and in 1892 the height of the
bench mark at the Observatory was determined by reference
to the courthouse door sill. The second determination was
derived from four years of daily barometric observations
made at the Experiment Station on the University Grounds
and compared with similar observations made at St. Louis and
Kansas City, Mo. In June, 1893, the elevation was again
determined by running a line of levels from the Observatory
to a bench mark of the Mo. Riv. Com. located on the north
bank of the Missouri river at Providence, Mo.
The Railroad Levels. The record of these levels has been
burned but I have been able to secure the necessary data
through the kindness of Professor G. C. Broadhead, formerly
State Geologist of Missouri, and now Professor of Geology
in this University. In a letter dated April 20th, 1874,
written to Prof. Broadhead by Mr. Geo. C. Pratt, a civil
engineer, then in the employ of the Wabash Railroad Co., it is
stated that Mr. Pratt found from inspection of the records
then on file in the offices of the company, that the elevation of
the ‘‘ Columbia Courthouse’’ above the St. Louis City Directrix
was 342 feet. Assuming the height of the Directrix to be
405 feet, Mr. Pratt gives 747 feet as the elevation above sea
level of the courthouse. The elevation of the St. Louis
Directrix has been very accurately determined by the Miss.
Riv. Com. and found to be 412.7 feet above mean tide
level on the.Gulf of Mexico at Biloxi, Miss. This result
has been confirmed by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey,
and gives as the height of the courthouse 755 feet. The
Observatory Bench Mark is 24 feet lower than the door-sill
of the courthouse, and therefore we get as the elevation
above sea level of the Observatory Bench Mark 731 feet.
516 Trans. Acad. Sei: of St. Louis.
Barometric Determination. A station of the U.S. Signal
Service (Weather Bureau since 1891) was established in the
building of the Experiment Station on the University grounds
in Columbia during the summer of 1889, and observations were
commenced on August 21st. Since that time observations have
been regularly made each day at 7 p. m. central time, simulta-
neously with observations made at the other meteorological sta-
tions in this region. The yearly means of observations of the
barometer and thermometer furnish data for the determination
of differences of height. Through the kindness of the officers
of the Weather Bureau I have been furnished with the monthly
means of the readings of the barometer and the attached and
external thermometers during the period September Ist, 1889,
to September Ist, 1893, for the stations at Columbia, St.
Louis and Kansas City, Mo. Using Laplace’s formula for
the purpose as given in the Mechanique Celeste, I have
computed the difference of elevation between the barometer
at Columbia and those at Kansas City and St. Louis for each
one of the 48 months. The observations at Columbia and St.
Louis give the height of the Columbia barometer above sea
level as 779 feet. The observations at Columbia and Kansas
City give 776 feet, and the mean, 777.5 feet, is adopted.
The Observatory Bench Mark is 38.3 feet lower than the
Columbia barometer, which gives as the height above sea level
of the Observatory Bench Mark 739 feet.
Results of Spirit Levels. In June, 1893, the Board of
Curators of this University appropriated a sum of money for
the purpose of running a line of levels from the Observatory
to a bench mark of the Missouri River Commission located in
the town of Providence, about nine miles distant. In the ©
report of the Mo. Riv. Com. for 1890, page 3396, this bench
mark is designated as B. M. 354 and its height above the St.
Louis Directrix is given as 181.523 feet. More precise levels
which have since been run indicate a correction to this value
of +0.141 ft. and we adopt, as the height above the St.
Louis Directrix of B. M. 354, 181.664 feet. The work of
running these levels was intrusted to two of my students,
Messrs. F, B. Williams and W. L. McCrary. The instrument
used is a good wye level belonging to the University. The
The Laws Observatory. 517
entire distance was gone over twice and the results of the
direct and reverse levels differ by only 2.2 inches. The de-
gree of accuracy thus indicated was attained in spite of the
distance and the hilly nature of the country, and the result
gives 143.03 feet as the elevation of the Observatory Bench
Mark above Mo. Riv. Com. B. M. 354. Adopting 412.714
feet as the elevation of the St. Louis City Directrix we have
as the elevation above sea level, of the Paparaciii Bench
Mark, 737.41 feet.
The Observatory Bench Mark is a cross, cut in the west end
of the stone sill of the north basement window of the
Observatory building.
The foregoing results for the elevation of the Observatory
B. M. may be summarized as follows :—
From R. R. levels, 731 feet.
From Barometric Obs’ns, 739 feet.
From Spirit Levels, 737.41 feet.
The first two determinations serve merely as a rough check
upon the last, and we have as the adopted elevation above sea
level of the Observatory Bench Mark —
737.41 feet.
Mr. Williams and Mr. McCrary determined the elevations
above sea level of several other points on or near the Univer-
sity campus. For convenience of reference they are inserted
ere.
Height ot
Sea Lev
Observatory Bench Mark.........sceseeecceeccce rece seca seeees 737.41 eat
- M. on water-table of Physics and Engineering Building..----- 745.73 *
B. M. on water-table of Chemical Building........--+++++e+ee> ++ 746.61 *§
M. on water-table of Experiment Station... -+--+--++++++++- tials
Front door-sill of Boone County Courthouse...---+++-+-++ sere 761.08 ‘6
Issued May 1, 1894.
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. VI. No. 16.
*
MERYCISM REGARDED IN THE LIGHT OF
ATAVIC TENDENCY — REPORT OF A NEW
CASE WITH RESULTS OF AN INVESTIGATION
OF ITS DIGESTIVE CHEMISM.
EDWARD C. RUNGE.
Issued May 7th, 1894.
MERYCISM REGARDED IN THE LIGHT OF
ATAVIC TENDENCY —REPOR1 OF A NEW
CASH, WITH RESULTS OF AN INVESTIGA-
TION OF ITS DIGESTIVE CHEMISM.
By Epwarp: C. Runes.
Before entering upon the discussion of the possible or
probable causal factors leading to the establishment of the
habit of rumination in man, I prefer, as a matter of conve-
nience, to present first the case that has come under my
observation, and all that pertains to it.
Mr. D—, a gentleman of Scotch-English parentage, aged
thirty-seven, high grade teacher, married but without issue,
came to me on December 18th, 1893, seeking relief from an
attack of indigestion. The train of symptoms complained
of, was the usual: mental unrest and languor, headache,
quite severe vomiting of a ‘‘bilious’’ nature, eructations
of odorless gas, a sensation of fullness after eating,
loss of appetite, but no pain. The patient stated that he had
been subject to similar attacks for many years; they even
compelled him to interrupt his collegiate course for one year.
The attacks had usually yielded readily to dietetic measures,
and some anti-fermentative medication. Four years ago, the
diagnosis of gastrectasis was made. I found that this conclu-
sion had been reached by the general appearance of the case,
and not by a thorough physical examination. In the course
of my inquiry, the patient mentioned quite incidentally that
he had been regurgitating his food after nearly every meal for
many years. Upon pressing the subject, which the patient
Seemed to resent as irrelevant to the main issue in question,
i. e. his present complaint, I learned that the so-called re-
gurgitation served the specific purpose of remastication. The
conviction of heing face to face with a simon-pure case of
merycism, filled me with warrantable pleasure,— I say ‘* war-
(519)
520 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
rantable,’’ for the man himself had acquired the bias of
looking upon this phenomenon as an integral part of his
physiological make-up, and seemed to be rather surprised
when I called his attention to the striking analogy existing
between himself and the quadrupeds that ‘* chew their eud.”’
On repeated cross-questioning, I ascertained that the case had
never before been placed on record.
The family history fails to record the existence of another
merycole, or of any pronounced neuropathic tendency, but a
weak stomach appears to have been a family heir-loom, for
both parents, one aunt and a brother had been or are pos-
sessors of such a stomach. The patient is a man of that wiry
type, the delicacy of appearance of which, is belied by a re-
markable amount of physical endurance and nerve power.
His height is 5' 5”; his weight is with slight temporary varia-
tions about 120 lbs., pointing to a constant state of nutrition.
He never used tobacco in any form, and does not indulge in
alcoholic beverages, except in an occasional glass of watered
white wine. He cannot remember of having ever passed
through any sickness of a serious nature, and at present does
not reveal symptoms of any disorder of the nervous system,
except an atony or muscular insufficiency of his stomach, and
particularly that of its cardiac sphincter, a condition usually
classified with the disturbances of function or neuroses.
My patient’s recollections of the dawn of his ruminating
life carries him back to the fields and woods of his native
Scotland, where he, a Jad of twelve, indulged in the ingestion
of unmeasured quantities of bramble berries. To this indulg-
ence, he ascribes the establishment of the ruminating habit,
acknowledging at the same time, to have been always a fast
eater, which by inference fastens upon him the vice of insuf-
ficient mastication. During twenty-five years, his food had
come up to a greater or less extent after every meal, to be
subjected to further mastication, and then to be swallowed
again. This procedure is often repeatedly gone through
with from afew to about one hundred minutes after the
meal. The grosser portions of the food are selected with
remarkable precision: meat and _ seed-fruits seem 0
be particularly prone to be returned, vegetables and
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavie Tendency. 521
bread less often, crackers when ingested in pieces of
considerable size; the casein of the milk is regurgitated in
lumps whenever milk is swallowed in large draughts. Pep-
tonized milk, beef-peptones and fluids of any kind are never
regurgitated. The taste of the regurgitated food assumes
but rarely a disagreeable character ; it is quite unaltered when
regurgitation occurs soon after the meal, and becomes of an
acid nature of varying intensity, whenever the process takes
place some time after, the patient not being able to define
the exact time. On March 2Ist he visited me at 3:30 p. m.,
after having partaken of a dinner at 2:20 p.m. The fish
eaten at the latter was regurgitated and remasticated during
our conversation. Upon questioning I found that it had not
lost any of its original flavor. The act of rumination occurs
nearly always without the patient’s consciousness being aroused
to asense of an effort. Nausea never precedes it. Whenever
the patient goes to sleep after having partaken of a heavy
meal, he usually awakens with a sensation of great discom-
fort, and the regurgitations, on these occasions, are apt to be
of a very distasteful nature. For this reason he avoids sleep
on a full stomach. Past experience has taught him that he is
at his best when he spends about three-quarters of an hour
after eating in restful conversation, during which time the
rumination is at its height; after that, a long walk seems
to add greatly to the feeling of general well-being.
As a peculiar feature I may mention the following observa-
tion made by the patient on repeated occasions: whenever
the ruminating act failed him, for some occult rt he
invariably suffered with regurgitation of bile into the
stomach. I had an opportunity of verifying the truth of his
observation, on, at least, one occasion. At our first meeting,
he stated that the regurgitation had been deficient for some
days. I expressed the stomach, using a soft rubber tube,
and found the expressa intermixed with bile, the presence of
which was clearly demonstrated by Gmelin’s test for bile
Pigments. This fact would almost point to a remarkable
interrelation existing between the insufficiency of the cardiac
and that of the pyloric end of the stomach, appearing perhaps
less remarkable if we consider the wonderful play of nerve in-
522 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
fluences, during the normal process of digestion in the course
of which we are justified in assuming that inhibitory and
augmentatory stimulation constantly alternates between the
two sphincters.
The physical examination made with reference to the
condition, complained of at the time of the patient’s first
visit, was not expected to throw much light on the normal
behavior of the stomach. I concluded to abide my time,
and to relieve, if possible, the temporary disturbance. A
course of matutinal auto-lavage was instituted, a procedure
of no difficulty as the tube had to overcome but
a slight pharyngeal reflex, and descended almost by
its own weight. I had occasion to take note of the ease
with which the patient is able to relieve his stomach of its
contents. The effort of effecting this, never assumes
the vehemence of a vomiting act. A trial meal was
administered, and expressed one hour after ingestion. The
stomach contents showed the presence of traces of free
hydrochloric acid and of a large amount of lactic acid or
lactates. This led me to prescribe large and frequent
doses of the dilute hydrochloric acid. Peptonized milk and
beef peptones were allowed in small quantities at short
intervals, until the abatement of the acute symptoms war-
ranted an increase of the nitrogenous diet. The carbo-
hydrates were at first excluded and only very cautiously
introduced into the daily regimen. Acting upon a hint
from the patient as to his having always been benefited by a
Jong tramp into the country, I advised him to purchase a bi-
cycle by the use of which I intended to act more forcibly and
directly upon the abdominal muscles, for a flabby abdomen is,
undoubtedly, an important factor in bringing on permanent
dilatation of an already atonic stomach. The existence of
some muscular insufficiency was suspected by me from the
very beginning; that my suspicion was not groundless, was
fully borne out by my further investigation. On this line of
treatment, the patient gradually improved, and at present his
health is restored to its usual equilibrium, which of course
does not mean that the gastric insufficiency has been removed.
The treatment did not affect Mr. D—’s ruminating pro-
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 523
pensities in any way; it was not intended to do so, for I
followed, with regard to this feature of the case, the doctrine
of letting well enough alone. I, of course, insisted all along,
on a thorough primary mastication. Whether this will have
ultimately the beneficial effect of eradicating the ruminating
habit, remains to be seen; thus far no change is noticeable.
Having done my duty by my patient, I now called on him
to do his by me, to which call he most graciously responded.
On March 24th, I subjected him to another physical examina-
tion, with the following results: Inspection, palpation and
percussion revealed nothing of any moment. On auscultation,
with the stethoscope placed below the xyphoid cartilage,
Metzer’s ‘* Durchspritzgeraeusch’’ (Ewald’s Ist deglutition
murmur) was audible once out of four times, the Durch-
pressgeraeusch ’? (Ewald’s 2nd deglutition murmur) was
perceptible three times out of four, i. e. when the first could
not be heard.
250 cc. of water were poured into the stomach by means of the
tube ;in the standing posture alineof dull d4cm.over
the umbilicus. The addition of 500 ce. brought the line of dull-
nessto within 2.5 cm. of the umbilicus. The patient complained
of a sensation of fullness, and the stomach was emptied.
After this, distention with air was attempted. At every stroke
of the double-bulb apparatus, the air rushed out along the
sides of the tube, with an explosive sound. This fact and
the great discomfort complained of by the patient sre, 3%
me to desist from any further attempt at distention.
Thus far my examination proved to me three points :—
1. The absence of any considerable degree of gastrectasis.
2. The high degree of paresis or insufficiency of the cardiac
Sphincter.
3. Some muscular atony of the whole organ.
To establish the degree of motility of the stomach, Ewald
and Sievers’ salol test was made use of :—
March 25th, the salicyluric acid reaction was obtained two
hours after ingestion. ;
March 31st, the reaction appeared two hours after inges-
tion and failed to show twenty-four and thirty-two hours
after.
524 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
April 8th, traces of the acid were demonstrable two and
sixteen hours, and none was present in the urine passed
twenty-four and thirty hours after ingestion.
The last dose of the salol was taken during a meal consist-
ing of boiled chicken, farina egg pudding and a glass of dilute
white wine. The patient was at my office three hours five
minutes after this meal. As he spoke of experiencing a sen-
sation of gastric fullness, I expressed the stomach and found
the contents strongly impregnated with the characteristic
salol odor. In giving the results of this test, due reservation
is made for the Souths fallacies pointed out by some observ-
ers, and admitted by Dr. Ewald himself.
[Whoever has done any work in the physiologico-chemical
line, will appreciate the importance of acute discernment
of different tints and hues, for much of the accuracy in this
work depends upon the possession of that faculty. For the
benefit of the inexperienced in that special work, I mention
the occurrence of an optical phenomenon in connection with
the salol test. The color of a drop of Ferric chloride solu-
tion, appears on white filter paper, a greenish-yellow which
has for its complement “ violet.’? The latter appears very
quickly on retinal exhaustion for the greenish-yellow. As the
crucial test for the salicyluric acid, is the appearance of a
(usually faint) violet color, the possibility of an error is
obvious. My advice is to either trust to the first quick glance,
or to repeat the test upon complete disappearance of the nega-
tive after-image. ]
© test the absorptive power of my patient’s stomach, I
followed Penzoldt’s suggestion, i. e. giving 0.1 gram of
potassium iodide, and timing its appearance in the saliva.
March 25th it appeared one hour, and one hour and fifteen
minutes after ingestion.
March 81st it had not appeared after one hour and thirty
minutes.
April 8th it appeared after one hour and fifteen minutes.
I give these results with some misgivings as my patient’s
ruminating faculty renders them unreliable; the saliva may
have been contaminated by regurgitated food particles carry-
ing with them some of the iodide.
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 525
The method pursued in the investigation of the digestive
chemism was the following: —
Having ascertained that no acid of any kind had been taken
for at least sixteen hours, Ewald’s test breakfast consisting
of thirty-five grams of dry white bread, and one-third of a
liter of warm water, was administered on an empty stomach,
and the latter expressed one hour afterward. The expressa
were filtered, the residue weighed, the filtrate measured and
subjected to an analysis. For the sake of simplicity, I place
the conditions or substances tested for, in juxtaposition to
the reagents or tests employed :
Reaction = litmus paper.
Free acid = tropaeolin solution.
Lactates, lactic and fatty acids = Uffelmann’s reagent.
Acetic acid = by its odor.
Acid salts = Leo’s method.
Free hydrochloric acid = Guenzburg’s reagent.
Total acidity = titration with an empirical potassium
hydroxide solution (lec = 0.002532 g. hydrochloric acid),
the potassium hydroxide having been previously purified by
the Barium method. Phenol-Phtallein was used as indicator.
Bile = Gmelin’s test.
Starch and Erythrodextrin = Lugol’s solution.
Maltose = Copper reduction test.
Thus far, the examination was conducted pretty much on
lines laid out in Dr. Ewald’s treatise on Diseases of the
Digestive Tract. With regard to the manner of ascertaining
the presence of the different proteid substances in the stomach
contents, I was impelled to deviate from the course advocated
and commended by the professor of Berlin. On pages 42 and
43 of the authorized American edition (1892), and on pages
59, 60 and 61 of the third German edition (1893), appears a
Statement reiterated three times in rapid succession, to
the effect that syntonin when present in the stomach con-
tents in solution is coagulable by heat. This is one of
those remarkable slips, which even the greatest of mortals are
Sometimes guilty of, the more remarkable as it occurs with
regard to a matter of extremely fundamantal nature. If an
eminent chemist had asserted and re-asserted in a treatise on
526 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Inorganic Chemistry that barium sulphate were precipitable
out of its solution in water by hydrochloric acid, the error
could not have been more inexplicable than the one com-
mitted by Dr. Ewald. Syntonin and all of the other so-
called derived albumins and albuminates possess the indispu-
table properties of being insoluble in water, salt solutions and
alcohol but soluble in dilute acids or alkalies, of not
being coagulated while in solution at any temperature
whatever, be it 70° or 212°, and finally of being precipi-
table by careful neutralization. The neutralization-precip-
itate (Mulder’s protein?) is indeed coagulable at 70°,
when suspended in water or any other neutral medium.
If the series of lectures which Dr. Ewald’s book is a compila-
tion of, had been held before a body of physiologists, this
lapsus could never have been perpetuated in printer’s ink.
But the very fact of their having been delivered before an
assembly of practicing physicians, renders the error the
more flagrant, as the statements coming from such oracular
authority, are not apt to be called in question, particularly
if they refer to matters of a purely physiological or physio-
logico-chemical nature. Looking over the first part of Dr.
Ewald’s ‘* Klinik’? (Die Lehre von der Verdauung), I fail to
find the slightest allusion made to any new experimental evi-
dence, bearing out the stand taken by him with regard to the
properties of acid albumin or syntonin. In the next revised
edition of Dr. Ewald’s work, we may justly hope to find an
explanation for his attitude, or to have him acknowledge his
mistake with a graceful «* pater, peccavi! ”’
The method which I have adopted for separating the differ-
ent members belonging to the family of proteids, is grounded
on the results of the experimental work of the best observers ©
in this special line. To prove that it is a working method, I
give it in extenso:
1. Boil the filtered stomach contents.
Turbidity shows the presence of native proteids Se
globulins).
Filter.
2. Test the reaction of the filtrate with litmus paper; if
acid, neutralize exactly, using as indicator, litmus or turmeric
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 527
paper. (To avoid an excess of the neutralizing reagent, it is
best to use normal or empirical sodium carbonate solution,
the total acidity for a certain quantity of stomach contents,
having been estimated previously by titration. )
A precipitate indicates acid albumin.
Boil and filter.
3. Test filtrate for the cuproproteic reaction.
If a rose-red coloration appears, add a few drops of acetic
acid, and to the almost boiling filtrate from 2, add solid am-
monium sulphate to saturation (97.5 parts of the salt to 100
parts of stomach contents).
A precipitate proves presence of albumoses.
Filter after 24 hours.
4. Test filtrate for cupro-proteic reaction:
If a rose-red coloration appears, crystallize out some of the
ammonium sulphate, and filter. If with nitric acid a yellow
coloration, and with ferrocyanide of potassium and acetic
acid no precipitate is obtained, the presence of peptones is
proved.
I call attention to the following points in this scheme :—
The stomach contents are boiled at once after expression
and filtration, so as to destroy the action of the gastric
enzyme.
In testing for derived albumins, the use of an indicator in
Solution is not advisable on account of the color reactions to
be made subsequently.
The term acid albumin is substituted for syntonin as used
by Ewald. The latter term is reserved by the overwhelming
majority of physiologists and chemists for the substance
formed by the action of dilute acids on muscle myosin
(Hermann,* Gad and Heymans,ft Steiner,t Landois and Stir-
ling,§ Foster,|| Roehmann,{ Beilstein**). We may well re-
tain ** acid albumin ’”’ for a generic term.
* Hermann, Lehrbuch der Physiologie, 1892.
+ Gad & Heymans, Kurzes Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Menschen, 1892.
t Steiner, Grundriss der Physiologie des Menschen, 1890.
§ Landois & Stirling, Textbook of Human Physiology, 1886.
| Foster, Textbook of Physiology, 1891.
hmann, Anleitung zum Chemischen Arbeiten, 1890.
** Beilstein, Handbuch der Organischen Chemie, 1890.
528 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The filtrate from 2 is boiled so as to throw out any egg
albumin that might not have been coagulated by the first heat-
ing on account of the presence of the acid.
For the cupro-proteic reaction, Wenz * recommends the use
of a 15 p. c. sodium hydroxide solution, and a 0.2-0.5 p. ¢.
cupric sulphate solution added drop by drop. I prefer not
to name the rose-red cupro-proteic reaction a ‘** Biuret ’’ re-
action for the reason that a lamentable confusion exists with
regard to this term: some physiologists apply it to the violet
and rose-red cupro-proteic reactions, others limiting it to the
latter. Biuret is a nitrogenous decomposition product obtained
on heating urea to 120°. It responds to many reactions char-
acteristic to proteid bodies, hence Pickering | recommends
the use of the term ‘‘ Biuret ’’ in a generic sense. He offers
at the same time new terms for the two cupro-proteic re-
actions: for the violet —‘* iono-proteic’’ (7o»—a violet), and
‘*rhodo-proteic ’’ for the rose-red reaction (‘s4d07——a rose).
The popularization of this proposed change should be
hailed with gratification by all who have truly scientific ter-
minology at heart. In quoting Pickering I take pleasure in
mentioning his recommendation of the sulphate of cobalt as a
delicate reagent for detection of proteid bodies. The colors
struck by it with the different proteid bodies are so charac-
teristic as to preclude any possible error of discernment,
while that much cannot be said of the violet and rose-red of
the cupro-proteic reaction.
For the separation of the albumoses of which Ewald in his
scheme mentions but one, the propeptone of Schmidt-Muehl-
heim, or Kuehne’s protalbumose, I modified Ewald’s procedure
by substituting saturation with ammonium sulphate for the sat-
uration wan sodie peas on addition of acetic acid. Wenz?
has sati trated that ammonium sulphate, under
certain conditions; will throw down all proteids except the true
peptones. Ewald follows the method recommended by Boas,
the results of which Chittenden § has proved to be without
* Wenz, Zeitschrift f. Biologie, Vol. XXII
t Pickering, “‘ Proteid Reactions,” Journal of Physiology, Vol. XIV., 1893.
t Wenz, Zeitschrift f. Bioiogie, Vol. XXII.
§ Chittenden & Hartwell, “Proteoses & Peptones,” Journal of Physi
ology, Vol. XII, 1891.
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 529
any value for the reason that sodic chloride will precipitate
protalbumose but will not affect in the least the deuteroalbu-
mose. The latter would pass into the filtrate from 3, and
thus vitiate the results of the subsequent tests for pep-.
tones.
Reverting to the case under consideration, I will state that
Ewald’s test breakfast was administered on six different
occasions. The expressa obtained on March 27th were re-
jected on account of a distinct odor of sulphuretted hydrogen,
the presence of which would have vitiated Guenzburg’s re-
action and the results of the estimation of total acidity. The
patient admitted having eaten some eggs on the previous day
which may have been not quite fresh. It has been urged by
Vierordt * and others that Ewald’s trial meal left room for
considerable error by putting the working capacity of the
stomach to but a slight test. To meet any objections on that
score, I added to the breakfast in Exp. VII and VIII the
white of two hard boiled eggs.
The results of the analysis were as follows: —
|March| March March|March| April | April | April | April
25 27 29 81 I 4 17 22
1 91 Ae are II 10 GN Bee & V VI | VII | VIII
Residue....... 5.99 4.51} 38.85] 6.73) 5.20} 3.82) 6.90\grms
Filtrate. A ee 46 36 47 36 42 46.5 52 CC.
Reaction...:.. acid acid | acid | acid | acid } acid | acid
e ac pres. pres. | pres. | pres. | pres. | pres. | pres.
Lactic and fat-
RCids ss ss abs. abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs.
cetic acid.... | abs. abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs.
Acid eg eae trace trace | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs.
Fre hydro-
si ioris acid .| 2.203 1,499] 1.694) 1.418) 1.747) 1.514) 1.932|p. m.
Wesiss res. abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs. | abs.
Erythrodextrin pres, pres. | pres. | pres. | pres. | abs. | abs
Malto pres. pres. | pres. | pres. | pres. | abs. | pres
Satine proteids abs. abs. es. | pres. | pres. | pres
Acid albumin ..| abs, pres. | pres. | pres.| pres. | pres. | pres.
Albumoses.... | abs, abs. | abs. ? | pres. | pres. | pres
Peptones...... | pres pres.| a res.| abs
| a ae abs. bs. | pres.| abs. | abs. | abs. | abs.
* Vierordt, Diagnostik der Inneren Krankheiten, 1889.
530 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
The residue consisted of bread pulp; no coagulated egg
albumin was discoverable in the expressa obtained for Exp.
VII and VIII.
The filtrate was watery, slightly opalescent, odorless or of
a faint bread odor, in color yellowish, except faintly green-
ish-yellow in Exp. IV.
The salient points in this list of experimental data appear
to be the following :— ;
1. The rather close approximation of the amounts of resi-
due and filtrate obtained at each experiment points to the
thoroughness of the expression practiced.
2. The absence of any fermentative process is evident.
3. The amounts of free hydrochloric acid estimated, lie
within the limits of the physiological norm, the minimum being
1.418 and the maximum 2.203 p.m. The nitrogenous addi-
tion in Exp. VII and VIII, did not affect the amount of the
free acid.
4. The amylolytic action of the salivary enzyme, is demon-
strated by the presence of erythrodextrin and of maltose, the
latter in considerable quantities in Exp. I-VI as shown by
the exceedingly vigorous reduction of the cupric oxide. In
I, no reduction took place, and in VIII, but a slight one.
5. With regard to the analysis of the changes produced by
the action of the pepsin-hydrochloric acid, I candidly admit
that it was instituted for the sole purpose of meeting any
Possibie recriminations against the completeness of the work
done in connection with the case under consideration, and not
with the anticipation of obtaining any fruitful results. In
the light of our present knowledge of gastric digestion such
an analysis is of but small value as clinical evidence. At the
very threshold, we are met with a veritable maze of ques-
tions: Does gastric proteolysis terminate normally in the pro-
duction of true peptones? The albumoses being more closely
related in molecular composition to the intravascular proteids
than the peptones, are they absorbed to any extent by the
mucous surface of the stomach? Does the absorptive function
of the stomach play an important or an insignificant role during
the digestive processes? These and many more perplexing
questions are awaiting a satisfactory, experimental solution. At
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavie Tendency. 531
present the clinician cannot be too cautious in drawing conclu-
sions from the results obtained by an analysis of stomach con-
tents. The trend of experimental evidence seems to point to
but a slight absorptive power exercised by the stomach. If I
accept this view, I am able to give but one interpretation to the
data presented in the above table: the disappearance of a large
amount of the ingesta (on the average about 30 grams out of
35) together with the presence of the proteolytic products in
small quantities, points to a rather active removal of the
stomach contents into the small intestine. This would go to
show that the muscular insufficiency demonstrated by the
physical examination is not of a pronounced character.
The intensity with which coagulated egg albumin is liquefied
by my patient’s gastric secretion, was tested according to the
method described in detail by Ewald. The addition of
hydrochloric acid, two drops to 5 cc. of stomach contents,
exercised a favorable influence upon the process of liquefac-
tion.
The chemical analysis proves clearly that the digestive
chemism, in any and all of its phases, is not the causal
factor of the ruminating habit in the case under consideration.
Shall I shelve the difficulty by labeling this most remarka-
ble phenomenon with the enigmatical superscription ‘‘neu-
rosis?’’ To my understanding this euphonius term appears
very nearly akin to the mathematician’s zero: it 7s not
‘‘nothing,’’ but it is the symbol for nothing. I admit
that we cannot entirely dispense with the term, as the dis-
like for nameless things is an inherent quality of our
nature. What I object to, is the assumption of an
oracular mien while giving utterance to it, just as if some-
thing intelligible and tangible were implied by its use.
The neuroses are the offspring of our limitations. As
a temporary makeshift, the term may serve its purpose,
but let us hope that with further development of our means
of investigation, the neuroses will gradually decrease in num-
ber, and at last disappear entirely from the field of our m-
tellectual vision. To me merycism is not a neurosis, but
what is it?
The great majority of merycoles were reported as enjoying
532 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
perfect health; except for this habit, they did not disclose
any deviation from the physiological standard. In my case
there is seemingly a primary muscular insufficiency of the
stomach, which appears to be a product of prenatal influences,
a baleful legacy of a line of ancestors afflicted with a weak
digestive viscus. To prove or disprove by actual data the
existence of these influences is alike impossible, as we are
rarely allowed to lift the veil off the past, beyond the
second generation of progenitors. Few women or men
know anything about the physical condition and habits of
their great-grandparents, though they may be found brim-
ful of information as to the social, intellectual and, perhaps,
moral status of their ancestry, centuries back. Does the
paresis of the cardiac sphincter or the atony of the entire
organ stand in any causal relation to my patient’s ruminating
habit? The former, as we well know, gives rise frequently
to repeated and very persistent regurgitations of food. But
rumination is something more than regurgitation; whenever
the latter takes place, any of the stomach contents present
at the time are sent up indiscriminately: at one time it may
be solid food, at another chyme, or gas or fluid. In the case
before us, the regurgitating act occurs with plainly
selective precision; only, portions of the food that
are in need of further mastication are returned with
almost marvelous regularity. This feature stamps the case
as one of rumination. The general atony of the organ cannot
be considered seriously as a causal factor, for rumination is
an act calling for actual, though perhaps slight exertion on
the part of the muscular fibers of the stomach, the extrinsic
abdominal muscles being never called upon to aid in the con-
summation of the act.
My attempts at solving the problem having failed thus far,
there is but one more thing to be done, and that is to find how
much or how little the process of atavic tendency or reversion
to ancestral types may have had to do with the establishment
of this unusual condition. Eugéne Martel,* in a contribution
to the Revue internationale des Sci Médicales (1886), quot-
* Stedman, ‘ Article on Rumination,” Reference Handbook of the Medi-
cal Sciences, Vol. VIL.
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 533
ing Blanchard, says, ‘‘that the habit of rumination was acquired
by certain animals at the time that the carnivora appeared upon
the earth. Fearful of attack, the ruminants grazed rapidly,
ready for flight at the first intimation of danger. Then,
having reached a place of safety, their food was regurgitated
und masticated thoroughly. A similar condition is obtaining
in man, he asserts, in this age of hurry; and unless we learn
to be more deliberate in our eating, and to masticate our food
in the first instance more carefully, the necessities of digestion
will compel a regurgitation and rechewing of the food, which
has been so imperfectly prepared for the action upon it of the
gastric and intestinal secretions, and in time this process
which is now exceptional in man, will become habitual.’’
This is not fanciful in the light of the science of evolution.
While we are busily working in our laboratories over flasks
and test tubes, pressing into service all the innumerable devices
of human ingenuity, with a view of revealing some truth, we
should never grow oblivious to the work that is being done in
the great universal laboratory where in accordance with the
eternal laws of nature changes are wrought unceasingly, un-
remittingly. These changes are effected by a slow gradual
process, the actual workings of which remain ever impercep-—
tible to us. Our intellect is capable of grasping their enor-
mity only in the retrospect. But, if on the highroad of our
natural lives, we meet with a phenomenon that appears to be
replete with incongruity with its surroundings, and to defy
our attempts at explanation, made in accordance with our
limited experiences, do not let us dismiss its consideration
lightly! It may easily be one of those sudden flashes
by which nature reveals her cosmic work from
time to time. It will not do to refuse such thoughts
entrance into the routine of our daily labors. If we
disdain to apply the grand lessons taught by the science of
biological evolution, we shall continue to dwell in utter dark-
ness with regard to many vital phenomena. The laws of
evolution, though all of their mysteries have not been and
may never be unraveled, have been long ago cleared of the
odium of idle speculation; they are as much of an incon-
trovertible fact as the law of gravitation.
534 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Here we are face to face with a man who clearly
abused his stomach, which, at his very birth, was branded
with ancestral vice. Food which is the natural stimu-
lant to the sensitive mucous membrane of the organ,
was bolted, practically unchewed, every day of his life.
From being a stimulant when offered in proper form, it grew
to be an irritant, the difference lying in degree only, not in
kind. The presence of irritating agents of any description is
angrily resented by all tissue of high vitality: the mechan-
ically indigestible matter was promptly rejected. This
marks the phase of regurgitation. The possessor of the
stomach finding the regurgitated bolus unaltered in flavor,
i. e. not objectionable to his palate, subjected it to more
thorough mastication. This interchanging play was repeated
until the food had attained the pulpy consistency best
suited for the work of digestion. This marks the phase
of rumination. The bolted gross food particles gradually
ceased to play the réle of irritating agencies; habitual
recurrence of the events, made them revert to their
original character, i. e. they again became stimulants with
the only difference that instead of inciting the churning move-
ments of the stomach, they called forth propulsive movements
that carried the offending agents along the path of least
resistance, namely through the cardiac opening with its
paretic sphincter. It is reasonable to assume that the nerve
elements, central as well as local, acquired, pari passu, the
faculty of responding to these new agencies of stimulation,
and thus a complete reflex mechanism had been established.
The higher brain centers were at first actively engaged in
directing the process of remastication. At last they grew
habituated to the changed order of things, and the entire act
lost all the features essential to a conscious effort.
Thus stands before us in bold relief a beautiful illustration
of the workings of atavic tendency. Our merycole bears out
the biological truism that similar conditions are ever produc-
tive of similar effects, and that every living organism possesses
the inherent power of adaptation. Two points may be raised
against the view taken by me: firstly, it may be argued that
the insignificant number of cases observed and recorded
Merycism Regarded in the Light of Atavic Tendency. 535
(about 116 in all, I believe) does not warrant such conclusions
as I choose to draw from them; secondly, that there never
were any profound anatomical changes demonstrated, which
would lend strength to the assumption that merycoles were
products of the latent tendency to revert to ancestral types.
As to the first objection, let me ask how are we to know that
the small number of cases reported represents even
approximately the actual number that have existed and
exist at the present day? Might we not justly surmise,
from the very nature of the phenomenon, that an untold
number of merycoles have lived and still live their long and
natural lives amidst the mass of teeming humanity without
ever having awakened to the consciousness of deviating in any
manner from the physiological norm?* Raphael Blanchard,
who is a congenital merycole, is a good case in illustration.
The peculiarity of his condition never dawned upon him until
a text-book of human physiology had come into his hands;
but for that incident, his case might never have been placed
on record. The other objection I will meet by adducing the
biological fact that physiological or functional changes always
precede those of an anatomical orstructural nature. Thus were
the semi-carnivorous incisor and canine teeth of the Artiodak-
tylaand Perissodaktyla subjected to gradual structural changes,
after the animals had begun to feed on food of a different
nature. The close relationship between structural arrange-
ment and functional requirement is beautifully illustrated by
the stomach formation of the new-born of the Selenodonta
or Ruminantia, now extant.{ Instead of the four compart-
ments that we find in the adult animal there is but one fully
developed, and that is the abomasus with its enzyme secreting
mucous surface; the rumen, reticulum and omasus attain
their full development during the first period of the animal’s
* The strong plausibility of this assumption has been forcibly impressed
upon my mind since the reading of this report. A gentleman of high
Scientific repute, upon hearing of my case, volunteered the information that
he had been a merycole for a long time. His case has never been recorded.
Stedman, “Article on Rumination,’’ Reference Handbook of the Medi-
cal Sciences, Vol. VIII. ;
+ Wiedersheim, Lehrbuch der Vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbel-
thiere, 1886.
536 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
extra-uterine life. Our domestic calf does not ruminate
while suckling. The mechanism of rumination is set to
going at once when the nature of the food is changed. If
merycoles have not so far borne out anatomically the theory
of atavism, that does not preclude the possibility of
gradual structural adaptation to the altered functional
requirements. It must never be lost sight of that all evolu-
tionary transformations, be they progressive cr revertive in
nature, are extremely gradual, and that we should not
measure evolutionary processes with the infinitesimal measure
of the few thousand years of historical record. We should
remember that eons of time lay behind us, and that eons are
to come!
In conclusion I will say that — atavism or no atavism —
human rumination, if genuine, is not a pathological entity,
but a physiological anomaly. It appears anomalous by com-
parison with the habits of the overwhelming bulk of non-
ruminating members of the human family. With most mery-
coles it assumes the form of a perfectly natural process,
essential to their individual well-being, any interference with
which is frequently followed by disturbances of a truly
pathological nature. I frankly confess to sharing fully
Eugéne Martel’s view, which appears rational in the light of
many other manifestations of nature’s willing responsiveness
to use, abuse and disuse.
The chemical work, in connection with this report, was
done at the physiological laboratory of the St. Louis Medical
College.
I take pleasure in thanking Dr. John Green, of the faculty,
for the encouragement he has given me by word and deed,
and which he is always ready to proffer whenever and
wherever earnest work is being done.
Issued May 7, 1894.
Transactions of The Academy of Science of St. Louis.
VOL. Vi. No. 17.
THE POST-MORTEM DETECTION AND ESTIMATION
OF STRYCHNINE.
[CONTRIBUTION FROM THE CHEMICAL LABORATORY OF THE
WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY. ]
ALLERTON 5S. CUSHMAN.
Tesued June Ist, 1894.
THE POST-MORTEM DETECTION AND ESTI-
MATION OF STRYCHNINE.
By ALuertTon S. CusHMAN.
In the post-mortem detection and estimation of strychnine
the greatest difficulty which presents itself is the separation
of the alkaloid from the various extractive fatty, sugary, and
pigmentary matters derived from the stomach contents or
organs under examination. The fact that such small doses
as 32 mg. (4 grain) and 48 mg. (35 grain) of the sulphate
of strychnia have in two well authenticated cases proved
fatal,* and also that absorption and distribution of the poison
through the system begins as soon as it is administered, makes
the problem set before the chemist one of unusual difficulty.
In case death has occurred with all the well defined symptoms
of strychnine poisoning in the course of an hour or two after
the first signs of sickness appeared, the contents of the stom-
ach and bladder generally account for a sufficient quantity of
the alkaloid to substantiate the diagnosis. Sometimes, how-
ever, strychnine has to be sought in exhumed remains, where
the evidence as to symptoms or duration of sickness is incom-
plete or vague. In such a case it has been doubted by some
toxicologists that strychnine could be detected at all after long
burial and the consequent advanced decomposition of the
body. In contradiction of this opinion is the experience of
A. H. Allen,t who found the alkaloid in the dust of decom-
posed human viscera which had lain in a charcoal stoppered
vessel for six years. Again lately W. A. Noyes{ detected
strychnine in an exhumed body after it had been buried for
308 days.
The danger of error has also been noted from the forma- —
* Blyth — Poisons, Effects and Detection.
+ Commercial Organic Analysis, Part II, Vol. III, p. 376.
} Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. XVI, No. 2.
(537)
538 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
tion of cadaveric alkaloids or ptomaines in decomposed bodies
which may in some of their reactions simulate the reactions
of strychnine. While this is probably true it is impossible
that any chemist would submit an opinion on a case of strych-
nine poisoning unless all possible tests, chemical, physiological,
and morphological had first been tried, and it is hardly likely
that any alkaloid substance other than strychnine itself could
be mistaken for it.
In all of the literature on strychnine and its post-mortem
separation but little attention is paid to the estimation of
quantity, most authorities appearing to consider the detection
of the alkaloid sufficient. Undoubtedly where death has
occurred accompanied by well defined ante-mortem symptoms
the finding of even much less than the usual fatal dose would
seem to be conclusive, since the poison which actually caused
death has undoubtedly been distributed and absorbed in doing
its work. Quantitative evidence is, however, always valuable
and sometimes indispensable before an opinion can be formed
or submitted in evidence before a jury.
In the usual method of analysis the material to be examined
is extracted with alcohol and someacid. The aqueous residue
that remains after filtering and evaporating off the alcohol
is diluted and filtered, necessitating an examination of both
filtrate and residue for the alkaloid, the residue sometimes
carrying more than the filtrate.* The filtrate is then evapo-
rated, the extraction with alcohol repeated, and the filtrate
finally made alkaline and extracted with chloroform. The
chloroform never separates well from the alkaline liquid at
this point except on long standing, besides which it takes up
large quantities of extractive matters and oily bases which
completely hide the strychnine when the chloroform is evap-
orated. The strychnine is separated from this mass by digest-
ing with concentrated sulphuric acid at 100° C. As the
strychnine as well as the extractive mass is partly decomposed
by this method,f it is very unsatisfactory, since when very
small amounts of the sample are submitted, the utmost economy
in work is necessary.
* Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., XVI, No. 2.
+ Ber. der Chem. Ges. XVIII, 3429.
Cushman — Post-Mortem Detection of Strychnine. 539
The following method modified from the usual methods has
been found by us in every case to yield excellent results. The
stomach contents or viscera properly comminuted are weighed
and an aliquot part taken for analysis. The mass is digested
in a beaker over night at a warm temperature with water
acidulated with acetic acid. The contents of the beaker are
filtered by pressing through muslin, and then passing through
paper. The clear filtrate is evaporated on the water bath to
soft dryness, an excess of ordinary 80 per cent. alcohol added
and boiled ten minutes with stirring and allowed to stand one-
half hour at a warm temperature. This extraction is repeated,
the alcohol extracts united, filtered, evaporated to soft dryness,
and the residue taken up with a little water acidulated with
acetic acid, and shaken out with pure acetic ether in a
separating funnel. Successive fresh portions of acetic ether
are used until the solvent shows by its color and by the
evaporation of a few drops that it does not contain extractive
matter. As many as twelve extractions are sometimes nec-
essary to accomplish this. Care should be taken in each case
to allow time for as complete separation as possible between
the two layers. The purified acid aqueous liquid, which need
not exceed in bulk 50 c.c., is now returned to the separator,
an equal quantity of fresh acetic ether added and enough sodic
carbonatein solution to render the mixture slightly alkaline, and
the separator is then thoroughly shaken for several minutes.
All the alkaloid should now be in solution in the acetic ether,
but a second shaking of the alkaline liquid, with acetic ether
is always made, the two extracts united and evaporated in a
glass dish over hot water to dryness. It will now
be found that the residue shows the alkaloid fairly
pure but not pure enough for quantitative results. The
residue is dissolved in a few drops of dilute acetic
acid, warmed to complete solution, filtered if necessary,
diluted to about 30 c.c., and the solution transferred to a
small separating funnel. Thirty c.c. of ether-chloroform
(1-1) are now added and the separator shaken. After sep-
aration the heavier ether-chloroform is allowed to run off,
another lot of 30 c.c. of ether chloroform is added, the
separator shaken, and immediately enough ammonia water
540 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
added to render the mixture alkaline, and the whole vigorously
agitated for several minutes. After separation is complete
the ether-chloroform layer is run out into a clean 50 c.c.
glass stoppered burette. The alkaline water solution is
agitated with 20 c.c. more of the ether-chloroform, separated
and this extract added to that in the burette. The burette is
now supported over a small weighed glass dish which is kept
warm on a water bath and the liquid allowed to evaporate
gently drop by drop until a sufficient quantity of the pure
alkaloid has collected in the center of the dish to render an
accurate weighing possible, or else all of the alkaloid may be
collected and weighed at once. After all possible tests have
been made upon the weighed alkaloid the remainder is redis-
solved in a drop or two of acetic acid, a little water added,
and the dish exposed under a bell glass to the fumes of
ammonia. After standing some time all the strychnine is
found crystallized out in the beautiful characteristic needle-
formed crystals. The mother liquor is drawn off with a small
fine pointed tube and rubber bulb, the crystals carefully
washed with a little water and dried over sulphuric acid. The
glass dish containing these crystals is kept as the final exhibit
and is shown in evidence. Another convenient exhibit may
be prepared by moistening a small filter paper with a solution
of the alkaloid in dilute acetic acid, then moistening with a
solution of potassium dichromate; this paper on being dried
may be kept indefinitely. On moistening it and touching it
at any time with a drop of strong sulphuric acid a violet film
changing to cherry red is formed at the place of contact.
The point which seemed most doubtful in using the above
method of analysis was whether, after making the purified
extract alkaline and shaking in the separating funnel with
acetic ether, the solution of the alkaloid would be complete.
Experiments were undertaken to investigate this point, and it
appeared that if the alkaloid was precipitated in the presence
of the solvent the solution was so complete that no trace of
strychnine could be found in the alkaline water residue, nor
could any bitter taste be detected. In order to test the
general efficacy of the method a mixture was made up in the
laboratory of starch, glucose, cane sugar and lard with
Cushman — Post-Mortem Detection of Strychnine. 541
85 per cent of water. Four lots of about 100 grams each
were measured out into breakers. Into each of the first two
of these was weighed exactly 25 mgs. of a sample of Merck’s
strychnine sulphate, which I satisfied myself by careful
analysis to have the formula (C21 Hee N2 O2)2 He SO4; 5He O.
Twenty-five mgs. of this salt were therefore equal to 19.5
mgs. of the alkaloid. One analysis yielded 19.4 mgs., the
other 19 mgs. of the alkaloid, an average of 98.4 per cent.
Into each of the other two breakers 20 mgs. of pure strychnine
alkaloid was weighed. One analysis yielded 17.6 mgs., the
other 18.6 mgs., an average of 90.5 per cent.
The next trials were made on a mixture of 200 grams of
meat-hash, 50 grams sugar, 5 grams starch and 500 grams
water. Into this 80 mgs. of the pure alkaloid dissolved in a
little dilute acetic acid was thoroughly stirred and the mixture
set away in a warm place for two weeks. At the end of this
time the whole mass was weighed and portions taken for
analysis, the analyst being unaware of the amount of strych-
nine that had been added. The results of the analysis were
as follows: —
Total welgwt Of mit tare 65 1. ha ees 753 grams.
I. 216 grams of mixture gave 20.1 mg. strychnine.
et wid ibis 25.6 m, nes
Calculated for 753 grams mixture.
Actually
be ai, weighed in
MEL cc iencuteteentosacseveshoconses accak 70.07 67.17 80
PATI a a 5 iis seb ke winks iva einen bs en tins es 1.08 1,04 1.23
Per cent recovered sisi vs ost OKRA 87.8 86.2
As a result of these experiments we are led to believe that
the method as described can be depended upon to recover
more than 85 per cent of the amount of strychnine present
in complex organic mixtures.
The method has been used in working on two separate cases
of suspected strychnine poisoning, in both of which the alka-
loid was easily detected.
542 Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis.
Case A. The case of a woman who was taken sick directly
after drinking a glass of beer, in which poison was supposed
to have been put. She was soon after seized with tetanic
convulsions and died within an hour. The stomach was re-
moved within a few hours after death. The total weight of
the stomach contents as submitted to us was 261.3 grams or
8.4 fluid oz.; 77.2 grams taken for analysis yielded 10.1 mg.
of the pure alkaloid, equal to .53 grains in the whole amount
of 8.4 fluid oz. Another analysis on 90.7 grams of the
material yielded 10.4 mg., equal to .46 grains in the whole
amount. The detection of 4 grain of the alkaloid in 8.4
fluid oz. of the stomach contents was in this case a complete
substantiation of the diagnosis of death from strychnine
poisoning.
Case B. In this case strychnine had been administered in a
glass of whisky, death following in about an hour with con-
vulsions. The stomach was removed the next day. As sub-
mitted for examination the stomach contents weighed 643.6
grams, equal to 20.7 fluidoz. One analysis yielded an amount
of the alkaloid equal to .66 grains, another an amount equal
to .71 grains for the whole sample. The 21.7 fluid oz. of
stomach contents contained therefore at the lowest estimate
-66 or 3 grains of strychnine alkaloid.
It may be said that in the two cases as described the condi-
tions were unusually simple, death having occurred with well
defined symptoms. No antidotes were used and no decompo-
sition had taken place in the samples when analyzed. If nar-
cotic alkaloids such as morphine have been used as antidotes
to the strychnine poisoning, or if much decomposition has
taken place in the body with the formation of cadaveric
alkaloids, both quantitative and qualitative results may be
to some extent interfered with. Morphine, however, on
account of its very limited solubility in ether-chloroform
could only appear as traces in the final strychnine residue ob-
tained by this method. Whereas if*much decomposition had
taken place the presence of ‘ptomaines would be at least sus-
pected and the question of the purity of the final residue very
carefully considered.
Cushman — Post-Mortem Detection of Strychnine. 543
The qualitative examination of the weighed residue as has
already been pointed out is divided into three groups, chemi-
cal, morphological and physiological. A minute portion of
the residue is dissolved in a drop of strong sulphuric acid
and touched with a moist crystal of potassium dichromate the
beautiful purple oxidation product changing rapidly through
crimson to cherry red immediately appears. A minute por-
tion of the residue is dissolved in a drop of strong sulphuric
acid on platinum foil. If the foil is now connected with the
positive pole of a dry cell battery and the drop of acid touched
with a platinum wire from the negative pole immediately the
blue oxidation tint will flash out.
A portion of the residue dissolved in dilute acetic acid, the
acid evaporated off, this residue taken up with water and ex-
posed to the fumes of ammonia, gives beautiful tufts and silky
needle-like crystals of the alkaloid, which can be studied with
the microscope. A little of the residue dissolved ina drop of
nitric acid gently warmed and touched with a minute particle
of potassium chlorate produces an intense scarlet coloration.
If to a dilute acetic acid solution of a portion of the
residue a drop of potassium chromate solution is added,
beautiful characteristic bush-like crystals and octahaedra of
the chromate are formed and can be observed under the
microscope. These crystals touched with sulphuric acid give
the oxidation test.
Potassium ferro-cyanide and picric acid also give highly
characteristic miscroscopic crystalline forms.
A very small portion dissolved in a dilute acid and further
diluted with water has a persistent and distinct bitter taste
when a drop of the solution is placed upon the back of the
tongue. One part of strychnine in 700,000 parts of water can
be detected in this way. |
As a final test the physiological effect on a frog is tried ; 2.1
mg. per kilogram weight is the minimum fatal dose for a
frog. For an average sized frog weighing 50 grams this
means the astonishingly small amount of 0.05 mg. In our
cases 1. mg. was dissolved in a drop of acetic acid, about fif-
teen drops of water added, and something less than one-tenth
544 Trans. Acad. Sei. of St. Louis.
of this solution injected under the animals’ skin right over the
spinal column. In both cases though the amount of strych-
nine administered was less than 0.1 mg., well developed
tetanic convulsions occurred in ten minutes and death in half
an hour.
Issued June Ist, 1894.
actions, are —
meee
:
GENERAL INDEX.
Acer dasycarpum....... satewye TSE
Acris Geylluscrepitans.......... 253
AGSECUIUS ALZUE << ccwee ceeeneseee 18h
Agkistrodon Contortrix 58
Cistuda Ornata 261
|Cnemidophosus Sex-lineatus..... 259
Coler- obsoletun Perr Teer |:
a one leticnsell
Amelanchier -aeneagaaes omsasenk«
Amorpha fruticosa evew 136
eo ji ada sikee's
Tigrinum
Ampelopsis quingnefolia. ‘cA hpnine
Antennaria Plantaginifolia.......
Anthophy
= A ola peereeces
BCU is civiewe nieces - 460
Asimina trilo rt ev c-cecutiemanesas 108
a odorata. PO Cogent
Batrachia
eeeees
See sai Boer ae
Bidens chrysanthemoides.......-
Blophilia ee nema
Blephilia hir
Boltonia asteroides
VUIZATIG sik 6c ce cing een nss
eeereeeeeeaareee
Bufo Lentiginosus ...........++..
MOPMiRiaids tends svi
ee re 1
Carpophyta . see
—* of ise "Eloes of Ne-
es eeeee 1
sc
Seale aa Americanus.......+++. 134
Celtis occidentalis.......+...+++ « 1387
Cercis Canadensis... +..+-e+++++ 135
Cel SCANAENSs oo vcvececces® 134
Chelydra Serpentina.--++++-0+0++ 260
Chorophilus Triseriatus.......--- 254
Chrysemys Belli......-.++++++++. 260
ah elegans ..0+20+eeeee+- 260
Troositi,..s-06-ise+0+ 260
Cissus Ampelopsis.....---+. +++». 135
Cistuda Carolina.....--++-+++-++- 261
“ « Triunguis....... 261
se
‘
Eutainia Faiseyi.......--
5 ‘6 adix
Coreopsis glide co 473
*f DONA, sooo ots kaw cy EE
‘ tripteris:. iis +icegn ves ATE
Crataegus COCCINGA.....+++++e++6 137
Woe ae coseccccec4B, 44
US-Zalli sseceecsesene 445
eae nits 475
1 vy. discolor...... 475
ag COOMMGMB ..0 00 50 Kono ceice 475
Crotalus Horridus......+.ss+++- - 258
Diadophis Arnyi.....-cecccceseee 256
Diemyctylus Viridescens.......-. 253
hinacea angustifolia .......... 465
2: PUrpuUred.....+-+-+-+- 466
Eumeces Fasciatus..s ose sse+eo00 259
ne. atropurpureus.....-+. 134
Engystom Olinense......+++5- 253
Erigeron tamedona oe 461
StriZOSUS .-+..-.++0+0+5 461
pesvcess. 266
256
Caine SET
453
ee
Soe ee 440
MOSSIGUG VITICIS ¢ i wcicne veins canee LB
is ogges cnt ooLes eoeeeeeoereer eee e es eee 439
vern
ET toh OE Baba
Hedeoma pulegioides........-... 108
meee thus osama paiee 460.
taave 460
strumosus.... ....... 470
tuberosus..-- 22s... 471
Helenium autumnale............. 474
Heterodon Platirhinos............ 258
se
Ss
546 General Index.
Hyla Carolinensis.....+++++++++-- 254
ec pj ckering i ‘ Ves. 2Be
iis Versicolo OL cece EVE sr ees 254
Index Generic to H. I, "Webber
ran Be, bd br Nebraska Flora.... 45
Juglans Nigra.-+-seseeeseeseeeees 138
Krigia seantavianitin, pukdvesveves ECO
Lophanthus nepetoides...... +--+ 115
Lophanthus scrophulariaefolius.. 116
Leonurus Cardiaca......ceeeeee. 123
Liatris pycnostachya......+++s+++ 454
Lepachys pinnata.......sseeesee0 468
Macroclemys. Temminkii......... 260
Malaclemys Ti eta rca 260
entha Canaden oe ees bee 102
Monarda Seiatbiivitana: cvececeee 108
Monarda fistulosa woe 12
Marrubium vulgare.............. 122
a Canadense....... er
seevdenese, 198
Natrix Grahami 0 we eo IBC
BOON Se ces sei vsewewece: SOT
Necturus Maculat. eeyeve's
Negundo a i ean 186
Nepeta Cataria ‘ 116
Nepeta Glechoma Pa 8 yy ;
Notes on pore before Repoeted 3
Ophibolu 255
ed ‘Dolla. Beco’ 6 cvvee 265
ce
Getulu » 255
tar ean a Veils re eer ssw 259
oph ee e@ @® eee 0
, eee ree eee ee 1
Get ee 138
Populus monilifera.............. 139
Potentilla canadensis............ 441
Protophyta 8
Prunus Americana...........+.+. 136
* Qhicasa
ia
ec
Serotina.... i ee 436
Pteridophyta.
Pycnanthem mum lanceolatum..104, 107
Minevleana: 6< 5. cecccs cc 435 | Store
“Pycnanthemum muticum .....---
PyrusS COTONATIA.....0 essence seee
agit tee MACTOCAIPA eceservccees
Muhle
Reptilia waetae SATs sce urecss Bis
Review of the jablatwe: err os
Rhus Canadensis: sce. cess
‘| Ribes gracile....se+eseseeseereee
Rosa APRANSENG isis seer ei viet
60." HTMATIB si over oe <s A cig Car ears
Rosaceae, Review..e+.-+-+eesre
susie ese ebb ssew res
‘
oedema paccet irae Pe
“ec
Rudbeckia hirta..++.++++ oeedwes
7 trilo
Salix amygaloies evebese ewe wks
66 COTHALA. .csecccecee cece vere
= saeeatiats OO OEE
vie igra.. eeeer eee peewee teeee reer
Sambucus Canadensis.......++++-
Scutellaria parvula.....++..++++-
ce
~~ vers
Silphium integrifolium,.....-«--+
“ laciniattim.+.....0s000%
Siren Lacertina.....-+.sseseereee
ate. Catenats...aeeevseeee
Sm
Spe le pre ae TOUS sé n0 soit e se
erpes
ee crime bees cpeeeves
2
Janceolata.......+2+ e008
Spiraea ArUNCUS.-.--+-eseeeeeeee
Stachys palustris..........+.++++
Staphylea — io5 SUGCee ev etes
ria De K ‘
wing Wesipis-lilacwians wevese
21 _ Symphoricarpos vul ee eee eee
garis
Tabulated list of new localities
ahr, Pycnanthemum linifolium eee eee 107
for Flowering Plants seee rere
nbergli....00 sees
66 BELIGETA.... ce rece csceseeee 4
Sceloporus Undulatus,,.....+++0+-
General Index. 547
Teucrium saceypr oad ee ee 101 Verbesina helianthoides......... 471
Tilia Americana.......-e.ceesees 134 | Vernonia noveboracensis. TOON ag |
one istiota. Ve kaweeds baewey 259 | Vitis riparia tssenwwese, 186
Spiniferus ...... ..se++ 260 | Virginia clednd eS Pee todas okey BBB
Tropidoclonium tiscali, pebeewa 257 | Water Dogsii oie bes. cei ives DES
Olnes Talva ssi ccc ee cas css ..» 187 | Xanthoxylum Ainavieustiit, meipescite, |
- Americavas (6e 556000 cicess , 187 | Zygophyta......se. seve reve ecees Paes
CORPS
ARTHUR WINSLOW, GEOLOGIST IN CHARGE
LEO CK, ASSISTANT.
C.F. MARBUT,
39° 15' WEE PEL,
39°054
UBRVEY OF. a
ARTHUR.WINSLOW STATE GEOLOGIST
GEOLOGIC AND TOPOGRAPHIC MAP
Surveved in 1890.
Edition of April 1892.
1 > AT
62500 of Natu re
TERS.
00 ik
reer,
MILES.
LEGEND
COAL MEASURES
gal Measures Middle Coal Mea:
Diagram showing section.
numbering tn townships.
terop _
or Opencut
fenitl
HIGGINSVILLE SHEET ae
Boo OO"
93°30!
ction ts that of the U.S.
ological Survey Sheet of 188 5-7.
The Missouri river ts from Surveys
made tn 1879, by the Engineer Corps
f the U.S. Army.
24-W.
os The
Geol
CONVE?T ITIONAL MARKS.
es 4 ee
suo Geological Boundary
——
# Shaft : $.H. School House
® DH.Churn Drill Hole Horizon Line ofacoalBed Sh. Shale
Diamond Drill Hole Building SS. Sandstone
il Church LS. Limestone
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11